Text size:

Code of Civil Procedure

Issuer:Riigikogu
Type:act
In force from:21.03.2023
In force until:31.03.2023
Translation published:17.03.2023

Part 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 

Chapter 1 GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF PROCEDURE 

§ 1.  Administration of justice in civil cases

  Unless otherwise provided by law, civil procedure is followed when considering a civil case. A civil case is a case that stems from a private-law relationship.

§ 2.  Purpose of civil procedure

  The purpose of civil procedure is to guarantee that the courts deal with civil cases justly, within a reasonable period of time and with lowest possible costs.

§ 3.  Right of recourse to the courts

 (1) The court accepts the civil case when a person has applied to the court for relief in accordance with the rules provided by law in relation the person's presumed right or interest that is protected by law.

 (2) In situations prescribed by law, the court also accepts the civil case when a person has applied to the court for relief in order to protect a right or interest that is presumed to be held by another person or the public and that is protected by law.

 (3) In situations prescribed by law, the person must have completed the relevant pre-action proceedings before approaching the court for assistance.

§ 4.  Free exercise of procedural rights

 (1) The court opens proceedings in a civil case only if the court claim, application or petition has been filed in accordance with the rules provided by law. In situations provided for by law, the court opens a civil case of its own motion.

 (2) In action-by-claim proceedings, the principal parties determine the subject matter of the dispute and the course of proceedings, and decide on the filing of motions, applications or appeals.

 (3) The principal parties may end action-by-claim proceedings by concluding a judicial compromise. The claimant may abandon the request for relief that they have filed and the defendant may accept the relief sought against them (admit the court claim).

 (4) During the course of proceedings, the court must strive to the best of its abilities to achieve the resolution of the entirety or a part of the case by compromise – or otherwise by agreement of the principal parties – provided this is reasonable in the court’s view. To achieve this aim, the court may, among other things, present a draft compromise agreement to the parties or summon the parties to appear before the court in person, or propose that the parties resolve their dispute out of court or approach a conciliator for assistance. Where, in the view of the court – considering the circumstances of the case and the course of the proceedings – this is necessary in the interests of resolution of the case, it may order the parties to undertake conciliation proceedings as provided for by the Conciliation Act.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

§ 5.  Dealing with the case based on submissions of the parties

 (1) The court claim is dealt with on the facts produced and motions or applications made by the parties, based on the relief sought.

 (2) The principal parties have equal rights and opportunities to present reasons for the relief that they seek, and to refute or object to what has been brought before the court by the opposing party. A party determines, on its own, the facts that it offers in support of the relief that it seeks as well as the items of evidence it uses to prove those facts.

 (3) Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the court itself ascertains the facts and arranges the taking of the evidence that is needed in action-by-petition cases. In action-by-claim cases, the court ascertains facts and arranges the taking of evidence strictly in situations provided for by law.

§ 6.  Law applicable at the time of proceedings

  A procedural operation in a civil case is performed following the law in force at the time the operation is performed.

§ 7.  Administration of justice based on the principle of equality

  In the administration of justice in a civil case, the principal parties, as well any other parties, are equal before the law and the court.

§ 8.  Law applicable to proceedings

 (1) When conducting proceedings, the court follows Estonian laws of civil procedure.

 (2) In the absence of a statutory provision regulating the procedural relationship, the court applies the provision that regulates a relationship similar to the one under dispute.

 (3) Where there is no statutory provision to regulate a relationship similar to the relationship under dispute, the court follows the general concept of fairness. A person’s fundamental rights and freedoms may be circumscribed strictly where the law provides for this possibility.

Chapter 2 COURTS DEALING WITH CIVIL CASES 

§ 9.  Subject matter jurisdiction

 (1) Civil cases are dealt with by district courts, circuit courts of appeal and the Supreme Court.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided for by law, a civil case may, by agreement of the principal parties, be submitted for resolution to an arbitral tribunal.

 (3) Unless otherwise provided by law, a higher court may not consider the civil case before it has been considered by the court that, in the judicial hierarchy, is located directly below the higher court.

§ 10.  Limitation of subject matter jurisdiction: extra-territorial persons

  Subject matter jurisdiction of the courts of the Republic of Estonia does not extend to:
 1) members of foreign diplomatic representations established in the Republic of Estonia, their family members and private servants, to the extent prescribed by the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations (RT II 2006, 16);
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 2) members of consular posts, to the extent prescribed by the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations (RT II 2006, 16);
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 3) any persons not mentioned in clauses 1 or 2 of this section, where this is provided for by a treaty, a generally recognised principle of international law or a statute.

§ 11.  Subject matter jurisdiction: district courts

 (1) District courts deal with all civil cases as courts of first instance.

 (11) A district court does not deal with civil cases related to European patents and to European patents with unitary effect, with the exception of civil cases related to patents of either type that, in accordance with the Agreement on a Unified Patent Court (OJ C 175, 20.6.2013, p. 1–40), fall outside the jurisdiction of the Unified Patent Court.
[RT I, 04.07.2017, 4 – entry into force 01.06.2023 – enters into force simultaneously with the entry into force, in respect of Estonia, of the Agreement on a Unified Patent Court and of the Agreement on the establishment of a Nordic-Baltic regional division of the Unified Patent Court (announcements of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs – RT II, 04.03.2023, 3 and RT II, 04.03.2023, 4)]

 (2) Where this expedites the consideration of cases or otherwise renders such consideration more effective, the law may provide that certain types of case are to be dealt with strictly by certain district courts.

§ 12.  Subject matter jurisdiction: circuit courts of appeal

  A circuit court of appeal considers appeals filed against the dispositions rendered in civil cases by the district courts within its judicial circuit – based on appeals against those dispositions. The circuit court of appeal also deals with other cases placed within its jurisdiction by law.

§ 13.  Subject matter jurisdiction: the Supreme Court

  The Supreme Court considers the dispositions rendered in civil cases by the circuit courts of appeal – based on appeals against those dispositions. The Supreme Court also considers petitions for the review of judicial dispositions that have entered into effect and, in situations provided for by law, designates the court that has subject matter jurisdiction to dispose of the case, and deals with other cases placed within its jurisdiction by law.

§ 14.  Validity of procedural operations

 (1) The court may perform procedural operations and, among other things, hold the trial or hearing, outside of its judicial district.

 (2) The validity of a procedural operation is not affected by the fact that, based on the court’s internal division of tasks, the operation should have been performed by another judge or judicial panel.

 (3) In situations provided for by law, a procedural operation to be performed by a collegial judicial panel may also be performed by a single judge acting on a delegation from the panel. The judge to act on the delegation is a member of the panel who possesses the authority to perform the operation. The panel may vary the order made by the judge acting on the delegation.

§ 15.  Judicial assistance between courts in performing a procedural operation

 (1) When dealing with civil cases, courts provide assistance to one another to perform procedural operations. A court requests assistance from another court first and foremost where performance of the operation in the other court would facilitate proceedings, save time for the parties to proceedings and for the court, or reduce case costs.

 (2) The court that requests judicial assistance addresses its request to the court within whose judicial district the procedural operation is to be performed.

 (3) The court that received the request for assistance (the court acting under the domestic letter of request) may not refuse its assistance unless it would be illegal to perform the operation. Where the request has been addressed to a court that does not have jurisdiction in the matter, that court transmits it to the appropriate court.

 (4) The court that presented the domestic letter of request does not cover the costs of the procedural operation. The court that performed the operation presents information concerning the costs to the court that presented the request, and such costs are deemed to be costs of the case that is being dealt with.

 (5) Unless otherwise provided by law or treaty, an Estonian court provides judicial assistance for performing a procedural operation at the request of a foreign court if, under Estonian law, the requested operation is within the subject matter jurisdiction of the Estonian court and is not prohibited by law. A procedural operation may also be performed or a document issued according to foreign law, provided this is needed for proceedings in the foreign State and does not harm the interests of the parties to proceedings.

 (6) The provisions of this Code apply to the provision of assistance for the taking of evidence in Estonia under request from a court of a Member State of the European Union and to the provision of such assistance in a Member State of the European Union under request from an Estonian court insofar as this has not been otherwise provided for by Regulation (EU) 2020/1783 of the European Parliament and of the Council on cooperation between the courts of the Member States in the taking of evidence in civil and commercial matters (taking of evidence) (recast) (OJ L 405, 02.12.2020, pp. 1–39).
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

 (7) The rights afforded to and duties imposed on the Member States by the Regulations adopted under point (c) of Article 61 of the Treaty Establishing the European Community for the purpose of regulating cross-border judicial cooperation in civil cases are, respectively, exercised and performed by the Ministry of Justice.

Chapter 3 JUDICIAL PANEL 

§ 16.  Judicial panel dealing with the civil case in the district court

 (1) In the district court, civil cases are dealt with by a judge sitting alone.

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 17.  Judicial panel dealing with the civil case in the circuit court of appeal

 (1) Unless otherwise prescribed by law, civil cases are dealt with in the circuit court of appeal by a panel of three judges on a collegial basis.

 (2) Where a case is to be considered under the procedure for appeals, the Chief Judge of the circuit court of appeal has a right to include, in the judicial panel of the circuit court of appeal to deal with the case, a district judge of the same judicial circuit provided the judge consents. The included judge may not act as the presiding or reporting judge in the case.

§ 18.  Judicial panel dealing with the civil case in the Supreme Court

 (1) Unless otherwise prescribed by law, civil cases are dealt with in the Supreme Court by a panel of at least three judges on a collegial basis.

 (2) Where fundamentally differing opinions concerning the interpretation and application of the law arise in the judicial panel of the Supreme Court dealing with the civil case, the case is referred to the full panel of the Court’s Civil Chamber. The panel may also refer the case to the full panel of the Civil Chamber if, in the panel’s view, this is needed in order to harmonise and develop the Chamber’s case-law or if the majority of the panel wishes to change the prevailing opinion of the Chamber concerning application of the law.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 – entry into force 29.03.2015]

 (3) A hearing of the full panel of the Supreme Court’s Civil Chamber is convened and presided over by the Chief Judge of the Chamber or, in their absence, by the longest-serving member of the Chamber or, in the case of equal length of service, by the most senior member.

 (4) A hearing of the full panel of the Supreme Court’s Civil Chamber is competent to act if more than two thirds of the members of the Chamber are in attendance.

§ 19.  Special Panel of the Supreme Court and the Supreme Court en banc

 (1) Where a judicial panel of the Supreme Court that deals with the civil case deems it necessary to derogate, in the interpretation of law, from the latest opinion of another Chamber or of the Special Panel or where this is needed to ensure uniform application of the law, the case is referred to the Special Panel by an order.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 – entry into force 29.03.2015]

 (2) The Special Panel of the Supreme Court is convened by the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court.

 (3) The Special Panel of the Supreme Court includes:
 1) the Chief Justice of the Court as the presiding judge;
 2) two justices from the Court’s Civil Chamber;
 3) two justices from the Chamber whose opinion concerning the application of the law is contested by the Civil Chamber.

 (4) The civil case is referred to the Supreme Court en banc where:
 1) the Civil Chamber – by a majority of its full panel – adopts an opinion that differs from the legal principle or opinion concerning the application of the law that has so far been followed by the Supreme Court en banc;
 2) the Civil Chamber – by a majority of its full panel – takes the view that, for the uniform application of the law, it is essential that the case be disposed of by the Supreme Court en banc;
 3) disposing of the case presupposes disposing of a matter to be considered under the Constitutional Review Procedure Act.

 (5) A case referred to the Special Panel of the Supreme Court or the Supreme Court en banc is reported to the relevant formation of the Court by a member of the Civil Chamber at the direction of the Chief Justice of the Chamber.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 – entry into force 29.03.2015]

 (6) When applying the law, it is mandatory for the Chambers of the Supreme Court that participated in the Special Panel to follow the decision of the Panel until a different decision is made by the Special Panel or the Supreme Court en banc. When applying the law, it is mandatory for the Chambers and special panel formations of the Court to follow the opinion of the Supreme Court en banc, unless a different opinion has been adopted by the latter.

§ 20.  Members of the judicial panel to dispose of the case

 (1) Where the composition of the judicial panel changes during the proceedings, the case is heard anew from the beginning. Where the previous panel has taken and examined evidence, the new panel is not required to repeat this, unless the principal parties make the corresponding motion.

 (2) Where proceedings are presumed to continue over a lengthy period of time, the Chief Judge of the court considering the case may enlist a judge of that court to participate in those proceedings as a stand-by judge. The stand-by judge is present when the case is considered and replaces the judge dealing with the case if the latter is prevented from performing their duties.

 (3) Motions filed with the court after a disposition has been rendered in the case, primarily motions to rectify errors in the disposition, motions to enter a supplemental disposition, to limit the extent to which the disposition is made public, to enforce the disposition without delay, to dismiss an application or to terminate proceedings in the case are not required to be disposed of by the judge who rendered the disposition.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 21.  Confidentiality of deliberations

 (1) In addition to the judges deciding the case, the court may permit a person who attends at the court as part of their legal education or a person employed by the court as an adviser – as well as a judicial candidate who is with the court as part of their continued education and whose impartiality the court has no reason to doubt – to be present at the court’s deliberations and votes.

 (2) No judge or other person mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may disclose anything of the discussions held during the deliberations. The duty to maintain the confidentiality of deliberations applies indefinitely.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 22.  Voting in collegial judicial panels and judges’ dissenting opinions

 (1) A collegial judicial panel resolves any differences of opinion concerning the civil case by voting.

 (2) A member of the judicial panel does not have right to refuse to vote or to abstain. Where a series of issues is voted on, the member whose vote on a previous issue represented the minority position may not refuse to vote.

 (3) Where the vote is a tie, the way the presiding judge voted decides the matter.

 (4) A judge whose vote represents the minority position may file a dissenting opinion. A dissenting opinion that is included with the judicial disposition is made public together with the disposition.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 221.  Powers of assistant judges and other court officials when dealing with civil cases

 (1) In situations provided for by law, a civil case may, instead of a judge, also be dealt with by an assistant judge.

 (2) The provisions of subsections 2–4 of § 595 of this Code apply to the powers of assistant judges and to their recusal.

 (21) The recusal of law clerks is governed by provisions of this Code concerning the recusal of judges.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 – entry into force 01.07.2014]

 (3) An assistant judge or other court official vested with the relevant power by the rules of the court may also make an order preparing the case for disposition – or any other case management order that cannot be appealed – including an order by which consideration of the court claim, motion, application, representation or appeal is provisionally refused and an order by which a time limit is set or extended.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 4 CIRCUMSTANCES PRECLUDING PARTICIPATION IN PROCEEDINGS 

§ 23.  Judge’s duty to self-recuse

  A judge may not conduct proceedings in the civil case and must self-recuse in the following situations:
 1) the case is one in which they are a party to proceedings or a person against whom a claim may be filed as a result of the proceedings;
 2) the case concerns their spouse or cohabitee, or a sister, brother or direct blood relative of the spouse or cohabitee – even where the marriage or permanent cohabition has ended;
 3) the case concerns a person who is the judge’s direct blood relative or other close person as defined in subsection 1 of § 257 of this Code;
 4) the case is one in which they are or have been a representative or adviser of a party to proceedings or in which they participated or had a right to participate as a statutory representative of a party to the proceedings;
 5) the case is one in which they have been examined as a witness or have provided an opinion as the expert;
 6) they have participated in rendering a disposition in the case – in the pre-action procedure, in the preceding judicial instance or in arbitration proceedings;
 7) in the presence of any other circumstances that cast a doubt on their impartiality.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 24.  Recusal of the judge on a corresponding motion by a party to proceedings

 (1) In a situation provided for by § 23 of this Code, a party to proceedings may make a motion to recuse the judge.

 (2) A motion to recuse the judge is filed with the court to which the judge whose recusal is sought belongs.

 (3) The motion must substantiate the grounds for recusal.

§ 25.  Loss of right to recuse the judge

 (1) In a situation provided for by clause 7 of § 23 of this Code, a party to proceedings may not make a motion to recuse the judge if they have taken part in the trial or hearing in the case or, after having learned the name of the judge, have filed a substantive motion or application with the court without filing a motion for recusal.

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, a party to proceedings may make a motion to recuse the judge also at a later stage in the proceedings, provided that the ground for recusal arose after performance of the procedural operation or provided that the party learned of the ground after the procedural operation had been performed. The motion must substantiate the relevant circumstances.

 (3) A motion to recuse the judge is dismissed if it is filed in the same circumstances as a previous motion that has already been disposed of.

§ 26.  Disposing of a motion to recuse the judge

 (1) Where the judge or judicial panel against whom a motion to recuse them has been made considers the motion to be justified, they enter an order by which they recuse themselves.

 (2) Where the judge does not self-recuse or does not express an opinion concerning the motion to recuse them, the motion is disposed of by an order of the judicial panel on which the judge sits. The judge to be recused does not participate in deciding the issue. If the vote is a tie, the judge is deemed to have been recused.

 (3) Where a motion is made to recuse the entire judicial panel dealing with the case or the judge sitting alone and the panel or judge does not to recuse themselves, the matter of recusal is disposed of by the Chief Judge of the court. Where the motion is made to recuse all judges of the court, the case is disposed of by the Chief Judge of the court of the following judicial instance.

 (4) Where a motion is made to recuse the judicial panel of the formation of the Supreme Court dealing with the case, the motion is disposed of by that panel.

 (5) If the judge does not self-recuse following a motion for their recusal, they must without delay notify their opinion concerning the ground for recusal to the court or judge that has the authority to decide on the recusal.

§ 27.  Recusal without a corresponding motion

 (1) Where the judge finds that a circumstance mentioned in clauses 1–6 of § 23 of this Code is present that constitutes grounds for their recusal, the judge makes an order by which they recuse themselves.

 (2) Where the judge finds that a circumstance mentioned in clause 7 of § 23 of this Code is present that constitutes grounds for their recusal, the judge, following the rules provided by subsections 2–5 of § 26 of this Code, applies to the judicial panel or Chief Judge of the court to be recused.

 (3) Unjustified refusal to administer justice is not permitted.

§ 28.  Operations of the judge whose recusal is sought

 (1) After the motion to recuse the judge has been filed and before it is disposed of, the judge may only perform procedural operations that cannot be postponed and that do not have a determining impact on the disposition to be rendered in the case.

 (2) Where it is manifest that the motion to recuse the judge is unjustified, the judge may continue the proceedings regardless of the fact that a motion has been filed to recuse them, but may not, before the motion has been disposed of, enter a disposition that terminates proceedings in that judicial instance. Where the motion is granted, any procedural operations performed during continuation of the proceedings are rendered void.

§ 29.  Replacing the judge

 (1) The judge who has been recused is replaced at the earliest opportunity.

 (2) Where the judge or the entire judicial panel is recused, the case is considered by another judge or panel of the same court. Where the judge cannot be replaced in the court that deals with the case, the case is referred to another court of the same judicial instance through the court that is directly above them in the judicial hierarchy.

§ 30.  Relying on grounds for recusal in an appeal

  An appeal filed with the higher court may seek the setting aside of the disposition rendered in the case – on the ground that the judge should have been recused – only if the motion to recuse them was made to the lower court at the proper time or if the ground for recusal became known after the case had been disposed of by that court.

§ 31.  Recusal of the expert, interpreter or translator

 (1) The expert, interpreter or translator must self-recuse – and a party to proceedings may recuse any expert, interpreter or translator whose assistance has been enlisted in the proceedings – where any grounds mentioned in § 23 of this Code are present. Previous participation in the case as an expert or a witness does not constitute a ground for recusal.

 (2) A motion to recuse the expert, interpreter or translator is made to the court that appointed the expert or enlisted the assistance of the interpreter or translator before the expert is questioned or the procedural operation that requires the presence of the interpreter or translator begins.

 (3) A motion to recuse the expert, interpreter or translator that is made after the questioning of the expert has commenced or the procedural operation that requires the presence of the interpreter or translator has begun, or that is made more than 15 days after having learned the name of the expert, interpreter or translator is considered only if the party making the motion substantiates to the court that they were prevented by a valid reason from informing the court at an earlier time of the existence of the ground for recusal.

 (4) The motion must substantiate the grounds for recusal.

 (5) The court considering the case disposes of the motion to recuse an expert, interpreter or translator by an order. Where the motion is made at the trial or hearing, the court hears the views of the person whose recusal is sought and of the parties to proceedings.

 (6) An appeal filed with a higher court may seek the setting aside of a disposition – on the ground that the expert, interpreter or translator should have been recused – only if the motion to recuse them was made to the lower court at the proper time or if the ground for recusal became known after the case had been disposed of by that court.

Chapter 5 WORKING LANGUAGE OF THE COURT 

§ 32.  Working language of the court

 (1) Judicial proceedings and clerical business at the court are conducted in the Estonian language.

 (2) The record of proceedings at the trial or hearing and at any other procedural operation is kept in the Estonian language. The court may, where this is needed for accurate rendition of the testimony or statement given at the trial or hearing in a foreign language, in addition to their translation into the Estonian language, also incorporate them in the record in the language in which they were given.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Under paragraph 2 of Article 57 of Regulation (EU) No 1215/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council on jurisdiction and the recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters (OJ L 351, 20.12.2012, p. 1–32), the Republic of Estonia accepts translations of forms into the English language.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]

§ 33.  Foreign-language documents in judicial proceedings

 (1) Where the court claim, petition, motion, application, appeal or objection that a party to proceedings has filed with the court is not in the Estonian language, the court requires the person who filed the document to provide its Estonian translation by the due date set by the court. Where an item of documentary evidence that has been produced to the court by a party to proceedings is not in the Estonian language, the court requires the person who produced the item to provide its Estonian translation by the due date set by the court unless translation of the item is unreasonable considering its substance or volume and the other parties to proceedings do not object to accepting the evidence in a language other than Estonian.

 (2) The court may require a translation made by a sworn translator to be provided or caution the translator regarding the liability that attaches to a knowingly false translation.
[RT I, 23.12.2013, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2020]

 (3) If the translation is not filed by the due date, the court may disregard the court claim, petition, motion, application, appeal, objection or item of documentary evidence.

 (4) The court arranges translation of a judicial disposition into a foreign language for a party to proceedings strictly where the party so requests and provided the party does not have a representative in the proceedings and has been granted financial aid for bearing translation costs. To a person mentioned in subsection 4 of § 34 of this Code, the court arranges translation of the judicial disposition on the Republic of Estonia’s account regardless of whether the person has a representative or has been granted financial aid.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) The translation, into the English or French language, of a request lodged under § 6811 of this Code with the European Court of Human Rights and the translation of the Court’s disposition concerning the request into Estonian is arranged by the Supreme Court on the State’s account.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 – entry into force 06.07.2017, subsection 5 is applied from the day of entry into force, in respect of Estonia, of Protocol 16 to the European Convention on the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms.]

§ 34.  Participation of interpreter or translator in proceedings

 (1) Where a party to proceedings is not proficient in the Estonian language and does not have a representative in the proceedings, the court, where this is possible, enlists the assistance of an interpreter or translator in the proceedings on a motion of the party or of its own motion. The enlisting of such assistance is not required if the party’s representations are understandable for the court and for the other parties to proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where it is not possible for the court to enlist the assistance of an interpreter or translator without delay, the court makes an order by which it directs the party to proceedings who needs the interpreter or translator to secure, within the period determined by the court, the assistance of an interpreter or translator – or of a representative who has sufficient knowledge of Estonian. Failure to comply with the requirement does not preclude the court from disposing of the case. Where the person who does not comply is the claimant, the court may dismiss the court claim.

 (3) Before the interpreter or translator proceeds to interpret or translate in the proceedings, they are cautioned regarding the liability that attaches to false interpretation or translation, and the interpreter or translator signs the relevant acknowledgment.
[RT I, 23.12.2013, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2014]

 (4) The assistance of an interpreter or translator must be ensured in proceedings for placing a person in a closed institution and in proceedings for establishing a legal guardianship for a person.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) No interpreter or translator is enlisted in the proceedings for a party’s contractual representative or adviser.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 35.  Enlisting the assistance of an interpreter or translator for a deaf, mute or deaf-mute party to proceedings

  Where a party to proceedings is a deaf, mute or deaf-mute person, the course of the proceedings is relayed to them in writing, or the assistance of an interpreter or translator is enlisted in the proceedings.

§ 36.  Oath and signed acknowledgement of a person not proficient in the Estonian language

 (1) A person who is not proficient in the Estonian language pronounces the oath or provides signed acknowledgement of having been cautioned of their liability in a language in which they are proficient.

 (2) Signed acknowledgement is provided on the Estonian-language text of the oath or caution that is translated to the person at first hand before they sign.

Chapter 6 PUBLICITY OF PROCEEDINGS 

§ 37.  Publicity of judicial hearings

 (1) The hearing of the case in court is public unless otherwise prescribed by law.

 (2) The court may restrain a person who has expressed disregard for the court – as well as a minor, in order to protect their interests – from attending a public hearing of the case.

§ 38.  Declaring the proceedings closed to the public

 (1) The court declares the proceedings closed to the public – in part or in their entirety – of its own motion or on a motion of a party to proceedings, where this is manifestly needed:
 1) in order to protect national security or public order – first and foremost, to protect a State secret or classified information of a foreign State or information intended for an authority’s internal use;
[RT I 2007, 16, 77 – entry into force 01.01.2008]
 2) in order to protect the life, health or freedom of a party to proceedings, a witness or any other person;
 3) in order to protect the private life of a party to proceedings, a witness or any other person – unless the interest in the publicity of proceedings prevails over the interest in protecting the private life;
 4) in order to maintain the confidentiality of adoption;
 5) in the interests of a minor or of a person with an intellectual disability – first and foremost, to examine the person;
 6) to protect a business or other similar secret – unless the interest in the publicity of proceedings prevails over the interest in protecting the secret;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 7) to examine a person obligated by law to maintain the confidentiality of another person’s private life or of a business secret, if the law allows the person to disclose the secret in the proceedings;
 8) in order to protect the confidentiality of messages transmitted by post, telegraph, telephone or any other means available to the public.

 (2) In a situation that is not mentioned in subsection 1 of this section but in which it is manifest that objective administration of justice would otherwise be jeopardised – or in which the closing of the proceedings to the public offers a significantly higher likelihood of convincing the principal parties to terminate the proceedings by a compromise or of reconciling them by any other means – the court may declare the proceedings so closed, in part or in their entirety, of its own motion or on a motion of a party to proceedings.

 (3) In situations listed in clauses 2, 3 and 6–8 of subsection 1 of this section, the court does not declare the proceedings closed to the public in part or in their entirety if this is opposed by the person for the protection of whose interests the declaration should be granted.

§ 39.  Permitting a person to attend a trial or hearing closed to the public

  The court may permit a person to attend a trial or hearing closed to the public if they have a justified interest in doing so or if their attendance is manifestly in the interests of the administration of justice. The consent of the parties to proceedings is not required.

§ 40.  Rules for declaring the proceedings closed to the public

 (1) The matter of declaring the proceedings closed to the public in part or in their entirety is considered at a hearing closed to the public, provided that this is required by a party to proceedings or provided the court deems it necessary.

 (2) The order by which the proceedings are declared closed to the public in part or in their entirety is made public. The order may be pronounced in a hearing closed to the public if it is presumed that public pronouncement of the order could significantly disturb order at the trial or hearing.

§ 41.  Parties to proceedings and persons attending the trial or hearing: duty of confidentiality

 (1) At the trial or hearing closed to the public, the court cautions the parties to proceedings and any other persons present in the courtroom that they are not allowed to disclose anything concerning the matters or documents discussed at the trial or hearing insofar as this is needed to protect a right or interest mentioned in § 38 of this Code.

 (2) Where this is necessary to protect a right or interest mentioned in § 38 of this Code, the court may, by an order and in addition to what has been provided for by subsection 1 of this section, caution a person who is present at the trial or hearing closed to the public to maintain the confidentiality of a fact that the person has learned at that trial or hearing or from a document relevant to the case.

 (3) The court may also – where the proceedings have not been declared closed to the public but their confidentiality is manifestly needed to protect a right or interest mentioned in § 38 of this Code – make an order by which it requires the parties to proceedings and any other persons present in the courtroom to maintain the confidentiality of a fact that they have learned in the course of proceedings in the case.

 (4) A person required to maintain the confidentiality may file appeal the order made concerning the duty mentioned in subsections 2 and 3 of this section.

 (5) [Repealed – RT I, 07.12.2018, 2 – entry into force 17.12.2018]

§ 42.  Relaying or recording the trial or hearing

 (1) Notes may be taken at a public trial or hearing provided this does not interfere with the proceedings. The trial or hearing may be photographed, filmed or audio recorded – or a radio, television or other broadcast of it made – strictly with the prior permission of the court.

 (2) In a trial or hearing closed to the public, the court may only permit the taking of notes.

 (3) The court may remove from the courtroom, and impose a fine on, any person who violates the provisions of subsection 1 or 2 of this section.

Chapter 7 MEASURES TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE IN CIVIL PROCEEDINGS 

§ 43.  Order at the trial or hearing

 (1) The court maintains order at the trial or hearing and arranges for enforcement of any orders made for this purpose, including orders imposing a fine or a short-term custodial sentence. The parties to proceedings and any other persons present in the courtroom must unconditionally comply with the court’s directions.

 (2) The duty to maintain order that is provided for by this Chapter – together with the rights that this entails – also applies to a judge who acts under a domestic letter of request or a delegation of the judicial panel or performs a procedural operation outside the trial or hearing.

§ 44.  Limiting the number of persons present at the trial or hearing

  The court may control the number of persons present at the trial or hearing if the courtroom has become overcrowded and this interferes with consideration of the case.

§ 45.  Removing a person from the trial or hearing and imposing other measures to persons

 (1) The court may remove, from the trial or hearing, a party to proceedings or their representative or adviser, or a witness, expert, interpreter, translator – or any other person present – who fails to comply with a direction given to ensure order at the trial or hearing, acts in a manner that shows a lack of propriety and disrespect of the court or of another party to proceedings.

 (2) The court may remove from the proceedings a representative or adviser of a party to proceedings or restrain the person from making representations if they are not able to conduct themselves, and speak, in the court in accordance with the requirements, including due to inadequate language proficiency, or have, in the course of judicial proceedings, shown themselves to be dishonest, incompetent or irresponsible – also if they have, in bad faith, obstructed the court in its efforts to conduct the proceedings in a just and expeditious manner and with the lowest possible costs or have repeatedly failed to comply with the directions of the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where a party to proceedings or their representative is removed from the trial or hearing, proceedings in the case may be continued as if the party or representative left the trial or hearing of their own volition. A party’s representative is considered to have left the trial or hearing also where, under subsection 2 of this section, they have been removed from, or restrained from making representations in, the proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The court may impose a fine or a short-term custodial sentence of up to seven calendar days on a person who conducts themselves in the manner mentioned in subsection 1 of this section or on a party to proceedings or the party’s representative or adviser who has, in bad faith, obstructed the court in its efforts to conduct the proceedings in a just and expeditious manner and with the lowest possible costs or has repeatedly failed to comply with the directions of the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) When the court applies the provisions of subsections 1–4 of this section regarding the representative of a party to proceedings and the party is not present at the trial or hearing or other procedural operation, the court notifies the application of the provisions to the party and invites them to select a new representative by the time set by the court. Where the person to whom the provisions are applied is an attorney, the court also informs the Estonian Bar Association or another professional association of which the attorney is a member.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) Where the conduct, in court, of a party to proceedings or of another person shows the elements of a criminal offence, the court transmits a crime report to the Prosecutor's Office or the police. Where this is needed, the court arrests the person by making the corresponding order.

§ 46.  Imposition of fines

 (1) In situations that are provided for by this Code and in which the court may impose a fine, the fine may be imposed in the amount of up to 3,200 euros unless otherwise prescribed by the Code. In determining the amount of the fine, the court takes into consideration the person’s pecuniary situation and other circumstances.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 – entry into force 01.01.2011]

 (11) Instead of or in addition to a minor, the fine may be imposed on their parents or legal guardians. Instead of an adult of limited active legal capacity, the fine may be imposed on their guardians. No fine is imposed on minors under 14 years of age or on persons of limited active legal capacity.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) A person may be given a fine only after they have been issued the corresponding warning, unless prior warning is not possible or reasonable.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) A fine imposed on a person for non-performance of a duty does not release the person from performing the duty. If the duty is not performed after imposition of the fine, a new fine may be imposed.

 (4) A copy of the order by which a fine was imposed is served without delay on the person fined or on their representative.

§ 47.  Short-term custodial sentence and forcible bringing-in

 (1) The court may, by order and in situations prescribed by law, impose a short-term custodial sentence in civil proceedings provided it has issued a warning to the person that such a sentence may be imposed.

 (2) In a situation where collection of the fine is impossible, it may be converted into a short-term custodial sentence of up to three months. Conversion of the fine into the custodial sentence may be provided for already by the order that imposes the fine. Upon substitution of a fine by short-term custodial sentence the provisions of § 72 of the Penal Code and § 201 of the Code of Enforcement Procedure apply. If the person fined pays the fine, they are released from short-term custodial sentence.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The short-term custodial sentence is served – according to the requirements provided for by the Imprisonment Act – at the jail or prison that serves the area in which the court that made the order has its seat or the locality in which the sentenced person has their residence.
[RT I, 03.03.2021, 1 – entry into force 04.03.2021]

 (4) In situations where this is prescribed by law, the court may make an order by which it directs the police to forcibly bring the person in, provided the court has issued a warning to the person that they may be so brought in.

 (5) To enforce the order to forcibly bring a person in, the person may be arrested for up to 48 hours before the beginning of the trial or hearing. Unless otherwise provided by this Code, forcible bringing-in is governed by the provisions of subsections 3–5 of § 139 of the Code of Criminal Procedure.

§ 48.  Appealing the order imposing a fine or short-term custodial sentence

  A person who has been given a fine or short-term custodial sentence may appeal the order by which the fine or sentence was imposed and which is mentioned in this Chapter. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal against the order of the district court imposing the fine cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

Chapter 8 RECORDS OF PROCEEDINGS 

§ 49.  Making a record of proceedings at the procedural operation

 (1) A record is made of proceedings at the trial or hearing and, in situations provided for by law, also at other procedural operations. The same applies to procedural operations performed by the court under a delegation from the judicial panel or a domestic letter of request.
[RT I 2006, 7, 42 – entry into force 04.02.2006]

 (2) A record is made of proceedings at the trial or hearing, or at other procedural operations, by the judicial hearing clerk – or other court official authorised to do so by the rules of the court – or by the judge. Where the record is made by the judicial hearing clerk or other court official, the clerk or official enters the particulars mentioned in clauses 6–9 of subsection 1 and in subsection 2 of § 50 of this Code in the record strictly according to the summary stated by the judge.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) At the hearing before the Supreme Court, a record is made of proceedings insofar as the Court considers this necessary.

§ 50.  Particulars in the record of proceedings

 (1) The record of proceedings at a procedural operation must reflect the material stages of the operation and any other circumstances material to disposing of, or to or a potential appeal in, the case. The record states:
 1) the time and location of performance of the procedural operation, and a brief description and number of the case;
 2) the name of the court considering the case and the names of the judges, of the person making the record, and of any interpreters or translators;
 3) the type of the case;
 4) information concerning the presence in court of the parties to proceedings and of their representatives, and of any witnesses and experts;
 5) information on whether or not the procedural operation is open to the public;
 51) agreement on the law applicable to consideration of the case;
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 1 – entry into force 01.07.2016]
 6) any representations, motions or applications made by the parties to proceedings;
 7) any admission or abandonment of or compromise on the court claim;
 8) the substance of the relief sought and objections made by the principal parties and by other parties to proceedings – to the extent this is not reflected in written documents filed with the court;
 9) the main substance of any statements provided by the parties to proceedings under oath, of the testimony of any witnesses, the oral replies of the expert and the particulars of any inspections;
 10) any directions given or dispositions made by the court during the trial or hearing;
 11) the time the judicial disposition will be made public;
 12) any waivers of appeal against the disposition;
 13) the date of signing the record.

 (2) On a motion of a party to proceedings, a circumstance raised or opinion stated in the case is noted in the record of proceedings. The court may, by order, deny the motion where it is manifest that the circumstance or opinion is of no relevance to the case.

 (3) A procedural document that is annexed to the record of proceedings and to which a reference is included in the record is deemed to be equivalent to a record made of the proceedings.

§ 51.  Creating a record of proceedings

 (1) A record of proceedings at the trial or hearing is made in typewritten form or recorded on a digital data medium such that its reproducibility in writing is ensured. Initially, such a record may also be made at the trial or hearing by another method such as by the taking of notes or by dictation, yet the record must be converted into the form mentioned in the first sentence of this subsection by the time it is signed.

 (2) Technical requirements for digital records of proceedings, for the filing of objections to such records and for the signing of the same are enacted by an order of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I 2006, 7, 42 – entry into force 04.02.2006]

§ 52.  Recording a procedural operation

 (1) A trial or hearing is audio recorded.
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 2 – entry into force 01.01.2019]

 (11) Recording the trial or hearing may be dispensed with if:
 1) it comes to light before the trial or hearing or in the course of its progress that recording is technically impossible;
 2) the trial or hearing is held outside court premises;
 3) the trial or hearing is held without the attendance of a principal party and the court dismisses the court claim, postpones consideration of the case or disposes of the case by the written procedure or by a default judgment;
 4) the hearing is held to pronounce a judicial disposition;
 5) it is a hearing before the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 2 – entry into force 01.01.2019]

 (12) The trial or hearing or other procedural operation may be initially recorded in its entirety or in part on audio, video or other data media. In such a situation, the record of proceedings is created without delay after the trial or hearing or performance of other procedural operation.
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 2 – entry into force 01.01.2019]

 (2) With respect to the recorded testimony of witnesses, experts and parties to proceedings as well as of recorded results of an inspection, the record of proceedings only includes a note referring to these unless, in the course of the proceedings, a principal party requests – or the court deems it necessary – that a record be made of the main substance of such recordings.

 (3) The recording is included in the case file.

§ 53.  Filing objections against the record of proceedings and rectification of the record

 (1) Formulations noted in the record of proceedings to reflect any statements provided by the parties to proceedings under oath, the testimony of witnesses and the opinion and responses of the expert are immediately stated at the trial or hearing, unless the person who provided it and the parties who participated in the trial or hearing agree to waive the stating of such formulations at that time and the court does not consider it necessary either. Rectifications are made to the record based on the objection of the person, provided the court sustains that objection. An objection that the court overrules is noted in the record or annexed to it.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Parties to proceedings have a right to acquaint themselves with the record of proceedings and make motions to rectify the same within three working days following its signing. The court, having signed the record, notifies the parties of the time of signing it and transmits it to them electronically without delay, provided the parties have provided their e-mail addresses to the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where, in a situation mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, a party to proceedings makes a motion to substantively rectify the record of proceedings, the court invites the other parties to proceedings to make their submissions on the issue. Where this is needed, the court holds a hearing to dispose of the motion. The absence of a party to proceedings from the hearing does not preclude disposing of the motion.

 (4) Where the court agrees with the motion mentioned in subsection 2 of this section to rectify the record of proceedings, the court rectifies the record. An objection that the court overrules is noted in the record or annexed to it.

 (5) Where the substance of the record of proceedings is a recording, the person whose testimony was recorded may, without delay, acquaint themselves with the recording and make objections to it. If the court sustains the objection, the statement, testimony or response is recorded in its new wording. If the court overrules the objection, the substance of the objection is recorded.

 (6) When making a record of proceedings at a procedural operation, the court explains the rights provided for by subsections 1–5 of this section to the persons entitled to file objections to the record.

 (7) The record of proceedings states the particulars concerning presentation of the record or recording, or concerning the waiving of the corresponding right, as well as concerning approval of the particulars in or the filing of objections to the record.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 54.  Signing the record of proceedings

 (1) The record of proceedings is signed by the judge. Where a procedural operation involves a collegial judicial panel, the record of proceedings is signed by the presiding judge. Where the record was made by the judicial hearing clerk or other authorised official, it is also signed by that person.

 (2) Where the presiding judge is unable to sign the record of proceedings, another member of the judicial panel signs the record in their stead. Where the judge who was sitting alone when the procedural operation was performed is unable to sign the record, that was created by the judicial hearing clerk or other authorised official, the signature of the official who made the record is sufficient. The reason for not signing is stated in the record.

 (3) In any other respects, the signing of the record of proceedings is governed by the provisions of § 441 of this Code.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 55.  Probative value of the record of proceedings

  Violation of procedural rules applicable at the trial or hearing or any other procedural operation at which a record was made of the proceedings can be proved only by relying on the record. The sole objection that can be filed against the record is that of falsification.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 9 CASE FILE 

§ 56.  File of the civil case

 (1) For each civil case, the court keeps a case file in which it collects, in chronological order, all procedural documents and other documents relevant to the case from all judicial instances, including records of proceedings and judicial dispositions. In situations provided for by law, other objects relevant to the proceedings are annexed to the file.

 (2) The case file is kept as a collection of written documents.

 (3) An electronic document sent to or prepared by the court is included in the case file as a printout together with the particulars concerning the person who created the document, the person who printed it out as well as concerning the time that the document was created, the time it was sent to the court and the time it was printed out. An electronic document may also be included in the file as a recording in the Judicial Information System or on a digital data medium, provided preservation of a copy of the document in the system is ensured.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

§ 57.  Digital case file

 (1) The case file may be kept in its entirety or in part in the digital form.

 (2) Paper documents are scanned and saved under the entry for the appropriate case in the Judicial Information System. The system automatically records the time of saving the document and the particulars of the person saving it. Documents saved in the system are deemed equivalent to paper documents.
[RT I, 22.03.2013, 9 – entry into force 01.04.2013]

 (3) Where this is needed, documents filed on paper in a situation mentioned in subsection 2 of this section are preserved until completion of proceedings.

§ 58.  Archiving the case file

 (1) When the disposition by which the proceedings were concluded has entered into effect, the district court that dealt with the case archives the case file.

 (2) The case file and the procedural documents included in it are preserved after conclusion of the proceedings strictly for as long as is necessary in the interests of the parties to proceedings or of other persons, or in the public interest.

§ 59.  Acquainting oneself with the case file

 (1) The parties to proceedings have a right to acquaint themselves with the case file and to obtain copies of procedural documents in the file.

 (11) The court may restrict the right of a party to proceedings to acquaint itself with the case file and to obtain copies of the file where it is manifest that this would be contrary to a compelling interest of another party or any other person. Restrictions may not be imposed if the party is a principal party to action-by-claim proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (12) The court may restrict the right of a party to proceedings to acquaint itself with the audio recording of the trial or hearing if the trial or hearing was declared closed to the public in its entirety or in part or if it involved compromise negotiations.
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 2 – entry into force 01.01.2019]

 (2) During action-by-claim proceedings, persons other than the parties to proceedings are only authorised to acquaint themselves with the case file and to obtain copies of procedural documents in the file with the consent of the principal parties. A representative of the competent authority of the State may acquaint themselves with the file and obtain copies of procedural documents with the permission of the Chief Judge of the court dealing with the case, even without the consent of the parties, provided the authority substantiates its legally relevant interest to do so.

 (3) Where proceedings in the case have been concluded with a disposition that has entered into effect, a person other than the parties to proceedings may acquaint themselves with the case file and obtain copies of procedural documents with the permission of the district court that dealt with the case, even without the consent of the principal parties, provided the person substantiates a legitimate interest to acquaint themselves with the documents and obtain a copy. The person may not acquaint themselves with the file of a case in which the proceedings were closed to the public.

 (4) In an action-by-petition case, a person other than the parties to proceedings may – unless otherwise prescribed by law – acquaint themselves with the case file and obtain a copy of a procedural document strictly with the permission of the court that dealt with or is dealing with the case provided the person substantiates a legitimate interest to do so. The person may acquaint themselves with procedural documents pertaining to adoption only with the permission of the adoptive parent and of the full-age child.

 (5) A person may acquaint themselves with electronic procedural documents and documents recorded on digital or other data media under subsections 1–4 of this section only by a method that guarantees the integrity of the medium. An electronic copy, printout or extract of a procedural document may also be obtained.

 (51) A note is made in the case file concerning the fact that the party to proceedings or their representative acquainted themselves with the file.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (52) On a motion of a party to proceedings or their representative, a data medium that is used in the case as an item of evidence, contains a State secret or classified information of a foreign State and is not included in the case file, is presented – in accordance with the rules provided by the State Secrets and Classified Information of Foreign States Act – to the party or their representative to acquaint themselves with that medium. A note is made in the file concerning presentation of the medium.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) An order by which a person is denied permission to acquaint themselves with the case file is made by the judge or assistant judge. The order may be appealed. The order entered by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 60.  Reconstituting the case file

 (1) Where the file of the civil case has perished or been lost due to other reasons, the court may reconstitute the file on a petition of a party to proceedings or of its own motion.

 (2) In proceedings for reconstitution of the case file, the court requires the parties to proceedings to file detailed information and documents or copies of documents concerning the case.

 (3) When reconstituting the case file, the court uses any preserved parts of the file, documents – or copies of documents – issued in the case prior to the loss of the file, as well as any other relevant evidence.

 (4) The court may examine, as witnesses, any persons who were present at the procedural operations, as well as persons who were members of the judicial panel considering the case or persons who enforced the judgment.

 (5) The reconstitution of a case file that has been lost is decided by the court in action-by-petition proceedings by an order.

 (6) A case file that has been lost is reconstituted in its entirety or in the part that the court deems necessary to reconstitute. If the file is reconstituted, the judicial disposition that concluded proceedings in the case – or the order by which the proceedings were terminated or the case was dismissed – must be reconstituted if such a disposition or order was entered in the case.

 (7) Where the information and documents that have been collected are not sufficient to reconstitute the case file that has been lost, the court enters an order by which it terminates the proceedings to reconstitute the file.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (8) In a case concerning reconstitution of a case file that has been lost, the petitioner is exempted from the payment of court costs.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 601.  eFile system: management of procedural information

 (1) The eFile system for the management of procedural information (hereinafter, ‘eFile system’) is a database that is part of the State Information System, that is kept for processing procedural information and personal data in civil proceedings and whose purpose is:
 1) to provide an overview of civil cases that the courts are dealing with;
 2) to reflect information concerning operations performed in the course of civil proceedings;
 3) to facilitate organisation the work of the courts;
 4) to ensure the collection of judicial statistics required to make policy decisions in the field of justice;
 5) to facilitate electronic transmission of information and documents.

 (2) The following particulars are recorded in the database:
 1) particulars concerning civil cases that are being considered or have been completed;
 2) information concerning operations performed in the course of civil proceedings;
 3) digital documents in situations provided for by this Code;
 4) particulars concerning the proceedings authority, parties to proceedings and persons participating in the proceedings;
 5) judicial dispositions.

 (3) The eFile system is established and its constitutive regulations are enacted by the Government of the Republic. The Government of the Republic may, by regulation, enact the time, requirements and rules for transition to the eFile system.

 (4) The Ministry of Justice is the controller of the eFile system. The processor of the system is the person appointed by the Minister in charge of the policy sector.

 (5) The Minister in charge of the policy sector may issue regulations to organise the operation of the eFile system.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

§ 61.  Powers of the Minister in charge of the policy sector concerning the case file

  The Minister in charge of the policy sector enacts, by regulation, the time of and rules for transition to the mandatory keeping of digital case files, the technical requirements for the keeping of and acquaintance with such files as well as for the preservation of electronic documents. The Minister in charge of the policy sector enacts, by regulation, specific requirements for archiving the case file – among other things, concerning the period during which the file and the procedural documents are to be preserved, concerning acquaintance with the archived file and procedural documents as well as concerning destruction of the file.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

Chapter 10 PROCEDURAL TIME LIMITS 

§ 62.  Calculation of procedural time limits

 (1) Unless otherwise provided for by law, the calculation of procedural time limits is governed by the provisions of the Act on the General Principles of the Civil Code on the calculation of time limits and due dates.

 (2) Where a time limit has been set for performance of a procedural operation, the operation may be performed until 24:00 on the last day within the limit. If the operation must be performed in the court’s premises, the end of the court’s working day is deemed to be the end of the time limit.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 63.  Beginning of the time limit set by the court

  The running of a time limit set by the court begins on the day following the day of service of the document by which the limit is set, unless otherwise stated when setting it. Where service of the document is not required, the time limit begins to run from reception of notification concerning the setting the limit.

§ 64.  Amending the time limit

 (1) Where a valid reason is present, the court may, on substantiated motion or of its own motion, extend the time limit that it has set. The time limit may be extended on more than one occasion only with the consent of the opposing party.

 (2) Procedural time limits, whether provided by law or set by the court, may be reduced by mutual agreement of the principal parties. The agreement on reducing the time limit is presented to the court in writing or stated in the record of proceedings.

§ 65.  Calculating the time limit when the document has been sent to the wrong court

  [RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
Where a document sent by a party to proceedings is received by a court that, in terms of territorial jurisdiction or judicial instance, is not the right court, the document is transmitted to the right court. If the procedural document reached the former court at the proper time, the time limit for performance of the procedural operation is deemed to have been complied with.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 66.  Consequences of failure to perform the procedural operation at the proper time

  Where the procedural operation has not been performed at the proper time, the party to proceedings does not have a right to perform the operation at a later time, unless the court reinstates the time limit that was provided by law or extends one that was set by the court, or agrees to consider the court claim, petition, motion, application, item of evidence or objection filed by the party by virtue of subsection 1 of § 331 of this Code. This applies regardless of whether or not the party has been warned of such consequences.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 67.  Reinstating a procedural time limit provided by law

 (1) Where a party to proceedings has not observed a procedural time limit provided by law, the court reinstates the time limit on the party’s motion, provided the party had a valid reason for not observing the limit and provided non-observance of the limit precludes performing the procedural operation or entails other negative consequences for the party.

 (2) A motion to reinstate the time limit may be made within 14 days following the day on which the impediment mentioned in subsection 1 of this section ceased to apply but not later than within six months following the end of the limit that was not observed.

§ 68.  Deciding on reinstatement of the time limit

 (1) A motion to reinstate the time limit is filed in the form that applies to the procedural operation that was to be performed. The motion states the circumstances that constitute the ground for reinstatement and substantiates these. The motion is filed with the court in which the operation should have been performed.

 (2) The procedural operation for whose performance the motion to reinstate the time limit is made must be performed simultaneously with the filing of the motion.

 (3) The court disposes of the matter of reinstating the time limit by an order.

 (4) The order by which the district court or circuit court of appeal decided not to reinstate the time limit may be appealed. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Where the time limit is reinstated, proceedings return to the stage they had reached before non-observance of the limit.

 (6) Before deciding on reinstatement of the time limit, the court may, by order, suspend enforcement proceedings or permit these to be continued only against provision of security, or invalidate an enforcement operation.

Part 2 TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION 

Chapter 11 GENERAL PROVISIONS 

§ 69.  Territorial jurisdiction: definition

 (1) ‘Territorial jurisdiction’ means the right and duty of the person to exercise their procedural rights before a specific court. Territorial jurisdiction is regular, optional or exclusive.

 (2) Regular jurisdiction determines the court with which a court claim may be filed against the person and at which other procedural operations may be performed in their respect – unless the law provides that the claim may be filed with or the operation performed at another court.

 (3) Optional jurisdiction determines the court with which – in addition to regular jurisdiction – a court claim may be filed against the person and at which other procedural operations may be performed in their respect.

 (4) Exclusive jurisdiction determines the sole court that may be approached to dispose of the civil case. Territorial jurisdiction in action-by-petition cases is exclusive unless otherwise provided by law.

§ 70.  International jurisdiction

 (1) The provisions on international jurisdiction serve to determine situations in which the case may be dealt with by Estonian courts.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided by law or treaty, Estonian courts have jurisdiction over the case if they are authorised to dispose of it by the provisions on subject matter and territorial jurisdiction or by an agreement on jurisdiction.

 (3) International jurisdiction is not exclusive unless otherwise provided by law or treaty.

 (4) The provisions of this Code concerning international jurisdiction apply strictly insofar as has not been provided for otherwise by a treaty or the following Regulations of the European Union:
 1) Regulation (EU) No 1215/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
 2) Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1111 on jurisdiction and the recognition and enforcement of judgments in matrimonial matters and the matters of parental responsibility, and on international child abduction (recast) (OJ L 178, 02.07.2019, p. 1–115);
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 – entry into force 20.11.2022]
 3) Council Regulation (EC) No 4/2009 on jurisdiction, applicable law, recognition and enforcement of decisions and cooperation in matters relating to maintenance obligations (OJ L 7, 10.1.2009, p. 1–79);
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]
 4) Regulation (EU) No 650/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council on jurisdiction, applicable law, recognition and enforcement of decisions and acceptance and enforcement of authentic instruments in matters of succession and on the creation of a European Certificate of Succession (OJ L 201, 27.7.2012, p. 107–134);
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 – entry into force 20.03.2016]
 5) Regulation (EU) No 655/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a European Account Preservation Order procedure to facilitate cross-border debt recovery in civil and commercial matters (OJ L 189, 27.6.2014, p. 59–92).
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 – entry into force 06.07.2017]

§ 71.  Agreement on jurisdiction

  In situations and in accordance with the rules prescribed by law, the parties may conclude an agreement on jurisdiction. An agreement on jurisdiction is an agreement to have the dispute disposed of in a specific court.

§ 72.  Special jurisdiction of Harju District Court

 (1) Where, under regular provisions, the case does not fall under the jurisdiction of Estonian courts or where such jurisdiction cannot be established and a treaty or the law does not make other provision for the matter, the case is dealt with by Harju District Court provided that:
 1) under a treaty, the case must be disposed of in the Republic of Estonia;
 2) the claimant, petitioner or applicant is a citizen of the Republic of Estonia or has a residence in Estonia, and it is not possible for them to use a legal remedy in a foreign State or they cannot be expected to do so;
 3) the case is closely connected to Estonia for any other reason and it is not possible for the person to use a legal remedy in a foreign State or they cannot be expected to do so.

 (2) Harju District Court also considers the case if it falls under the jurisdiction of Estonian courts but it is not possible to determine the specific court. This applies also if Estonian jurisdiction has been agreed upon without specifying the court that is to dispose of the case.

§ 73.  Territorial jurisdiction determined by the court

  Territorial jurisdiction is determined by the Chief Judge of the higher-instance court – on a motion of a party to proceedings or at the request of the court that received the motion – if:
 1) the court that properly holds such jurisdiction cannot exercise judicial authority in the case;
 2) having regard to the boundaries of the judicial districts of the different courts, it is not clear which of them has jurisdiction in the case;
 3) several courts have decided that the case is outside their jurisdiction, but one of those courts could consider the case.

§ 74.  Cases that fall under the jurisdiction of several courts and division of cases among courthouses

  [RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (1) Where the case falls under the jurisdiction of several Estonian courts at the same time, the initiating party has a right to choose the court with which to file the court claim, application or petition. In such a situation, the case is dealt with by the court with which the document was filed first.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

 (2) Where a court claim has been filed in the locality of the defendant’s residence or seat, or according to exclusive jurisdiction, the case is heard in the courthouse in whose service area the defendant has their residence or seat or in whose service area the place according to which exclusive jurisdiction was determined lies. Where, in other situations, several different places that determine jurisdiction lie within the judicial district of the same district court, but of different courthouses, the claimant states the courthouse to hear the case. If the claimant does not do this, the venue for the case is determined by the court.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

 (3) Action-by-petition cases are heard in the courthouse in whose service area the place according to which jurisdiction is determined lies. Where several places determining jurisdiction lie within the judicial district of the same district court, but within the service areas of different courthouses, the place at which the case will be heard is determined by the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 75.  Verification of jurisdiction

 (1) The court that receives the court claim, application or petition verifies whether, under the provisions on international jurisdiction, the court claim, application or petition may be filed with Estonian courts. After this, the court verifies whether the case falls under the territoria ljurisdiction of the court with which it was filed.

 (2) If the case does not fall under the territorial jurisdiction of the court with which it was filed, that court sends it to the court that has jurisdiction over the case – with the exception of the situation where the court finds that, under the rules on international jurisdiction, the case does not fall under the jurisdiction of Estonian courts.

 (3) Already before filing the court claim, application or petition, the person may apply to the court for an order on whether or not the case falls under the court’s jurisdiction. In such a situation, the draft of the intended court claim, application or petition as well as any other documents that are material for a determination on jurisdiction must be added to the application. Where this is needed, the court may invite the presumed defendant or any other parties to proceedings to state their opinion on how the application should be disposed of, and hear them.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (31) An order that is mentioned in subsection 3 of this section and by which the court finds that the case does not fall under its jurisdiction may be appealed by the applicant. The order made by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The higher-instance court does not verify or change territorial jurisdiction on any basis other than consideration of an appeal filed against a court order concerning jurisdiction, or against an order by which the court claim, application or petition is rejected or dismissed or proceedings in the case are terminated. Where the jurisdiction of Estonian courts under the rules of international jurisdiction was challenged in the district court, the higher-instance court may also verify such jurisdiction on the basis of any other appeal.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 76.  Transferring the case according to territorial jurisdiction

 (1) Where, after it has accepted the court claim, application or petition, the court ascertains that the case does not fall under its territorial jurisdiction, it enters an order by which the case is transferred in accordance with the rules on jurisdiction. Where the case falls under the jurisdiction of several courts, the court transfers it to the one selected by the claimant, applicant or petitioner.

 (2) The order mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be appealed. The order made by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

 (3) When the time limit for appealing its order has expired, the court transfers the case to the court that – under the rules on jurisdiction – is the proper court to deal with the case. Where an appeal was filed against the order, the court transfers the case when the appeal has been denied.

 (4) The court that receives the case must consider it. Jurisdictional disputes between the courts are not allowed.

§ 77.  Changing the territorial jurisdiction of the case

  Where the court’s acceptance of the court claim, application or petition is not tainted by error, it disposes of the case on its substance even if the circumstances based on which jurisdiction was determined subsequently change.

§ 78.  Filing the court claim with the courts of different States

 (1) Where, before the court claim was filed with an Estonian court, a court claim that was filed between the same principal parties and that is substantially the same has been accepted by a competent foreign court, the Estonian court accepts the claim provided the other requirements for accepting it have been met and its jurisdiction does not stem from a treaty or a European Union Regulation mentioned in subsection 4 of § 70 of this Code – but suspends proceedings if it may be presumed that the foreign court will render its disposition within a reasonable time and the disposition will be recognised in the Republic of Estonia.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]

 (11) The time at which the court claim – for the purposes of subsection 1 of this section – was filed with the Estonian court is deemed to be the time when the claim, or the application mentioned in subsection of § 75 of this Code – as well as an application or petition mentioned in subsection 2 of § 160 of the Act on the General Part of the Civil Code – reached the court, or the time of performance of another operation. This applies only if the court claim has subsequently been served on the opposing party.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The court claim is deemed to have been accepted by the foreign court when that court has performed its first procedural operation regarding the case.

 (3) The court resumes the proceedings that were suspended on the grounds mentioned in subsection 1 of this section in accordance with the rules provided by § 361 of this Code if the foreign court has not rendered a disposition within a reasonable time or where it becomes manifest that the disposition that has been or is to be rendered is unlikely to be recognised in the Republic of Estonia.

 (4) Once the foreign court’s disposition that must be recognised in the Republic of Estonia is presented to the court, the court makes an oder by which it terminates the proceedings. The order may be appealed.

 (5) The provisions of subsections 1–4 of this section apply, accordingly, to the filing of petitions under the action-by-petition procedure with the courts of several countries.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 12 REGULAR JURISDICTION 

§ 79.  Personal jurisdiction

 (1) A court claim against a natural person may be filed in the locality of the person’s residence and, against a legal person, in the locality of its seat.

 (2) Where the residence of a natural person is not known, the court claim against them may be filed in the locality of their last known residence.

§ 80.  Jurisdiction in relation to citizens of the Republic of Estonia who reside in a foreign State

 (1) A court claim against a citizen of the Republic of Estonia who resides in a foreign State and is covered by the principle of extraterritoriality or against such a citizen who is a civil servant working in a foreign State may be filed in the locality of the person's last residence in Estonia.

 (2) Where a person mentioned in subsection 1 of this section has never resided in Estonia, the court claim against them may be filed with Harju District Court.

§ 81.  Jurisdiction in relation to the Republic of Estonia and to municipalities

 (1) A court claim against the Republic of Estonia or a municipality may be filed in the locality of the seat of the State or municipal authority whose actions have caused the claim to be envisaged.

 (2) Where the State authority mentioned in subsection 1 of this section cannot be determined, the court claim is filed with Harju District Court. Where the municipal authority mentioned in subsection 1 of this section cannot be determined, the claim is filed in the locality of the seat of the municipal executive.

 (3) The claimant may also file the court claim mentioned in subsection 1 or 2 of this section in the locality of their residence or seat.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 82.  Jurisdiction in bankruptcy proceedings

  [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 13 OPTIONAL JURISDICTION 

§ 83.  Jurisdiction by locality in which the person is present

  A court claim for pecuniary relief against a natural person may be filed also in the locality of their presence, provided the person will be present in the locality for a longer period of time due to an employment or service relationship, studies or for other similar reasons.

§ 84.  Jurisdiction by locality where certain activities are conducted

  A court claim related to the defendant’s economic or professional activities may also be filed in the locality where these activities are conducted.

§ 85.  Jurisdiction by locality of the legal person’s seat

  A membership-based legal person – including a company – or a member or shareholder of such a person may file a court claim related to the membership of or holding in the person against the person’s member, partner or shareholder also in the locality in which the person has its seat.

§ 86.  Jurisdiction by locality where property is present

  [RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (1) Where a person has their residence or seat in a foreign State, a court claim for pecuniary relief against them may be filed also in the locality in which the property concerned by the relief sought is situated, or in which any other property of the person is situated.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where property has been recorded in a public register, the court claim mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be filed in the locality in which the register has its seat.

 (3) Where the property is a claim that arose under the law of obligations, the court claim mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be filed in the locality of the debtor’s residence or seat. Where the claim is secured by an item of property, the court claim may be filed in the locality in which the item is situated.

§ 87.  Jurisdiction over court claims to enforce claims secured by a mortgage or encumbered with a real encumbrance

  A court claim to enforce a claim secured by a mortgage or encumbered with a real encumbrance or related to any other similar claim may also be filed in the locality of the item of immovable property, provided that the debtor is also the owner of the registered immovable encumbered by by the mortgage or real encumbrance.

§ 88.  Jurisdiction over court claims that stem from apartment ownership rights

  A court claim against an apartment owner that arises from a legal relationship related to apartment ownership rights may also be filed with in the locality where the item of immovable property in which the rights are held is situated.
[RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 – entry into force 23.03.2014]

§ 89.  Jurisdiction by locality of the contract’s performance

 (1) A court claim that stems from a contract or seeks to declare the contract void may also be filed in the locality where the place of performing the contested contractual obligation lies.

 (2) Where a contract concerns the sale of an item of movable property, the place of performance, for the purposes of subsection 1 of this section, is deemed to be the place where the item was or had to be delivered to the buyer or, in the case of a contract for a service, the place where the service was provided or had to be provided. In any other situation, the debtor’s place of business or, where the debtor does not have one, the place where the debtor has their residence or seat is deemed to be the place of performance of the obligation for the purposes of subsection 1 of this section.

 (3) The provisions of subsection 2 of this section apply insofar as the parties have not agreed otherwise.

§ 90.  Jurisdiction by locality of the consumer’s residence

  A consumer may file a court claim that stems from a contract or from a relationship mentioned in §§ 35, 46 or 52, in subsection 4 of § 208, in §§ 379 or 402, in subsection 4 of § 635 or in §§ 709, 734 or 866 of the Law of Obligations Act as well as a court claim arising under any other contract concluded with an undertaking that has its seat or a place of business in Estonia in the locality in which the consumer has their residence. This does not apply to court claims that stem from haulage contracts.

§ 91.  Jurisdiction over court claims that stem from insurance contracts

 (1) A policyholder, beneficiary or any other person entitled to claim performance from the insurer under an insurance contract may also file a court claim that stems from the insurance contract against the insurer in the locality in which the person has their residence or seat.

 (2) Where the contract is for liability insurance, or for insurance of a construction work or of an item of immovable property – or of movable property together with the construction work or the immovable property – the court claim against the insurer may also be filed in the locality in which the act that caused the harm was performed or the event that caused the harm occurred, or in which the harm was caused.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 911.  Jurisdiction over court claims that stem from agreements on intellectual property rights

  A court claim that stems from an agreement on the transfer of any material subject to copyright, related rights or industrial property rights, or from a licence agreement, or seeks to declare the agreement void may also be filed with Harju District Court.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 4 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

§ 92.  Jurisdiction by locality of the employee’s residence or workplace

  An employee may file a court claim that stems from their employment contract also in the locality of their residence or workplace.

§ 93.  Jurisdiction over court claims that stem from a bill of exchange or a cheque

  A court claim that stems from a bill of exchange or a cheque may also be filed in the locality in which the bill of exchange or cheque was redeemed.

§ 94.  Jurisdiction over court claims that stem from the unlawful causing of harm

  A court claim for compensation for unlawfully caused harm may also be filed in the locality in which the act that caused the harm was performed or the event that caused the harm occurred, or in which the harm was caused.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 95.  Jurisdiction over court claims that stem from maritime claims, rescue work or rescue contracts

 (1) A court claim that stems from one or several maritime claims mentioned in the Law of Maritime Property Act may also be filed in the locality where the defendant’s ship is present or where the ship’s home port is situated.

 (2) A court claim that stems from rescue work or a rescue contract may also be filed in the locality where such work was carried out.

§ 96.  Jurisdiction over court claims concerning decedents’ estates

 (1) A court claim that seeks a declaration concerning identification of the person as an heir or beneficiary of the decedent, or by which the heir or beneficiary seeks relief against possessor of the estate, or that stems from a legacy or an inheritance contract or seeks the allocation of a compulsory portion or division of the estate may also be filed in the locality in which the decedent had their residence at the time of their death.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where the decedent was a citizen of the Republic of Estonia but at the time of death had no residence in Estonia, the court claim mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may also be filed in the locality of the decedent’s last residence in Estonia. If the decedent never had a residence in Estonia, the claim may be filed with Harju District Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 97.  Court claim against co-defendants and several court claims against the same defendant

 (1) A court claim against several defendants may be filed by the claimant in the locality in which a co-defendant of the claimant's choice has their residence or seat.

 (2) Where, by virtue of the same fact, several court claims may be filed against a single defendant, such claims may also be filed with a court with which could otherwise accept only one or several of the claims.

§ 98.  Jurisdiction over counterclaims and court claims by a third party with an independent claim

 (1) A counterclaim may be filed with the court with which the court claim was filed, provided that the requirements for filing the counterclaim are met, the counterclaim is not subject to exclusive jurisdiction and the law does not provide for cases of this type to be considered strictly by a certain district court or by certain district courts. This also applies in situations where, under regular provisions, the counterclaim should be filed with a foreign court.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 4 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

 (2) A third party with an independent claim may file its court claim with the court that is considering the original court claim.

§ 981.  Jurisdiction in bankruptcy proceedings

  [Repealed – RT I, 04.01.2021, 4 – entry into force 01.02.2021]

Chapter 14 EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION 

§ 99.  Jurisdiction by locality where the item of immovable property is situated

 (1) The locality in which the item of immovable property is situated determines where the court claim is to be filed provided the relief sought by the claim is:
 1) recognition of the existence or absence of ownership rights, of a limited property right or of any other encumbrance imposed on the property under the law of property, or any other relief related to an interest in the property;
 2) determination of the boundaries, or division, of the property;
 3) the granting of protection to possession of the property;
 4) related to apartment ownership rights and provided for under the law of property;
 5) related to compulsory enforcement concerning the property;
 6) related to a lease or commercial lease contract – or any other contract concluded for use of the property under the law of obligations – or related to the validity of such a contract.

 (2) A court claim related to a real servitude, real encumbrance or right of pre-emption is filed in the locality where the servient or encumbered item of immovable property is situated.

§ 100.  Seeking cessation of using a standard term

 (1) A court claim to cease using an unfair standard term or, for the person recommending its use, to cease recommending such use and to withdraw the corresponding recommendation (§ 45 of the Law of Obligations Act) is filed with the court that serves the locality in which the defendant has their place of business or, where the defendant does not have one, with the court that serves the locality in which the defendant has their residence or seat. If the defendant has no place of business, residence or seat in Estonia, the court claim is filed with the court in whose judicial district the standard term was used.
[RT I, 05.04.2013, 1 – entry into force 15.04.2013]

 (2) The provisions of this Code concerning the court claim to cease using a standard term also apply in a situation provided for by subsection 21 of § 45 of the Law of Obligations Act.
[RT I, 05.04.2013, 1 – entry into force 15.04.2013]

§ 101.  Jurisdiction over cases concerning the setting aside of a decision of a body of the legal person and the granting of a declaration recognising the decision as void

  A court claim to set aside the decision of a body of the legal person or to grant a declaration recignising such a decision as void is filed in the locality where the legal person has its seat.

§ 102.  Jurisdiction over matrimonial cases

 (1) A matrimonial case is a civil case that deals with a court claim that seeks:
 1) the granting of a divorce;
 2) annulment of the marriage;
 3) the granting of a declaration as to the existence or absence of a marriage;
 4) division of joint property or any other relief related to the pecuniary relationship between the spouses;
 5) any other relief sought by one spouse from the other in relation to the marital relationship.

 (2) Estonian courts may consider the matrimonial case if:
 1) at least one of the spouses is a citizen of the Republic of Estonia or was a citizen at the time of contracting the marriage;
 2) the residence of both spouses is in Estonia;
 3) the residence of one spouse is in Estonia, except where it is manifest that the judgment to be given would not be recognised in any country of whose citizenship the spouses hold.

 (3) In a matrimonial matter to be dealt with by Estonian courts, the court claim is filed in the locality of the spouses’ joint residence or, where the spouses do not have a joint residence, in the locality of the defendant’s residence. Where the defendant’s residence is not in Estonia, the claim is filed in the locality in which the principal parties’ common underage child resides or, where the parties do not have such a child, in the locality of the claimant’s residence.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) Where the property of an absentee has been placed under conservatorship due to the fact that the person is missing, or where a legal guardian has been appointed to a person of limited active legal capacity or where a person has been sentenced to a term of imprisonment, the court claim for divorce against against them may also be filed in the locality of the claimant’s residence.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 103.  Jurisdiction over filiation and maintenance cases

 (1) A filiation case is a civil case that deals with a court claim that seeks the ascertainment of filiation or that contests a parent’s entry in the record of the child’s birth or in the Population Register.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

 (2) Estonian courts may consider the filiation case if at least one of the principal parties is a citizen of the Republic of Estonia or has their residence in Estonia.

 (3) In a filiation matter that falls to be dealt with by Estonian courts, the court claim is filed in the locality of the child’s residence. If the child’s residence is not in Estonia, the claim is filed in the locality of the defendant’s residence. If the defendant’s residence is not in Estonia, the claim is filed in the locality of the claimant’s residence.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The provisions of subsections 2 and 3 of this section also apply to maintenance cases. A maintenance case is a civil case that deals with a court claim that seeks:
 1) performance of the parent’s statutory maintenance obligation in respect of an underage child;
 2) performance of a maintenance obligation between parents;
 3) performance of a maintenance obligation between spouses;
 4) performance of any other statutory maintenance obligation.

§ 1031.  Jurisdiction in bankruptcy proceedings

  A court claim related to bankruptcy proceedings or to the bankruptcy debtor’s estate is filed with the court that declared the bankruptcy.
[RT I, 04.01.2021, 4 – entry into force 01.02.2021]

Chapter 15 AGREEMENT ON JURISDICTION 

§ 104.  Agreement on jurisdiction

 (1) Where the court’s jurisdiction is prescribed by an agreement between the principal parties and the dispute relates to the economic or professional activities of both parties – or to those of one party while the other party is the State, a municipality or another public legal person – or if both parties are public legal persons, the court may assume jurisdiction and consider the case.

 (2) An agreement on jurisdiction may also be concluded in a situation where the residence or seat of one or both of the parties is not in Estonia.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 1 of this section, an agreement on jurisdiction is valid also where:
 1) it has been concluded after the dispute arose;
 2) jurisdiction was agreed upon for the event that, after conclusion of the agreement, the defendant moves their residence or transfers their place of business or seat to a foreign State, or where the defendant’s residence, place of business or seat is not known at the time of filing the court claim.

 (4) Jurisdiction that has been agreed upon is exclusive unless the principal parties have agreed otherwise.

§ 105.  Jurisdiction in situations where the defendant participates in proceedings without raising any objections

  Where the defendant responds to the court claim without contesting the court’s jurisdiction and also where the defendant does not respond to the claim but participates in the trial or hearing without contesting such jurisdiction, the district court may, internationally as well as among Estonian courts, assume jurisdiction and consider the case.

§ 106.  Where the agreement on jurisdiction is void

 (1) An agreement on jurisdiction is void where:
 1) it is contrary to the provisions of subsection 1 of § 104 of this Code;
 2) it does not relate to a specific legal relationship or a dispute arising from such a relationship;
 3) it has been concluded in a form that is not reproducible in writing;
 4) exclusive jurisdiction for filing the court claim is prescribed by law;
 5) one of the parties has been deprived of the jurisdiction of Estonian courts contrary to the principle of good faith.

 (2) In a situation mentioned in clause 4 of subsection 1 of this section, the court may not assume jurisdiction and consider the case even when proceedings take the course described in § 105 of this Code.

§ 107.  Change of territorial jurisdiction during proceedings

  The court of first instance may, by order, transfer the case to another court of first instance if the parties make a joint motion to that effect before the first hearing or, under the written procedure, before expiry of the time limit for filing their submissions.

Chapter 16 TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION IN ACTION-BY-PETITION CASES 

§ 108.  Expedited order-for-payment procedure

  Cases dealt with under the expedited order-for-payment procedure – with the exception of cases of European orders for payment filed under Regulation no. 1896/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council creating a European order for payment procedure (OJ L 399, 30.12.2006, pp. 1–32) are disposed of by the Haapsalu Courthouse of Pärnu District Court.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

§ 109.  Declaring a person legally dead and establishing their time of death

 (1) Estonian courts may declare a person legally dead and determine the time of their death if:
 1) the missing person was a citizen of the Republic of Estonia when they were last heard of, or at the time had their residence in Estonia;
 2) there is another legally relevant interest for Estonian courts grant the declaration and determine the time of death.

 (2) The petition to declare a person legally dead and determine the time of their of their death is filed in the locality of the missing person’s last residence. Where the person is missing on account of the loss of a ship registered in Estonia, the petition is filed in the locality in which the ship’s home port lies.

 (3) In a situation not mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, the petition to declare a person legally dead or determine the time of their death is filed in the locality of the petitioner’s residence or seat. If the petitioner’s residence or seat is not in Estonia, the petition is filed with Harju District Court.

 (4) The motion to amend the time of death or to revoke the declaration of legal death is filed with the court that determined the time of death or declared the person legally dead.

§ 110.  Legal guardianship cases

 (1) A legal guardianship case is a case in which the court is petitioned to appoint a legal guardian to a person, as well as any other case related to legal guardianship. Estonian courts have subject matter jurisdiction in the case if:
 1) the person in need of legal guardianship – or the ward – is a citizen of the Republic of Estonia, or has their residence in Estonia;
 2) the person in need of legal guardianship – or the ward – needs the protection of Estonian courts due to another reason, including situations where the person’s property is situated in Estonia.

 (2) Where the legal guardianship may be established by Estonian as well as by foreign courts and where a guardian has already been appointed in the foreign State – or proceedings for such an appointment are pending – the appointment of a guardian in Estonia is not required, provided that the decision of the foreign court can be presumed to benefit from recognition in Estonia and not appointing a guardian in Estonia is in the person’s interests.

 (3) A guardianship case is dealt with by the court in whose judicial district the person in need of guardianship has their residence.

 (4) Appointing a legal guardian to a child before the child’s birth is dealt with by the court in whose judicial district the mother has her residence.

 (5) Where the court is petitioned to create a legal guardianship for siblings whose residences are or or who are present in the judicial district of several courts, the guardian is appointed by the court in whose judicial district the residence of the youngest child is situated. Where, in such a situation, guardianship proceedings are already pending before the court, the guardianship case is dealt with by that court.

 (6) If the person in need of guardianship has no residence in Estonia or if the residence cannot be established, the case may be dealt with by the court in whose judicial district the person – or their property – requires protection, or by Harju District Court.

 (7) A matter relating to the ward or their property is dealt with by the court that appointed the legal guardian. The matter may also be dealt with, where a valid reason is present, by the court in whose judicial district the ward has their residence or where the person’s property is situated.

§ 111.  Placing a person in a closed institution

 (1) The case in which the court is petitioned to place a person in a closed institution is dealt with by the court that appointed the legal guardian to, or that deals with the case concerning the creation of legal guardianship for, the person. In any other situations, the case is dealt with by the court in whose judicial district the closed institution is situated. The case may also be dealt with by the court that imposed interim protection measures.
[RT I, 23.02.2011, 1 – entry into force 01.09.2011]

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the provisions of subsections 1 and 2 of § 110 of this Code apply.

 (3) Interim protection measures may be imposed during the proceedings by any court in whose judicial district the measures need to be applied.

 (4) Other matters related to a person’s placement in a closed institution, including matters of suspension or termination or changing the period of the placement, are dealt with by the court that rendered the disposition under which the person was placed in the institution.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 112.  Placing an absentee’s property under conservatorship

 (1) Cases of placing an absentee’s property under conservatorship are dealt with by the court in whose judicial district the absentee has their residence.

 (2) Where the absentee has no residence in Estonia, the case is dealt with by the court in whose judicial district the property whose placement under conservatorship is sought is situated.

 (3) Other cases related to placing an absentee’s property under conservatorship, including cases of discharging the conservatorship and changing the guardian or varying the conservator’s duties, are dealt with by the court that appointed the conservator.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 113.  Adoption

 (1) An adoption case may be dealt with by Estonian courts if the adoptive parent, one of the spouses wishing to adopt or the child is a citizen of the Republic of Estonia or has their residence in Estonia.

 (2) A petition concerning the adoption is filed in the locality in which the adoptive child has their residence. If the child has no residence in the Republic of Estonia, the petition is filed with Harju District Court.

 (3) A case in which a declaration of invalidity is sought regarding an adoption is dealt with by the court that decided on the adoption.

§ 114.  Extending the active legal capacity of a minor

 (1) A case filed to extend the active legal capacity of a minor may be dealt with by Estonian courts if the minor is a citizen of the Republic of Estonia or has their residence in Estonia.

 (2) A petition to extend the active legal capacity of a minor or a motion to revoke the extension is filed in the locality in which the minor has their residence. If the minor has no residence in Estonia, the petition is filed with Harju District Court.

§ 115.  Ascertaining a person’s filiation and contesting the entry identifying the parent after the parent has passed away

  Where a person seeks to ascertain filiation from a parent who has passed away or where a person contests the entry identifying a parent in the record of the birth of the child or in the Population Register after the person identified as the parent has passed away, the corresponding petition is filed with the court in whose judicial district the parent from whom filiation is to be ascertained or who is identified in the contested entry had their last residence. Where the last residence of the person was outside Estonia or is unknown, the petition is filed with Harju District Court.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

§ 116.  Other action-by-petition cases in family matters

 (1) Unless otherwise provided by law or dictated by the nature of the case, action-by-petition cases in family matters that are not mentioned in this Subchapter are, accordingly, governed by the provisions of § 110 of this Code.

 (2) An action-by-petition case that relates to the legal relationship between spouses or divorced spouses is dealt with by the court in whose judicial district the spouses have their common residence, or last had a common residence.

 (3) Where, in a situation mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, the spouses had no common residence in Estonia or where neither of the spouses currently has their residence in the judicial district in which they last had a common residence, the case is dealt with by the court in whose judicial district the spouse whose rights would be circumscribed by the order sought has their residence. If the residence of that spouse is not in Estonia, or cannot be established, the case is dealt with by the court in whose judicial district the petitioner has their residence.

 (4) Where territorial jurisdiction cannot be determined under subsections 2 or 3 of this section, the case is dealt with by Harju District Court.

 (5) Interim protection measures in an action-by-petition case in a family matter may be applied by any court in whose judicial district such measures need to be applied.

§ 117.  Imposition of conservation measures on decedents’ estates

 (1) Estonian courts may impose conservation measures on a decedent’s estate located in Estonia regardless of the country whose law is applicable to the succession of the estate or of the country whose public authority or official is empowered under regular jurisdiction rules to conduct proceedings concerning the inheritance.

 (2) Conservation measures are imposed by the court in whose judicial district the succession opens. Where the succession opens in a foreign State and the decedent’s estate is located in Estonia, conservation measures may be imposed by the court in whose judicial district the estate is located.

§ 118.  Territorial jurisdiction in unknown rightholder cases

 (1) The petition to declare a security instrument invalid is filed with the court in whose judicial district the place where the instrument is to be redeemed lies or, where no such place has been provided for, in accordance with regular jurisdiction as applicable to the issuer of the security.

 (2) The petition to initiate unknown rightholder proceedings to preclude the rights of the owner of the item of immovable property is filed by possessor of the immovable following the provisions of § 124 of the Law of Property Act with the court in whose judicial district the property is situated.

 (3) In a situation provided for by § 13 of the Law of Maritime Property Act, the petition to initiate unknown rightholder proceedings to preclude the rights of the ship’s owner is filed by the entitled party with Harju District Court.

 (4) The petition to initiate unknown rightholder proceedings to preclude the rights of an unknown mortgagee (§ 331 of the Law of Property Act) is filed by the owner of the encumbered item of immovable property with the court in whose judicial district the property is situated. The petition to initiate unknown rightholder proceedings to preclude the rights of the maritime mortgagee or the pledgee is filed with Harju District Court – following § 59 of the Law of Maritime Property Act – by the owner of the encumbered ship, or of the pledged property that has been encumbered with a registered movable-property security interest.
[RT I 2009, 30, 178 – entry into force 01.10.2009]

§ 119.  Territorial jurisdiction in action-by-petition cases that relate to a private legal person

  [RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 – entry into force 01.01.2015]
Action-by-petition cases – with the exception of registration cases – that are related to the activities of a company, non-profit association or foundation, including cases related to the appointment of a substitute member of the management board or supervisory board, of an auditor, of the person to carry out a special audit or of a liquidator, or cases related to determining the amount of compensation payable to the company’s shareholders are dealt with by the court in whose judicial district the legal person has their seat or the foreign company has their branch office.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 120.  Cases concerning apartment ownership rights and co-ownership rights

  Action-by-petition cases that concern apartment ownership rights or co-ownership rights are dealt with by the court that serves the locality in which the immovable property is situated.

§ 1201.  Cases concerning access to a public road and obligatory acquiescence with utility works and with artificial recipients of land improvement systems

  [RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2019]
Cases concerning access to a public road and obligatory acquiescence with utility works and with artificial recipients of land improvement systems are dealt with by the court that serves the locality in which the immovable property from which access to the public road is sought is situated or which is to be served by the land improvement system’s artificial recipient whose construction is sought or on which the utility work is located.
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2019]

§ 121.  Cases concerning recognition of foreign judicial dispositions, declaring such dispositions enforceable and enforcing them

  [RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]
Unless otherwise provided for by law or treaty, a petition to recognise and grant a declaration of enforceability for a foreign judicial disposition, a motion to refuse to recognise or enforce, or suspend enforcement of the disposition, or any other motion or application in enforcement proceedings is filed in the locality of the residence or seat of the debtor, or with the court in whose judicial district enforcement proceedings are intended to be pursued.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

§ 1211.  Cases seeking a declaration of enforceability for an agreement reached as a result of conciliation proceedings

  An agreement reached as a result of conciliation proceedings mentioned in subsection 1 of § 14 of the Conciliation Act is declared enforceable by the court in whose judicial district the proceedings were conducted.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

§ 1212.  Cases seeking recognition of and a declaration of enforceability for a decision of an arbitral tribunal

 (1) A petition to recognise and grant a declaration of enforceability for a decision of an arbitral tribunal made in Estonia or for a decision of a foreign arbitral tribunal, as well as any motions for refusal to recognise or enforce the decision, are filed with Pärnu District Court.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided for by law or treaty, a motion to suspend the enforcement of the decision of a foreign arbitral tribunal as well as any other motions in enforcement proceedings are filed in the locality of the residence or seat of the debtor, or with the court in whose territorial jurisdiction enforcement proceedings are intended to be pursued.

 (3) If one of the parties to the arbitration agreement is a consumer, the petition to recognise and grant a declaration of enforceability for the arbitral decision – or a motion to refuse to recognise or enforce the decision – is filed with the court in whose judicial district the venue of arbitration proceedings is located.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

Part 3 VALUE OF CIVIL CASE, CASE COSTS AND SECURITY 

Chapter 17 VALUE OF CIVIL CASE 

§ 122.  Value of the civil case

 (1) ‘Value of the civil case’ means the value of the court claim or the value of the action-by-petition case.

 (2) The value of the court claim is the usual value of that which is sought by the court claim.

 (3) The value of the action-by-petition case is the usual value of that which is petitioned in the case, or the usual value of the operation performed of the court’s own motion.

 (4) Case costs are not taken into account when determining the value of the civil case.

§ 123.  Time that constitutes the point of reference for calculating the value of the civil case

  The point of reference for calculating the value of the civil case is the time of filing the court claim, application or petition.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 124.  Value of the court claim where monetary relief is sought

 (1) Where the court claim seeks a monetary payment, its value is determined by the amount claimed. For an amount claimed in a foreign currency, the value of the court claim is determined by converting the amount into euros using the daily exchange rate of the European Central Bank applicable at the time of filing the claim.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 – entry into force 01.01.2011]

 (2) Where the claimant seeks, from the defendant, the performance of a non-monetary obligation and also requests assessment of the amount of compensation for harm payable in the event of non-performance, the value of the court claim is determined by the amount requested as compensation for harm.

 (3) The provisions of subsection 1 of this section also apply when petitions for expedited order-for-payment proceedings are filed under the action-by-petition procedure.

§ 125.  Value of the court claim seeking declaratory relief

  The value of the court claim seeking declaratory relief is determined by the value of the benefit that the claimant presumably becomes entitled to if the claim is granted. Where the value of the benefit cannot be determined, the relief sought is deemed to be non-pecuniary.

§ 126.  Value of the court claim where the relief sought relates to an item of property or a right

 (1) In a dispute concerning recovery of an item of property from a certain person’s possession or transfer of ownership of the item or any other dispute concerning ownership or possession of the item, including where the dispute concerns rectification of a mistaken owner entry in the Land Register, the value of the court claim is determined by the value of the item. Unless otherwise provided by law, this applies regardless of whether the case is disposed of on the basis of a contract or of a non-contractual legal relationship,.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The value of a court claim in a dispute relating to a right is determined by the value of the right.

 (21) [Repealed – RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

 (3) In a dispute concerning the securing of a claim or the security interest that has been created as collateral for the claim, the value of the court claim is determined by the amount of the claim. Where the value of the property object that is subject to the security interest is lower than the value of the claim, the value of the object determines the value of the court claim.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

§ 127.  Value of the court claim in a dispute relating to a real servitude

  The value of the court claim in a dispute related to or stemming from a real servitude is determined by the value of the servitude for the dominant item of immovable property. Where the amount by which the real servitude reduces the value of the servient item is higher than the servitude’s value for the dominant item, the amount by which the value of the servient item is reduced is deemed to be the value of the court claim.

§ 128.  Value of the court claim related to a contract for use

  The value of the court claim in a dispute relating to the validity or duration of a lease contract, commercial lease contract or other similar contract for use is the sum total of the user fees payable for the time – of not more than one year – under dispute. Where the dispute relates to the surrender of possession of an item of immovable property, a construction work or a part of such an item or work due to expiry of the contract, the value of the court claim is the sum total of the user fees payable for one year.

§ 129.  Value of the court claim related to a recurring obligation

 (1) The value of the court claim in a dispute concerning a claim for performance of recurring obligations is the total value of the obligations – but not more than three times the total yearly value of such obligations.

 (2) The value of the court claim in a dispute concerning performance of a statutory maintenance obligation, or concerning a claim for regular monetary payments arising from the causing of a person’s death, of a bodily injury or of harm to a person’s health is the sum total of the payments sought – but not more than the amount that would be received for the nine months following the filing of the claim.

§ 130.  Value of the court claim in a dispute concerning ceasing the use of a standard term

  [Repealed – RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

§ 131.  Value of the court claim to invalidate a resolution of a legal person or declare such a resolution void

  [Repealed – RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

§ 132.  Value of the court claim seeking non-pecuniary relief

 (1) The value of a court claim for non-pecuniary relief is presumed to be 3500 euros unless otherwise prescribed by subsection 11 of this section.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

 (11) The value of a court claim that seeks non-pecuniary relief and that is provided for by subsection 4 of this section is deemed to be 3500 euros.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

 (2) Where non-pecuniary relief is sought, the court may, when setting the value of the court claim, derogate from the provision of subsection 1 of this section, having regard to all circumstances of the case, including the extent and significance of the case as well as the pecuniary situation and income of the parties.

 (3) For court claim value purposes, the relief sought for the causing of a person’s death, or of bodily injury to a person, of harm to a person’s health or to their good name is deemed non-pecuniary relief, provided that the amount of compensation sought is not stated in the court claim and that fair compensation at the court’s discretion is requested.

 (4) For court claim value purposes, the following types of relief are also deemed non-pecuniary:
 1) relief consisting in the protection of possession (§§ 44 and 45 of the Law of Property Act);
 2) relief consisting in the protection of ownership rights in a situation where the violation does not relate to loss of possession (§ 89 of the Law of Property Act);
 3) relief consisting in the grant, in favour of the owner of the item of immovable property recorded in the Land Register, of an order for illegal possession of the item to cease and for the owner’s possession to be restored – except in a situation provided for by the second sentence of § 128 of this Code;
 4) relief consisting in the termination of co-ownership rights;
 5) relief consisting in division of jointly held property;
 6) relief consisting in the set-off of property increments;
 7) relief consisting in an order to cease using an unfair standard term or, for the person recommending its use, to cease recommending such use and to withdraw the corresponding recommendation;
 8) relief consisting in an order by which the legal person’s resolution is invalidated or the declaration is granted that such a resolution is void;
 9) [Repealed – RT I, 04.01.2021, 4 – entry into force 01.02.2021]

 (5) For court claim value purposes, non-pecuniary relief is also deemed to be sought where compulsory enforcement is to be declared inpermissible. The court may not fix the value of the court claim seeking such relief at more than 6000 euros.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

§ 133.  Determining the value of the court claim based on the principal and ancillary claims

 (1) The value of the court claim is calculated based on the principal and ancillary claims.

 (2) When calculating the court claim value of the ancillary claim mentioned in § 367 of this Code, the sum of late interest charges that has accrued by the time of filing the court claim is increased by the amount corresponding to the late interest charges for one year.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

§ 134.  Aggregating the claims to determine the value of the court claim

 (1) To determine the value of the court claim, the claims that it contains are aggregated. Where such claims are alternative, the value of the court claim is determined by the higher-value claim.

 (2) Where the court claim is filed against several jointly and severally liable defendants or where several claimants file a joint seek relief against the same defendant by means of a jointly filed statement of claim, the value of the court claim is determined by the value of the claim.

 (3) Where declaratory relief is sought together with the related pecuniary relief, only the value of the pecuniary relief is deemed to constitute the value of the court claim.

§ 135.  Initiating party states the value of the civil case

  Unless the value of the civil case clearly emerges from the relief sought by the court claim or petition or an earlier application – and has not been determined specifically by law – the claimant, applicant or petitioner states the value in the statement of the court claim, application, petition or appeal.

§ 136.  Court fixes the value of the civil case

 (1) The court fixes the value of the civil case where that value has not been prescribed by law and does not emerge from the statement of the court claim, application or petition. The court may fix the value also where it finds that the value stated by the claimant, applicant or petitioner is unrealistic.

 (2) To fix the value of a civil case, the court may require the parties to proceedings to provide evidence, or arrange an inspection or commission an appraisal by an expert.

 (3) The costs of appraisal by an expert are allocated by the order by which the court fixes the value of the civil case. The court may decide that such costs must be borne, in part or in full, by the principal party who caused the need for the appraisal by failing to state the value of the case, by stating the wrong value or by unfoundedly contesting the value that had been stated.

 (4) The court may vary the order concerning the value of the civil case until, in that judicial instance, the disposition is rendered in the case. The court may also change the value by the judicial disposition that disposes of the case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) [Repealed – RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

§ 137.  Value of the civil case on appeal

 (1) Where an appeal with the circuit court of appeal, or an appeal to the Supreme Court or appeal against an order concluding the proceedings is filed, the value of the civil case remains the same as it was in the first judicial instance, having regard to the scope of the appeal.

 (11) The higher court may change the value of the case if the value has been fixed wrongly in the lower court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where the party has appealed the decision rendered concerning both the court claim and the counterclaim, the values of the court claim and counterclaim disposed of by the appealed judgment are aggregated, provided that the relief sought by the court claim and the counterclaim is not mutually exclusive. Where the relief is mutually exclusive, the higher-value claim determines the value of the appeal.

 (3) When fixing the value of a joint appeal filed by several parties to proceedings, the value of that which is sought by the appeal is taken as the basis.

 (4) [Repealed – RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

 (5) When filing an appeal with the circuit court of appeal or an appeal to the Supreme Court against a judgment rendered under the documentary procedure, as well as against an interim judgment or a partial judgment that reserves the possibility of set-off, the value of the case is presumed to be 1/4 of the value of the case in the first judicial instance.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 18 CASE COSTS 

Subchapter 1 General Provisions 

§ 138.  Composition and calculation of case costs

 (1) Case costs are the court costs and out-of-court costs incurred by the parties to proceedings.

 (2) Court costs are the statutory fee and specific costs of considering the case.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (3) In each judicial instance, the court keeps a record of the case costs incurred, including of specific costs of considering the case.

§ 139.  Statutory fee

 (1) ‘Statutory fee’ means a sum of money that, by law, is payable to the Republic of Estonia for performance of a procedural operation.

 (2) Payment of the statutory fee is required for the performance of any procedural operation for which the Statutory Fees Act prescribes such a fee.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

 (21) [Repealed – RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 – entry into force 01.07.2014]

 (3) [Repealed – RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

 (4) [Repealed – RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

 (5) No statutory fee is paid on a petition to initiate proceedings in an action-by-petition case that the court may deal with of its own motion. This does not rule out payment of a statutory fee under the judicial disposition.

 (6) No statutory fee is paid on an application for financial aid.

§ 140.  Deposit fee on appeals to the Supreme Court

  [Repealed – RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

§ 141.  Deposit fee on interim relief

  [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 142.  Deposit fee on motions to set aside a default judgment, to reinstate proceedings or to reinstate a time limit

  [Repealed – RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

§ 143.  Specific costs of considering the case

  Specific costs of considering the case are:
 1) the costs of any witnesses, experts, interpreters and translators as well as the costs of any non-parties that have been incurred in connection with the conduct of an expert assessment and that are compensated for under the Forensic Examination Act;
[RT I 2010, 8, 35 – entry into force 01.03.2010]
 2) costs of obtaining any items of documentary or of physical evidence;
 3) costs of conducting an inspection, including necessary travel expenses incurred by the court;
 4) the costs of service and transmission of procedural documents through an enforcement agent and of the service and transmission of such documents in a foreign State and to extraterritorial citizens of the Republic of Estonia;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 41) the costs of issue of procedural documents;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 5) [Repealed – RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]
 6) the costs of determining the value of the civil case.

§ 144.  Out-of-court costs

  Out-of-court costs are:
 1) the costs of any representatives and advisers of the parties to proceedings;
 2) travel, postal, communications, accommodation and other similar costs of the parties to proceedings that are incurred in connection with the proceedings;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 3) losses of wages or salary, or of any other regular earnings, by the parties to proceedings;
 4) the costs of pre-action proceedings provided for by law – unless the court claim was filed later than six months after the end of such proceedings;
 5) the enforcement agent's fee for operations to give effect to interim relief and the costs of enforcing the interim relief order;
 51) the enforcement agent's fee for the service of procedural documents;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]
 52) the enforcement agent's fee for enforcing a European preservation order made under Regulation (EU) No 655/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council and the costs of enforcing the order as well as the fee of the Chamber of Enforcement Agents and Trustees in Bankruptcy for considering a request for obtaining information that is filed under that Regulation;
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 – entry into force 06.07.2017]
 6) the costs of considering an application for financial aid towards payment of case costs.
 7) the costs of expedited order-for-payment proceedings;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]
 8) the costs of participation in conciliation proceedings – where the court has directed the parties to undertake such proceedings under subsection 4 of § 4 of this Code or where the proceedings are mandatory pre-action conciliation proceedings provided for by subsection 4 of § 1 of the Conciliation Act.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

§ 145.  Exemption from payment of the statutory fee

  [RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (1) The Republic of Estonia as a party to proceedings is exempt from paying the statutory fee.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (2) A minor – or the minor’s attorney who has been appointed in accordance with the rules for State-funded legal aid – is exempted from paying the statutory fee on filing an appeal against an order in a case in which the minor has been granted such aid.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

Subchapter 2 Bearing of Case Costs 

§ 146.  Persons who bear case costs

 (1) Case costs are borne by:
 1) the person who applied for initiation of proceedings or performance of another procedural operation;
 2) the person who, by a representation filed with the court or by an agreement, has assumed the duty to bear the costs;
 3) the person who is required to bear the costs under a judicial disposition entered in the case.

 (2) Where the persons who have been required to pay certain case costs in advance have not paid those costs, they are jointly and severally liable for the unpaid costs among themselves and together with any persons from whom those costs have been awarded to the State by a judicial disposition entered in the case, as well as with any other persons obligated to pay the costs.

 (3) In the relationship among the persons obligated to bear case costs, responsibility for bearing the costs lies with the person who is required to bear them under a judicial disposition entered in the case.

§ 147.  Paying the statutory fee

 (1) To obtain performance of an operation for which a statutory fee is charged, the claimant, petitioner or applicant pays the fee in advance. The court claim is not served on the defendant and any procedural operations consequent to the operation for which the fee is charged are not performed before the fee has been paid. The claimant, petitioner or applicant is given a time limit to pay the fee and, if they have not made the payment by the due date, their court claim, petition or application is rejected unless otherwise prescribed by law.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where the court claim, petition or application includes several claims or items of relief, and the statutory fee has been paid on at least one of these, that claim or item may not be rejected on account of non-payment of the fee.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where the statutory fee that has been paid on an item of relief that has been accepted by the court is less than the amount provided by law, the court requires payment of the amount provided by law. If the claimant fails to make the payment by the due date set by the court, the court dismisses the court claim insofar as the item is concerned.

 (4) Where the amount of the relief sought is increased, a supplementary statutory fee is paid according to the increase in the value of the court claim. If the claimant fails to pay the supplementary fee, the court claim is deemed to have been filed for the amount initially claimed.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 – entry into force 01.07.2014]

 (41) The provisions of subsections 3 and 4 of this section apply accordingly to payment of the statutory fee on a petition or appeal in action-by-petition proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Where expedited order-for-payment proceedings are transformed into action-by-claim or action-by-petition proceedings, a supplementary statutory fee is paid to cover the part by which the fee for the relief sought exceeds that paid on the petition for expedited proceedings. Where the application is filed to transform expedited order-for-payment proceedings into action-by-claim or action-by-petition proceedings, the case is not accepted before the statutory fee has been paid.
[RT I, 23.12.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

§ 148.  Payment of specific costs of considering the case

 (1) Unless the court rules otherwise, specific costs of considering the case are paid in advance, to the extent ordered by the court, by the party to proceedings who filed the motion or application to which the costs are related. Where the motion or application has been filed by both principal parties or where a witness or an expert is summoned or an inspection is conducted of the court’s own motion, the costs are paid by the parties in equal amounts.

 (2) [Repealed – RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.07.2012]

 (3) Money to cover the costs mentioned in subsections 1 and 2 of this section is paid to the designated bank account or at the court in cash or by an electronic means of payment. To the extent that the court accepts statutory fees, it also accepts cash.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (4) Where the party who was required to pay the costs mentioned in subsections 1 and 2 of this section in advance does not do so by the due date set by the court, the court may refuse to perform the operation sought by the motion or application.

 (5) The order by which the court states that it will only act once the specific costs of considering the case have been paid in advance may be appealed if the relief sought by the appeal exceeds 640 euros. The order if the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 – entry into force 01.01.2011]

 (6) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 149.  Payment and refund of deposit fees

  [Repealed – RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

§ 150.  Refunding the statutory fee and other court costs

 (1) The statutory fee that has been paid is refunded:
 1) in the amount by which the fee that was paid exceeds the prescribed sum;
 2) if the corresponding court claim, application or petition is rejected;
 3) if the corresponding court claim, application or petition is dismissed, with the exception of situations where the court claim is dismissed due to it being withdrawn by the claimant, due to both parties’ or the claimant’s not appearing for the trial or hearing, due to the claimant’s not complying with the court's direction to find themselves an interpreter or translator or a representative who is proficient in Estonian, or due to the claimant’s not providing a security to cover the defendant’s expected case costs;
 4) where the petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings is denied in situations provided for by clauses 1, 2 and 4 of subsection 2 of § 483 of this Code;
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]
 5) to the person who filed the appeal against the order, or to the person who filed – with the district court – the appeal against a decision of the Industrial Property Tribunal, if their appeal is granted, provided there are no other parties to proceedings, or provided the court does not order another party to proceedings to pay the fee;
 6) to the person who filed the appeal against the order by which the court decided not to reinstate a time limit, provided their appeal is granted;
 7) where the motion to reinstate proceedings, to resume proceedings or to reinstate the time limit is granted in part or in full.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (2) One half of the statutory fee paid in the proceedings is refunded where:
 1) the principal parties or, in an action-by-petition case, the parties to proceedings conclude a compromise;
 2) the claimant abandons the court claim;
 3) prior to the making public, in its entirety, of the judgment of the court of first instance, the principal parties waive the right appeal the judgment.

 (3) Where the court claim, application or petition is dismissed or proceedings are terminated on account of a compromise having been approved in the case or of the court claim having been abandoned, the statutory fee that has been paid in the previous judicial instance or in expedited order-for-payment proceedings is not refunded.
[RT I, 23.12.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (31) Where a motion to reinstate proceedings is granted in part or in full, the statutory fee is not refunded and is charged to State revenue if the court claim or summons was served in accordance with the requirements provided by this Code – including where it was served by public notice – and if granting the claim by default judgment was allowed. In the aforementioned situation, the court may refund the fee if the defendant was unable to respond to the claim or appear at the trial or hearing because of an accident or illness of which it was not possible for the them to notify the court.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (32) Where an appeal to the Supreme Court or a petition to review a judicial disposition that has entered into effect is rejected or denied, the statutory fee is charged to State revenue.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (33) Where expedited order-for-payment proceedings are transformed into action-by-petition proceedings, any amount by which the statutory fee that was paid on the petition for expedited proceedings exceeds what is required in action-by-petition proceedings is not refunded.
[RT I, 23.12.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (4) The statutory fee is refunded by the last court to deal with the case, strictly on the motion of the party to proceedings who paid the fee or for whom the fee was paid. In situations mentioned in clauses 2 and 3 of subsection 1 of this section, the specific costs of considering the case are deducted from the amount to be refunded. The fee is refunded to the party to proceedings who was required to pay it or, where the party so instructs, to another person.

 (5) The claimant’s abandoning the court claim does not restrict the defendant's right to seek the award – following the rules provided by subsection 4 of § 168 of this Code – from the claimant of the full amount of the defendant’s case costs, including any statutory fees that have been paid.

 (6) A claim for the refunding of the statutory fee is extinguished when two years have elapsed after the end of the year during which the fee was paid, but not before the proceedings have been concluded by a disposition that has entered into effect.

 (7) Any payments in excess of the specific costs of considering the case that have been made by or for a party to proceedings as required by the court are refunded, and the same applies where the operation whose costs were paid in advance is dispensed with or if it does not entail any costs for the State. The amount is refunded in accordance with the rules provided by subsections 4–6 of this section.

 (8) The order by which the district court or circuit court of appeal refused to refund the statutory fee or specific costs of considering the case may be appealed provided the amount whose refund was applied for exceeds 100 euros. The order rendered by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

Subchapter 3 Costs Related to Witnesses, Experts, Interpreters and Translators and Other Costs Related to Giving Evidence 

§ 151.  Compensation for witnesses, fees for experts, interpreters and translators

 (1) The provisions of this Subchapter govern the payment of compensation to witnesses and of fees to experts, interpreters and translators who participated in the proceedings.

 (2) The provisions of this Subchapter, except for § 159, do not apply to the employees of the court or of any other authority of the State who, when used in the capacity of an interpreter, translator or expert, were performing their job duties. The scope of and rules for compensation for the costs of a staff interpreter or translator are enacted by the Government of the Republic. The costs of an expert assessment conducted by a public forensic institution are compensated in the scope and following the rules provided by the Forensic Examination Act.
[RT I 2010, 8, 35 – entry into force 01.03.2010]

 (3) Where a witness, expert, interpreter or translator has performed their duty, the court pays them the compensation or fee that they are due regardless of whether advance payment of the costs has been made by, or whether the court has collected the same, from the parties to proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 152.  Payment of witness compensation

 (1) Witnesses are paid witness compensation. Witness ompensation means compensation for loss of salary or wages or of any other regular earnings. Witness compensation is also paid where a written response has been provided to an evidentiary question.

 (2) The amount of witness compensation is calculated based on the hourly rate of the witness’s gross average earnings multiplied by the number of hours the witness was absent from work.

 (3) The court assesses the hourly rate of the witness’s compensation within the limits of the minimum and maximum hourly rate enacted by a regulation of the Government of the Republic.

 (4) Where testifying in the case has not caused any loss of earnings to the witness or where the witness has no earnings, they are paid witness compensation based on the lowest rate.

§ 153.  Payment of fees to experts, interpreters and translators

 (1) Experts, interpreters and translators are paid remuneration for the performance of their duties in the form of hourly fees within the minimum and maximum limits enacted by a regulation of the Government of the Republic. The hourly fee payable to experts, interpreters and translators may not be lower than the minimum authorised hourly fee payable to an employed person and may not exceed it by more than 50 times.
[RT I 2010, 8, 35 – entry into force 01.03.2010]

 (2) When assessing the hourly fee, the court considers the qualifications of the expert, interpreter or translator, the complexity of the work, any unavoidable costs incurred in relation to the use of necessary means as well as any special circumstances under which the expert assessment had to be conducted or the interpretation or translation made.

 (3) A person who translated a document is paid a fee for each translated page at the rate enacted by a regulation of the Government of the Republic. The Government of the Republic may also, by regulation, enact a fixed fee for certain types of expert assessment, interpretation or translation.

 (4) Where the expert, interpreter or translator so requests, the fee may be paid to their employer or to any other person with whom the expert, interpreter or translator has a contractual relationship, on that person’s invoice.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 154.  Foreign witness, expert, interpreter or translator

  A witness, expert, interpreter or translator who resides in a foreign State may be paid a compensation or fee that is higher than what has been enacted by the Government of the Republic if such a compensation or fee is usual in their country of residence and the person's participation in the proceedings is inescapably necessary. The Government of the Republic may, by regulation, enact specific rules for the payment of compensation or fees at a higher rate.
[RT I 2006, 7, 42 – entry into force 04.02.2006]

§ 155.  Reimbursement of costs to experts

 (1) The expert is also reimbursed for costs related to the preparation and creation of the expert opinion, including necessary expenses for support staff and for materials and means used for the expert investigation.

 (2) Reimbursement of the costs mentioned in subsection 1 of this section is made up to the amount equivalent to 20% of the expert's fee.

§ 156.  Reimbursement of travel expenses

 (1) Reasonable travel costs that are related to the proceedings are reimbursed to the witness, expert, interpreter or translator.

 (2) The Government of the Republic may, by regulation, enact ceilings for the travel costs to be reimbursed and specify the types of costs that are reimbursed.

§ 157.  Reimbursement of other costs

  Other necessary costs stemming from judicial proceedings – first and foremost, the cost of room and board – are reimbursed to the witness, expert, interpreter or translator within the limits enacted by the Government of the Republic.

§ 158.  Advance payment of costs

 (1) Where a witness, expert, interpreter or translator who has been summoned to court does not have sufficient funds for the journey or cannot be reasonably expected to lay out the amount needed, they are, on their motion, paid their costs in advance.

 (2) Where the tasks that the expert, interpreter or translator carries out on the court’s instructions prevent them – completely or in principal part – from pursuing their usual professional activities, a reasonable advance payment is made to the expert, interpreter or translator on their motion. The expert may also make a motion for advance payment if creation of the expert opinion requires considerable expenditure that the expert cannot be reasonably expected to lay out themselves.

§ 159.  Assessing the costs

 (1) The amount of compensation payable to the witness, or of the fee payable to the expert, interpreter or translator, and the costs to be reimbursed to these persons are assessed by the court that enlisted their assistance. The court sends a copy of the order to the authority designated by administrative decree of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I, 28.12.2011, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2012]

 (11) The compensation payable to the witness and the fees payable to the expert, interpreter or translator, as well as and reimbursements for their costs include the applicable taxes that have been provided for by tax laws and that are withheld or, where this is needed, paid out to the person participating in the proceedings by the authority making the payment. Where – according to the notification provided by the individual recipient – the amount constitutes the person’s business income or where the payment is made to the employer of the person entitled to receive it and tax laws do not provide otherwise, the authority executing the court’s order transfers the entire amount prescribed by the order.
[RT I 2010, 8, 35 – entry into force 01.03.2010]

 (2) The witness, expert, interpreter, translator, a party to the proceedings or the Republic of Estonia (through the Ministry of Justice) may appeal the order – of the district court or of the circuit court of appeal – that is mentioned in subsection 1 of this section or the order by which the court refuses to assess the costs, provided the amount that was assessed by the court or requested in the motion exceeds 100 euros. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 – entry into force 01.01.2011]

§ 160.  Rules for payment of compensation and fees

 (1) Witness compensation and experts', interpreters' and translators' fees are paid only on a corresponding request.

 (2) The claim for the payment of witness compensation and for reimbursement of the witness’s costs is extinguished when three months have elapsed from the time when the witness last participated in the proceedings – if the witness has not filed, with the court, the motion to pay the compensation and reimburse the costs. The court informs the witness of the time limit and of the legal consequences of its expiry.

 (3) The court may set a time limit of at least 30 days for the expert, interpreter or translator to file the total sum of their claim. When such a time limit is set, the expert, interpreter or translator is also informed of the consequences of its expiry.

 (4) The expert’s, interpreter’s or translator’s claim is extinguished if they do not file it within the time limit set by the court. The expert, interpreter or translator may request reinstatement of the time limit if they were prevented from respecting it by a valid reason. A motion to reinstate the time limit may be filed within 14 days following elimination of the circumstance that prevented the filing, and substantiation of the requirements for reinstatement. No statutory fee is paid on the motion.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections 3 and 4 of this section, the expert’s, interpreter’s or translator’s claim is extinguished when one year has elapsed following its accrual.

 (6) Any excess compensation or costs paid to the witness or excess fees or costs paid to the expert, interpreter or translator may be reclaimed by order of the court provided the order is served on the person obligated to make the payment within one year following the making of the excess payment. The order of the district court or of the circuit court of appeal may be appealed provided the amount concerned by the appeal exceeds 100 euros. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

§ 161.  Reimbursement of other costs related to provision of items of evidence

 (1) Where the person who provided a document or an item of physical evidence to the court or who allowed the document or item to be inspected, or who handed over an item of property for expert assessment or allowed the assessment to be conducted, is not a party to the proceedings, they have a right to claim that the State reimburse them for the necessary costs that they incurred in connection with the corresponding procedural operation. The costs incurred by a person in connection with the conduct of an expert assessment are reimbursed following the requirements and in accordance with the rules provided by the Forensic Examination Act concerning reimbursement of expert-assessment-related costs that have been incurred by non-parties.
[RT I 2010, 8, 35 – entry into force 01.03.2010]

 (2) The costs mentioned in subsection 1 of this section are assessed, on a corresponding motion, by the court that arranged for the procedural operation. The court also sends a copy of the order to the authority designated by administrative decree of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I, 28.12.2011, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2012]

 (3) The claim for reimbursement of costs is extinguished when three months have elapsed following the time at which the procedural operation was performed if the person entitled to the reimbursement does not file an application for reimbursement of the costs with the court. The court informs the person entitled to the reimbursement of the time limit and of the legal consequences of its expiry.

 (4) The applicant, a party to proceedings or the Republic of Estonia (through the Ministry of Justice) may appeal the order mentioned in subsection 2 of this section – or the order by which the court refuses to assess the costs – provided the amount that was assessed by the court or whose reimbursement was applied for exceeds 100 euros. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

Subchapter 4 Allocation of Case Costs 

§ 162.  Allocation of case costs in action-by-claim proceedings

 (1) The costs of action-by-claim proceedings are borne by the principal party against whom the case is decided.

 (2) Among other things, the principal party against whom the case is decided compensates, to the other party, the necessary out-of-court costs that arose as a result of judicial proceedings in the case. Out-of-court costs that would be compensated to a witness – including compensation for loss of salary or wages or of any other regular earnings – are compensated to the principal party on the same grounds and within the same limits as they are compensated to witnesses.

 (3) The case costs of the principal party’s statutory representative are reimbursed according to the same rules that apply to reimbursement of costs to the party.

 (4) In situations where imposing the obligation to pay the opposing party's costs on the principal party against whom the case is decided would be extremely unfair or unreasonable, the court may order the costs to be borne, in their entirety or in part, by the parties themselves.

 (5) [Repealed – RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 – entry into force 01.07.2014]

§ 163.  Allocation of case costs where the court claim is granted in part

 (1) Where the court claim is granted in part, the parties bear the case costs in equal parts unless the court allocates those costs in proportion to the extent to which the claim was granted or decides that the costs must be borne, in their entirety or in part, by the parties themselves.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where the court claim is granted in part, and the extent of the relief that was granted is similar to the compromise proposed by a principal party, the court may order the principal party who did not accept the compromise to bear all or the majority of the case costs.

§ 164.  Allocation of case costs in family law cases falling under the action-by-claim procedure

 (1) In an action-by-claim matrimonial case or in a filiation case concerning the maintenance of an underage child or in a filiation case, either party bears their own case costs.
[RT I, 22.12.2021, 2 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (11) Where the court claim to ascertain filiation is granted, the case costs are borne by the defendant. When granting such a claim, the court may order the costs, in their entirety or in part, to be borne by the party who incurred them, provided that ordering the defendant to bear the costs of the opposing party would be extremely unfair to the defendant, or unreasonable.
[RT I, 30.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (12) Where an underage child’s claim for maintenance is denied, the statutory representative who filed the court claim in the child’s name may be ordered to bear the costs – in their entirety or in part – if the representative did not exercise their procedural rights in good faith when filing the claim or during proceedings on the claim.
[RT I, 22.12.2021, 2 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (2) The court may allocate the case costs differently from what has been provided for by subsection 1 of this section if the dispute stems from matrimonial property relations or if such an allocation of the costs would be unfair – among other things, if the allocation would be excessively prejudicial to the material needs of one of the spouses.

 (3) In a maintenance case that the defendant has caused to be brought by not providing complete information concerning their earnings or property, the court may – regardless of the outcome of the proceedings – order the case costs, in their entirety or in part, to be borne by the defendant.

§ 165.  Allocation of case costs between co-claimants and co-defendants

 (1) Where the decision is made against co-claimants or co-defendants, the co-claimants or co-defendants are liable for the case costs in equal parts unless the court determines otherwise. Where different persons participate in proceedings to a different extent, the court may base the allocation of costs on the extent of their participation.

 (2) A co-claimant or co-defendant does not bear additional case costs on account of a representation, motion, application, assertion, item of evidence, appeal or contestation filed by another co-claimant or co-defendant. This also applies where, under subsection 3 of § 207 of this Code, the effect of procedural operations performed by a co-claimant or co-defendant extends to other co-claimants or co-defendants.

 (3) Where the court decides against defendants who are joint and several debtors, the defendants are also jointly and severally liable for case costs. This does not preclude or restrict the application of the provisions of subsection 2 of this section.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 166.  Allocation of case costs when the principal party is substituted and the disputed property object is transferred

  Where a principal party is substituted and the disputed property object is transferred or the disputed claim is assigned, the substituted party and the substituting party, jointly and severally, bear the case costs of the opposing party if the case is decided in favour of that party. The court allocates the costs differently where it is manifest that allocating the costs in the manner indicated above would be unfair.

§ 167.  Case costs of a third party without an independent claim

 (1) The case costs of a third party without an independent claim or of such a party’s representative are reimbursed – according to the rules that apply to reimbursement of case costs to a principal party – by the principal party opposing the party in support of whom the third party appeared in the case, to the extent that the opposing party bears such costs according to the provisions of this Subchapter.

 (2) If the opposing party is not required to reimburse the costs, these are borne by the third party without an independent claim. This does not preclude or prejudice the right of the third party to seek reimbursement of the costs on a ground provided for by private law.

 (3) A third party without an independent claim bears the case costs caused to other parties to proceedings by that party’s representations, applications or appeals unless such costs are borne by the principal party opposing the party in support of whom the third party appeared in the case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 168.  Allocation of case costs where the case is rejected, proceedings are terminated or the court claim is dismissed or admitted

 (1) Where the court rejects and returns the court claim, the claimant bears the case costs.

 (2) Where the court claim is dismissed or where proceedings are terminated by an order and subsections 3–5 of this section do not provide otherwise, the claimant bears the case costs.

 (3) Where a compromise is concluded, the principal parties bear their own case costs unless they have agreed otherwise.

 (4) Where the claimant abandons or withdraws the court claim, they bear the defendant's case costs, except where the abandonment or withdrawal resulted from the defendant’s providing satisfaction to the claim after the filing of the court claim.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Where the claimant abandons or withdraws the court claim because the defendant has provided satisfaction to the claim after the filing of the court claim, the defendant bears the claimant's case costs.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) Where the defendant admits the court claim forthwith, the claimant bears the case costs – unless the defendant’s conduct was the reason for the filing of the claim.

§ 169.  Case costs triggered by delays in proceedings

 (1) A party to proceedings who allows the time limit of a procedural operation to expire or who, by belatedly raising objections or producing evidence or otherwise causes a procedural operation to be moved up or postponed or the trial or hearing of the case to be postponed or a time limit to be extended bears the additional case costs that stem from this. Among other things – regardless of the outcome of the proceedings – where a delay in serving a procedural document on a party to proceedings was caused by inaccurate particulars concerning the person appearing in the Population Register, the Commercial Register or the Register of Non-profit Associations and Foundations, the party may be ordered to bear the costs caused by the service.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Regardless of whether the court claim is granted, the additional case costs related to reinstatement of a time limit, to the filing of the motion to reinstate proceedings or to resume proceedings are borne by the person who filed the corresponding motion.

 (3) Case costs related to the filing and contestation of a motion or application that was denied or to the offering of an argument or production of an item of evidence that was disregarded may be imposed – regardless of the outcome of the proceedings – on the party who filed the motion or application or who offered the argument or produced the item.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 170.  Costs related to preliminary taking of evidence

 (1) Court costs in proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence that were conducted to safeguard the evidence or establish a fact ahead of main proceedings in the case are borne by the person on whose application the proceedings were initiated.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The costs of proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence are taken into account when allocating costs in the main proceedings.

§ 171.  Special rules concerning the bearing of case costs in the higher court

 (1) Where an appeal against a judgment or order, or an appeal to the Supreme Court, or a petition for review of a judicial disposition that has entered into effect is filed and the appeal or petition is denied, the case costs that were triggered by it are borne by the person who filed it.

 (2) Where the case is decided in favour of the person who appealed the judgment or order and the decision is based on a new fact that the person invoked in the appeal although that fact could have been relied on already before the district court, the court may order the costs of the appeal to be borne by the appellant.

 (3) Where the defendant against whom the case was decided by the district court invokes a limitation period before the circuit court of appeal – although they did not invoke it before the district court – and the circuit court of appeal sustains this, the court may order the costs of the appeal to be borne by the defendant.

 (4) Where the petition to review a judicial disposition that has entered into effect is granted, the case costs related to the review are deemed to be part of the costs of the case reviewed.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 172.  Case costs in action-by-petition proceedings

 (1) In action-by-petition proceedings, case costs are borne by the person in whose interests the disposition is rendered. Where several persons participate in such proceedings, the court may decide that the costs, in their entirety or in part, are to be borne by a certain party to proceedings if this is fair considering the circumstances – among other things, if the party has filed an unjustified motion, argument or item of evidence.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where the only party to the proceedings is the petitioner or where the court does not impose case costs on other parties, the costs are borne by the petitioner, including the costs of the petitioner's representative, even if the petition is granted. Where an appeal that has been made against an order is granted, the statutory fee for the appeal is refunded following the provisions of § 150 of this Code.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The costs of placing a person in a closed institution and of related proceedings are borne by the State unless the court – because it considers this to be fair and because the person concerned can be presumed to be able to bear the costs – orders the entirety or a part of those costs to be borne by the person themselves or by their legal guardian. The court may decide that the entirety or a part of the costs of proceedings to appoint a legal guardian to a person or to revoke the appointment, or of proceedings for the application of measures related to legal guardianship, as well as of proceedings in an action-by-petition case in a family matter and of proceedings for the imposition of a restraining order or other similar measure to protect personal rights must be borne by the State.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) In action-by-petition proceedings, the costs arising from the imposition of conservation measures on a decedent’s estate are covered by the heirs or beneficiaries according to the provisions concerning obligations of the estate as provided by the Law of Succession Act.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) The costs of proceedings to determine the amount of compensation payable to the company’s shareholders are borne by the person required to pay the compensation. If this is fair considering the circumstances, the court may order the entirety or a part of the costs to be borne by the petitioner.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) The costs of proceedings for compulsory dissolution of a legal person and of appointing a substitute member of the management board or supervisory board, the auditor, the auditor for a special audit or the liquidator of a legal person and of related proceedings are borne by the legal person. Where this is fair considering the circumstances, the court may order the entirelty or a part of the costs to be borne by the petitioner or another person.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (7) Where the court initiates proceedings under the action-by-petition procedure as a result of a person’s actions or petition and the proceedings are unjustified and were caused by the person intentionally or by gross negligence, the court may order the entirety or a part of the case costs to be borne by the person who caused the proceedings. Where proceedings may only be initiated on petition and the petition is denied, the court orders the the petitioner to bear the case costs unless otherwise provided for by law.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (8) In action-by-petition proceedings, necessary out-of-court costs are compensated to the parties to proceedings on the same basis as reimbursements payable to witnesses. Compensation for out-of-court costs can be requested only if the court decides that these must be borne by a party to proceedings. The State may be ordered to bear out-of-court costs only if financial aid was granted to a person to cover such costs. This also applies in a situation mentioned in subsection 3 of this section.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
[RT I, 03.05.2017, 22 – entry into force 02.05.2017 – Judgment of the Supreme Court en banc declares the third sentence of subsection 8 of § 172 of the Code of Civil Procedure to be contrary to the Constitution and invalid insofar as it does not allow the State to be ordered to bear out-of-court costs where the decision is made not to impose an entrepreneurial disqualification for the duration of proceedings on a person who has not received financial aid in the case.]

 (9) The costs of expedited order-for-payment proceedings are borne by the debtor if the order for payment is issued as well as in a situation provided for by § 4881 of this Code; in other situations, the costs are borne by the petitioner, unless otherwise provided by law. In all other respects, the provisions concerning case costs in action-by-claim proceedings apply. Where an order-for-payment case is transformed to be dealt with in action-by-claim proceedings, the costs of expedited order-for-payment proceedings are included in action-by-claim case costs.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (10) The statutory fee payable on appealing a decision of an enforcement agent and on petitioning the court for performance of an official notarial operation is borne by the party to proceedings against whom the case is decided.
[RT I 2010, 26, 128 – entry into force 14.06.2010]

Subchapter 5 Assessment of Case Costs 

§ 173.  Determining the allocation of case costs in the judicial disposition

 (1) The court that dealt with the case states the allocation of case costs to the parties to proceedings in its judgment or in the order by which it concludes the proceedings, including in the order by which it disposes of the petition in action-by-petition proceedings or of the petition to review a judicial disposition that has entered into effect, or rejects or dismisses the court claim or an aforementioned petition, or terminates proceedings in the case. The next court to deal with the case states, in its disposition, the allocation of all case costs that have been borne so far. Where this is needed, any special arrangements concerning the bearing of case costs in the various judicial instances, including in pre-action proceedings, must be stated.

 (2) The allocation of case costs must be set out in the judicial disposition even if the parties to proceedings have not made the corresponding motion.

 (3) If the higher court varies the disposition entered in the case or renders a new disposition without remanding the case for retrial or for a new hearing, the court, where this is needed, accordingly changes the allocation of case costs. If the higher court sets aside the lower court’s disposition and remands the case for retrial or for a new hearing, including where the Supreme Court grants a petition for review, the higher court defers the matter of allocation of case costs to the lower court.

 (4) When allocating case costs, the court specifies the costs that are to be borne by each party to the proceedings, with the exception of the money amounts involved. Where this is needed, the court determines a pro rata allocation of costs to the parties. Where several parties, primarily co-claimants or co-defendants, are ordered to bear costs jointly, the disposition must state whether they are liable for the costs jointly or jointly and severally.

 (5) The court does not state the allocation of case costs in an interim judgment, in a partial judgment that reserves the possibility of set-off and in a judgment given in documentary proceedings and containing a reservation that allows it to be contested – provided the court continues to consider the case. In such a situation, the allocation of case costs is provided in the final judgment.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 174.  Court’s authority to assess case costs

  [RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (1) To the extent that this is necessary and reasonable, the money amounts of case costs are assessed – based on the allocation of costs – by the court that deals with the case in connection with which the costs arose. The court, based on the list of case costs or the materials of the case, assesses the money amounts even if the parties to proceedings have not filed a motion to assess these.

 (2) The district court assesses the money amounts of case costs in the judgment or in the order that concludes the proceedings provided the assessment does not interfere with the rendering of the judgment or order.

 (3) Where the district court has assessed the money amounts of case costs in its judgment or in the order that concluded the proceedings and the judgment or order is appealed, the higher court that deals with the appeal assesses the money amounts of case costs in that judicial instance.

 (4) Where the district court that dealt with the case has not assessed case costs in its judgment or in the order that concluded the proceedings, the district court assesses the money amounts of such costs after the entry into effect of the judgment or order following the rules provided by subsection 2 of § 177 of this Code. When dealing with an appeal against such a judgment or order of the district court, the higher court does not assess the money amounts of the costs.

 (5) Where the lower court assessed the money amounts of case costs in its judgment or in the order that concluded the proceedings and the higher court varies that disposition or enters a new disposition without remanding the case for retrial or for a new hearing, the higher court, where this is needed, amends the amounts assessed by the lower court.

 (6) Where the higher court sets aside the lower court’s disposition in its entirety or in part and, on issues concerning which the disposition was set aside, remands the case for retrial or for a new hearing – including where the Supreme Court grants the petition to review a judicial disposition that has entered into effect – the money amounts of the case costs related to the issues concerning which the disposition was set aside are assessed by the lower court to deal with the case.

 (7) Where a petition to review a judicial disposition that has entered into effect is denied, rejected or dismissed, or where proceedings in the case are terminated, the money amounts of case costs are assessed by the Supreme Court.

 (8) The court assesses the money amounts of case costs in action-by-petition proceedings, without prejudice to special rules provided by this Subchapter.

 (9) Reimbursement of case costs to a party to proceedings is not precluded by the fact that the costs have been borne for the party by another person.

 (10) To be reimbursed for the value added tax charged on case costs, the party to proceedings must affirm that they do not have a value added tax registration or cannot, due to other reasons, recover the value added tax on the costs that have been incurred.

 (11) A party to proceedings may not – outside the assessment of case costs under this Code or to an extent that exceeds the amounts so assessed – seek reimbursement of such costs, as compensation for harm or by any other similar method, from the party required to bear them.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (12) Where a European preservation order is applied for under Regulation (EU) No 655/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council in a situation mentioned in point (b) of Article 5, the costs of proceedings on the application may be assessed separately from other case costs.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 – entry into force 06.07.2017]

§ 1741.  Assessment of case costs and determining their allocation

  [Repealed – RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 175.  Reimbursing the costs of contractual representatives

 (1) Where, under the judicial disposition that determines the allocation of case costs, a party to proceedings is required to bear the costs of the contractual representative who represented another party, the court awards such costs insofar as they were justified and necessary. ‘Contractual representative’ means an attorney who represents the party in the proceedings or another representative under the provisions of § 218 of this Code.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (11) Where the party to proceedings who, under the allocation of costs that was determined in the case, is obligated to bear the costs of the contractual representative who represented another party in the proceedings, does not object to such costs, the court may confine itself to making sure that the costs of the contractual representative do not exceed the ceiling value enacted by a regulation of the Government of the Republic under subsection 4 of this section.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (2) From the costs related to the employee of a party to proceedings who represents that party, only travel expenses are reimbursed. The costs of an adviser are not reimbursed.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The costs incurred by retaining several contractual representatives are reimbursed provided they are due to the complexity of the case or the need to change the representative.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (31) [Repealed – RT I, 09.04.2021, 1 – entry into force 19.04.2021]

 (4) [Invalid – RT I, 03.07.2014 – entry into force 26.06.2014 – subsection 4 of § 175 of the Code of Civil Procedure is declared unconstitutional and invalid by order of the Supreme Court en banc ]

§ 176.  Filing and service of documents related to case costs

  [RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (1) Where the case is tried or considered at a hearing, a list of case costs that states their detailed composition is filed – for assessing the money amounts of the costs – with the court before the concluding statements are heard. The court sets a time limit for filing a list of the costs related to participation in the trial or in the hearing in which consideration of the case was concluded. The time limit mentioned in the previous sentence may not exceed three working days following the trial or hearing.

 (2) Where the case is dealt with under the written procedure, the court – before rendering its judgment or making the order that concludes the proceedings – sets a time limit for the parties to proceedings to file their list of case costs.

 (3) The time limit that the court sets for the claimant to file the list of case costs in order for these to be assessed for the default judgment to be rendered under § 413 of this Code may not exceed three working days following the trial.

 (4) The list of case costs is filed in each judicial instance that deals with the case regarding costs that are related to proceedings in that instance.

 (5) A party to proceedings must affirm that all costs filed with the court for assessing the money amounts of case costs have been incurred in connection with judicial proceedings.

 (6) The court may set a time limit for a party to proceedings to provide details concerning the case costs to be reimbursed or require the party to produce documents to prove the costs. Production of the documents is not necessary if the court does not require it.

 (7) The list of case costs and the corresponding evidence is served on the opposing party without delay.

 (8) The court sets a time limit for the parties to proceedings to make submissions concerning the opposing party’s case costs. The time limit may not exceed seven days following service of the list of case costs and of the corresponding evidence.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 177.  Judicial disposition that assesses case costs

  [RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (1) The court assesses the money amounts of case costs:
 1) in its judgment or in the order that concludes the proceedings or
 2) by an order entered after the judgment disposing of the case on the merits – or the order that concludes the proceedings – has entered into effect.

 (2) Where the court has not assessed the money amounts of case costs in accordance with clause 1 of subsection 1 of this section, the district court that disposed of the case on the merits assesses the amounts by an order that it makes within a reasonable period of time following the entry into effect of the judgment or of the order that concludes the proceedings.

 (3) The judicial disposition that assesses the money amounts of case costs is served on the parties to proceedings.

 (4) On a motion of a party to proceedings, the court states, in the judicial disposition in which it assesses case costs, that late interest at the rate prescribed by the second sentence of subsection 1 of § 113 of the Law of Obligations Act must be paid on the costs to be reimbursed starting from the entry into effect of the disposition by which the amounts of the costs were assessed until the disposition has been complied with.

 (5) Where the court has not stated its opinion concerning all case costs that have been filed or that appear from the materials of the case, a party to proceedings may request that the court supplement the judgment or order concerning the costs. Supplementation may be requested within ten days following service of the judgment or order by which the costs were assessed.

 (6) Where case costs are assessed in accordance with clause 2 of subsection 1 of this section, the court may – provided that no objections are filed with the court within the time limit mentioned in subsection 8 of § 176 of this Code and provided the court assesses the money amounts of the costs following the list of such costs – assess the money amounts by an order that does not include a descriptive part and a statement of reasons. Supplementing the order with the part that has been omitted is, accordingly, subject to the provisions of subsection 41 of § 448 of this Code.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 178.  Contesting the assessment of case costs

 (1) The allocation of case costs can be contested only by filing an appeal against the judicial disposition by which the allocation was determined. The amount of case costs to be reimbursed can be contested by filing an appeal against the judicial disposition by which the money amounts of the costs were assessed.

 (2) The appeal against the assessment of case costs may be filed by the person entitled to be reimbursed for the costs or the person obligated to bear these, provided the contested amount of the costs exceeds 280 euros.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (3) [Invalid – RT I, 02.02.2016, 7 – entry into force 01.02.2016 – by judgment of the Supreme Court en banc, subsection 3 of § 178 of the Code of Civil Procedure is declared contrary to the Constitution and invalid]

 (4) The costs incurred when contesting the assessment of case costs are not reimbursed.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 179.  Awarding case costs in favour of the Republic of Estonia and collecting such costs

 (1) In the disposition rendered in the case or by a separate order, the court that deals with the case awards, from the obligated party and in favour of the State, any case costs that must be paid to the State and that do not result from the State's participation in judicial proceedings in the case, including any statutory fee that has not been paid or that has been paid below the required amount or any financial aid costs awarded to the State.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) After the entry into effect of the disposition rendered in the case, the costs mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be awarded by order of the court before which the costs arose as well as of the district court that dealt with the case. The order may not be made when more than two years have elapsed following the entry into effect of the disposition.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (21) The court may – by a separate document – add, to the disposition mentioned in subsections 1 and 2 of this section by which case costs or financial aid costs were awarded in favour of the Republic of Estonia, the particulars that are required to satisfy the corresponding claim.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 – entry into force 01.07.2014]

 (22) The list of particulars required to satisfy the claim mentioned in subsection 21 of this section and the technical requirements for stating these are enacted by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 – entry into force 01.07.2014]

 (3) The person obligated to pay case costs or the Republic of Estonia (through an authority designated by administrative decree of the Minister in charge of the policy sector) may appeal the order, of the district court or of the circuit court of appeal, mentioned in subsections 1 and 2 of this section, provided the value of the appeal exceeds 100 euros. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning an appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (4) Following the entry into effect of a disposition by which case costs – that did not result from participation of the State in judicial proceedings in the case – are awarded in favour of the State, or of an order imposing a fine or of any other similar disposition by which a person is ordered to pay a sum of money, the court, without delay, sends a copy of the disposition to the authority designated by administrative decree of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I, 28.12.2011, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2012]

 (5) A person who has been obligated by a judicial disposition to pay money into State revenue must comply with the disposition within 15 days following its entry into effect unless the disposition is enforceable without delay or sets a different time limit.

 (51) The case costs mentioned in this section are paid and set off in accordance with the rules provided by the Taxation Act.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (6) If the obligated person has not complied with the judicial disposition mentioned in subsection 4 of this section within 15 days following its entry into force, the authority designated by administrative decree of the Minister in charge of the policy sector may file the disposition for compulsory enforcement.
[RT I, 28.12.2011, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2012]

 (7) The limitation period for a claim for the payment of case costs that were awarded by a judicial disposition in favour of the State and that did not result from the State’s participation in judicial proceedings in the case, as well as for enforcement of an order imposing a fine or of any other similar disposition by which a person is ordered to pay a sum of money is three years following the entry into effect of the disposition by which the payment was awarded. The limitation period is governed by the provisions of the Act on the General Part of the Civil Code concerning such periods.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (8) Unless otherwise provided by this section, the provisions of § 209 of the Code of Enforcement Procedure concerning the enforcement of public monetary claims apply to collection of claims mentioned in subsection 7 of this section.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (9) Where there is a delay in paying a claim mentioned in subsection 7 of this section, late interest as prescribed by the second sentence of subsection 1 of § 113 of the Law of Obligations Act must be paid beginning from the entry into effect of the disposition by which the duty to pay case costs was imposed until the disposition has been complied with. The court states this also in the disposition by which it awards the costs.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Subchapter 6 Granting State-funded Financial Aid Towards Case Costs 

§ 180.  Granting State-funded financial aid towards case costs

 (1) ‘Financial aid’ means aid provided by the State to cover case costs. On an application of a person (hereinafter recipient of financial aid), the court may order that, as financial aid, the recipient of financial aid:
 1) is exempted, in part or in full, from paying the statutory fee, or from paying other court costs or the costs of translation of procedural documents or of the judicial disposition;
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]
 2) may pay the statutory fee or other court costs or the costs of translation of procedural documents or of the judicial disposition in instalments within the period of time set by the court;
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]
 3) is not required to pay for the legal aid provided by the attorney appointed under the rules of financial aid or is not required to pay for it forthwith or in full;
 4) is exempted, as the party seeking enforcement, at the expense of the Republic of Estonia, from all or a part of the costs related to enforcement proceedings or to service of procedural documents through the enforcement agent in judicial proceedings – or is allowed to pay such costs in instalments within the time limit set by the court;
 5) is exempted, in full or in part and at the expense of the Republic of Estonia, from bearing the costs related to the exercise of legal guardianship and from payment of remuneration to the legal guardian;
 6) is exempted, in full or in part, from costs related to mandatory pre-action proceedings, or is allowed to pay such costs in instalments within the time limit set by the court;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 7) is exempted, in part or in full and at the expense of the Republic of Estonia, from the costs of conciliation proceedings in a situation provided for by subsection 4 of § 4 of this Code.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (2) Where a party to proceedings who is a citizen of or has their residence in another Member State of the European Union is granted financial aid in Estonia, they may be exempted, at the expense of the Republic of Estonia, from covering the cost of translating a document whose filing was required by the court and which was produced by the applicant for financial aid, or the applicant may be ordered to pay such costs in instalments within a time limit set by the court, provided that the document is needed for disposing of the case.

 (3) Where a party to proceedings who is a citizen of or has their residence in another Member State of the European Union is granted financial aid in Estonia, they may be exempted from bearing the costs of their travel in relation to the proceedings, or the party may be ordered to pay such costs in instalments, provided that the requirement for the party to be present in person is provided by law or the court deems it necessary.

 (4) The provisions of this Subchapter apply to the grant of financial aid for paying for legal aid provided by an attorney (State-funded legal aid) only insofar as the Act on State-funded Legal Aid does not provide otherwise.

§ 181.  Requirements for the granting of financial aid

 (1) Financial aid is granted to the applicant for the aid if:
 1) due to their economic situation, they are unable to bear case costs or are able to pay such costs only in part or in instalments; and
 2) there is sufficient reason to believe that the envisaged participation in the proceedings will be successful.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Participation in the proceedings is presumed to be successful if the application for whose filing financial aid is sought is legally well-founded and factually substantiated. When assessing the prospects of success of the participation in proceedings, the importance of the case for the applicant is also taken into consideration.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) A person is not granted financial aid if their participation in the proceedings is unreasonable – first and foremost, if that which they seek can be achieved by an easier, more expeditious or less costly methods.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (31) Where, on considering the application for financial aid, it comes to light that there are no grounds for granting the aid due to the economic situation of the applicant, yet the court finds that, considering the circumstances of the case, requiring the person to pay the entire statutory fee as a lump sum amounts to an unreasonable obstacle to the person's right of recourse to the court to protect their presumed right or interest that is protected by law, the court may, by way of financial aid, order the statutory fee payable on the statement of court claim or appeal to be paid in instalments within the time limit set by the court.
[RT I 2010, 26, 128 – entry into force 14.06.2010]

 (4) No financial aid is granted to cover the statutory fee payable by the petitioner in expedited order-for-payment proceedings or on a registration application in a registration case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) The prospects for success or the reasonableness of participation in proceedings are not assessed when financial aid is applied for in order to translate a procedural document or judicial disposition. Where the person is represented in the proceedings by a representative, financial aid is not granted for translating a procedural document other than the judicial disposition in the case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 182.  Restrictions on the granting of financial aid to natural persons

 (1) Financial aid is granted to a party to proceedings who is a natural person and who, at the time of filing the application for the aid, has their residence in the Republic of Estonia or in another Member State of the European Union or is a citizen of the Republic of Estonia or of another Member State of the European Union. For the purposes of this Subchapter, residence is determined following Article 62 of Regulation (EU) No 1215/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Any other parties to proceedings who are natural persons are granted financial aid only where this is provided for by a treaty.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]

 (2) Financial aid is not granted to a natural person if:
 1) the case costs are unlikely to exceed twice the average monthly earnings of the person applying for the aid – as calculated based on the person’s average monthly earnings in the last four months that preceded the filing of the application, less taxes, compulsory insurance payments and amounts prescribed to fulfil statutory maintenance obligations, as well as reasonable housing and transport costs;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 2) the applicant can bear case costs from their existing property that can be sold without major difficulties and that may be levied upon under the law;
 3) proceedings relate to the applicant’s economic or professional activity and do not concern the applicant’s rights that are not connected to such activity.
[RT I, 10.11.2011, 5 – entry into force 01.11.2011 – by its judgment, the Constitutional Review Chamber of the Supreme Court declares clause 3 of subsection 2 of § 182 of the Code of Civil Procedure to be unconstitutional and invalid insofar as it excludes the provision of financial aid – in the form of a partial or full exemption from being required to pay the statutory fee on approaching the court for assistance – to natural persons in proceedings that concern their economic or professional activity and are not related to their rights that are not connected to such activity.]
[RT I, 21.04.2011, 17 – entry into force 14.04.2011 – by its judgment, the Supreme Court en banc declares clause 3 of subsection 2 of § 182 of the Code of Civil Procedure to be unconstitutional and invalid insofar as it excludes the provision of financial aid – in the form of a partial or full exemption from being required to pay the statutory fee on filing an appeal – to natural persons in proceedings that concern their economic or professional activity and are not related to their rights that are not connected to such activity.]

 (21) In situations falling under clauses 1 and 2 of subsection 2 of this section, case costs that may arise if the disposition made in the proceedings is appealed are not taken into account. The property mentioned in clause 2 of subsection 2 of this section also includes joint property insofar as it may be presumed that the joint owners might reasonably use it to cover such costs.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The provisions of subsection 2 of this section do not preclude the granting of financial aid where the applicant has their residence in another Member State of the European Union and proves that they are unable to cover the case costs forthwith or in full due to the cost of living in the State of residence, that is higher than in Estonia.

 (4) [Repealed – RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]

§ 183.  Restrictions on the granting of financial aid to legal persons and bankruptcy debtors

 (1) Of legal persons, only a non-profit association or foundation that appears in the list of such associations or foundations that benefit from income tax incentives or that is deemed to hold an equivalent status and that has its seat in Estonia or in another Member State of the European Union may apply for financial aid in order to achieve its objectives, provided that the applicant substantiates that it is applying for financial aid in the field of environmental or consumer protection or, having regard to another overriding public interest, in order to prevent possible harm to rights that are protected by law and that are held by a large number of persons, and that it is unlikely to be able to cover the costs out of its assets or is only able to pay a part of the costs, or pay them in instalments. Other foreign legal persons are granted financial aid only under a treaty.
[RT I, 21.04.2011, 16 – entry into force 12.04.2011 – by its judgment, the Supreme Court en banc declares the first sentence of subsection 1 of § 183 of the Code of Civil Procedure to be unconstitutional and invalid insofar as it excludes the provision, to Estonian private legal persons who do not meet the criteria stated in this provision, of financial aid in the form of a partial or full exemption from being required to pay the statutory fee on the filing of an appeal in a civil case.]

 (2) An Estonian bankruptcy debtor may apply for the grant of financial aid to bear case costs where such costs cannot be covered – or where it would not be justified to cover them – out of the estate administrated by the trustee in bankruptcy or out of the debtor’s earnings, and where the persons who have a pecuniary interest in the case, including, among others, any of the debtor’s heirs or beneficiaries, members, shareholders or members of the debtor’s directing body, or bankruptcy creditors, cannot be presumed to bear the costs. The amount of financial aid that is granted to cover the fee and costs of an interim trustee or of the trustee in bankruptcy and that the bankruptcy debtor will not be ordered to repay into the revenue of the State, may not exceed, for any case of bankruptcy and discharge of obligations, three times the minimum monthly salary enacted under subsection 5 of § 29 of the Employment Contracts Act, including any taxes prescribed by law, with the exception of the value-added tax. In connection with the foregoing, one minimum monthly salary is allocated to cover the operations performed by the interim trustee or trusted practitioner until completion of consideration of the bankruptcy or insolvency petition, one minimum monthly salary to cover the operations performed by the trustee in bankruptcy from the declaration of bankruptcy until completion of bankruptcy proceedings and one minimum monthly salary to cover the operations performed by the interim trustee or trusted practitioner until completion of proceedings for the discharge of obligations.
[RT I, 20.06.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.07.2022]

 (3) In a situation mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, the bankruptcy debtor may also apply for State-funded legal aid. An additional prerequisite for being granted such aid is that the trustee in bankruptcy cannot perform the requested procedural operation themselves or – considering their qualifications and tasks – cannot be presumed to perform it.
[RT I 2006, 7, 42 – entry into force 04.02.2006]

§ 184.  Filing the application for, and continuing to provide, financial aid

 (1) The application for financial aid is filed with the court that conducts or should conduct the proceedings that give rise to the costs that are to be borne by means of the aid.

 (2) The application for financial aid to bear the costs related to enforcement proceedings is filed with the court that would dispose of a complaint against the actions of the enforcement agent who organises enforcement proceedings in the case, and the application for financial aid to bear the costs related to pre-action proceedings is filed with the court in whose judicial district such proceedings are conducted.

 (3) The court mentioned in subsections 1 and 2 of this section is also the receiving authority for applications for financial aid for the purposes of Article 14 of EU Council Directive 2003/8/EC to improve access to justice in cross-border disputes by establishing minimum common rules relating to legal aid for such disputes (OJ L 026, 31.01.2003, pp. 41–47). The court may not require the application to be legalised or officially certified by any other method.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) Where a party to proceedings has been granted financial aid and they appeal against the judicial disposition rendered in the case, the provision of financial aid is presumed to continue in every following judicial instance. The previous sentence notwithstanding, when accepting the appeal the court verifies whether there is sufficient reason to presume that the envisaged participation in the proceedings will be successful and is not manifestly unreasonable, and may, in every judicial instance, verify whether the economic prerequisites for the grant of financial aid are present. The verification of presumable success or reasonableness of participation in the proceedings is not undertaken if the judicial disposition has already been appealed by another party and their appeal has been accepted.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) In a situation mentioned in subsection 4 of this section, if the court so requires, the recipient of financial aid must provide a statement on whether or not their pecuniary situation has changed and produce corresponding evidence. Where this is needed, the court may, among other things, request information on the economic situation or solvency of the recipient or of their family members from the Tax and Customs Board, credit institutions and other persons or authorities.

 (6) Where a party seeking enforcement who has previously been granted financial aid in proceedings that were conducted in the case also applies for financial aid to cover the costs of enforcement proceedings, the court is not required to undertake additional verification of whether the economic prerequisites for the grant of financial aid are present. The court must verify the presence of all of the prerequisites for the grant of financial aid if the aid is applied for when a period longer than one year has elapsed following the entry into effect of the disposition rendered in the proceedings.

§ 185.  Particulars in the application for financial aid

 (1) The application for financial aid states:
 1) the proceedings for which the aid is applied for;
 2) the role or desired role of the applicant in the proceedings and any court claims, applications, petitions, representations or motions that the applicant intends to file;
 3) the grounds on which the relief that the applicant seeks or the objection that they make is founded.

 (2) The applicant appends to the application a signed statement that sets out their, and their family members’, personal and economic situation (family relationships, profession, property, earnings and obligations), and where this is possible, also other documents to prove that situation.

 (3) Where a person's residence is not in Estonia, they append to their application a statement issued by the competent authority of the State in which the person has their residence concerning the person’s, and their family members’, earnings during the last three years. Where, for a valid reason, the applicant cannot produce the statement, the grant of financial aid may be decided without it.

 (4) Where this is possible, a corporate applicant for financial aid appends to its application a copy of its articles of association or statutes, and a certified copy of the annual report for the preceding financial year.

 (5) The model forms of the application for financial aid and of the statement mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, as well as the list of particulars to be stated are enacted by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector, and the forms must be freely accessible to members of the public on the website of the Ministry of Justice as well as in each court and each law office. The Minister in charge of the policy sector may also enact requirements for the documents to be produced by the applicant to justify their application.

 (6) The application for financial aid is filed in the Estonian language. Where the aid is applied for by a natural person who has their residence in another Member State of the European Union or is a citizen of such a Member State, or by a legal person whose seat is in another Member State of the European Union, the application may also be filed in the English language.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 186.  Assessing the applicant’s economic situation

 (1) When assessing the applicant’s economic situation, their property and earnings as well as the property and earnings of any members of their family who live together with the applicant, the number of persons maintained by the applicant, reasonable housing costs and other relevant circumstances are taken into consideration.

 (2) When assessing the applicant’s economic situation, the property that belongs to the applicant but, under the law, cannot be levied upon, is not taken into consideration. Similarly, any residential premises or necessary vehicles that belong to the applicant and that the applicant and their family members who live together with the applicant use on an everyday basis are not taken into consideration provided the number and value of such premises and vehicles is in fair correlation to the size, mobility needs and earnings of the family.

 (3) Where the applicant applies for financial aid in order to seek relief against a family member whom they live together with, the member’s earnings or the property that belongs to them are not taken into consideration when assessing the applicant’s economic situation.

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2006, 7, 42 – entry into force 04.02.2006]

 (5) The court may require the applicant to substantiate the particulars that they have filed or to produce additional documents or particulars, or require any other persons, authorities or institutions – including credit institutions – to provide information concerning the economic situation or solvency of the applicant and of their family members who live together with the applicant. The inquiry must be responded to within the time limit set by the court.

 (6) Where the applicant has not, within the time limit set by the court, produced substantiated particulars concerning their personal or economic situation, or has not responded to the questions put to them or has responded insufficiently, the court does not grant the aid insofar as the application has not been substantiated.

 (7) Where this has been required by the court, the Tax and Customs Board issues a statement concerning the earnings of the applicant and of the members of their family for the last year, or a statement concerning the absence of particulars concerning such earnings. The form for the statement is enacted by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (8) Where the relevant technical means are available, the court itself must be given the option of verifying, in the database of the Tax and Customs Board or of a person, authority or institution mentioned in subsection 5 of this section, the particulars needed to assess applicants’ economic situation.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 187.  Disposing of the application for financial aid

 (1) The application for financial aid is disposed of by an order. Where necessary, the court may, before disposing of the application, invite the other parties to proceedings to state their opinion.

 (2) The court, without delay, sends a copy of the order by which it granted financial aid to the Ministry of Finance or to the authority – in the area of government of the Ministry of Finance – that has been designated by the Minister in charge of the policy sector.

 (3) Where an application for legal aid is transmitted to the court by an authority that, in another Member State of the European Union, is competent to transmit such applications, the court sends a copy of the order made concerning the application also to that authority.

 (4) The application for financial aid may also be disposed of by an assistant judge.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

 (5) The filing of an application for financial aid does not suspend the running of a procedural time limit provided by law or set by the court. Yet, where the application was not unjustified or was not filed for the purpose of extending a time limit, the court, having disposed of the application, grants a reasonable extension of the time limit set by the court, in particular of one set for responding to the court claim, appeal or motion.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) To comply with a time limit provided by law, the applicant must, within the time limit, also perform the procedural operation for which they seek financial aid – first and foremost, they must file their appeal. Where the application for financial aid was not unjustified or was not filed for the purpose of extending the time limit, the court, having disposed of the application, sets a reasonable time limit to substantiate the appeal or pay the statutory fee or cure a defect in the appeal that is related to the application. This does not rule out reinstating the time limit.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 188.  Suspending the payment and changing the amount of instalments

 (1) Where, by way of financial aid, the payment of case costs in instalments has been ordered, the court suspends the payment of the instalments by an order where:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 1) it is manifest that the payments hitherto made by the recipient of financial aid cover the case costs;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 2) a disposition under which the case costs must be borne by another party to proceedings enters into effect.

 (2) The court does not suspend the payment of instalments under clause 2 of subsection 1 of this section if the party to proceedings who is obligated to cover case costs under the judicial disposition rendered in the case has also been granted financial aid to bear the costs, or if it is manifest, for other reasons, that the party is not able to pay the costs.

 (3) Where the economic situation of the recipient of financial aid has changed significantly, the court may, by an order, change the amount and due date of case costs instalments. Where this is required by the court, the recipient must provide clarifications as to whether or not their economic situation has changed and produce corresponding evidence. Where this is needed, the court may, among other things, request information on the economic situation or solvency of the recipient or of their family members from the Tax and Customs Board, from credit institutions as well as from other persons, authorities or institutions.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The provisions of subsection 3 of this section apply where, as a result of legal succession, the recipient of financial aid changes, including where the claimant who has received the aid assigns the claim for whose filing they received the aid and the successor does not possess an equivalent entitlement to the aid.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 189.  Revoking the grant of financial aid

 (1) The court may revoke the grant of financial aid if:
 1) the recipient has provided false information in the application for financial aid;
 2) the conditions for being granted the aid were not present or have ceased to be present – among other things, if the recipient of the aid is replaced by another person on account of legal succession and the successor is not entitled to receive the aid;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 3) the recipient has not – for a period of more than three months – paid the instalments ordered by the court;
 4) the recipient has been required by the court to provide clarifications concerning a change in their economic situation but does not do so, or does not file the required evidence.

 (2) Where financial aid is revoked, the party to proceedings who received the aid bears the entirety of their case costs.

§ 190.  Grant of financial aid and allocation of case costs

 (1) The grant of financial aid does not preclude or limit the recipient’s duty to reimburse – under the judicial disposition rendered in the case – the costs incurred by the opposing party.

 (2) The party to proceedings against whom the disposition is made in the case bears the entirety of their case costs also where they have been exempted from payment of the costs or where they have been granted financial aid to cover the costs.

 (3) Where the court claim is granted, the court orders the defendant – regardless of whether they, too, have received financial aid to cover case costs – to pay, into the State’s revenue and in proportion to the extent to which the court claim was granted, the costs that the claimant was exempted from paying or was allowed to pay in instalments. The same applies to the grant of financial aid to a third party participating in proceedings in support of the claimant – provided the court claim is granted.

 (4) Where the claimant, or a third party who participates in the proceedings in support of the claimant, or the petitioner in action-by-petition proceedings, has received financial aid to cover case costs, and the court claim or petition is denied or dismissed or proceedings in the case are terminated, they are ordered to pay the entirety of case costs into the State’s revenue. Where the claimant abandons or withdraws their court claim because the defendant satisfied the claim after proceedings were commenced, the provisions of subsection 3 of this section apply.

 (5) Where the defendant or a third party who participates in the proceedings in support of the defendant has received financial aid to cover case costs, and the court claim is granted, they are ordered to pay the entirety of the costs into the State’s revenue. If the claim is denied or dismissed or proceedings in the case are terminated, the court orders the claimant to pay, into the State’s revenue and in proportion to the extent to which the claim was denied, any costs that the defendant or third party had been exempted from paying or was allowed to pay in instalments, regardless of whether the claimant, too, had received financial aid to cover the costs.

 (6) Where a party was granted financial aid to cover case costs in action-by-petition proceedings, the court may order another party to pay the costs into the State’s revenue if the requirements provided by subsection 1 of § 172 of this Code are met.

 (7) In a judicial disposition mentioned in subsections 3–6 of this section, the court may, where a valid reason is present – among other things, due to the fact that a compromise has been concluded in the case – set a later due date for the payment of costs into the State’s revenue or allow their payment in instalments within the time limit set by the court, and it may also release a person from the duty to pay case costs into the State’s revenue.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (71) [Repealed – RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 – entry into force 01.07.2014]

 (8) Where a party to proceedings has been granted financial aid, including State-funded legal aid, in proceedings conducted under Council Regulation (EC) No 4/2009 on jurisdiction, applicable law, recognition and enforcement of decisions and cooperation in matters relating to maintenance obligations, the provisions of this Code concerning the allocation of case costs apply strictly to the extent that the Regulation does not provide otherwise.
[RT I, 14.03.2011, 2 – entry into force 18.06.2011]

§ 191.  Appealing the order on financial aid

 (1) The order by which the district court or the circuit court of appeal grants or refuses to grant financial aid – as well as an order by which such an order is varied or revoked – may be appealed by the applicant for or recipient of the aid or by the Republic of Estonia through the Ministry of Finance or through an authority within the area of government of the Ministry of Finance that has been designated by the Minister in charge of the policy sector. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning an appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) An order on financial aid cannot be appealed if the judicial disposition that was rendered in the case has entered into effect.

 (3) The costs of proceedings concerning the appeal are not reimbursed.

 (4) The provisions of § 179 of this Code apply to orders that are mentioned in subsections 3–6 of § 190 of this Code and by which a party to proceedings is ordered to pay case costs into State revenue, as well as to appeals against such orders.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 192.  Grant of financial aid for proceedings conducted in other Member States of European Union

  Financial aid for ensuring, in proceedings conducted in another Member State of the European Union, the provision of legal aid by an attorney or for translation of the petition and its annexes may be applied for in Harju District Court following §§ 33 and 34 of the State-funded Legal Aid Act.

§ 193.  Transmission of applications for legal aid to other Member States of the European Union

 (1) A person entitled to receive financial aid under the provisions of this Subchapter may, via Harju District Court, apply for legal aid in proceedings conducted in another Member State of the European Union.

 (2) To obtain the transmission of an application for legal aid, the application and the documents appended to it are filed with the court in the language of the Member State in which the grant of legal aid is applied for, provided the language is an official language of the European Union or the Member State has agreed to its use in accordance with paragraph 3 of Article 14 of Directive 2003/8/EC.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The court assists the applicant in applying for legal aid in another Member State of the European Union by taking steps to ensure that all documents that, according to the court’s information, are required to dispose of the application have been appended to it and by arranging the translation of the application and documents, where this is needed. The documents are not required to be legalised or officially certified by any another method.

 (4) The court disposes of the petition to transmit an application for legal aid under the action-by-petition procedure. The court may, by reasoned order, refuse to transmit the application where it is manifest that the latter is unjustified or does not fall within the scope of Directive 2003/8/EC.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Within 15 days following the filing or creation, in the required language and form, of the application and any additional documents, the court transmits these to the authority that, in the relevant Member State of the European Union, is competent to receive such applications.

 (6) No statutory fee is charged on transmission of applications for legal aid. Where the application is denied, the court may, by order, require the applicant to pay other case costs – first and foremost, the costs of translation.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (7) The applicant may appeal the order by which transmission of their application is refused. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

 (8) The Minister in charge of the policy sector enacts, by a regulation, standard forms for applications for the grant of legal aid in another Member State of the European Union and for their transmission as prescribed by paragraph 1 of Article 16 of Directive 2003/8/EC. Where standard forms exist, they must be used by the petitioner and by the person transmitting the application.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (9) Where the authority of another Member State of the European Union that is competent to accept the application rejects it due to the economic situation of the petitioner or notifies its intention to reject the application, the court, on a motion of the petitioner, issues the latter with a certificate concerning that situation – provided it would entitle the petitioner to financial aid in Estonia – and transmits the certificate, as a supplement to the application and in the same language, to the authority competent to receive it.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 19 SECURITY 

§ 194.  Method of providing, and amount of, security

 (1) Where the law prescribes an obligation for a principal party to provide a security, the method of providing it and its amount are determined by the court. If the court has not done so and the principal parties have not agreed otherwise, the security is provided by depositing money or security instruments in the designated account, or as an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee issued for an unspecified period and for the benefit of the other party by a credit institution of Estonia or of another Member State of the European Union.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (2) A security instrument may be used as security if it has a market price. The instrument is accepted as security for not more than 3/4 of its market price.

 (3) The making of deposits is governed by the provisions of the Law of Obligations Act concerning deposits.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (4) The account particulars that are required for making the deposit are published on the court’s website.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

§ 195.  Returning the security

 (1) Where the reason for which the security was provided ceases to apply, the court that set the security or allowed it to be provided returns it on a motion of the person who provided it. Where security was provided in the form of a guarantee, the court orders its discharge.

 (2) Before making the order, the court sends the motion to return the security to the principal party for whose benefit the security was provided for that party to express its view in the matter.

 (3) The order by which return of the security is refused may be appealed by the person who filed the motion to return it. The order by which the security is returned may be appealed by the principal party for whose benefit it was provided.

§ 196.  Providing a security to cover case costs

 (1) In action-by-claim proceedings, the court may, on a motion of the defendant, require the claimant to provide a security to cover the defendants’ expected case costs if:
 1) the claimant is not a citizen of the Republic of Estonia, of another Member State of the European Union or of a State that is a contracting party to the EEA Agreement, and does not reside in any of these States;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 2) the claimant is a legal person whose seat is not in Estonia or another Member State of the European Union or a State that is a contracting party to the EEA Agreement;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 3) due to the claimant's economic situation or for another reason, collection of the defendant’s expected case costs is likely to be difficult – first and foremost, in a situation where the claimant has been declared bankrupt, bankruptcy proceedings have been initiated against the claimant or, within the year prior to the filing of the court claim, enforcement proceedings have been conducted in respect of the claimant's property without obtaining satisfaction of the claim filed in those proceedings.

 (2) The court may not require the claimant to provide a security if the claimant has sufficient property in Estonia to cover the case costs or has claims in Estonia that are sufficiently secured under the law of property. In situations mentioned in clauses 1 and 2 of subsection 1 of this section, the court may not require the claimant to provide a security if:
 1) requiring the security is ruled out by a treaty;
 2) the disposition concerning reimbursement of case costs to the defendant is enforceable in the country in which the claimant has their residence or seat.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (21) Where the prerequisites for requiring a security are present, the court may nevertheless decide not to require its provision in full or in part, or may order it to be paid in instalments, provided the claimant cannot, due to economic or other reasons, be reasonably expected to provide the security and dismissing the court claim may entail grave consequences for the claimant or if requiring a security would be unfair to the claimant for other reasons.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The defendant may also require a security from the claimant mentioned in subsection 1 of this section if the prerequisites for providing the security only emerge in the course of proceedings – with the exception of the situation where the defendant has admitted the court claim. If it comes to light in the course of proceedings that the security that has been provided is not sufficient, the defendant may require an additional security.

 (4) The claimant may appeal the order of the district court or of the circuit court of appeal by which they are required to provide a security. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning an appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

§ 197.  Setting a time limit to provide a security

  In a situation mentioned in § 196 of this Code, the court sets the claimant a time limit to provide a security to cover the defendant’s expected case costs. If the claimant does not provide the security within the time limit, the court dismisses the court claim on the defendant’s motion.

Part 4 PARTIES TO PROCEEDINGS AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES 

Chapter 20 GENERAL PROVISIONS 

§ 198.  Parties to proceedings

 (1) The parties to proceedings are:
 1) in action-by-claim proceedings – the principal parties and any third parties;
 2) in action-by-petition proceedings – the petitioner and any other persons affected by the case.

 (2) In situations prescribed for by law, a person or authority entitled to protect a public interest also appears as a party to the proceedings.

 (3) Parties are added to action-by-petition proceedings by the court of its own motion. The presumption in action-by-petition proceedings is that the parties are persons who, under the law, have the right to appeal the order rendered in the case. A person is not a party solely for the reason that they must be heard under the law or that the court deems it necessary to hear them. The court may also invite other persons or authorities to make submissions in the proceedings if it finds that this is needed to dispose of the case justly.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 199.  Rights of parties to proceedings

 (1) The parties to proceedings have a right to:
 1) acquaint themselves with and obtain copies of the case file;
 2) know the composition of the court dealing with the case;
 3) file motions for recusal as well as other motions and applications;
 4) make representations and state reasons to the court concerning any issues that arise in the course of considering the case;
 5) produce items of evidence and participate in the inspection and examination of the evidence;
 6) contest any motions or applications made or reasoning stated by the other parties;
 7) put questions to other parties to proceedings, as well as to witnesses and experts;
 8) receive certified copies of the judicial disposition issued as a document.

 (2) The parties to proceedings also enjoy any other procedural rights provided for by this Code.

§ 200.  Duties of parties to proceedings

 (1) A party to proceedings is required to exercise the procedural rights in good faith.

 (2) The court does not allow any party to proceedings, or the party’s representatives or advisers, to abuse their rights, delay the proceedings or mislead the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) During judicial proceedings, the parties and their representatives must inform the court and the other parties without delay of any changes, including temporary ones, in the party’s or the representative’s address or telecommunications numbers.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 201.  Passive legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure

 (1) ‘Passive legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure’ means a person’s capacity to hold the rights and discharge the duties provided for by the rules of civil procedure.

 (2) Every person who possesses passive legal capacity under the rules of civil law enjoys passive legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure. Such capacity is also enjoyed by foreign associations of persons, foreign authorities and international organisations whose passive legal capacity is recognised in Estonia under the rules of private international law.

§ 202.  Active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure

 (1) ‘Active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure’ means a person’s capacity, by their acts, to exercise the rights and perform the duties provided for by the rules of civil procedure.

 (2) Persons of limited active legal capacity do not enjoy active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure, except where the limitation of the active legal capacity of a full-age person does not affect their exercise of the rights and performance of the duties provided for under the rules of civil procedure. A minor of at least 15 years of age has a right to participate in proceedings beside their statutory representative.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where a full-age person who possesses active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure is represented in proceedings by their legal guardian, the principal is deemed not to possess such active legal capacity.

 (4) In proceedings to establish a legal guardianship for a full-age person due to their having limited active legal capacity, the ward enjoys active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure. In proceedings to place a person in a closed institution, the person – provided they are at least fourteen years of age – enjoys active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure regardless of whether they have full active legal capacity.

§ 203.  Active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure: aliens

  An alien who, according to the law of their country, does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure, is deemed to enjoy such capacity if they have it under Estonian law.

§ 204.  Passive and active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure: verification

 (1) The court verifies whether the parties to proceedings possess passive and active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure and, where this is not the case, does not allow the person concerned to participate in the proceedings.

 (2) Where the court has doubts on whether a party to proceedings who is a natural person possesses active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure, the court may require the person to provide a physician’s opinion or commission an expert assessment. If the person refuses to comply or if the documents that are produced do not remove the court’s doubts, the court initiates proceedings to appoint a legal guardian to the party. Where initiation of such proceedings in respect of the claimant, applicant, petitioner or appellant is not possible, the court dismisses the court claim, application, petition or appeal.

 (3) The court may also permit a party to proceedings who does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure to participate in the proceedings if the impediment of participation jeopardises an essential interest of the party. In such a situation, the court sets the person a time limit to appoint a representative. A judicial disposition by which the proceedings are concluded may not be entered in the case before the time limit has expired.

 (4) Where the court has doubts on whether a party to proceedings possesses full active legal capacity, the court notifies this without delay to the executive of the municipality in whose administrative territory the party has their residence.

Chapter 21 PRINCIPAL PARTIES 

§ 205.  Principal parties

 (1) The principal parties to proceedings before the civil courts are the claimant and the defendant.

 (2) The claimant is the person who has filed the court claim. The defendant is the person against whom the claim has been filed.

§ 206.  Rights of principal parties

 (1) In addition to the rights of a party to proceedings, the claimant has the right to amend the cause of the court claim or the relief sought, to increase or decrease the relief sought or to abandon it, and the defendant has the right to admit the court claim. A principal party has the right to appeal the judicial disposition rendered in the case as well as other procedural rights prescribed by this Code.

 (2) Principal parties have the right to conclude the proceedings by compromise.

 (3) A principal party has a right to seek compulsory enforcement of the judicial disposition rendered in the case. In action-by-petition proceedings, this right is vested in any party to the proceedings.

§ 207.  Participation of several claimants or defendants in the proceedings

 (1) Several persons may file a joint court claim and a court claim may be filed jointly against several defendants if:
 1) the subject matter of the proceedings is a right that is held jointly by several persons;
 2) several persons hold entitlements or obligations that arise from the same cause;
 3) the subject matter of the proceedings consists of requests for relief or obligations that are similar and arise from causes of a similar nature.

 (2) Each claimant or defendant participates in the proceedings independently in relation to the other party. Unless otherwise prescribed by law, an operation performed by the claimant or defendant does not entail legal consequences for a co-claimant or co-defendant.

 (3) Where a disputed legal relationship can be established only with regard to all co-claimants or co-defendants jointly, and where at least one of the co-claimants or co-defendants observes the procedural time limit, participates in the trial or hearing, files the appeal or participates in the performance of another procedural operation, that party’s operations are deemed to have effect with respect to all other co-claimants or co-defendants.

§ 208.  Substitution and addition of defendants

 (1) Where the claimant finds that the court claim was erroneously filed against a person who should not be the defendant, the court may, on a motion of the claimant – before the end of the trial or hearing of the case in the court of first instance and without terminating the proceedings – substitute the existing defendant with another defendant. In such a situation, the court claim against the initial defendant is deemed to have been withdrawn.

 (2) Where the claimant finds that the court claim was not filed against all persons who are parties to the disputed legal relationship, the court may, on a motion of the claimant – before the end of the trial or hearing of the case in the court of first instance – add such persons to the proceedings as defendants.

 (3) Following the substitution or addition of a defendant, the claimant must file with the court, for the defendant who was substituted in or added to the proceedings, a copy of the statement of the claimant’s court claim together with any annexes. Where the defendant has been substituted or another defendant has been added, consideration of the case commences from the beginning.

§ 209.  Legal succession in the proceedings

 (1) In a situation where a principal party who is a natural person has died or one who is a legal person has been dissolved, or in any other situation where universal succession is triggered, the court permits – unless otherwise prescribed by law – the party’s universal successor to join the proceedings. Universal succession is possible at every stage of proceedings.

 (2) Any procedural operations performed prior to the universal successor’s joining the proceedings are binding on the universal successor insofar as such operations would have been binding on their predecessor.

§ 210.  Transferring a disputed property object

 (1) The filing of a court claim and the proceedings concerning it do not affect the principal party's right to transfer the disputed property object or to assign the disputed claim.

 (2) Transferring the ownership of or another similar right in the disputed property object, or assigning the disputed claim, to a third party (singular succession) does not, in itself, affect the proceedings in the case.

 (3) In a situation mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, the legal successor may – subject to the opposing party’s and the legal predecessor’s consent – join the proceedings in the place of the principal party’s legal predecessor. Without the consent of the opposing party or of the legal predecessor, the legal successor may join, or be added to, the proceedings as a third party in support of the legal predecessor.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) Where a property object is transferred by the claimant and the judgment to be rendered in the case would not, according to § 460 of this Code, apply to the legal successor, the defendant may file, against the claimant, the objection that the claimant has lost their claim.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 211.  Transferring the item of immovable property, ship or aircraft

 (1) Where a dispute has arisen between the owner of the item of immovable property and a third party over the existence or absence of a property right related to the item or of a note guaranteeing the right, or over an obligation related to the item, the legal successor has the right and – if the opposing party moves for it – the duty to join the proceedings as the principal party in replacement the current party starting from the time of transfer of the ownership of the immovable. The same applies to a dispute arising under a lease or commercial lease contract regarding an item of immovable property – or the absence of such a contract – if a note concerning the contract has been recorded in the Land Register.

 (2) Where the opposing party moves for the addition to the proceedings of the legal successor of the other party but, regardless of having been served with the motion by the court, the legal successor does not join the proceedings, the legal succession is deemed to have been admitted, and the party is deemed to have been substituted, by the service.

 (3) The provisions of subsections 1 and 2 of this section do not apply if the judgment to be rendered in the case would not – according to § 460 of this Code – apply to the legal successor. Where the transferor in such a situation is the claimant, the defendant may file, against the claimant, the objection that the claimant has lost their claim.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The provisions of subsections 1–3 of this section also apply to disputes concerning a right to a ship appearing in the Register of Ships or an aircraft appearing in the Register of Civil Aircraft.

Chapter 22 THIRD PARTIES 

§ 212.  Third party with an independent claim

 (1) Where a third party makes an independent claim concerning the object of the dispute between the claimant and the defendant, the party may file a court claim in the same proceedings against both principal parties before the trial or hearing of the case on the merits in the district court is concluded.

 (2) A third party with an independent claim has the rights and duties of the claimant.

§ 213.  Third party without an independent claim

 (1) A third party who does not have an independent claim concerning the object of the proceedings but has a legally relevant interest in having the dispute resolved in favour of one of the parties may intervene in the proceedings in support of either the claimant or the defendant. On the grounds and in accordance with the rules provided by § 216 of this Code, a third party without an independent claim may be added to the proceedings also on a motion of a principal party.

 (2) A third party without an independent claim may intervene in or be added to the proceedings at any stages in every judicial instance until the entry into effect of the judgment. The party may also intervene in the proceedings by appealing the judicial disposition entered in the case. In such a situation, the issue of the person’s addition is dealt with when acceptance of the appeal is decided.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 214.  Third party without an independent claim: consequences of intervening in or being added to the proceedings

 (1) Procedural operations that have been performed before the third party without an independent claim intervened in, or was added to, the proceedings are also effective with respect to the third party.

 (2) The third party without an independent claim may perform all procedural operations except those that can be performed only by the claimant or the defendant and can, among other things, appeal the disposition rendered in the case. A representation, appeal or another procedural operation of the third party has legal effect in the proceedings only if it is not contrary to a representation, appeal or operation of the claimant or defendant whom the party supports in the case. Unless otherwise provided for by law, the time limit for the filing of an appeal or for performing another procedural operation that applies to the claimant or defendant also applies to the third party who supports them.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) In further proceedings in the case, the third party without an independent claim may not rely, against the claimant or defendant in whose support they intervened in or were added to the proceedings, on the operative part of the disposition rendered in the case being erroneous, or on the facts having been ascertained erroneously.

 (4) Where, relying on previous proceedings in the case, a principal party initiates proceedings against the third party without an independent claim, the third party may, among other things, file an objection that it filed in the previous proceedings as a third party and that is contrary to the principal party’s representations. The third party may also file the objection that they were unable to file a motion, application, assertion, item of evidence or appeal because they intervened in, or were added to, the proceedings too late, or that they were unable to file these due to the representations or operations of the claimant or defendant in whose support they participated in the proceedings. The third party may also file the objection that the claimant or defendant did not, intentionally or due to gross negligence – and unbeknownst to the third party – file the motion, application, assertion, item of evidence or appeal.

§ 215.  Third party without an independent claim: intervening in the proceedings

 (1) In order to intrervene in the proceedings, the third party without an independent claim files a corresponding application with the court that deals with the case.

 (2) In addition to other particulars that a procedural document must contain (§ 338), the application mentioned in subsection 1 of this section states the following:
 1) information on the principal parties and the court case;
 2) substantiation of the legally relevant interest that the third party has in the case;
 3) a request to accede to the proceedings.

 (3) The court serves the application mentioned in subsection 1 of this section on both parties and sets them a time limit for formulating an opinion.

 (4) Where the application of the third party without an independent claim conforms to the requirements provided by law and the third party has substantiated its legally relevant interest, the court grants the party’s application and allows it to intervene in the proceedings.

 (5) Where it comes to light that the third party’s intervention in the proceedings is unjustified, the court may remove the party from the proceedings by an order.

 (6) The order by which the court allows the third party to intervene in the proceedings, refuses to allow this or removes the third party from the proceedings may be appealed by the principal parties or by the third party. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning an appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

§ 216.  Adding a third party to the proceedings

 (1) A principal party who, in the event of adverse disposition being given in the case, may make a claim against a third party by virtue of what the principal party considers to be the non-performance of a contract, or a claim for compensation for harm, or a claim for being released from the obligation to compensate, or who has reason to presume that such a claim may be filed against them by a third party, may file, until completion of pre-trial proceedings or during the time limit prescribed for the filing of motions or applications in written proceedings, a motion with the court dealing with the case to add such a third party to the proceedings.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (11) Once the pre-trial proceedings have been completed, a motion to join a third party to the proceedings may be filed only with the consent of the other parties to proceedings or of the court. After the completion of pre-trial proceedings, the court only sustains the motion if there was a valid reason for the failure to file the motion at the proper time and, in the opinion of the court, addition of the third party serves the interest of disposing of the case.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (2) The motion to add a third party supporting the claimant or the defendant states:
 1) the name of the party;
 2) the substance and stage of the proceedings;
 3) the reason for and substantiation of adding the party to the proceedings.

 (3) The court serves the motion on the third party, notifies it to the other principal party and sets a time limit for those parties to formulate an opinion concerning the motion.

 (4) Where the motion meets the requirements provided by law and the principal party substantiates the need to add the third party, the court makes an order by which it adds the third party to the proceedings. The third party is deemed to have been added to the proceedings – in support of the principal party who filed the motion to add them – as of the service of the order on the third party.

 (5) Where it comes to light that the third party’s addition to the proceedings is unjustified, the court may remove the party from the proceedings by an order.

 (6) The order by which the court adds the third party to the proceedings, decides not to do so or removes the party from the proceedings may be appealed by the principal parties or by the third party. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning an appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

Chapter 23 REPRESENTATION 

§ 217.  Representation in court

 (1) Unless otherwise provided by law, a party to proceedings may participate in the proceedings as a litigant in person or through a representative who possesses active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure.

 (2) Participation in the case as a litigant in person does not deprive a party to proceedings of the right to have a representative or adviser. Having a representative in the case does not restrict the party’s participation as a litigant in person if the party possesses active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure.

 (3) A party to proceedings who does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure is represented in court by their statutory representative.

 (4) Unless otherwise provided for by this Code, representation in court is governed by the rules on representation as provided by the Act on the General Part of the Civil Code.

 (5) The representative has the rights and duties of the party to proceedings whom they represent. A procedural operation performed by the representative is deemed to have been performed by the party represented. This applies to admissions of facts or to other representations insofar as the party who is present does not immediately withdraw or rectify the admission or representation.

 (6) The conduct and knowledge of the representative is deemed equivalent to the conduct and knowledge of the party to proceedings.

 (7) Where a child is represented in the proceedings by a representative appointed for this purpose, the parents do not have the right to represent the child in those proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (8) Where the court finds that a natural person who is a party to the proceedings is unable protect their rights on their own or that their essential interests may be insufficiently protected without the assistance of an attorney, the court explains to the person the possibility of obtaining State-funded legal aid.

§ 218.  Contractual representative

 (1) The following may act as contractual representatives in court:
 1) an attorney;
 2) any other person who has acquired at least an officially recognised Master's degree in the study of law, an equivalent qualification within the meaning of subsection 22 of § 28 of the Republic of Estonia Education Act or an equivalent foreign qualification;
[RT I 2008, 29, 189 – entry into force 01.07.2008]
 21) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 29, 189 – entry into force 01.07.2008]
 3) the procurator in all judicial proceedings related to the economic activities of the party to proceedings;
 4) one of the claimants as authorised by the co-claimants or one of the defendants as authorised by the co-defendants;
 5) an ascendant or descendant relative or spouse of the party to proceedings;
 6) another person whose right to appear as a contractual representative is provided for by law.

 (2) A public servant or employee of the party to proceedings may appear in court as the party’s contractual representative if the court considers them to possess sufficient expertise and experience to represent the party.

 (21) In a registration case – with the exception of proceedings on appeal against the order – the party to proceedings may be represented by any natural person of full active legal capacity.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (3) In action-by-claim proceedings before the Supreme Court, a party to the proceedings may perform procedural operations, make representations and file motions or applications only through an attorney-at-law. In action-by-petition proceedings before the Supreme Court, a party may perform procedural operations, make representations and file motions or applications as a litigant in person or through an attorney.

 (4) In action-by-claim proceedings before the Supreme Court, a party to the proceedings may, as a litigant in person, file the application for financial aid, and file representations and objections concerning the appeal or other motion or application filed by another party. Together with an attorney-at-law, the party may make representations in a hearing before the Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) The Minister in charge of the policy sector or a representative appointed by the Minister may represent the Republic of Estonia before the Supreme Court also if they are not an attorney-at-law. A bankruptcy debtor may also be represented in action-by-claim proceedings before the Court by the trustee in bankruptcy. In action-by-petition proceedings, a party to the proceedings may be represented before the Court by a notary in accordance with the rules provided by § 30 of the Notaries Act.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
[RT I, 29.06.2014, 109 – entry into force 01.07.2014, the phrase ‘Minister in charge of the policy sector’ substituted for the phrase ‘the Minister of Justice’ on the basis of subsection 4 of section 1073 of the Government of the Republic Act]

§ 219.  Representative appointed by the court

 (1) Where a person who does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure files a court claim, application or petition or where a court claim is filed against such a person and the person has no statutory representative, the court – provided the impediment of participation jeopardises an essential interest of the principal party and until the party’s statutory representative joins the proceedings – appoints a temporary representative to the person.

 (2) In a family case, the court may appoint a representative to a person who does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure if this is needed to protect the person’s interests. The representative must be appointed where:
 1) the interests of the person are, to a significant extent, contrary to the interests of their statutory representative;
 2) the court has been petitioned to place the person under legal guardianship;
 3) the court has been petitioned to apply measures to ensure the child’s well-being, which include separating the child from their family or fully terminating a parent’s physical custody rights;
[RT I 2009, 60, 395 – entry into force 01.07.2010]
 4) the court has been petitioned to remove the child from the foster family, from one of the spouses or from any other person entitled to access to the child.

 (3) Appointing a representative to a person who does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure is not required and the order by which the representative has been appointed may be revoked if the person is represented by an attorney or another appropriate representative.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The authority of representation of the representative appointed by the court ends when the disposition that concludes the proceedings enters into effect, or when proceedings are concluded by another method, provided that the court has not discharged such authority already earlier or has not appointed the representative for only one judicial instance. Where the representative is appointed only for one judicial instance, the representative's authority in that instance also includes the filing of appeals against the disposition rendered in the instance.

 (5) In situations mentioned in subsections 1 and 2 of this section – and also in other situations provided for by this Code – the court orders, in accordance with the rules provided by the State-funded Legal Aid Act, representation to be provided to the person by an attorney in order to protect their interests. The attorney is appointed for the court by the Estonian Bar Association, which also guarantees the attorney’s participation in the proceedings. When ordering representation by an attorney, the court does not, additionally, check the presence of the prerequisites for the grant of State-funded legal aid.

 (6) The attorney providing the representation ordered by the court is remunerated by the State to the extent and in accordance with the rules provided by the State-funded Legal Aid Act. The person whose interests were to be protected by the attorney may be required to repay to the State the sums that have been paid to the attorney only if the person does not use a reasonable opportunity to protect their interests in court by means other than court-ordered representation, or if there is another valid reason. This does not exempt the party to proceedings from payment of case costs if the party is required to pay such costs under the judicial disposition.

 (7) In order to protect a person's interests in the proceedings, the court may appoint a person who is not an attorney to act as their representative, provided the court finds such a person to be sufficiently competent for the task and provided the person agrees to the representation. Such a representative is not paid a fee but may require reimbursement of their other costs from the party who is to bear case costs under the judicial disposition rendered in the case.

§ 220.  Representing the Republic of Estonia as a party to proceedings

 (1) In the court claim filed against the Republic of Estonia on account of the actions of a person exercising executive authority, or where the Republic of Estonia is added to the proceedings as a third party, or where it participates in action-by-petition proceedings, it is represented by the Ministry that carried out the actions that the case relates to, or in whose area of government the authority whose actions relate to the case, or who employs the official whose actions are the subject matter of the proceedings, or in whose area of government the case that is the subject matter of the proceedings falls. Where the petition pertains to the carrying out of the functions of the Cabinet Office, the Republic of Estonia is represented by the Office.
[RT I, 04.07.2017, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2018]

 (2) In a court claim or other civil action filed against the Republic of Estonia that arises from the actions of any other administrator of State assets, the Republic of Estonia is represented by the administrator of the assets.

 (3) The Ministry of Justice may represent the Republic of Estonia in any judicial proceedings.

 (4) The court sends a statement of claim filed against the Republic of Estonia or an application to add the Republic of Estonia to the proceedings to the authorities mentioned in subsections 1 and 2 of this section. If the court cannot establish the Ministry or other administrator of State assets in whose area of government the court claim or application falls, the court sends it to the Ministry of Justice.

 (5) In a dispute arising from the performance of financial supervision and resolution functions, the Republic of Estonia is represented by the Financial Supervision Authority.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 3 – entry into force 29.03.2015]

§ 221.  Certification of the representative’s authority of representation

 (1) The statutory representative’s authority of representation is proved by a document that identifies the person as the statutory representative.

 (2) The authority of representation granted to the contractual representative is proved by the power of attorney that is filed with the court. Where this is needed, the court may require the principal party to file a notarially certified or authenticated power of attorney.

 (3) A person may, at the trial or hearing, also make an oral grant of the authority of representation. The grant is noted in the record of proceedings.

§ 222.  Statutory scope of the authority of representation

 (1) The authority to represent a person in court gives the representative the right to perform any and all procedural operations in the name of the principal, including the following:
 1) filing the court claim or petition or any other motion, application or representation;
 2) transferring the case to an arbitral tribunal;
 3) abandoning the court claim;
 4) admitting the court claim;
 5) amending the cause or of the claim or the relief sought;
 6) filing a counterclaim;
 7) participating in proceedings on the court claim brought by a third party with an independent claim;
 8) concluding a compromise;
 9) delegating the authority of representation to other persons (delegation of representation);
 10) filing an appeal against the judicial disposition;
 11) representing the principal in relation to any interim relief matters and in enforcement proceedings;
 12) receiving any case costs that are to be reimbursed.

 (2) The representative of a spouse who does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure may file a petition for divorce or annulment of marriage only with the consent of the guardianship authority.

 (3) An authorisation to be represented that is granted in a family case must be given expressly for acting in that family case.

§ 223.  Limitations on the authority of representation

  The party to proceedings may limit the statutory scope of the representative's authority of representation. The limitation is effective with regard to the court and to the other parties only insofar as it concerns the authority to settle the litigation by judicial compromise, to abandon the court claim or to admit it – provided the court and the other parties have been informed of the limitation.

§ 224.  Authority of representation of several contractual representatives

  Where a party to proceedings has several contractual representatives, every representative has the authority to represent the party severally. If the scope of the authority of representation has been determined differently, this has no effect with regard to the court or the other parties.

§ 225.  End of authority of representation

 (1) Where the person represented revokes the authority of representation, the authority ends with respect to the opposing party and the court as of the time they are notified of its revocation. It is presumed that the attorney’s authority of representation also ends when the opposing party and the court are notified of the appointment of a new attorney.

 (2) Where the representative terminates the contract that constitutes the basis for the authority of representation, the representative may continue to act in the interests of the principal until the principal has arranged for the protection of their interests by other means.

 (3) The authority of representation does not end with the death of the principal, with the principal’s losing their active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure or with a change of the principal's statutory representative.

 (4) In proceedings, the principal may only rely on the lapsing – due to expiry of its period of validity – of the representative's authority of representation if the principal or representative has notified this to the court and to the opposing party separately.

§ 226.  Verifying the authority of representation

 (1) The court verifies whether the representative possesses the authority of representation and, where this is not the case, does not allow the person to participate in the proceedings as a representative. A party to proceedings may, in every judicial instance and at any stage of the proceedings, request verification of the authority of representation of the other parties’ representatives. Attorneys are presumed to possess such authority.

 (2) On having established that the representative does not possess the authority of representation, the court may:
 1) dismiss the court claim if the person who filed the statement of claim in the name of the claimant did not possess the authority of representation when filing the claim;
 2) render its judgment in the case if this is possible under the law;
 3) remove, by an order, the person without the authority of representation from the proceedings, provided that the party has several representatives;
 4) permit the representative to participate in the proceedings according to § 227 of this Code;
 5) postpone the trial or hearing of the case.

 (3) Where, during proceedings, a representative is found not to possess the authority of representation but the court claim was filed duly, the party represented is deemed not to have participated in the proceedings to the extent their representation was unauthorised, unless the party subsequently ratifies the procedural operations performed by the person who appeared as the representative.

§ 227.  Allowing a person with uncertain authority of representation to temporarily join the proceedings; ratifying the representation

 (1) Where the court claim is filed in the name of the claimant by a person who does not prove their authority of representation, the court does not serve the court claim on the defendant before such authority has been proved.

 (2) Where a representative of a party to proceedings is unable to prove their authority of representation before the court but asserts that they will be able to do this at a later time, the court may postpone consideration of the case or permit the person to temporarily participate in the proceedings as the representative.

 (3) Where consideration of the case is postponed or the person with an uncertain authority of representation is allowed to join the proceedings as the representative, the court sets such a person a time limit to prove their authority and may require a security from the person in order to cover the case costs as well as any expenditure that may need to be made by or harm that may arise to the other parties to proceedings.

 (4) Where a person who does not posses the authority of representation has been allowed to join the proceedings, the court may render its judgment or enter an order by which it terminates the proceedings only after the authority has been proved, a ratification has been filed regarding the unauthorised representation or the time limit set by the court to prove the authority or ratify the representation has expired.

 (5) Where the person who appeared in the name of the claimant has not proved their authority of representation or filed a ratification within the time limit set by the court, the court dismisses the court claim provided the other prerequisites for dismissal are present. Where the person who appeared in the name of the defendant has not proved their authority of representation or filed a ratification within the time limit set by the court, the court enters a default judgment provided the other prerequisites for making a default judgment are present. Where the person who filed an appeal in the name of a party to proceedings has not proved their authority of representation or filed a ratification within the time limit set by the court, the court dismisses the appeal provided the other prerequisites for dismissal are present.

 (6) By a disposition mentioned in subsection 5 of this section, the court awards, from the person who does not possess the authority of representation, the costs that the other parties to proceedings incurred as a result of the person’s being allowed to join the proceedings. This does not preclude or prejudice the right of the parties to proceedings to seek compensation for any harm in excess of the costs.

 (7) Procedural operations performed in the name of a party to proceedings are deemed to have effect also where the party granted the authority of representation to the representative by means other than a written, notarially certified or authenticated document, or where the party has, expressly or tacitly, ratified the representative’s participation in the proceedings. Where the party subsequently grants authority to the person who represented them in the proceedings, they are presumed to have ratified the representative’s authority.

§ 228.  Adviser

 (1) A party to proceedings is allowed to use, as an adviser in the proceedings, any person who possesses active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure.

 (2) The adviser may appear at the trial or hearing together with the party to proceedings and provide explanatory statements. The adviser cannot perform any procedural operations or file any motions or applications.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Any representation made by the adviser in the trial or hearing is deemed to have been made by the party to proceedings unless the party immediately withdraws or rectifies it.

Part 5 EVIDENCE 

Chapter 24 GENERAL PROVISIONS 

§ 229.  Definition of evidence

 (1) Evidence in a civil case is any information that possesses the procedural form provided for by law and based on which the court, in accordance with the rules provided by law, ascertains the presence or absence of circumstances on which the claims and objections of the principal parties are based, as well as other facts relevant to achieving a just disposition of the case.

 (2) Evidence may appear as the testimony of a witness, the statement of a party to proceedings given under oath, an item of documentary or of physical evidence, an inspection or an expert opinion. In action-by-petition proceedings, the court may also deem other means of proof, including a statement of a party to proceedings that is not given under oath, to be sufficient in order to prove a circumstance.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 230.  Burden of evidence and of producing it

 (1) In action-by-claim proceedings, each principal party must, unless otherwise provided for by law, provide evidence of the circumstances on which their claims and objections are based. Unless otherwise provided for by law, the principal parties may agree a division of the burden of evidence that is different from what has been provided by law, as well as agree on the items of evidence that may be used to prove a certain fact.

 (2) Evidence is produced by the parties to proceedings. The court may invite the parties to produce additional evidence.

 (3) Unless otherwise provided for by law, the court may – in a matrimonial case, in a filiation case, in a dispute related to the interests of a child and in action-by-petition proceedings – arrange the taking of evidence of its own motion.

 (4) In a maintenance case, the court may require a principal party to provide the particulars and documents concerning their earnings and pecuniary situation and caution the party regarding the possibility of making the inquiry mentioned in subsection 5 of this section.

 (5) In a situation provided for by subsection 4 of this section, the court may require relevant information to be provided by:
 1) the principal party’s employer, including former employers;
 2) the Social Insurance Board or another authority or person who disburses payments related to old age or loss of capacity for work;
[RT I, 06.12.2012, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2013]
 3) insurance companies;
 4) the Tax and Customs Board;
 5) credit institutions.

 (6) The persons and authorities mentioned in subsection 5 of this section are under a duty to provide the information to the court within the time limit that the court sets. The court may impose a fine on the person or authority if the duty is violated.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 231.  Grounds for exempting a person from the duty to provide evidence

 (1) Evidence does not need to be provided of a circumstance of which the court finds it can take judicial notice. Circumstances that the court may so find are those regarding which reliable information is available from sources external to the proceedings.

 (2) An assertion made by a principal party concerning a fact does not need to be proved if the opposing party admits it. Admission means unconditional and express acceptance of the factual assertion by means of a written representation addressed to the court, or by a representation made at the trial or hearing, where such acceptance is noted in the record of proceedings. In matrimonial and filiation cases, the court evaluates the admission together with other items of evidence.

 (3) An admission may be withdrawn only with the consent of the opposing party – or if the withdrawing party proves that the assertion concerning the presence or absence of the circumstance, which was admitted, is not true, and that the admission resulted from a mistaken conception of the circumstance. In such a situation, the circumstance is not deemed to have been admitted.

 (4) Admission is presumed until the opposing party expressly contests the assertion made concerning the factual circumstance and the party's volition to contest the circumstance emerges from other representations made by that party.

§ 232.  Assessing the evidence

 (1) The court, following the law, assesses all items of evidence in all respects, comprehensively and objectively and decides, according to its conscience, whether or not any assertions made by a party to proceedings have been proved considering, among other things, any agreements between the principal parties concerning evidence.

 (2) Unless the principal parties have agreed otherwise, the court does not regard any item of evidence as having a predetermined weight.

 (3) When ascertaining a disputed circumstance, the court is bound by the opinion given by a specialist witness appointed by mutual agreement of the principal parties, provided:
 1) the dispute stems from a contract that the principal parties concluded in the course of their economic or professional activities, and
 2) no circumstances are present that would constitute grounds for recusing the witness if they had acted as an expert in the proceedings, and
 3) the witness was appointed according to the agreement, without giving preference to either of the parties, and
 4) the opinion of the witness is not manifestly wrong.

§ 233.  Assessing the quantum of the claim

 (1) Where the proceedings have ascertained the causing of harm but its quantum cannot be ascertained or where ascertaining it would involve significant difficulty or unreasonably high costs – among other things, where the harm is non-pecuniary – the court determines the quantum of harm according to its inner conviction having regard to the entirety of the circumstances.

 (2) The provisions of subsection 1 of this section also apply to other pecuniary disputes where the parties disagree on the quantum of the claim and fully ascertaining the circumstances needed to determine the quantum involves unreasonable difficulty.

§ 234.  Proof of foreign law, international law and customary law

  Proof of the law in force outside the Republic of Estonia, of international law or of customary law must be given only insofar as the court is not acquainted with such law. When ascertaining the law, the court may also use other sources of information and perform operations required to obtain the information. When ascertaining foreign law, the court follows, among other rules, § 4 of the Private International Law Act.

§ 235.  Substantiation

  ‘Substantiating an assertion’ means stating, to the court, the reasoning for the assertion such that, presuming that the reasoning holds, the court can deem the assertion to be credible. Unless otherwise provided by law, the person required to substantiate may do so using any items of evidence permitted by the law for the purpose, including means of proof that the law does not regard as items of evidence or that do not appear in the form required in the proceedings, including signed affirmations.

Chapter 25 PRODUCTION, TAKING AND EXAMINATION OF EVIDENCE 

§ 236.  Producing an item of evidence; arranging the taking of evidence

 (1) ‘Producing an item of evidence’ means a motion made by a party to proceedings for the court to assess the party’s assertion based on acceptance and examination of the evidence named in the motion.

 (2) Where a party to proceedings who wishes to produce the item of evidence is unable to do so themselves, the party may make a motion for the court to arrange the evidence to be taken. Arranging the taking of evidence means actions performed by the court in order to make evidence available in the proceedings and to allow it to be examined.

 (3) A party to proceedings who produces an item of evidence or moves for the court to arrange the taking of evidence must justify this by showing which of the facts relevant to the case the party intends to prove by the motion. A motion for the court to arrange the taking of evidence must, among other things, state the particulars that make it possible to take the evidence.

 (4) With the consent of both principal parties, evidence may be produced to the court, and the court may arrange the taking of evidence, by a method or in a form different from what is provided by this Code. The party may withdraw such consent only on material changes in the procedural situation.

§ 237.  Duty to produce the item of evidence at the proper time

 (1) In the course of pre-trial proceedings, the court sets the parties to proceedings a time limit for producing their evidence or moving for the court to arrange it to be taken. Where, on expiry of the time limit, evidence has not been produced or a motion to arrange its taking made, such evidence may be subsequently relied upon strictly subject to the provisions of § 331 of this Code.

 (2) Where the motion of a party to proceedings for the court to arrange the taking of evidence is denied due to the party’s failure to pay the costs of the arrangement in advance although this had been required by the court, the party does not subsequently have a right to move for the taking to be arranged, provided that granting the motion would entail postponing the consideration of the case.

§ 238.  Relevance and admissibility of evidence

 (1) The court only accepts, or arranges the taking of, items of evidence – and, when disposing of the case, only considers items of evidence – that have relevance to the case. Evidence has no relevance to the case, first and foremost, where:
 1) the circumstance to be proved does not need to be proved, among other things, where it is not in dispute;
 2) in the opinion of the court, sufficient evidence has already been produced regarding the circumstance.

 (2) Where, under the law or agreement of the principal parties, a circumstance must be proved by evidence of a certain type or form, the fact may not be proved by evidence of another type or form.

 (3) In addition what has been provided for by subsections 1 and 2 of this section, the court may refuse to accept an item of evidence and return it, or refuse to arrange the taking of the evidence, where:
 1) the item has been obtained as a result of a criminal offence or of unlawful violation of a fundamental right;
 2) the item is unavailable – above all, where the witness's particulars or the document’s location is unknown, or where the relevance of the item is not in proportion to the time to be spent to obtain it, or to any other difficulties related thereto;
 3) the item is produced or the motion for the arrangement to take it is made belatedly;
 4) the need to produce or arrange the taking of the item has not been justified;
 5) the party to proceedings who made the motion for the court to arrange the taking of the item fails to make the advance payment required by the court in order to cover the related costs.

 (4) Where the court refuses to accept an item of evidence or to arrange it to be taken, it does so by a reasoned order.

 (5) Where the court has already accepted the item of evidence or arranged for it to be taken, it may, when disposing of the case, in situations provided for by subsections 1–3 of this section, decide to disregard that evidence. An item of evidence may be disregarded also after its assessment if it is manifestly unreliable.

§ 239.  Arranging for evidence to be taken

 (1) Where, in order to examine an item of evidence, other evidence needs to be taken, the court arranges this by an order that is communicated to the parties to proceedings. Before the order is made, the court must hear the person from whom the evidence is to be taken – provided the person makes the corresponding motion. Where evidence needs to be taken outside of the judicial district of the court dealing with the case, the court considering the case may make an order for the procedural operation to be performed, under the rules applicable to domestic letters of request, by the court in whose judicial district the evidence can be taken. The order containing the domestic letter of request provides a brief description of the substance of the case, the circumstances to be ascertained and the evidence to be taken.
[RT I, 26.05.2017, 1 – entry into force 05.06.2017]

 (2) Where this ise needed, the court – including the court dealing with the case under the domestic letter of request – may vary the order under which the evidence is to be taken. Where this is possible, the parties to proceedings are given an opportunity to state their views before the order is varied. The parties are notified without delay of the order’s variation.

§ 240.  Rules for carrying out a domestic letter of request

 (1) A domestic letter of request is carried out in accordance with the rules enacted to govern the performance of the procedural operation requested in the letter. The parties to proceedings are notified of the time and place of the procedural operation, yet the absence of a party does not prevent the carrying out of the request.

 (2) The record of proceedings at the procedural operation as well as any evidence taken under the domestic letter of request are sent, without delay, to the court considering the case.

 (3) Where, in the course of the taking of evidence before the court dealing with the case under the domestic letter of request, a dispute arises whose disposition will determine the continuation of the taking of evidence and which may not be disposed of by that court, the court conducting proceedings in the main case disposes of the dispute.

 (4) Where the court carrying out the domestic letter of request finds it reasonable, in the interests of disposing of the case, to hand over the taking of the evidence to another court, the court addresses a corresponding request to the other court and notifies this to the parties to proceedings.

§ 241.  Taking evidence outside Estonia

 (1) Evidence whose taking is arranged in a foreign State under the laws of that State may be used in civil proceedings in Estonia unless the procedural operations performed in order to obtain the evidence are contrary to the principles of Estonian civil procedure.

 (2) [Repealed – RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

 (3) [Repealed – RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

 (4) In order to arrange the taking of evidence elsewhere than in a Member State of the European Union, the court requests the taking through a competent authority in accordance with the Convention on the Taking of Evidence Abroad in Civil or Commercial Matters.

 (5) The court may also arrange the taking of evidence in a foreign State by acting through the ambassador or duly authorised consular official representing the Republic of Estonia in that State, provided this is not prohibited under the law of that State.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 2411.  Application of Regulation (EU) 2020/1783 of the European Parliament and of the Council

 (1) The taking of evidence in another Member State of the European Union takes place in accordance with the rules provided by Regulation (EU) 2020/1783 of the European Parliament and of the Council with the assistance of the courts of the other State or directly.

 (2) Under paragraph 2 of Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2020/1783 of the European Parliament and of the Council, the competence to take evidence is vested in the district courts and in the circuit courts of appeal in their respective judicial districts or circuits, and in the Supreme Court.

 (3) The judicial panel which, or the judge acting under a delegation from the judicial panel who, requested the taking of evidence under Regulation (EU) 2020/1783 of the European Parliament and of the Council may, in accordance with the Regulation, be present at and participate in the taking of evidence by the foreign court. The parties to proceedings, their representatives and experts may participate in the taking of evidence insofar as they are allowed to participate in such an operation in Estonia. Under paragraph 3 of Article 19 of the Regulation, the judicial panel dealing with the case, the judge acting under a direction from the panel or the expert appointed by the court may participate in the proceedings conducted to take evidence directly in another Member State of the European Union by an Estonian court.

 (4) Under Article 21 of Regulation (EU) 2020/1783 of the European Parliament and of the Council, in a case dealt with by an Estonian court, a citizen of the Republic of Estonia who finds themselves in another Member State may be heard through an Estonian diplomatic agent or consular official.

 (5) Under paragraph 3 of Article 4 of Regulation (EU) 2020/1783 of the European Parliament and of the Council, the duties of the central body are carried out by the Ministry of Justice.

 (6) Under paragraph 3 of Article 4 of Regulation (EU) 2020/1783 of the European Parliament and of the Council, the Ministry of Justice is designated as the authority to decide the acceptance or refusal of requests made under Article 19 of the Regulation.

 (7) Under Article 6 of Regulation (EU) 2020/1783 of the European Parliament and of the Council, standard forms completed in the Estonian or in the English language are accepted in Estonia.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

§ 242.  Abandoning the item of evidence

  Unless otherwise provided by law, the principal party who produced the item of evidence or moved for the court to arrange for it to be taken may abandon the item and withdraw it only with the consent of the opposing party.

§ 243.  Examining the evidence

 (1) The court examines the evidence at first hand and assesses it when rendering its disposition.

 (2) The court, having heard the views of the parties to proceedings, determines the sequence in which the evidence is to be examined at the trial or hearing.

 (3) The parties to proceedings have a right to attend the examination of the evidence at the trial or hearing. Unless the court rules otherwise, the absence of a party – who was summoned – from the trial or hearing in which evidence is to be examined does not prevent the examination from proceeding.

 (4) Where a party to proceedings who was absent from the trial or hearing in which the evidence was examined makes the corresponding motion, the court may order a new or additional examination if the party substantiates to the court that their absence was due to a valid reason and that, because of their absence, the body of evidence that was built up or examined in the case is materially incomplete.

 (5) The record of proceedings that was created by the judge acting under the domestic letter of request, or on a delegation of the judicial panel, concerning the taking of evidence is presented at the trial or hearing before the court considering the case. The parties to proceedings may state their views concerning the taking of the evidence.

 (6) Any items of evidence taken, or records of proceedings at procedural operations conducted, outside of the trial or hearing are presented at the trial or hearing and, where this is needed, presented to the experts and witnesses. After this, the parties to proceedings may make statements to explain the items.

Chapter 26 PROCEEDINGS FOR PRELIMINARY TAKING OF EVIDENCE TO PRESERVE THE EVIDENCE AND TO ASCERTAIN FACTS BEFORE INITIATION OF PROCEEDINGS 

§ 244.  Preliminary taking of evidence

 (1) Proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence may, on a motion or application of the principal party, be ordered by the court during judicial proceedings or, where a valid reason is present, also before such proceedings are initiated, provided the opposing party agrees to this or provided it may be presumed that evidence could be lost or that subsequent use of the evidence would be fraught with difficulties. The court also initiates proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence in order to preserve the evidence in a situation where a person substantiates that their copyright, related rights or industrial property rights have been infringed, or that a risk of infringement exists.

 (2) In proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence, an inspection may be arranged, a witness may be heard or an expert assessment or any other procedural operation may be conducted. Where the preliminary taking of evidence has been initiated in order to preserve the evidence due to an infringement or risk of infringement of copyright, related rights or industrial property rights, the court may, among other things, arrange the inspection and recording of a detailed description of samples with or without storing the samples, or attach the infringing goods, or the raw materials, equipment and related documents needed for the production or marketing of the goods, in accordance with the rules for interim relief.

 (3) Where judicial proceedings have not yet been initiated, the person may apply to the court for an expert assessment to be ordered by way of the preliminary taking of evidence provided they have a legally relevant interest to ascertain:
 1) the status of a person, or the condition or value of a property object;
 2) the reason for the harm or for the object’s defect;
 3) the costs or measures needed to eliminate the harm or to cure the object’s defects.

 (4) A legally relevant interest exists in a situation mentioned in subsection 3 of this section if it is manifest that the ascertainment would help prevent a judicial dispute.

 (5) Unless this Chapter provides otherwise, the provisions concerning the production, and arranging the taking, of evidence apply in proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence.

§ 245.  Application to initiate proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence

 (1) Where judicial proceedings have commenced in the case, the application to initiate proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence is filed with the court that deals with the case.

 (2) Where judicial proceedings have not been commenced, the application is filed with the court that the applicant asserts to have authority to hear the main case. Where proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence are followed by judicial proceedings, the applicant may not rely on the fact that the case does not actually fall within the territorial jurisdiction of that court.

 (3) Where a valid reason is present, the application may also be filed with the district court in whose judicial district the person whose examination – or in whose respect the conduct of an expert assessment – is applied for is present, or the area where the item of property to be inspected, or assessed by the expert, is located.

§ 246.  Particulars in the application to initiate proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence

 (1) The application to initiate the preliminary taking of evidence must state the following particulars:
 1) the names, addresses and telecommunications numbers of the parties, or presumed parties, to the proceedings;
 2) a description of the circumstances regarding which the applicant wishes evidence to be taken;
 3) the names of the witnesses or the indications concerning other items of evidence;
 4) the circumstances that substantiate the permissibility of proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence and the court’s territorial jurisdiction in the case.

 (2) If the applicant seeking the taking of evidence does not name the opposing party, they must substantiate, to the court, the valid reason that prevents them from naming the party.

§ 247.  Initiating the preliminary taking of evidence

 (1) The court disposes of the application to initiate the preliminary taking of evidence by an order. The order states the circumstances regarding which evidence must be taken and specifies the evidence to be taken.

 (2) Where proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence are initiated in order to preserve the evidence before the filing of the court claim due to infringement or risk of infringement of the person’s copyright, related rights or industrial property rights, the court sets a time limit in its order within which the person must file their claim. The time limit may not be longer than one month. If the court claim is not filed within that time limit, the court revokes the operations performed in the course of the proceedings.

 (3) Where proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence are requested, or have been initiated, due to infringement or risk of infringement of the person’s copyright, related rights or industrial property rights, the court may make the initiation or continuation of those proceedings dependent on the provision of security to compensate for the harm that may arise to the opposing party. The security must be provided by the due date set by the court. If the security is not provided by that date, the court refuses to initiate preliminary taking of evidence or cancels the acts performed in the course of the preliminary taking of evidence.

 (4) The order by which initiation of the preliminary taking of evidence is refused may be appealed. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

§ 248.  Protection of the opposing party in proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence

 (1) The court does not initiate proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence if the applicant does not substantiate, to the court, the valid reason why they cannot name the opposing party of those proceedings.

 (2) Where proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence are initiated on the grounds of an application that does not name the opposing party, the court may, in the proceedings, appoint an attorney to represent the future opposing party and to protect its interests during the taking of the evidence. The court orders the applicant to pay the attorney's fee and costs to the extent prescribed by the State-funded Legal Aid Act, and may require the applicant to make, prior to commencement of the proceedings, a reasonable advance payment to the designated account. If the payment is not made, the court may refuse to initiate the proceedings.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (3) The court serves the application to initiate proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence and the court order by which the proceedings are initiated on the opposing party or on that party’s representative, giving consideration to the need for that party to protect its interests in those proceedings.

 (4) Where proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence due to infringement or risk of infringement of the person’s copyright, related rights or industrial property rights are applied for, or have been initiated, in order to preserve the evidence before the filing of the court claim and where any delay could result in irreparable harm to the applicant or where the evidence is likely to be destroyed or lost, the court initiates and completes those proceedings without notifying this to the opposing party. In such a situation, the application and order referred to in subsection 3 of this section, as well as the order imposing the measures are served on the opposing party without delay once the necessary measures have been applied.

 (5) In a situation mentioned in subsection 4 of this section, where the evidence was preserved without justification, the opposing party may make a motion to the court to vary or revoke the measure by which it was preserved. The court notifies the motion to the applicant who has a right to state objections to the motion. The principal parties may appeal the order made concerning the motion. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal filed against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

 (6) The filing of the appeal mentioned in subsection 5 of this section does not suspend enforcement of the order to preserve the evidence. The filing of appeal against the order by which a measure for preserving the evidence is revoked or one measure is replaced by another suspends enforcement of the order.

§ 249.  Relying on an item of evidence obtained in proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence

 (1) Evidence taken in proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence may be relied on in the case on an equal footing with evidence taken in the main proceedings.

 (2) Where the opposing party did not participate in the hearing held, or in any other procedural operation, performed as part of the proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence, reliance on the outcome of those proceedings is not allowed if that party had not been summoned to the hearing or procedural operation at the propert time, or the party’s rights were materially violated in those proceedings due to other reasons, and the party therefore contests the evidence.

 (3) Reliance on the outcome of the proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence is allowed where the opposing party was not informed of those proceedings under subsection 4 of § 248 of this Code.

§ 250.  Compensation for harm caused by proceedings for preliminary taking of evidence

 (1) The party who applied for initiation of proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence must compensate for the harm caused to the other party if:
 1) the judicial disposition denying or dismissing the court claim enters into effect, or if proceedings in the case are terminated on any grounds other than approval of the compromise of the parties;
 2) it comes to light that the grounds for the proceedings were not present at the time the proceedings were initiated;
 3) the operations performed in the course of the proceedings that were conducted before the filing of the court claim have been revoked for the reason that the claim was not filed within the time limit.

 (2) The security that was collected, from the party who applied for proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence, to compensate for harm likely to be caused by those proceedings is returned to that party if the other party has not, within two months following the time mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, filed a court claim to have the harm compensated.

Chapter 27 WITNESS TESTIMONY 

§ 251.  Witness testimony

 (1) Any person who may have knowledge of circumstances relevant to the case may be examined as a witness, provided the person is not a party to proceedings – or a representative of such a party – in the case.

 (2) The court may, in the stead of examining the witness, use the record of judicial proceedings of another case in which the person was examined, provided this manifestly facilitates the proceedings and provided it may be presumed that the court is able to assess the record to the required degree without examining the witness at first hand.

§ 252.  Summoning the witness to the trial or hearing

  The court summons the witness to the trial or hearing and serves them with a summons. The summons must contain at least the following particulars:
 1) the parties to proceedings and the subject matter of the dispute;
 2) what the person is to be examined about;
 3) the command to appear at the time and place stated in the summons to give testimony;
 4) a warning that coercive measures provided for by law will be imposed if the witness does not appear for the examination.

§ 253.  Written testimony

 (1) Where appearing before the court is unreasonably onerous to the witness and where, taking into consideration the substance of the questions and who the witness is, the court finds the provision of written testimony to be sufficient for evidentiary purposes, the court may make an order by which it requires the witness to provide written replies to the questions put to them within the time limit set by the court.

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, it must be explained to the witness that regardless of having provided written testimony, they may still be summoned to the trial or hearing to provide oral testimony. An explanation of the substance of §§ 256–259 of this Code and of the witness’s duty to tell the truth must be provided. The witness must also be cautioned against refusing to give testimony without a valid reason and against giving knowingly false testimony, and must be required to sign the text of the testimony and of the caution.

 (3) A party to proceedings has a right to put written questions to the witness through the court. The court determines the questions to which the witness is requested to reply.

 (4) After receiving the witness’s answers, the court transmits them without delay to the parties to proceedings together with the signed text of the caution.

 (5) Where this is needed, the court may summon the witness to the trial or hearing to give their testimony orally.

§ 254.  Witness’s duty to appear before the court and to provide truthful testimony

  The person summoned as a witness is required to appear before and give truthful testimony to the court concerning the circumstances known to them.

§ 255.  Examining the witness outside the court

 (1) Where the witness is unable to appear in court due to illness, old age, disability or any other valid reason, or if this is necessary for other reasons, the court may go to the witness to examine them.

 (2) Witness examination may be tasked to another court under a domestic letter of request or to a judge under the delegation of the judicial panel only if there is reason to believe that the court dealing with the case will be able to conduct the relevant assessment of the results of the examination without having participated in it at first hand, and if:
 1) on-site examination of the witness is presumed to be needed to ascertain the truth or if, under the law, the witness must be examined at a place that is not the venue for disposing of the case;
 2) the witness is unable to appear before the court due to illness, old age, disability or another valid reason;
 3) considering the degree of significane of the testimony to be given by the witness, their appearance before the court that deals with the case is not acceptable to the witness due to the considerable distance to be covered and the witness cannot be heard by means of distance participation in the trial or hearing.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 4) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where the witness does not appear or refuses to give testimony, the judge who is taking the evidence under a delegation of the judicial panel or a domestic letter of request may issue and revoke any directions provided for by law, decide on the permissibility of the questions put to the witness and direct that a repeat examination of the witness be conducted.

§ 256.  Prohibition to testify

 (1) A minister of a religious association registered in Estonia or any support staff of the association may not be examined with regard to circumstances confided to them in the context of spiritual care.

 (2) The following may not be examined as a witness without the permission of the person in whose interests the duty of confidentiality has been imposed:
 1) the representative in a civil or administrative case, the defence counsel in a criminal or misdemeanour case and the notary with regard to circumstances that have become known to them in the course of performing their professional duties;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 2) the physician, pharmacist or any other provider of health care services, with regard to circumstances that the patient has confided to them, including circumstances related to the person’s descent, artificial fertilisation, family or health;
 3) any other person to whom, due to their occupation or professional or economic activities, information has been confided that the person is obliged to keep confidential under the law.

 (3) Also, any members of professional support staff of the persons mentioned in subsection 2 of this section may not be examined as witnesses without the permission of the person in whose interests the duty of confidentiality has been imposed.

 (4) The court may refuse to hear as a witness a person of less than fourteen years of age or a person who due to a physical or mental disability is unable to adequately perceive circumstances relevant to the case or to give truthful testimony regarding these.

§ 257.  Witness’s right to refuse to testify

 (1) The following persons have a right to refuse to testify as a witness:
 1) any blood relative, in the descending or ascending line, of the claimant or defendant;
 2) a sister, stepsister, brother or stepbrother of the claimant or defendant, or a person who is or has been married to a sister, stepsister, brother or stepbrother of the claimant or defendant;
 3) a step parent or foster parent or a step child or foster child of the claimant or defendant;
 4) an adoptive parent or adopted child of the claimant or defendant;
 5) the spouse of or a person permanently living together with the claimant or defendant, and the parents of the spouse or person, even if the marriage or permanent cohabitation has ended.

 (2) The witness may refuse to give testimony also if the testimony may incriminate them, or a person mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, in the commission of a criminal or misdemeanour offence.

 (3) The witness has a right to refuse to give testimony concerning a circumstance to which the Act on State Secrets and on Classified Information of Foreign States applies.
[RT I 2007, 16, 77 – entry into force 01.01.2008]

 (4) A person processing information for journalistic purposes has a right to refuse to give testimony concerning a circumstance that makes it possible to identify the person who has provided the information.
[RT I, 21.12.2010, 1 – entry into force 31.12.2010]

 (5) In a situation provided for by subsection 4 of this section, a person has a right to refuse to give testimony if they have professionally come into contact with circumstances that may identify the person who has provided information to the person processing information for journalistic purposes.
[RT I, 21.12.2010, 1 – entry into force 31.12.2010]

§ 258.  Duty to testify in exceptional situations

  Regardless of the provisions of § 257 of this Code, the witness may not refuse to give testimony concerning:
 1) the performance and substance of a transaction that they were invited to attend as a witness;
 2) the birth or death of a member of their family;
 3) a circumstance related to a pecuniary relationship that arises from a family relationship;
 4) an operation related to the disputed legal relationship that the witness performed as the legal predecessor or representative of a principal party.

§ 259.  Rules for refusal to give testimony

 (1) A witness who refuses to give testimony must present, not later than at the trial or hearing during which they were to be examined, the circumstances on which their refusal is based, and substantiate these to the court.

 (2) A witness who has notified their refusal before the trial or hearing is not required to appear for the trial or for the hearing during which they were to be examined. The court informs the parties to proceedings of having received a representation stating the refusal to give testimony.

 (3) The court makes an order concerning the lawfulness of the witness’s refusal to give testimony after hearing the parties to proceedings. If the court does not consider the refusal lawful, it requires the witness to give the testimony by the order. The witness has a right to appeal the order. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

 (4) Where the witness who refuses to give testimony invokes, as the ground for refusal, a State secret or classified information of foreign States, the court addresses a request the authority in possession of the secret or classified information to confirm that the circumstances have been classified accordingly. If the authority does not confirm the classification or does not respond to the request within 20 days, the witness is required to give testimony.
[RT I 2007, 16, 77 – entry into force 01.01.2008]

§ 260.  Examining the witness: measures to ensure compliance

 (1) Witnesses are examined separately. Witnesses who have not been examined may not be present in the courtroom during consideration of the case. A witness who has been examined stays in the courtroom until the end of consideration of the case unless the court gives the witness permission to leave earlier.

 (2) Where the court has reason to believe that the witness is afraid or, for other reasons, does not speak the truth before the court in the presence of a party to proceedings or where a party leads the witness’s testimony by interfering or in any other way, the court may remove the party from the courtroom for the duration of the witness’s examination.

 (3) Once the party to proceedings has returned, the testimony of the witness is read out to them and they have a right to question the witness.

§ 261.  Examining an underage witness

 (1) Where this is needed, a witness of less than fourteen years of age is examined in the presence of a child protection official, social worker, psychologist, parent or legal guardian who, with the permission of the court, may also question the witness. When examining a minor who is over fourteen years of age, the court may arrange the participation of a child protection official, social worker or psychologist.

 (2) Where this is needed, the court may remove a witness of less than fourteen years of age from the courtroom after they have been examined.

§ 262.  Rules for examining the witness

 (1) The court ascertains the identity of the witness and establishes their field of activity, education, residence, connection to the case and relationships with the parties to proceedings. Before the witness proceeds to give testimony, the court explains to them the witness’s duty to speak the truth and the substance of §§ 256–259 of this Code.

 (2) A witness of at least fourteen years of age is cautioned against refusal, without a lawful ground, to give testimony and against giving knowingly false testimony, and the witness is ordered to sign an acknowledgement in the judicial record of proceedings or on the text of the caution. The witness is not cautioned if, due to mental illness, congenital dementia or other mental disorder, they do not understand what being cautioned means.

 (3) Where a witness is examined repeatedly in the same case, they do not need to be cautioned anew. The court reminds the witness of the continuing effect of the caution.

 (4) The court explains the subject matter of examination to the witness and invites the witness to relate everything that they know of the matter.

 (5) The parties to proceedings have a right to put questions to the witness that, in their view, are needed in order to dispose of, or establish the witness's connection to, the case. The parties put their questions through the court. With the permission of the court, a party may put their questions to the witness directly.

 (6) The first to question the witness is the party to proceedings on whose motion the witness was summoned; after this, the witness is questioned by the other parties. A witness summoned of the court’s own motion is questioned first by the claimant.

 (7) The court excludes leading questions and questions that are not relevant to the case as well as questions that are put to the witness in order to raise new circumstances that have not been raised before, as well as repeat questions.

 (8) Where this is needed, the court, during the entire examination, puts additional questions to the witness in order to clarify or supplement their testimony, or to establish the basis of their knowledge.

§ 263.  Repeat or contrastive examination of the witness

 (1) The witness is examined at the trial hearing to which they have been summoned unless there is a valid reason not to hear the witness during it. The absence, from the trial or hearing, of one of the parties to proceedings is not, as a rule, deemed a valid reason. Reasons must be given for repeat summoning of a witness who has been examined to any hearings that follow in the same judicial instance.

 (2) Where this is needed, the court may examine the witness repeatedly in the same trial or hearing, or examine several witnesses contrastively if their testimony is contradictory.

§ 264.  Witness’s notes

 (1) When giving their testimony, the witness may use notes and other documents in order to present numerical data, names and other particulars that are difficult to memorise. The court may restrain the witness from using notes in the trial or hearing.

 (2) Where the court so requires, the notes are presented to the court and the parties to proceedings and the court may annex the notes to the case file with the witness's consent.

§ 265.  Disclosure of testimony of witness

 (1) The testimony of a witness who has been examined under a domestic letter of request or a delegation of the judicial panel, in proceedings for the preliminary taking of evidence or, where consideration of the case has been adjourned, before the adjournment or in a previous hearing, is presented at the trial or hearing. The testimony is deemed to have been presented if neither the court nor the parties to proceedings consider its reading out to be needed.

 (2) Where witnesses who have been examined earlier in the trial or in a previous hearing appear at the trial or hearing, the court may examine them again.

§ 266.  Liability of witnesses

 (1) Where a witness who has been summoned fails to appear before the court without a valid reason, the court may impose a fine or order the witness to be brought in forcibly.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where a witness, without a valid reason, refuses to give testimony or sign an acknowledgement of having been cautioned or warned, the court may impose a fine or a short-term custodial sentence of up to 14 days on the witness. The witness is released without delay when they have testified or signed the acknowledgement, or when the trial or hearing has ended or the need to examine the witness is no longer present.

 (3) The witness bears the case costs caused by their refusal, without a valid reason, to provide signed acknowledgement of having been cautioned or warned, to give testimony or by their failure, without a valid reason, to appear at the trial or hearing.

 (4) The order of the district court or of the circuit court of appeal made under circumstances mentioned in subsections 1–3 of this section may be appealed by the witness. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal filed against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

Chapter 28 STATEMENTS OF PARTIES TO PROCEEDINGS GIVEN UNDER OATH 

§ 267.  Examination – under oath – of a party to proceedings on the motion of the principal party required to provide evidence

 (1) The principal party who has not been able to prove a circumstance that they are required to prove by any other evidence, or who has not provided such evidence, has a right to move for the opposing party or a third party to be examined under oath to prove the circumstance. Where a legal person is concerned, its representative may be examined under oath.

 (2) A third party may also be examined under oath on their own motion.

§ 268.  Examination – under oath – of the principal party required to provide evidence

  Where one of the principal parties moves for this and the other party agrees, the court may, with regard to a disputed circumstance, also examine the principal party required to provide evidence.

§ 2681.  Examining a principal party of the court’s own motion

  Where, based on earlier proceedings and on the evidence produced and arranged to be taken in the case, it is impossible for the court to form an opinion concerning the veracity of an asserted circumstance that must be proved, the court may, of its own motion, regardless of the parties' motions or applications and of the division of the burden of evidence, examine either or both of the principal parties under oath. The court may, of its own motion, also examine a principal party under oath if the party required to provide evidence wishes to provide a statement under oath, but the opposing party does not agree with it.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 269.  Rules for examining a party to proceedings

 (1) Unless otherwise provided for by this Chapter, the examination – under oath – of a party to proceedings is governed, accordingly, by the provisions concerning the examination of witnesses.

 (2) Before testifying, the party to proceedings takes the following oath:
"I, (name), swear by my honour and conscience that I will tell the whole truth about the case without concealing, adding or changing anything". The party speaks the oath and signs the corresponding text.

§ 270.  Refusal of the party to proceedings to take the oath and give a statement under oath

 (1) Where the principal party refuses to take the oath or to give a statement under oath or where the party, regardless of having been required to do so by the court, does not make any representation concerning this, the court may, having regard, among other things, to the reasons for the refusal, deem the circumstance asserted by the opposing party to have been proved.

 (2) Where the principal party, without a valid reason, does not appear for the trial or hearing at which the party was to be heard under oath, the court may, having regard to the reasons for the party’s failure to appear, deem that the party has refused to give the statement.

 (3) Where a third party without an independent claim refuses to give the statement or take the oath, the provisions governing witnesses’ refusal to give testimony and the liability prescribed for this apply.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 271.  Examining a party to proceedings who does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure

 (1) In the stead of the party to proceedings who does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure, the party’s statutory representative or representatives are examined under oath.

 (2) With regard to a circumstance which is directly related to an act of a minor or of an adult of limited active legal capacity or of which the minor or adult had first-hand experience, the court may examine the person without requiring them to take the oath, provided the court deems this reasonable considering the circumstances.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 29 DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE 

§ 272.  Item of documentary evidence: definition

 (1) ‘Item of documentary evidence’ means any document or other similar data medium which is rendered in writing or recorded by means of photography or of video, audio, electronic or other data recording, which contains information on circumstances relevant to disposing of the case and which can be presented at the trial or hearing in a perceptible form.

 (2) Official and personal correspondence, judicial dispositions rendered in other cases and opinions of specialist witnesses filed with the court by a party to proceedings are also deemed documents.

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 273.  Filing a written document

 (1) A written document is filed as an original document or as a copy.

 (2) Where a party to proceedings files the original document together with a copy, the court may return the original and include the copy, certified by the judge, in the case file.

 (3) On a motion of the person who filed it, an original document that was included in the case file may be returned on the entry into effect of the judicial disposition concluding the proceedings. The case file retains a copy of the original, filed by the person to whom the original was returned and certified by the judge.

 (4) The court may set a time limit for persons to acquaint themselves with a document that has been filed; when the time limit expires, the court returns the document. In such a situation, the case file retains a copy of the document.

 (5) Where a document has been filed in the form of a copy, the court may require the filing of the original, or the substantiation of circumstances that prevent its filing. If the requirement is not complied with, the court decides on the probative value of the copy.

§ 274.  Filing of electronic documents

  Electronic documents are filed with the court in the form of printouts or are transmitted electronically in a form that permits a person to acquaint themselves with the document and allows its safe storage in the Judicial Information System.

§ 275.  Filing an excerpt of the document and acquaintance with the document at its place of storage

 (1) Where a document is exceptionally voluminous and mainly deals with circumstances that are not relevant to the proceedings or where it contains information that is deemed to amount to a State or business secret or classified information of a foreign State, and the court finds that for this reason, or for another reason of a similar type, the filing of the document in its entirety is not reasonable considering the document’s degree of relevance to the proceedings and the danger of the document being lost or damaged, it may allow a certified excerpt of a part of the document to be filed or reference to be made to the place where the court and the parties may acquaint themselves with the document. The court may require the entire document to be filed.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the court may inspect a document at the place where it is stored and acquaint itself with the document at that place, or task this to another court by means of a domestic letter of request or to a judge by means of delegation from the judicial panel.

§ 276.  Documents created by a public authority or by a person authorised to carry out public duties

 (1) Where the court has doubts concerning the authenticity of a document created by a public authority or by a person authorised to carry out public duties, the court may request the authority or the person who appears to have created the document to certify its authenticity.

 (2) An apostille certificate according to the Convention Abolishing the Requirement of Legalisation for Foreign Public Documents – or legalisation by a competent consular official or envoy of the Republic of Estonia – suffices as proof of authenticity of a foreign public document. A foreign public document that does not bear an apostille and has not been legalised is assessed by the court according to its inner conviction.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 277.  Contesting the document’s authenticity

 (1) A party to proceedings may contest the authenticity of a document and move for the court not to consider the document as an item of evidence if the party substantiates that the document is a forgery.

 (2) Whether the document is authentic or a forgery may, among other things, be proved by means of comparison. Where documents that are suitable for conducting the comparison are in the possession of the opposing party or of a third party, their handing over may be required on the same grounds that apply in relation to documentary evidence.

 (3) The authenticity of an electronic document bearing a digital signature may be contested only by substantiating the circumstances that give reason to presume that the document was not created by the signature owner. This also applies to electronic documents created by another secure method that makes it possible to establish the person who created the document and its time of creation.

 (4) Where a document’s authenticity has been contested, the court may, when rendering its judgment, disregard the document or exclude it from the evidence by an order. To check whether the document is a forgery, the court may commission an expert assessment or require other evidence to be produced.

 (5) A document whose authenticity has been contested or whose contents may have been changed is retained in the case file until the end of proceedings unless, in the interest of public order or in order to prevent the loss of the document, it needs to be transferred to another public authority. The court notifies any doubts regarding a document’s being a forgery to the Prosecutor's Office.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 278.  Requiring a document to be handed over

  Where a person applies to the court for the court to require another person to hand over a document, the person must, in their application, describe the document and its contents and state why they believe the document to be in the other person’s possession.

§ 279.  Duty to hand over documents

 (1) A person who has possession of the document and who has been required by the court to present it by the time set by the court is under a duty to do so.

 (2) Where a person has possession of information relevant to disposing of the case, they must, when they have been required to do so by the court, create a document based on that information and present it to the court. The person may refuse to create the document for the same reasons that apply when refusing to hand over a document.

 (3) When the court requires the document to presented, it communicates the time, place and method for the document to be presented or for the reasons for not presenting the document to be stated. The court may fine a person who, not having a ground for doing so, fails to present the document.

§ 280.  Duty to provide information in relation to a court claim concerning intellectual property

 (1) Where a court claim has been filed due to an infringement or risk of infringement of copyright, related rights or industrial property rights, the court may, on a reasoned motion of the claimant, require the defendant or another person to provide, among other things, written particulars concerning the origin and distribution channels of the goods or services that infringe the relevant right.

 (2) The court may, following the provision of subsection 1 of this section, request information from the person infringing the rights or from another person who:
 1) is or has been in possession of the goods infringing the rights;
 2) used the services that infringe the rights;
 3) has provided services that were used for activities infringing the rights;
 4) has participated, based on information at the disposal of persons mentioned in clauses 1–3 of this subsection, in the production or distribution of such goods, or in the provision of such services.

 (3) The information mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may include, among other things, the following particulars:
 1) the names and addresses of the producers, manufacturers or distributors of the goods or services, the names and addresses of their suppliers of the goods or services and of previous possessors of the goods or services, and the names and addresses of the persons who ordered the goods or services and for whom the goods or services were intended or of the points of sale for whom the goods or services were intended;
 2) particulars concerning the quantities of the goods that were manufactured, produced, distributed, received or ordered and concerning the prices paid for the goods or services.

 (4) The information mentioned in subsection 3 of this section may not be used outside judicial proceedings in which it was requested.

 (5) The provisions of subsections 1–4 of this section do not limit the court’s authority to examine the persons mentioned in subsection 2 of this section in the proceedings in the capacity of witnesses. The persons may refuse to provide information by the method mentioned in subsection 1 of this section on the same grounds as they may refuse to testify as witnesses. The court must explain this right to the persons when it requests the information.

§ 281.  Refusing to hand over a document

 (1) An authority or institution of the State or a municipal authority or a public servant employed by such an authority or institution may not be required to present a document on whose substance the servant may not be examined as a witness.

 (2) Regardless of the court’s requirement, the handing over of the document is not obligatory:
 1) for an attorney who has received it in connection with the provision of legal services;
 2) if the document contains information concerning which its possessor may not be examined as a witness or with regard to which the possessor has a right to refuse to testify as a witness;
 3) for a person who may refuse to hand over the document due to another reason provided for by law.

 (3) A person who is not a principal party may file objections provided for by law to the requirement to hand the document over, including objections based on substantive law. The objection must be substantiated.

 (4) Where the person to whom the application was made to hand over the document informs the court that the document is not in their possession, the court may, on a motion of a party to proceedings, examine the person as a witness concerning the document’s whereabouts. This does not apply if the application was addressed to a principal party.

 (5) The court, having heard the parties to proceedings, makes an order concerning the lawfulness of the refusal to hand over the document. The order may be appealed by the parties to proceedings and by the person who was required to hand the document over. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

§ 282.  Filing a court claim to obtain the document

 (1) Where a person makes a substantiated and lawful objection to being required to hand over a document, the person who applied for the document may, in order to obtain the document, file a court claim, under the rules prescribed by the Law of Obligations Act, by any other Act or by contract, against the person in whose possession the document is, and to move for suspension of proceedings in the main case until the claim for the handing over of the document has been disposed of. In such a situation, the court sets a time limit during which the person who applied for the document must obtain it.

 (2) Where the court claim filed against the possessor of the document has been disposed of or where the person claiming the document delays proceedings on the claim or delays complying with the disposition by which the claim was granted, the opposing party may move for continuation of proceedings before expiry of the time limit set for producing the document.

§ 283.  Failure by the opposing party to produce the document

 (1) Where the opposing party denies being in possession of a document, the party is examined under oath concerning not producing the document. If the court becomes convinced that the party is in possession of the document, it makes an order by which it requires the party to present the document to the court.

 (2) Where the opposing party fails to comply with the requirement to present the document to the court or where the court, having examined that party, becomes convinced that the party has not searched for the document diligently, the court may deem a copy of the document that was produced to the court by the person who cited the document as an item of evidence to be a true copy. Where no copy of the document has been produced, the court may deem proven the assertions that have been made concerning the document’s nature and substance by the person who moved for the document to be adduced as an item of evidence.

§ 284.  Consequences of removing a document

  Where a principal party removes a document or renders it unusable in order to prevent the opposing party from relying on it, the assertions made by the opposing party concerning the nature, creation and substance of that document may be deemed proven.

Chapter 30 PHYSICAL EVIDENCE 

§ 285.  Item of physical evidence: definition

  ‘Item of physical evidence’ means an item of property whose existence or properties may facilitate the clarification of circumstances relevant to disposing of the case. A document that corresponds to the aforementioned characteristics is also deemed an item of physical evidence.

§ 286.  Items of physical evidence: duty of production

  Unless otherwise provided for by this Chapter, producing and requiring the production of an item of physical evidence is governed by the provisions concerning the filing of documents.

§ 287.  Items of physical evidence: storage

 (1) An item of physical evidence is added to the case by an order.

 (2) An item of physical evidence is stored in the case file or in the court’s physical evidence storage facility. A corresponding note is made in the case file.

 (3) An item of physical evidence that cannot be transported to the court is stored at its location or is entrusted for safekeeping to a party to proceedings or to a third party, who is required to ensure its preservation.

 (4) The court stores an item of physical evidence such that the item and its evidentiary properties are preserved. Where this is needed, the item is sealed.

 (5) The Government of the Republic enacts rules for the courts’ registration, storage, transfer and destruction of physical evidence and for the courts’ evaluation, transfer and destruction of highly perishable physical evidence.

§ 288.  Items of physical evidence: inspection

 (1) The court inspects the items of physical evidence at the trial or hearing and presents them to the parties to proceedings and, where this is needed, to any experts or witnesses.

 (2) An item of physical evidence that is kept at its location is inspected at that location. An expert or another specialist witness may be invited to be present at its examination. The examination of the item is noted in the record of the trial or hearing.

 (3) Highly perishable items of physical evidence or items whose return the person who produced the evidence has moved for with a valid reason are inspected by the court without delay and returned to the person from whom they were received or to whom they belong.

 (4) When an inspection mentioned in subsections 1–3 of this section is conducted regarding an item of physical evidence, the item is described in detail. Where this is needed and where the possibility exists, the item is photographed or its material characteristics are recorded by another method. A report is drawn up concerning the inspection.

 (5) The inspection report regarding the item of physical evidence is presented at the trial or hearing. Following its presentation, the parties to proceedings may make statements to explain the item.

§ 289.  Items of physical evidence: returning them

 (1) When the judicial disposition concluding the proceedings has entered into effect, the items of physical evidence are returned to the person from whom they were obtained or to whom they belong, or are handed over to the person whose right to the item the court has recognised – if the court has not ordered the item to be returned earlier.

 (2) An item of property that, by law, may not be in a person’s possession, is handed over to a competent authority of the State.

 (3) On the person’s motion, an item of physical evidence that has been obtained from them and that has been inspected and examined may also be returned before the entry into effect of the judicial disposition.

Chapter 31 INSPECTION 

§ 290.  Inspection: definition

  ‘Inspection’ means any first-hand gathering, by the court, of information concerning the presence or the nature of a circumstance, including inspection of an area or of the scene of an event.

§ 291.  Arranging an inspection

 (1) In order to arrange an inspection, the court makes an order that states the subject matter of the inspection and the time and place for arranging it. The order may invite one or several experts to be present at the inspection. The court may also arrange an inspection of its own motion.

 (2) The court that deals with the case may delegate the right to carry out the inspection, including the right to appoint the experts to be invited to be present, to a judge acting under a delegation from the judicial panel or to a court acting under a domestic letter of request.

 (3) The parties to proceedings are informed of the inspection having been arranged, yet their absence does not prevent it from being carried out.

 (4) The parties to proceedings who participate in the inspection may draw the court's attention to circumstances that are material to the completeness of the inspection and to the case.

 (5) In the course of an inspection, the property object, area or scene of an event is described in detail and, where this is needed and possible, its material features are photographed or recorded by another method. A record of proceedings is created during the inspection and any observations made by the parties to proceedings are noted in the record.

§ 292.  Obligating a person to allow the inspection to be carried out

 (1) The court may obligate a party to proceedings or any other person to allow an inspection to be arranged and to set them a time limit for this. A non-party may refuse to allow the inspection to be carried out for the same reasons and under the same rules that apply when the possessor of a document refuses to hand over the document after having been required to do so by the court.

 (2) The court may impose a fine on a person who unjustifiably refuses to allow the inspection to be carried out.

Chapter 32 EXPERT OPINION 

§ 293.  Arranging an expert assessment; opinion of a specialist

 (1) The court may, on a motion of a party to proceedings, invite an expert to provide their opinion in order to clarify circumstances that are relevant to the case and that require specialised knowledge. On a question of law, the court may, on a motion of a party or of its own motion, invite an expert to provide their opinion in order to ascertain the law in force outside the Republic of Estonia, international law or customary law.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The examination of a specialist to prove a circumstance or event whose perception requires specialised knowledge is governed by the provisions concerning the examination of witnesses. Where a party to proceedings has filed, with the court, the written opinion of the specialist and the person is not examined as a witness, the opinion is assessed as an item of documentary evidence.

 (3) The court may, in the stead of commissioning an expert assessment, use an expert opinion filed at the direction of the court in other judicial proceedings – or created at the direction of the proceedings authority in a criminal or misdemeanour case – provided this facilitates simplification of the proceedings and provided it may be presumed that the court is able to assess the expert opinion to the required degree without arranging a new expert assessment. Additional questions may be put to the expert – or the expert may be summoned to court to answer questions – also in this situation.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 294.  Appointing the expert

 (1) The expert assessment is carried out by a forensic expert or another specialist employed by a public forensic institution, by an officially recognised expert or by another person who possesses specialised knowledge and has been appointed by the court. The court may appoint a person to be the expert if the person possesses the knowledge and experience required to provide an opinion. The court takes the views of the parties into account when appointing the expert.

 (2) Where an officially recognised expert is available for conducting the expert assessment, a valid reason needs to be present to appoint another person as the expert.

 (3) The court may require the principal parties to provide the names of persons who are suitable to conduct the expert assessment.

 (4) If the parties have agreed on the person to be appointed expert, the court appoints the person as the expert, provided they are allowed act as the expert under the law.

 (5) The court may appoint additional experts or replace appointed experts.

 (6) The court may also appoint, as the expert, a forensic institution or another person performing expert assessments and leave the decision on appointing an individual expert to the institution or person.

§ 295.  Duty to perform the expert assessment

 (1) A person appointed as the expert is under a duty to perform the expert assessment if they are a forensic expert, if they possess officially recognised status for performing the assessments that are required or if their professional or economic activities take place in a domain whose knowledge is a prerequisite for performing the assessment.

 (2) A person who has notified the court of being prepared the conduct an expert assessment in the case is also subject to the duty to perform the assessment.

 (3) The expert’s consent to perform the expert assessment is not required.

§ 296.  Right to refuse to perform the expert assessment

 (1) An expert may refuse to perform the expert assessment on the same reasons that give a witness the right to refuse to testify. The court may also release the expert from the duty to perform the assessment for other reasons.

 (2) A person who participated in the making of a previous disposition in the case, including in the arbitral tribunal or pre-action proceedings, may not be appointed as the expert unless the person participated in those proceedings as an expert or witness.

 (3) A person appointed as the expert may also refuse to perform the expert assessment in other situations provided for by law or for a valid reason.

§ 297.  Performing the expert assessment

 (1) Where the presence of the parties to proceedings at the performance of the expert assessment is needed and possible, the court notes this in the order commissioning the assessment. In such case, absence of the parties to proceedings does not prevent the conduct of the expert assessment if the expert finds that they are able to provide an opinion without the presence of the parties to proceedings.

 (2) The court may give directions concerning the expert assessment.

 (3) Where the circumstances that constitute the cause of the court claim are in dispute, the court determines which circumstances the expert is to base their assessment on.

 (4) Where this is needed, the court determines the extent to which the expert has a right to examine an issue that needs to be proved, whether the expert is allowed to contact the parties to proceedings and whether and when the expert must allow the parties to participate in the performance of the assessment.

 (5) Any directions given to the expert must be notified to the parties to proceedings.

§ 298.  Questions to the expert; motions and objections of the parties to proceedings in relation to the expert assessment

 (1) A party to proceedings has a right to put questions to the expert through the court. The court determines the questions regarding which the expert’s opinion is requested. Where the court rejects a party’s question, it must state its reasons.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where this is needed, the court hears the expert’s views concerning the expert assessment before putting the questions to them and, if the expert makes the corresponding motion, clarifies to them any aspects of their task.

 (3) The parties to proceedings must file, with the court, within a reasonable time, any objections they have concerning the performance of the expert assessment as well as any motions concerning the performance of, and any additional questions related to, the assessment. The court may set them a time limit for this. Anything filed after that may be taken into consideration by the court only if the court finds that this does not delay disposing of the case or if the party had a valid reason for the delay and they have substantiated it sufficiently.

§ 299.  Requiring the handing over of an item of property for expert assessment

 (1) The court may require a party to proceedings, or any other person, to hand over an item of property for assessment by the expert or to permit such an assessment to be carried out, and may set the person a time limit for this. A person other than a party to proceedings has a right to refuse to hand over the item on the same grounds as apply when refusing to hand over a document, and may refuse to acquiesce in the carrying out of the assessment for the same reasons for which a witness may refuse to testify.

 (2) The court may fine a person who unjustifiably refuses to hand over the item of property or make arrangements for the expert assessment.

§ 300.  Expert assessment to ascertain filiation

 (1) A person must acquiesce in the expert assessment performed to ascertain filiation – first and foremost, in the taking of blood samples for blood-grouping and genetic analysis, provided ascertaining the filiation is possible based on recognised scientific principles and methods and provided the investigations are unlikely to cause harm to the health of the person investigated and of their close relatives.

 (2) Where a person declines to undertake an expert assessment to ascertain filiation, the court may order the assessment to be carried out mandatorily. Where a person repeatedly and unjustifiably refuses to undergo the investigation, the assessment may be performed forcibly under a court order, enlisting the assistance of the police where this is needed.

 (3) The order mentioned in subsection 2 of this section may be appealed. The filing of the appeal suspends enforcement of the order. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

§ 301.  Expert’s opinion

 (1) The expert provides their opinion to the court in writing unless the court directs it to be provided orally or, with the expert's consent, in another form. The expert’s opinion must contain a detailed description of the investigations conducted, state the conclusions reached as a result of those investigations and provide reasoned answers to the court’s questions.

 (2) Where the court has appointed several experts and the experts form substantially identical opinions, they may draw up a joint opinion. If the opinions are not substantially identical, the experts present their opinions separately.

 (3) Where, during the expert assessment, the expert ascertains circumstances relevant to the case concerning which no questions have been put to them, they may also provide their opinion concerning those circumstances.

§ 302.  Duty and rights of the expert

 (1) The expert must provide a truthful and reasoned opinion on the questions put to them.

 (2) The expert may, to the extent necessary for providing their opinion, acquaint themselves with the materials of the case, participate in the examination of evidence in court and request reference materials and additional information from the court.

 (3) The expert does not have a right to assign the carrying out of the expert assessment to another person. Where the expert employs the assistance of another person and the assistance is not immaterial, they must disclose to the court the name of that person and the extent of the assistance.

 (4) The expert refuses to state their opinion if the information presented to them is incomplete or if the tasks assigned to them in the order commissioning the expert assessment lie outside their field of specialised knowledge or if answering the questions does not require expert investigations or the drawing of conclusions based on specialised knowledge. The expert verifies, without delay, whether the tasks of the assessment have a connection to their speciality or specialised knowledge and whether fulfilling the tasks is possible without enlisting the assistance of additional experts, and must inform the court without delay of refusing the assessment or of any doubts concerning it.

 (5) Where the expert has doubts concerning the substance or scope of the tasks they have been assigned, they address the court for clarification without delay. The expert informs the court without delay if it comes to light that the costs of the expert assessment are likely to exceed the value of the civil case or are significantly higher than the advance payment made to cover such costs.

 (6) The expert is under a duty to maintain as confidential any circumstances that have become known to them in the course of the expert assessment. Unless otherwise prescribed by law, such circumstances may be disclosed only with the permission of the court.

§ 303.  Examining and cautioning the expert

 (1) The expert opinion is presented at the trial or hearing.

 (2) Where the expert’s opinion has not been filed in writing or in a form reproducible in writing, the expert provides their opinion at the trial or hearing. The court may summon the expert who filed their opinion in writing or in a form reproducible in writing to the trial or hearing for questioning. The court summons the expert to the trial or hearing if a principal party makes the corresponding motion.

 (3) After examination of the expert’s opinion, the parties to proceedings may put questions to the expert at the trial or hearing in order to clarify the opinion provided the expert has been summoned to court. The questions may also be filed beforehand with the court who transmits them to the expert. The court excludes any questions that are irrelevant to the case or outside the scope of the expert’s competence.

 (4) The expert must appear in court when summoned and must provide a truthful and reasoned opinion on the questions put to them.

 (5) Unless otherwise prescribed by this Chapter, the examination of experts is governed by the provisions concerning the examination of witnesses. An expert who is not a forensic expert or an officially certified expert is cautioned, before they provide their opinion, against knowingly providing a wrong opinion, and the expert acknowledges this by signing the record of proceedings or the text of the caution. The signed caution is sent to the court together with the expert opinion.

§ 304.  Repeat expert assessment and supplementary expert assessment

 (1) Where the expert’s opinion is ambiguous, contradictory or insufficient, which cannot be rectified by additional questions, the court may commission a repeat expert assessment. Such an assessment is assigned to the same or to another expert.

 (2) Where the expert is recused, the court assigns the repeat expert assessment to another expert.

 (3) Where the expert does not provide an answer to a question relevant to the case and is unable to answer that question at the trial or hearing, the court may order a supplementary expert assessment. Such an assessment may be assigned to the same or to another expert.

§ 305.  Liability of expert

 (1) The court may, by an order, fine the expert and require reimbursement of the case costs caused by them if the expert, without a valid reason:
 1) does not appear at the trial or hearing when summoned by the court;
 2) refuses to provide signed acknowledgement of having been cautioned concerning their liability;
 3) refuses to provide an opinion;
 4) does not provide their opinion by the due date set by the court;
 5) unjustifiably refuses to answer the questions put to them;
 6) refuses to hand over any materials related to the expert assessment.

 (2) The expert may appeal the order mentioned in subsection 1 of this section.

Part 6 SERVICE OF PROCEDURAL DOCUMENTS 

Chapter 33 GENERAL PROVISIONS 

§ 306.  Service of procedural documents: definition

 (1) ‘Service of procedural document’ means delivery of the document to its recipient such that the recipient is able to acquaint themselves with the document at the proper time in order to exercise or protect their rights. ‘The recipient’ means a party to proceedings or any other person to whom the document is addressed.

 (2) Where a procedural document is served on a person, it must be delivered to that person in the form provided for by law and the delivery must be documented in the prescribed form.

 (3) The court arranges the service of procedural documents through a person providing postal services as a business activity, through an enforcement agent or a bailiff or, in conformity with the rules of the court, through another competent court official or by another method mentioned in the law.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) In order to serve a procedural document, the court may require the controller or processor of a database of the State or of a municipality, the person’s previous or current employer, a credit institution, an insurance company or any other person, authority or institution to provide information concerning the residence of a party to proceedings or of a corporate party’s statutory representative or of the witness, as well as other contact particulars. The controller or processor of the database or the other persons, authorities or institutions are required to provide the information without delay and free of charge on paper or electronically. Where the relevant technical means are available, the court itself must be given the option of verifying the required information in the person’s, authority’s or institution’s database.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) The court must serve, on the party to proceedings, the statement of court claim or the appeal and any additions to these, any summonses as well as the judgment or the order concluding proceedings in the case and any other procedural documents mentioned in the law.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 307.  Deeming the procedural document to have been served

 (1) Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the procedural document is deemed to have been served at the time the document or its certified copy or printout is handed to the recipient.

 (2) A copy of the procedural document mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be certified by a duly authorised court official in conformity with the rules of the court, or by an attorney. Copies of annexes of procedural documents or of procedural documents produced or delivered to the court by the parties to proceedings are not required to be certified.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where a document has reached the party to proceedings on whom the document had to be served or on whom the document could be served according to law but there was no possibility to certify the service, or where the rules for service that are provided by law have been violated, the document is deemed to have been served on the party at the time the document actually reached the recipient.

 (4) The handing over of the procedural document for service must be recorded in the court file.

§ 308.  [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 309.  Time and place of serving a procedural document

  A procedural document may be served on a person on any day of the week at any time and in any place where the person is present.

§ 310.  Transmission of procedural documents to the parties to proceedings without service

 (1) A procedural document that is not required to be served on the party to proceedings in accordance with the rules provided by this Part but that concerns the party’s rights of is transmitted to the party by a method selected by the court.

 (2) Where the procedural document mentioned in subsection 1 of this section is sent by post, the document is deemed to have been received three days after its posting and, where the document is sent to a foreign state, fourteen days after its posting, unless the party to proceedings substantiates to the court that they received the document later or did not receive the document. The court may set a longer time limit for deeming the document to have been received.

Chapter 34 METHODS OF SERVICE OF PROCEDURAL DOCUMENTS 

§ 311.  Service of procedural documents in the court’s premises

  A procedural document may be served on the recipient by issuing it to the recipient in the court’s premises, provided that the time of issue and the recipient is stated in the case file and the recipient has signed an acknowledgment of having received the document. Where the document is served in the trial or hearing, this is stated in the record of the proceedings.

§ 3111.  Electronic service of procedural documents

 (1) The court may serve the procedural document electronically via the designated information system by transmitting a notice concerning the fact that the document has been made available in the system:
 1) to the e-mail address and telephone number notified to the court;
 2) to the e-mail address and telephone number registered in the information system of a register maintained in Estonia concerning sole proprietors or legal persons;
 3) to the e-mail address and telephone number of the addressee and their statutory representative that appear in the Population Register;
 4) to the e-mail address and telephone number of the addressee and their statutory representative that appearing in another State database that the court can, itself, search by making an electronic query;
 5) where the person possesses an Estonian personal identification number, to the e-mail address consisting of the number followed by ‘@eesti.ee’.

 (2) The court may also transmit the notice concerning the document’s having been made available to the telephone number or e-mail address found in the public computer network, on the supposed user account page of a virtual social network or on the site of another virtual communication environment which the addressee is surmised to use according to the information made available in the public computer network or through which the information relayed is likely to reach the addressee. Where this is possible, the court makes the notice available on the supposed user account page or site by a method that does not allow persons other than the addressee to see it.

 (3) A procedural document is deemed to have been served when the recipient opens it in the information system or acknowledges its receipt in the information system without opening the document and also when the same is done by another person whom the recipient has allowed to see the documents in the information system. The information system registers the service of the document automatically.

 (4) Where the recipient cannot be presumed to be able to use the information system used for the service of procedural documents or if service through the system is technically impossible, the court may also serve procedural documents on the recipient electronically by another method, while complying with the requirements for notification provided by clauses 1–5 of subsection 1 of this section and with the requirement to search for information.

 (5) A procedural document is deemed to have been served on the recipient in accordance with the rule provided by subsection 4 of this section when the recipient acknowledges receipt of the document in writing, by fax or electronically. The acknowledgement must state the date of receipt of the document and bear the signature of the recipient or of their representative. An acknowledgement made in an electronic form must bear the digital signature of the sender or be transmitted by another secure method that makes it possible to identify the sender and ascertain the time of sending, unless the court has no reason to doubt that the acknowledgement has been sent by the recipient or their representative. An acknowledgement made in an electronic form may be sent to the court by e-mail if the recipient’s e-mail address is known to the court and it can be presumed that unauthorised persons do not have access to it and also if the court has already transmitted documents to the address during the proceedings or if the party to proceedings has provided their e-mail address to the court of their own volition. The recipient must send the acknowledgement mentioned in this subsection to the court without delay. The court may fine the party – or their representative – who has violated this duty.

 (51) Where it is not possible to serve a procedural document on a company through an information system, the court sends the document to an e-mail address shown in the company’s entry in the Commercial Register. The document is deemed to have been served when five days have elapsed following its sending. An acknowledgement provided for by subsection 5 of this section is not required when making service to the e-mail address appearing in the company’s register entry.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (6) Procedural documents may be served on an attorney, a notary, an enforcement agent, a trustee in bankruptcy, a reorganisation adviser, a trustee within the meaning of the Natural Persons Insolvency Act as well as a State or municipal authority by a method other than electronically through the designated information system strictly where a valid reason is present.
[RT I, 20.06.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.07.2022]

 (7) The court makes all procedural documents, including judicial dispositions, available to the parties to proceedings in the designated information system without delay, regardless of the method by which such documents have been served on the parties.

 (8) Detailed requirements on the electronic service of documents and on making them available through the information system may be enacted by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 312.  Service of procedural documents through a postal service provider

 (1) A procedural document may be served on the recipient – as a registered postal item subject to notice of delivery or by unregistered letter – through a person providing postal services as a business activity.

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 313.  Service of procedural documents by registered letter

 (1) Where the document was sent as a registered postal item, its service is proved by the notice of delivery that must be returned to the court without delay.

 (2) When making service, the procedural document may be handed to a person who is not the recipient only in situations provided for by this Part. The person must hand over the document to the recipient at the earliest opportunity. They may only refuse to accept the document for handing it over to the recipient if they substantiate that it is not possible for them to hand the document over to the recipient. The duty to hand the document over must be explained to the person. The service is valid regardless of whether or not the explanation was given.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The notice of delivery must state the following information:
 1) the time and place of serving the document;
 2) the name of the person on whom the document was to be served;
 3) where the document was handed to a person who is not the recipient, the name of the person to whom the document was handed and the reason why service was made to that person;
 4) the method of service;
 5) in a situation where acceptance of the document was refused, a note stating this and the particulars of the place where the document was left;
 6) the name, position and signature of the person who served the document;
 7) the name and signature of the person who accepted the document and particulars concerning their identification, first and foremost, the number of their identity document and the date of receiving the document unless, for a reason stated by law, the document was not actually handed over.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The Minister in charge of the policy sector may enact the form of the notice of delivery.

 (5) A notice of delivery that does not meet the requirements of form provided for by subsections 3 and 4 of this section may be deemed adequate for purposes of service if the notice still reliably documents the service.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) Where the court cannot deem the procedural document to have been served due to the fact that the provider of postal services, in relation to service of the document as a registered postal item, did not use all options provided by this Code, handed the document to a person to whom it may not be handed under the provisions of this Part, did not comply with the provisions of §§ 326 and 327 of this Code or did not document the service in such manner that service could be deemed effected, the court may, without paying an additional fee for this, give the document to the provider to be served anew.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 314.  Service of procedural documents by unregistered letter or fax

 (1) A procedural document may be served as an unregistered letter or by fax provided that a notice concerning the duty to immediately return an acknowledgment of receipt is annexed to the letter or fax, and it states the names and addresses of the sender and the recipient, and the name of the court official who sent the document.

 (2) The official who sends the document as an unregistered letter or by fax states in the case file where and when the document was sent to be served.

 (3) A document sent as an unregistered letter or by fax is deemed to have been served provided the recipient sends to the court an acknowledgment of receipt of the document by letter or fax or electronically, as elected by the recipient. The acknowledgment must state the date of receipt of the document and bear the signature of the recipient or their representative.

 (4) Where a procedural document is served as an unregistered letter or by fax, the recipient must send the acknowledgment mentioned in subsection 3 of this section to the court without delay. The court may fine the party to proceedings, or their representative, who has violated this duty.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 3141.  Service by sending the procedural document

 (1) Where a procedural document has been served on the recipient in the same judicial proceedings, another procedural document or information about its being made available may be sent using the same address or telecommunications number, and the document is deemed to have been served on the recipient when three days have elapsed from its sending.

 (2) Where the recipient of the procedural document has, in the same judicial proceedings, stated, to the court, their own or their representative’s address or telecommunications number, the document or information about its being made available may be sent using the same address or telecommunications number, and is deemed to have been served on the recipient when three days have elapsed from its sending.

 (3) The court may serve procedural documents in accordance with the rules provided by subsections 1 and 2 of this section also by sending them:
 1) using the address or telecommunications number of the party to proceedings that are known to the court from other pending judicial proceedings;
 2) using the address or telecommunications number of the party to proceedings that are known to the court from the expedited order-for-payment proceedings that preceded the action-by-claim proceedings.

 (4) Where a procedural document is served in a foreign country by sending it through a provider of postal services, the document is deemed to have been served when 30 days have elapsed from its sending.

 (5) Where a procedural document is served in accordance with the rules provided by this section and the document’s sending is has not been registered automatically in an information system created for the purpose, a note is made in the case file concerning where and when the document or information about its having been made available was sent.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 315.  Service of procedural documents through an enforcement agent, court official, another person or authority

 (1) A procedural document may also be served through an enforcement agent, bailiff or – in conformity with the rules of the court – through another competent court official or police authority or any other State authority or the municipal executive or an authority of that executive, as well as through another person to whom the court assigns the task of service by agreement. A party to proceedings who has produced the document that must be served or in whose interests the service of a document that they have not produced would be may apply to the court for the document to be served through an enforcement agent.

 (11) In expedited order-for-payment proceedings and in the action-by-claim proceedings, a procedural document may be served through an enforcement agent strictly in accordance with the rules provided by § 3151 of this Code. In action-by-claim proceedings pertaining to the interests of a child or of another natural person who requires special protection in the proceedings, as well as in expedited order-for-payment proceedings on a child’s claim for maintenance, procedural documents may be served through an enforcement agent also according to the rules provided by this section.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (2) The court hands a procedural document to a police authority or another State authority or a municipality or a municipal authority for service only if the other options for service, with the exception of service by public notice, have not been successful or are not likely to be successful – first and foremost, where service through a provider of postal services in the same or another case has recently been unsuccessful. Violation of this requirement does not affect the validity of the service.

 (3) In order to serve a procedural document, the court transmits, to the person or authority mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the document to be served and provides them with any information concerning earlier attempts of service that is at its disposal, as well as with the person’s known contact particulars. A note is made in the case file concerning when and to whom the document was handed for service.

 (4) Where the court has not provided relevant instructions, the person or authority mentioned in subsection 1 of this section independently selects the method of service from among those provided by this Part. The person or authority may not undertake service by public notice.

 (5) A notice of delivery is drawn up concerning the service that must state the particulars mentioned in subsection 3 of § 313 of this Code. Upon service, the notice is returned to the court without delay. The Minister in charge of the policy sector may enact the form of the notice.

 (6) A notice of delivery that does not meet the requirements of form provided for by subsection 5 of this section may be deemed adequate for purposes of service if the notice still reliably documents the service.

 (7) When making service, the procedural document may be handed to a person who is not the recipient only in situations provided for by this Part. The person must hand over the document to the recipient at the earliest opportunity. They may only refuse to accept the document for handing it over to the recipient if they substantiate that it is not possible for them to hand the document over to the recipient. The duty to hand the document over must be explained to the person. The service is valid regardless of whether or not the explanation was given.

 (8) Where the court cannot deem the procedural document to have been served due to the fact that the person or authority mentioned in subsection 1 of this section did not follow the court’s instructions when serving the document, or did not use all options provided for service by this Code, or handed the document to a person to whom it may not be handed under the provisions of this Part, or did not comply with the provisions of §§ 326 and 327 of this Code or did not document the service so that it could be deemed made, the court may give the document to be served anew.

 (9) The court may set the person or authority mentioned in subsection 1 of this section a time limit of up to 60 days during which the procedural document must be served or, where the service is unsuccessful, a report must be filed with the court concerning the reasons why the service did not succeed.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 3151.  Service of procedural documents arranged by parties to proceedings

 (1) The party to proceedings who has produced the procedural document that must be served or in whose interests the service of a document that they have not produced would be may apply to the court for permission to arrange the service themselves. A party is only allowed to serve the document through an enforcement agent.

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the court sets a time limit for the document to be served during which the party to proceedings arranging the service must notify its outcome to the court.

 (3) In order to serve the procedural document, the court transmits, to the party to proceedings who is to arrange its service, the document to be served – in an envelope sealed by the court – together with a service acknowledgment form to be returned to the court and explains to the party the consequences of knowingly offering false information to the court. When dealing with a case of expedited order-for-payment proceedings, the court may, on a motion of the petitioner, transmit the digitally signed procedural document for service directly to the enforcement agent named by the petitioner.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (4) The service of procedural documents through an enforcement agent and the documenting of such service takes place following rules provided by subsections 4–7 § 315 of this Code.

 (5) Where the claimant or – in expedited order-for-payment proceedings – the petitioner,, does not notify the court of the outcome of the service within the time limit set under subsection 2 of this section, the court claim or petition is dismissed.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 316.  Service of procedural documents in foreign States and on extra-territorial citizens of the Republic of Estonia

 (1) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) A procedural document may be served in a foreign State also in accordance with the Convention on the Service Abroad of Judicial and Extrajudicial Documents in Civil or Commercial Matters or with another treaty.

 (3) A procedural document may also be served in a foreign State as a registered postal item subject to a notice of delivery that does not need to comply with the requirements of form provided by this Code. To prove service, it suffices to return of the notice. On a recipient who is abroad, the procedural document may also be served in accordance with the rules provided by § 314 of this Code.

 (4) The court may also serve the procedural document in a foreign State through the competent public authority of, or a competent consular official or envoy representing the Republic of Estonia in, that State.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Procedural documents may also be served through the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Estonia if the recipient is an Estonian citizen who falls under the rules of extra-territoriality and belongs to the staff of a foreign mission of the Republic of Estonia.

 (6) The request to serve a procedural document on a person mentioned in subsection 4 or 5 of this section is made by the court considering the case. Service is proved by the corresponding written confirmation of the public authority or official through whom it was made.

 (7) Where a procedural document needs to be translated in order to be served abroad, the court may require that the party to proceedings because of whom or in whose interests the document needs to be served produce the translation or cover its costs. If the party does not do this, the court may decide not to serve the document.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 3161.  Application of Regulation (EU) 2020/1784 of the European Parliament and of the Council

  [RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

 (1) The provisions of this Code apply to the service of procedural documents in another Member State of the European Union insofar as has not been provided otherwise by Regulation (EU) 2020/1784 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the service in the Member States of judicial and extrajudicial documents in civil or commercial matters (service of documents) (recast) (OJ L 405, 02.12.2020, pp. 40–78).
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

 (2) Under paragraph 1of Article 3 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the authorities transmitting judicial documents in Estonia are the district court or the circuit court of appeal – or the Supreme Court – that deals with the case in which the document must be served and the authority to transmit extrajudicial documents is the Ministry of Justice. Under paragraph 2 of Article 3 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the authority to receive judicial and extrajudicial documents is the district court in whose judicial district the document is to be served.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

 (3) Under Article 4 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the duties of the central body are carried out by the Ministry of Justice.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

 (4) Under subparagraph (d) of paragraph 4 of Article 3, paragraph 2 of Article 8 and paragraph 2 of Article 14 of Regulation 2020/1784 of the European Parliament and of the Council, standard forms completed in the Estonian or the English language are accepted in Estonia.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

 (5) Under the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, documents are served in Estonia in accordance with the rules provided by the Code of Civil Procedure regarding the service of procedural documents. Documents may not be served by public notice.

 (6) In conformity with paragraph 2 of Article 17 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, documents may be served in Estonia through another Member State’s diplomatic or consular representation that is situated in Estonia only if they must be served on a national of the Member State from which the documents are transmitted.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

 (7) In Estonia, the service of documents by the method provided by Article 20 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section is not permitted.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

 (8) Estonian courts may dispose of the case under the conditions provided by paragraph 2 of Article 22 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section even if the certificate of service of the procedural document on the defendant has not been produced. Under the third sentence of paragraph 4 of Article 22 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, a motion to reinstate the time limit may be filed with the court within one year following the rendering of the judicial disposition that concluded proceedings in the case.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 – entry into force 20.02.2023]

§ 317.  Service of procedural documents by public notice

 (1) Based on a court order, a procedural document may be served on a party to proceedings by public notice if:
 1) the party’s address does not appear in the register or the individual does not live at the address shown in the register and the court has otherwise no knowledge of their address or whereabouts, and the document cannot be served on the recipient’s representative or any person authorised to accept the document or by any other method provided for by this Part;
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]
 2) service of the document in a foreign State in conformity with the requirements is presumed not to be possible;
 3) the document cannot be served because the place where service is to be made is the residential premises of an extra-territorial person.

 (11) Where service of a procedural document on a corporate party to proceedings by electronic service and by registered letter to the postal address appearing in the register kept concerning the type of the legal person has not been successful, the document may, under court order – the provisions of subsection 1 of this section notwithstanding – be served by public notice. Where the legal person has filed, with the registrar, an Estonian address of the person provided for by § 24 of the Commercial Register Act, an attempt must also be made to serve the document to that address before it is served by public notice.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (12) When expedited order-for-payment proceedings are transformed into action-by-claim proceedings in accordance with the provision of clause 2 of subsection 1 of § 486 of this Code, the statement of claim may – the provisions of subsection 1 of this section notwithstanding – be served by public notice on the court’s order provided that the court that issued the proposal for payment has, when serving the proposal on the debtor, fulfilled the prerequisites for service by public notice that are provided by clause 1 of subsection 1 of this section.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (2) The court may require the party to proceedings who has moved for the procedural document to be served by public notice to produce a certificate issued by the police or the municipal executive to the effect that they have no knowledge of the recipient’s whereabouts, or to produce any other evidence of circumstances mentioned in subsection 1 of this section. The police authority or the municipal executive must, when this is required, provide the party with the certificate. Where this is needed, the court makes inquiries of its own motion to establish the recipient’s address.

 (3) An excerpt of the document to be served by public notice is published in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded. The court considering the case may make an order by which it allows publication of the excerpt also in other publications.
[RT I 2006, 55, 412 – entry into force 01.01.2007]

 (4) The excerpt mentioned in subsection 3 of this section must state:
 1) the court considering the case, the party to proceedings and the subject matter of proceedings;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 2) the relief sought by or the motion or application contained in the document being served;
 3) where a judicial disposition is to be served, its operative part;
 4) where a summons is being served, its purpose and the time of appearance before the court;
 5) where a court claim is being served, the invitation to respond to the claim, the substance of the invitation and the required explanation.

 (5) The document is deemed to have been served by public notice when 15 days have elapsed following the date on which its excerpt appeared in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded. The court considering the case may set a longer time limit for deeming the document to have been served. In such a situation, the time limit is published together with the public notice.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (6) The court may refuse to serve the procedural document by public notice if it may be presumed that the intention is to have the disposition that will be rendered in the proceedings recognised or enforced in a foreign State and it is likely that the disposition would not be recognised or enforced due to such service. The order by which service by public notice is refused may be appealed. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 35 SERVICE OF PROCEDURAL DOCUMENT ON THE RECIPIENT’S REPRESENTATIVE 

§ 318.  Serving a procedural document on the recipient’s statutory representative

 (1) A procedural document whose recipient possesses limited active legal capacity is deemed to have been served on the recipient when the document is served on the recipient’s statutory representative.

 (2) Where the recipient is a legal person or a public authority, the procedural document is served on the statutory representative of the person or authority, unless otherwise provided for by this Code.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (3) Where the person mentioned in subsection 2 of this section has several statutory representatives, it suffices to serve the document on one of these.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 319.  Serving a procedural document on an authorised person

 (1) A procedural document is deemed to have been served on the recipient when the document is served on a person whom the recipient has authorised to accept service. It is presumed that the recipient’s procurator or a person to whom the recipient has granted general authority of representation, as well as a person who usually receives documents on behalf of the recipient have a right to accept procedural documents.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) A procedural document is also deemed to have been served on the recipient who is a self-employed person, a private legal person or a branch of a foreign company when it is served on the person who appears in the Commercial Register or the Register of Non-profit Associations and Foundations as a person authorised to accept procedural documents for the recipient.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 320.  Duty of the party to proceedings to appoint a representative to accept procedural documents

 (1) Where a procedural document is served through a competent public authority of a foreign State, a competent consular official or envoy of the Republic of Estonia or the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Estonia, and the recipient has not appointed a representative for the proceedings, the court may require them to appoint, for the purpose of accepting procedural documents, an authorised person who resides or is present in Estonia.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The court may, by order, require a party to proceedings to appoint a person authorised to accept procedural documents also in other situations where service of documents may be presumed to involve unreasonable difficulties.

 (3) Where a party to proceedings who has been required to appoint a person authorised to accept procedural documents does not make the appointment, procedural documents are served on the party – until the appointment is made – by unregistered letter to the party’s address.

 (4) In a situation mentioned in subsection 3 of this section, the document is deemed to have been served when 15 days have elapsed from its being posted – even if the postal item is returned. The court may set a longer time limit for deeming the document to have been served.

 (5) With respect to service that was made by post as mentioned in subsection 3 of this section, a note must be made in the case file stating the time of posting the document and the address to which it was posted.

§ 321.  Service of procedural document on representative for judicial proceedings

 (1) Where a party is represented in judicial proceedings by a representative, the documents in the case are served strictly on, and other notices sent to, the representative – unless the court deems it necessary to additionally send them to the party. Where there are several representatives, it suffices to make service to one.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) An appeal against the court’s disposition is served on the representative who represented the party in the judicial instance in which the disposition that has been appealed was made. Where the party has already appointed a representative for the higher instance that is to dispose of the appeal, the latter may also be served on the representative.

 (3) Service of a procedural document to the attorney representing a party to proceedings is deemed to have been made also where the document is placed in a post box on the court’s premises that has been assigned to the attorney and agreed with them in advance.

Chapter 36 SERVICE IN SPECIAL CASES 

§ 322.  Service of procedural document in residential premises or at the place where the person is present, and to the recipient's employer, lessor or building superintendent

 (1) Where the recipient of the procedural document is not found at their residential premises, the document is deemed to have been served on the recipient also if it is served on a person of at least fourteen years of age who resides on the premises or serves the family.

 (2) Instead of the recipient, the procedural document may be served on the apartment association that manages the apartment building in which the recipient's residential or business premises are situated, on the superintendent of the property in which co-ownership rights are held or on the recipient’s lessor, as well as on the recipient's employer or any other person to whom the recipient provides services under a contract.

 (3) The procedural document is deemed to have been served on the recipient also where it is served – by a method mentioned in subsection 1 or 2 of this section – on the recipient’s representative.

 (4) Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the document is deemed to have been served on a person who is staying, for an extended period, in the Defence Forces, in prison, in a health care institution or in any other similar establishment also when it is handed to the Head of the establishment or to a person appointed by the Head.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 323.  Service of procedural document in business premises

 (1) Where an individual recipient who pursues a business or professional activity is not present in their business premises during regular working hours or cannot receive the document, the document is deemed to have been served on the recipient also when it is served on a person who is present in the recipient’s business premises on an enduring basis or provides services to the recipient on an enduring basis under a similar contract.

 (2) The provisions of subsection 1 of this section also apply to the service of documents on legal persons, public authorities, notaries and enforcement agents, as well as where the document is served on the recipient’s representative or any other person on whom it can be served in the recipient’s stead.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 324.  Restrictions on the service of procedural documents

  In situations mentioned in §§ 322 and 323 of this Code, the document is not deemed to have been served where, instead of the recipient, it was served on a person who participates in the proceedings as the party opposing the recipient.

§ 325.  Refusal to accept the procedural document

  Where a person refuses to accept the document without a lawful ground, the document is deemed to have been served on the person at the time they refusal to accept it. In such a situation, the document is left in the recipient’s residential or business premises or placed in the recipient’s post box. In the absence of such premises or of a post box, the document is returned to the court.

§ 326.  Service by placement of the procedural document in the post box

 (1) A procedural document that cannot be served because it cannot be handed over in the recipient’s or their representative’s residential or business premises is deemed to have been served when it is placed in the post box that belongs to such premises or in another similar place that the recipient or their representative uses to receive post and that usually ensures the preservation of postal items. The document may be served by this method on a person mentioned in subsection 2 of § 322 of this Code only if it is not possible to serve it personally on the recipient or their representative.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Service by the method described in subsection 1 of this section is permitted only where an attempt to deliver the procedural document to the person themselves has been made at least on one occasion and it is not possible to serve the document according to subsection 1 of § 322 or according to § 323 of this Code on another person present in the residential or business premises.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (3) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the date of service is noted on the envelope containing the postal item.

§ 327.  Service by depositing the procedural document

 (1) On conditions provided by § 326 of this Code, the document may also be deposited at the post office or municipal executive of the locality of service or with the office of the district court in whose judicial district the place of the document’s service is situated.

 (2) A written notice is left at the place where the document was deposited, or sent to the recipient’s address; where this is impossible, the notice is attached to the door of the recipient’s residential or business premises or of the premises where the recipient is present, or issued to a person residing in the neighbourhood to be transmitted to the recipient. The notice must make it clear that the document that has been deposited has been sent by the court and that, by having been deposited, the document is deemed to have been served, and that this may initiate the running of procedural time limits.

 (3) The document is deemed to have been served when three days have elapsed from the transmission or leaving of the written notice mentioned in subsection 2 of this section. The date of service is noted on the document’s envelope.

 (4) A document that has been transmitted to be served is returned to the sender within 15 days following the time at which service was deemed to have been made, unless the court has set a longer time limit for this.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Part 7 REPRESENTATIONS, MOTIONS AND APPLICATIONS OF PARTIES TO PROCEEDINGS 

Chapter 37 GENERAL PROVISIONS 

§ 328.  Representations: truthfulness of and ensuring a response to

 (1) Any representations that a party to proceedings makes concerning the factual circumstances connected to the case must be truthful.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided for by law, the court ensures, to a principal party, the opportunity to respond to the motions or applications and factual assertions of the opposing party.

§ 329.  Representations: proper time of making

 (1) The parties to proceedings must make their representations, motions, applications and objections – and produce their evidence – as early as is possible considering the status of the proceedings and insofar as this is necessary for disposing of the case expeditiously and justly. Once the pre-trial proceedings have been completed, new representations, motions, applications and objections may be made, and new evidence produced, only if it was not possible to make or produce them earlier because of a valid reason.

 (2) Where the court convenes a case management hearing in pre-trial proceedings, a party to proceedings must make their representations, motions, applications and objections, and produce their evidence, such that these could be transmitted to the other parties at least seven days before the hearing, unless the court has determined otherwise. Any counter-representations of the other parties and the related motions, applications and objections must be filed and evidence produced to the court such that these could be transmitted to the other parties within a reasonable period of time before the preliminary hearing unless otherwise determined by the court.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (3) The court must make, at the proper time, all preparations that are needed to dispose of the case. At each stage of proceedings, the court takes steps to help the principal parties’ file their representations at the proper time and in full and facilitate the case’s being dealt with in the minimum possible time and at the minimum possible cost.

 (4) In pre-trial proceedings, the court may direct the parties to proceedings to produce, amend or clarify any documents, to state their views concerning the documents produced by the opposing party, and to produce their own evidence, within the time limit set by the court. Any directions that the court gives must be notified to the parties.

§ 330.  Time limits for filing representations

 (1) Any representations, motions, applications or objections must be filed, or evidence produced, before the end of pre-trial proceedings or, in written proceedings, before expiry of the time limit for the filing of motions or applications.

 (2) All objections concerning whether the filing of a representation or appeal was allowed by law must be filed as a single body in the response to the representation or appeal or, where no response is made, at the first hearing or when filing the first substantive representation with the court.

 (3) A representation that contains new circumstances, motions or applications and that is filed – as well as any evidence that is produced – after the end of pre-trial proceedings or, in written proceedings, after the expiry of the time limit for the filing of motions or applications is considered in a situation provided for, and in accordance with the rules provided, by § 331 of this Code.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 331.  Belated filing of representations

 (1) Where a party to proceedings files a representation, motion, application or objection, or produces an item of evidence, after expiry of the time limit set for this by the court or in violation of the provisions of § 329 or § 330 of this Code, the court considers it only if the court finds that accepting it will not cause a delay in disposing of the case, or if the party substantiates a valid reason for being late.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where a party to proceedings was not notified of the opposing party’s representation, motion, application, objection or evidence before the trial or hearing and, because of this, the party is unable, to a sufficient degree, to formulate an opinion concerning the representation, motion, application, objection or evidence, the court may, if the trial or hearing is adjourned, set the party a time limit during which it is allowed to state its opinion.

§ 332.  [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 333.  Raising an objection to the court’s actions

 (1) A party to proceedings may raise an objection to the court’s actions in managing the proceedings and to the violation of a procedural provision – first and foremost, to violation of the requirements of form concerning the performance of procedural operations. The court disposes of the objection by an order.

 (2) If the party to proceedings does not raise the objection at the latest by the end of the trial or hearing during which the violation took place, or in the first procedural document filed with the court after the violation, and the party was aware or should have been aware of the error, they cannot raise the objection later.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) In a situation mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, the party to proceedings may not rely on the error in the actions of the court – also when they appeal the judicial disposition.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The provisions of subsections 2 and 3 of this section do not apply if the court has violated an essential principle of civil procedure.

§ 3331.  Motion to expedite judicial proceedings

 (1) Where the court has been dealing with the case for at least nine months and, without a valid reason, does not perform a procedural operation that is needed – among other things, does not order the trial or hearing at the proper time in order to ensure the conduct of judicial proceedings within a reasonable time – a principal party to the proceedings may move for the court to take suitable measures to expedite completion of the proceedings.

 (2) If the court finds the application justified, it orders, within 30 days following receipt of the motion, measures that may be presumed to allow judicial proceedings to be completed within a reasonable time. The court is not bound by the motion in its choice of the measures.

 (3) To deny the motion or take a measure other than the one stated in the motion, the court makes a substantiated order within the time limit provided by subsection 2 of this section. An order by which the court decides to take the measure stated in the motion does not need to be substantiated.

 (4) The order made upon consideration of the motion to expedite judicial proceedings may be appealed. The order made by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

 (5) When disposing of the appeal, the court may order a measure that may be presumed to allow judicial proceedings to be completed within a reasonable time. In selecting the measure, the court is not bound by the scope of the appeal.

 (6) A new motion may be filed once six months have elapsed from the entry into effect of the order made concerning the previous one, except where the motion is filed for the reason that the court dealing with the case has not applied the measure prescribed by the order at the due time.
[RT I, 23.02.2011, 1 – entry into force 01.09.2011]

Chapter 38 FORM OF PROCEDURAL DOCUMENTS FILED BY PARTIES TO PROCEEDINGS 

§ 334.  Filing of written documents

 (1) Court claims, petitions, motions, applications, objections or appeals are filed with the court in legible typewritten form on A4 size paper. Any representations, motions, applications or objections made during the trial or hearing are included in the record of proceedings.

 (2) Where possible, the parties to proceedings provide the court with electronic copies of any procedural documents filed in writing.

§ 335.  Submission of documents in a form reproducible in writing

 (1) To comply with the time limit for filing, in writing, the court claim, petition, representation or appeal, it suffices to send it to the court by fax or by e-mail to the designated address or in another form reproducible in writing, provided that the original written document is handed over to the court without delay, but not later than when the case is tried or heard or, in written proceedings, before expiry of the time limit for the filing or production of documents.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where the judicial disposition is appealed, the original of the appeal must be filed within ten days.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The provisions of subsection 1 of this section do not apply where the document is transmitted electronically, provided it has been filed in conformity with the requirements of § 336 of this Code.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 336.  Electronic filing of documents

 (1) Court claims, petitions, applications and other documents that must be in writing may also be filed with the court electronically if the court is able to make printouts and copies of the document. The document must bear the sender’s digital signature or be transmitted by another similar secure method that allows the sender to be identified. The sender is deemed to be uniquely identifiable if a certificate of authenticity created by their private key is attached to the e-mail.

 (2) An electronic document is deemed to have been filed with the court when it has been saved in the database designated for reception of court documents. An electronic confirmation of the document’s having been saved is sent to the sender. If the court is unable to make printouts or copies of the document, this is notified to the sender without delay.

 (3) Specific rules for transmission of electronic documents to the court and the requirements for the formats of documents formats are enacted by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.

 (4) The court may deem a court claim, petition, application or another procedural document that has been filed by a party to proceedings via e-mail to be sufficient also in a situation where it does not meet the requirements provided by subsections 1–3 of this section – first and foremost, the requirement that the document must be digitally signed – provided the court has no doubt concerning the identity of the sender and the sending of the document, in particular if digitally signed documents have been sent earlier from the same e-mail address to the court by the same party in proceedings concerning the same case, or if the court has allowed such documents to be filed with it also by that method.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (5) Unless a valid reason is present for filing a document in another form, the contractual representative provided for by clauses 1–3 of subsection 1 and by subsection 2 of § 218 of this Code, the notary, the enforcement agent, the trustee in bankruptcy, the reorganisation adviser, the trusted practitioner within the meaning of the Natural Persons Insolvency Act, as well as any State or municipal authority or any other legal person file the documents with the court electronically.
[RT I, 20.06.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.07.2022]

 (6) Where court claims, petitions, applications and other documents can be filed, via a portal created for the purpose, in the procedural information management system maintained on a computer, they may not be filed via e-mail, unless a valid reason is present. The Minister in charge of the policy sector enacts, by regulation, the list of documents to be filed through the portal.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

§ 337.  Documents sent by attorneys

  Where several parties to proceedings are represented in the proceedings by an attorney, the attorney, of their own motion, sends the documents that are to be transmitted to the court, with any annexes, also to the attorneys of the other parties and notifies this to the court. In such a situation, the documents are presumed to have been served on the other parties at the time notified to the court. The court may fine any attorney who violates the duty to transmit documents or to notify this to the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 338.  Particulars in a procedural document filed with the court

 (1) A procedural document – including court claims, objections and appeals – that is filed with the court by a party to proceedings states:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 1) the names, addresses and telecommunications numbers of the parties and their potential representatives;
 2) the name of the court;
 3) the main substance of the case;
 4) for the case being dealt with, the case number;
 5) the motion or application made by the party to proceedings;
 6) the circumstances that justify the motion or application;
 7) a list of the document’s annexes, if any;
 8) the party’s or their representative’s signature or – for a document transmitted electronically – digital signature or other marker allowing identification in conformity with the provisions of § 336 of this Code.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) For a natural person, the procedural document must state their personal identification number or, if the person does not possess one, their date of birth. For a legal person appearing in a public register, their registration number must be stated – or, where the person does not possess one, the legal basis for their activity.

 (3) Where a party to proceedings does not know the address or other particulars of another party, they must state, in the procedural document, the steps they have taken in order to discover the particulars.

 (4) In addition to the particulars listed in subsection 1 of this section, a representation that is filed with the court and contains a substantive motion or application, or a response to the opposing party’s motion, application or assertion, states:
 1) the party’s opinion on the facts asserted by the opposing party;
 2) the evidence that the party intends to use to prove their assertions or to refute those of the opposing party;
 3) the party’s opinion on the evidence produced by the opposing party.

§ 339.  Procedural document: annexes

 (1) Where procedural documents are signed by the representative of party to proceedings, the power of attorney or another document certifying the representative’s authority of representation is annexed to the first procedural document that the representative files in the case. Where a procedural document is signed by an attorney as the party’s representative, the filing of the power of attorney is not mandatory but the court may require it to be filed.

 (2) The originals or copies of any documents that are mentioned in the representation and that are at the disposal of the party to proceedings are annexed to the representation – with the exception of situations where these have already been provided to the court.

 (3) Where the performance of a procedural operation requested in the procedural document requires payment of the statutory fee, the particulars that are needed to verify payment of the fee must be stated in, or a certificate concerning the grant of financial aid or an application for such aid towards payment of the fee annexed to, the document.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

§ 340.  Copies to other parties to proceedings

 (1) A party to proceedings must, when providing written documents and any annexes to the court, include the requisite number of copies of the documents for service on the other parties.

 (2) The provisions of subsection 1 of this section do not apply regarding the documents or annexes that the other parties to proceedings possess in the form of the original or of a copy. In such a situation, the court must also be notified of the documents whose copies are not provided and of why the party believes the other party to have these at its disposal.

 (21) The provision of subsection 1 of this section does not apply when documents are provided by electronic means.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (3) The provision of subsection 1 of this section does not apply also where an attorney sends copies of procedural documents to an attorney representing the other party to the proceedings and certifies this to the court.

 (4) Where a document is provided to the court electronically and where it may be presumed that electronic documents cannot be transmitted to the other party to the proceedings, or that the party cannot acquaint themselves with the substance of the document, or print it out, the court arranges for copies or printouts to be made of the document. In a situation mentioned in the first sentence of this subsection, no statutory fee is charged for the making of copies or printouts.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (5) [Repealed – RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

§ 3401.  Curing the defects of the procedural document

 (1) Where the court claim, petition, representation, motion, application, objection or appeal that has been filed by a party to proceedings does not meet the requirements of form or contains other defects that can be cured – including, among other things, non-payment of the statutory fee – the court sets a time limit for such defects to be cured and, until this is done, provisionally refuses to consider the procedural document.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (2) If the defects are not cured by the due date set by the court, the court rejects and returns the court claim, petition, representation, motion, application or appeal, or dismisses it if the document has already been accepted. Unless otherwise provided by law, the order of the district court or of the circuit court of appeal by which the document is rejected or dismissed may be appealed. Unless otherwise provided by law, the order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

 (3) Where defects in any objections are not cured by the due date set by the court, the court disregards the objections.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Part 8 TRIALS AND HEARINGS 

§ 341.  Disposing of the case at the trial or hearing

 (1) Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the case is disposed of at the trial or hearing.

 (2) The rights and duties vested in the court by this Chapter also apply to courts acting under a domestic letter of request and to judges acting under a delegation from the judicial panel.

§ 342.  Scheduling the trial or hearing

 (1) Unless the motion, application, court claim or petition can be dealt with without the trial or hearing, the court orders the trial or hearing.

 (2) The trial or hearing is scheduled without delay following receipt of the court claim, petition, motion or application and of the corresponding response – or of expiry of the time limit set for responding to the claim, petition, motion or application. The court may also schedule the trial or hearing before receiving a response or before expiry of the time limit set for responding if it may be presumed that the trial or hearing is required for dealing with the case regardless of the response, or where, due to other reasons, immediate scheduling of the trial or hearing appears reasonable under the circumstances. If the court does not require a response, it schedules the trial or hearing without delay after having received the court claim, petition, motion or application.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where this is possible the court, when convening the trial or hearing, invites the parties to proceedings to state their preferences and takes these into account.

§ 343.  Sending the summonses and publishing the time of the trial or hearing on the court’s website

 (1) In order to notify the time and place of the trial or hearing, the court serves summonses on the parties to proceedings and on any other persons who must be summoned.

 (2) The interval between the date of service of the summons and the date of the trial or hearing must be at least ten days. With the consent of the parties to proceedings, the interval may also be shorter.

 (3) The time of the trial or hearing is also published on the court’s website, stating the number of the case, the names of the parties to proceedings and the general description of the case. Where the trial or hearing is closed to the public, only its time, the number of the case and a note that it is closed to the public are published. The time of holding the trial or hearing is removed from the website when seven days have elapsed from the time it was held.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 344.  Particulars in the summons

 (1) A summons states at least:
 1) the name of the person summoned to court;
 2) the name and address of the court;
 3) the time and place of the trial or hearing;
 4) the main substance of the case;
 5) the capacity in which the person is summoned;
 6) the duty to notify any reason for failure to appear in court;
 7) the consequences of failure to appear in court.

 (2) Where, in an action-by-claim case, a party to proceedings is summoned to a hearing of the Supreme Court and the summons is not sent to an attorney-at-law, the summons states, among other things, that the party is permitted to perform procedural operations and file motions and applications in the Supreme Court strictly through an attorney-at-law.

 (3) The first summons served on a person in the case states that the person is required to bring an identity document to the trial or hearing. The first summons sent in the case to a representative states that the representative is required to bring a document certifying their authority of representation to the trial or hearing – unless the representative is an attorney.

 (4) A summons sent to a witness also refers to the witness’s right to receive compensation and to be reimbursed for their costs.

 (5) The summons does not need to be signed.

 (6) The unified form for summonses is enacted by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.

 (7) A summons does not need to be in the form prescribed by subsections 1–6 of this section if it is handed to the person at the trial or hearing or if the person, at the trial or hearing, signs an acknowledgement in the record of proceedings concerning the time of the trial or hearing. Where this is needed, the court provides an explanation of matters related to the summons.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 345.  Notification of non-appearance at the trial or hearing

  Where the party to proceedings, witness, expert, interpreter or translator who has been summoned to the trial or hearing who is unable to appear in court, they must notify this to the court at the proper time and substantiate their reasons for non-appearance.

§ 346.  Personal presence of the party to proceedings at the trial or hearing

  [RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (1) The court may, by an order, require the party to proceedings or the party’s representative to appear at the trial or hearing in person if the court finds this necessary for the clarification of circumstances relevant to disposing of the case or for settling the dispute by a compromise. The court may not require a party to appear in person if such appearance cannot be required due to the length of the journey or another valid reason.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) In matrimonial and filiation cases, the district court requires the principal parties to appear in person and must hear them unless the pary has a valid reason for non-appearance. Where the party is unable or cannot be expected to appear in court, they may be heard and their statement may be taken by the court conducting the proceedings under a domestic letter of request.

 (3) Where a party to proceedings is required to appear in court in person, this is notified to them by a summons even if they have appointed a representative for the proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) Where a party to proceedings, regardless of the corresponding direction of the court, does not appear at the trial or hearing, the court may fine them as it may fine a witness who fails to appear at the trial or hearing where they are to be examined, or order that they be brought in forcibly.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) The provisions of subsection 4 of this section do not apply if the party to proceedings sends, to the trial or hearing, a representative who is able to explain the factual circumstances and is authorised to make the required representations – first and foremost, to conclude a compromise. In a matrimonial or filiation case, the court may, even in such a situation, fine the principal party or order them to be forcibly brought in.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 347.  Commencement of the trial or hearing

 (1) When the court enters or leaves the courtroom, the persons present in the room stand up.

 (2) When it opens the trial or hearing, the court announces the case to be considered. At the beginning of the trial or hearing, the court ascertains:
 1) who of the persons summoned has appeared, and their identity;
 2) whether the persons who are absent have been notified of or summone to the the trial or hearing in accordance with law;
 3) whether the representatives of the parties to proceedings possess the authority of representation.

 (3) At the trial or hearing in which the case is considered on its merits, the court provides an introduction in which it explains the substance and status of the proceedings.

 (4) Where the hearing is convened solely for the purpose of proclaiming the judicial disposition, the identity of the persons who are present does not need to be established and verified.

 (5) Where the party to proceedings is not represented by an attorney, the court explains to them, or to their representative, the consequences of performing, or failing to perform, procedural operations during the trial or hearing. Once the consequences have been explained, subsequent repetition of the explanation is not required.

§ 348.  Course of the trial or hearing

 (1) The court presides over the trial or hearing and ascertains the opinion of the parties to proceedings on the circumstances relevant to the case and excludes from the hearing of the case anything that is irrelevant to disposition of the case.

 (2) The court undertakes to ensure that a case is heard to a sufficient extent and without deferral.

 (3) Prior to resolving a petition of a party, the court hears the opinion of the other parties to proceedings on such issue. The court provides the parties to proceedings with an opportunity to provide their opinion on any circumstance relevant to disposition of the case.

 (4) If a party to proceedings is represented by another person, the court also hears the party to proceedings in person if the party to proceedings so desires.

 (5) If a case is heard by a collegial court panel, the presiding judge has the rights of the court upon organising the trial or hearing. At the request of the other members of the court panel, the presiding judge provides them with an opportunity to pose questions.

§ 349.  Oral consideration of the case

 (1) Unless otherwise prescribed by law, consideration of the case is conducted orally.

 (2) Any representations, applications, motions or other documents that have been provided to the court and transmitted to the parties to proceedings are read out in the trial or hearing only if the wording of the representation is relevant to the case or if the court deems it necessary due to any other reason. In any other situation, the documents are only referred to.

§ 350.  Trial or hearing with distance participation

 (1) The court may hold a trial or hearing with distance participation such that it is possible for a party to proceedings or their representative or adviser to be off-venue during the time of the trial or hearing and perform procedural operations in real time from the off-venue location.

 (2) A witness or expert may also be heard by the method mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, and the party to proceedings who is off-venue may put questions to them.

 (3) In a trial or hearing held with distance participation, the right of every party to proceedings to make representations, motions and applications and to formulate its opinion on the representations, motions and applications of other parties must be guaranteed in a technically secure manner, as must any other conditions at the trial or hearing when transmitted in real time, in both image and sound, from the party off-venue to the court and vice versa. With the consent of the principal parties and the witness and, in action-by-petition proceedings, with the sole consent of the witness, the witness may be examined by telephone under the rules for trials or hearings with distance participation.

 (4) The Minister in charge of the policy sector may enact specific technical requirements for conducting a trial or hearing with distance participation.

§ 351.  Ascertaining the circumstances at the trial or hearing

 (1) The court discusses the disputed circumstances and relationships with the parties to proceedings to the required extent from both the factual and the legal perspective.

 (2) The court makes it possible for the parties to provide their opinion on all circumstances relevant to the case at the proper time and comprehensively.

 (3) Where a party is not able to state its opinion concerning a view or doubt that the court has pointed out to them, the court may set the party a time limit for stating the opinion.

§ 352.  Changing the time of the trial or hearing and adjourning the consideration of the case

 (1) With a valid reason, the court may revoke the trial or hearing, change the time it is scheduled for or adjourn it. Not completing consideration of the case at the trial or hearing is allowed only for a reason that prevents such consideration from being completed.

 (2) The court does not adjourn consideration of the case for the reason that a principal party is unable to personally participate in the trial or hearing if the party’s representative is present and the court has not required the party to appear in person. Non-participation by a third party without an independent claim does not amount to a ground for adjourning consideration of the case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) In a situation provided for by subsection 1 of this section the court, where this is possible, immediately schedules a new trial or hearing to continue the proceedings. The new trial or hearing is convened as soon as possible, having reasonable regard to the views of the parties to proceedings.

 (4) Where consideration of the case is adjourned, the court may hear the statements of the parties to proceedings who have appeared for the trial or hearing, and hears the testimony of the witnesses and the opinion of the expert, in particular if these persons’ appearance for the trial or hearing at a later date would not be possible without excessive costs or would be otherwise inconvenient for them. If the hearing of the aforementioned persons mentioned necessarily involves the examination of other items of evidence or the performance of any other operation, the operation is performed.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Where the district court adjourns consideration of the case for a period longer than three months without the consent of the principal parties, the party may appeal the order if they find that the case has been adjourned for an unjustifiably long period of time. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

 (6) The court disposes of the motion to adjourn the trial or hearing or any other procedural operation without delay and, where this is possible, before the time of the trial or hearing or performance of the operation, and notifies this to the parties to proceedings without delay.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Part 9 SUSPENSION OF PROCEEDINGS BY OPERATION OF LAW OR BY THE COURT 

§ 353.  Suspension of proceedings by operation of law on the death of an individual party or dissolution of a corporate party

 (1) On the death of an individual party or dissolution of a corporate party, where universal succession occurs, proceedings are suspended until the time they are continued by the universal successor of the party or another person entitled to do so. The heir or beneficiary is not required to continue proceedings before accepting the estate or before expiry of the time limit for refusing to accept it.

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, proceedings are not suspended by operation of law if the party is represented in the proceedings by a contractual representative. In such a situation the court suspends the proceedings on a motion of the representative or of the opposing party.

 (3) Where, on suspension of proceedings by operation of law, the universal successor delays their continuation, the court, on a motion of the opposing party, invites the universal successor to continue the proceedings within the time limit set by the court and to participate in the consideration of the case. The invitation and the motion are served on the universal successor. In a situation provided for by subsection 2 of this section, the invitation is served both on the universal successor and their representative.

 (4) Where, in situation mentioned in subsection 3 of this section, the universal successor does not appear at the trial or hearing, the alleged legal succession is deemed to have been accepted by the universal successor on a motion of the opposing party and the trial or hearing of the case is continued.

§ 354.  Suspension of proceeding by operation of law due to loss of active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure

 (1) Where a principal party no longer possesses active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure or the statutory representative of a party dies or their authority of representation expires before the party has regained the active legal capacity, proceedings are suspended until the statutory representative or the new statutory representative informs the court of their appointment.

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, proceedings are not suspended by operation of law if the party is represented by a contractual representative. In such a situation, the court suspends the proceedings on a motion of the representative or of the opposing party.

 (3) Where, in a situation mentioned in subsection 1 or 2 of this section, the statutory representative has been appointed but does not inform the court of their appointment and the opposing party informs the court of its intention to continue proceedings, proceedings are continued after the court has served the notice on the representative.

§ 355.  Suspension of proceedings for a valid reason

  The court may suspend proceedings due to a valid reason stemming from a principal party until the time the reason is no longer present. Where the party becomes seriously ill, proceedings may be suspended until the party regains their health unless the disease is a chronic one.

§ 3551.  Suspension of proceedings due to the state of emergency or the state of war

  Where, during the state of emergency or the state of war, it is not possible to continue the proceedings, or their continuation is materially complicated, due to exceptional circumstances resulting from the state of emergency or war, the court may suspend the proceedings until the impediment ceases to be present.
[RT I, 11.03.2023, 3 – entry into force 21.03.2023]

§ 356.  Suspension of proceedings due to other proceedings

 (1) Where the judgment fully or in part depends on the existence or absence of a legal relationship which is the subject matter of other judicial proceedings or whose existence must be established in administrative proceedings or in judicial proceedings of another type, the court may suspend the proceedings until the other proceedings are concluded.

 (2) Where the Supreme Court is dealing with a case whose disposition may affect the validity of the legislative or regulatory instrument that falls to be applied in the case dealt with by the court, the court may suspend the proceedings until the entry into effect of the Supreme Court’s judgment.

 (3) Where a question that has arisen in the case is referred to the European Court of Justice for a preliminary ruling, the court suspends the proceedings until the entry into effect of the European Court’s ruling.
[RT I 2006, 31, 235 – entry into force 01.09.2006]

 (4) Where this is requested by the Financial Supervision Authority under the Financial Crisis Prevention and Resolution Act, the court suspends the proceedings for the required period.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 3 – entry into force 29.03.2015]

 (5) Where the Supreme Court requests the European Court of Human Rights to give an advisory opinion under § 6811 of this Code, the Supreme Court may suspend its proceedings for the time that it takes to deal with the request or until the request is withdrawn.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 – entry into force 06.07.2017, subsection 5 is implemented as of the day of entry into force of Protocol 16 to the European Convention on the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms in respect of Estonia.]

§ 357.  Suspension of divorce proceedings

 (1) The court suspends divorce proceedings if there is reason to believe that the marriage can be preserved. The court does not suspend the proceedings if the spouses have lived separately for a lengthy period of time and neither of them agrees to the suspension.

 (2) Where proceedings are suspended on the grounds mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the court draws the parties' attention to the possibility of reconciliation and the possibility to receive guidance from a family counsellor.

 (3) For the reson mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, proceedings may be suspended on one occasion for the period of up to six months.

§ 358.  Consequences of suspension of proceedings by operation of law and by the court

 (1) Where proceedings are suspended by operation of law or by the court, the running of all procedural time limits is suspended and they start to run again from the beginning when the suspension is lifted.

 (2) Any procedural operations performed during the period when proceedings were suspended – by operation of law or by the court – are void. This does not preclude the granting of interim relief or the conduct of proceedings for preliminary taking of evidence in order to preserve items of evidence.

 (3) Suspension of proceedings by operation of law when consideration of the case has been completed does not prevent public notice of the decision entered in those proceedings.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

 (4) Where proceedings were suspended under subsection 5 of § 356 of this Code, the suspension does not prevent the filing of a notice withdrawing the request for an advisory opinion submitted to the European Court of Human Rights.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 – entry into force 06.07.2017, subsection 4 is implemented as of the day of entry into force of Protocol 16 to the European Convention on the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms in respect of Estonia.]

§ 359.  Suspension of proceedings on a joint motion of the principal parties or due to the absence of both principal parties from the trial or hearing

 (1) The court may suspend the proceedings on a joint motion of the principal parties if this is presumed to be expedient due to pending negotiations concerning a compromise or for another valid reason, as well as when neither of the parties appears for the trial or hearing.

 (2) Suspension of proceedings on the grounds mentioned in subsection 1 of this section does not affect the running of procedural time limits.

§ 360.  Order on suspension of proceedings; appealing the order

 (1) The court suspends the proceedings by an order.

 (2) The order by which the district court or the circuit court of appeal suspends the proceedings may be appealed. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

§ 361.  Resumption of proceedings

 (1) The court resumes suspended proceedings on a motion of the principal party or of its own motion after the circumstances that constituted grounds for the suspension have ceased to apply. Where the proceedings were suspended due to the absence of both principal parties from the trial or hearing, proceedings are resumed only on a motion of one of these parties.

 (2) In a situation provided for by § 356 of this Code, proceedings may also be resumed if the other proceedings that were the reason for the suspension are disproportionately delayed and it is possible to dispose of the suspended case.

 (3) Proceedings are deemed to have been resumed from the time that the order on resumption was served on the principal parties.

 (4) Proceedings that have been resumed are continued from the point at which they were suspended.

Part 10 ACTION-BY-CLAIM PROCEDURE 

Chapter 39 COMMENCEMENT OF CASES 

§ 362.  Filing the court claim

 (1) The time of filing of the court claim is the time when the court claim arrives at the court. This applies only where the claim is subsequently served on the defendant.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided by law, the provisions of subsection 1 of this section also apply to the making of other representations, motions or applications to the court. When relief is sought or a motion or application made during the trial or hearing, it is deemed to have been sought or made at the time this was presented during the trial or hearing.

 (3) The provisions of subsections 1 and 2 of this section apply to assessment of the procedural as well as substantive legal consequences related to the filing of the court claim, including, among other things, also the assessment of whether any time limit has been complied with and whether the running of the limit has been interrupted or suspended.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 363.  Particulars in the statement of claim

 (1) In addition to other particulars that are to be included in procedural documents, the statement of claim states:
 1) the relief sought by the claimant, clearly expressed (relief sought from the court);
 2) the factual circumstances that constitute grounds for the court claim (cause of the court claim);
 3) the evidence to support the facts that constitute the cause of the court claim, and a specific reference to which fact the claimant seeks to prove with each item of evidence;
 4) whether the claimant agrees to the case being dealt with in written proceedings or wishes that the case be considered at trial;
 5) the value of the court claim – unless the court claim seeks to obtain payment of a fixed sum of money.

 (2) If the claimant wishes their court claim to be dealt with under the documentary procedure (§ 406), they must state this in the court claim.

 (21) If the claimant does not agree to a default judgment being entered in accordance with § 407 of this Code in the event that no response is made to their court claim, they must state this in the court claim.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (3) Where the claimant is represented in the proceedings by a representative, the court claim must also state the particulars of the representative. Where the claimant wishes to be assisted in the proceedings by an interpreter or translator, they must state this in the statement of their court claim and, where this is possible, provide the particulars of the interpreter or translator.

 (4) Where the court claim is filed with a court that is not the court that has regular jurisdiction regarding the defendant, the reasons for this must be stated to the court.

 (5) In addition to the particulars mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the statement of claim seeking a divorce also states the names and dates of birth of any underage children born from the marriage, the person who maintains and raises the children, the person with whom the children reside, as well as a proposal for arrangements, going forward, concerning parental rights and the raising of the children.

 (6) Where the claimant or defendant is a legal person appearing in a public register, a copy of their registry entry, an excerpt from the register or a certificate of registration is annexed to the court claim, unless the court itself is able to verify this in the register. Concerning any other legal persons, other evidence is provided to show that the person exists and possesses passive legal capacity.

§ 364.  Court claim to obtain a detailed list of property items, an account or affirmation

 (1) In the statement of court claim, the claimant may seek an order for the defendant who is obligated to hand over a pool of property items or to provide information on the status of such items to produce a detailed list of the items.

 (2) The claimant may require that the defendant who is obligated to report on earnings and expenditure related to the administration of property provide orderly accounts of such earnings and expenditure together with the documents and other evidence related to the accounts.

 (3) Where the claimant has substantiated doubts that the information set out in the detailed list mentioned in subsection 1 of this section or in the accounts mentioned in subsection 2 of this section may have been tainted by error or by insufficient diligence, they may also require that the defendant take an oath affirming that, based on the information at the defendant's disposal, the accounts or the list are true and accurate. The oath is taken following the rules that govern the making of statements under oath.

 (4) Where the claimant makes a court claim seeking to be awarded a sum of money or other specific performance as well as, at the same time, for the defendant to be ordered to produce a detailed list of property items or an account of earnings and expenditure concerning the sum or performance, or to take the oath, the claimant may omit, until the list or accounts have been produced or affirmation has been provided – or a partial judgment has been rendered concerning the corresponding item of relief – to specify the details of the sum or performance sought.

§ 365.  Additional items of relief: seeking the setting of a time limit and compensation for harm

 (1) In the statement of court claim, the claimant may seek that the court, in its judgment, when ordering the defendant to perform the obligation or act sought by the court claim, also set the defendant a time limit for the performance.

 (2) Where the claimant has a right, on expiry of the time limit mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, to claim compensation for the harm caused by violation of the obligation, or to terminate the contract, the claimant may also seek, in the statement of court claim, that the court, by the same judgment, fix the amount of the compensation or deem the contract terminated.

§ 366.  Court claim for compensation for non-pecuniary harm

  In a court claim for compensation for non-pecuniary harm, the claimant may omit to specify the amount of the compensation and seek fair compensation at the discretion of the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 367.  Ancillary relief: claims for late interest

  In the court claim, the claimant may, together with the principal item of relief sought, also seek late interest such that late interest that has not yet fallen due at the time the court claim is filed is not sought to be awarded as a fixed sum but rather as a percentage of the principal item until paid. Primarily, the award of late interest may be sought such that the court orders its payment as a fixed amount accrued until the entry of judgment in the case and, from there on, as a percentage of the principal item.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

§ 368.  Court claim seeking declaratory relief

 (1) The claimant may bring a court claim for a declaration concerning the existence or non-existence of a legal relationship, provided they have a legally relevant interest to obtain such a declaration.

 (2) Where, in enforcement proceedings, a dispute arises concerning the interpretation of an enforceable title, the party seeking enforcement or the debtor may bring a court claim against the other party seeking a declaration as to whether a specific right or obligation accrues to the claimant from the title. A court claim for such declaratory relief may also be brought in order to clarify the enforceable title in other situations where a dispute has arisen between the parties concerning its enforcement or effect.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 369.  Filing a court claim before the claim becomes due

  A court claim to enforce a future claim may be filed in a situation where there is reason to presume that the debtor will not perform the obligation at the proper time. The same ground can be used, among other things, to bring a court claim to vacate an item of immovable property or a room on a future date – provided satisfaction of the claim relates to a certain due date – or to obtain future performance of recurring obligations that become due after the filing of the court claim.

§ 370.  Multiple items of relief in the same court claim

 (1) The claimant may, by a single court claim, seek the grant of several different items of relief against the defendant, and such items may be dealt with in the same proceedings provided all of them are within the jurisdiction of the court dealing with the case and the same type of procedure is permitted. The same applies to items of relief that are based on different circumstances.

 (2) Several alternative items of relief may be sought by a single court claim, or the grant of several items may be sought such that the claimant requests the granting of a certain item only if the first item is denied.

§ 371.  Grounds for rejecting the court claim

 (1) The court rejects the statement of court claim:
 1) if the court does not have subject matter jurisdiction to dispose of the case;
 2) if the case does not fall within the territorial jurisdiction of that court;
 3) if the interested party who has approached the court for assistance has not complied with the mandatory rules provided by law for prior out-of-court resolution of such cases;
 4) where, in a dispute between the same parties concerning the same item of relief in the same cause, judgment – or an order terminating the proceedings – has been given by an Estonian court and has entered into effect, or a foreign judicial disposition capable of being recognised in Estonia has been rendered, or a disposition that was made in out-of-court proceedings – including a settlement agreement approved by the Chancellor of Justice – has entered into effect, and the judgment, order or disposition precludes a fresh approach to the court in that case;
 5) where a case between the same parties concerning the same item of relief and the same cause is pending before the court;
 6) if a case between the same parties concerning the same item of relief and the same cause of claim is being considered by a rent tribunal or employment tribunal or in out-of-court proceedings which have been provided for by any other law and in which the decision can be given as an enforceable title;
 7) where a valid disposition has been entered in arbitration proceedings in a case between the same parties concerning the same item of relief and the same cause of claim, or where arbitration proceedings are pending in such a case;
 8) where the parties have agreed to refer the dispute to an arbitral tribunal, with the exception of situations where the court claim contests the validity of the arbitration provisions;
 9) if the statement of lacks the signature of the person with the requisite authority or if other material requirements concerning the form of such statements have been violated;
 10) if the statutory fee has not been paid on the relief sought by the statement;
 11) where the particulars given in the statement concerning the claimant or the defendant are insufficient to identify the person;
 12) if the person who filed the statement in the name of the entitled party has not proved their authority of representation.

 (2) The court may reject the statement of court claim if:
 1) based on the factual circumstances stated as the cause of the claim, violation of the claimant's rights is outright impossible, presuming the facts as asserted by the claimant to be true;
 2) the court claim has not been filed to protect a right or interest of the claimant that is protected by law, or for a purpose to which the State should afford legal protection, or if the purpose sought by the claimant cannot be achieved by the claim.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 372.  Deciding on acceptance of the court claim

 (1) Within a reasonable period of time, the court makes an order by which it accepts or rejects the statement of court claim, or sets a time limit for its defects to be cured.

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where this is needed, the court may invite the defendant to state their opinion on how the matter of acceptance of the court claim should be disposed of, and hear the principal parties. In such a situation, the court decides on acceptance of the claim without delay on having received the opinion or on having heard the parties.

 (4) An order by which the statement of court claim is rejected must state the reason for the rejection. When the court rejects the statement of court claim, it does not serve the statement on the defendant and, instead, returns it to the claimant together with any annexes and with the order by which the statement was rejected.

 (5) The order by which acceptance of the statement of court claim is refused may be appealed by the claimant. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court if the court claim was rejected on the grounds mentioned in clauses 9,11 or 12 of subsection 1 of § 371 of this Code.

 (6) Where the court rejects the statement of court claim and returns it by an order, the statement is deemed not to have been filed and the court claim is deemed not to have been dealt with by the court.

 (7) Where the case is not within the jurisdiction of the court with which the court claim was filed, the provisions of § 75 of this Code are applied when rejecting it.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (8) If the court finds that dealing with the court claim, petition or application made to it falls within the subject matter jurisdiction of administrative courts and the administrative court has previously found in the same case that it does not have such jurisdiction, the court, without delay makes a request to the Special Panel of the Civil Chamber and of the Administrative Chamber of the Supreme Court to determine the court that has jurisdiction to deal with the case and notifies this to the parties to proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 373.  Filing a counterclaim

 (1) On completion of pre-trial proceedings or, in written proceedings, until expiry of the time limit set for for the filing of motions or applications, the defendant has a right to seek relief in the case against the claimant (file a counterclaim), to be considered together with the principal claim, provided:
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]
 1) the counterclaim is intended to set off the principal claim;
 2) the granting of the counterclaim wholly or in part precludes granting the principal claim;
 3) there counterclaim and the principal claim present any other mutual connection and considering them together allows the case to be dealt with justly and more expeditiously.

 (2) Where the counterclaim is filed after the time stated in subsection 1 of this section, it is dealt with in the same proceedings as the principal claim only if there was a valid reason for not filing the counterclaim at the proper time and the court finds that inclusion of the counterclaim in the same proceedings facilitates disposing of the case.

 (3) The statement of counterclaim is governed by provisions concerning the statement of court claim. Where a court claim that was made as a counterclaim is not accepted as such, it is accepted as a separate court claim unless the person filing the counterclaim has made a motion for the claim be dealt with strictly as a counterclaim.

§ 374.  Joinder of court claims

  Where the court is dealing, at the same time, with several court claims of the same type and between the same parties, or with court claims that have been filed by one claimant against different defendants or by several claimants against the same defendant, it may order the joinder of the corresponding items of relief requrested from the court into the same proceedings, provided the items are legally related or could have been filed in the same action-by-claim proceedings and this allows those items to be disposed of more expeditiously or facilitates dealing with them.

§ 375.  Separation of items of relief requested from the court

 (1) Where the court finds that more expeditious consideration of the case would be achieved, or proceedings would be substantially simplified, if the items of relief stated in the statement of claim – or the court claim and the counterclaim – were to be considered separately, or where court claims have been joined without justification, it may make an order by which its separates the items of relief to be considered each on their own.

 (2) The court may revoke the separation of court claims if it turns out not to have been justified.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 376.  Amending the court claim

 (1) After acceptance of the court claim and its service on the defendant, the claimant may amend the relief sought from the court or the cause of the claim only with the consent of the defendant or of the court. The defendant's consent is presumed if they do not, without delay, make an objection to the amendment.

 (2) The court accepts an amendment of the court claim only where a valid reason is present, primarily where the facts asserted and evidence produced in the proceedings so far may be presumed to allow the amended claim to be disposed of more expeditiously and with lower costs.

 (3) The statement of amended court claim is governed by provisions concerning the statement of court claim. Where, in pre-trial proceedings, the claimant offers new facts related to the claim, it is presumed that the claimant offers them as a supplement to the cause of their claim.

 (4) The following are not deemed to amount to amendment of the court claim:
 1) amendment or rectification of factual or legal assertions that have been made, provided the principal facts that constitute the cause of the claim remain unamended;
 2) an increase, extension, reduction or limitation of the principal or ancillary relief sought by the claimant;
 3) due to a change in the circumstances, substitution of another property object or any other interest for the property object initially sought.

 (5) Where, due to repeated amendment of the court claim, or for any other reason, the court claim lacks clarity and the filing of the entire text of the statement of the claim would facilitate consideration of the case, the court may require the text to be filed.

 (6) The claimant may make the motion, application or amendment mentioned in subsection 4 of this section also without filing an application in the form required for the statement of court claim and may do this, among other methods, orally at the trial or hearing.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 40 INTERIM RELIEF 

§ 377.  Grounds for granting interim relief

 (1) The court may, on the claimant’s application, grant interim relief if there is reason to believe that not granting such relief may complicate enforcement of the judgment or render it impossible. Where it is manifest that the judgment must enforced outside the European Union and the enforcement of Estonian judgments is not guaranteed by a treaty, it is presumed that not granting interim relief may complicate enforcement of the judgment or render it impossible.

 (2) For interim relief in a case by which the claimant does not seek a monetary payment from the defendant, the court may provisionally regulate the disputed legal relationship and, above all, the manner of use of an item of property, if this is needed for the prevention of significant harm or arbitrary action or for any other reason. This may be done regardless of whether there is reason to believe that not granting interim relief may complicate enforcement of the judgment or render it impossible. The measures mentioned in subsection 3 of § 378 of this Code may also be imposed of the court’s own motion.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Interim relief may also be granted in relation to a court claim that includes a future or contingent claim, or to a court claim for declaratory relief. Interim relief is not granted on a contingent claim if the condition is presumed not to occur during the time of proceedings.

 (4) The circuit court of appeal or the Supreme Court dispose of applications for interim relief or of motions to vary or set aside the order by which such relief was granted when they are dealing with the case in which the application or motion is made, or when an appeal against the disposition of the lower court has been filed with them.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) A measure of interim relief may also be imposed to protect several items of relief asserted by the same claimant against the same defendant.

 (6) The court may also impose a measure of interim relief in connection with judicial or arbitration proceedings that are conducted abroad.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]

§ 378.  Measures of interim relief

 (1) The measures of interim relief are:
 1) creating a judicial mortgage on an item of immovable property, ship or aircraft that belongs to the defendant;
 2) attaching any of the defendant's property that is in their possession or in that of another person and, based on the attachment, recording a restraining note in the Land Register – or making other entries in any other register of property – to make the restraint on disposal accessible to the public;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 3) restraining the defendant from performing certain transactions or certain operations – among other things, by imposing a restraining order;
 4) restraining other persons from transferring property to the defendant or from performing other obligations with regard to the defendant – possibly, also requiring such persons to hand the property over to the enforcement agent or to pay money into the designated bank account;
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]
 5) ordering the defendant to turn over an item of property for safekeeping to the enforcement agent;
 6) suspending enforcement proceedings, permitting the continuation of enforcement proceedings only against a security, or invalidating an enforcement operation where a court claim has been filed to contest the enforceable title, or where a third party has made a court claim for the release of property from attachment or for a declaration of impermissibility of compulsory enforcement due to another reason;
 7) prohibiting the defendant from departing from their residence, arresting the defendant or imposing a short-term custodial sentence on the defendant;
 8) ordering the defendant – first and foremost an insurer – during proceedings concerning unlawfully caused harm or an insurance contract, to make payments to the extent of the minimum amount that will manifestly be payable;
 9) in relation to a court claim to cease using an unfair standard term or, for the person recommending the use of the term, to cease recommending it and to withdraw the corresponding recommendation – ordering the defendant to cease such use or, for the person recommending the use, to cease recommending it and to withdraw the corresponding recommendation;
 10) any other measure that the court considers necessary.

 (2) Where granting interim relief in relation to a court claim invoking the infringement of copyright or of related rights or of industrial property rights on the grounds mentioned in subsection 1 or 2 of this section, the court may, among other things:
 1) attach any goods concerning which there is a suspicion of infringement of intellectual property rights or order such goods to be handed over in order to prevent their being released into circulation or placed on the market;
 2) order an intermediary whose services are being used to infringe intellectual property rights to take steps to stop the infringement or to prevent it.
[RT I, 31.12.2020, 2 – entry into force 10.01.2021]

 (21) Where granting interim relief in relation to a court claim invoking the unlawful acquisition, use or disclosure of business secrets, the court may, among other things, attach the goods concerning which there is suspicion that their design, characteristics, functioning, production or marketing significantly benefits from the unlawfully acquired, used or disclosed business secrets, or order such goods to be handed over to prevent their release into circulation or their placing on the market.
[RT I, 07.12.2018, 2 – entry into force 17.12.2018]

 (22) When imposing a measure mentioned in clause 2 of subsection 2 of this section, the provisions of this Chapter and those that, in subsections 2 and 3 of § 195 of this Code, concern the party against whom the relevant order is made, apply to the intermediary.
[RT I, 31.12.2020, 2 – entry into force 10.01.2021]

 (23) Where attachment of the defendant's bank account or other assets is sought as interim relief in relation to a court claim invoking the infringement of copyright, of related rights or of industrial property rights for commercial purposes, the court may order the handing over of banking, financial or commercial documents, or order that a person be allowed to acquaint themselves with such documents.
[RT I, 31.12.2020, 2 – entry into force 10.01.2021]

 (3) In a matrimonial, maintenance or any other family case, the court may also regulate the following for the duration of proceedings:
 1) parental rights in respect of a child the parents had together;
 2) a parent’s communication with the child;
 3) return of the child to the other parent;
 4) performance of the statutory maintenance obligation – among other things, ordering the defendant to pay maintenance during the time of proceedings or to provide a corresponding security;
 5) the use of household objects and of the spouses’ joint residence;
 6) the handing over or use of items that are intended for personal use of the spouse or child;
 7) any other matters related to the marriage and the family that, under the circumstances, need to be dealt with expeditiously.

 (4) A measure of interim relief it must be selected such that the measure would burden the defendant only insofar as this can be considered reasonable in view of the legitimate interests of the claimant and of the circumstances. When granting interim relief in relation to a court claim for the payment of money, the value of the claim must be taken into account.

 (5) When granting interim relief, the court may simultaneously apply several measures.

 (6) The claimant may dispose of any rights that they derive from interim relief granted in the case – above all, they may waive the right or grant consent to the carrying out of a transaction that the restraint on disposition would otherwise bar.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 379.  Imposition of short-term custodial sentence or prohibition to depart from residence

  [RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (1) Under the rules for interim relief, a short-term custodial sentence may be imposed on a person, or they may be prohibited from departing from their residence strictly where this is necessary for ensuring compliance with a judgment and where it is manifest that other measures for interim relief would be insufficient to ensure the relief that was sought – above all, if there is reason to believe that the person will travel, or move their property, to a foreign State.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) A measure mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be imposed as interim relief in relation to a court claim for pecuniary relief only where the value of the claim exceeds 32,000 euros.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 – entry into force 01.01.2011]

 (3) In the case of a legal person, a measure mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be imposed on a member of the person’s managing body.

 (4) The serving of the short-term custodial sentence imposed on a person is arranged by the police under the corresponding court order.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Prohibition to depart from one’s residence means an obligation for the person not to leave their residence for a period longer than twenty-four hours without the court’s permission. To impose the prohibition, the court summons the individual defendant or member of the corporate defendant’s managing body and takes their signed acknowledgement concerning the measure.

§ 380.  Interim relief in relation to a property object designated for the performance of public duties

  No measure of interim relief can be imposed in relation to a property object that belongs to a public legal person and that is required for the performance of public duties, or whose transfer is contrary to public interest.

§ 381.  Application for interim relief

 (1) The application for interim relief must state at least the following particulars:
 1) the relief sought by and the value of the court claim;
 2) the circumstances that constitute grounds for interim relief;
 3) the measure of interim relief that the applicant seeks;
 4) the particulars of the party against whom the application is filed;
 5) where the simultaneous creation of a judicial mortgage on several items of property has been applied for, apportionment of the relief sought by the court claim between the different items to be encumbered with the mortgage.

 (2) The item of relief in relation to which interim relief is sought and the circumstances that constitute grounds for such relief must be substantiated in the application.

§ 382.  Interim relief without filing the court claim

 (1) The court may also grant interim relief on an application that is brought before the filing of the court claim. The application must substantiate why the claim is not filed immediately. The application is brought in the court with which the claim should be filed under the provisions on territorial jurisdiction.

 (2) Where the court grants interim relief in a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, it sets a time limit during which the applicant must file the court claim. The time limit may not be longer than one month. If the claim is not filed within the time limit, the court revokes the relief.

 (3) Where this is needed, a measure of interim relief may be imposed also by the court in whose judicial district the property in relation to which the imposition of the measure is sought is situated, even if the court claim has been filed or should have been filed with another court or arbitral tribunal in Estonia or abroad. In relation to property that appears in a public register, the measure may may also be imposed by the court in whose judicial district the register has its seat and, in relation to a ship, by the court in whose judicial district the ship’s home port is situated.

 (4) The court mentioned in subsection 3 of this section may also substitute or revoke any interim relief measure or require a security to be provided in order to grant the relief or maintain it.

 (5) In situations provided for by law, the court may also grant interim relief in relation to an application filed with an authority that provides pre-action resolution of disputes.

§ 383.  Interim relief against a security

 (1) The court may make the granting or maintaining of interim relief contingent on the provision of a security to cover any harm that may be caused to the opposing party or a third party.
[RT I, 07.12.2018, 2 – entry into force 17.12.2018]

 (11) The court grants interim relief in relation to a court claim for monetary relief only where a security is provided in the sum of at least 5 per cent of the amount of the relief sought, but not less than 32 euros or more than 32,000 euros. Where, under the rules of interim relief, the imposition of a short-term custodial sentence on the defendant, or prohibiting the defendant from departing from their residence, is applied for, a security of not less than 3200 euros and not more than 32,000 euros is provided.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 – entry into force 01.01.2011]

 (12) Where the prerequisites for requiring a security are present, the court may still decide not to require it, in part or in its entirety, or order it to be paid in instalments, if the claimant cannot – due to economic or other reasons – reasonably be expected to provide it, and if not granting interim relief may entail grave consequences for the claimant, or if requiring the security would be unfair to the claimant for other reasons.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The security must be provided by the due date set by the court. If it is not provided by that date, the court denies, or revokes, interim relief.

§ 384.  Disposing of the application for interim relief

 (1) The court disposes – by reasoned order – of the application for interim relief not later than on the working day following the day on which the application was filed. The court may dispose of the application later if it wishes to hear the defendant beforehand.

 (2) Where the application for interim relief does not meet the requirements of the law – while it is manifest that its defect can be cured – the court sets the applicant a time limit to cure the defect. The court denies the application if the defect has not been cured by the proper time.

 (3) Consideration of the application for interim relief is not notified to the defendant and other parties to proceedings. Where it is manifest that this is reasonable and, above all, where the application seeks provisional regulation of the disputed legal relationship, the court may hear the defendant beforehand.

 (4) Before the court regulates – under the rules of interim relief – a parent’s rights in respect of the child or the communication between parent and child, or orders the defendant to return the child, it must hear the child – if they are capable of holding their own opinion – and the municipal executive in whose jurisdiction the matter falls. Where, due to the urgency of the matter, it is not possible to hear the child and the executive beforehand, they must be heard at the earliest opportunity afterwards.
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 – entry into force 20.11.2022]

 (5) Where circumstances that threaten the well-being of the child come to light, the court may, on an application of the municipal executive in whose jurisdiction the matter falls or of its own motion, provisionally regulate the disputed legal relationship regardless of whether or not an application for interim relief has been filed.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 385.  Interim relief: substitution by a payment of money

  In the order by which the court grants interim relief in relation to a claim for monetary relief, or by which it imposes a short-term custodial sentence on a person or prohibits the person from departing from their residence, the court fixes the sum of money which is to be paid into the designated bank account or for which a bank guarantee must be presented in order for enforcement of the interim relief order to be terminated. In such a situation, the court revokes interim relief on the defendant's application, and substitutes it with a sum of money or a bank guarantee. In situations mentioned in this section, the provisions of subsection 3 of § 386 of this Code do not apply.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

§ 386.  Substituting or revoking a measure of interim relief

 (1) On a motion of a principal party, the court may, by an order, substitute one measure for interim relief with another.

 (2) Where circumstances change – above all, where the ground for granting interim relief ceases to apply or a security is offered, or on any other grounds provided for by law, the court may revoke the relief on a motion of a principal party. Interim relief granted in relation to a court claim for non-monetary relief may be revoked or varied by substituting it with a payment of money only with the claimant’s consent or for a valid reason.

 (3) The court notifies a motion to substitute, or revoke, a measure of interim relief to the other principal party. The party has a right to present objections to the court regarding the motion.

 (4) The court revokes interim relief by its judgment – if the court claim is denied – or by an order if the court claim is dismissed or proceedings in the case are terminated. Unless otherwise provided by law, the court also revokes interim relief where such relief was decided by another court.

 (5) The court may vary or revoke an interim relief order made under the circumstances mentioned in subsection 3 of § 378 of this Code also of its own motion.

§ 387.  Transmitting the interim relief order

 (1) The court sends the interim relief order to the claimant without delay and serves it on the defendant. On a motion of the claimant, the court may postpone service of the order on the defendant.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where, for enforcing the interim relief order, the claimant must approach an enforcement agent, registrar or any other person or authority, this must be stated in the order. The court sends the order for enforcement to the registrar or other authority or person strictly on a motion of the claimant. In such a situation, no additional application has to be filed with the registrar, authority or person. The court does not itself transmit the order to the enforcement agent.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) An order by which the court decides not to grant interim relief or requires the claimant to provide a security is sent only to the applicant.

§ 388.  Imposition of judicial mortgage

 (1) Unless otherwise provided by law, a judicial mortgage that is imposed on an immovable, a ship appearing in the Register of Ships or an aircraft appearing in the Register of Civil Aircraft gives the person who applied for interim relief – in respect of any other interests encumbering the item of property – the same rights as those held by the mortgagee under a mortgage or maritime mortgage or by the security interest holder under a registered movable-property security interest.

 (2) The mortgage amount is the amount of the claim secured by the mortgage, which is recorded in the Land Register, the Register of Ships or the Register of Civil Aircraft. A judicial mortgage is not created if the principal claim falls under 640 euros, provided other measures of interim relief that are less onerous on the defendant are available.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 – entry into force 01.01.2011]

 (3) The judicial mortgage is recorded – under the interim relief order and on the claimant’s application – in the Land Register, the Register of Ships or the Register of Civil Aircraft for the benefit of the claimant. On the claimant’s application, the court itself – following the rules provided by subsection 2 of § 387 of this Code – transmits the order for the mortgage to be recorded in the register. The mortgage is created when the entry is made in the register.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) Where a judicial mortgage has been imposed on a ship or an aircraft, the enforcement agent – on an application of the applicant for interim relief – establishes control over the ship or aircraft. In such a situation, the agent restrains the use of the ship in part or in full and may issue orders concerning the same.

 (5) Where a judicial mortgage is imposed on several immovables, ships or aircraft, the court, in the interim relief order, fixes, in respect of each item of property so encumbered, the sum of money which is to be paid into the designated bank account or for which a bank guarantee must be presented for the relief to be revoked.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (6) Where interim relief is revoked or the measure of relief is substituted with another, the judicial mortgage is acquired by the owner of the immovable property, ship or aircraft. On the owner’s application and under the order by which interim relief is revoked, the mortgage is removed from the Land Register, the Register of Ships or the Register of Civil Aircraft.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 389.  Attachment of property

 (1) Where attachment has been imposed on property, the defendant may not dispose of attached property. Where attachment is imposed on an item of movable property – with the exception of a ship appearing in the Register of Ships or an aircraft appearing in the Register of Civil Aircraft – this also creates a security interest in the attached property.

 (2) Where the value of the principal claim is below 640 euros, the court does not attach the item of immovable property, the ship appearing in the Register of Ships or the aircraft appearing in the Register of Civil Aircraft, provided other measures of interim relief that are less onerous on the defendant are available.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 – entry into force 01.01.2011]

 (3) Where several items of property are attached, the court fixes, in the interim relief order, in respect of each item of property so encumbered, the sum of money which is to be paid into the designated bank account or for which a bank guarantee must be presented for the relief to be revoked.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (4) Where an item of immovable property or a registered item of movable property – or any other property object – is attached, a note restraining disposal of the property is recorded – on the claimant's application and in accordance with the interim relief order – in the Land Register or other relevant register for the benefit of the claimant. On the claimant’s application, the court itself – following the rules provided by subsection 2 of § 387 of this Code – transmits the order for the note to be recorded.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Where the value of the property object that has been attached may decrease materially or where safekeeping the object would involve unreasonable costs, the court may – on an application of the claimant or of the defendant – order the object to be sold and the proceeds of the sale to be deposited in the designated account.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (6) The attachment of property is arranged by the enforcement agent. On an application of the applicant for interim relief, the agent establishes control over the attached property object. In such a situation, the agent restrains any use of the object, in part or entirely, and may issue orders concerning the same – among other things, arrange for the object’s safekeeping.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 390.  Appealing the order

 (1) A principal party may appeal the order by which the district court or the circuit court of appeal granted interim relief, substituted one measure of interim relief with another or revoked such relief on the grounds provided by subsections 2, 4 or 5 of § 386 of this Code. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal can be appealed to the Supreme Court only where the value of the court claim in relation to which the relief was granted exceeds 100,000 euros or where – as a relief measure – a short-term custodial sentence was imposed on a person, or the person was prohibited to depart from their residence.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

 (2) The filing of appeal does not suspend enforcement of the interim relief order. The filing of appeal against interim relief being revoked or against the substitution of one relief measure with another suspends enforcement of the corresponding order.

§ 391.  Compensation for harm caused by interim relief

 (1) The principal party who applied for interim relief must compensate the other party and a third party for any harm caused to them by such relief, if:
[RT I, 07.12.2018, 2 – entry into force 17.12.2018]
 1) a judicial disposition that denied or dismissed the court claim in relation to which interim relief was granted enters into effect, or proceedings in the case are terminated on any other grounds except by virtue of approving a compromise between the principal parties;
 2) it comes to light that interim relief had not been sought or no grounds for such relief were present at the time when it was granted;
 3) the interim relief order made before the court claim was filed is revoked due to the reason that the claim was not filed on time.

 (2) A security collected from the person who applied for interim relief in order to ensure compensation for harm that could be caused by such relief is returned to the principal party who applied for the relief if the other party or a third party has not filed a court claim for compensation for harm within two months following the time mentioned in subsection 1 of this section.
[RT I, 07.12.2018, 2 – entry into force 17.12.2018]

§ 3911.  Application of Regulation (EU) No 655/2014 of European Parliament and of Council

 (1) The provisions of this Code concerning interim relief also apply in proceedings on applications for a European preservation order under Regulation (EU) No 655/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council – unless the Regulation makes provision for the issue.

 (2) In accordance with point 14 of Article 4 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, competence to receive, transmit or serve documents under that Regulation in a situation provided for by paragraph 2 of Article 10 of the Regulation is vested in the district court that issued the European preservation order.

 (3) In a situation provided for by the first subparagraph of paragraph 2 of Article 10 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the European preservation order is revoked by the district court that issued it.

 (4) The district court that issued the European preservation order is competent to grant a remedy in conformity with Article 33 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section.

 (5) The district court is competent to grant a remedy in conformity with paragraph 2 of Article 34 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section. The court disposes of the application under the action-by-petition procedure.

 (6) In accordance with paragraph 2 of Article 49 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the documents produced before the court or enforcement agent may be in Estonian or English.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 – entry into force 06.07.2017]

Chapter 41 PRE-TRIAL PROCEEDINGS 

§ 392.  Aims of pre-trial proceedings

 (1) In pre-trial proceedings, the court ascertains, first and foremost:
 1) the relief sought by the claimant and the opinions of the parties to proceedings regarding it;
 2) the motions or applications of the parties to proceedings and, where this is needed, the opinions of the other parties to proceedings regarding these;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 3) the factual and legal assertions of the parties to proceedings concerning the relief sought and the assertions made;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 4) the items of evidence that the parties to proceedings are offering to justify their factual assertions and concerning the admissibility of the evidence offered;
 41) the law applicable to dealing with the case;
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 1 – entry into force 01.07.2016]
 5) whether it is possible to dispose of the case by the principal parties’ concluding a compromise or otherwise by order, or in written proceedings;
 6) the parties to proceedings and whether and how to summon them to the trial or hearing.

 (2) Where the case must be considered at the trial or hearing, the court prepares its consideration with sufficient attention to detail so that it can be disposed of without interruptions in a single trial day or a single hearing.

 (3) In order to achieve the aims of pre-trial proceedings, the court may require the parties to proceedings to provide explanatory statements and question the parties.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) In pre-trial proceedings, the court also verifies whether the court claim has been accepted duly and whether the prerequisites for permissibility of proceedings are present.

 (5) In situations prescribed by law, the case may be disposed of in pre-trial procedings.

§ 393.  Notifying the the court claim to parties to proceedings

 (1) Where the court has accepted the statement of court claim, it notifies this without delay to the parties to proceedings and serves a copy of the statement, together with any annexes, as well as the order by which the case was accepted on the defendant and the third parties.

 (2) When notifying the defendant of having accepted the court claim, the court informs the defendant of:
 1) their duty to provide a response, in writing, to the claim by the due date set by the court;
 2) the mandatory particulars in the response to the claim;
 3) the consequences of failure to respond to the claim, of admitting the claim or of accepting the claimant's assertions – including the possibility of a default judgment being entered against the defendant – and of the defendant's duty to bear case costs;
 4) the consequences of being absent from the trial or hearing – where the case is to be considered at the trial or hearing;
 5) the consequences of failing to produce evidence by the due date set by the court.

 (21) The court explains to a third party without an independent claim the party’s right to file their opinion regarding the court claim within the time limit set by the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) In a situation where a court claim to cease using a standard term or, for the person recommending its use, to cease recommending such use and to withdraw the corresponding recommendation has been filed against a defendant whose activity is subject to standard regulatory enforcement by a designated authority of the State, the court also transmits the claim to the authority for a written opinion in the matter. Where necessary, the court also hears the authority’s oral submissions.

 (4) Where the outcome of the case may affect a large number of individuals or entities or where this appears reasonable on other grounds when dealing with the case, the court may transmit the court claim to a competent State or municipal authority for an opinion in the matter also in situations that have not been provided for by subsection 3 of this section, or invite the authority to state its opinion on an issue of importance for disposing of the case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 394.  Defendant's response to the court claim

 (1) The defendant must provide, to the court, in writing, a response to the court claim that has been filed.

 (2) Among other things, the defendant must, in their response to the court claim, state the following:
 1) whether they have any objections to the court's acceptance of the case or whether there are grounds to dismiss the claim or to terminate proceedings in the case – unless the defendant has already expressed its opinion concerning the issue;
 2) whether they admit the claim and thus accept the relief sought by the claim against them;
 3) the entire body of their motions, applications and assertions as well as of evidence to prove each factual assertion made;
 4) whether they wish to file a counterclaim;
 5) their opinion on how the case costs should be allocated;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 6) whether they agree to written proceedings or wishes the case to be considered at the trial or hearing;
 7) whether they consider it possible for the case to be disposed of by the principal parties’ concluding a compromise, or settled by any other method.

 (3) Where the defendant is represented in the proceedings by a representative, the response must also state the representative’s particulars. If the defendant wishes to be assisted in the proceedings by an interpreter or translator, this must be stated in the response and, where this is possible, the particulars of the interpreter or translator provided.

 (4) If the particulars of the defendant as stated in the statement of court claim are inaccurate, the defendant must notify accurate particulars to the court.

 (5) The time limit for filing a response to the court claim must be at least 14 days following service of the claim and, where the claim is to be served in a foreign State, at least 28 days following service.

 (6) The court transmits the defendant's response to the court claim, together with copies of any documents annexed to the response, to the other parties to proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 395.  Defendant’s oral response

  The court may allow the defendant to respond to the court claim orally at the trial or hearing if it finds that this is likely to contribute to expeditious disposition of the case. In such a situation, the court requires the defendant to prepare the presentation of the response at the trial or hearing with sufficient attention to detail, sets the time of the trial or hearing and explains, to the defendant, the potential consequences of failure to present a response, or invoke other means of defence, in the trial or hearing.

§ 396.  Claimant's opinion on the response to the court claim

  Where this is needed for dealing with the case expeditiously and justly, the court requires the claimant to provide, in writing, an opinion concerning the response to the court claim and sets a reasonable time limit for the opinion to be filed.

Chapter 42 HEARINGS IN ACTION-BY-CLAIM PROCEEDINGS 

§ 397.  Convening the trial or hearing

  Where the case is to be considered at the trial or at a hearing, the period between the service of the court claim on the defendant and the date of the trial or hearing must be at least 30 days – in documentary proceedings, at least 14 days. If the defendant has been set a time limit for responding to the claim in writing, the trial or hearing may not be ordered before the defendant’s response has been received and transmitted to the claimant, or before the time limit for responding expires.

§ 398.  Preliminary hearing

 (1) The court may direct that a case management hearing be held – in the form of a preliminary hearing – during pre-trial proceedings if the court finds this to be in the interests of preparing the case for trial or if the preliminary hearing offers better prospects of concluding the proceedings by a compromise or settling the case by any other method.

 (2) Unless the court finds that facts relevant to the case have not been ascertained to a sufficient extent, it holds the trial in the case as a direct continuation of the preliminary hearing, and disposes of the case on its substance.

 (3) If consideration of the case is not concluded during the preliminary hearing, the court makes the arrangements that are needed to prepare the case for trial and sets the time of the trial.

§ 399.  Order of trial

  The trial of the case proceeds in the following order:
 1) the principal parties produce any evidence that was not produced in pre-trial proceedings, provided the court allows it;
 2) the claimant states the relief that they seek;
 3) the defendant declares whether they admit or contest the court claim;
 4) the parties to proceedings make statements to justify their views and state their objections to the views of the opposing party;
 5) the court examines all items of evidence that have been accepted;
 6) the parties to proceedings are given the floor for concluding statements.

§ 400.  Statements of parties to proceedings

 (1) The court hears the claimant and any third parties intervening in support of the claimant, as well as the defendant and any third parties intervening in support of the defendant, insofar as they wish to add anything to the submissions made during pre-trial proceedings. The parties have a right to put questions to one another.

 (2) A party to proceedings who is unable to make their statement orally due to health reasons may provide a statement in writing or by any other method allowing comprehension.

 (3) Where this is needed, the court announces the opinions that the parties to proceedings have presented in writing. The court states the opinion that the party presented and any representations they made during pre-trial proceedings only if these differ from the submissions made at the trial or hearing.

 (4) Where only one of the principal parties participates in the trial or hearing, the court, where this is needed, states the opinion of the other party based on their previous submissions.

 (5) Having heard the statements, the court provides a brief summary of the submissions made in these and discusses, with the parties to proceedings, the potential legal significance of the circumstances that have been stated.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 401.  Concluding the substantive consideration of the case

 (1) Having examined the evidence, the court considering the case discusses, with the parties to proceedings, the status of the proceedings and the prospects for concluding these.

 (2) Having examined the entirety of the evidence in the case, the court asks whether the parties to proceedings have any additional substantive submissions to make.

 (3) Where a circumstance comes to light during the examination of evidence that a principal party could not have taken into consideration earlier, the court may, on the party’s motion, grant the parties additional time to prepare their concluding statements.

 (4) If the parties to proceedings have no motions to make further substantive submissions in the case or if the court denies the corresponding motion, the court concludes substantive consideration of the case.

§ 402.  Concluding statements

 (1) Having concluded substantive consideration of the case, the court hears the concluding statements of the parties to proceedings, if they wish to make them.

 (2) A party to proceedings has a right, as part of the concluding statements, to give a closing speech in which they present a brief summary of the circumstances relevant to disposing of the case. In their closing speech, the party may only refer to circumstances that have been presented during substantive consideration of the case and to evidence that has been examined at trial.

 (3) The court may limit the duration of the closing speech, ensuring that all parties to proceedings have equal time to speak. The time granted to a party to proceedings for their speech may not be less than ten minutes.

 (4) During the concluding statements, the claimant is the first to speak, followed by the defendant. A third party with an independent claim speaks after the principal parties. A third party without an independent claim speaks after the claimant or the defendant in support of whom the party intervenes in the case.

 (5) The court may also specify an order of appearance that it different from that provided for by subsection 4 of this section.

 (6) After the closing speeches, the parties to proceedings are allowed to reply to the speeches of the other parties. The duration of the reply may not exceed three minutes. The defendant has the right of the last reply.

 (7) During the closing statements, a party to proceedings may offer the views stated in their closing speech to the court in writing or on any other durable medium for annexation to the record of the trial.

 (8) When the closing statements have been concluded, the court retires to consider its judgment, and gives notice of the time at and method by which the judgment will be made public.

Chapter 43 SIMPLIFIED PROCEEDINGS 

§ 403.  Written proceedings by consent of the principal parties

 (1) With the consent of the principal parties, the court may dispose of the case without considering it at the trial or hearing. In such a situation, the court sets, as soon as possible, a time limit for motions, applications and representations to be made and documents to be produced and the time when the judgment will be made public, and notifies these to the parties to proceedings. The order must also state the judge to deal with the case.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

 (2) The principal parties may withdraw the consent mentioned in subsection 1 of this section only on a significant change in the procedural situation.

 (3) Where a principal party has not notified the court that they consent to written proceedings, it is presumed that they wish the case to be considered at the trial or hearing.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 404.  Written proceedings by direction of the court

 (1) The court may direct that a case in which the court claim has a pecuniary value be dealt with in written proceedings provided the value of the claim does not exceed the amount that corresponds to 4500 euros for the principal item of relief and to 8000 euros when any ancillary items are included.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the court sets the due date by which any motions, applications and representations are to be made and documents to be produced and the time when the judgment will be made public, and notifies these to the parties to proceedings. The court may change the date if this is required due to a significant change in the procedural situation.

 (3) The court revokes the direction to deal with the case in written proceedings if, in the view of the court, the personal appearance of a principal party is unavoidably needed in order to clarify the circumstances that constitute the cause of the court claim. On a motion of a principal party, the party must be heard regardless of whether or not a direction has been made for the case to be dealt with in written proceedings.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 405.  Streamlined proceedings

 (1) Where the court claim seeks pecuniary relief and the value of the claim does not exceed the amount that corresponds to 3500 euros for the principal item of relief and to 7000 euros including any ancillary items, the court exercises fair discretion to deal with the claim by following simplified rules, observing only the general principles of procedure provided by this Code. Among other things, when dealing with such a claim, it is permitted:
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]
 1) to make a record of procedural operations only to the extent the court deems it necessary, and to exclude the right to file objections to the record;
 2) to set a time limit that differs from the one provided by law;
 3) [Repealed – RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]
 4) to recognise, as contractual representatives of a party to proceedings, also persons not mentioned in the law;
 5) to derogate from what has been provided by law concerning the formal requirements for the offering and taking of evidence and to recognise as evidence also means of proof – including a statement of a party to proceedings that has not been given under oath – that have not been provided for by law;
 6) to derogate from the provisions of law concerning the formal requirements for the service of procedural documents and for documents produced by the parties to proceedings, except when serving the court claim on the defendant;
 7) to dispense with written pre-trial proceedings or the trial or hearing;
 8) to take evidence of the court’s own motion;
 9) to give judgment in the case without the descriptive part and the statement of reasons;
 10) to declare a disposition rendered in the case to be enforceable without delay also in situations other than those provided for by law – or without the security prescribed by law.

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the court guarantees observance of the fundamental rights and freedoms and of essential procedural rights of the parties to proceedings and hears a party who makes a motion to be heard. The court is not required to convene a hearing for this purpose.

 (3) The court may deal with the case by the method mentioned in subsection 1 of this section without needing to enter a separate order concerning this. Still, the parties to proceedings must be notified of their right to be heard by the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) Where, during the state of emergency or the state of war, the need that arises from such a state to expedite consideration of the case outweighs interference with the right that the court claim seeks to protect, or the interference is minor, the court may deal with any action-by-claim case using the methods and following the rules provided by subsections 1–3 of this section.
[RT I, 11.03.2023, 3 – entry into force 21.03.2023]

§ 4051.  Application of Regulation (EC) No 861/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council

 (1) The provisions of this Code concerning streamlined proceedings, including the provisions concerning appeals against any dispositions rendered in those proceedings, also apply when dealing with a civil case under Regulation (EC) No 861/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a European Small Claims Procedure (OJ L 199, 31.07.2007, pp. 1–22) insofar as the Regulation does not make other provision in the matter. Cases under the Regulation may be dealt with by the district court that has territorial jurisdiction in the matter.

 (2) In conformity with paragraph 1 of Article 4 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the application to initiate proceedings may be filed in the form provided for by §§ 334–336 of this Code.

 (3) In conformity with subparagraph (b) of paragraph 2 of Article 21 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, a disposition rendered in judicial proceedings conducted under the Regulation is accepted for enforcement in Estonia only if it ishas been drawn up in the Estonian or the English language or if a translation into Estonian or English is annexed to the certificate.

 (4) The provisions concerning Estonian enforcement procedure apply to the enforcement, in Estonia, by means of enforcement proceedings, of a foreign judicial disposition rendered under the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, and to the legal remedies available to the debtor, insofar as has not been prescribed otherwise by that Regulation.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 406.  Documentary proceedings

 (1) On a motion of the claimant, a court claim for the payment of money under a bill of exchange or a cheque, or a court claim for compulsory enforcement arising from a mortgage or maritime mortgage or registered movable-property security interest is dealt with in documentary proceedings if all facts to prove the relief sought can be proved by documents and the necessary documents have been annexed to the claim or the claimant produces them within the time limit set by the court.
[RT I 2009, 30, 178 – entry into force 01.10.2009]

 (2) Apart from what has been provided for by subsection 1 of this section, no other relief may be sought in documentary proceedings, or any counterclaim made.

 (3) In documentary proceedings, only documents produced and statements made under oath by the principal parties are accepted as evidence. Evidence may be offered strictly concerning the facts mentioned in subsection 1 of this section and concerning whether a document is authentic or a forgery. No other documents or objections are accepted.

 (4) In order to prove an ancillary item of relief stemming from a bill of exchange or a cheque, it suffices to substantiate the principal item.

 (5) On a motion of the claimant, the court makes an order by which it transforms documentary proceedings into ordinary action-by-claim proceedings. The claimant may make such a motion until the start of concluding statements before the district court or, in written proceedings, until expiry of the time limit for the filing of motions or applications. By order of the court, the proceedings are continued without any derogations arising from special rules applicable to documentary proceedings.

Chapter 44 CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THE COURT AND OF THE ABSENCE OF A PARTY TO PROCEEDINGS FROM THE TRIAL OR HEARING 

§ 407.  Default judgment on failure to respond to the court claim

 (1) Where the defendant to whom the court has set a time limit for responding to the court claim has failed to do so by the due time, the court may, with the consent of the claimant, enter a default judgment in the case by which it grants the claim within the scope stated in the statement of claim and as legally justified by the facts – even if the claim was served on the defendant in a foreign State or by public notice. In such a situation, the defendant is deemed to have accepted the factual assertions made by the claimant.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (2) The claimant’s consent provided for by subsection 1 of this section is presumed unless they have notified the court that they do not wish a default judgment to be entered.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (3) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the default judgment may be given without convening a hearing.

 (4) The court does not enter a default judgment on the grounds mentioned in subsection 1 of this section in a matrimonial case or a filiation case. Such a judgment may nevertheless be entered in a case concerning division of joint property or any other court claim related to the pecuniary relationship between the spouses, provided the case can be disposed of separately from other matrimonial matters.

 (5) A default judgment may not be entered where:
 1) the time limit set to the defendant for responding to the court claim was manifestly too short;
 2) the defendant was not informed of the consequences of failure to respond to the court claim;
 21) the defendant has, during the time limit for providing their response, applied for the grant of State-funded legal aid in order to respond through an attorney;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 22) the court claim has been accepted erroneously – including situations where the case does not fall within the court’s jurisdiction;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 3) the defendant has provided a valid reason for not having responded to the court claim and has substantiated it to the court.

 (51) The court may also refuse to enter a default judgment if the court claim was served on the defendant by public notice and it may be presumed that there is an intention to have the disposition to be rendered in the proceedings recognised or enforced in a foreign State and it is probable that, because the claim was served by public notice, the disposition would not be recognised or enforced.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) Where the claimant has consented to the entry of default judgment but the court claim is not legally justified in the scope stated in the statement of claim and by the facts, the court enters a judgment by which it denies the claim.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 408.  Absence of both principal parties from the trial or hearing

  If neither principal party appears at the trial or hearing, including at a preliminary hearing, the court may:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 1) dispose of the case on its substance;
 2) dismiss the court claim;
 3) suspend the proceedings;
 4) postpone consideration of the case.

§ 409.  Absence of the claimant from the trial or hearing

 (1) If the claimant does not appear at the trial or hearing, including at a preliminary hearing, the court, on a motion of the defendant who has appeared:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 1) dismisses the court claim;
 2) enters a judgment based on admittance of the court claim – if the defendant admits the claim;
 3) disposes of the case on its substance;
 4) postpones consideration of the case.

 (2) Where the defendant does not make the motion mentioned in subsection 1 of this section or the motion is denied, the court postpones consideration of the case.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 410.  Absence of the defendant from the trial or hearing

  If the defendant does not appear at the trial or hearing, including at a preliminary hearing, the court, on a motion of the claimant who has appeared, enters a default judgment, disposes of the case on its substance or postpones its consideration. Where the claimant does not make the motion or the motion is denied, the court postpones consideration of the case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 411.  Absence of other parties to proceedings from the trial or hearing

  Where a party to proceedings who is not a principal party does not appear at the trial or hearing although they were served with the summons, the case is considered without them.

§ 412.  Restrictions on dismissing the court claim; reinstatement of proceedings

 (1) The claimant's non-appearance at the trial or hearing notwithstanding, the court does not dismiss the court claim if:
 1) the claimant had consented to written proceedings or to consideration of the claim without their participation;
 2) the claimant who did not appear for the trial or hearing was not summoned to it at the proper time, or if the consequences of absence from the trial or hearing were not explained in the summons or if other requirements for summoning persons to the trial or hearing have been disregarded;
 3) the claimant has informed the court beforehand of the presence of a valid reason for their failure to appear at the trial or hearing and substantiated the reason to the court;
 4) the defendant moves for the case to be disposed of on its substance, and disposition of the case on the substance is possible;
 5) the defendant has admitted the claim.

 (2) The court may dismiss the court claim in a situation such as one where the claimant has not appeared before the court in person although the court had required them so to appear, without the claimant’s or their representative’s having informed the court of the presence of a valid reason for non-appearance, or having substantiated such a reason to the court. The court may dismiss the claim, the participation of the claimant’s representative in the trial or hearing notwithstanding.

 (3) Where the court claim is dismissed, the claimant may, within 14 days following service on them of the order dismissing the claim, move for proceedings to be reinstated in part or in full by the same court, provided the claimant substantiates to the court that they had a valid reason for not appearing at the trial or hearing and were unable to notify this to the court at the proper time. Where the order must be served outside the Republic of Estonia or by public notice, the motion to reinstate the proceedings may be filed within 28 days following service.

 (4) A valid reason for reinstatement of proceedings does not need to be given or substantiated where the summons was served on the claimant or their representative by a method other than by personal delivery against signed receipt, by electronic service or at a hearing, or where dismissal is not allowed for a reason mentioned in subsection 1 of this section.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]

 (5) The order by which reinstatement of the proceedings is refused may be appealed. The order made by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal can be appealed to the Supreme Court only if the circuit court of appeal denied the appeal.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) Erroneous reinstatement of proceedings cannot be invoked when appealing the disposition made at a subsequent stage of the proceedings.

 (7) When proceedings are reinstated they continue, insofar as reinstated, from the situation that had been reached before the court claim was dismissed.

§ 413.  Entry of default judgment if the defendant does not appear at the trial or hearing

 (1) Where the claimant moves for default judgment to be entered against the defendant who has not appeared at the trial or hearing, the court enters such a judgment in favour of the claimant provided that the court claim is legally justified in the scope state in the statement of claim and by the facts. In such case the defendant is deemed to have accepted the factual assertions made by the claimant. Where the claim is not legally justified, the court enters a judgment by which it denies the claim.

 (2) The court may enter a default judgment in a situation such as one where the defendant does not appear before the court in person although the court had required them so to appear, without the defendant’s or their representative’s having informed the court of the presence of a valid reason for non-appearance, or having substantiated such a reason to the court. The court may dismiss the claim, the participation of the defendant’s representative at the trial or hearing notwithstanding.

 (3) The court does not enter a default judgment in the case if:
 1) the defendant who failed to appear in the trial or hearing was not summoned to the trial or hearing at the proper time, or if the consequences of absence from the trial or hearing were not explained in the summons or if other requirements for summoning persons to the trial or hearing have been disregarded;
 2) the defendant has notified the court of a valid reason for failure to appear at the trial or hearing and has substantiated it;
 3) the defendant has consented to written proceedings or to the case being disposed of without their participation.

 (31) The court may also refuse to enter a default judgment if the summons was served on the defendant by public notice and it can be presumed that there is an intention to have the disposition to be rendered in the proceedings recognised or enforced in a foreign State and, because of the summons having been served by public notice, it is probable that the disposition would not be recognised or enforced.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The court does not enter a default judgment in matrimonial or filiation cases. Such a judgment may nevertheless be entered in a case concerning division of joint property or any other court claim related to the pecuniary relationship between the spouses, provided the case can be disposed of separately from other matrimonial matters.

§ 414.  Disposing of the case on its substance in the absence of a principal party

 (1) Where the principal parties or one such party are absent from the trial or hearing, the court may dispose of the case on its substance if it finds that the circumstances that constitute the cause of the court claim have been ascertained to a sufficient extent for the envisaged judgment to be given. The court may so dispose also of matrimonial and filiation cases.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The court may not dispose of the case on its substance without the participation of a principal party where:
 1) the party who failed to appear at the trial or hearing was not summoned to it at the proper time, or where the consequences of absence from the trial or hearing were not explained in the summons or where other essential requirements for summoning persons to the trial or hearing have been disregarded;
 2) the party has notified the court of a valid reason for non-appearance at the trial or hearing, has substantiated it to the court and has not expressed a wish for the case to be considered without them.

 (3) The court may dispose of the case on its substance in the absence of a principal party even where the party has notified a valid reason for non-appearance at the trial or hearing, provided the party has consented to written proceedings or provided consideration of the case has already been postponed once because of the absence of the party from the trial or hearing due to a valid reason and the party has been given an opportunity to make its representations and assertions, and to produce evidence, in relation to all circumstances relevant to the case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 415.  Filing a motion to reinstate proceedings

 (1) The defendant is allowed to file a motion to reinstate proceedings provided the defendant's omission that constituted the basis for the entry of the default judgment was due to a valid reason. The motion may be filed regardless of whether a valid reason was present, provided that:
 1) in a situation where the defendant did not respond to the court claim, the claim was served on the defendant or their representative by a method other than by personal delivery against signed receipt or by electronic service;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]
 2) in a situation where the defendant did not appear at the trial or hearing, the summons was served on the defendant or their representative by a method other than by personal delivery against signed receipt at a hearing or by electronic service;
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]
 3) under the law, the entry of default judgment was not allowed.

 (2) The motion to reinstate proceedings may be filed within 30 days following service of the default judgment. Where the judgment is served by public notice, the motion may be filed within 30 days following the date on which the defendant became aware of the judgment or of the enforcement proceedings initiated to enforce it.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 416.  Requirements for the motion to reinstate proceedings

 (1) The motion to reinstate proceedings is filed with the court that entered the default judgment. The motion must state:
 1) a reference to the judgment against which the motion is filed;
 2) a representation to the effect that the motion is filed against that judgment;
 3) the circumstances that prevented the person filing the motion from responding to the court claim or from appearing at the trial or hearing and from notifying this to the court, together with the substantiation of the circumstances, with the exception of situations where a valid reason is not required to file the motion.

 (2) Where the default judgment was entered in pre-trial proceedings because the defendant did not respond to the court by the due date or did not appear at the preliminary hearing, all materials required for completing the preparation of the case must be annexed to the motion to reinstate the proceedings.

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) The court serves the motion to reinstate proceedings on the other parties to proceedings and also informs them of the time of service of the default judgment and of the filing of the motion, and sets them a time limit for stating their opinions concerning the motion.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 417.  Disposing of the motion to reinstate proceedings

 (1) The court disposes of the motion to reinstate the proceedings by an order. Where this is needed, the motion is disposed of at a hearing.

 (2) Where the motion to reinstate proceedings has been filed in the proper form and at the proper time, and the party has substantiated the valid reason that prevented them from performing the procedural operation – and from notifying the court of being prevented from performing that operation – or where other grounds were present that did not allow a default judgment to be entered, the court grants the motion and reinstates the proceedings, according to the scope of the motion, to the situation that had been reached by the time the party omitted to perform the operation whose non-performance triggered the judgment. Where a valid reason is not required for filing the motion, such a reason is not required for reinstatement of the proceedings either.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where a hearing has been convened to consider the motion to reinstate proceedings and the party who filed the motion does not participate in the hearing or in the consideration of the case, the court denies the motion and does not reinstate the proceedings.

 (4) The order by which reinstatement of proceedings is refused may be appealed. The order made by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal can be appealed to the Supreme Court only if the circuit court denied the appeal.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Erroneous reinstatement of proceedings cannot be invoked when appealing a disposition made at a subsequent stage in the proceedings.

 (6) Before disposing of the motion to reinstate proceedings, the court may, by an order, suspend the corresponding enforcement proceedings or permit them to be continued only against a security, or invalidate an enforcement operation.

§ 418.  Continuation of reinstated proceedings

 (1) When proceedings are reinstated, the default judgment does not enter into effect and cannot be enforced. Reinstated proceedings continue – within the scope of the motion to reinstate them – from the point that had been reached by the time of omission to perform the operation whose non-performance caused the judgment to be entered.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where, at the hearing, the court rules to reinstate the proceedings, consideration of the case continues at the same hearing.

§ 419.  Second default judgment

  Where, in proceedings that have been reinstated, a principal party does not appear at the trial or hearing and a new default judgment is entered against them, the party no longer has a right to file a motion to reinstate the proceedings.

§ 420.  Appeal against a default judgment

 (1) The defendant cannot file an appeal against a default judgment but is allowed to file a motion to reinstate the proceedings. The claimant on whose motion the default judgment was entered or whose motion for default judgment against the defendant the court denied and whose court claim was denied may appeal the judgment.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where, following reinstatement of the proceedings, another default judgment is entered against the defendant, they may appeal the new judgment only by invoking failure to verify the prerequisites for its entry.

 (3) Where the defendant has filed a motion to reinstate proceedings and the claimant has filed an appeal, the case is considered under the rules for reinstatement of proceedings and in the court that entered the judgment. If the motion is denied, proceedings on the appeal are continued.

§ 421.  Failure to participate in the proceedings; leaving the trial or hearing without permission

 (1) A party to proceedings is deemed to have been absent from the trial or hearing also where they appeared at it but did not participate in the proceedings.

 (2) If a party to proceedings leaves the trial or hearing, this does not preclude consideration of the case. The court may fine a party who leaves the trial or hearing without permission – or order them to be brought in forcibly if the court finds that personal attendance of the party is required to consider the case.

§ 422.  Valid reason for absence from the trial or hearing or for non-performance of other procedural operations

 (1) A valid reason for failure to respond to a court claim or to appear at the trial or hearing, and for not notifying this to the court is, above all, a traffic outage, an unexpected illness of the principal party or an unexpected serious illness of a person close to the party due to which the party was unable to respond to the claim or to appear in court or to send a representative.

 (2) To substantiate the illness due to which the party to proceedings was prevented from responding to the court claim or appearing at the trial or hearing, the party or their representative files a certificate with the court that shows that the illness can be deemed an impediment to responding to the claim or appearing at the trial or hearing. The form of the certificate and the requirements and rules for its issue are enacted by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.

 (3) The absence of or defects in the certificate mentioned in subsection 2 of this section do not preclude substantiation of the illness by other evidence.

Chapter 45 DISMISSING THE COURT CLAIM 

§ 423.  Grounds for dismissing a court claim

 (1) The court dismisses the court claim if:
 1) the person who has approached the court for assistance has not complied with the mandatory rules established by law for prior out-of-court resolution of cases of this type and it is still possible to apply those rules;
 2) the claimant has withdrawn the claim;
 3) pre-action proceedings are pending between the same parties concerning the same claim and the same cause and, under the law, approaching the court for assistance is not permitted before the completion of those proceedings;
 4) proceedings are pending before the court between the same parties concerning the same item of relief and the same cause;
 5) arbitration proceedings have been commenced in the same cause concerning the same item of relief;
 6) the parties have agreed to refer the dispute to an arbitral tribunal, with the exception of situations where the court claim contests the validity of the arbitration agreement;
 7) the particulars presented by the claimant concerning the claimant or the defendant do not allow the person to be identified and the court itself cannot, within a reasonable time, successfully identify the person either;
 8) despite having been required by the court to present particulars that would allow to serve procedural documents on the defendant, the claimant has not done so by the due date set by the court and, despite reasonable efforts, the court itself has been unable to find the particulars either; also if the claimant does not pay, by the time prescribed by the court, the costs needed to serving the claim or other procedural documents on the defendant – including the enforcement agent's fee -- except where the claimant has been granted State-funded financial aid to bear the costs;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 81) the claimant has not informed the court of the outcome of the service within the time limit that they have been set under subsection 2 of § 3151 of this Code;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]
 9) the person who filed the claim in the entitled person’s name has not proved their authority of representation;
 10) the claimant has not complied with the court’s requirement to find themselves an interpreter or translator, or a representative proficient in the Estonian language;
 11) the statutory fee has not been paid, by the due date set by the court, on the relief sought by the claim;
 12) the claimant has not, within the time limit set by the court, provided a security for covering the defendant's estimated case costs;
 13) the court does not have subject matter jurisdiction to deal with the case.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

 (2) The court may also dismiss the court claim if it comes to light that:
 1) based on the factual circumstances stated as the cause of the claim, violation of the claimant's rights is outright impossible, presuming the facts as asserted by the claimant to be true;
 2) the court claim has not been filed to protect a right or interest of the claimant that is protected by law, or for a purpose to which the State should afford legal protection, or if the purpose sought by the claimant cannot be achieved by the claim.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The court may also dismiss the court claim in other situations mentioned in the law.

§ 424.  Withdrawing the court claim

 (1) Until the end of pre-trial proceedings, the claimant may withdraw the court claim without the defendant's consent. With the defendant's consent, the claim may be withdrawn until the entry into effect of the disposition rendered in its respect.

 (2) Withdrawal of the court claim and the defendant's consent are communicated to the court by a written representation, or noted in the record of proceedings.

 (3) A representation by which the court claim is withdrawn and which is filed with the court is served on the defendant if the defendant's consent is needed for the withdrawal. If the defendant does not, within ten days following being served with the representation, file an objection, they are deemed to have given their consent.

§ 425.  Rules for dismissing the court claim

 (1) The court dismisses the court claim by an order. Where the decision to dismiss the case was due to specific circumstances that prevent its consideration, the order states how the circumstances may be eliminated.

 (2) Where this is needed, the court convenes a hearing to decide whether to dismiss the court claim.

 (3) Where the court claim is dismissed by the higher court, that court also sets aside, by its order, the disposition or dispositions of the lower court. Where the court that dealt with the case dismisses the court claim based on a representation filed within the time limit for appeal, the court sets aside the disposition or dispositions rendered in the case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) Where the court finds that the court claim must be dismissed due to the fact that the representation falls within the subject matter jurisdiction of administrative courts and the administrative court has previously found in the same case that it does not have such jurisdiction, the court without delay addresses a request to the Special Panel of the Civil Chamber and the Administrative Chamber of the Supreme Court to determine the court that has jurisdiction to deal with the case, and notifies this to the parties to proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 426.  Consequences of dismissing the court claim

 (1) When the court dismisses the court claim, the claim is deemed not to have been dealt with by the court and the claimant may approach the court with a court claim against the same defendant in the same cause in a dispute concerning the same relief.

 (2) Where the court dismissed the court claim due to reasons stemming from the claimant and the claim is filed anew, the defendant is allowed not to respond to it and not to participate in the proceedings until the case costs which were incurred by the defendant previously, which the defendant requested to be reimbursed and which were ordered to be borne by the claimant have been paid. The defendant must notify non-payment of the costs to the court without delay.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]

 (3) In a situation mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, proceedings are suspended by operation of law. The court may set the claimant a time limit to reimburse the defendant's case costs. If the claimant does not reimburse the costs within the time limit, the court dismisses the court claim.

§ 427.  Appealing the order by which the court claim was dismissed

  The order by which the district court or the circuit court of appeal dismissed the court claim may be appealed. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning an appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court if the court claim was dismissed on the grounds mentioned in clauses 2, 7–10 or 12 of subsection 1 of § 423 of this Code.

Chapter 46 TERMINATING THE PROCEEDINGS 

§ 428.  Grounds for terminating the proceedings

 (1) The court terminates the proceedings without giving judgment if:
 1) the person who sought the court’s assistance has not complied with the mandatory rules provided by law for prior out-of-court resolution of cases of this type, and it is no longer possible to apply those rules;
 2) in a dispute between the same parties in the same cause concerning the same relief, judgment – or an order terminating the proceedings – has been given by an Estonian court and has entered into effect, or a foreign judicial disposition capable of being recognised in Estonia has been rendered, or a disposition that was made in out-of-court proceedings – including a settlement agreement approved by the Chancellor of Justice – has entered into effect, and the judgment, order or disposition precludes a fresh approach to the court in that case;
 3) the claimant has abandoned the court claim;
 4) the parties have concluded a compromise and the compromise is approved by the court;
 41) in the issue in dispute, a parenting plan provided for by § 12 of the Act on State-Funded Family Mediation Services has been approved;
[RT I, 10.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.09.2022]
 5) a natural person who is a principal party in the case dies and the legal relationship under dispute does not allow for legal succession.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (2) The court terminates the proceedings also on other grounds provided by law.

§ 429.  Abandoning the court claim

 (1) The claimant may – until the disposition rendered concerning the claim enters into effect –abandon their court claim by making the corresponding representation to the court. The court accepts the abandonment by an order by which it also terminates proceedings in the case.

 (2) If the claimant abandons their court claim at the trial or hearing, this is noted in the record of proceedings. If the abandonment is presented to the court as a written notice, the notice is included in the case file.

 (3) Where the representation by which the court claim is abandoned is made to the court outside the trial or hearing, the court, before deciding on the termination of proceedings, notifies the filing of the representation to the defendant and sets the defendant a time limit for responding. If the defendant wishes the court to order the claimant to pay the case costs, they must state this in the response.

 (4) Where the representation by which the court claim is abandoned is made by the statutory representative of a claimant who does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure and the abandonment is manifestly contrary to the person’s interests – as well as in other situations where abandoning the claim would harm a significant public interest – the court does not accept the abandonment.

 (5) Where the court does not accept the abandonment, it does so by reasoned order. In such a situation, proceedings in the case are continued.

 (6) Where the court refuses to accept abandonment of the court claim by the statutory representative of a claimant who does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure because this would be manifestly contrary to the person’s interests, the court appoints a new representative to the claimant in accordance with the rules provided by § 219 of this Code.

§ 430.  Compromise

 (1) Until the entry into effect of the judicial disposition concerning the court claim, the principal parties are allowed to terminate the proceedings by a compromise. The court approves the compromise by an order by which it also terminates proceedings in the case. The order by which the compromise is approved states the terms of the compromise.

 (2) The parties present the compromise agreement to the court as a signed instrument or make a corresponding representation to the court, which is noted in the record of proceedings.

 (3) The court refuses to approve the compromise if it is contrary to good morals or the law, if it harms a significant public interest or if the terms of the compromise cannot be enforced. The court is not bound by the compromise, and is not required to approve it, in a family case.

 (4) If the court decides not to approve the compromise, it does so by a reasoned order. In such a situation, proceedings in the case are continued.

 (5) The compromise has the effect of an enforceable title, also with regard to a person who does not participate in the proceedings but has assumed an obligation based on the compromise.

 (6) The conclusion of a settlement agreement in the form of a compromise approved by the court is equivalent to notarial authentication of the agreement.

 (7) The compromise may be conditional.

 (8) The compromise is voidable, and its voidness may be relied on on the grounds mentioned in the Act on the General Principles of the Civil Code; withdrawal from or cancellation of the compromise is possible on the grounds mentioned in the Law of Obligations Act. The compromise can be voided, and its voidness may be relied on, or a party may withdraw from or cancel the compromise, only in proceedings on a court claim seeking a declaration of impermissibility concerning enforcement proceedings carried out on the basis of the compromise as an enforceable title. If the court grants the claim, the compromise is deemed, in its entirety or in part, not to have any legal effects, and proceedings in the case in which the compromise was concluded are continued.

 (9) A compromise can be declared invalid under the rules of clawback in bankruptcy proceedings or in enforcement proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 431.  Rules for terminating the proceedings

 (1) The court terminates the proceedings by an order. Where this is needed, the court convenes a hearing to decide on the termination. Where a party to proceedings is not represented by an attorney, the court explains the consequences of the termination to the party or their representative beforehand.

 (2) Where proceedings are terminated by the higher court, that court also sets aside, by its order, the disposition or dispositions of the lower court. Where the court that dealt with the case dismisses the court claim based on a representation filed within the time limit for appeal, the court sets aside the disposition or dispositions rendered in the case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 432.  Consequences of terminating the proceedings

  When the proceedings have been terminated, the claimant may not approach the court again with a court claim against the same defendant in a dispute in the same cause concerning the same relief. Unless otherwise provided for by law, where proceedings have been terminated due to abandonment of the court claim or by a compromise, their termination has the same substantive and procedural effects that are produced when proceedings are concluded by the giving of judgment.

§ 433.  Appealing the order terminating the proceedings

 (1) The order by which the proceedings are terminated may be appealed.

 (2) The order of the district court or of the circuit court of appeal by which the court refuses to terminate the proceedings because it does not accept abandonment of the court claim or does not approve the compromise may be appealed. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning an appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

Chapter 47 JUDICIAL DISPOSITION 

Subchapter 1 Judgment 

§ 434.  Judgment – substantive disposition in the case

  ‘Judgment’ means a judicial disposition that is rendered in the name of the Republic of Estonia as a result of judicial proceedings and by which the case is decided on its substance.

§ 435.  Rendering the judgment

 (1) The court renders its judgment when it is of the view that the case has been considered exhaustively and is ready to be disposed of conclusively.

 (2) The judgment concludes the proceedings in that judicial instance.

 (3) The date of the judgment is the date on which the judgment was made public.

§ 436.  Lawful and reasoned judgment

 (1) A judgment must be lawful and state its reasons.

 (2) The court founds its judgment strictly on the evidence that was produced or that the court arranged to be taken in the case. Where the court disposes of the case at trial or at a hearing, it founds its judgment strictly on the evidence that was examined at the trial or hearing.

 (3) When rendering its judgment, the court may only rely on evidence that the parties had an opportunity to examine and on circumstances concerning which the parties had an opportunity to make their submissions.

 (4) When rendering its judgment, the court may not rely on a circumstance that was not examined during the proceedings. Neither may the court, in its judgment, assess a circumstance that has been highlighted in the case differently from the assessments provided regarding that circumstance by the principal parties, unless the court has pointed out this possibility to the parties beforehand and has given them an opportunity to state their opinion.

 (5) The provisions of subsection 4 of this section do not apply in relation to ancillary relief.

 (6) The court is not bound by the circumstances and opinions that have been presented in a family case.

 (7) When rendering its judgment, the court is not bound by the principal parties’ assertions concerning the law.

§ 437.  Resuming consideration of the case

  After having concluded the trial and before rendering its disposition in the case, the court may make an order by which it resumes consideration of the case if:
 1) it has ascertained an error in the proceedings that is of material importance to the rendering of the judgment and can be rectified;
 2) when entering a default judgment, a circumstance comes to light that may constitute grounds for the filing of a motion to reinstate proceedings;
 3) when dismissing the court claim, a circumstance comes to light that may constitute grounds for resuming the proceedings.

§ 438.  Issues resolved when rendering judgment

 (1) When rendering its judgment, the court assesses the evidence, determines the facts that have been established, the legislation that must be applied in the case and whether the court claim should be granted. Where the case includes several items of relief, the court gives judgment concerning all of these.

 (2) The court decides on the allocation of case costs and, in accordance with Subchapter 5 of Chapter 18 of this Code, determines the money amounts of the costs.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 439.  Court claim: scope of disposition

  The court may not, in its judgment, go beyond the scope of the relief sought or give judgment concerning an item of relief that does not appear in the court claim.

§ 440.  Admitting the court claim

 (1) Where the defendant has, at the trial or hearing or in a representation made to the court, accepted the relief sought by the claimant, the court grants the court claim.

 (2) Admission of the court claim at the trial or hearing is noted in the record of proceedings.

 (3) Where admission of the court claim has been filed with the court as a representation, the representation is included in the case file. If the defendant makes such a representation in pre-trial proceedings, the court disposes of the case without convening the trial or hearing.

 (4) In a matrimonial case or a filiation case, the court is not bound by admission of the court claim. Similarly, the court is not bound by such admission in cases which involve several defendants and in which the disputed legal relationship can be established only with regard to all of them, and not all of the defendants admit the claim. Where the court refuses to accept the admission, it does so by a reasoned order. In such a situation, the proceedings are continued.

§ 441.  Drawing up the judgment

 (1) The court draws up the judgment electronically in the Estonian language, affixing the digital signature of the judge who gave it. The court registers the judgment without delay in the Judicial Information System.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (2) The court may draw up and sign a judgment as a paper instrument if, due to reasons beyond the control of the court or the judge, the requirements provided by subsection 1 of this section cannot be complied with.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 442.  Particulars in the judgment

 (1) A judgment consists of the introductory, operative and descriptive part and of the statement of reasons.

 (2) The introductory part states:
 1) the court that rendered the judgment;
 2) the name of the judge who gave the judgment;
 3) the time when and place where the judgment is made public;
 4) the number of the civil case;
 5) the relief sought;
 51) the value of the civil case;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 6) the names and personal identification or registration numbers of the parties to proceedings;
 7) the addresses of the parties to proceedings, where this is manifestly needed for enforcement or recognition of the judgment;
 8) the names of the parties’ representatives – where there has been a change of representatives, the names of the latest representatives;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 9) the time of the last trial day or hearing or a note to the effect that the case was disposed of in written proceedings.

 (3) Where a natural person does not possess a personal identification number, their date of birth is stated in the judgment. Where a legal person does not possess a registration number, a note concerning the legal basis of the person is included in the judgment, if this is needed.

 (4) Where the judgment is rendered as a default judgment or is based on admission of the court claim, this must be stated in the introductory part.

 (5) In the operative part of the judgment, the court clearly and unambiguously disposes of the items of relief sought by the principal parties and of any of those parties’ motions or applications that have not yet been disposed of, as well as of any issues related to the measures of interim relief that have been imposed. The operative part must be clearly understandable and enforceable also without the text of the rest of the judgment.

 (6) The operative part also includes the rules and time limit for appealing the judgment and, among other things, identifies the court with which the appeal should be filed, and notes that unless a motion is made in the appeal to dispose of the same by convening a hearing, the appeal may be disposed of in written proceedings. A default judgment states the right to file a motion to set the judgment aside. The operative part also includes an explanation of the substance of subsection 6 of § 187 of this Code.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (61) Where the court determines the money amount of case costs in accordance with clause 1 of subsection 1 of § 177 of this Code, it states that amount in the operative part.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (62) Where the court does not determine the money amount of case costs in accordance with clause 1 of subsection 1 of § 177 of this Code, it explains in the operative part that the district court that dealt with the case determines that amount in accordance with subsection 2 of § 177 of this Code.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (7) The descriptive part of the judgment states, concisely and in logical order, with a focus on their material substance, the relief that was sought and the assertions and objections made concerning it, as well as the evidence produced. Where, in addition to the parties to proceedings, a competent State or municipal authority also stated an opinion in the case at the request of the court, the descriptive part must also refer to the opinion.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (8) The judgment’s statement of reasons states the facts established by the court, the conclusions that the court reached based on these facts, the evidence on which the court’s conclusions are founded and the laws that the court applied. In the judgment, the court must state its reasons for not agreeing with the factual assertions of the claimant or the defendant. The court must analyse all items of evidence in its judgment. If the court disregards an item of evidence, it must justify this in the judgment. Where one of the alternative items of relief is granted, the reasons for denying the other item do not need to be stated.

 (9) The judgment must also reflect any substitutions of the parties to proceedings and, where this is needed, the particulars of the previous parties.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (10) The district court may state, in the judgment rendered in a case mentioned in subsection 1 of § 405 of this Code that it grants permission to appeal the judgment. The district court grants such permission above all where it finds that a disposition of the court of appeal is required in order to obtain the opinion of the circuit court of appeal concerning a legal rule. The reasons for granting the permission to appeal do not need to be stated in the judgment.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (11) To a judgment by which a party to proceedings is ordered to pay an amount of money to the Republic of Estonia that arises from a claim that has not accrued from participation of the State or an administrative authority of the State in the proceedings as a party to the same, the court may add, as a separate document, the particulars required for payment of the claim.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 – entry into force 01.07.2014]

 (12) A list of the particulars required to fulfil the requirement mentioned in subsection 11 of this section and the technical requirements for issuing these is enacted by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 – entry into force 01.07.2014]

§ 443.  Operative part of the judgment ordering to cease using a standard term

 (1) The operative part of a judgment ordering to cease using an unfair standard term or, for the person recommending its use, to cease recommending such use and to withdraw the corresponding recommendation, additionally states:
 1) the wording of the prohibited standard term;
 2) the types of transactions to which the standard term must not be applied;
 3) a clearly expressed requirement to refrain from further use or recommendation of similar standard terms.

 (2) The operative part of a judgment by which the person recommending the use of a standard term is ordered to cease recommending such use and to withdraw the corresponding recommendation must additionally state the requirement to communicate the judgment using the same method that was used to communicate the recommendation. The court may also, in the operative part of the judgment mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, require that the user of the standard terms publish the judgment by a method determined by the court, or may itself determine an additional method for publishing the judgment.

§ 444.  Simplification – and omission from the judgment – of the descriptive part and of the statement of reasons

 (1) The court may decide not to state, in the descriptive part of the judgment, the assertions and objections made concerning the relief sought and the evidence that was produced, as well as the opinion provided by a State or municipal authority.

 (2) Where the court deals with a court claim mentioned in subsection 1 of § 405 of this Act in streamlined proceedings, it may confine itself in the judgment’s statement of reasons to stating only the legal reasoning and items of evidence on which the court’s conclusions are founded.
[RT I, 11.03.2023, 3 – entry into force 21.03.2023]

 (3) A default judgment or a judgment based on admission of the court claim may be given without the descriptive part and the statement of reasons.

 (4) The court may omit the descriptive part and the statement of reasons from a judgment not mentioned in subsection 3 of this section if the parties to proceedings have consented to this or if the court claim that the court is dealing with in streamlined proceedings is one mentioned in subsection 1 of § 405 of this Act. In such a situation, the judgment must state that the court will supplement it in accordance with the provisions of subsection 41 of § 448 of this Code if a party to proceedings notifies the court, within ten days following service of the judgment, of their intention to file an appeal against it. The court explains, in the judgment, the consequences of non-notification of the intention to appeal.
[RT I, 11.03.2023, 3 – entry into force 21.03.2023]

 (5) In order to ascertain the opinion of a party to proceedings concerning omission of the descriptive part and of the statement of reasons, the court may orally announce the operative part of the judgment at the trial or hearing and provide an oral explanation of its reasons. The party’s consent to the omission is noted in the record of the trial or hearing.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 445.  Determining the rules and time limit for complying with the judgment

 (1) In the judgment, the court may, on a motion of a principal party, determine the method of and rules for complying with the judgment, set the time limit or due date for compliance, and declare the judgment to be enforceable without delay or declare that compliance with the judgment is secured by certain measures of interim relief. Where, in the case, the principal parties have sought relief against each other such that the relief sought by one may be set off against that sought by the other and the court grants the relief sought by both parties in full or in part, such relief – insofar as it was granted – is set off in the operative part.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where judgment is given that grants the court claim or the court terminates the proceedings by a compromise, it maintains the measure of interim relief that was imposed in the case as a measure to secure compliance with the judicial disposition, provided that this is manifestly necessary for ensuring such compliance and the principal party in whose favour the court decided the case does not – or the parties to the compromise agreement do not – make a motion to revoke the measure.

 (3) Where the judgment or a part of the judgment must be enforced without delay, this must be stated in the operative part of the judgment.

 (4) On a motion of the heir or beneficiary who is the defendant in the case, the court may give a judgment that includes a reservation concerning limited liability of the heir or beneficiary.

 (5) Where the court gives a judgment in which it establishes an infringement of copyright or of related rights or of industrial property rights or publication of mistaken information regarding a person, the court may, on a motion of the claimant, provide in the judgment for the particulars stated in it to be made public – or the judgment to be published in part or in full – on the defendant’s expense by a method determined by the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 446.  Judgment in favour of several claimants or against several defendants

 (1) In a judgment in favour of several claimants, the court states the extent to which relief is granted in favour of each claimant. Where relief is granted in favour of several claimants jointly and severally, this must be stated in the judgment.

 (2) In a judgment against several defendants, the court states the extent to which each defendant must comply with the judgment. Where the liability is joint and several, this must be stated in the judgment.

§ 447.  Correction of errors in the judgment

 (1) Unless otherwise provided by law, the court that rendered the judgment cannot revoke or vary it after it has been made public.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) At any time, the court corrects, in the judgment, any spelling or calculation errors or obvious inaccuracies that do not affect the judgment’s substance. The court corrects the errors by an order. The court may hear the parties to proceedings before making the order.

 (3) A note concerning the order correcting the judgment is made on the judgment and on any copies of the judgment issued after the order was made. The court serves the order by which it corrected an error in the judgment on all persons on whom the judgment was served.

 (4) The order by which corrections were made in the judgment may be appealed. The order made by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court. Where the court, under this section, corrects an error in an order that cannot be appealed, the order correcting the error cannot be appealed either.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

§ 448.  Supplemental judgment

 (1) The court that decided the case may, on a motion of a party to proceedings or of its own motion, enter a supplemental judgment in the case if:
 1) one or several items of relief sought or motions or applications made have not been disposed of,
 2) the court that recognised the claimant’s right has not stated the amount of money that the defendant is ordered to pay, the item of property that is to be handed over or the operation that the defendant is obligated to perform;
 3) the court has not disposed of the allocation of case costs;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 4) in a partial judgment, the court has not stated the reservation concerning set-off;
 5) in a judgment given in documentary proceedings, the court has not stated the reservation concerning the protection of the defendant's rights going forward.

 (2) A motion to enter a supplemental judgment in the case may be filed within ten days following service of the judgment. The court may enter a supplemental judgment of its own motion within 20 days following the time that the judgment is made public.

 (3) Where it is envisaged to enforce, outside of the Republic of Estonia, a judgment that was made without the descriptive part or the statement of reasons, a principal party may, also after expiry of the time limit mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, request that the court supplement the judgment with the descriptive part or the statement of reasons.

 (4) To enter a supplemental judgment in the case, the court convenes a hearing unless the case has been disposed of without convening the trial or hearing. The parties to proceedings are notified of the time and place of the hearing at least three days in advance, yet their non-appearance does not prevent entry of supplemental judgment. The motion to enter a supplemental judgment is served on the opposing party in advance.

 (41) Where a party to proceedings notifies the court, within ten days following service of the judgment given without the descriptive part or the statement of reasons under subsection 4 of § 444 of this Code, of their intention to file an appeal against the judgment, the court supplements the judgment with the part that was omitted. Reasons are not required to be stated for the intention to file the appeal. The supplementing of the judgment is dealt with in written proceedings. The other party to proceedings is not notified of the supplementation. The court may issue the entire judgment in accordance with the provisions of subsections 1 and 2 of § 444 of this Code. When the judgment is supplemeted with the part that was omitted, the time limit for filing an appeal starts to run anew again from the service of the supplemental judgment.
[RT I, 21.12.2012, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (42) If a party to proceedings has not, within the time limit provided in subsection 41 of this section, notifed the court of their intention to file an appeal against the judgment given without the descriptive part and the statement of reasons, they are deemed to have waived the right to file the appeal.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (5) A supplemental judgment is part of the judgment that is supplemented. A supplemental judgment may be contested like any other judgment. Where the judgment that has been supplemented is contested, it is presumed that the supplemental judgment, too, is contested.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) When it denies the motion to enter a supplemental judgment, the court does so by an order. The order by which the district court or the circuit court of appeal refuses to enter a supplemental judgment may be appealed. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning an appeal against the order the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

§ 449.  Interim judgment

 (1) Where dealing with a court claim seeking a sum of money – first and foremost, as compensation for harm – and where proving the amount claimed is extremely costly or complex, while it is possible for the court to decide on whether the relief sought is justified or not, the court may on a motion of a principal party, enter an interim judgment on whether the relief is or is not justified.

 (2) For purposes of appeal, the interim judgment on whether the relief is or is not justified is identical to a final judgment. Where the interim judgment finds the relief justified, the court continues proceedings to determine the amount of the relief and gives judgment in this regard. If the court recognises the relief as unjustified, it gives final judgment in the case and discontinues the proceedings.

 (3) The court may also give interim judgment concerning a motion to apply the limitation period regarding the motion to enter supplemental judgment; for purposes of appeal the interim judgment is identical to a final judgment. If the court decides not to give effect to the limitation period, the court enters an interim judgment to that effect and continues the proceedings. If the court finds the limitation period to have expired, it gives final judgment in the case and discontinues the proceedings.

§ 450.  Partial judgment

 (1) Where several separate, related items of relief are dealt with in the same proceedings or where one of the several items – or a par of one of the items – of relief sought by the same court claim or, where a counterclaim has been filed, only the claim or the counterclaim is ready to be disposed of conclusively, the court may give a separate judgment on each of these, provided this expedites consideration of the case. The court continues the proceedings regarding the items that have not been disposed of.

 (2) Where the court, by partial judgment, grants a court claim against which a counterclaim or objection to setting off the relief sought by the claim has been filed, the court states, in the operative part of the judgment, that the judgment may be set aside or varied on disposing of the counterclaim or objection (reservation).

 (3) For purposes of appeal and of compulsory enforcement, the partial judgment given with a reservation concerning set-off is a final judgment.

 (4) Where a partial judgment was given with a reservation concerning set-off and, in subsequent proceedings, the counterclaim for the set-off is granted or, based on the objection invoking set-off, the court claim is denied in part or in full, the court also revokes the judgment given with the reservation insofar as the set-off is concerned, or varies it.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) In a situation mentioned in subsection 4 of this section, the claimant must compensate the defendant for the harm caused by compulsory enforcement of the judgment or by measures that were taken to prevent such enforcement.

§ 451.  Judgment in documentary proceedings

 (1) In documentary proceedings, the court claim is denied also where the claimant did not prove their claim by the evidence permitted in such proceedings. In such a situation, the court claim may be filed again in ordinary proceedings.

 (2) Where, regardless of the defendant's objections, the court grants the court claim in documentary proceedings, the court renders a judgment that contains a reservation under which the defendant retains the right to protect their interests subsequently.

 (3) For purposes of appeal and of compulsory enforcement, a judgment that contains a reservation is deemed to be a final judgment.

 (4) Where, in documentary proceedings, a judgment containing a reservation is rendered concerning the rights of the defendant, the dispute continues in ordinary action-by-claim proceedings. If it turns out that the relief sought by the claimant is unjustified, the provisions of subsections 4 and 5 of § 450 of this Code apply. Any objection that the defendant was permitted to make in documentary proceedings and that was disposed of in the judgment containing the reservation may be made anew in subsequent proceedings only if that judgment is set aside or varied.

§ 4511.  Disposing of motions or applications filed during the time limit for appeal

 (1) Where, after the case has been disposed of but before the disposition has entered into effect and before the filing of an appeal in the case, a motion to dismiss the court claim or terminate proceedings in the case, for reasons including abandonment of the court claim or the conclusion of a compromise – or a motion or application related to interim relief or another similar motion or application – is filed, the motion or application is disposed of by the court that rendered the disposition. Where it grants the motion to dismiss the claim or to terminate proceedings, the court may, by order, set aside the disposition that was rendered and dismiss the claim or terminate the proceedings.

 (2) Once an appeal has been filed against the judgment rendered in the case, the operations mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be performed by the circuit court of appeal – even if the appeal has not yet been accepted.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 452.  Making the judgment public

 (1) A judgment is made public by pronouncing it or through the court office.

 (2) The judgment is pronounced at the hearing that concludes consideration of the case or is, without delay, notified following the trial or hearing through the court office.

 (3) Where judgment is not given at the trial or hearing in which the case was considered, the court announces the time when and method by which the judgment will be made public at the hearing concluding consideration of the case. Where the case is disposed of without convening the trial or hearing or where a party to proceedings did not participate at the trial or hearing, the court communicates the time when the judgment will be made public to the party. The court also notifies the parties of any changes to such time.

 (4) A judgment may be made public later than 20 days after the last hearing or, in written proceedings, after the due date for the filing of motions or applications or the production of documents, only where a valid reason is present – first and foremost, due to the particularly voluminous nature or particular complexity of the case. The time when the judgment will be made public may not be set for later than 40 days after the last hearing or, in written proceedings, after the due date for the filing of motions or applications or the production of documents.

 (5) The time when the judgment is to be made public and any changes to such time are, without delay, also published on the court’s website when determined, setting out the number of the civil case, the names of the parties to proceedings and the general description of the civil case. For a judgment that was given in proceedings closed to the public, only the time when it will be made public, any changes to such time, the number of the civil case and a note to the effect that the proceedings are closed to the public are published. The time of making the judgment public is removed from the website when 30 days have elapsed from the making it public.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) For a reason mentioned in subsection 1 or 2 of § 38 of this Code, the court may, by reasoned order, decide to make public only the operative part of the judgment.

 (7) Within the time limit for making the judgment public, the court may initially communicate it without the descriptive part and the statement of reasons or, among other possibilities, confine itself to orally pronouncing the operative part. The judgment does not need to be made public in its entirety where, prior to that happening, the parties inform the court in writing or at the trial or hearing that they waive the right to appeal the judgment, or where, under this Code, the parties are deemed to have waived the right to appeal. The court explains this right when the judgment is made public in part.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 453.  Rules for notifying the judgment through the court office and for issuing copies of the judgment

 (1) The judgment is made public through the court office in which, during the time limit for the filing of appeals, the parties to proceedings may acquaint themselves with the judgment and obtain its copies. Where the judgment was given electronically, the parties to proceedings are issued a printout. The copy or printout is signed and stamped with the court’s seal by an authorised employee of the office. A judgment that is certified in the Judicial Information System is made available to a person through the eFile system; such a judgment is neither signed nor stamped.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (2) The provisions of subsection 1 of this section do not preclude or limit the court’s duty to serve the judgment on the parties to proceedings unless the judgment is handed to the party using the method mentioned in subsection 1 of this section.

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 454.  Rules governing pronouncement of the judgment

 (1) The judgment is pronounced by the reading out of its operative part.

 (2) Where this is needed, the court also pronounces a judgment by reading out its statement of reasons or providing a summary of its material substance.

 (21) The text of the judgment does not need to be duly issued and signed by the time the judgment is pronounced, yet the pronouncement must be noted in the record of proceedings. In such a situation, the judgment must be issued in writing within ten days following its pronouncement.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) When pronouncing the judgment, the court explains, to the parties who are present, the procedure and time limit for appealing it.

 (4) The validity of the judgement’s pronouncement does not depend on the presence of the parties to proceedings. The judgment is also deemed to have been pronounced with regard to the party who was absent from the hearing at which the judgment was pronounced.

 (5) A judgment rendered by a collegial panel is pronounced by the presiding judge.

§ 455.  Service of judgments

 (1) The court serves the judgment on the parties to proceedings.

 (2) Where a judgment amends any registrable particulars of persons, the court sends a copy of the judgment to the registrar.

§ 456.  Entry into effect of the judgment

 (1) The judgment enters into effect when it can no longer be contested by any other method except the procedure for review of judicial dispositions that have entered into effect.

 (2) The judgment of the district court enters into effect first and foremost when:
 1) the time limit for appealing it has expired and no appeal has been filed during that time limit;
 2) the circuit court of appeal does not accept the appeal, or dismisses or denies it, or terminates proceedings on the appeal and, within the time limit for appealing the disposition of the circuit court of appeal to the Supreme Court, no appeal to the Court is filed;
 3) the circuit court of appeal rejects the appeal, or dismisses or denies it, or terminates proceedings on the appeal, and the appeal to the Supreme Court against the disposition of the circuit court of appeal is not accepted, or is dismissed or denied, or proceedings on the appeal are terminated.

 (3) A default judgment enters into effect when no motion to set it aside or no appeal against it has been filed, or when the motion is dismissed or denied, or when the disposition of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal enters into effect.

 (4) Lawful contestation of the judgment suspends its entry into effect. Where a part of the judgment is contested, the uncontested part enters into effect. Where the part of the judgment that is contested is not the part by which the court determined the money amount of case costs, the part by which the court determined that amount does not enter into effect.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 457.  Consequences of the judgment’s entry into effect

 (1) Unless otherwise provided for by law, a judgment that has entered into effect is binding on the parties to proceedings insofar as – based on circumstances that constitute the cause of the court claim – it disposes of the relief sought by the claim or by the counterclaim.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Where, in the proceedings, the defendant has filed the objection of set-off against the relief sought, the judgment is binding on the parties to proceedings also to the extent to which it does not recognise the existence of the relief sought by defendant and the set-off.

 (3) The descriptive part of the judgment is presumed to serve as proof of the representations made by the parties to proceedings in the case.

 (4) A judgment that was rendered in a family case or a filiation case and entered into effect during the lifetime of the principal parties and that concerns the existence, termination or absence of a legal relationship is operative in respect of all persons. A judgment by which filiation or parental custody was established is not effective in respect of a person who considers themselves to hold these rights but who was not a party to proceedings in the case.

 (5) A judgment by which the decision of a body of a legal person is declared invalid or void is operative in respect of all of the person’s shareholders or members and of the person’s bodies and their members even if they did not participate in the proceedings.

 (6) Where, in relation to mandatory liability insurance, a judgment that has entered into effect has established with respect to the insurer or the policyholder that the injured party has no claim for compensation for harm, the judgment is operative in respect of both the insurer and the policyholder regardless of whether or not both participated in the proceedings.

 (7) Where a person using a standard term does so in violation of a judgment that requires such use to cease, the term is deemed void if the other contracting party relies on the judgment. This does not apply if the person using the term is allowed to file a court claim to declare compulsory enforcement of the judgment impermissble.

§ 458.  Note certifying the judgment’s entry into effect

 (1) A note certifying the judgment’s entry into effect is issued on an application of a party to proceedings by the office of the district court that disposed of the case based on the court file. The note is made on a copy or printout of the judgment. The note is signed and stamped with the court’s seal.

 (2) The note may be issued electronically by the person authorised to do so by the rules of the court, who provides it with their digital signature. An electronic note is not marked with the court’s seal.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (3) Any court that issues notes certifying the entry into effect of judgments keeps a record of the entry of judgments into effect and of the notes that have been issued to certify this.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (4) The Minister in charge of the policy sector may, by regulation, enact specific requirements for the form for electronic notes certifying the entry of judgments into effect and for the issuing and keeping a record of such notes.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

§ 459.  Varying a judgment that deals with recurring obligations and which has entered into effect

 (1) After the entry into effect of a judgment by which the defendant is ordered to make periodic payments or to perform other recurring obligations, a principal party has a right, by filing a new court claim, to seek an amendment of the amounts or time limits stated in the judgment, provided that:
 1) the circumstances based on which the judgment to grant the relief sought was rendered and which affect the amount or duration of the payments have changed significantly and
 2) the circumstances that represent the cause of the claim have arisen after the consideration of the case – during which it would have been possible to increase the amount of relief sought or to present objections – was concluded.

 (2) The judgment may be varied starting from the time of filing the new court claim unless the law allows variation of the judgment to be sought also retroactively.

§ 460.  Effect of the judgment in respect of legal successors

 (1) A judgment that has entered into effect is also effective in respect of the persons who became legal successors of the parties to proceedings after the court claim was filed. The judgment is also effective in respect of the direct possessor of a contested item of property who acquired their possession by virtue of one of the parties – or of the party’s legal successor’s – acquiring indirect possession of the item.

 (2) The judgment is not effective in respect of a legal successor of a party to proceedings if the person acquired the contested item of property such that, at the time of the acquisition, they were not aware of the judgment or of the filing of the court claim.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where an encumbered item of immovable property is transferred, a judgment dealing with relief sought in relation to a real encumbrance or a mortgage is effective in respect of a legal successor even if the successor was not aware of the filing of the court claim. Where an auction is held in the course of compulsory enforcement, the judgment is effective in respect of the person who acquires the item of immovable property only if the filing of the claim was announced at the latest before the call for submission of tenders.

 (4) The provisions of subsection 3 of this section also apply to a judgment concerning relief under a maritime mortgage recorded in the Register of Ships or a movable-property security interest recorded in the Register of Civil Aircraft.

§ 461.  Enforcing the judgment

 (1) A judgment is enforced after its entry into effect unless it is enforceable without delay.

 (2) Where, according to the judgment, the debtor is the Republic of Estonia or a municipality, the judgment must be complied with within 30 days following its entry into effect unless the judgment is enforceable without delay or a different time limit is prescribed by the judgment.
[RT I 2009, 68, 463 – entry into force 10.01.2010]

 (3) The judgment is enforced on an application of the party seeking enforcement.

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 462.  Publication in a computer network of a judgment that has entered into effect

 (1) A judgment that has entered into effect is published in the computer network at the designated address. This has no impact on the judgment’s entry into effect.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) On a motion of the data subject or of the court’s own motion, the subject’s name in the judgment that has entered into effect is replaced with initials or an alphabetic character and the subject’s personal identification number, date of birth, registration number or address are not published. A judicial disposition does not mask the particulars of a State or municipal authority, of a public legal person or of any other person exercising public authority.
[RT I 2007, 12, 66 – entry into force 25.02.2007]

 (3) Where the judgment contains personal data of a special category and where publication of the judgment with such data may materially harm the inviolability of the person’s private life, even if the provisions of subsection 2 of this section are applied, the court, of its own motion or on that of the data subject, only publishes the operative part of the judgment in the computer network, or does not publish the judgment. The court disposes of the motion by an order.
[RT I, 13.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 15.03.2019]

 (4) Where a judgment contains information regarding which any other access restriction is prescribed by law, the court, of its own motion or on that of the data subject, only publishes the operative part of the judgment when the judgment has entered into effect.

 (5) The order of the district court or of the circuit court of appeal by which the court refused to grant the motion mentioned in subsections 2–4 of this section may be appealed by the party that made the motion. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning an appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2007, 12, 66 – entry into force 25.02.2007]

Subchapter 2 Court Order 

§ 463.  Court order

 (1) The court disposes of procedural motions or applications of the parties to proceedings, and directs and organises the proceedings, by means of orders. In situations provided for by law, the court may dispose of the case by an order.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided for by law or dictated by the nature of the order, the provisions concerning judgments apply, accordingly, to orders.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 464.  Making the order

 (1) Unless otherwise prescribed by law, an order may be made without convening a hearing and without hearing the parties to proceedings.

 (2) The court may make oral and written orders during the trial or hearing. Oral orders are pronounced immediately and are noted in the the record of proceedings. Where the law allows an appeal against the order, the order must be made in writing in the Estonian language and signed.

 (3) An order that the court makes outside of the trial or hearing is made in writing. Where the issuing, as a complete instrument, of an order that was pronounced at the trial or hearing requires additional time, the court may postpone its issuing for up to ten days.

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 465.  Particulars in the order

 (1) An order must clearly show the person concerning whom the order is made as well as what the substance of the order is.

 (2) A written order that can be appealed states:
 1) the name of the court that made the order and the names of the judge and of the law clerk;
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 – entry into force 01.07.2014]
 2) the time and place of making the order;
 3) the number of the civil case;
 4) the names of the parties to proceedings and of their representatives – provided the parties can be ascertained at the time the order is made;
 5) the subject matter of the proceedings in which the order is made;
 6) what the order deals with;
 7) its operative part, and the rules and time limit for appealing it;
 8) the reasons based on which the court reached its conclusions and the legislation that the court followed.

 (21) The court may, in a separate document, add, to the order that obligates a party to proceedings to pay an amount of money to the Republic of Estonia that arises from a claim that has not resulted from participation of the State or of an administrative body of the State in the proceedings as a party to those proceedings, the particulars required to pay the claim.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 – entry into force 01.07.2014]

 (22) A list of the particulars required to satisfy the claim mentioned in subsection 21 of this section and the technical requirements for issuing these are enacted by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 – entry into force 01.07.2014]

 (3) An order that is to be made public states, among other particulars, the time when and place where it will be made public.

 (4) The personal identification numbers or registration numbers and addresses of the parties to proceedings are stated in the order only if this is presumed to be needed for enforcing the order. Where a natural person does not possess a personal identification number, their date of birth is stated in the order if this is needed. Where a legal person has no registration number, a reference is made in the order to the person’s legal basis if this is needed.

§ 466.  Communication and entry into effect of the order

 (1) Orders that constitute enforceable titles and orders that can be appealed are served on the parties to proceedings. Any other written orders that concern the party to proceedings are communicated to the party by a method selected by the court.

 (2) Orders by which the court dismisses the court claim or terminates the proceedings are also made public following the rules according to which judgments are made public.

 (3) An order that can be appealed enters into effect when, according to the law, the order can no longer be appealed – or where the appeal is denied or dismissed and the corresponding disposition enters into effect. Any other orders enter into effect at the time they are served or communicated, unless otherwise prescribed by law.

 (4) Only orders that have entered into effect and that terminate the proceedings or dismiss the court claim are published in the computer network.

Subchapter 3 Judicial Dispositions: Enforcement Without Delay 

§ 467.  Enforcement without delay

 (1) A judgment declared enforceable without delay is enforced before its entry into effect. The court declares a judgment enforceable without delay in the judgment itself or by an order.

 (2) A judgment rendered in a matrimonial or filiation case – with the exception of pecuniary disputes related to marriage – may not be declared enforceable without delay.

 (3) When the time limit for appeal has expired, it is the circuit court of appeal that decides on issuing a declaration of enforceability without delay regarding the judgment of the court of first instance against which the appeal has been filed.

 (4) When the time limit for appeal to the Supreme Court has expired, it is the Supreme Court that issues a declaration of enforceability without delay regarding the judgment of the circuit court of appeal against which the appeal has been filed.

 (5) A court order is enforceable without delay unless otherwise provided by law.

§ 468.  Enforcement without delay and without requiring a security

 (1) The court, of its own motion and without requiring a security, declares the following to be enforceable without delay:
 1) a judgment based on admission of the court claim;
 2) a default judgment;
 3) a judgment given in documentary proceedings;
 4) a judgment given under § 44 or § 45 of the Law of Property Act to eliminate a violation of possessory rights or to prevent any further violation of such rights, or to reinstate them.

 (2) When it declares a judgment to be enforceable without delay in a situation mentioned in clause 3 or 4 of subsection 1 of this section, the court also determines the security whose provision stays such enforcement.

 (3) A judgment awarding maintenance or compensation for harm caused by bodily injury or for any other harm to a person's health is declared enforceable without delay by the court on a motion of the claimant insofar as this is urgently needed by the claimant.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 469.  Enforcement without delay against a security

 (1) The court declares a judgment that is not mentioned in § 468 of this Code to be enforceable without delay on a motion of a principal party on condition that the party provides a security for the enforcement. The motion may be filed before or after judgment is given.

 (2) A security for enforcement without delay must cover any harm that enforcement of the judgment without delay may entail for the debtor or that may be entailed by the taking of measures to prevent such enforcement.

 (3) Where a principal party is unable to provide a security to the extent mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, the court may, on a motion of the party, release them from the duty to provide it, reduce the amount of the security, order its payment in instalments or declare the judgment to be enforceable without delay in part if postponing the enforcement would be unfair to the claimant and above all if this would significantly interfere with providing for their vital needs or with their business or professional activities of the claimant, or would otherwise cause considerable harm.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 470.  Order disposing of enforcement without delay

 (1) Where the issue of enforcement without delay was not disposed of in the judgment or the corresponding motion was filed after the judgment had been rendered, the court considers the motion at a hearing, unless the case was disposed of without holding the trial or hearing. The motion is disposed of by an order.

 (2) Where a motion is filed to declare the judgment enforceable without delay, the court serves the motion on the opposing party and gives that party an opportunity to state a position concerning the motion.

 (3) Where the motion must be disposed of at a hearing, the parties to proceedings are notified of the time and place of the hearing, yet their non-appearance does not preclude disposing of the issue of enforcement without delay.

 (4) The order of the district court or of the circuit court of appeal concerning enforcement without delay may be appealed. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal against the order of the district court cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

 (5) Appealing the order by which the judgment is declared enforceable without delay does not suspend enforcement of the judgment.

§ 471.  Return of security

  On a motion of the principal party who moved for enforcement of the judgment without delay, the court that decided to require provision of a security makes an order by which it returns the security when proof is produced to the court showing that the judgment declared enforceable without delay has entered into effect. Where the security was a surety or guarantee, the court orders it discharged.

§ 472.  Contesting the disposition enforceable without delay

 (1) Where the disposition that is enforceable without delay is appealed, the circuit court of appeal, and – where the disposition that is appealed is an order – also the district court may, on a substantiated motion, order:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 1) enforcement of the disposition to be suspended without a security or against a security;
 2) enforcement of the disposition to be continued only against a security;
 3) the enforcement operation to be invalidated against a security.

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the court may – in accordance with the rules governing the granting of financial aid – suspend enforcement proceedings without ordering the provision of a security only if the debtor substantiates that they are unable to provide the security and enforcement of the disposition would result in harm that is manifestly incapable of being compensated.

 (3) Where a motion to reinstate proceedings has been filed following a default judgment that has been declared enforceable without delay, the motion mentioned in subsection 1 of this section is disposed of by the court that considers the motion to reinstate proceedings. Enforcement proceedings under a default judgment are suspended only against a security.

 (4) Where an appeal has been filed to the Supreme Court against a disposition enforceable without delay, the Supreme Court suspends enforcement proceedings on a substantiated motion of the debtor if enforcement would result in significant harm to the debtor and the interests of the claimant do not justify enforcement without delay.

§ 473.  Avoidance, by the debtor, of enforcement without delay

 (1) The court may, on a motion of the debtor, direct that the debtor be allowed to avoid enforcement without delay either by providing a security – or, in a situation where the relief to be compulsorily enforced consists in the handing over of a property object, by depositing the object in the designated account or with the enforcement agent – unless the party seeking enforcement provides a security prior to enforcement.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (2) The security provided in order to avoid the disposition’s enforcement without delay must cover the harm that may be caused to the party seeking enforcement as a result of the disposition’s not being enforced without delay.

§ 474.  Setting aside and varying the disposition declared enforceable without delay

 (1) Where a disposition is made public by which the previous disposition has been set aside or varied, enforcement without delay of the previous disposition is not allowed. Where the previous disposition has been varied, the part of that disposition that was not varied may be enforced without delay.

 (2) Where the disposition enforceable without delay is varied or set aside, the party seeking enforcement must return to the debtor that which was received by way of compulsory enforcement and compensate the debtor for the costs they incurred in order to prevent such enforcement. The debtor may also seek compensation for any harm that goes beyond that.

 (3) Where, in a pecuniary dispute, the disposition that was rendered by the circuit court of appeal and declared enforceable without delay is varied or set aside, the debtor may, instead of relying on the provisions of subsection 2 of this section, rely on the provisions governing unjust enrichment to seek, from the party seeking enforcement, the return of that which they have received or been paid under the disposition. When the court claim for handing over that by which the recipient has unjustly enriched themselves is disposed of, the recipient is presumed to have been aware of the circumstances that constitute grounds for claiming back that which they received.

 (4) The security provided by the party seeking enforcement to compensate for harm likely to be caused to the debtor is returned to that party if, within two months following the time of the entry into effect of the setting aside or varying of the disposition that is enforceable without delay, the debtor has not filed a court claim seeking compensation for harm or to reclaim that by which the party seeking enforcement was unjustly enriched.

Part 11 ACTION-BY-PETITION PROCEDURE 

Chapter 48 GENERAL PROVISIONS 

§ 475.  Action-by-petition cases

 (1) Action-by-petition cases include:
 1) expedited proceedings for orders for payment;
 2) unknown rightholder proceedings;
 3) declaring a person legally dead and establishing their time of death;
 4) placing an absentee’s property under conservatorship;
 5) appointing a legal guardian to an adult of limited active legal capacity;
 6) placing a person in a closed institution;
 7) imposing a restraining order or ordering other similar measures for the protection of personal rights;
 8) action-by-petition cases in family matters;
 9) imposing conservation measures on a decedent’s estate;
 10) registration cases;
 101) adaptation of rights in rem in accordance with Article 31 of Regulation (EU) No 650/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 – entry into force 20.03.2016]
 11) appointing, for a legal person, a substitute member of the management or supervisory board, the auditor, the person to carry out a special audit or the liquidator;
 12) determining the amount of compensation payable to the shareholders of a company;
 121) compulsory dissolution of a legal person;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 122) initiating bankruptcy proceedings, issuing the declaration of bankruptcy, approving the list of creditors and any other cases related to bankruptcy proceedings that cannot be dealt with under the action-by-claim procedure;
[RT I, 04.01.2021, 4 – entry into force 01.02.2021]
 13) cases concerning apartment ownership rights and co-ownership rights;
 131) cases of access to a public road and compulsory acquiescence with artificial recipients of land improvement systems and with utility works;
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2019]
 14) recognising and enforcing foreign judicial dispositions;
 141) issues of arbitration proceedings to be disposed of by the court;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 15) complaints against decisions of enforcement agents;
 151) appeals against decisions of the Industrial Property Tribunal;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 152) disposing of petitions seeking the performance of an official operation by the notary;
[RT I 2010, 26, 128 – entry into force 14.06.2010]
 153) disposing of petitions to terminate enforcement proceedings due to expiry of the limitation period for enforcing the claim;
[RT I, 22.03.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.04.2021]
 16) deciding on the grant of State-funded legal aid on an application filed outside judicial proceedings and determining the fee for and costs of such aid in accordance with the State-funded Legal Aid Act;
 17) other civil cases provided for by law as action-by-petition cases.

 (2) The court also follows the action-by-petition procedure when dealing with other cases over which it has subject matter jurisdiction by law and which cannot be dealt with under the action-by-claim procedure.

§ 476.  Initiation action-by-petition proceedings

 (1) Action-by-petition proceedings are initiated by the court of its own motion or on a petition of an interested party or authority.

 (2) In situations prescribed by law, the court initiates action-by-petition proceedings strictly on the petition of the person or authority entitled to file it.

§ 477.  Consideration of action-by-petition cases

 (1) The court considers an action-by-petition case following the action-by-claim procedure, without prejudice to special rules provided for action-by-petition proceedings.

 (2) The court may consider and dispose of an action-by-petition case without convening a hearing unless the duty to convene it is provided by law.

 (3) Unless the court directs otherwise, the absence of any persons summoned to the hearing does not prevent the case from being considered and disposed of. An action-by-petition case may not be disposed of by a default order.

 (4) Unless otherwise provided for by law, a party to proceedings must be heard if they make the corresponding motion. A person is heard at first hand and orally. Unless otherwise provided for by law, the court is not required to convene a hearing – or arrange for the presence of the other parties – to hear the person. and the person does not need to be conducted in the presence of other parties to proceedings. The court may also hear a person by telephone or deem the person’s opinion, which has been presented in writing or electronically, to suffice for the purposes of hearing them, provided the court finds that the method used allows sufficient assessment of the information and opinion obtained from the person. The fact that the person was heard and the material circumstances related to their hearing must be stated in the order that concludes the proceedings.

 (5) Unless otherwise provided for by law, the court is not bound by the motions or applications made or circumstances asserted by the parties to proceedings, or by the parties’ assessment of the circumstances.

 (6) Where proceedings may be initiated strictly on receiving a petition, the petitioner may withdraw the petition analogously to the court claim under the action-by-claim procedure. In action-by-petition proceedings, the parties are allowed to conclude a compromise if they can dispose of the right that is the subject matter of the proceedings.

 (7) Even where no objections to the petition have been raised, the court must nevertheless verify whether it is in conformity with the law and whether it is supported by evidence. Where this is needed, the court requires the petitioner to produce evidence or arranges the taking of evidence of its own motion.

 (8) In action-by-petition cases, a record of proceedings regarding a procedural operation is created only if, and to the extent that, the court considers this necessary. The parties to proceedings do not have a right to apply for rectification of the record in accordance with the provisions of § 53 of this Code. Objections to the record can be filed when appealing the disposition rendered in the case. Where the decision is made not to create a record of proceedings, material circumstances related to the procedural operations must be stated in the disposition.

 (9) The petition filed by the petitioner, any motions or applications made by the parties to proceedings as well as othe procedural documents including summonses are communicated to the parties in action-by-petition proceedings by the method selected by the court. The method must be stated in the case file. Procedural documents must be served on the parties in action-by-petition proceedings only if this is prescribed by law.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 4771.  Interim protection

 (1) Interim protection can be granted in action-by-petition proceedings only in situations provided for by law.

 (2) Where interim protection measures are allowed by law, they may – unless otherwise provided for by law – be imposed where this is needed for the preservation or temporary regulation of an existing situation or status. Unless otherwise provided for by law, interim protection measures are governed by the provisions concerning interim relief.

 (3) Where proceedings can be initiated strictly on the corresponding petition, the court may – unless otherwise provided for by law – impose interim protection measures and set aside or vary the interim protection order strictly on the corresponding application or motion.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The interim protection order may be appealed. Unless otherwise provided by law, the order made by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

§ 4772.  Oversight over persons appointed by the court

 (1) Where the court has, in action-by-petition proceedings, appointed a legal guardian, conservator, liquidator or any other similar person, the court also exercises oversight over the person unless otherwise provided for by law. For this purpose, the court may, among other things, also issue directions to the person concerning the carrying out of their functions and require the person to file a report on how the functions have been carried out. The person may ask the court for clarification concerning the functions. Unless otherwise directed by the court, a report must be filed with the court concerning the functions when these have been carried out.

 (2) Where a person who has been appointed by the court does not carry out their functions as required or does not comply with the court’s directions, the court may impose a fine on the person and release the person from their office. The person may appeal such an order. The order made by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

§ 478.  Order rendered in action-by-petition proceedings and its entry into effect

 (1) Action-by-petition proceedings are disposed of by the court by an order. Unless otherwise provided for by law, such an order is subject to the provisions governing court orders made in action-by-claim proceedings.

 (2) An order that grants the petition and does not prejudice the rights of any parties to proceedings does not need to include a statement of reasons. This does not apply in cases of placing a person in a closed institution, of adoption and guardianship as well as of determining a parent's rights in respect of, and arrangements of access to, the child in a situation where the parent has been violent to the child or to the other parent, as well as in situations where there is reason to presume that the order will be subject to recognition and enforcement outside the Republic of Estonia.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

 (3) The order enters into effect according to the provisions of subsection 3 of § 466 of this Code.

 (4) Unless otherwise provided for by law, the order takes effect and is enforceable without delay – regardless of its entry into effect – on the day of its communication to the persons whom, according to its substance, the order concerns. Unless otherwise provided for by law, the court may determine the order to be enforceable in part or in full from a subsequent time, but not later than from its entry into effect. An order by which consent or approval was granted for carrying out a transaction or which replaces a person’s manifestation of intention is enforceable as of its entry into effect.

 (41) Where the order is made public, it takes effect and is becomes enforceable at the time it was made public, unless otherwise provided for by law.
[RT I, 06.12.2010, 1 – entry into force 05.04.2011]

 (5) Orders that are made in action-by-petition proceedings and that grant a right to a person or that vary or terminate a person’s right, including orders by which a person is appointed to an office and by which consent is granted for carrying out a transaction, apply with regard to all persons.

 (6) Where this is needed for purposes of enforcement and where clarification cannot be sought by filing the court claim mentioned in subsection 2 of § 368 of this Code, the court may, on a motion of a party to proceedings – without varying the order’s substance – clarify an order that concluded the action-by-petition proceedings.

 (7) The order by which clarification – concerning the order that concluded the proceedings – was provided or refused may be appealed. The order made by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 479.  Communication of orders

 (1) In an action-by-petition case, the order is made public only where this is prescribed by law. Orders that are made public are published – in accordance with the rules for the publication of judgments prescribed by this Code – also on the website of the court and in the computer network at the address prescribed for this purpose, following the provisions of § 462 of this Code. Orders of the circuit court of appeal and of the Supreme Court that conclude action-by-petition proceedings and that have entered into effect are published in the computer network even if they are not made public.

 (2) The order that is rendered in action-by-petition proceedings and that can be appealed is served by the court on the parties whose rights the order restricts. Where dealing with the case was allowed on receiving the corresponding petition and the petition is denied, the order denying the petition is served on the petitioner.

 (3) The order mentioned in subsection 2 of this section is communicated to the parties to proceedings who have not been mentioned in that provision by a method selected by the court, including orally, by reading it out. The same applies to the communication, to the parties, of orders that are not mentioned in subsection 2 of this section. The method of communicating the order must be stated in the case file. If the party moves for this, the order must be transmitted to them in writing.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 480.  Varying or revoking the order

 (1) Unless otherwise provided for by law, the court may vary the order by which it granted or refused to grant its consent for carrying out a transaction or for accepting a manifestation of intention, or revoke the order. The court may also revoke or vary the order in a situation where it operates as a standing – as opposed to a one-time – order and the circumstances or the legal situation serving as grounds for the order have materially changed.

 (2) Where entering the order was allowed strictly on receiving a corresponding petition and the petition has been denied, the order may be varied or revoked strictly on a corresponding petition.

 (3) Where an order by which a person was granted the right to carry out a transaction or to accept a manifestation of intention – including an order by which the court grants its consent for carrying out a transaction – is revoked or varied, this does not affect the validity of the transactions carried out by or in respect of the person before the order was revoked or varied.

 (4) Unless otherwise provided for by law, the provisions governing orders apply, accordingly, to the entry into effect and enforcement, as well as to the appealing of, the order by which the court varies or revokes its order.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 49 EXPEDITED ORDER-FOR-PAYMENT PROCEEDINGS 

Subchapter 1 General Provisions 

§ 481.  Prerequisites for expedited order-for-payment proceedings

 (1) A claim for relief that is based on a private law relationship and that is filed against another person in order to obtain payment of a fixed sum of money is disposed of by the court on a corresponding petition in expedited order-for-payment proceedings. This does not prejudice the petitioner's right to file the claim under the action-by-claim procedure – but not in parallel with expedited order-for-payment proceedings.

 (11) Expedited order-for-payment proceedings are not available for non-contractual claims, except for:
 1) claims arising from §§ 53–57 of the Motor Third Party Liability Insurance Act;
[RT I, 11.04.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.10.2014]
 2) claims concerning which the debtor has issued an acknowledgement of obligation or concerning which another agreement obligating performance has been entered into.
 3) [Repealed – RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 – entry into force 23.03.2014]

 (2) Expedited order-for-payment proceedings are not commenced where:
 1) the claim has not yet fallen due at the time the petition is filed, with the exception of claims for late interest mentioned in § 367 of this Code, or the filing of the claim depends on the performance of a mutual obligation and the obligation has not yet been performed;
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]
 2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]
 3) the performance sought by the claim is compensation for non-pecuniary harm;
 4) the claim is filed against a bankruptcy debtor;
 5) the claim is filed against several debtors but does not arise from the same cause or obligation.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (21) Expedited order-for-payment proceedings are not available for ancillary claims insofar as the amount of those claims exceeds that of the principal claim.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (22) Expedited order-for-payment proceedings are not commenced where the amount claimed exceeds 8000 euros. This amount includes both the principal and ancillary claims.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (23) Expedited order-for-payment proceedings are not available for claims based on consumer contracts if:
 1) the annual percentage rate of charge payable by the consumer exceeds the maximum such charge provided by subsection 1 of § 4062 of the Law of Obligations Act;
 2) the rate of late interest that has been agreed with the consumer is higher than three times the rate provided by the second sentence of subsection 1 of § 113 of the Law of Obligations Act.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 – entry into force 01.01.2018]

 (3) Maintenance claims may be filed in expedited order-for-payment proceedings strictly following the special rules provided by Subchapter 2 of this Chapter.

§ 482.  Petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings

 (1) The petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings must state at least the following particulars:
 1) the particulars of the principal parties and of their representatives;
 2) the particulars of the court with which the petition is filed;
 3) the sum of money claimed, separately stating the principal claim and any ancillary claims, and – where late interest is taken into account, the rate of such interest and the period for which it has been calculated;
 4) a brief description of the circumstances that constitute the cause of the claim;
 5) a brief description of the evidence that the petitioner would be able to use in action-by-claim proceedings to prove their claim;
 6) an affirmation that the claim has become due and does not depend on the performance of a mutual obligation, or that the obligation has been performed;
 61) an affirmation that the petitioner has presented the information honestly and according to their best knowledge, and that they are aware of the fact that deliberately offering false information to the court may lead to criminal liability;
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]
 7) the particulars of the court that, according to the rules on territorial jurisdiction, may dispose – in action-by-claim proceedings – of the relief sought by the order for payment or, where the claim stems from apartment ownership or co-ownership rights, may dispose of such relief in action-by-petition proceedings.

 (2) Where the petitioner wishes proceedings to be terminated if an objection is filed to the proposal for payment, the petitioner must state this in the petition.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (3) Where the petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings is filed by a representative, they must affirm in the petition that they hold the authority of representation and cite the basis of the authority.

 (4) The petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings must be filed with the court electronically such that the court may be able to process it, and must come with the digital signature of the petitioner, or be filed by another similar secure method that allows the person who sent the petition as well as the time the petition was sent to be ascertained. The Minister in charge of the policy sector may enact, by a regulation, additional formal and technical requirements for petitions for order-for-payment proceedings, for their filing and for proceedings on them.

§ 483.  Disposing of the petition

 (1) The court disposes of the petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings within ten working days following its receipt.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (11) The provisions of this Code on suspension of proceedings do not apply to expedited order-for-payment proceedings.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (2) The court, by order, denies the petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings where:
 1) such proceedings are not permitted under § 481 of this Code;
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]
 2) the petition does not meet the requirements provided by § 482 of this Code;
 3) attempts to serve the proposal for payment on the debtor within a reasonable time have been unsuccessful, the proposal cannot be served by public notice and the petitioner has explicitly requested termination of proceedings should an objection be filed;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]
 31) the petitioner has not notified the court of the outcome of service within the time limit they were set under subsection 2 of § 3151 of this Code;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]
 4) any of the grounds for suspension of proceedings provided by this Code come to light.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (4) Where the petition contains a defect that, manifestly, can be cured, the court sets the petitioner a time limit to cure the defect.

 (5) The order by which the petition for the order for payment is denied may be appealed. Denial of the petition does not prejudice the petitioner’s right to file the claim in action-by-claim or in expedited order-for-payment proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) Where service of the proposal for payment on the debtor in expedited proceedings would have ensured observance of the time limit or interruption or suspension of the running of the limitation period, and the petition for the proposal is denied, the time limit is deemed to have been observed or the limitation period interrupted or suspended from the filing of the petition, provided that the case continues in action-by-claim proceedings, or provided that the petitioner, within 30 days following service of the order by which the petition was denied, files a court claim seeking the same relief, and the claim is served on the defendant.

§ 484.  Proposal for payment in expedited proceedings

 (1) Where it grants the petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings, the court, by order, issues the proposal for payment.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (2) The proposal for payment must contain at least the following particulars:
 1) the particulars of the petition mentioned in subsection 1 of § 482 of this Code;
 2) an explanation that the court has not carried out a comprehensive verification of whether or not the petitioner may file the claim;
 3) a proposal to pay the alleged debt together with late interest, and the case costs mentioned in the proposal, within 15 days or, where the proposal is served abroad, within 30 days following service if the debtor considers the claim that has been filed to be justified – or to inform the court, within the same time limit, of whether and to what extent the debtor intends to file objections to the claim;
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]
 4) an explanation that, if the debtor does not file an objection to the proposal for payment within the time limit that has been set, the court may, based on the proposal for payment, issue a payment order in the form of an enforceable title;
 5) an explanation that – similarly to the filing of the corresponding court claim – the filing of the petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings suspends the running of the limitation period of the claim;
 6) should an objection be filed, the information that proceedings will continue under the action-by-claim procedure and that the court to deal with the case may verify whether or not it has jurisdiction over the claim.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (3) The court serves the proposal for payment and a blank form for the objection on the debtor, and also informs the petitioner of having transmitted the proposal. The template of the blank form for the object is enacted by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector. A proposal for payment may not be served by public notice on an individual debtor.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 4841.  Making the proposal for payment concerning some of the claims or a part of the claim

 (1) Where the prerequisites for issuing a payment order are present only for some of the claims or a part of the claim, the court notifies this to the petitioner and sets them a time limit for stating an opinion on whether the proposal for payment should be made in the scope indicated. In the notification, the court cites the consequences of responding or failing to respond.

 (2) If the petitioner agrees to the court’s proposal, the proposal for payment is made concerning the claim or the part that the petitioner agreed to. The court denies the remainder of the petition for the order for payment.

 (3) If the petitioner does not agree to the proposal for payment being made for some of the claims or a part of the claim, or does not respond to the representation within the time limit set by the court, the court denies the petition for the order for payment in its entirety.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

§ 4842.  Determining the amount of case costs in expedited order-for-payment proceedings

  In expedited order-for-payment proceedings, the court – in addition to the allocation of case costs in the order for payment, or in the order by which, in a situation provided for by § 4881 of this Code, it terminates the proceedings due to payment of the debt – also determines the money amount of the statutory fee to be reimbursed, and orders 20 euros to be paid to cover the petitioner's case costs. Any other case costs incurred by the petitioner in expedited order-for-payment proceedings are not reimbursed.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 485.  Filing the objection

 (1) The debtor may file an objection to the claim or part of the claim with the court that issued the proposal for payment within 15 days – or, where the proposal is served abroad, within 30 days – following service of the proposal.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (2) The objection may be filed using the form annexed to the proposal for payment, or in any other form. The objection does not need to be substantiated.

 (3) The court notifies the petitioner of the objection and of the time it was filed.

 (4) Where the petitioner has explicitly requested termination of proceedings should an objection be filed, the proceedings are terminated.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 486.  Transformation of expedited proceedings into action-by-claim proceedings

 (1) The court that issued the proposal for payment transfers the case, for consideration in action-by-claim proceedings, to the court stated in the petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings, having regard to the provisions on territorial jurisdiction, if:
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]
 1) the debtor files an objection to the proposal at the proper time and the petitioner has not explicitly requested termination of proceedings should an objection be filed;
 2) the service of the proposal on the debtor has not been successful within a reasonable time and the proposal cannot be served by public notice and the petitioner has not explicitly requested termination of proceedings should an objection be filed;
 3) the petitioner and the debtor present a written compromise agreement to the court before the the order for payment is issued.

 (2) For the purposes of the action-by-claim procedure, the court claim is deemed to have been filed at the time the petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings was filed.

 (3) In a case concerning apartment ownership or co-ownership rights, action-by-petition proceedings are continued unless the petitioner has made a motion for the case to be considered in action-by-claim proceedings, or a motion to terminate the proceedings.

 (4) The court considers the compromise agreement following the provisions of §§ 430 and 431 of this Code before it opens consideration of the case under the action-by-claim procedure. If the court does not approve the compromise, it continues to consider the case under under the action-by-claim procedure in accordance with the provisions of § 487 of this Code.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 31.05.2014]

 (5) The court that issued the proposal for payment also transfers, to the judge who is to continue proceedings in the case, information concerning the address, or particulars of the means of communication, that was used to serve the proposal on the debtor or, in a situation mentioned in clause 2 of subsection 1 of this section, information on what the court or enforcement agent has done in order to serve the proposal. A note is recorded in the Order-for-Payment Information System concerning transfer of the case for consideration under the action-by-claim or the action-by-petition procedure.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 487.  Commencement of action-by-claim proceedings

 (1) Where the petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings does not meet the requirements set for the statement of court claim, the court dealing with the case under the action-by-claim procedure requires the petitioner to state the relief that they seek, and set out its reasons, in the form prescribed for statements of claim, within 14 days. In a case concerning apartment ownership or co-ownership rights, setting out the reasons for the relief is also required if the case continues under the action-by-petition procedure.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (11) Where, in the objection filed to the proposal for payment, the debtor has admitted the petitioner's claim in part, the court dealing with the case in action-by-claim proceedings makes an order by which it issues the order for payment to collect the amount admitted by the debtor and, with respect to the remainder of the claim, continues proceedings under the action-by-claim or under the action-by-petition procedure in accordance with the provisions of subsections 1, 2 and 3 of this section.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (2) Once reasons for the relief have been set out, proceedings continue as they would after the filing a court claim. When the reasons are served on the defendant, the defendant is also given a time limit for responding to the court claim.

 (3) If the petitioner does not file their reasons for the relief at the proper time, the court, by order, rejects the court claim.

§ 488.  Withdrawing the objection

  The debtor may withdraw, based on a petition filed with the court, an objection to the payment order until the time the court claim is responded to or another procedural operation that is the first in the proceedings is performed. If the objection is withdrawn, expedited proceedings for an order for payment continue.

§ 4881.  Terminating the proceedings when the debt has been paid

  [RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]

 (1) If the petitioner affirms, by written notice to the court, that the debtor has paid the debt, the court enters an order by which it terminates expedited proceedings for the order for payment. The petitioner may file the notice with the court until the issuing of the order for payment.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]

 (11) The court order mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may not be appealed.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

§ 489.  Issuing the order for payment

 (1) Where the debtor has not paid the amount stated in the proposal for payment and has not filed an objection against the proposal at the proper time, the court issues the order for payment for the stated amount as a court order. If the case has been transferred to another court, the order is issued by that court.

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (21) If the petitioner and debtor have filed a written notice with the court concerning payment of the debt in instalments and annexed, to the notice, a payment schedule for paying the debt stated in the proposal for payment, the court may, when issuing the order for payment, also approve the payment schedule. The payment schedule must set out the due dates for and amounts of instalments and the rules for paying them, and may not contain any other conditions concerning the payments. The amount of the instalment is stated as a sum of money. A payment schedule that has been approved while issuing the order for payment is valid as an enforceable title. The provisions of this Code on compromise agreements do not apply to the payment schedule and its approval by the court.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (22) If the debtor has admitted the proposal for payment in their objection, but is unable to pay the debt due to their economic situation and the parties do not reach an agreement concerning the payment schedule, the court that issued the proposal for payment transfers the case – to be dealt with in action-by-claim proceedings – to the court mentioned in the petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (3) The court may issue the payment order in simplified form, as a note on the proposal for payment that renders the proposal enforceable.

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (5) The order for payment must explain to the debtor that they may appeal the order within 15 days – or, where the order is served abroad, within 30 days – following service. An explanation is provided to the debtor that it is only possible to appeal the order in situations provided for by subsection 2 of § 4891 of this Code.
[RT I 2009, 68, 463 – entry into force 10.01.2010]

 (6) The order for payment is served on the debtor and this is also notified to the petitioner.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]

 (7) The order for payment is enforceable without delay regardless of whether it has been served on the debtor.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (8) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

§ 4891.  Appealing the order for payment

 (1) The debtor may appeal the order for payment within 15 days -- or, where it is served abroad, within 30 days – following its service. If the order is served by public notice, it may be appealed within 30 days following the day when the debtor learned of the order or of the enforcement proceedings initiated to enforce it.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (2) The debtor’s appeal may rely on one of the following circumstances:
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]
 1) the proposal for payment was served on the debtor by a method other than by personal delivery against signed acknowledgement or by electronic service and, by no fault of the debtor, service was not made at the proper time and therefore the debtor was unable to file the objection by the proper time;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]
 2) the debtor was unable to file the objection to the proposal for payment due to a valid reason beyond the debtor’s control;
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]
 3) the prerequisites for expedited order-for-payment proceedings were not present or the requirements for those proceedings were otherwise materially violated – or the claim to collect which the proceedings were conducted is evidently unjustified.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (21) The debtor’s statutory representative or universal successor may appeal the order for payment within two months of having learned of it provided grounds for suspension have come to light that existed at the time the judicial disposition was made but were not – nor could have been – known to the court. The person filing the appeal must rely on one of the circumstances mentioned in subsection 2 of this section.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (3) When the order for payment is appealed, the court may suspend enforcement proceedings or perform other procedural operations in accordance with the rules provided by § 472 of this Code.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]

 (4) If the court grants the appeal, it revokes the order for payment. When the order is revoked, the court terminates expedited order-for-payment proceedings or initiates action-by-claim proceedings. Revocation of the order does not prejudice the petitioner's right to file the claim in action-by-claim proceedings.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

 (5) The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]

§ 4892.  Powers of assistant judge in expedited order-for-payment proceedings; automated issue of court orders

 (1) The proposal or order for payment or any other order under in expedited order-for-payment proceedings, including an order mentioned in § 179 of this Code, may also be given by an assistant judge.

 (2) The order mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may also be issued as an automated order through the information system of Expedited Order-for-Payment Proceedings Information System provided automated verification of the presence of the prerequisites for the order is ensured. In such a situation, the order does not need to be signed.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 31.05.2014]

§ 4893.  Expedited Order-for-Payment Proceedings Information System

 (1) The Expedited Order-for-Payment Proceedings Information System is a database which is part of the State Information Systems, which is kept for processing procedural information and personal data in expedited proceedings for orders for payment and whose objective is:
 1) to provide an overview of the expedited proceedings for orders for payment that are being dealt with by the court;
 2) to reflect the particulars of operations performed in expedited proceedings for orders for payment;
 3) to facilitate the organisation of work of the Department of Orders for Payment;
 4) to ensure the collection of judicial statistics required for making legal policy decisions;
 5) to allow information and documents to be received and transmitted in the electronic form.

 (2) The following is recorded in the database:
 1) particulars of expedited proceedings for orders for payment that are pending or that have been concluded;
 2) particulars of operations performed in the course of proceedings;
 3) all procedural documents;
 4) particulars concerning the proceedings authority and the parties to proceedings.

 (3) The Expedited Order-for-Payment Proceedings Information System is established and its constitutive regulations are approved by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.

 (4) The controller of the Expedited Order-for-Payment Proceedings Information System is the Ministry of Justice and the processors are the courts conducting expedited order-for-payment proceedings.

 (5) The Minister in charge of the policy sector may make regulations to organise the operation of the Expedited Order-for-Payment Proceedings Information System.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 31.05.2014]

§ 490.  Filing an objection to the order for payment

  [Repealed – RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]

§ 4901.  Application of Regulation (EC) No 1896/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council

 (1) The provisions of this Code on expedited order-for-payment proceedings also apply to expedited proceedings concerning orders for payment under Regulation (EC) No 1896/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council creating a European order for payment procedure (OJ L 399, 30.12.2006, pp. 1–32) insofar as these have not been provided for by that Regulation.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (2) Unless otherwise provided for by the Regulation mentioned to in subsection 1 of this section, the authority competent to declare the European order for payment enforceable – in accordance with the rules prescribed by this Subchapter for the issuing of orders for payment – is the district court that issued the order. A European order for payment that has been declared enforceable may be contested by appealing it in accordance with the rules provided by § 4891 of this Code.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (3) In conformity with subparagraph (b) of paragraph 2 of Article 21 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, a European order for payment is accepted for enforcement in Estonia only if it has been issued in the Estonian or English language, or if an Estonian or English translation is annexed to the order.

 (4) A European order for payment is enforceable in Estonia by means of enforcement proceedings, and the debtor's legal remedies are governed by the provisions on those proceedings in Estonia insofar as not provided for otherwise by the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Subchapter 2 Expedited Order-for-Payment Proceedings on a Child’s Claim for Maintenance 

§ 491.  Expedited proceedings on a child’s claims for maintenance

 (1) A petition claiming maintenance for an underage child from the parent living separately from the child is also dealt with by the court in expedited order-for-payment proceedings. Retroactive relief may not be sought in expedited proceedings. This does not preclude seeking maintenance retroactively – to the extent provided for by law – in action-by-claim proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (11) Expedited order-for-payment proceedings on the basis mentioned in subsection 1 of this section are not available unless the debtor appears in the record of the child’s birth as the child’s parent.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]

 (2) Expedited order-for-payment proceedings on the basis mentioned in subsection 1 of this section are not available if the monthly maintenance that is sought represents an amount that is more than 1.5 times the base amount provided by subsection 3 of § 101 of the Family Law Act.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (3) Unless otherwise provided for by this Subchapter, expedited order-for-payment proceedings in children’s claims for maintenance are governed by regular provisions on expedited order-for-payment proceedings.

§ 492.  Petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings

  The petition for expedited order-for-payment proceedings on a child’s claim for maintenance must state at least the following particulars:
 1) the particulars of the principal parties and of their representatives;
 2) the particulars of the court with which the petition is filed;
 3) the date of birth of the child;
 4) the date from which the payment of maintenance is claimed;
 5) [Repealed – RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]
 6) the amount of the maintenance claimed;
 7) the particulars of the record of birth or of the birth certificate of the child and an affirmation that the debtor appears in the child’s record of birth as the child’s parent;
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]
 8) an affirmation that the debtor does not participate in maintaining the child;
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]
 9) an affirmation that no statutory impediment for the proceedings is present.

§ 493.  Proposal for payment in expedited proceedings on a child’s claim for maintenance

  The proposal for payment issued in expedited proceedings on a child’s claim for maintenance must state at least the following particulars:
 1) the particulars of the petition mentioned in § 492 of this Code;
 2) an explanation that the court has not verified whether or not the petitioner is allowed to file the claim;
 3) the date from which the payment of maintenance may be ordered and the amount of the maintenance that may be ordered;
 4) an explanation that, if the debtor does not file a substantiated objection to the proposal within 15 days – or, where the proposal is served on the person abroad, within 30 days – following service, the court may issue the order for payment as an enforceable title;
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]
 5) the objections to the proposal that the debtor may file according to the law;
 6) an explanation that the debtor may only file an objection invoking the impossibility or limited possibility of paying the maintenance if the objection is accompanied by an affirmation concerning the debtor's property, earnings and economic situation that is made in the prescribed form and includes the relevant evidence.

§ 494.  Filing the objection

 (1) The debtor may, within 15 days – or, where the proposal for payment is served abroad, within 30 days – following service, file with the court that issued the proposal for payment, a substantiated objection to the claim for maintenance or a part of that claim.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (2) The debtor may file, against a claim for maintenance, strictly the following objections:
 1) that they are not the child's parent;
 2) that they live together with the child and participate in maintaining the child;
 3) that they have performed their maintenance obligation;
 4) that expedited order-for-payment proceedings are not permitted under the law;
 5) that the time from which the payment of maintenance is claimed has been determined wrongly;
 6) that the amount of the maintenance has been determined wrongly.

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

 (5) The debtor has a right to file an objection that invokes the impossibility or limited possibility of paying the maintenance only if they, at the same time, provide the particulars concerning their property, earnings and economic situation – including the relevant evidence – in the form enacted by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.

 (6) The court notifies the petitioner of the objection and of the time it was filed. Where the objection, in full or in part, precludes granting the claim for maintenance in expedited order-for-payment proceedings, disposition of the case continues in action-by-claim proceedings, unless the petitioner has requested that, in this situation, the proceedings be terminated.

§ 495.  Debtor’sobjections under the action-by-claim procedure

  Where the claim for maintenance is dealt with in action-by-claim proceedings, the debtor's objections to the claim are deemed to represent the defendant's response to the court claim. Where this is needed – including where the claimant amends the relief claimed or provides additional reasons for it – the court sets the defendant an additional time limit for responding to the claim.

§ 496.  Order for payment

 (1) Where the debtor has not, within the prescribed time limit, filed an objection to the claim for maintenance – or where they have filed an objection that cannot be filed in expedited order-for-payment proceedings or where the objection is not substantiated – the court issues the order for payment as a court order, requiring the debtor to pay maintenance in the prescribed amount.

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

 (3) The order must also state that, going forward, the petitioner has a right to seek variation of the maintenance by filing a court claim.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 – entry into force 01.01.2007]

 (4) The debtor may appeal the order within 15 days – or, where the order for payment is served abroad, within 30 days – following service. The filing the disposition of the appeal against the order for payment on a claim for maintenance is governed by regular provisions on orders for payment.
[RT I 2009, 68, 463 – entry into force 10.01.2010]

 (5) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 28, 180 – entry into force 15.07.2008]

§ 497.  Varying the amount of maintenance

  If the circumstances that constitute the cause of the claim for maintenance change, either of the principal parties may, in action-by-claim proceedings, seek variation of the amount of the maintenance.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

Chapter 50 UNKNOWN RIGHTHOLDER PROCEDURE 

§ 498.  Unknown rightholder procedure

  In situations provided for by law, the court may issue a public notice under the rules of unknown rightholder procedure, in which it invites the filing of certain claims or notification of other rights and which, in the case of failure to file the claim or notify the right, will entail extinguishment of the rights or other legally adverse consequences.

§ 499.  Initiation of unknown rightholder proceedings

 (1) The court initiates unknown rightholder proceedings strictly based on a substantiated petition. Where the filing of the petition is permitted, the court makes the order to initiate the proceedings.

 (2) An order initiating unknown rightholder proceedings states at least the following:
 1) the name of the court;
 2) the particulars of the petitioner;
 3) a call for the persons concerned to notify the court of certain claims or other rights by the due date set by the court;
 4) the consequences of failure to notify the claim or right.

 (3) The court may order the joinder of several cases of unknown rightholder proceedings of the same type.

 (4) The petitioner may file an appeal against the order by which the court refuses to initiate the proceedings. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

 (5) The power to conduct unknown rightholder proceedings is vested, among others, in assistant judges.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 500.  Publishing the notice; notice period

 (1) The notice – stating the particulars mentioned in the order by which initiating unknown rightholder proceedings were initiated – is published in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded. The court may order the notice to be published repeatedly or, additionally, in another publication, or to be broadcast.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided by law, the notice period is at least six weeks before the due date for notification of claims or other rights.

§ 501.  Making a preclusion order

 (1) Where the third parties have notified their claims or other rights to the court by the time set by the court, the court – on the petitioner’s motion – enters a preclusion order by which it precludes those parties’ claims or rights.

 (2) The court may, before entering the preclusion order, hold a hearing to clarify the circumstances and, among other things, may require the petitioner to provide a statement under oath as evidence of their submissions.

 (3) Where the motion for the preclusion order is denied, the petitioner may appeal the order.

 (4) The court publishes the operative part of the preclusion order in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded. The court may prescribe repeated publication – or publication in another periodical, or broadcasting – of the operative part of the order.

§ 502.  Procedure in the event of an objection

  Where, during the notice period, a notification is made to the court that contests the right asserted by the petitioner as the reason for their petition or that notifies the court of a claim or other right that prevents the making of the preclusion order, the court suspends unknown rightholder proceedings until a final disposition is rendered concerning the notification, or makes the preclusion order but reserves the notified right.

§ 503.  Appealing the order

 (1) An interested party may file an appeal against the preclusion order within three months following publication of the order in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded.

 (2) The appeal may rely strictly on the following:
 1) the preclusion order was entered in a situation where, according to the law, unknown rightholder proceedings were not permitted,
 2) the notice was not published or it was not published by a method not provided for by law;
 3) the time limit for publishing the notice was not complied with;
 4) the judge or assistant judge who entered the preclusion order should have recused themselves from the case;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 5) a notified claim or other right was not taken into account when the order was made.

§ 504.  Precluding the rights of mortgagees

 (1) The owner of an item of immovable property or ship that is encumbered with a mortgage or the owner of a property object that is subject to a registered security interest may file a petition to preclude the rights of an unknown mortgagee in accordance with § 331 of the Law of Property Act or § 59 of the Law of Maritime Property Act.

 (2) Before the proceedings are initiated, the petitioner mentioned in subsection 1 of this section must substantiate that despite their efforts, they have been unable to ascertain the identity of the mortgagee or security interest holder or of the mortgagee’s or security interest holder’s legal successor, or whether the rights of the mortgagee or security interest holder have already been recognised by a judicial disposition.

 (3) Before the proceedings are initiated, the petitioner must deposit the mortgage amount in the designated bank account in order to provide satisfaction to the claim secured by the mortgage or registered security interest.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (4) The notice must contain a warning to the mortgagee or security interest holder to the effect that, after the mortgage or registered security interest amount has been deposited, satisfaction to their claim will be provided, instead of the item of immovable property or ship or the property object encumbered with the registered security interest, out of the deposited amount, and that their right to this will become extinguished if, within five years following the making of the preclusion order, they have not announced themselves to the location at which the deposit is held.
[RT I 2009, 30, 178 – entry into force 01.10.2009]

§ 505.  Preclusion of persons entitled under a note in the register

 (1) The provisions of § 504 also apply to unknown rightholder proceedings conducted to preclude rights that are held by persons entitled under a preliminary note, restraining note, right of pre-emption or real encumbrance and that have been recorded in the Land Register or the Register of Ships.

 (2) The petition mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may also be filed by a person who, based on a right of equivalent or lower ranking, has a right, based on an enforceable title, to claim the satisfaction of a claim out of an item of immovable property or ship. The court notifies the publication of the notice, among others, to the owner of the property or of the ship.

§ 506.  Petition to declare a security instrument invalid

 (1) Where a security instrument has been lost or destroyed or damaged, the current owner of the bearer security instrument or of the security instrument transferred by blank endorsement or, in the case of other type of security, the person who intends to exercise a right arising from the instrument may, under the unknown rightholder procedure, file a petition to have the instrument declared invalid.

 (2) A person who has lost a security instrument may also seek, in the petition mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, that the issuer of the instrument be ordered to issue them with another instrument having the same effect.

 (3) The petition states any special characteristics of the lost instrument, the name of the person who issued the instrument and the circumstances pertaining to its loss.

 (4) The petitioner must substantiate that the security instrument belonged to them before it was lost or destroyed. They must also substantiate the loss of or any damage to the instrument.

 (5) If the instrument has been damaged, the damaged instrument must be presented. Where this is possible, a copy of the instrument must be annexed to the petition also in other situations.

 (6) On the petitioner’s motion, the court that received the petition makes an order by which it restrains the issuer of and any payers indicated in the document from making payments based on the security instrument. When the proceedings have been concluded, the court discharges the order.

§ 507.  Special rules for proceedings to declare a security instrument invalid

 (1) In the notice concerning the intention to declare a security instrument invalid, the court states, among other things, the name and other specific characteristics of the instrument and the name of its issuer, and invites the possessor of the instrument to notify their possession – and their rights – to the court. The notice contains a warning that failure to notify the rights will lead to the instrument being declared invalid and that it is possible to bar any payments from being made under the instrument.

 (2) The person who is in possession of the security instrument must without delay notify this, and present the instrument, to the court.

 (3) Where the security instrument that was lost is presented to the court within four months following the last instance of publication of the notice, the court denies the petition for a declaration of invalidity, and revokes the bar on making payments under the instrument. In the order, the court explains to the petitioner the rights that the petitioner may have against the possessor. Before making the order, the court gives the petitioner an opportunity to acquaint themselves with the instrument presented.

 (4) Where, within four months following the last publication of the notice concerning a lost security instrument, the court has not been notified of the existence of the instrument or if the court establishes that the instrument has been destroyed or damaged to the extent that it can no longer be used, the court enters a preclusion order by which it declares the instrument invalid.

§ 508.  Consequences of declaring a security instrument invalid

 (1) Where a security instrument has been declared invalid by a preclusion order, the petitioner has a right to exercise, in respect of the person who, under that instrument, is the obligated party, the rights provided by that instrument. Where the petition sought the issue of a new instrument, the court requires the issuer to issue a new instrument having the same effect.

 (2) When the order by which a security instrument was declared invalid is set aside, any payments made or other obligations performed under the order by the person who is the obligated party remain valid also with respect to any third parties, including to the recipient of the payment and the petitioner – unless the obligated party, when they performed the obligation, was aware of the fact that the order had been set aside.

Chapter 51 DECLARING A PERSON LEGALLY DEAD AND ESTABLISHING THEIR TIME OF DEATH 

§ 509.  Petition to declare a person legally dead

 (1) The court initiates proceedings to declare a person legally dead strictly on a corresponding petition. The petition may be filed by a person or authority that has a legally relevant interest in obtaining the declaration, above all by the following:
 1) the statutory representative of the missing person or the municipal executive;
 2) the missing person’s spouse or relative in the ascending or descending line;
 3) the Ministry of the Interior or an authority within the area of government of the Ministry, authorised by the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (2) A petition to declare a person legally dead states the reason why the petitioner is interested in the declaration as well as the facts to substantiate the declaration.

 (3) In addition to the petitioner, any person entitled to file a petition to declare the person concerned legally dead may intervene in the proceedings by filing the corresponding petition. By filing the petition, such person acquires the legal status of the petitioner.

 (4) The Ministry of the Interior or an authority that operates within the area of government of the Ministry and that has been authorised by the Minister in charge of the policy sector is obligated to file a petition to declare a missing person legally dead where it is manifest that the prerequisites for such a declaration have been fulfilled and none of the persons mentioned in subsection 1 of this section has filed the corresponding petition.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 510.  Procedural operations in preliminary proceedings

 (1) Having accepted a petition for declaring a person legally dead, the court publishes a notice in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded in which it invites the missing person – within the time limit set by the court – to provide the court with information showing they are alive. The notice includes a warning of the possibility of a declaration of legal death being issued and an invitation to the public to provide the court with information concerning the person whom the court has been petitioned to declare legally dead.

 (2) The court may also publish the notice repeatedly or, in addition to publishing it in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded, have it appear in another publication, or have it broadcast.

 (3) The court may not set a shorter time limit for providing the information than six weeks following publication of the last notice in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded.

 (4) Where proceedings were not initiated on a petition of the Minister in charge of the policy sector, the court informs the Minister of the initiation of proceedings and invites the Minister to provide any information known to the State concerning the missing person and to state their view concerning the possibility of declaring the person legally dead. The court may also collect information about the missing person of its own motion, regardless of who filed the petition to declare the person legally dead.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 511.  Order by which the person is declared legally dead

 (1) The order by which the person is declared legally dead states the presumed time of the person’s death.

 (2) An order by which a person is declared legally dead is published in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded. The court may direct that the order be published repeatedly or in another publication, or that the order be broadcast.

 (3) The court serves an order by which the petition is denied on the petitioner and sends it to the Minister in charge of the policy sector – unless the latter is the petitioner – and sends an order by which the person was declared legally dead to the petitioner and to the Minister in charge of the policy sector. Within ten days following the entry into effect of the order by which the person was declared legally dead, the court sends the order to the vital statistics authority for the particulars concerning the person’s death to be recorded in the Population Register.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

 (4) An order by which the person is declared legally dead enters into effect and becomes enforceable on expiry of the time limit for appealing the order. Where an appeal is filed against the order, the order enters into effect and becomes enforceable when an order has been made to deny or dismiss the appeal and that order has entered into effect.

 (5) An order by which the order declaring a person legally dead is set aside or varied is made public by the method provided for by subsection 2 of this section and is transmitted to the persons and authorities mentioned in subsection 3 of this section.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 512.  Appealing the order

 (1) An order by which a person was declared legally dead may be appealed within 30 days following its publication in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded. An order denying the petition to declare a person legally dead may be appealed within 30 days following service.

 (2) An order by which a person was declared legally dead may be appealed by the petitioner or any other person who has a legally relevant interest to obtain the setting aside of the declaration or an amendment of the person’s time of the death. Only the petitioner may file an appeal against the order by which the petition to declare a person legally dead was denied.

§ 513.  Consequences of the person’s reappearance or of learning of the person's whereabouts

 (1) A petition to set aside the declaration of a person’s legal death may be filed – with the court that declared the person legally dead – by the person who has reappeared or the Ministry of the Interior or an authority that operates within the area of government of the Ministry of the Interior and that has been authorised by the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (2) The petition states the circumstances that show that the person has reappeared as well as particulars concerning the person’s being alive or their whereabouts. Where this is possible, the court, before setting aside the declaration of legal death, hears the person on whose petition the declaration was issued.

 (3) The court sends a copy of the order by which the declaration of the person’s legal death is set aside to the vital statistics authority within ten days following the entry into effect of the order. An order that sets aside the order by which the person was declared legally dead serves as the basis for amending the person’s vital statistics information.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

 (4) The order that sets aside an order by which a person was declared legally dead cannot be appealed further. The petitioner may file an appeal against an order that denies their petition to set aside the order by which a person was declared legally dead.

§ 514.  Amending the time of death of the person declared legally dead

 (1) If the person who was declared legally dead did not die at the time determined in the order by which they were so declared, anyone who has a legally relevant interest to establish a different time of their death may petition the court to amend the order, provided that the person petitioning the court – due to reasons beyond their control – learned of the circumstance that renders the order erroneous when they no longer had the possibility to rely on it in proceedings on the petition for the declaration.

 (2) The petition mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be filed within 30 days following the time when the petitioner learned of the circumstance, but not before the entry into effect of the order by which the person was declared legally dead and not later than within five years following the order’s entry into effect.

 (3) In other respects, the procedure for amending the time of death of the person who has been declared legally dead is governed, accordingly, by the provisions concerning the procedure for declaring a person legally dead. The order by which the time of death is amended is also transmitted to the person on whose petition the declaration was issued.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 515.  Determining the time of death

 (1) Unless the provisions of subsections 2 or 3 of this section provide otherwise, the procedure for determining a person’s time of death is governed by the provisions concerning declaring a person legally dead.

 (2) Before initiation of proceedings, the petitioner must provide the court with information in evidence of the person's death as well as with information that allows the court to ascertain the time of their death. Any other particulars must be substantiated by the petitioner.

 (3) When initiating proceedings, the court publishes a public notice by which it invites anyone who possesses information concerning the person’s time of death to notify such information to the court within the time limit that has been set. The court is not required to publish such a notice where it is manifest that this does not contribute to clarification of the circumstances.

Chapter 52 PLACING THE PROPERTY OF AN ABSENTEE UNDER CONSERVATORSHIP 

§ 516.  Placing property under conservatorship

 (1) The court appoints a conservator to property that needs to be managed and belongs to:
 1) a missing person;
 2) a person whose whereabouts are known but who cannot return or cannot manage their affairs due to another reason.

 (2) The court also appoints a conservator to the property of an absentee where the person has issued a mandate or power of attorney for managing their affairs but circumstances have come to light that constitute a reason to revoke the mandate or power.

 (3) An order by which property is placed under conservatorship states the person whose property is so placed as well as the person appointed as the conservator.

 (4) An order by which property is placed under conservatorship gives the person appointed as the conservator a right to dispose of the property within the scope provided by law.

 (5) Compensation for the conservator’s costs is subject to provisions governing compensation of the costs of the legal guardian appointed to an adult of limited active legal capacity.

§ 517.  Appointing a temporary conservator to property

 (1) The court may, of its own motion, protect the petition to place property under conservatorshipor make an order by which it, among other things, appoints a temporary conservator to the property, provided there is reason to presume that the prerequisites for placing the property under conservatorship are present and that a delay would jeopardise the interests of the person in whose interest the court is conducting the proceedings to appoint the conservator.

 (2) When selecting the temporary conservator, the court is not required to follow the petitioner’s volition and the requirements prescribed by law for property conservators.

 (3) A temporary conservator is not appointed for a period longer than six months.

 (4) The court may release a temporary conservator from their duties by an order if the prerequisites for such release are likely to be fulfilled and a delay would jeopardise the interests of the person in whose interests the court appointed the conservator. An order by which the temporary conservator was appointed or released enters into effect and becomes enforceable as of the time it is made public.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 518.  Discharging the conservatorship, changing the conservator or varying the conservator’s duties

 (1) The court discharges the conservatorship imposed on a missing person’s property when the person is no longer prevented from managing their affairs.

 (2) The conservatorship ends when it is discharged by the court regardless of whether or not the missing person is dead. The court discharges the conservatorship when it learns of the person’s death.

 (3) Where a missing person is declared legally dead or their time of death is determined by the court, the conservatorship of their property is terminated at the time of the entry into effect of the order by which the person was declared legally dead or by which the court determined their time of death.

 (4) Discharging the conservatorship, releasing the conservator, appointing a new conservator, varying the scope of the conservator’s duties and extending the conservator’s appointment are subject to the provisions concerning appointment of conservators to properties.

§ 519.  Appealing the order

 (1) The court order by which property was placed under conservatorship or by which such placement was refused, or by which the conservatorship was discharged or the conservator changed may be appealed by anyone who has a legally relevant interest in having the order varied, including the spouse or relatives, by blood or marriage, of the person whose property was placed under conservatorship.

 (2) The appeal cannot be filed after five months have elapsed from communication of the order to the conservator.

Chapter 53 APPOINTING A LEGAL GUARDIAN TO AN ADULT OF LIMITED ACTIVE LEGAL CAPACITY 

§ 520.  Appointing a representative to an adult of limited active legal capacity in proceedings for appointment of a legal guardian

 (1) For the purposes of proceedings for appointment of a legal guardian, the court appoints a representative to an adult of limited active legal capacity if this is needed in the person’s interests.

 (2) The court appoints a representative to the person above all in a situation where the person is not represented in the proceedings by a person possessing active legal capacity for the purposes of civil proceedings and:
 1) the court is not required to hear the person at first hand in the proceedings;
 2) it is envisaged to establish a legal guardianship for managing all or most of the person’s affairs;
 3) the legal guardian's powers are to be extended;
 4) the subject matter of proceedings is the obtaining of the legal guardian's consent for sterilising the person.

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The representative must, among other things, personally meet the person whose placement under legal guardianship the court is dealing with and hear them without the presence of the judge.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 521.  Applying interim protection measures

 (1) The court may, by order, apply interim protection measures and, among other things, appoint a temporary legal guardian if:
 1) the likely presumption is that the requirements for a legal guardian’s appointment have been fulfilled and a delay would result in endangering the interests of the person who needs legal guardianship; and
 2) a representative has been appointed to the person in the proceedings and
 3) the person has been heard at first hand.

 (2) For the purpose mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the person may be heard also by a judge acting under a domestic letter of request. The person does not need to be heard if it is manifest that this would cause significant harm to their health or that the person is unable to express their volition.

 (3) Where the delay would jeopardise the interests of the person in need of legal guardianship, the court may apply interim protection measures even before it hears the person at first hand and appoints a representative to them. In such a situation, the aforementioned operations must be performed without delay after the measures have been applied.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) When selecting a temporary legal guardian, the petitioner’s volition or the requirements that the law provides for legal guardians do not need to be taken into account.

 (5) A temporary guardian may not be appointed for a period longer than six months. After having obtained an expert opinion concerning the mental state of the person concerned who is of full age, this period may be extended to up to one year.

 (6) The court may release a temporary guardian from their duties by an order if it is manifest that the prerequisites for release have been fulfilled and a delay would risk harm to the interests of the ward.

 (7) The order by which a temporary legal guardian is appointed or released enters into effect and becomes enforceable from the time it is made public.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 522.  Commissioning an expert assessment

 (1) If the court has information or a reason to believe that a person suffers from a mental illness or congenital dementia, the court commissions an expert assessment in order to determine the need for appointing a legal guardian to the person. The expert must examine the person at first hand or question them before stating their opinion.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 – entry into force 01.08.2012]

 (11) The court assigns the task of conducting an expert assessment to a single expert, except where the expert assessment is conducted by a committee of experts or as a complex assessment. Only a psychiatrist may be used as the expert. Where the expert assessment is conducted by a committee of experts or as a complex assessment, a person who possesses specialised knowledge may also be assigned as an expert.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 – entry into force 01.08.2012]

 (12) Where the court deals with a petition for placing a person in a closed institution under clause 1 of subsection 1 of § 533 of this Code and a petition for appointing a legal guardian to the same person under subsection 1 of § 520 of this Code, the court may order a joint expert assessment concerning the need to establish a legal guardianship and the prerequisites for placing the person in a closed institution.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 – entry into force 01.08.2012]

 (2) A person in whose respect an expert assessment has been commissioned is obligated to appear before the expert. If the person does not appear, the court may, after hearing the opinion of the expert, order the person forcibly brought before the expert.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) After hearing the expert, the court may order the person concerned to be placed in a closed institution for observation for up to one month if this is needed for conducting the expert assessment. The person concerned must also be heard before or after the making of the order. Where this is needed, the court may make an order by which it extends the period of placement in a closed institution to up to three months or order the person to be forcibly brought in.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) If, in the expert’s opinion, appointing a legal guardian is a tenable proposition, the expert must, in their opinion, state the scope of the guardians’ duties and the estimated period during which the person needs legal guardianship.

 (5) An expert assessment is not required if:
 1) the petition for appointing a legal guardian was filed by the person who needs legal guardianship and the documents reflecting the person’s health status are appended to the petition and
 2) the person waives the right to assessment by an expert and
 3) conducting the expert assessment is, in view of the scope of the guardian's duties, unreasonably costly or requires an unreasonable amount of work.

§ 523.  Participation of the municipal executive in the proceedings

  When the court so directs, the executive of the municipality in which the person who needs legal guardianship has their residence collects and presents to the court the particulars required for establishing the legal guardianship. The executive provides its opinion in the case, among other things, on whom to appoint as the guardian, as well as on changing the scope of the guardian’s duties or on changing the guardian.

§ 524.  Hearing the person whom the court has been petitioned to place under legal guardianship

 (1) The person whom the court has been petitioned to place under legal guardianship is heard by the court at first hand. The court hears the person in their usual environment if the person so requests or if, in the opinion of the court, this is needed in the interests of the case and the person does not object. The course of proceedings must be explained to the person.

 (2) To hear the person who needs legal guardianship, the court may enlist the assistance of a psychiatrist, psychologist or social worker. If the person so requests, their trusted practitioner must be allowed to be present. Unless the person objects, the court may also allow other persons to be present when the hearing takes place.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The court may delegate the task of hearing the person to another court by means of a domestic letter of request only where it is manifest that the court will be able to assess the information obtained by hearing the person even without first-hand experience.

 (4) In order to hear person who needs legal guardianship, the court may order them to be forcibly brought in if this is needed.

 (5) The court does not need to hear the person who needs guardianship at first hand if:
 1) based on the documents reflecting the person’s health status or on the opinion of a competent physician, this may result in harmful consequences to the person’s health;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 2) based on a first-hand impression, the court is convinced that it is manifest that the person is unable to manifest their volition.

§ 525.  Discussing the case

 (1) The court discusses – with the person whom it has been petitioned to place under legal guardianship and to the extent to which this is required for ensuring observance of the person’s right to be heard or for clarification of the circumstances of the case – the outcome of the person’s having been heard, the assessment provided in the expert opinion or in documents reflecting the person’s health status, the selection of the possible legal guardian and the scope of the guardian’s duties.

 (2) As a rule, as part of the proceedings, the court also invites the person whom it has been petitioned to place under legal guardianship, their spouse, parents, foster parents, children and members of the person’s rehabilitation team to provide their opinion – unless the person objects and the court does not deem it necessary to invite an opinion to be provided. On a motion of the person who needs guardianship, any other persons close to them may be invited to provide an opinion, unless this significantly delays proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Before making the appointment, the court also hears the person whom it has been petitioned to appoint as the legal guardian or whom it intends to appoint as such, as well as the potential petitioner.

§ 526.  Appointing the legal guardian

 (1) The court appoints a legal guardian to a full-age person of limited active legal capacity by an order.

 (2) The order states:
 1) the person to whom the legal guardian is appointed;
 2) the person or authority appointed as the guardian;
 3) the guardian’s duties;
 4) whether the person of limited active legal capacity is permitted to carry out transactions without the guardian’s consent and the transactions, if any, that are permitted;
 5) the period at the end of which, at the latest, the court decides on terminating or extending the guardianship.

 (3) The period mentioned in clause 5 of subsection 2 of this section may not be longer than five years from the making of the order.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The order by which the legal guardainship is established vests the guardian with the right to represent the ward.

 (5) Where the court establishes a legal guardianship for managing all affairs of the ward or where the scope of the guardian’s duties is extended accordingly, the ward is, additionally, deemed to have been declared not to have active legal capacity for the purposes of the right to vote, and loses the right to vote.
[RT I, 22.01.2016, 7 – entry into force 01.02.2016]

§ 527.  Compensation of costs to the legal guardian

 (1) On a motion of the legal guardian or of the ward, or where the court deems it necessary, the court – at the time it establishes the legal guardianship or subsequently – also determines the following:
 1) the amount of remuneration payable and of the costs to be compensated to the guardian from the ward’s account and the extent to which their advance payment is possible;
 2) – where, according to the law, the costs to be compensated and the remuneration payable to the guardian may be claimed from the State – the amounts of such costs and remuneration that are to be paid from the State’s account and the extent to which their advance payment is possible;
 3) the payment period for and the amounts that the ward must pay to the State to cover the sums payable to the guardian by the State.

 (2) The ward may apply for financial aid to cover the costs.

 (3) Before making an order on costs, the court must hear the ward.

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 528.  Extending the scope or duration of the legal guardian’s duties

 (1) The provisions concerning appointment of the legal guardian apply to appointing a new guardian as well as to varying the scope or extending the duration of the guardian’s duties.

 (2) When appointing a new legal guardian or varying the scope or extending the time limit of the guardian’s duties, a new expert assessment does not need to be carried out or a representative appointed to the ward for the proceedings if:
 1) the guardian’s duties are not materially extended or
 2) less than five years have elapsed from the expert assessment based on which the guardianship was established.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 – entry into force 01.08.2012]

 (3) [Repealed – RT I, 23.02.2011, 1 – entry into force 01.09.2011]

 (4) When extending the duration of the legal guardian’s duties, an expert assessment of the ward is not required if, from the hearing of the ward and the documents reflecting their health status, it comes to light that the need for guardianship has not ceased to apply.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 – entry into force 01.08.2012]

§ 529.  Terminating the legal guardianship and reducing the scope of the guardian’s duties

 (1) Where the grounds on which the legal guardian was appointed no longer apply – in full or in part – the court terminates the guardianship, reduces the scope of the guardian’s duties or extends the ward’s right of carrying out transactions independently.

 (2) The court may commission an expert assessment to ascertain that the grounds no longer apply.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 530.  Releasing the legal guardian from their duties and appointing a new guardian

 (1) Where a valid reason is present, the court may release the legal guardian from their duties.

 (2) Where the ward objects to the legal guardian’s release from duties, the court must hear the ward at first hand unless this may significantly endanger the ward’s health or it is manifest that the ward is unable to give expression to their volition.

 (3) Where a new legal guardian is to be appointed due to the death or release from duties of the previous one, the ward must be heard at first hand with the exception of situations where the ward accepts the new guardian, the hearing may significantly endanger the ward’s health or it is manifest that the ward is unable to give expression to their volition.

§ 531.  Communication and entry into effect of the court’s order

  [RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (1) The order by which the court concludes legal guardianship proceedings – including orders by which the guardian is appointed, the duration of the guardian’s duties is extended, the guardianship is terminated or the scope of the guardian’s duties is varied – enters into effect and becomes enforceable as of its communication to the guardian.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The court also communicates the order by which it concludes legal guardianship proceedings to the ward and their representative. The court is not required to communicate the reasons for the order to the ward at first hand if, based on the documents reflecting the ward’s health status or on the opinion of the expert, this may cause significant harm to the ward’s health. The court also communicates the order to the executive of the municipality in whose territory the person has their residence as well as to any other persons mentioned in subsection 1 of § 532 of this Code whom the court heard in the proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where the order cannot be transmitted to the legal guardian or if the corresponding delay would jeopardise the ward’s interests, the court may declare the order to be effective and enforceable from its communication to the ward or their representative.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) The court informs other courts and public authorities of the order where it is manifest that this is required in the interests of the ward, third parties or the public. Where this is needed, the court publishes a notice in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded.

 (5) The court may give notice – by a method provided by subsection 4 of this section and already before the conclusion of proceedings – of any material facts that have come to light in the course of proceedings.

 (6) Where a legal guardianship is established for the management of all of the ward’s affairs or where the scope of the guardian's duties is extended accordingly and the person loses their right to vote in elections – or where such a guardianship is terminated due to a reason other than the death of the ward, or where its scope is reduced – the court also notifies this to the authority that maintains the electoral list.

 (7) Where the ward has been confined in a custodial institution, medical treatment facility, care facility or other similar institution or facility, the court also notifies the order to the institution or facility.

§ 532.  Appealing the order

 (1) The order by which the court appoints a legal guardian or denies the corresponding petition or terminates the legal guardianship or varies the scope of the guardian’s duties or refuses to terminate the guardianship or releases the guardian from their duties or appoints a new guardian, or determines the costs of the guardianship may be appealed by the person to whom a guardian was to be appointed, by the person who was appointed as the guardian, by the spouse or direct blood relative of the person to whom a guardian was to be appointed, by a close person designated by the person to whom a guardian was to be appointed (trusted representative) or by the executive of the municipality in which the person has their residence.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) With regard to the scope of the guardian’s duties, the order may also be appealed by the legal guardian in the name of the ward. Where several joint guardians have been appointed, each may file a separate appeal.

 (3) An appeal may not be filed against the order when five months have elapsed from its communication to the legal guardian.

 (4) An appeal may be filed against an order dealing with costs if the relief sought by the appeal exceeds the amount of 200 euros. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 – entry into force 01.01.2011]

Chapter 54 PLACING A PERSON IN A CLOSED INSTITUTION 

§ 533.  Placing a person in a closed institution

 (1) This Subchapter provides the rules under which, on a petition of the executive of the municipality in which the person concerned has their residence, the court deals with in the following cases:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 1) placing a mentally ill person in a psychiatric hospital or a social welfare institution without the person’s express volition or against their volition, together with the person being deprived of their liberty and subjected to inpatient treatment;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 2) hospitalising a person who carries a communicable disease without their consent and subjecting them to inpatient treatment if this is necessary for preventing the spread of an especially dangerous communicable disease;
 3) other cases in which the placing of a person in a closed institution is provided for by law.

 (2) A case of placing a mentally ill person in a psychiatric hospital or a social welfare institution – without the person’s express volition or against their volition – is dealt with by the court also on an application of the person’s guardian.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) A case of hospitalising a person who carries a communicable disease without the person’s consent and subjecting them to inpatient treatment is dealt with by the court also on an application of the person's physician.
[RT I, 13.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 15.03.2019]

§ 534.  Applying interim protection measures

 (1) On the petitioner’s application, the court may, under the rules for applying interim protection measures, place a person in a closed institution if:
 1) it is manifest that the requirements for placing the person in a closed institution have been fulfilled and a delay is likely to endanger the person themselves or any third parties, and
 2) adequate documents exist concerning the person’s health status.

 (2) An application for interim protection measures that consist in placing in a psychiatric hospital a person who suffers from a mental disorder – without the person’s express volition or against it – may also be filed by a person mentioned in subsection 1 of § 13 of the Mental Health Act.

 (21) An application for interim protection measures that consist in hospitalising a person who carries a communicable disease without their consent and by subjecting the person to inpatient treatment may also be filed by a person mentioned in subsection 2 of § 5 of the Communicable Diseases Prevention and Control Act.
[RT I, 13.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 15.03.2019]

 (3) The hearing of the person whom the court has been petitioned to place in a closed institution, or the hearing of any other persons, is not necessary for applying interim protection measures if the court is able to adequately assess the need for applying such measures on a documentary basis, or if the hearing may cause harm to the health of the person, or if the person is unable to manifest their volition. The hearing of the person, or of any other persons, may also be conducted by a judge acting under a domestic letter of request.

 (4) The court may also hear a person whom it has been petitioned to place in a closed institution – or any other persons – after having applied the interim protection measures.

 (5) Interim protection measures may be applied for up to four days starting from the person’s placement in a closed institution. On hearing the person at first hand, that time limit may be extended to up to 40 days if this is manifestly necessary also in the opinion of a psychiatrist or other competent physician. The measures may also be imposed for the purpose and period mentioned in subsection 4 of § 537 of this Code.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 – entry into force 01.08.2012]

 (6) In situations and following the rules provided by law, a person may also be placed in a closed institution without a court order, provided this is inescapably necessary in order to protect the person themselves or the public, and provided a court order cannot be obtained with sufficient speed. In such a situation, the petition for obtaining the order must be filed such as to make it possible for the court to dispose of the petition at the latest within 48 hours following the person’s placement in the closed institution.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 535.  Appointing a representative to the person

 (1) Where this is needed in the interests of the person concerned and where the person is not already represented by another person who possesses active legal capacity for the purpose of civil proceedings and who does not need to meet the requirements of § 218 of this Code, the court appoints a representative to represent the person concerned in the case for the person’s placement in a closed institution. The fact that the person concerned has already appointed a representative does not preclude the court from appointing a representative to the person if, in the view of the court, the representative appointed by the person themselves is unable to adequately protect the interests of their principal.

 (2) If the court does not appoint a representative, it must state the reasons for this in the order by which it places the person in a closed institution. The court is not required to appoint a representative when imposing interim protection measures, with the exception of situations where the person concerned wishes to be provided a representative for filing an appeal against the interim protection order or where extension of the period of interim protection is being decided. The person's right to be provided a representative for filing an appeal against such an order must be explained in the order, unless a representative has been appointed to the person earlier.

 (3) Among other things, the representative must, at first hand, meet with the person whose placement in a closed institution the case concerns, and hear them without the presence of the judge.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 536.  Hearing the person whom the court has been petitioned to place in a closed institution, and any other persons

 (1) Before placing a person in a closed institution, the court must hear them at first hand and explain to them the course of proceedings. Where this is needed, the court hears the person in their usual environment. Other aspects of hearing the person are governed, accordingly, by statutory provisions of the procedure for appointing a guardian to an adult of limited active legal capacity.

 (2) Before placing the person in a closed institution, the court must also hear the opinion of the municipal executive and of the following persons:
 1) the person’s spouse and any other family members who live together with the person;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 2) the person’s guardian;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 3) the trusted representative designated by the person;
 31) the members of the rehabilitation team;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 4) the Head of the closed institution in which the person is held, or an official designated by the Head.

 (21) The court is not required to hear the persons mentioned in clause 1 of subsection 2 of this section if:
 1) the person whom the court has been petitioned to place in a closed institution objects to their being heard;
 2) the persons themselves waive their being heard;
 3) it is manifest that the hearing of the persons does not contribute to disposing of the case;
 4) in spite of reasonable efforts, the court has not succeeded in finding or contacting the persons.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (22) The order must state the reasons for the decision not to hear the person concerned or any other persons.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where it has been so directed by the court, the municipal executive collects and presents to the court the particulars required for placing the person in a closed institution.

§ 537.  Conducting the expert assessment

 (1) The court may place a person in a closed institution only if there is an expert opinion – by an expert who has examined or interviewed the person at first hand – on the prerequisites for such placement, including on the prognosis concerning the threat posed by the person. The court assigns the task of conducting the expert assessment to a single expert, except where the assessment is to be conducted by a committee of experts or as a complex assessment. Only a psychiatrist – or, in the case of a person suffering from a communicable disease, a physician competent in the field – may be assigned as the expert. Where the expert assessment is conducted by a committee of experts or as a complex assessment, a person who possesses specialised knowledge may also be assigned as an expert. The court may consider the opinion of the psychiatrist who examined the person to constitute the expert opinion mentioned in this section. The provisions of this subsection do not apply when applying interim protection measures.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 – entry into force 01.08.2012]

 (11) Where the court deals with a petition for placing a person in a closed institution under clause 1 of subsection 1 of § 533 of this Code and a petition for appointing a legal guardian to the person under subsection 1 of § 520 of this Code, the court may order a joint expert assessment concerning the need to establish a legal guardianship and the prerequisites for placing the person in a closed institution.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 – entry into force 01.08.2012]

 (12) No expert assessment is commissioned in respect of the person who is subject to an interim protection measure that has been imposed under subsection 5 of § 534 of this Code before the petition mentioned in subsection 1 or 2 of § 533 of this Code has been filed with the court.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 – entry into force 01.08.2012]

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where the expert assessment of a person has been commissioned, the person is obligated to appear before the expert. If they do not comply, the court may, having heard the expert’s opinion, order the person forcibly brought before the expert.

 (4) Having heard the expert, the court may order the person’s placement in a medical treatment facility for observation for up to one month if this is needed to conduct the expert assessment. Before the order is made, the person must be heard. Where this is needed, the court may make an order by which it extends the time of the person’s confinement to three months, and may order the person forcibly brought in.

§ 538.  Court order

 (1) An order by which the person is placed in a closed institution states:
 1) the person to be placed in the institution;
 2) a description of the measures by which the person is placed in the institution;
 3) the duration of the placement;
 4) an explanation of the possibility of filing an appeal against the order.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided by law, the person may not be placed in a closed institution for a period longer than one year from the making of the order.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 539.  Discharging the person from the closed institution

 (1) The court discharges the person from the closed institution by an order when the prerequisites for the placement have ceased to apply or if it comes to light that the prerequisites were not present in the first place – including where the placement was imposed as an interim protection measure. The court may order the discharge on a motion of the person themselves, of the person's legal guardian or of the executive of the municipality in which the person has their residence, or of its own motion.

 (2) Before discharging the person from the closed institution, the court invites the municipal executive to state its opinion – unless the motion to discharge the person was filed by the executive and unless this causes a significant delay in disposing of the case. In the matter of discharging the person from the closed institution, appointing a representative to the person is not required unless the person seeks to be appointed one in order to file the motion.

 (3) Where, in the view of the closed institution, it is not necessary to keep the person in the institution until the end of the period ordered by the court, the institution must, without delay, notify this to the court. Where the person has been released from the closed institution before the time set by the court, including before the time set by the court under the rules for interim protection measures, this must also be notified to the court without delay. Also in such a situation, the court must issue a decision on discharging the person from the closed institution in accordance with the rules provided by subsection 1 of this section.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 5391.  Extending the duration of the person’s placement in a closed institution and repeat placement of the person in a closed institution

 (1) Extending the duration of the person’s placement in a closed institution is governed by the provisions applicable to the person’s placement in the institution. Where the person has spent more than four years in a closed institution, the court may not, as a rule, assign the task of conducting the expert assessment to a person who has hitherto treated the person placed in the institution, performed the expert assessment on that person’s health status, or who holds a position in the institution in which the person has been placed.

 (2) A new expert assessment is not required for extending the time limit for the person’s placement in the closed institution or for a repeat placement of the person in a closed institution unless more than one year has elapsed from the issuing of the previous expert assessment and unless – according to the documents reflecting the person’s health status – that status has changed. The same applies to the hearing of the person, of their spouse and of members of their family – unless more than one year has elapsed from the previous hearing.

 (3) In a situation mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, a representative must be appointed to the person in the proceedings only if the person seeks to be appointed one in order to file an appeal against the order.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 540.  Suspending the person’s placement in a closed institution

 (1) On a motion of the person who has been placed in a closed institution, of the person’s legal guardian or of the executive of the municipality in which the person has their residence – or of the court’s own motion – the court may, by an order, suspend the person’s placement in the institution for up to one year. The suspension may be ordered subject to compliance with conditions and to performance of obligations.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The court may revoke the suspension if the person does not comply with the conditions or perform the obligations that they have been ordered to comply with or perform, or if revocation is required due to the condition of the person’s health.

 (3) Before revoking the suspension, the court must, where this is possible, hear the person whose placement has been suspended, the persons mentioned in subsection 2 of § 536 of this Code and the municipal executive.

§ 541.  Communication and entry into effect of the order

 (1) The court serves the order by which it places a person in a closed institution, or by which it suspends or terminates such placement, including any order by which it imposes interim protection measures, as well as the order by which it refuses the placement, on the person themselves, on their representative in the proceedings and on the person’s legal guardian. The court is not required to communicate the reasons of the order to the person at first hand where it is manifest that the person is unable to understand these or where this may cause significant harm to their health.

 (2) The court also transmits the order mentioned in subsection 1 of this section to the trusted representative designated by the person and to the executive of the municipality in which the person has their residence. The court also communicates the order to any persons mentioned in clause 1 of subsection 2 of § 536 of this Code whom the court heard in the proceedings unless the person whom the court was petitioned to place in a closed institution objects or the court does not consider it necessary to communicate the order or its reasons to the persons. The persons may still require that the order be communicated to them in full.

 (3) An order to place a person in a closed institution enters into effect and becomes enforceable when it can no longer be appealed, or when the disposition by which the appeal has been denied or dismissed has entered into effect.

 (4) The court may declare the order to become enforceable from its service on the person themselves or on their representative or legal guardian, or from its transmission to the executive of the municipality in which the person has their residence.

 (5) The court informs other courts and public authorities of the order where this is required in the interests of the person who was subjected to the measure, of third parties or of the public. The court may give notice – already before the conclusion of proceedings – of any material facts that have come to light in the course of proceedings.

 (6) Where the person has been confined in a custodial institution, medical treatment facility, care facility or other similar institution or facility, the court also notifies the order to the institution or facility.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 542.  Enforcing the order

 (1) The order to place a person in a closed institution is enforced by the institution in which the person is to be placed. On a motion of the person’s parents or legal guardian, the institution assists them with bringing the person in.

 (2) When enforcing the order to place a person in a closed institution, coercion may be used and, where this is needed and unless otherwise prescribed by the order, the police may be called upon to assist with enforcement.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 543.  Appealing the order

 (1) The order by which the person was placed in a closed institution or by which such placement was refused or terminated or by which termination of the placement was refused may be appealed by the person who was subjected to the measures, by the persons mentioned in subsection 2 of § 536 of this Code as well as by the municipal executive and the Head of the closed institution.

 (2) The persons mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may appeal the order by which the court imposed interim protection measures. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal may be appealed to the Supreme Court.

 (3) The person who was subjected to the measures may file an appeal against the order regardless of whether the measures have been discharged – among other things, to obtain a declaration that their placement in the closed institution was unlawful.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

Chapter 55 GRANTING OF RESTRAINING ORDERS AND OTHER SIMILAR MEASURES TO PROTECT PERSONAL RIGHTS 

§ 544.  Granting a restraining order or imposing any other measures to protect personal rights

 (1) In order to protect a person’s private life or other personal rights, the court may, under § 1055 of the Law of Obligations Act, grant a restraining order or impose any other measures. The order may be granted or measures imposed for a period of up to three years.

 (2) If the proceedings for the restraining order or other measures concern a family relationship, the proceedings are additionally subject to statutory provisions concerning family cases dealt with under the action-by-petition procedure, unless otherwise provided by this Chapter.

 (3) The court may also deal with a case mentioned in subsection 1 of this section under the action-by-claim procedure provided it is dealt with together with another court claim, or on a motion of the claimant.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 545.  Hearing and conciliation of the parties

  Before granting a restraining order or imposing any other measure to protect personal rights, the court hears the person against whom the measure is to be imposed and the person in whose interests the proceedings for the measure are conducted. Where this is needed, the court also hears any person close to the persons mentioned above, or the executive of the municipality in which the persons have their residence, or the police authority that serves the locality in which that residence is situated.

§ 546.  Applying interim protection measures

  Where this is needed, the court may, of its own motion and by an order, protect the petition for a restraining order or for the imposition of any other measure to protect personal rights, or apply interim protection measures. Under the rules for interim protection measures, measures of interim relief may be imposed following the rules for interim relief.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 547.  Service and entry into effect of the order

  An order by which the court imposes a restraining order or any other measure to protect personal rights is served on the party against whom and the party in whose interests the measures are imposed. The order is subject to enforcement as of its service on the obligated party.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 548.  Revoking or varying the measure to protect personal rights

  If circumstances change, the court may revoke or vary the restraining order or any other measure to protect personal rights. Before revoking or varying the measure, the court hears the parties that have an interest in the matter.

§ 549.  Appealing the order

 (1) The order by which a restraining order or any other measure to protect personal rights was imposed may be appealed by the person obligated to comply with the order.

 (2) The order by which the court denied the petition for imposing a restraining order or any other measure to protect personal rights, or revokes or varies such a measure may be appealed by the person who petitioned for imposition of the measure or in whose interests the measure was imposed.

Chapter 56 PROCEDURE IN FAMILY CASES DEALT WITH IN ACTION-BY-PETITION PROCEEDINGS 

Subchapter 1 General Provisions 

§ 550.  Family cases dealt with in action-by-petition proceedings

 (1) The following family cases are disposed of in action-by-petition proceedings:
 1) appointing a legal guardian to a minor;
 11) declaring a minor not to have active legal capacity for the purposes of the right to vote;
[RT I, 22.01.2016, 7 – entry into force 01.02.2016]
 2) determining a parent's rights regarding the child, including depriving the parent of parental rights, and regulating access to the child (cases concerning legal custody);
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 3) adoption;
 4) extension of the active legal capacity of a minor;
 5) establishing a person’s filiation and contesting the entry concerning the parent after the parent’s death;
 6) granting consent for carrying out a transaction on behalf of the child or ward;
 61) deciding on the return of a child on the basis of the Convention on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction (RT II 2001, 6, 33);
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 7) other family cases that the law has placed within the subject matter jurisdiction of the court and that cannot be disposed of in action-by-claim proceedings.

 (2) The court may also make dispositions concerning determination of a parent's rights in respect of the child, as well as regulate access to the child, in action-by-claim proceedings provided the corresponding claim is made together with a claim for divorce or in action-by-claim proceedings concerning the awarding of maintenance.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Unless otherwise provided by law, the order made in a family case dealt with in action-by-petition proceedings becomes enforceable when it enters into effect.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 551.  Granting interim protection

 (1) When the court deals with an action-by-petition family case, it may, based on the petition or of its own motion, impose measures of interim relief as interim protection measures.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Before applying interim protection measures in relation to a minor, the court must – unless it is manifest that the resulting delay would harm the interests of the minor – invite the executive of the municipality in which the minor has their residence to provide its opinion in the matter. If the measure is applied without such an opinion having been provided, the opinion must be obtained at the earliest opportunity.

 (3) When the court applies an measure of interim relief under the rules for interim protection measures, it takes into consideration whether one parent has used violence in respect of the child or of the other parent.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

§ 552.  Cooperation with the municipal executive

 (1) Where, by law, proceedings require participation of the municipal executive, the court notifies the executive of the proceedings. Unless otherwise provided by law, the court also informs the executive of the proceedings and of the circumstances connected to the same in other situations where it is manifest that the executive needs to be aware of those circumstances in order to perform its duties.

 (2) In proceedings that concern a minor or the legal guardianship, the court invites the municipal executive to state its view and sends the executive copies of the orders by which it concludes such proceedings.

§ 5521.  Hearing the child

 (1) In a case concerning a child, the court hears the child, who is capable of holding their own opinions, at first hand unless otherwise provided by law. Where the court takes the view that this is required in the interests of the case, it hears the child in their usual environment. Where this is needed, the child is heard in the presence of a psychiatrist, psychologist or social worker. The court may also permit other persons to be present at the hearing, unless the child or their representative objects. When making arrangements for hearing the child, the court takes into consideration whether one parent has used violence in respect of the child or the other parent.
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 – entry into force 20.11.2022]

 (2) When hearing a child, the child must be informed – to the extent they are presumably able to understand this – of the matters dealt with in and potential outcome of the proceedings, provided this does not to entail any presumably harmful consequences to their development or upbringing. The child must be given an opportunity to express their view.

 (3) The hearing of the child may be dispensed with only where a valid reason is present. Where the child is not heard for the reason that the ensuing delay would harm their interests, the child must be heard afterwards without delay. The court may also dispense with hearing the child provided that the latter has – as part of child protection or conciliation proceedings – recently been heard concerning the circumstances under consideration in the judicial proceedings, and provided it is possible for the court to assess the outcome of the hearing without communicating with the child at first hand, and provided it would not be in the interests of the child to be heard on multiple occasions.
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 – entry into force 20.11.2022]

 (4) The court may delegate the hearing of the child to another court by means of a domestic letter of request only if it is manifest that the court will be able to assess the outcome of the hearing even without having personally communicated with the child.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 553.  Child’s independent right of appeal

 (1) A child of at least 14 years of age with sufficient discretionary and decision-making ability has a right, in an action-by-petition family case that concerns them personally, to file an appeal against the order that concludes the proceedings without the assistance of their statutory representative. The same applies to other cases in which the child must be heard before disposing of the case.

 (2) An order that the child may appeal must be personally notified to them. The reasons of the order are not required to be communicated to the child if this may lead to harmful consequences to the child’s development, upbringing or health.

Subchapter 2 Appointing a Legal Guardian to a Minor and Declaring a Minor not to Have Active Legal capacity for the Purposes of the Right to Vote 
[RT I, 22.01.2016, 7 - entry into force 01.02.2016]

§ 554.  Appointing a legal guardian to a minor

  Unless otherwise provided by this Subchapter, provisions concerning appointment of legal guardian to a person of limited active legal capacity – with the exception of provisions governing expert assessment – apply when appointing a legal guardian to a minor.

§ 555.  Applying interim protection measures

 (1) Where it may be presumed that the requirements for appointing a legal guardian have manifestly been fulfilled and a delay is likely to risk harm to the interests of the minor and the child – who possesses sufficient discretionary and decision-making ability – has been heard, the court may make an order by which it applies interim protection measures and, among other things, appoints a temporary guardian in the case.
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 – entry into force 20.11.2022]

 (2) For the purpose mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the child may also be heard by a judge acting under a domestic letter of request.

 (3) Where a delay is likely to lead to a dangerous situation, the court may apply interim protection measures even before the child is heard. In such a case the child must be heard without delay after the application of the measures. The child is not required to be heard if it is manifest that this would cause significant harm to their health or if it is manifest that they are unable to manifest their volition.

 (4) The petitioner’s volition and the requirements that the law prescribes for legal guardians do not need to be considered when selecting a temporary legal guardian.

 (5) A temporary legal guardian may not be appointed for a period that is longer than six months.

 (6) The court may, by order, release a temporary legal guardian from their duties if it is manifest that the prerequisites for releasing the guardian have been fulfilled and a delay would risk harm to the interests of the ward.

 (7) The order by which a temporary legal guardian is appointed or released enters into effect at and is subject to enforcement from the time it is made public.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 556.  [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 557.  Court order

 (1) The court appoints a legal guardian to a minor by an order.

 (2) The order states:
 1) the person to whom the guardian is appointed;
 2) the person or agency appointed as the guardian;
 3) the guardian’s duties;
 4) whether the minor is permitted to carry out transactions without the guardian’s consent and the transactions that are permitted.

 (21) The order states that a legal guardianship is established until the minor attains full age – unless the court appoints the guardian for a shorter period.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The order that establishes a legal guardianship vests the guardian with the right to represent the ward.

 (4) Orders by which a legal guardian is appointed to a minor, by which a petition for appointing such a guardian is denied, by which the guardianship is terminated, by which the scope of the guardian’s duties is varied, by which termination of the guardianship is refused or the guardian is released or a new guardian is appointed, or which deal with the costs of guardianship, may be appealed by the minor whose guardian’s appointment was considered in the proceedings, by a person who is the minor’s direct blood relative or who is close to the minor and with whom the minor has a sufficient emotional connection, by the person who was appointed the minor’s guardian or by the executive of the municipality in which the minor has their residence.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

§ 5571.  Declaring a minor of not to have active legal capacity for the purposes of the right to vote

 (1) Declaring a person of 16–17 years of age not to have active legal capacity for the purposes of the right to vote is governed by the provisions that regulate appointment of legal guardian to a person of full age who has limited active legal capacity. When a person is declared not to have active legal capacity for the purposes of the right to vote, they are not appointed a guardian.

 (2) The court decides on declaring a minor not to have active legal capacity for the purposes of the right to vote of its own motion or on a petition of the municipal executive, the guardian or an interested party.
[RT I, 22.01.2016, 7 – entry into force 01.02.2016]

Subchapter 3 Determining a Parent's Rights in respect of the Child and Regulating Access to the Child 

§ 558.  Hearing the parents

 (1) In proceedings pertaining to the rights of a parent in respect of the child, the court hears the parents. With respect to the parents’ personal rights, the court hears the parents at first hand. Where the proceedings concern endangerment of the child’s well-being, the court hears the parents at first hand and discusses the protection of the child's interests with them. When arranging the hearing of the parents, the court takes into consideration whether one parent has used violence in respect of the child or the other parent.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

 (2) The court is not required to hear a parent who has no parental rights or whose children have been placed under guardianship – unless it is manifest that hearing the parent contributes to disposing of the case or to clarification of the circumstances.

 (3) The court is not required to hear the parents if it is manifest that the resulting delay would risk harm to the child’s interests.

§ 559.  Hearing the child

  [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 560.  Hearing the foster parents and any other persons who are raising the child

  Where, for an extended period of time, the child has lived with one parent or a person entitled to access the child or with a foster family, the court – in a case concerning the child – also hears the person or persons unless it is manifest that this does not contribute to disposing of the case or to clarification of the circumstances.

§ 5601.  Mediation or conciliation proceedings in matters of access to the child

 (1) The petition that is filed with the court must be accompanied by a certificate of unsuccessful mediation mentioned in § 13 of the Act on State-funded Family Mediation Services or by a certificate of unsuccessful conciliation mentioned in § 12 of the Conciliation Act.

 (2) Mediation or conciliation proceedings are not required to be undertaken as a prerequisite for approaching the court for assistance where one parent has used violence in respect of the child or the other parent, or where another valid reason is present. Where violence has been used, it must be referred to in the petition. The presence of another valid reason must be substantiated.

 (3) Where the petition was not accompanied by a certificate of unsuccessful mediation or conciliation and no reference was made to the circumstances mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, the court requests information from the Social Insurance Board on whether mediation or conciliation proceedings have taken place in the case.

 (4) Where, according to information received from the Social Insurance Board, the parents have not undertaken mediation or conciliation proceedings before approaching the court for assistance and where the circumstances mentioned in subsection 2 of this section are not present, the court accepts the petition and directs the parents to undertake the mediation procedure provided for by the Act on State-funded Family Mediation Services. The court explains to the parents the rules that govern recourse to the Social Insurance Board and sets a time limit for such recourse. The court transmits the order of reference for family mediation to the Board and serves it on the parties.

 (5) Where, based on the petition, one parent has used violence in respect of the child or of the other parent, the court explains to the parents the possibility of recourse to the Social Insurance Board in order to undertake the mediation procedure provided for by the Act on State-funded Family Mediation Services.

 (6) The court suspends proceedings on the petition until the end of the mediation procedure.

 (7) The court may, at any time, obtain information from the Social Insurance Board concerning the conduct of the mediation procedure.

 (8) Where the Social Insurance Board transmits to the court, under § 14 of the Act on State-funded Family Mediation Services, an approved parenting plan provided for by § 12 of that Act, or information concerning approval of such a plan, the court terminates proceedings by an order under clause 6 of subsection 1 of § 428 of this Code and, where this is needed, decides, under § 480 of this Code, on whether to set aside or vary any earlier judicial disposition. Where a certificate of unsuccessful mediation provided for by § 13 of the Act on State-funded Family Mediation Services is produced, the court continues proceedings in the case.

 (9) Where a claim for maintenance has been filed with the court that is connected to the case concerning access to the child, the court may direct the parents to undertake mediation regarding all of the claims according to the rules provided by subsections 1–8 of this section.

 (10) Approaching the court for assistance in a situation where the agreement concerning access to the child is amended or the order concerning such access is varied is governed by the provisions that regulate the making of arrangements concerning access to the child. The court may also refer the issue of varying a judicial disposition to be dealt with by the mediation provided for by the Act on State-funded Family Mediation Services.

 (11) A subsequent parenting plan that has been approved by the Social Insurance Board regarding an underage child replaces an earlier judicial disposition or plan. A subsequent judicial disposition regarding a maintenance claim by an underage child replaces an earlier approved arrangement concerning that claim.
[RT I, 10.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.09.2022]

§ 561.  Disposing of the case by settlement

 (1) In proceedings concerning a child, the court must, as early as possible and at each stage of the proceedings, try to steer the persons concerned to settle the case by mutual agreement. The court must hear such persons as early as possible and draw their attention to the possibility of recourse to the assistance of a family counsellor – above all, for working out a shared view on caring for the child and on assuming responsibility for them. When the court steers the persons to settle the case or draws their attention to the possibility of recourse to the assistance of a family counsellor, the court takes into consideration whether one parent has used violence in respect of the child or the other parent.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 – entry into force 29.03.2019]

 (2) The court may suspend proceedings concerning a child if this does not result in a delay that risks harm to the child’s interests and the persons concerned agree to undertake out-of-court counselling or if, in the court's view, there are other reasons that suggest prospects to settle the case by mutual agreement between the persons concerned.

§ 562.  Handing over items of property designated for personal use of the child

  Where the court orders the child to be returned, it may make, under the rules for interim protection measures, an order on the handing over of items of property designated for the child’s personal use.

§ 5621.  Enforceability of the order regulating access to the child and the fixing of compulsory measures

 (1) In an order by which it regulates access to the child, the court fixes compulsory measures that can be applied in the event the order is violated and explains the rules governing application of the measures that are provided by subsections 2 and 22 of § 179 of the Code of Enforcement Procedure.

 (2) The court only allows force to be used in respect of the party obligated to observe the rules fixed for access to the child if recourse to other means has been of no avail or where there is reason to presume that it will be of no avail, or where speedy enforcement of the disposition is required and the use of force is justified by the need to ensure the child’s well-being, which it is not possible to achieve by another method.

 (3) The order fixing the arrangements concerning access to the child is valid and enforceable without delay – regardless of whether it has entered into effect – as of the day on which it has been notified to the persons concerning whom it was made. The court may make the order enforceable in part or in full starting from a later date but not later than from the date of entry into effect.
[RT I, 10.12.2021, 1 – entry into effect 01.09.2022]

§ 563.  Conciliation procedure in a situation where the order or agreement regulating access to the child has been violated

  [Repealed – RT I, 10.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.09.2022]

§ 5631.  Communication of order

  An order rendered in a case concerning the parent’s legal custody serves as the basis for amending the person’s vital statistics information. The court sends the order to the vital statistics authority within ten days following its entry into effect for particulars concerning legal custody to be recorded in the Population Register.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

§ 5632.  Separation of child from the family

  In situations provided for and in accordance with the rules provided by law, a child may also be separated from the family without a court order, provided that leaving the child in the family would risk harm to the child’s health or life and such an order cannot be obtained with sufficient speed. In such a situation, the corresponding petition must be filed such that it would be possible for the court to dispose of the petition within 72 hours following the carrying out of such separation on the grounds provided by § 33 of the Child Protection Act.
[RT I, 06.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2016]

Subchapter 4 Adoption 

§ 564.  Petition for adoption

 (1) The court decides on adoption strictly on a petition of the person requesting it.

 (2) The petition states the name of the person whom the petitioner wants to adopt, the year, month and day of the person's birth, as well as any known particulars concerning such a person's parents are set out in the petition. If the petitioner wishes to change the child’s name, they must state this in the petition.

 (3) In the petition, the petitioner indicates the year, month and day of their birth, as well as circumstances that show that they are able to raise, care for and maintain the child.

 (4) If the petitioner is married, they annex their spouse’s written consent to adopt to the petition – unless, under the law, the spouse's consent is not needed for the adoption.

§ 565.  Hearing the petitioner

  In a case of adoption, the court hears the petitioner in person unless the petitioner cannot appear in court due to a valid reason.

§ 566.  Hearing the child

  [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 567.  Opinion of the Social Insurance Board

  [RT I, 21.12.2016, 2 – entry into force 01.01.2017]

 (1) The court instructs the Social Insurance Board to gather the information needed for deciding on the adoption and to present that information to the court.
[RT I, 21.12.2016, 2 – entry into force 01.01.2017]

 (2) The Social Insurance Board presents to the court the information concerning the health, financial situation and residence of the petitioner, and provides an opinion on whether the petitioner is able to raise, care for and maintain the child.
[RT I, 21.12.2016, 2 – entry into force 01.01.2017]

 (3) [Repealed – RT I, 21.12.2016, 2 – entry into force 01.01.2017]

§ 568.  Adoption order

 (1) The adoption order states the name of the adopted child and the childs other personal particulars to be recorded in the register and, in the case of changing the child’s given name or surname, their new given name or surname, the name of the adoptive parent and the parent’s other personal particulars to be recorded in the register, as well as the legal basis for the adoption. If the parent's consent to adoption is not required, this is mentioned in the order.

 (2) An adoption order enters into effect when it is served on the adoptive parent. The order cannot be appealed or varied.

 (3) The court sends an adoption order to the vital statistics authority after the order has entered into effect. The order serves as a basis for amending the vital statistics information of the adopted child.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

 (4) The petitioner may file an appeal against an order by which their petition was denied.

§ 569.  Invalidating the adoption

 (1) In proceedings to declare the adoption invalid, the court hears the Social Insurance Board. Where this is possible, the adoptive parent is also heard.
[RT I, 21.12.2016, 2 – entry into force 01.01.2017]

 (2) In proceedings to declare the adoption invalid, the court appoints a representative to the adopted child.

 (3) An order by which the adoption is invalidated enters into effect and becomes enforceable when it can no longer be appealed.

Subchapter 5 Extending the Active Legal capacity of a Minor 

§ 570.  Initiation of proceedings

  The court decides on extending the active legal capacity of a minor on a petition of the minor themselves, of the minor's parent or guardian, or of the executive of the municipality in which the minor has their residence.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 571.  Particulars in the petition

 (1) The petition states:
 1) the reason for petitioning the court to extend the minor’s active legal capacity;
 2) the particulars that constitute the grounds for such extension.

 (2) The petition is accompanied by the consent of the minor’s statutory representative to extending the minor’s active legal capacity. Where such consent has been denied, this must be stated in the petition.

§ 572.  Commissioning an expert assessment

 (1) Where necessary, the court commissions an expert assessment to ascertain the minor’s level of development. Before giving their expert opinion, the expert must question the minor in person.

 (2) If the minor whose expert assessment has been commissioned fails to appear before the expert without a valid reason, the court dismisses the petition.

§ 573.  Municipal executive in the proceedings

  Where so instructed by the court, the executive of the municipality in which the minor has their residence collects and presents to the court the information needed for extending the minor’s active legal capacity, and, in the proceedings, provides its opinion concerning such extension.

§ 574.  Hearing of persons

 (1) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) If the minor does not appear for their hearing without a valid reason, the court dismisses the petition.

 (5) The court invites the statutory representatives of the minor to state their opinion in the proceedings. On a motion of the minor and unless this significantly delays proceedings, other persons close to the minor must be granted an opportunity to state their opinion.

 (6) [Repealed – RT I, 08.06.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.11.2022]

§ 575.  Court order

 (1) The court disposes of extending a minor's active legal capacity by an order.

 (2) The order states:
 1) the person whose active legal capacity is extended;
 2) the transactions or acts-at-law that the minor is permitted to carry out without the consent of their statutory representative.

§ 576.  Amending and setting aside the order

  The provisions concerning the order on extending the minor’s active legal capacity apply, accordingly, to varying or setting aside such an order.

§ 577.  Communication and entry into effect of the order

 (1) The order enters into effect and becomes enforceable as of its service on the minor.

 (2) The court notifies the order to other courts and public authorities where it is manifest that such notification is in the interests of the minor, of third parties or of the public. At the request of the minor, the court publishes a notice in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded.

§ 578.  Appealing the order

 (1) The order by which the minor’s active legal capacity is extended – or an order by which such an order is varied or set aside – as well as the order by which the corresponding petition is denied may be appealed by the petitioner, the minor and the executive of the municipality in which the minor has their residence.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The appeal cannot be filed later than five months following the date on which the order was served on the minor.

Subchapter 6 Ascertaining Filiation from a Parent and Contesting the Entry Identifying the Parent after the Person’s Death 

§ 579.  Petition to ascertain filiation and to contest the corresponding entry

 (1) The court disposes of ascertaining a person’s filiation from another person who has passed away and of contesting the entry by which the latter person has been identified as the former person’s parent in the record of their birth or in the Population Register strictly on a corresponding petition.

 (2) A petition to ascertain a person’s filiation from another person who has passed away or to contest the entry by which the latter person has been identified as the parent in the record of the former person’s birth or in the Population Register may be filed by the person whose filiation the petition seeks to ascertain or whose filiation it contests, by the guardian of such a person or by the municipal executive.

 (3) The petition states the circumstances based on which the person’s from another person is sought to be ascertained may be considered to be the parent or based on which the person identified as a parent in the record of the birth or in the Population Register cannot be considered as such.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

§ 580.  Hearing the persons

 (1) The court hears the child’s other parent, the parents, spouse and full-age children of the person who has passed away, as well as any other persons whose hearing the court deems necessary.

 (2) The court may decide not to hear a person mentioned in subsection 1 of this section only if the person is permanently incapable of providing a statement or if their whereabouts are unknown.

 (3) Where the petition was filed by the mother or legal guardian of an underage child, the court also invites the executive of the municipality in which the child has their residence to state its opinion.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 581.  Commissioning an expert assessment

  Where this is needed, the court commissions an expert assessment to ascertain a person’s filiation, provided this is possible without exhuming the person who has passed away from the place where they are buried.

§ 582.  Court order concerning a petition to ascertain a person’s filiation or to contest an entry concerning a parent

 (1) An order by which a person’s filiation is ascertained states the name of the person whose filiation has been ascertained and any other of their personal particulars to be recorded in the register, as well as the name of the person from whom filiation has been established and their other personal particulars to be recorded in the register.

 (2) An order by which it is ascertained that an entry concerning a parent in the record of a birth or in the Population Register is erroneous and the child does not descend from the deceased person states the same particulars concerning the persons who are deemed not to be related by filiation.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

 (3) An order by which the court disposes of a petition to ascertain a person’s filiation or a petition contesting the entry in the record of a birth or in the Population Register concerning a parent enters into effect and is subject to enforcement on expiry of the time limit for appeal against the order.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

 (4) The court sends the order by which it ascertained the person’s filiation or the error in the entry concerning the parent to the vital statistics authority when that order has entered into effect. The order serves as a basis for amending the vital statistics information of the child.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

§ 583.  Appealing the order

  The order by which filiation, or the error in the entry concerning the parent, was ascertained, or by which the corresponding petition was denied may be appealed by the petitioner, by the parents, spouse or full-age children of the deceased, or by the executive of the municipality in which the petitioner has their residence.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 57 IMPOSITION OF CONSERVATION MEASURES ON A DECEDENT’S ESTATE 

§ 584.  Security for costs of imposition of conservation measures

 (1) The court may obligate the person who files a petition for imposition of conservation measures on a decedent’s estate – or the person in whose interests such measures are to be imposed – to pay an amount of money determined by the court into the account prescribed for this purpose in order to cover the costs of imposition of the measures, should there be reason to believe that the estate is not sufficient to cover such costs.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (2) The order mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be appealed. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

§ 585.  Hearing the persons concerned

  In proceedings concerning imposition of conservation measures on a decedent’s estate, the court hears the petitioner or the person in whose interests the measures are to be imposed, as well as the person whose appointment as conservator of the estate has been requested. Where this is needed, the court also hears any other persons whose rights and interests are affected by the petition.

§ 586.  Order imposing conservation measures

 (1) Unless otherwise provided by this Chapter, the court decides on imposition of conservation measures and appointment of conservator of the estate in accordance with the provisions concerning the placing of an absentee’s property under conservatorship.

 (2) The order by which conservation measures are imposed and a conservator is appointed to the estate enters into effect when it is served on the conservator. The order is also communicated to the petitioner, heirs or beneficiaries, legatees, as well as to the decedent’s creditors and to the executor of the decedent’s will.

 (3) On a motion of the heir of beneficiary, legatee, conservator of the estate, creditor of the decedent or executor of the decedent’s will, or of the court’s own motion, the court may vary or discharge conservation measures or release the conservator from their duties.

 (4) The order may be appealed by the petitioner or any other person mentioned in subsection 3 of this section.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

 (5) The decision to impose conservation measures and to appoint a conservator to the estate may also be made by an assistant judge.
[RT I 2010, 38, 231 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

 (6) The court records the imposition, variation or discharge of conservation measures in the Succession Register.
[RT I, 09.10.2013, 1 – entry into force 28.10.2013]

§ 587.  Costs of conservation measures

 (1) The costs required for imposition of conservation measures are covered out of the decedent’s estate. Where the court so directs, property items may be sold from the estate to cover such costs. If the estate is not sufficient to cover the costs, these are covered out of the money mentioned in subsection 1 of § 584 of this Code. The remainder of the money paid into the bank account designated by the court is returned.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (2) An appeal against the order to compensate the costs of imposition of conservation measures may be filed by the heir or beneficiary, legatee, conservator of the estate, creditor of the decedent or executor of the decedent’s will. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 588.  [Repealed – RT I 2010, 38, 231 – entry into force 01.07.2010]

§ 589.  Authorisation to transfer an item of immovable property

 (1) The conservator of the estate may file, with the court that imposed conservation measures, an application for authorisation to transfer an item of immovable property that is part of the estate.

 (2) The court decides on the grant of authorisation by an order. An appeal may be filed against the order by the heir or beneficiary, legatee, conservator of the estate, executor of the decedent’s will, creditor of the decedent or any co-owner or joint owner of the property. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.

§ 590.  Report by conservator of the estate

 (1) The conservator of the estate files a report with the court when the conservatorship ends. The court may also require a report from the conservator before that. Heirs or beneficiaries as well as legatees have a right to acquaint themselves with the report.

 (2) The report states the initial composition of the estate, any payments made from it as well as any earnings received from revenue-producing items in the estate.

 (3) Where the grounds for conservation of the estate are no longer present, the court makes an order by which it discharges the conservatorship and releases the conservator from their duties.

 (4) The heir or beneficiary, legatee, conservator of the estate, executor of the decedent’s will, creditor of the decedent or any joint owner or co-owner of the property that is part of the estate may file an appeal against the order by which conservatorship was discharged, or its discharge refused.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

Chapter 58 REGISTRATION CASES 

§ 591.  Registers kept by the court

  Tartu District Court keeps the following registers provided for by law:
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 – entry into force 01.01.2015]
 1) Commercial Register;
 2) Register of Non-profit Associations and Foundations;
 3) Land Register;
 4) Ship Register;
 5) [Repealed – RT I, 21.12.2016, 1 – entry into force 01.03.2018]
 6) Register of Commercial Pledges.

§ 592.  Rules for keeping the registers

 (1) The rules for keeping the registers are provided by law. The Minister in charge of the policy sector may enact, by a regulation, technical and operational requirements for the keeping of registers and the making of entries.

 (2) The provisions of the Public Information Act concerning databases apply to the registers kept by the court, and to the keeping of such registers, without prejudice to special rules provided by this Code and by other laws that provide for the registers.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

§ 593.  Registration application

 (1) Unless otherwise provided by law, the court makes entries in the register strictly based on a registration application or a judicial disposition.

 (2) A registration application is filed with the court in the form provided by law by the person entitled by law to file it.

 (3) The person entitled to file an application may withdraw the application until the making of the registration order. To withdraw the application, a notice is filed with the court in the same form as the application, setting out the reason for the withdrawal.

 (4) The notary who authenticated or certified an application may represent the applicant at the disposition of the registration case in court. Among other things, the notary may file the notice of withdrawal or amendment of the original application, or appeal on behalf of the applicant. The applicant may terminate the notary's authority of representation.

 (5) Where the registration application is withdrawn, the court dismisses it.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

§ 594.  Judicial disposition replacing an application or consent

  Where a person’s application or consent is required in order to record an entry in a register, the application or consent may be replaced by a judicial disposition that has entered into effect and is enforceable without delay and that establishes the person’s duty to contribute to recording the entry, or ascertains the legal relationship based on which the entry must be made.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 595.  Powers of judges and assistant judges

 (1) Entries are made in the register and orders are rendered concerning the keeping of the register – including orders that impose a fine – by judges and assistant judges.

 (2) An assistant judge must refer the making of an order or entry to a judge who has the required authority:
 1) where the law of another State is to be applied and the application may to a material extent determine the disposition of the case and there is no established practice in the matter in Estonia;
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]
 11) where a right in rem of a foreign State has to be adapted under Regulation (EU) No 650/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 – entry into force 20.03.2016]
 2) if they wish to derogate from the opinion of the judge, which is known to them;
 3) if legal complications come to light when considering the application;
 4) if, in their opinion, the provision subject to application is contrary to the Constitution or to the law of the European Union;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 5) where a decision is to be made on compulsory dissolution of a legal person, on liquidation or on the appointment of liquidators;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 51) where the imposition of a fine in excess of 1000 euros is envisaged;
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]
 6) in other situations provided for by law.

 (3) The judge may refer the making of an order or entry back to the assistant judge. In such a situation, the assistant judge is bound by the opinion of the judge.

 (4) The provisions of this Code concerning recusal of judges apply to recusal of assistant judges.

§ 5951.  Powers of registry clerks

 (1) The registry clerk is a court official who may:
 1) issue orders mentioned in subsection 3 of § 221 of this Code, including orders concerning the curing of defects and orders stating a warning;
 2) decide on the making of an entry concerning a sole proprietor, with the exception of recording, or amending, a business name in the Commercial Register;
 3) decide on the making of an entry based on a judicial disposition;
 4) decide on the entry, in the Commercial Register, of the beginning and end dates of the financial year;
 5) perform the operations to update the field of activity mentioned in § 5211 of the Commercial Code;
 6) decide on recording, or amending, in the Commercial Register, the e-mail address or other contact particulars;
 7) perform other job duties on the basis of, and following the rules provided by, the Internal Rules of the Court’s Registry Department enacted under subsection 1 of § 42 of the Courts Act.

 (2) Where, in a registration case, the registry clerk envisages derogating from the opinion of the judge that they are aware of – or where difficulties of a legal nature arise in the case – the clerk must interrupt consideration of the case and approach a judge or assistant judge for guidance.

 (3) The registry clerk must hand over – based on the work distribution plan of the employees of the Registry Department – the registration case for consideration by another person if there are grounds to doubt their impartiality, including where they themselves, or their relative by blood or marriage, appear in the registration case as:
 1) the sole proprietor;
 2) a partner of the general or limited partnership, or the partnership’s authorised representative or procurator appearing in the Commercial Register;
 3) a founding member, member of the management or supervisory board, procurator or sworn auditor of the private or public limited company or commercial association;
 4) a statutory representative, branch manager or procurator of the foreign company whose branch has been entered, or is being entered in the Commercial Register;
 5) a founding member or member of the management board of the non-profit association or foundation, a member of the foundation’s supervisory board, a member of any other body of the non-profit association or the foundation’s sworn auditor.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

§ 596.  Registration order

 (1) In a registration case, the application is disposed of by a registration order and an entry is made on the basis of the order.

 (11) The registration case is disposed of in written proceedings; nevertheless, in order to clarify the circumstances, the court may also hear the party to proceedings at first hand.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (2) Where an application has a defect that prevents the making of the entry or where a document that is required is missing, and it is manifest that the defect can be cured, the court sets a time limit for curing it. If the defect has not been cured by the end of the time limit, the court enters a registration order by which it denies the application.

 (3) If the court grants a registration application in full, it makes the entry in the register without issuing a separate registration order. In such a situation, the content of the entry is deemed to constitute the registration order.

 (4) If the court grants an application in part, it makes the entry concerning the part of the application that was granted and issues a registration order by which it denies the remaining part of the application.
[RT I 2006, 7, 42 – entry into force 04.02.2006]

 (5) A registration order is issued also regarding an entry that the court makes of its own motion. The reasons of such an order, too, must be stated.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

§ 597.  Making the entry

 (1) Unless otherwise provided by law, a registration order is carried out, and the entry made, without delay.

 (2) A registration order that denies the application is served on the applicant.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) An registration order that grants the application is transmitted to the applicant by the method prescribed by a regulation of the Minister in charge of the policy sector.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) Where an entry is made on the basis of a registrion order without a corresponding application, the order is served on the persons whom or whose assets the entry concerns.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 598.  Suspension of proceedings on a registration application in connection with a legal dispute

  Where, in order to dispose of a registration application, the court dealing with the registration case concerning the Commercial Register or the Register of Non-profit Associations and Foundations would have to assess a disputed legal relationship, the court may suspend proceedings on the application until the time the dispute has been disposed of under the action-by-claim procedure. Where, in such a situation, a court claim has not yet been filed, the court may set the person concerned a time limit for filing such a claim. Proceedings in a case concerning the Commercial Register or the Register of Non-profit Associations and Foundations may also be suspended in a situation provided for by § 356 of this Code.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 599.  Appealing the registration order

 (1) The applicant may appeal the registration order by which their application was denied or by which the application was granted in part, or the order by which a time limit was set for the curing of defects. An order based on which an entry was made of the court’s own motion may be appealed by the person affected by the entry.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (2) When appealing the order that denied the appeal against the order that set a time limit for the curing of defects, the objections that have already been disposed of when disposing of the appeal against the order that set the time limit cannot be relied on as the cause for relief.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

§ 600.  Rectifying an erroneous entry

 (1) A register entry cannot be appealed; instead, an application may be filed with the court that keeps the register to rectify an erroneous entry in accordance with the rules provided by law.

 (2) In situations provided for by law, the court that keeps the register amends the particulars of its own motion. The court rectifies an entry if the registration order on which the entry is based has been set aside or varied.

§ 601.  Imposing a fine

 (1) Where the court possesses substantiated information showing that particulars that the law mandates to be recorded in the register have not been filed, the court makes an order by which, under penalty of a fine, it requires the persons whose duty it is to file the particulars to file the missing particulars or to file an objection against the order. The court may also impose a fine in other situations provided for by law.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (2) Where, during the time limit set by the court, the requirement is not complied with, and no objection has been filed, the court makes an order by which it imposes a fine, and restates the previous order concerning the filing of the information together with a warning that a new fine may be imposed. The court proceeds in this manner until the requirement is complied with or an objection is filed against the order.

 (3) Where an objection has been filed against the order within the time limit set by the court and the circumstances set out in the objection require specific clarification, the court, where this is needed, summons the persons concerned in order to clarify the circumstances.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (4) If the court considers the objection that has been filed to be justified, no fine is imposed.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (5) Where the objection is unfounded, the court makes an order by which it imposes a fine and issues a new order mandating compliance with the requirement. The time limit set by the new order does not commence to run before the time limit for appealing the order has expired.

 (6) Where a well-founded objection is filed against a restated order, the court may also set aside the previous order by which it imposed a fine or reduce the amount of the fine if this is justified.

 (7) Where the court imposes a fine, it also orders the parties concerned to pay case costs.

 (8) A person who has been fined may file an appeal against the order by which the fine was imposed. The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning such an appeal cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

Chapter 59 LEGAL PERSONS: APPOINTMENT OF A SUBSTITUTE MEMBER TO THE MANAGEMENT BOARD OR SUPERVISORY BOARD AND OF THE AUDITOR, THE PERSON TO PERFORM A SPECIAL AUDIT AND A LIQUIDATOR 

§ 602.  Appointment of members of managing bodies of a legal person and of other persons

  On a petition of the interested party, the court appoints a substitute member to the management board or supervisory board of the legal person, or appoints the auditor or orders a special audit and appoints the person to perform it. The court may, of its own motion – among other situations, in the case of compulsory dissolution of the legal person – appoint a liquidator. Where the court has not succeeded in serving procedural documents on the legal person for the reason that, due to being out of the country or to any other reason, the members of the person’s managing body are not available or their whereabouts are not known, the court may appoint a substitute member to the person’s managing body of its own motion regardless of any limitations that may have been provided by the person’s articles of association.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 603.  Requirements for the persons to be appointed

 (1) The court may appoint, to a position mentioned in § 602 of this Code, any person who meets the requirements mentioned in the law and who, according to the court’s assessment, is able to perform their duties at the required level.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The court may, among others, appoint a trustee in bankruptcy as a liquidator.

 (3) The person’s consent is required for their appointment.

§ 604.  Rules for appointing the person

 (1) Where this is possible, the petition to appoint a person mentioned in § 602 of this Code must state the name of the candidate whose appointment is sought. When appointing the person, the court is not bound by the petition.

 (2) Where, within a reasonable period of time, the court is unable to find a person who meets the requirements provided by law and agrees to accept the position, and the petitioner is unable to offer a suitable candidate to the court within the time limit set by it, the petition is denied or the proceedings are terminated. Where the court has not succeeded in appointing a liquidator to a private legal person who is subject to a compulsory dissolution order and, within a reasonable period of time, bankruptcy proceedings have not been initiated regarding the person, the court orders, among other things, that liquidation proceedings concerning the person be dispensed with and that the person be removed from the register.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

 (3) Where this is possible, the court hears the interested parties before appointing the person. Before ordering a special audit, the court must hear the view of the company’s management board and supervisory board and of the auditor.

 (4) When appointing a member of the management board or of the supervisory board, or the auditor or liquidator, their duties may be set out specifically.

 (5) The court may, of its own motion, release the person that it has appointed and appoint a new person.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 605.  Remuneration of and compensation of costs to a person appointed by the court

 (1) A person mentioned in § 602 of this Code may claim to be compensated by the legal person for the costs they have incurred and to be paid remuneration by the legal person for their work. If the person does not reach an agreement with the legal person in this matter, the court – on the person’s application and by an order – determines the amount of the remuneration and the costs to be compensated.

 (2) The court may require the petitioner or the legal person in whose interests the person is to be appointed to make, to the designated account, an advance payment sufficient to cover the costs and the remuneration. If the amount determined by the court is not paid by the due date set by the court, the petition is denied or the proceedings are terminated. Where the advance payment to cover the costs of liquidating a private legal person who is subject to a compulsory dissolution order and, within a reasonable period of time, bankruptcy proceedings have not been initiated regarding the person, the court orders, among other things, that liquidation proceedings concerning the person be dispensed with or terminated and that the person be removed from the register.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

§ 606.  Entry into effect of and appealing the orders

  [RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (1) The orders mentioned in this Chapter enter into effect and are enforceable from their transmission to the legal person.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The order that grants or denies the petition to appoint a person or terminates the proceedings may be appealed by the petitioner and by the legal person.

 (3) The order on the amount of remuneration to be paid to the person from the account of the legal person or on the amount of the costs may be appealed by the person appointed to the position and by the legal person. An order mandating an advance payment to the account designated by the court may be appealed by the party obligated to make the payment if the amount whose payment was ordered exceeds 300 euros.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 – entry into force 01.04.2014]

 (4) The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal mentioned in subsection 3 of this section cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

Chapter 60 DETERMINING THE AMOUNT OF COMPENSATION PAYABLE TO COMPANY SHAREHOLDERS 

§ 607.  Determining the amount of compensation payable to company shareholders

 (1) The provisions of this Chapter govern the determination of the amount of the compensation payable to company shareholders that is mentioned in subsection 3 of § 3638, subsection 3 of § 398, subsection 1 of § 404, subsection 3 of § 441, subsection 1 of § 448, subsection 1 of § 481 and subsection 1 of § 488 of the Commercial Code.

 (2) The provisions of this Chapter apply to the shareholders or creditors of credit institutions or investment firms when determining the compensation provided for by the Financial Crisis Prevention and Resolution Act or by the Credit Institutions Act.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 3 – entry into force 29.03.2015]

§ 608.  Petition to determine the amount of compensation

 (1) The court determines the amount of compensation payable to company shareholders in accordance with the rules provided by this Chapter strictly on a petition of the shareholder entitled to seek such determination.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided by law, the petition may be filed within three months following the date on which the takeover resolution was transmitted to the Registrar of the Commercial Register in accordance with § 36310 of the Commercial Code or the date on which the merger of companies was recorded in the registered information of the company that was acquired, or the date on which the division of companies was recorded in the registered information of the company that was divided, or the date on which the change of the company’s legal status was recorded in the commercial register.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (3) A petition to determine the amount of compensation must state, among other things:
 1) the person obligated to pay the compensation, the number of shares held by the person or the nominal value of the shares that possess such value;
[RT I 2010, 20, 103 – entry into force 01.07.2010]
 2) the circumstances that constitute grounds for the payment of compensation;
 3) the amount of compensation sought and the reasons for that amount, including any objections to the calculation made by the person obligated to pay the compensation – where a calculation was included in the report that states the reasons for the amount of compensation.

 (4) The court may allow the petitioner an additional time limit for providing the reasons mentioned in clause 3 of subsection 3 of this section if the petitioner substantiates that, at the time of filing the petition, the report stating the reasons for the amount was not available to them for a valid reason, and, at the same time, moves that the person obligated to pay the compensation be ordered to file the report.

§ 609.  Joinder of proceedings on the petitions and appointing a representative to the shareholders

 (1) When the time limit provided by law for the payment of compensation has expired, the petitions for compensation that have been filed on the same facts are ordered joined into the same proceedings.

 (2) The court also appoints a joint representative or several representatives for the protection, in the proceedings, of the interests of the shareholders who were entitled to file a petition to determine the amount of compensation but did not do so, unless it is manifest that the rights of such shareholders are sufficiently protected otherwise.

 (3) The court publishes a notice concerning the proceedings and concerning the appointment of the shareholders’ representative in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded. Where the proceedings concern a public limited company that has more than 100 shareholders, the notice is also published in at least one newspaper of nation-wide circulation.

 (4) The representative appointed by the court may continue the proceedings even when the petition for their initiation is withdrawn or abandoned. In such a situation, the shareholders represented by the representative are deemed to be the petitioner.

 (5) A shareholder to whom a representative was appointed under the rule provided by subsection 2 of this section may, in the stead of the appointed representative, participate in the proceedings in person or through a representative appointed by themselves.

§ 610.  Preparing to dispose of the petition to determine compensation

 (1) The court, without delay, serves the petition to determine the amount of compensation on the person obligated to pay the compensation and on the representatives of the other shareholders.

 (2) The court orders the person obligated to pay compensation to provide a written response to the petition. The response must, among other things, state the person's opinion concerning the amount of the compensation to be paid and of any potential top-up payments.

 (3) The person obligated to pay compensation must annex to their response the report based on which the compensation was calculated and, where applicable, the auditor's report. Where this is requested by the petitioner or another shareholder or their representative, the court requires the person obligated to pay compensation to transmit, to the petitioner or other shareholder or their representative, copies of such documents free of charge.

 (4) The court transmits the response of the person obligated to pay compensation to the petitioner and other shareholders or their representatives and sets a time limit for making written submissions concerning the response.

 (5) When preparing to dispose of the case, the court may commission an expert assessment, or require that the person obligated to pay compensation produce, to the court or the expert, the documents based on which the compensation was calculated, or any other documents that are material for disposing of the case, and require the person obligated to pay compensation or the petitioner to make an advance payment of an amount sufficient to cover case costs. The court may, on a motion of the person obligated to pay compensation and – on having weighed the interests of both parties, in the presence of a valid reason – above all, in order to protect a business secret – order the petitioner not to be allowed to acquaint themselves with the documents based on which the compensation was determined.

§ 611.  Disposing of the case at the hearing

 (1) The court disposes of the case at the hearing. Where a valid reason is present, the court may dispose of the case without holding the hearing.

 (2) The court may, also of its own motion, summon an expert to the hearing and hear their opinion, regardless of whether the expert has previously provided a written opinion concerning the case.

§ 612.  Entry into effect of the order on the amount of compensation; appealing the order

 (1) The order concerning the petition to determine the amount of compensation enters into effect and becomes enforceable when the law does not permit it to be appealed further, or when the judicial disposition that denies or dismisses the appeal against the order has entered into effect. On the basis of the order that determines the amount of the compensation, the shareholders may file claims for payment of the compensation.

 (2) The order mentioned in subsection 1 of this section applies to all shareholders.

 (3) The court also publishes the operative part of the order in the publication Ametlikud Teadaanded. Where the proceedings concern a public limited company that has more than 100 shareholders, the operative part is also published in at least one newspaper of nation-wide circulation.

 (4) The order mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be appealed by the petitioner, the person who is obligated to pay or entitled to receive compensation or the representative of the shareholders who has been appointed by the court.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

Chapter 61 CASES CONCERNING APARTMENT OWNERSHIP RIGHTS AND CO-OWNERSHIP RIGHTS 

§ 613.  Action-by-petition proceedings in cases concerning apartment ownership rights and co-ownership rights

 (1) The court deals with the following in action-by-petition proceedings:
 1) – on a petition of the apartment owner or of the apartment association – cases that arise in relation to apartment ownership rights or to administration of the property subject to such rights and that concern the mutual rights and obligations of apartment owners as well as the mutual rights and obligations between apartment owners and the apartment association, with the exception of claims filed under § 33 of the Apartment Ownership and Apartment Associations Act to order the transfer of ownership rights in the apartment;
[RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2018]
 2) [Repealed – RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2018]
 3) [Repealed – RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2018]
 4) on a petition the interested party, cases concerning the validity of a decision of a body of the apartment association.
[RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2018]

 (2) The court also follows the action-by-petition procedure when dealing with a dispute that has arisen between co-owners of an item of immovable property that includes – as an essential part of the property – a residential building, and that relates to matters that are mentioned in subsection 1 of this section and that concern the use or administration of the co-owned residential premises, or of the premises or land used in common, or the co-owners’ decisions.

 (3) In matters not regulated by law or by an agreement or decision of the apartment owners, the judge has discretionary authority.

 (4) A case mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be dealt with under the action-by-claim procedure if it is filed as a counterclaim or together with a claim that must be dealt with under that procedure.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) A claim for payment arising from a case mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be filed under the expedited order-for-payment procedure.

§ 614.  Parties to proceedings

 (1) Where the case relates to rights in an item of immovable property that have been divided into apartment ownership rights, the parties to proceedings include the relevant apartment owners and the apartment association.
[RT I, 23.12.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (2) In a situation mentioned in clause 4 of subsection 1 of § 613 of this Code, the parties to proceedings include the petitioner and the apartment association.

 (3) In a situation mentioned in subsection 2 of § 613 of this Code, the parties to proceedings include the co-owners.
[RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2018]

§ 615.  Conducting the proceedings

 (1) As a general rule, the court discusses the case with the parties to proceedings orally and endeavours to steer them towards reaching an agreement.

 (2) Where an agreement is reached, it is set out in writing or noted in the record of proceedings and deemed to constitute a judicial compromise, which the court approves by an order.

 (3) In its order, the court must set out the measures that are needed to comply with the order.

§ 616.  Interim protection measures

  When dealing with the case, the court may, by order, on an application or of its own motion, impose interim protection measures in action-by-petition proceedings where these are needed to protect the petition.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 617.  Appealing the order

 (1) The order by which the court grants or denies the petition enters into effect and becomes enforceable when the law does not permit it to be appealed further – or when the disposition by which the appeal against the order is denied or dismissed or rejected enters into effect.

 (2) The order by which the court grants or denies the petition may be appealed.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 618.  Varying the order

  Upon a material change in the circumstances, the court may, on an application of the party concerned and in order to avoid grave consequences, vary the order or compromise entered in the case.

Chapter 611 CASES CONCERNING ACCESS TO A PUBLIC ROAD AND THE QUIET ENJOYMENT OF UTILITY WORKS AND OF ARTIFICIAL RECIPIENTS OF LAND IMPROVEMENT SYSTEMS 
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 - entry into force 01.01.2019]

§ 6181.  Procedure for cases concerning access to a public road and obligatory acquiescence with utility works and with artificial recipients of land improvement systems

  [RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2019]

 (1) Petitions concerning access to a public road (subsection 1 of § 156 of the Law of Property Act) and obligatory acquiescence with utility works (subsection 1 of § 158 of the Law of Property Act and § 152 of the Act to Implement the Law of Property Act) and with artificial recipients of land improvement systems (subsection 1 of § 20 of the Land Improvement Act) are dealt with under the rules provided by this Chapter.
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2019]

 (2) A petition mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be dealt with under the action-by-claim procedure if it is filed as a counterclaim or together with a claim that must be dealt with under the action-by-claim procedure.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 6182.  Parties to proceedings

 (1) The parties to proceedings are the petitioner and the owners of any items of immovable property who are affected by the disposition of the case as well as the executive of the municipality in whose administrative territory the property is situated. The court does not need to involve the municipal executive in the proceedings if the executive’s interests are not affected or if this does not facilitate disposing of the case.

 (2) Where the court has required so, the municipal executive collects and presents to the court the particulars that are needed to dispose of the case, regardless of whether or not the executive appears as a party to the proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 6183.  Interim protection measures

  When dealing with the case, the court may, by order, on an application or of its own motion, impose interim protection measures.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 6184.  Conducting proceedings in the case

 (1) As a general rule, the court discusses the case with the parties to proceedings orally and endeavours to steer them towards reaching an agreement.

 (2) Where an agreement is reached, it is set out in writing or noted in the record of proceedings and is deemed to constitute a judicial compromise, which the court approves by an order.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 6185.  Varying the order

  Upon a material change in the circumstances, the court may, on an application of the party concerned and in order to avoid grave consequences, vary the order or compromise entered in the case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 6186.  Entry into force of and appealing the order

 (1) The order by which the court grants or denies the petition enters into effect and becomes enforceable when it cannot be appealed any further under the law – or when the judicial disposition denying or dismissing or rejecting the appeal enters into effect.

 (2) The order by which the court grants or denies the petition may be appealed.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 62 RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF FOREIGN JUDICIAL DISPOSITIONS RENDERED IN CIVIL CASES AND OF OTHER ENFORCEABLE TITLES OF FOREIGN STATES 

§ 619.  Recognition of judicial dispositions and other enforceable titles of a Member State of the European Union

 (1) The provisions of this Code apply to the recognition and enforcement in Estonia of judicial dispositions rendered in civil cases and of other enforceable titles of Member States of the European Union insofar as has not been provided for otherwise by a treaty or the following Regulations of the European Union:
 1) Regulation (EU) No 1215/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
 2) Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1111;
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 – entry into force 20.11.2022]
 3) Regulation (EC) No 805/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council creating a European Enforcement Order for uncontested claims (OJ L 143, 30.4.2004, p. 15–39);
 4) Regulation (EC) No 1896/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
 5) Regulation (EC) No 861/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
 6) Regulation (EC) No 4/2009 of the Council;
 7) Regulation (EU) No 606/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council on mutual recognition of protection measures in civil cases (OJ L 181, 29.6.2013, p. 4–12);
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]
 8) Regulation (EU) No 650/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council;
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 – entry into force 20.03.2016]
 9) Regulation (EU) No 655/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 – entry into force 06.07.2017]

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 6191.  Implementation of Regulation (EC) No 805/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council

 (1) Certificates under paragraphs 2 and 3 of Article 6, paragraph 1 of Article 9 and paragraph 1 of Article 24 of Regulation (EC) No 805/2004 of the European Parliament and of the Council are issued by the district court that rendered the disposition in the case. Under paragraph 1 of Article 25 of the Regulation, the certification, as a European Enforcement Order, of an authentic instrument drawn up concerning the claim is provided by Harju District Court.

 (2) The granting of the certificate mentioned in subsection 1 of this section is disposed of by the court under the written procedure. The certificate is transmitted to the defendant or debtor and to the person who applied for it by a method selected by the court. An order by which the court refuses to grant the certificate is served on the applicant and the applicant may file an appeal against the order.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (3) In a situation mentioned in subparagraph (a) of paragraph 1 of Article 10 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the court that rendered the disposition may rectify the order by which it certified the disposition as a European Enforcement Order on the same grounds and according to the same rules as apply in relation to Estonian judicial dispositions.

 (4) In a situation mentioned in subparagraph (b) of paragraph 1 of Article 10 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the court that granted the certificate may withdraw it by an order if the certificate was granted wrongly. The defendant or debtor may file a motion to withdraw the certificate within 30 days following the date on which they learned of the judicial disposition or other enforcement order and of the certificate – or within two months, if the disposition, order or certificate was sent to a location abroad. An appeal may be filed against an order by which the certificate was withdrawn or by which the court refused to withdraw it.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

 (5) Under subparagraph (c) of paragraph 2 of Article 20 the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, a European Enforcement Order is accepted for enforcement in Estonia only if it has been made in Estonian or English or if a translation into the Estonian or the English language is annexed to the certificate.

 (6) The provisions concerning enforcement proceedings in Estonia apply to the enforcement of a European Enforcement Order under the Estonian enforcement procedure, and to the debtor's legal remedies, insofar as this has not been provided for otherwise by the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 6192.  Implementation of Regulation (EU) No 606/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council

 (1) The certificate mentioned in paragraph 1 of Article 5 and paragraph 1 of Article 14 of Regulation (EU) No 606/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council is issued by the district court that has ordered the measure. The court serves the certificate on the person causing the risk and communicates it to the person to whom the risk is caused.

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subparagraph (a) of paragraph 1 of Article 9 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the court that issued the certificate may rectify it on the same grounds and according to the same rules as apply in relation to Estonian judicial dispositions.

 (3) In a situation mentioned in subparagraph (b) of paragraph 1 of Article 9 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the district court that issued the certificate may withdraw it on an application of the person to whom risk is caused or or the person causing the risk. An appeal may be filed against the order by which the certificate is withdrawn or its withdrawal is refused.

 (4) Documents that have been created in the Estonian or the English language or translated into Estonian or English are accepted in Estonia under paragraph 1 of Article 16 of the Regulation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, and are accepted for enforcement in accordance with paragraph 2 of Article 4 of that Regulation.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]

§ 6193.  Implementation of Regulation (EU) No 650/2012 of European Parliament and of Council

  The attestation mentioned in subparagraph (b) of paragraph 3 of Article 46 of Regulation (EU) No 650/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council is issued by the court that rendered the disposition.
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 – entry into force 20.03.2016]

§ 6194.  Implementation of Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1111

 (1) The certificate mentioned in paragraph 1 of Article 36 and in Article 49 of Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1111 is issued by the court that rendered the disposition.

 (2) In situations provided for by paragraph 1 of Article 37 and by paragraph 1 of Article 48 of Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1111 the court may rectify the certificate on the same grounds and according to the same rules that apply in relation to Estonian judicial dispositions.

 (3) Any motions or applications that seek a declaration of no grounds for refusal of recognition, or a refusal of recognition or of enforcement and that have been provided for by paragraph 3 of Article 30, by paragraph 2 of Article 40 and by paragraph 1 of Article 58 of Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1111 are filed with the district court.

 (4) An order rendered in the case may be appealed to the circuit court of appeal under Article 61 and to the Supreme Court under Article 62 of Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1111.

 (5) In addition to the Estonian language, Estonian central authorities accept communications – under paragraphs 2 and 3 of Article 91 of Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1111 – as well as translations of any requests made and any additional documents provided under Articles 80, 81 and 82, and translations of any free-text fields of certificates, also in the English language.

 (6) The tasks of the central authority under paragraph 1 of Article 77, points (c), (d) and (e) of Article 79 and Article 81 of Council Regulation (EU) 2019/1111 are carried out by the Ministry of Justice.

 (7) Applications for the return of children filed under the 25 October 1980 Hague Convention on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction are dealt with – in the judicial circuit of Tallinn Circuit Court of Appeal – by Harju District Court and – in the judicial circuit of Tartu Circuit Court of Appeal – by Viru District Court.
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 – entry into force 20.11.2022]

§ 620.  Recognition of other foreign judicial dispositions rendered in a civil case

 (1) A foreign judicial disposition rendered in a civil case is to be recognised in the Republic of Estonia, with the exception of situations where:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 1) it is manifest that recognition of the disposition would be contrary to essential principles of Estonian law (public order), above all, to the fundamental rights and freedoms of persons;
 2) the defendant or other debtor was unable to reasonably defend their rights – above all, if they did not receive the summons or other document initiating the proceedings at the proper time and by the required method – unless they had a reasonable opportunity to contest the disposition and did not do so within the prescribed time limit;
 3) the disposition is contrary to an earlier disposition rendered in Estonia in the same case between the same parties, or where a court claim between the same parties regarding the same matter has been filed with an Estonian court;
 4) the disposition is contrary to an earlier foreign judicial disposition that was rendered in the same matter between the same parties and that has been recognised or enforced in Estonia at an earlier date;
 5) the disposition is contrary to a foreign judicial disposition that was rendered in the same matter between the same parties but has not been recognised in Estonia – on the presumption that the earlier foreign disposition can be recognised or enforced in Estonia;
 6) the court that rendered the disposition was not entitled to do so under the provisions of Estonian law that govern international jurisdiction.

 (2) A foreign judicial disposition is recognised in Estonia only if the disposition has entered into effect according to the law of the State that rendered it, with the exception of situations where, under the law or a treaty, such a disposition must be recognised and enforced from the time that it can be enforced in the State in which the court that rendered the disposition is situated.

 (3) A foreign judicial disposition is recognised in Estonia without the need to conduct separate judicial proceedings in the matter. The previous sentence notwithstanding, where there is a dispute concerning recognition or if, for another reason, a person needs this for the purpose of exercising their rights, a motion may be made for the matter of recognition to be disposed of following the rules prescribed in this Chapter for granting a declaration of enforceability concerning a disposition.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) Where a decision on recognition of a foreign judicial disposition is required in order to dispose of another court case, the matter of recognition may be decided by the court dealing with that case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 621.  Rule concerning enforcement of foreign judicial dispositions

  Unless otherwise provided for by law or treaty, a foreign judicial disposition can only be enforced in Estonia when the disposition has been declared enforceable by Estonian courts.

§ 622.  Petition for a declaration of enforceability concerning a foreign judicial disposition

 (1) The petition for a declaration of enforceability concerning a foreign judicial dispositionis filed in writing, and includes the following annexes:
 1) a copy of the judicial disposition authenticated following the requirements of the law of the State in which the court that rendered the disposition is located;
 2) a document that attests that the defendant or other debtor under the disposition was, in accordance with the law of the foreign State, at the proper time and on at least one occasion, handed the court claim, summons or other document initiating the proceedings;
 3) a document that certifies that the disposition has entered into effect and enforceable under the law of the State in which it was rendered, and has been communicated to the defendant or other debtor under the disposition;
 4) documents concerning enforcement of the disposition – where enforcement has already been attempted;
 5) documents concerning enforcement of the disposition – where enforcement has already occurred;
 6) translations into Estonian, made by a sworn translator, of the documents mentioned in clauses 1–5 of this subsection.
[RT I, 23.12.2013, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2020]

 (2) The court may set a time limit for the petitioner to produce a document mentioned in subsection 1 of this section. Where the circumstances allow this, the court may dispose of the case without requiring any documents to be produced.

 (3) To protect the petition, the court may – following the rules for interim protection measures – impose measures of interim relief.

§ 623.  Order granting a declaration of enforceability concerning a foreign judicial disposition

 (1) When dealing with a petition for a declaration of enforceability concerning a foreign judicial disposition, the court verifies the prerequisites for recognition. The court does not verify whether the disposition is substantively tainted by error.

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where this is needed, the court may hear the debtor and the party seeking enforcement, and request clarifications from the court whose decision is sought to be recognised or enforced.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) Where, under the terms of the disposition, its enforcement depends on the provision of security by the party seeking enforcement, on expiry of a time limit or on any other circumstances – or where the declaration of enforceability is sought by a person other than the person who is mentioned in the disposition as the party seeking enforcement, or is sought in respect of a person other than the person mentioned in the disposition as the debtor – the court assesses the presence of the prerequisites for enforcement following the law of the State where the court that rendered the disposition is situated and based on the evidence produced by the parties to the proceedings.

 (5) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) In its order, the court makes a reference to the right of the party seeking enforcement to file the judicial disposition that was declared enforceable with an Estonian enforcement agent for enforcement.

 (7) The order by which the petition is denied is served on the parry seeking enforcement. The order granting the petition is served on the party seeking enforcement and on the debtor.

§ 624.  Varying or setting aside the judicial disposition that was declared enforceable

 (1) Where the judicial disposition that was declared enforceable has been set aside or varied in the State in which the court that rendered the disposition is situated, and where the debtor can no longer rely on this fact in proceedings for declaring the disposition enforceable, they may petition the court that declared the disposition enforceable to set aside or vary the declaration of enforceability.

 (2) The court disposes of the petition mentioned in subsection 1 of this section following the rules for disposing of petitions for a declaration of enforceability concerning a judicial disposition.

 (3) Among other things, the court may, to protect the petition and under the rules for interim protection measures, suspend enforcement proceedings that are pending in relation to the disposition that has been declared enforceable, permit continuation of such proceedings only against provision of security or invalidate any enforcement operation.

 (4) If the petition is granted, the court sets aside or varies the declaration of enforceability that was granted concerning the judicial disposition.

§ 625.  Appealing the order

 (1) The order by which the court decided not to declare the judicial disposition rendered in a foreign state to be enforceable or by which it revoked the declaration of enforceability may be appealed by the party seeking enforcement.

 (2) The order by which the court declared the judicial disposition rendered in a foreign state to be enforceable or by which it varied the declaration of enforceability may be appealed by the party seeking enforcement and by the debtor. The time limit for filing the appeal is one month following service of the order or, where the order is served in a foreign state, two months following its service.

 (3) Until the end of the time limit for appealing the order by which the judicial disposition rendered in a foreign State was declared enforceable or until the entry into effect of the disposition rendered concerning the appeal, only measures of interim relief may be used for compulsory enforcement of the foreign judicial disposition. The debtor has a right to prevent compulsory enforcement by providing a security that covers the amount that entitled the petitioner to apply for compulsory enforcement. Where the court authorises this, attached items of movable property may still be sold – and the proceeds of the sale deposited – under the enforcement procedure, provided the attached property might otherwise be destroyed or its value may materially decrease or provided the safekeeping of the property is unreasonably expensive.

§ 626.  Compensation for harm caused to the debtor

  Where the order by which a judicial disposition of a foreign state was declared enforceable – or the declaration of enforceability – is set aside or varied, the party seeking enforcement must compensate the debtor for the harm caused by enforcement proceedings or for the costs incurred to avoid such harm.

§ 627.  Recognition of other foreign enforceable titles

 (1) Unless otherwise provided for by this section, the provisions of this Chapter apply, accordingly, to the recognition and enforcement of enforceable titles that have been notarially authenticated in a foreign State or to other public enforceable titles of such a State.

 (2) A public document created in a foreign State is recognised in Estonia as an enforceable title if:
 1) its form corresponds to that of enforceable titles that are enforceable without delay as these are created in Estonia, and
 2) it is enforceable without delay is the State in which it was created, and
 3) it is not contrary to Estonia’s public policy.

Chapter 621 DECLARING AN AGREEMENT REACHED WITH THE INTERMEDIATION OF A CONCILIATOR TO BE ENFORCEABLE 
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 - entry into force 01.01.2010]

§ 6271.  Filing a petition for a declaration of enforceability concerning an agreement reached with the intermediation of a conciliator mentioned in clauses 2 and 3 of § 2 of the Conciliation Act

 (1) A petition for a declaration of enforceability concerning an agreement reached as a result of conciliation proceedings mentioned in subsection 1 of § 14 of the Conciliation Act is filed either by all parties to the agreement or by one of the parties, with the written consent of the other parties annexed to the petition.

 (2) The court grants the declaration of enforceability by an order.

 (3) The court does not grant the declaration of enforceability where:
 1) the agreement goes beyond the scope established in subsection 1 of § 14 of the Conciliation Act;
 2) the agreement is contrary to good morals or the law, or harms a significant public interest;
 3) the agreement cannot be enforced.

 (4) A party to the agreement reached as a result of conciliation proceedings may file an appeal against the order by which the court decided not to grant a declaration of enforceability concerning either a part or the entirety of the agreement. The time limit for filing the appeal is 30 days following service of the order.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

§ 6272.  Filing a petition for a declaration of enforceability concerning an agreement reached with the intermediation of other persons

 (1) The court may, in presence of the prerequisites and following the rules provided by § 6271 of this Code, grant a declaration of enforceability regarding a written agreement reached with the intermediation of a natural person of full active legal capacity who is mentioned in clause 1 of § 2 of the Conciliation Act and whose personality and character are such as to guarantee their impartiality and independence.

 (2) The court holds a hearing to dispose of the case and hears the parties to conciliation proceedings and the conciliator.

 (3) The court verifies whether conciliation proceedings were conducted impartially and fairly in observance of the principles provided by the Conciliation Act.

 (4) A party to the agreement reached as a result of conciliation proceedings may file an appeal against the order by which the court decided not to grant a declaration of enforceability concerning either a part or the entirety of the agreement. The time limit for filing the appeal is 30 days following service of the order.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 – entry into force 01.01.2010]

Chapter 63 OTHER ACTION-BY-PETITION CASES 

§ 628.  Orders concerning compulsory administration

 (1) The court deals with matters of appointing a compulsory administrator to property, of determining the remuneration payable to the administrator as well as with any other matters related to compulsory administration strictly based on a corresponding petition of the entitled party.

 (2) Where this is possible, the court hears the parties concerned before appointing the compulsory administrator and determining the remuneration payable to them.

§ 629.  Compulsory dissolution of a legal person

 (1) The court initiates compulsory dissolution of a legal person on a petition of the person or authority entitled to bring the petition, or of the court’s own motion.

 (2) Where this is possible, the court hears the members of the managing bodies of the legal person before ordering the person’s dissolution.

 (3) In the compulsory dissolution order, the court also appoints liquidators for the legal person following the provisions of §§ 602–606 of this Code.

 (4) The compulsory dissolution order becomes valid and enforceable when it enters into effect.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) The compulsory dissolution order may be appealed by the petitioner and by the legal person.

§ 6291.  Adaptation of rights in rem under Regulation (EU) No 650/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council

 (1) The court initiates proceedings for adapting a right in rem of a foreign state on a petition of the person entitled to seek the adaptation.

 (2) Where this is needed, the court hears the petitioner.

 (3) In its order on adaptation of the right in rem, the court states whether Estonian laws recognise a right in rem that is equivalent to the foreign right being adapted. If an equivalent right exists, the court identifies it in the order.

 (4) Where, in order to enforce the order by which the right in rem has been adapted, the petitioner must contact the Registrar of a non-judicial register or any other person or authority, this must be stated in the order mentioned in subsection 3 of this section.

 (5) The petitioner may appeal the order.
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 – entry into force 20.03.2016]

Part 12 PROCEDURE IN THE CIRCUIT COURT OF APPEAL 

Chapter 64 PROCEDURE FOR APPEALING THE JUDGMENT 

Subchapter 1 Appeal to the Circuit Court of Appeal 

§ 630.  Right of appeal under the rules of appeals against judgments

 (1) The judgment of the court of first instance may be appealed by a principal party and by a third party with an independent claim. A third party without an independent claim may file the appeal on conditions provided by subsection 2 of § 214 of this Code. The person who files the appeal is the appellant.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) No appeal may be filed where both parties have made a representation to the court by which they waive their right to appeal.

 (3) A default judgment may be appealed following the rules provided by § 420 of this Code.

§ 631.  Grounds for appeal

 (1) The appeal may only rely on the assertion that the judgment of the court of first instance is founded on a violation of a legal rule or that, having regard to the circumstances and evidence that must be taken into consideration under the procedure for appealing the judgment (§ 652 of this Code), a judgment different from the one given by the court of first instance should be entered in proceedings on the appeal.

 (2) A legal rule has been violated where a rule of substantive or procedural law has been erroneously applied or where a legal rule has not been applied in part or in whole although, under the circumstances, it should have been applied.

 (3) An appeal may not rely on the assertion that the case should have been disposed of by the administrative courts or that the court of first instance that gave the judgment did not have jurisdiction in the case or that the case should have been dealt with at another courthouse. An appeal may rely on the assertion that Estonian courts are not competent to deal with the case under the rules on international jurisdiction, or that the case should have been dealt with by an arbitral tribunal – provided that the circumstance was also invoked in the district court at the proper time.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) An appeal may not rely on the fact that a case that should have been dealt with in action-by-petition proceedings was dealt with in action-by-claim proceedings, except if this was also invoked in the district court at the proper time, and may have materially affected the outcome of the case.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 632.  Time limit for appeal

 (1) An appeal may be filed within 30 days following service of the judgment on the appellant but not later than within five months following the date the judgment of the court of first instance was made public.

 (2) Where, when disposing of the case, the district court declares, in the operative part of its judgment, a legislative instrument that falls to be applied in the case to be unconstitutional and refuses to apply that instrument, the time limit for appeal does not begin to run before pronouncement of the judgment given in constitutional review proceedings before the Supreme Court concerning the instrument that was not applied.

 (3) If, during the time limit for appeal, a supplemental judgment is entered in the case, the time limit for appeal begins to run, from the time when the supplemental judgment was served, also with regard to the initial judgment. Where the judgment that was given without the descriptive part or the statement of reasons is supplemented with the omitted part in accordance with subsection 41 of § 448 of this Code, the time limit for appeal begins to run anew from the service of the full judgment.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) On an agreement of the parties that they represent to the court, the time limit for appeal may be reduced, or increased for up to five months from making the judgment public.

 (5) With a valid reason, the circuit court of appeal may, on a motion of the appellant, grant an additional time limit for substantiating the appeal. An additional time limit for substantiating the appeal is granted in a situation provided for by subsection 6 of § 187 of this Code.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 633.  Form of and particulars in the appeal

 (1) An appeal is filed with the circuit court of appeal according to the rules on territorial jurisdiction.

 (2) Among other things, the appeal states:
 1) the name of the court that gave the judgment that is being appealed, the date of the judgment and the number of the civil case;
 2) the relief sought by the appellant – clearly expressed – stating the scope in which the appellant contests the judgment of the court of first instance and the disposition that the appellant seeks from the circuit court of appeal;
 3) the reasons of the appeal;
 4) the time of service of the judgment that is being appealed.

 (3) The reasons of the appeal must state:
 1) the legal rule that the court of first instance has violated in its judgment or when giving judgment, or the fact that the court of first instance has established erroneously or insufficiently;
 2) what led to the violation of the legal rule or the erroneous or insufficient establishment of the fact;
 3) a reference to the evidence by which the appellant intends to prove each factual assertion made.

 (4) Any items of documentary evidence that were not produced before the court of first instance and that the appellant moves for the court to accept are annexed to the appeal.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Where new facts and evidence are mentioned as the reason for the appeal, the appeal must state why such facts and evidence were not produced before the court of first instance.

 (6) Where the appellant wishes the court to hear a witness or take a statement under oath from a party to proceedings, or commission an expert assessment or arrange an inspection, this must be stated in the appeal and the reasons given. In such a situation, the names, addresses and telecommunications numbers of the witnesses or experts, if known, must be stated in the appeal.

 (7) Where the appellant wishes the case to be considered at a hearing, they must state this in the appeal. Otherwise, the appellant is deemed to have agreed to te case being disposed of in written proceedings.

 (8) In a situation mentioned in subsection 41 of § 448 of this Code, the district court is notified at first of the intention to file an appeal.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 634.  Amending the appeal

 (1) The appellant may, until the end of the time limit for appeal, amend or supplement their appeal – including extending the appeal to parts of the judgment that were initially not contested. Amending the appeal is subject to the provisions governing appeals.

 (2) The provisions of subsection 1 of this section do not preclude or prejudice the appellant's right to make assertions concerning the interpretation of law, as well as raise objections to any submissions made by the respondent in proceedings on the appeal, or offer new circumstances that emerged or became known to the appellant after expiry of the time limit for appeal.

§ 635.  Filing a counter-appeal

 (1) ‘Counter-appeal’ means an appeal that is filed by a principal party in response to the appeal of the opposing party to be considered together with that appeal.

 (2) Unless the provisions of this section provide otherwise, counter-appeals are governed by the provisions on appeals. The counter-appeal may also contest parts of the judgment that were not contested by the appeal.

 (3) The respondent may file a counter-appeal within 14 days following being served with the appeal or, where the remaining time limit for appeal exceeds 14 days, during the remaining limit.

 (4) A counter-appeal filed after expiry of the time limit for appeal but within the time limit provided by subsection 3 of this section is dismissed if the appellant abandons their appeal, if the appeal is rejected or dismissed, or if proceedings in the case are terminated.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 636.  Instructing the court of first instance to send up the case file

 (1) Having received the appeal, the the circuit court of appeal, without delay, instructs the court of first instance that dealt with the case to send up the case file. Having received the instruction, the office of the court of first instance sends the file to the circuit court of appeal without delay. The court of first instance, without delay, also sends, to the circuit court of appeal, the judicial disposition in an electronic form – unless it is available through the Judicial Information System.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) When proceedings on the appeal have been concluded, the case file is returned to the court of first instance without delay – unless it must be forwarded to the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 637.  Grounds for rejecting the appeal

 (1) The court rejects the appeal if:
 1) the appeal does not fall within the jurisdiction of that circuit court of appeal;
 2) the appeal is filed after expiry of the time limit for appeal;
 3) the statutory fee on the appeal has not been paid;
 4) the person who filed the appeal in the name of the appellant has not substantiated their authority of representation;
 5) both parties have waived the right to appeal;
 6) manifestly, the appeal could not be granted – presuming the assertions made in the appeal to be true.

 (2) The court also refuses to accept the appeal where consideration of the case is prevented by a violation of the formal and substantive requirements provided for appeals by law – including the absence from the appeal of the signature of an authorised person.

 (21) An appeal filed in a case mentioned in subsection 1 of § 405 of this Code is accepted only if permission to file the appeal was granted in the judgment of the district court or where it is evident that a rule of substantive law has been applied erroneously, or a rule of procedural law has been violated, or evidence has been assessed erroneously, and this may have materially affected the disposition.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where the appeal is accepted, the counter-appeal may be rejected only in situations mentioned in clauses 2–4 of subsection 1 and in subsection 2 of this section.

§ 638.  Deciding on acceptance of the appeal

 (1) Havingg received the appeal, the circuit court of appeal decides, without delay and by an order, whether it accepts or rejects the appeal.

 (2) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Prior to rejecting the appeal, the court may invite the opposing party to state its opinion and hear the parties to proceedings.

 (4) The order by which the appeal is rejected must state the reason for rejection. Where the court rejects the appeal, it does not serve the appeal on the respondent and returns it by service on the appellant together with any annexes and with the order by which it was rejected.

 (5) Where the appeal is rejected due to the reason that the case does not fall within the jurisdiction of the circuit court of appeal with which it has been filed, the court transmits the appeal to the circuit court of appeal that is the proper court under the rules on territorial jurisdiction. The appeal is deemed to have been filed at the time that it was received by the first circuit court of appeal. This also applies where the appeal was filed with the court of first instance that rendered the judgment.

 (6) The order by which the appeal is rejected must be made unanimously by the judicial panel dealing with the case.

 (7) The order by which the appeal is accepted must, among other things, state the time when the appeal arrived at the court of appeal.

 (8) The court serves the order by which the appeal is rejected on the appellant and transmits it to the other parties to proceedings. The court transmits the order by which the appeal was accepted to the parties to proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (9) The appellant may appeal, to the Supreme Court, the order by which the court rejected their appeal.

 (10) Where the court rejects an appeal and returns it by an order, the appeal is deemed not to have been filed.

Subchapter 2 Procedure in the Circuit Court of Appeal 

§ 639.  Application of procedural provisions;parties to proceedings

 (1) Unless different provision has been made with respect to the procedure for appeals or unless the provisions regulating procedure in the court of first instance are incompatible with the nature of the procedure for appeals, the provisions on the procedure in the first instance also apply to the procedure for appeals.

 (2) The parties to proceedings in the circuit court of appeal are the principal parties to the appeal proceedings and any third parties. The principal parties to the appeal proceedings are the appellant and the respondent. Where a contested legal relationship can only be established with regard to all co-claimants or co-defendants jointly, a co-claimant or co-defendant is deemed to be a co-appellant or co-respondent regardless of whether they have filed the appeal or whether the appeal has been filed against them.

§ 640.  Preparing the case

 (1) Having accepted the appeal, the circuit court of appeal:
 1) serves a copy of the appeal and any annexes on the other parties to proceedings;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 2) disposes of the principal parties’ motions or applications for interim relief to be granted or revoked;
 3) disposes of the principal parties’ motions to enforce the judgment without delay or to suspend its enforcement;
 4) ascertains whether it is possible to dispose of the case – by settlement or any other method – in the preliminary proceedings;
 5) on a reasoned application of a party to proceedings, commissions an expert assessment, requires the production of documents and arranges an inspection;
 6) convenes a hearing to consider the case – where the case cannot be disposed of without holding the hearing;
 7) where this is needed, sets a time limit to parties to proceedings to respond to a question that the court deems necessary or requires a party to provide a supplement to their response within the time limit set by the court.

 (2) When the appeal has been accepted, the case is prepared for consideration – with sufficient attention to detail that permits it to be disposed of in a single hearing day, should a hearing be convened – by a member of the judicial panel of the circuit court of appeal to whom the panel assigns this task.

 (3) When preparing the case, the member of the judicial panel, sitting alone, disposes of any motions or applications made by the parties to proceedings and makes the orders that are needed to prepare the case for consideration – or any other case management orders – and, where this is needed, also determines the value of the appeal. The decision to refuse to accept an item of evidence is made by the panel.

 (4) In order to prepare the case, the member of the judicial panel may arrange the taking of evidence and examine it, provided this is needed to facilitate consideration of the case at the hearing and provided it may be presumed that the rest of the panel will be able to evaluate the results of the evidence having been taken and examined even without having participated in the corresponding operations at first hand.

 (5) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 641.  Notifying the parties to proceedings of the appeal

 (1) Having accepted the appeal, the court serves the appeal on the respondent, requires them to provide a written response within the time limit set by the court and states what the response must contain. The court also notifies the respondent of the right to file a counter-appeal.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) The court explains to the other parties to the proceedings that they have a right to state their opinion concerning the appeal within the time limit set by the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) If the court convenes a hearing to consider the case, it serves the parties to proceedings with the summons.

 (4) Where the court finds that a written response is not required, it may allow the respondent or other parties to proceedings to respond to the appeal orally at the hearing.

 (5) The circuit court of appeal may also request the opinion of the State or municipal authorities mentioned in subsections 3 or 4 of § 393 of this Code on how the case should be disposed of.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 642.  Response to the appeal

 (1) In the response to the appeal, the respondent must state, among other things:
 1) whether, in the respondent’s view, the circuit court of appeal’s acceptance of the appeal was tainted by error – unless the respondent has already stated their opinion concerning the issue;
 2) whether the respondent considers the appeal justified or contests it;
 3) objections to the relief sought by and reasons given in the appeal, and the facts the respondent relies on.

 (2) Where the respondent mentions new facts and items of evidence to justify its views, the response must state the reason why the facts and items were not produced in the court of first instance.

 (3) Where the respondent moves for the court to hear a witness or an expert or to take the statement of a principal party under oath or to carry out an inspection, the respondent must state this in the response and give reasons. In such a situation, the name, address and telecommunications numbers of the expert or witness must be stated in the response.

 (4) If the respondent wishes the case to be considered at a hearing, they must state this in the response. Otherwise, the respondent is deemed to have agreed to the case being disposed of in written proceedings.

 (5) The time limit for filing a response to the appeal must be at least 14 days following its service.

 (6) The court transmits the response to the appeal and the opinions of any other parties to proceedings concerning it to the other parties together with copies of any documents annexed to the response or the opinions.

§ 643.  Dismissing the appeal

 (1) Where it comes to light that the appeal was accepted erroneously by the circuit court of appeal – or in other situations provided for by law – the court dismisses the appeal by an order. The court also dismisses the appeal by an order in a situation where the legal person who appears in the case as the appellant or the respondent has been dissolved without legal succession and this prevents further dealing with the case.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (2) Where it is manifest that the defect preventing consideration of the appeal can be cured, the court, by order, sets the appellant a reasonable time limit to cure it. If the appellant fails to comply with the court’s requirement by the due date, the court dismisses the appeal.

 (3) When it envisages dismissing the appeal, the court notifies this, together with its reasons, to the parties to proceedings before making the corresponding order, and grants the appellant an opportunity to express their opinion concerning this by the due date set by the court. Where needed, the court convenes a hearing to decide on dismissing the representation.

 (4) The order by which the appeal is dismissed may be appealed to the Supreme Court.

§ 644.  Abandoning the appeal

 (1) The appellant may abandon the appeal until consideration of the case is concluded or, in written proceedings, until expiry of the time limit for filing representations.

 (2) The representation abandoning the appeal is made to the circuit court of appeal. Where the representation is not made orally at the hearing, it must be filed in writing.

 (3) When the appeal has been abandoned, the appellant is deemed not to have performed any procedural operations in the appellate instance. If the appellant abandons the appeal, they may not file a new appeal seeking the same relief, and bear the case costs related to the appeal.

 (4) Where the other party has not appealed the judgment of the court of first instance – or the counter-appeal has been filed after expiry of the time limit for appeal – the circuit court of appeal enters an order concerning abandonment of the appeal, by which it terminates the appeal proceedings.

 (5) Where, in a situation in which the appeal has been abandoned, the court is unable to terminate the proceedings due to the other party’s appeal, the court makes an order by which it terminates proceedings on the appeal that was abandoned. In such a situation, proceedings are continued regarding the other appeal.

 (6) The court states the legal consequences of abandoning the appeal in the order concerning the abandonment.

 (7) The order by which proceedings on the appeal were terminated or by which the circuit court of appeal refused to accept abandonment of the appeal may be appealed to the Supreme Court.

§ 645.  Abandoning the court claim; compromise

 (1) When the circuit court of appeal accepts abandonment of the court claim or approves a compromise, it enters an order by which it sets aside the judgment of the court of first instance and terminates the proceedings. Where the court does not accept the abandonment or does not approve the compromise, it considers the case under the rules for appeal against judgment.

 (2) The order by which proceedings were terminated or by which the circuit court of appeal did not accept abandonment of the court claim or approve a compromise may be appealed to the Supreme Court.

§ 646.  Disposing of the case solely based on the appeal

  The court may dispose of the case solely based on the appeal if it finds that a rule of procedural law was infringed when the case was considered in the court of first instance, which – in proceedings on the appeal – manifestly entails the setting aside of the judgment (subsection 1 of § 656). In such a situation, the judgment is set aside and the case is remanded to the court of first instance to be considered anew.

§ 647.  Disposing of the case in written proceedings

 (1) Where neither the appellant nor the respondent seeks consideration of the case at a hearing, the court may consider and dispose of the case without considering the appeal at a hearing. In such a situation, the court, as soon as possible, sets a time limit during which the parties to proceedings may make representations and submit opinions to the court, as well as the time for making the judgment public, and notifies this to the parties to proceedings.

 (2) Where, during written proceedings, the court finds that the case must be disposed of at the hearing, the court convenes the hearing.

§ 648.  Considering case at the hearing of circuit court of appeal

 (1) At the hearing of the circuit court of appeal, the judge who prepared the case makes a report for the hearing, in which they present – to the extent this is needed – the judgment of the court of first instance as well as the substance of the appeal and of the response.

 (2) Unless the court directs otherwise, after the presentation the floor is given to the appellant, followed by any third parties intervening in their support, the respondent and all other parties to proceedings. The court may limit the duration of the oral submissions, making sure that all parties have equal time. The time allocated to a party for oral submissions may not be less than ten minutes.

 (3) The court may question the parties to proceedings.

 (4) If the court considers the case without the presence of the appellant or of the respondent, the court, to the extent this is needed, presents the absent party’s opinion based on information in the case file.

 (5) The court may permit the parties to proceedings to make a closing statement.

§ 649.  Consequences of absence of a party to proceedings from the hearing

 (1) Where the appellant or the respondent does not appear at the hearing, the circuit court of appeal disposes of the appeal without the party’s participation or postpones consideration of the case. Where it is any other party to proceedings that has not appeared, the court postpones the hearing only if the principal parties make a joint motion to such effect.

 (2) Where the appellant does not appear at the hearing and has not notified the court of a valid reason for failure to appear (§ 422 of this Code) or has not substantiated it, the court may dismiss the appeal on a motion of the respondent. The court does not dismiss the appeal if the appellant has not moved for the case to be considered at the hearing or has requested that the court dispose of the appeal without the appellant’s participation in the hearing.

§ 650.  Reopening of appeal proceedings

 (1) Where the circuit court of appeal dismissed the appeal because the appellant and their representative did not appear at the hearing and did not notify a valid reason (§ 422 of this Code) for failure to appear, the court reopens the proceedings on a representation of the appellant provided their absence was due to a valid reason that they were unable to notify to the court at the proper time. The appellant must substantiate the presence of the reason and the impossibility of notification.

 (2) The appellant may file the representation to reopen proceedings with the circuit court of appeal within ten days following service of the order by which the appeal was dismissed.

 (3) If the appellant does not appear at the hearing of the circuit court of appeal after the proceedings have been reopened, they are not allowed to seek the reopening of proceedings anew.

 (4) The order by which the reopening of proceedings is refused may be appealed to the Supreme Court.

Subchapter 3 Judgment of the Circuit Court of Appeal 

§ 651.  Scope of consideration of the appeal

 (1) Under the rules for appeal against judgment, the circuit court of appeal verifies – strictly within the scope of the appeal – whether the judgment of the court of first instance is lawful and justified.

 (2) A principal party has a right to seek that effect be given to the expiry of a limitation period even if they have not sought that effect in the court of first instance.

§ 652.  Circumstances and evidence that may be relied on in proceedings on the appeal

 (1) When considering, and disposing of, the appeal, the circuit court of appeal relies on:
 1) the factual circumstances ascertained by the court of first instance, insofar as there is no doubt concerning the lawfulness – or potentially insufficient scope – of the proceedings by which the circumstances were ascertained, or of the corresponding record of proceedings, and the circuit court of appeal does not deem it necessary to ascertain the circumstances anew;
 2) new factual circumstances produced by the parties to proceedings, insofar as their production is allowed.

 (2) The circuit court of appeal does not rely on a circumstance or item of evidence that was produced in the court of first instance but was lawfully disregarded in that court’s proceedings.

 (3) The circuit court of appeal ascertains circumstances that were not ascertained by the judgment of the court of first instance, and assesses items of evidence that were not assessed in that judgment only if:
 1) the circumstance that was invoked or the item of evidence that was produced was disregarded without justification;
 2) the circumstance could not be presented or evidence produced earlier due to a material violation of a rule of procedural law by the court or for another valid reason, including for the reason that the circumstance or evidence emerged or became known or available to the principal party after the case was disposed of in the court of first instance.

 (4) The principal party must, in their appeal or response, state the reasons for – and, where this is required by the court, substantiate – the permissibility of presenting a new circumstance or of producing a new item of evidence. If the party does not state such reasons, or provide substantiation in relation to the circumstance or item, the court disregards it, except in a situation where the item is manifestly needed in order to dispose of the case justly and the opposing party agrees to the item’s admission.

 (5) The circuit court of appeal does not arrange the taking of, or examine, or assess, the evidence whose taking was arranged, or which was examined or assessed, in proceedings before the court first instance unless a principal party, invoking a material violation of the rules of procedure, contests a fact ascertained in that court’s judgment based on assessment of the evidence, or the procedure by which the fact was ascertained, and the circuit court of appeal deems it necessary to examine and assess the evidence anew.

 (6) In the appeal instance, a principal party may not invoke the fact that the court of first instance violated a rule of procedural law, unless the party objected to ithe violation at the proper time in the court of first instance (§ 333 of this Code).

 (7) The admittance of a fact or of the court claim by the corresponding representation of a principal party made in proceedings before the court of first instance remains effective also in proceedings on the appeal.

 (8) The circuit court of appeal is not bound by the legal reasoning of the appeal.

 (9) Before deciding on acceptance of a new item of evidence or relying on a new circumstance, the circuit court of appeal invites the opposing party to state its opinion on the matter.

§ 653.  Re-assessing the evidence

  Where the judgment of the court of first instance is contested in the appeal with respect to a circumstance that is based on an item of evidence, the circuit court of appeal must – if it varies the judgment in this respect – state the reason why the item must be assessed differently.

§ 654.  Particulars in the judgment of the circuit court of appeal

 (1) Unless otherwise provided by law, the circuit court of appeal disposes of the appeal against a judgment of the court of first instance by a judgment of its own. Unless otherwise provided for by subsections 2–6 of this section, the provisions on the judgment of the court of first instance apply to the judgment of the circuit court of appeal.

 (2) In the introductory part of its judgment, in addition to the particulars of the judgment of the court of first instance, the circuit court of appeal states who has filed the appeal.

 (21) The operative part of the judgment must include a note stating that, unless otherwise provided by law, an appeal to the Supreme Court may be filed strictly through an attorney-at-law. The court also includes, in the operative part, an explanation of the substance of subsection 6 of § 187 of this Code.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (22) Where the circuit court of appeal varies the operative part of the district court’s judgment, the operative part of the judgment of the circuit court of appeal must present the entirety of the applicable operative part.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The descriptive part of the judgment of the circuit court of appeal states the judgment given by the court of first instance, a brief summary of the relief sought by the principal parties in proceedings on the appeal, the factual and legal assertions made and evidence produced regarding such relief, as well as any other motions or applications the principal parties have made.

 (4) The statement of reasons of the judgment states the facts ascertained by the circuit court of appeal and the conclusions reached based on these, the evidence on which the court based its conclusions and the laws that the court applied.

 (5) The court must state a reasoned opinion on every factual or legal assertion made by the principal parties, including a brief explanation as to why a certain circumstance is irrelevant to the disposition of the case. Where the circuit court of appeal sets aside the judgment of the district court and enters a new judgment, it must state its opinion on each and every assertion and objections made by the principal parties in the proceedings before the district court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) Where the circuit court of appeal affirms the judgment of the court of first instance and follows to the reasons stated by that court, the circuit court of appeal does not need to give reasons for its judgment. In such a situation, the circuit court of appeal must state that it accepts the reasons provided in the judgment of the court of first instance.

§ 655.  Service and entry into effect of the judgment of the circuit court of appeal

 (1) The circuit court of appeal serves its judgment on the parties to proceedings.

 (2) The judgment of the circuit court of appeal enters into effect first and foremost when:
 1) no appeal to the Supreme Court is filed against the judgment within the time limit for such appeals;
 2) the appeal to the Supreme Court is rejected, dismissed or denied, or proceedings on that appeal are terminated.

§ 656.  Consequences of violating a rule of procedural law

 (1) Regardless of the reasons and circumstances stated in the appeal, the circuit court of appeal sets aside the judgment of a court of first instance and remands the case to the court of first instance to be considered anew if, in that court:
 1) the right to be heard or the principle of public access to the proceedings has been materially violated;
 2) judgment has been given concerning a person who was not summoned to court according to the law;
 3) the case was disposed of by an unlawful panel – among others, a panel that included a judge who should have recused themselves;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 4) a principal party was not represented by a duly authorised person, and the party has not ratified their representation in the proceedings;
 5) the reasons that the law requires to be stated in the judgment have not, to a material extent, been stated and the circuit court of appeal is unable to cure this defect.

 (2) In a situation mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the circuit court of appeal is not required to remand the case to be considered anew if the violation can be rectified in proceedings on the appeal. The court may set aside the judgment of the court of first instance regardless of the reasons stated in the appeal and to remand the case to the court of first instance to be considered anew also on account of material violation of any other rules of procedural law if that violation cannot be cured in proceedings on the appeal.

 (3) Where a rule of procedural law has been materially violated and the violation cannot be cured either in the court of first instance or in proceedings on the appeal, the circuit court of appeal disposes of the case on its substance, without remanding it to the court of first instance.

 (4) Where the violation of the rule of procedural law pertains to a part of the disposition that has not been appealed, the circuit court of appeal decides whether or not that part of the judgment is to be set aside.

§ 657.  Powers of the circuit court of appeal when disposing of the appeal

 (1) When disposing of the appeal, the circuit court of appeal may:
 1) deny the appeal and affirm the judgment;
 2) set aside the judgment in part or in full and – without remanding the case back to the court of first instance to be disposed of anew – enter a new judgment insofar as the previous judgment has been set aside;
 21) vary the reasons of the judgment, without varying its operative part;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 3) set aside the judgment in part or in full and, where the circuit court of appeal cannot dispose of the case itself, remand it to the court of first instance for a new disposition in the part that was set aside;
 4) set aside the judgment in part or in full and terminate the proceedings or dismiss the court claim.

 (2) Where the circuit court of appeal sets aside a default judgment, the court remands the case to the court of first instance to be considered in its entirety.

 (3) Where the court of first instance entered a judgment although it should have dismissed the court claim or terminated the proceedings, the circuit court of appeal sets the judgment aside by an order by which it also dismisses the court claim or terminates the proceedings.

 (4) Where the court of first instance has disoposed of several items of relief in its judgment and, where, with respect to some of those items, proceedings must be terminated or the court claim dismissed, the circuit court of appeal enters a judgment by which it disposes of the case in its entirety.

§ 658.  Consequences of setting aside the judgment of the district court and of remanding the case to be disposed of anew

 (1) Where the judgment of the district court is set aside and the case is remanded to be disposed of anew, proceedings in the court of first instance continue from the situation that had been reached before consideration of the case was concluded. Any procedural operations that were declared unlawful by the judgment of the circuit court of appeal are performed anew by the district court.

 (2) The opinion of the circuit court of appeal on the interpretation and application of legal rules that is stated in the judgment by which the court sets aside the judgment contested by the appeal is mandatory to the court that gave the judgment that was set aside, when that court reconsiders the case.

Chapter 65 APPEAL AGAINST COURT ORDER BEFORE THE CIRCUIT COURT OF APPEAL 

§ 659.  Application of provisions of the procedure for appealing the judgment

  Unless this Chapter or the nature of the appeal dictates otherwise, the filing of appeal against a court order (hereinafter in this translation of this Chapter, ‘appeal’) with the circuit court of appeal and its consideration by that court is governed by the provisions of the procedure for appealing the judgment.

§ 660.  Right to appeal

 (1) A party to proceedings affected by the order of the district court may appeal the order before the circuit court of appeal only if the appeal is permitted by law.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Unless otherwise provided for by law, an objection against any order not mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be raised in the appeal against the judgment rendered in the case.

 (3) Unless otherwise provided by law, an order by which the district court concludes action-by-petition proceedings may be appealed by any person whose rights the order circumscribes. Any other orders made in action-by-petition proceedings may be appealed strictly where this has been provided for by law.

 (4) Where, in action-by-petition proceedings, the order may only be made on petition and the petition has been denied, the order denying the petition may be appealed only by the petitioner.

§ 661.  Appealing the order

 (1) The appeal is addressed to the circuit court of appeal and is filed in writing through the district court whose order the appeal contests.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided by law, the time limit for appealing an order is 15 days from its service – in action-by-claim as well as in action-by-petition proceedings. Where service of the order on the person was not required, the time limit for appeal is calculated from the time when the court transmitted the order to the person. Unless otherwise provided by law, the order cannot be appealed once five months have elapsed from its making – in action-by-claim as well as in the action-by-petition proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) Where the court, when disposing of the case by an order, declares the legislative instrument that falls to be applied to be unconstitutional and refuses to apply it, the time limit for appealing the order does not begin to run before the Supreme Court has, following the rules of constitutional review, pronounced its judgment concerning the instrument.

 (4) By agreement of the principal parties in action-by-claim proceedings, the time limit for appealing the order may be reduced, or the right to appeal it excluded.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Where a valid reason is present, the court may grant the person who appealed the order an additional time limit for stating the reasons for the appeal. An additional time limit for stating the reasons is granted in a situation provided for in subsection 6 of § 187 of this Code.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 662.  Particulars in the appeal

 (1) The appeal must, among other things, state:
 1) the name of the court that made the order, the date of the order and the number of the civil case;
 2) the matter or person in whose respect the order was made;
 3) the relief – clearly expressed – that the person who filed the appeal seeks, including the scope within which the appellant contests the order of the court of first instance and the disposition that they seek;
 4) a statement of reasons for the appeal.

 (2) The reasons for the appeal must state:
 1) submissions on facts and law concerning circumstances that produced the violation of law in the making of the order, and what the violation consists in;
 2) a reference to the items of evidence that, according to the appellant’s submission, prove each factual assertion.

 (3) New circumstances and evidence may be offered as reasons of the appeal.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 663.  Proceedings on the appeal: the district court

 (1) On receiving the appeal, the district court, without delay, decides on whether to accept the appeal. The court verifies whether the law permits the appeal and whether it has been filed in accordance with the requirements and the time limit provided by law. Unless otherwise provided for by law, acceptance of the appeal is governed by the provisions on acceptance, by the circuit court of appeal, of appeals against judgments. The court is not required to create a separate document concerning its acceptance of the appeal, or to notify this to the parties to proceedings.

 (2) The order by which the district court rejects the appeal may be appealed. The order entered by the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal cannot be appealed further.

 (3) The district court serves a copy of the appeal and its annexes on the parties to proceedings whose rights the order affects and invites them to provide a response.

 (4) Where the district court finds the appeal justified, the court grants it by its order. Where the district court finds that the appeal can be granted only in part, it denies the appeal, unless otherwise provided by law.

 (5) Where the district court denies the appeal, it transmits that appeal, without delay and together with any annexes and related procedural documents, for consideration and disposition to the circuit court of appeal that is the proper court under the rules on territorial jurisdiction. The district court does not need to make, and transmit to the parties to proceedings, a separate order by which it denies the appeal.

 (6) Where the appealed order of the district court was given by an assistant judge, they may dispose of the appeal in accordance with the rules provided by subsections 1–4 of this section. If the assistant judge does not grant the appeal in full within five days following its filing, they refer the appeal without delay for disposition to a judge of the district court that has subject matter jurisdiction in the case; the judge, when disposing of the appeal, follows the provisions of subsection 5 of this section.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

 (61) [Repealed – RT I, 20.06.2020, 1 – entry into force 30.06.2020]

 (7) Where an appeal against an order for payment is accompanied by a motion under subsection 3 of § 4891 of this Code and the order has been given by an assistant judge, the assistant judge, without delay, refers the appeal for disposition to the judge who has authority to do so.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 664.  Verifying the appeal in the circuit court of appeal

 (1) When it receives an appeal that has been accepted, the circuit court of appeal verifies whether the district court’s acceptance of the appeal was tainted by error, and performs any procedural operations that the district court did not perform in relation to the appeal.

 (2) Where the circuit court of appeal finds that the appeal has been accepted erroneously, the court dismisses the appeal by an order.

§ 665.  Suspending enforcement of the order contested by the appeal; granting interim relief on the appeal

 (1) Unless otherwise provided by law, the filing of appeal does not suspend enforcement of the order contested by the appeal. Filing an appeal against an order requiring payment of a fine suspends enforcement of the order.

 (2) The court whose order is contested and the circuit court of appeal that considers the appeal may grant interim relief on the appeal before it is disposed of and may, among other things, suspend enforcement of the order or impose other interim protection measures.

§ 666.  Judicial panel to consider the appeal

 (1) In the circuit court of appeal, the appeal is considered and disposed of by a single judge.

 (2) The appeal against an order rejecting or dismissing the court claim, or terminating or – following a motion to reinstate proceedings – refusing to reinstate the proceedings is considered and disposed of by a three-member panel of the circuit court of appeal, except in cases mentioned in subsections 1 and 4 of § 405 of this Code.
[RT I, 11.03.2023, 3 – entry into force 21.03.2023]

 (3) The appeal against an order that concludes proceedings in an action-by-petition case is considered and disposed of by a three-member panel of the circuit court of appeal.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 667.  Disposing of the appeal

 (1) The appeal is disposed of by a reasoned order. Where the circuit court of appeal denies the and its order cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court, the court may give the order without the descriptive part and the statement of reasons.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (2) Where the circuit court of appeal finds the appeal to be justified, it sets aside the contested order and, if this is possible, enters a new order. Where this is needed, the circuit court of appeal remands the case to be disposed of anew by the court that gave the order.

 (3) The appeal is disposed of in written proceedings unless the court deems it necessary to convene a hearing. Where this is needed, the court that considers the appeal may arrange for new evidence to be taken.

 (4) The order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal is served on the parties to proceedings. If the order cannot be appealed to the Supreme Court, its transmission to the parties suffices.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) The order disposing of the appeal enters into effect and becomes enforceable from its service on or transmission to the person who filed the appeal, unless the order can be appealed and the law provides that the order becomes enforceable from its entry into effect.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Part 13 PROCEDURE IN THE SUPREME COURT 

Chapter 66 PROCEDURE FOR APPEAL TO THE SUPREME COURT AGAINST JUDGMENT 

Subchapter 1 Appealing to the Supreme Court 

§ 668.  Right of appeal under the procedure for appeal to the Supreme Court against judgment

 (1) A party to appeal proceedings may appeal the judgment of the circuit court of appeal to the Supreme Court (hereinafter in this translation of this Chapter, ‘appeal to the Supreme Court’) if the circuit court of appeal has materially violated a rule of procedural law or erroneously applied a rule of substantive law. A third party without an independent claim may file an appeal to the Supreme Court on conditions provided by subsection 2 of § 214 of this Code.

 (2) An appeal to the Supreme Court cannot be filed if both parties have given notice to the court of having waived their right to appeal.

 (3) An appeal to the Supreme Court may not seek relief based on the argument that the case should have been disposed of by the administrative courts or that the court of first instance or the circuit court of appeal that gave the judgment did not have territorial jurisdiction or that the case should have been disposed of at another courthouse. The appeal may be based on the argument that, under the rules on international jurisdiction, Estonian courts did not have jurisdiction to deal with the case, or that the case should have been dealt with by an arbitral tribunal – provided the same argument was made at the proper time in the district court and in the circuit court of appeal.

 (4) An appeal to the Supreme Court may not rely on the fact that the case that was dealt with in action-by-claim proceedings should have been dealt with in action-by-petition proceedings, unless the fact was also raised at the proper time in the district court and in the circuit court of appeal and this may have materially affected the outcome of the case.

 (5) An appeal to the Supreme Court cannot be filed against the part of the judgment of the circuit court of appeal concerning which the judgment of the district court was not contested in the circuit court of appeal.

 (6) The judgment of the district court may be appealed under to the rules for appeal to the Supreme Court without filing an appeal with the circuit court of appeal if the principal parties have, before or after the district court gave its judgment – but within the time limit for appeal to the circuit court of appeal – waived their right to appeal to the circuit court of appeal on condition of being able to appeal to the Supreme Court during that time limit. Dealing with, and disposing of, the appeal to the Supreme Court where the judgment that is appealed is that of the district court is governed by regular provisions of the procedure for appeal to the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 669.  Material violation of a rule of procedural law

 (1) Where at least one of the circumstances listed below is present, the circuit court of appeal has materially violated a rule of procedural law when giving its judgment:
 1) the right to be heard or the principle of public access to proceedings has been violated;
 2) the judgment was given in respect of a person who was not summoned to court according to the law;
 3) the case was disposed of by an unlawful panel – among others, a panel that included a judge who should have recused themselves;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 4) a principal party was not represented according to the law, and the party has not ratified their representation in the proceedings;
 5) the reasons for the judgment have not, to a material extent, been stated.

 (2) In a situation where a violation not mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may have affected the outcome of the case in the circuit court of appeal, the Supreme Court may also deem it to constitute a material violation of a rule of procedural law.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 670.  Time limit for appeal to the Supreme Court

 (1) An appeal to the Supreme Court may be filed within 30 days following service of the judgment on the appellant but not later than five months after the date on which the judgment of the circuit court of appeal was made public.

 (2) Where, when when disposing of the case, the circuit court of appeal declares, in the operative part of its judgment, a legislative instrument that falls to be applied in the case to be unconstitutional and refuses to apply it, the time limit for appeal to the Supreme Court is calculated from pronouncement of the Supreme Court’s disposition given in constitutional review proceedings before the Court concerning the instrument that was not applied.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 – entry into force 29.03.2015]

 (3) With a valid reason, the Supreme Court may, on a motion of the appellant, grant the principal party who filed the appeal an additional time limit for substantiating the appeal. An additional time limit for substantiating the appeal is granted in a situation provided for by subsection 6 of § 187 of this Code.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) Where, once the circuit court of appeal has given its judgment but before the judgment has entered into effect and before any appeal to the Supreme Court is filed in the case, a motion to dismiss the court claim or terminate proceedings in the case, among other things due to the court claim having been abandoned or to a compromise having been concluded – or a motion or application related to interim relief or another similar motion or application – is filed, the motion or application is disposed of by the circuit court of appeal that gave the judgment. Where it grants the motion to dismiss the court claim or terminate proceedings, the circuit court of appeal may, by order, set aside the dispositions entered in the case and dismiss the court claim or terminate the proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Once an appeal to the Supreme Court has been filed in the case, the operations mentioned in subsection 4 of this section can be performed by the Supreme Court – even where the appeal has not yet been accepted.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 671.  Particulars in the appeal to the Supreme Court

 (1) An appeal to the Supreme Court is filed with the Supreme Court.

 (2) An appeal to the Supreme Court must state, among other particulars:
 1) the name of the court that gave the appealed judgment, the date of the judgment and the number of the civil case;
 2) the relief sought by the appellant – clearly expressed – stating the scope in which the appellant contests the judgment of the circuit court of appeal and the disposition that the appellant seeks from the Supreme Court;
 3) the reasons of the appeal.

 (3) The reasons of the appeal to the Supreme Court must state:
 1) the rule of procedural law that the circuit court of appeal has materially violated;
 2) the circumstance from which the violation of the rule of procedural law stems and how the error of application of the rule may have led to an erroneous judgment, as well as a reference to the items of evidence that, as has been submitted, prove each factual assertion concerning violation of the rule;
 3) the rule of substantive law that the circuit court of appeal has manifestly erred in applying in its judgment and how the erroneous application may have led to an erroneous judgment;
 4) the grounds based on which the appeal should be accepted.

 (4) Where the appellant finds that having the appeal disposed of by the Supreme Court is of fundamental importance for guaranteeing legal certainty and developing uniform case-law or for further development of the law, they must state this in the appeal.

 (5) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 672.  Annexes to the appeal to the Supreme Court

  [Repealed – RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

§ 673.  Filing a counter-appeal to the Supreme Court

 (1) ‘Counter-appeal to the Supreme Court’ means an appeal that is filed by a principal party in response to – and to be considered together with – the opposing party’s appeal to the Court.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided for by this section, a counter-appeal to the Supreme Court is governed by provisions applicable to the appeal.

 (3) When the appellant has filed an appeal to the Supreme Court, the respondent may file a counter-appeal even after expiry of the time limit for appeal or even if the Court has rejected the respondent’s independent appeal. The counter-appeal may also contest parts of the judgment that were not contested in the appeal.

 (4) The respondent may file a counter-appeal to the Supreme Court within 14 days following service of the appeal on the respondent or, where the remainder of the time limit for appeal is longer than 14 days, during that remainder.

 (5) A counter-appeal to the Supreme Court that was filed after expiry of the time limit for appeal but within the time limit provided by subsection 4 of this section is dismissed if the appellant abandonds their appeal, if the appeal is rejected or dismissed, or if proceedings in the case are terminated.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 674.  Amending the appeal to the Supreme Court

 (1) The appellant may amend and supplement the appeal to the Supreme Court until the end of the time limit for appeal and, among other things, extend the appeal to parts of the judgment that were not initially appealed. Amending the appeal is governed by provisions applicable to the appeal.

 (2) The provisions of subsection 1 of this section do not preclude or prejudice the appellant’s right to make representations concerning interpretation of the law and to object to any representations made by the opposing party in proceedings before the Supreme Court.

§ 675.  Instructing the circuit court of appeal to send up the procedural documents

 (1) Where an appeal to the Supreme Court has been filed, the Court without delay instructs the circuit court of appeal that dealt with the case to send up the case file and, in electronic form, the judicial disposition. On receiving the instruction, the circuit court of appeal sends the file and the disposition to the Court without delay. The instruction does not require transmission of the disposition if the latter is available in the Judicial Information System.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Having concluded proceedings on the appeal, the Supreme Court, without delay, returns the case file to the relevant court.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2015]

§ 676.  [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 677.  Notifying the parties to proceedings of the appeal to the Supreme Court

 (1) Having received an appeal that meets the requirements, the Supreme Court without delay notifies this to the other parties to proceedings and serves them with a copy of the appeal including any annexes.

 (2) The Supreme Court notifies the respondent of the following:
 1) the time the appeal was received at the Court;
 2) the respondent’s duty to provide a written response to the appeal by the time limit set by the Court;
 21) the respondent’s right to file a counter-appeal;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 3) the particulars that must be stated in the response.

 (3) The Supreme Court notifies other parties to proceedings of the time that the appeal was received at the Court and explains to them their right to state their opinion concerning the appeal during the time limit set by the court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) When it serves the appeal on a party to proceedings, the Supreme Court informs the party of whether they are allowed to file any motions or applications, of which motions or applications are allowed, of the fact that any other procedural operations may be performed strictly through an attorney-at-law, and of the fact that any operations that have not been so performed will be disregarded when disposing of the appeal.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) In a situation provided for by subsection 2 of § 679 of this Code, the appeal to the Supreme Court is not transmitted to the other parties to proceedings and they are not invited to provide a response before the acceptance of the appeal has been disposed of.

§ 678.  Response to the appeal to the Supreme Court

 (1) The respondent must provide the Court with a written response to the appeal.

 (2) Among other things, the respondent must state the following in their response to the appeal to the Supreme Court:
 1) whether any defects are present that preclude dealing with the appeal;
 2) whether the appeal should be accepted;
 3) whether the respondent considers the appeal to be justified or contests it;
 4) any objections to the relief sought by and reasons given in the appeal, and the circumstances on which the respondent relies.

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) [Repealed – RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 – entry into force 29.03.2015]

 (5) The Supreme Court transmits the response, and any other submission of the party to proceedings, concerning the appeal to the other parties together with copies of any documents annexed to the response or to the submission.

§ 679.  Deciding on acceptance of the appeal to the Supreme Court

 (1) Within reasonable time following expiry of the time limit set to the respondent and third parties to provide a response, and state their opinion, on the appeal to the Supreme Court, the Court enters an order by which it decides to accept the appeal or rejects it.

 (2) Where the appeal is manifestly unjustified or manifestly justified, the issue of acceptance may also be disposed of without sending the appeal to the other parties to proceedings, or before expiry of the time limit mentioned in subsection 1 of this section.

 (3) The Supreme Court accepts the appeal if it meets the requirements provided by law, has been filed at the proper time and:
 1) the circuit court of appeal has manifestly erred in applying a rule of substantive law in its judgment and the erroneous application may have have led to an erroneous judgment;
 2) the circuit court of appeal has materially violated a rule of procedural law in its judgment and this may have led to an erroneous judgment;
 3) irrespective of the provisions of clauses 1 and 2 of this subsection, giving a disposition on the appeal is of fundamental importance for guaranteeing legal certainty and developing uniform case-law or for further development of the law.

 (4) The Supreme Court is not required to accept – the provisions of clauses 1 and 2 of subsection 3 of this section notwithstanding – an appeal filed in a case for pecuniary relief if the relief that the appellant seeks against the judgment of the circuit court of appeal amounts to a sum that is less than ten times the minimum monthly wage enacted by the Government of the Republic.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) The Supreme Court transmits the order by which it accepts or rejects the appeal to the parties to proceedings. Where the appeal was not transmitted to the other parties before disposing of its acceptance, a copy of the appeal is included with the order. Where the appeal is accepted, the respondent is also invited to provide a response.

 (6) Where the appeal to the Supreme Court is accepted, the counter-appeal may be rejected only for the reason that it does not meet the requirements provided by law. Where one of the two or more similar appeals filed at the same time for consideration by the Court is accepted, the other appeals are accepted also.

 (7) The outcome of disposing of the motion to accept the appeal to the Supreme Court is published without delay on the Court’s website, stating the number of the civil case, the names of the parties to proceedings and the general description of the relief sought. Where the motion was made in proceedings closed to the public, the website only states the outcome and the number of the civil case, with a mention that the proceedings were closed to the public. Rejections due to the reason that the appeal did not meet the requirements provided by law, and was therefore returned, are not published on the site. Particulars concerning motions that have been disposed of are removed from the website when 30 days have elapsed following their publication.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 – entry into force 29.03.2015]

Subchapter 2 Rules for Proceedings Before the Supreme Court 

§ 680.  Application of procedural provisions and parties to proceedings before the Supreme Court

 (1) Unless different provision has been made for appeal proceedings before the Supreme Court, such proceedings are governed by the provisions applicable to proceedings before the district court – provided such provisions are not incompatible with the nature of the procedure for appeal to the Supreme Court.

 (2) The parties to proceedings before the Supreme Court are the principal parties to the appeal and any third parties. The principal parties are the appellant and the respondent. Where a contested legal relationship can only be established with regard to all co-claimants or co-defendants jointly, a co-claimant or co-defendant is deemed to be a co-appellant or co-respondent regardless of whether they have filed the appeal or whether the appeal has been filed against them.

§ 681.  Preparing the case

 (1) Having accepted the appeal, the Supreme Court:
 1) makes an order by which it grants, or revokes, interim relief in the case – provided the corresponding motion or application is justified;
 2) disposes of the motion to enforce the judgment without delay, or to suspend such enforcement – provided the motion is justified;
 3) ascertains whether the case can be disposed of during preliminary proceedings;
 4) convenes a hearing to consider the case unless the case can be disposed of in written proceedings;
 5) where this is needed, sets a time limit to a party to proceedings to respond to a question that the Court deems necessary, or requires a party to provide a supplement to their response within the time limit set by the Court.

 (2) When the appeal to the Supreme Court has been accepted, the case is prepared for consideration – with sufficient attention to detail that permits it to be disposed of in a single hearing day, should a hearing be convened – by a member of the Civil Chamber who has been assigned as the reporting judge.

 (3) When preparing the case, the member of the Civil Chamber who has been assigned as the reporting judge, sitting alone, disposes of any motions or applications made by the parties to proceedings and makes the orders that are needed to prepare the case for consideration. Any orders to terminate proceedings on the appeal are rendered by a panel of at least three members.

 (4) A court official may not make an order terminating proceedings in the case under the rules for appeals to the Supreme Court, or the orders mentioned in clauses 1 and 2 of subsection 1 of this section.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) The Supreme Court may also invite the State or municipal authorities mentioned in subsections 3 or 4 of § 393 of this Code to state an opinion on how the case should be disposed of.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 6811.  Making of request to the European Court of Human Rights

 (1) The Supreme Court may, in a case pending before it, request the European Court of Human Rights to give an advisory opinion on questions of principle relating to the interpretation or application of the rights and freedoms defined in the Convention on the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, or any Protocol to the same, in conformity with Protocol No. 16.

 (2) The request must state its reasons and describe the relevant legal and factual circumstances of the case pending before the Supreme Court.

 (3) Advisory opinions of the European Court of Human Rights are not binding on the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 – entry into force 06.07.2017, § 681¹ is implemented as of the day of entry into force of Protocol No. 16 to the European Convention on the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms in respect of Estonia.]

§ 682.  Dismissing the appeal to the Supreme Court

 (1) Where, after acceptance of the appeal to the Supreme Court, it comes to light that the appeal does not meet the requirements provided by law or was filed after expiry of the time limit for appeal and the Court does not reinstate the time limit, the Court dismisses the appeal by a reasoned order. The Court also dismisses the appeal by an order in a situation where the legal person who appears in the case as the appellant or respondent before the Court has been dissolved without legal succession and this prevents further dealing with the case.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 – entry into force 01.02.2023]

 (2) Where a defect is present that prevents consideration of the appeal to the Supreme Court and it is manifest that the defect can be cured, the Court, by order, sets the appellant a reasonable time limit to cure the defect. If the appellant fails to comply with the Court’s requirement by the due date, the Court dismisses the appeal.

§ 683.  Abandoning the appeal to the Supreme Court

 (1) The appellant may abandon their appeal to the Supreme Court until the consideration of the case is concluded or, in written proceedings, until expiry of the time limit for making representations.

 (2) The notice by which the appeal to the Supreme Court is abandoned is filed with the Court in writing.

 (3) Where the appeal to the Supreme Court has been abandoned, the appellant is deemed not to have performed any procedural operations before the Court. If the appellant has abandoned their appeal, they are not allowed to file a new appeal to the Supreme Court for the same relief, and bear the case costs related to the appeal.

 (4) Where the opposing party has not appealed the judgment of the circuit court of appeal or where their counter-appeal to the Supreme Court was filed after expiry of the time limit for appeal, and the appeal to the Supreme Court has been abandoned, the Court enters an order by which it terminates the proceedings.

 (5) Where, in a situation in which the appeal to the Supreme Court has been abandoned, the Court is unable to terminate the proceedings due to the other party’s appeal, the Court enters an order by which it terminates proceedings on the appeal that was abandoned. In such a situation, proceedings are continued regarding the other appeal.

§ 684.  Abandonment of the court claim; compromise

  Where, after having accepted the case, the Supreme Court accepts an abandonment of the court claim or approves a compromise, it enters and order by which it sets aside any prior judicial dispositions in the case and terminates proceedings by an order. If the Court does not accept the abandonment or does not approve the compromise, it proceeds to consider the case under the rules for appeal to the Supreme Court.

§ 685.  Disposing of the case in written proceedings

  The Supreme Court may consider and dispose of the case without considering the appeal at a hearing if it does not find convening a hearing to be necessary. In such a situation, as soon as possible, the Court sets a time limit for the parties to proceedings to make representations and state opinions to the Court, determines the time when the judgment will be made public, and notifies these to the parties to proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 686.  Summoning to the Supreme Court and absence of parties to proceedings from the hearing

 (1) Where a hearing is convened to consider the case, the Supreme Court notifies the parties to proceedings of the time and place of the hearing.

 (2) Where a party to proceedings does not appear at the hearing, the Supreme Court may dispose of the appeal without their participation – or may postpone the hearing if it finds the party’s presence to be necessary for considering the case.

§ 687.  Consideration of the case at the hearing

 (1) At the hearing of the Supreme Court, the judge who prepared the case reports it, presenting – to the extent this is required – the earlier course of the proceedings and the substance of the appeal and of the response.

 (2) After the presentation – unless the Court directs otherwise – the floor is given to the appellant, followed by the third parties intervening in their support, then the respondent and, after that, any other parties. The Court may limit the duration of oral arguments, ensuring that all parties have equal time to speak. The time granted to a party for their arguments may not be less than 15 minutes.

 (3) The Court may question the parties to proceedings.

 (4) Where the Court considers the case without the presence of a party to proceedings, it presents the opinion of the absent party based on the information in the case file, to the extent such presentation is needed.

Subchapter 3 Judgment of the Supreme Court 

§ 688.  Scope of consideration of the appeal to the Supreme Court

 (1) Under the rules for appeal to the Supreme Court, the Supreme Court reexamines the judgment of the circuit court of appeal only insofar as it has been appealed.

 (2) The Supreme Court is not bound by the legal grounds of the appeal.

 (3) When verifying whether the relief sought from it is justified, the Supreme Court has regard only to the facts that have been ascertained by the judgment of the lower court. Apart from these, the Supreme Court has regard only to circumstances invoked as reasons for the assertion concerning a material violation of a rule of procedural law by the circuit court of appeal, including any circumstances reflected by the record of proceedings before that court.

 (4) The Supreme Court is bound by the facts ascertained by the court of appeal, with the exception of situations where the ascertainment of the fact is contested by the appeal to the Supreme Court and rules of procedural law have been materially violated when ascertaining it.

 (5) The Supreme Court does not arrange for the taking of, or examine, items of evidence, except where the item is offered to the Supreme Court to prove a material violation of a rule of procedural law by the circuit court of appeal. Neither does the Court arrange for the taking of, or examine, evidence that has already been arranged to be taken or that has been examined and assessed by the lower court.

 (6) In proceedings before the Supreme Court, a principal party may not invoke violation of a rule of procedural law by the circuit court of appeal when giving its judgment, unless the party raised an objection to the violation at the proper time in the circuit court of appeal (§ 333 of this Code).

§ 689.  Particulars in the judgment of the Supreme Court

 (1) Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the appeal to the Supreme Court is disposed of by a judgment. Unless otherwise provided for by subsections 2–6 of this section, provisions concerning the judgment of the district court apply to the judgment of the Supreme Court.

 (2) In the introductory part of its judgment, in addition to the particulars of the judgment of the court of first instance, the Supreme Court states who has filed the appeal.

 (21) Where the Supreme Court varies the operative part of the judgment of the district court or of the circuit court of appeal, the operative part of the judgment of the Court must present the entirety of the applicable operative part.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The descriptive part of the judgment briefly states the course of proceedings in the case so far and the judgments given, a brief summary of the relief sought by the principal parties in proceedings before the Supreme Court, the factual and legal assertions made and evidence concerning violation of a rule of procedural law, as well as any motions or applications by the principal parties.

 (4) The judgment’s statement of reasons sets out the conclusions of the Supreme Court, the laws that the Supreme Court applied and the procedural operations of the circuit court of appeal that the Supreme Court has found unlawful.

 (5) Where the Supreme Court affirms the judgment of the circuit court of appeal and accepts the reasons stated in that judgment, the Court does not need to give reasons for its judgment. In such a situation, the Supreme Court must state that it accepts the reasons stated in the judgment of the circuit court of appeal.

 (6) Where a valid reason is present, the Supreme Court may, when it denies the appeal, give its judgment as the operative part, excluding everything else.

§ 690.  Referring the case in the Supreme Court

 (1) Referring the case to be disposed of by the full panel of the Civil Chamber, by the Special Panel of the Supreme Court or by the Supreme Court en banc is decided by an order. The order is transmitted to the parties to proceedings.

 (2) Where a hearing is convened in the case, the parties to proceedings are notified of the time and place of the hearing of the full panel of the Civil Chamber, of the Special Panel of the Supreme Court or of the Supreme Court en banc.

§ 691.  Powers of the Supreme Court when dealing with the appeal

  When dealing with the appeal, the Supreme Court may:
 1) deny the appeal and affirm the judgment of the circuit court of appeal;
 2) set aside the judgment of the circuit court of appeal in full or in part and remand the part that was set aside to the same or the other circuit court of appeal to be considered anew;
 3) set aside the previous judgments in full or in part and dismiss the court claim, or terminate proceedings in the case;
 4) set aside the judgment of the circuit court of appeal or of the district court on the ground mentioned in subsection 5 of § 692 of this Code and remand the case to the district court to be considered anew;
 5) where the circuit court of appeal has attributed a mistaken legal assessment to the facts that have been ascertained in the judgment but has not violated a rule of procedural law mentioned in § 669 of this Code, or where the violation can be cured in proceedings before the Court – vary or set aside the judgment of the circuit court of appeal and enter a new judgment or affirm the judgment of the district court without remanding the case to be considered anew by the lower court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 692.  Grounds for setting aside a judgment under the rules for appeal to the Supreme Court

 (1) The grounds for setting aside of a judgment under procedure for appeal to the Supreme Court are:
 1) erroneous interpretation or application of a rule of substantive law, including failure to apply such a rule in a situation where the facts dictate its application, as well as attributing an erroneous legal assessment to the facts that have been ascertained;
 2) a material violation of a rule of procedural law, if this may have led to an erroneous judgment.

 (2) Where the Supreme Court establishes that the statement of reasons of the judgment of the circuit court of appeal contains an erroneous interpretation or application of a rule of substantive law, while the operative part of the judgment remains – regardless of this or due to other circumstances – substantively free of error, the Supreme Court denies the appeal but varies the legal reasons of the judgment.

 (3) The judgment of the circuit court of appeal contested by the appeal to the Supreme Court is set aside insofar as the relief sought by the appeal is justified.

 (4) Where the circuit court of appeal has violated a rule of procedural law mentioned in subsection 1 of § 669 of this Code, the Supreme Court is not bound by the scope of the appeal, sets the judgment aside regardless of the appeal and remands the case to the circuit court of appeal to be considered anew. The Court is not required to remand the case if the violation can be cured in proceedings before it. The Court may also – regardless of the reasons stated in the appeal – set aside the judgment of the circuit court of appeal and remand the case to the court of first instance for retrial or reconsideration due to a material violation of a rule of procedural law not mentioned in subsection 1 of § 669 of this Code if the violation may have affected the outcome of the case in the circuit court of appeal and the violation cannot be cured in proceedings before the Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Where the district court has violated a rule of procedural law mentioned in subsection 1 of § 669 of this Code and the circuit court of appeal has not set aside the district court’s judgment or remanded the case to be considered anew, the Supreme Court sets aside the judgments of the lower courts and remands the case to be considered by the district court. The Court may, together with the judgment of the circuit court of appeal, set aside the judgment of the district court also in other situations where it is manifest that the circuit court of appeal must, when it considers the case anew, remand it back to the district court, or where this is dictated by other reasons in order to deal with the case expeditiously.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (6) Where the circuit court of appeal gave judgment in the case although the appeal should have been dismissed or the proceedings terminated, the Supreme Court enters an order by which it sets aside the judgment of the circuit court of appeal and also dismisses the court claim or terminates the proceedings.

§ 693.  Consequences of setting aside the judgment of the circuit court of appeal and remanding the case to be disposed of anew

 (1) Where the judgment of the circuit court of appeal is set aside and the case is remanded to be disposed of anew, proceedings in the circuit court of appeal continue from the situation that had been reached before consideration of the case was concluded. Any procedural operations that were declared unlawful by the judgment of the Supreme Court are performed anew by the circuit court of appeal.

 (2) The opinion that is stated in the judgment of the Supreme Court on the interpretation and application of legal rules is mandatory to the court that considers the case anew.

§ 694.  Entry into effect and publication of the Supreme Court’s judgment

 (1) The Supreme Court’s judgment is transmitted to the parties to proceedings and published on the Court’s website.
[RT I 2010, 19, 101 – entry into force 01.06.2010]

 (2) Supreme Court judgments and orders by which the Court rejects an appeal enter into effect on the date they are made public and are not subject to appeal.

 (3) The Supreme Court gives its judgment within 30 days following the last hearing in the case or, in written proceedings, within 30 days following expiry of the time limit for filing motions or applications or producing documents. Where this is needed, the time limit for making the judgment public may be extended by an order to up to 60 days.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 – entry into force 29.03.2015]

Chapter 67 APPEAL AGAINST COURT ORDER BEFORE THE SUPREME COURT 

§ 695.  Application of provisions governing procedure for appeal to the Supreme Court against judgment

  The provisions concerning the procedure for appeal to the Supreme Court against judgment apply to appeal against an order (hereinafter in this translation of this Chapter, ‘appeal’) with the Supreme Court and to proceedings on those appeals, unless otherwise provided for by the provisions of this Chapter or otherwise dictated by the nature of the appeal.

§ 696.  Right of appeal

 (1) A party to proceedings affected by the order of the circuit court of appeal may appeal the order to the Supreme Court only if the appeal is permitted by law. Where the law permits an appeal against the order of the district court, the order of the circuit court of appeal made concerning the appeal may be appealed to the Supreme Court – unless otherwise provided for by law.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Unless otherwise provided for by law, an objection to an order not mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be raised when appealing the judgment given in the case to the Supreme Court.

 (3) Unless otherwise provided by law, the order of the circuit court of appeal made concerning an appeal against the order of the district court that terminates or otherwise concludes the proceedings in an action-by-petition case may be appealed by the person whose rights are prejudiced by the order. Any other orders given in action-by-petition proceedings may be appealed strictly where this is provided for by law.

 (4) Where, in action-by-petition proceedings, the order may only be made on petition and the petition has been denied, the order of the circuit court of appeal concerning the appeal against the order by which the petition was denied may be appealed only by the petitioner.

§ 697.  Grounds for appeal

  The only circumstance that the appeal may invoke is that the circuit court of appeal, when making the order, has erred in applying a rule of substantive law – or has materially violated a rule of procedural law – and this may have led to an erroneous judicial disposition.

§ 698.  Appealing to the Supreme Court

 (1) The appeal is filed with the Supreme Court.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided by law, the time limit for appeal is 15 days from service of the order on the appellant.

 (3) Where the court, when disposing of the case by an order, declares the legislative instrument that falls to be applied to be unconstitutional and refuses to apply it, the time limit for appealing the order does not begin to run before the Supreme Court has, following the rules of constitutional review, pronounced its judgment concerning the instrument.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 – entry into force 29.03.2015]

 (4) Where a valid reason is present, the court may grant the appellant an additional time limit for substantiating the appeal. An additional time limit for substantiating the appeal is granted in a situation provided by subsection 6 of § 187 of this Code.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 699.  Particulars in the appeal

 (1) The appeal must state, among other particulars:
 1) the name of the court that made the order, the date of the order and the number of the civil case;
 2) the matter or person in whose respect the order was made;
 3) the relief – clearly expressed – that the appellant seeks, including the scope within which the appellant contests the order of the circuit court of appeal and the disposition that they seek from the Supreme Court;
 4) the reasons of the appeal.

 (2) The reasons of the appeal must include:
 1) submissions on facts and law concerning circumstances that produced the violation of law in the making of the order, and what the violation consists in;
 2) a reference to the items of evidence that, according to the appellant’s submission, prove each factual assertion.

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 700.  Suspending the enforcement of and protecting the appeal

 (1) Unless otherwise provided by law, the filing of appeal does not suspend enforcement of the order contested by the appeal.

 (2) The Supreme Court may grant interim relief on the appeal before it is disposed of and may, among other things, suspend enforcement of the contested order or impose other interim protection measures.

§ 701.  Disposing of the appeal

 (1) The Supreme Court serves copies of the appeal and its annexes on the parties to proceedings and invites them to provide a response, unless the order does not affect the rights of any other parties.

 (2) The appeal is disposed of by a reasoned order in written proceedings, unless the court deems it necessary to convene a hearing.

 (3) Where the Supreme Court finds the appeal to be justified, it sets aside the contested order and, if this is possible, enters a new order. Where this is needed, the Court remands the case to be disposed of anew by the circuit court of appeal that gave the order, or by another circuit court of appeal. The Court may also set aside the order of a district court given in the case and remand the case to the district court to be disposed of anew.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 68 REVIEW OF JUDICIAL DISPOSITIONS THAT HAVE ENTERED INTO EFFECT 

§ 702.  Grounds for review of judicial dispositions that have entered into effect

 (1) Where new facts have come to light, the judicial disposition that has entered into effect in the case may be reconsidered – on petition of a principal party in action-by-claim proceedings or, in action-by-petition proceedings, of a party or another person who should have been added to the proceedings by the court when dealing with the case – in accordance with the rules for review of judicial dispositions that have entered into effect (hereinafter, in this translation, ‘review’).

 (2) The grounds for review are the following:
 1) the disposition was rendered by a judicial panel that included a judge who should have self-recused;
 2) a party to proceedings was not notified of the proceedings in accordance with the law – including situations where the party affected by the disposition was not served the statement of the court claim – or the party was not summoned to court in accordance with the law;
 3) a party to proceedings was not represented in the proceedings by a person who had authority to do so although the decision was made in respect of the party, unless the party has ratified their representation in those proceedings;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
 4) the unlawfulness or lack of justification of the judicial disposition entered in the case, where this stems from the false testimony of a witness, from the knowingly wrong opinion of an expert, from a knowingly false interpretation or translation, from the falsification of documents or from the fabrication of evidence, as established by a judgment that was given in a criminal case and that has entered into effect;
 5) the commission of a criminal offence by the judge or a party to proceedings or the party’s representative during the hearing or consideration of the case to be reviewed, as established by a judgment that was given in a criminal case and that has entered into effect;
 6) the judicial disposition is based on an earlier judicial disposition, on the decision of an arbitral tribunal or on an administrative decision and the earlier disposition has been set aside or varied or the decision set aside or amended;
 7) the circumstance that the legislative instrument or provision on which the judicial disposition in the civil case to be reviewed was based has been declared unconstitutional in constitutional review proceedings before the Supreme Court;
 8) the circumstance that the European Court of Human Rights has established a violation of the Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, or of the Protocols to that Convention, in the making of the judicial disposition, and the violation cannot be reasonably cured or compensated for by any other method except for review;
 81) the coming to light of a ground for suspension by operation of law, which was present at the time the disposition was made but was not known and could not have been known to the court;
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 – entry into force 01.01.2010]
 9) another material circumstance that was present or item of evidence that existed at the time when the judicial disposition was made but was not known and could not have been known to the party to proceedings, and reliance on which in the proceedings would have manifestly led to a different disposition.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The circumstances mentioned in subsection 2 of this section do not amount to a ground for review if they did not have an impact – in favour of or against the party to proceedings – on the making of the judicial disposition.

§ 703.  Limitations on review

 (1) Review is not permitted regarding court orders that cannot be appealed under this Code.

 (2) Review is not permitted if the party to proceedings could have, already in earlier proceedings, relied on the circumstances that make review possible – primarily, by filing an objection or appeal, and also where the objection or appeal was denied.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The petition for review cannot be filed repeatedly to invoke the same circumstances.

§ 704.  Time limit for filing the petition for review

 (1) The petition for review may be filed within two months after becoming aware of the ground for review but not before the disposition enters into effect. A petition for review on the grounds that the party to proceedings was not represented in the proceedings may be filed within two months following the date on which the disposition was served on the party or, if the party does not possess active legal capacity for purposes of civil procedure, on the party’s statutory representative. Service by public notice is not taken into consideration.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) In a situation mentioned in clause 8 of subsection 2 of § 702 of this Code, the petition for review may be filed within six months following the entry into effect of the decision of the European Court of Justice. In a situation mentioned in clause 7 of subsection 2 of § 702 of this Code, the petition for review may be filed within six months following the entry into effect of the judgment of the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) A petition for review may not be filed after five years have elapsed following the entry into effect of the judicial disposition whose review is sought. A petition for review on the grounds that a party was not represented or did not participate in proceedings, or in a situation mentioned in clause 8 of subsection 2 of § 702 of this Code, may not be filed after ten years have elapsed following the entry into effect of the disposition.
[RT I 2006, 48, 360 – entry into force 18.11.2006]

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 705.  Application of provisions governing the procedure for appeals to the Supreme Court

  [RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]
Unless otherwise provided for by this Chapter, the filing of the petition for review is governed by the provisions concerning appeals to the Supreme Court.

§ 706.  Filing the petition for review

 (1) The petition for review is filed with the Supreme Court.

 (2) When filing the petition for review, the amount of the statutory fee that must be paid is the same as that due on an appeal to the Supreme Court.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 – entry into force 01.01.2022]

§ 707.  Particulars in the petition for review

 (1) The petition for review states, among other things, the relief sought with regard to the disposition, the ground for the petition, the legal basis for review, the circumstances that reflect observance of the time limit for filing the petition, as well as evidence to prove the ground and the observance.

 (2) A copy of the judicial disposition whose review is sought, as well as documents that constitute the grounds for the petition – or copies of such documents – are annexed to the petition. Where the documents are not in the petitioner’s possession, the petition must state whether the petitioner moves for the court to require them to be handed over.

 (3) The petitioner is not allowed to use the motion to take a statement from a party to the proceedings under oath as a means of providing evidence of circumstances that justify the review.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 – entry into force 01.01.2006]

§ 708.  Preparations for considering the petition for review

 (1) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) In order to dispose of the petition to review the disposition of a lower court, the Supreme Court instructs the court to send up the case file.

 (3) The Supreme Court serves a copy of the petition that it has received on the opposing party, and requires the party to file a written response by the due date. The decision not to serve the petition and not to require the response is made on the same grounds that apply in relation to appeals to the Supreme Court.

 (4) The responding party must state whether they accept the petition. Any objections must be substantiated and, where this is possible, the party must produce evidence to support them.

 (5) Review does not suspend enforcement of the disposition. The Supreme Court may make an order by which it suspends enforcement proceedings or allows them to be continued strictly against a security, or invalidates the enforcement operation.

§ 709.  Accepting the petition for review

  The Supreme Court accepts the petition for review if the facts stated in the petition give reason to believe that a circumstance that has been provided by law as a ground for review is present.

§ 710.  Disposing of the petition for review

 (1) If the Supreme Court finds that the petition for review is justified, the Court sets aside the judicial disposition rendered in the case and remands the case to be considered anew to the lower court in which the disposition was rendered. Where the facts are clear, the Supreme Court varies the lower court’s disposition or sets it aside and enters a new judgment or order.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) A copy of the judgment or order is transmitted to the parties to proceedings.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

Chapter 69 DETERMINING THE COURT THAT HAS SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION 

§ 711.  Rules for determining the court that has subject matter jurisdiction

 (1) In situations provided for by law, the court that has subject matter jurisdiction to dispose of the case is determined by the Special Panel formed by the Civil Chamber and the Administrative Chamber of the Supreme Court determines. The Special Panel is formed and presided over by the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (2) Within two months following reception of the case, the Special Panel, without summoning the parties to proceedings to the hearing, makes an order by which it determines the court that has subject matter jurisdiction to dispose of the case. A party may file its opinion with the Special Panel in writing.

 (3) When determining the court that has subject matter jurisdiction in the case, the Special Panel of the Supreme Court sets aside the order by which the court that is declared to have jurisdiction found the case not to fall within its jurisdiction, and sends the case to be disposed of by that court.

 (4) [Repealed – RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (5) Where the Special Panel of the Supreme Court finds that the case should not be disposed of under the rules of civil or administrative court procedure, the Panel terminates the proceedings by an order.

Part 14 ARBITRATION PROCEDURE 
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - entry into force 01.04.2019]

Chapter 70 GENERAL PROVISIONS 

§ 712.  Scope of application

  [ RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

 (1) Unless provided otherwise by law or treaty, the provisions of this Part apply to arbitration proceedings conducted in Estonia.

 (2) The provisions of §§ 720 and 740 of this Code also apply where the venue of arbitration proceedings is in a foreign State or if the venue has not yet been determined.

 (3) Where the place of business, residence or seat of at least one party is in Estonia, the tasks mentioned in §§ 721, 724, 725, 727 and 728 of this Code are performed by Estonian courts until the venue of arbitration proceedings – in Estonia or in a foreign State – is determined.

§ 713.  Scope of judicial intervention

  The court may perform operations in arbitration proceedings strictly in situations and within the scope provided for by law.

§ 714.  Consequences of failure to report a violation of the law or arbitration agreement

  Where a provision of this Part that the parties may derogate from or a requirement agreed upon by the parties for the purpose of arbitration proceedings is violated, a party may not rely on the violation if they do not notify it to the arbitral tribunal without delay after it became or should have become known to them.

§ 715.  Notices: when delivery is deemed to have been made

 (1) Where the place of business, residence or seat of a party or a person entitled to receive a notice is not known, the notice is deemed to have been delivered on the date on which the party or the person entitled to receive it would have received it, had it been delivered normally by registered letter or by another method providing proof of reception at the person’s last known address.

 (2) The provisions of subsection 1 of this section do not apply to the service of notices in the course of judicial proceedings.

§ 716.  Procedure before permanent arbitral tribunals

  [Repealed – RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

Chapter 71 ARBITRATION AGREEMENT 

§ 717.  Definition of arbitration agreement

 (1) An arbitration agreement is an agreement between the parties to have an arbitral tribunal resolve a dispute that has already arisen or may arise between them over a determined contractual relationship or a extra-contractual relationship.

 (2) An arbitration agreement may be concluded as an independent agreement or as a distinctive clause which is part of a contract.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

§ 718.  Validity of an arbitration agreement

 (1) An arbitration agreement may be concluded in respect of a pecuniary claim. An arbitration agreement concerning a non-pecuniary claim is valid only if the parties are allowed to conclude a compromise concerning the subject matter of the dispute.

 (2) An arbitration agreement is void if its subject matter is:
 1) a dispute concerning the validity or cancellation of a residential lease contract, and the vacating of a dwelling situated in Estonia;
 2) a dispute concerning the termination of an employment contract;
 3) a dispute that stems from a consumer credit contract.
[RT I, 12.03.2015, 5 – entry into force 01.07.2015]

 (3) An arbitration agreement may be concluded in respect of a public pecuniary claim if the parties are allowed to conclude an administrative contract concerning the subject matter of the dispute.

 (4) The law may bar or restrict the arbitrability of certain types of disputes.

§ 7181.  Arbitration agreement with a consumer

 (1) Where one of the parties is a consumer, the arbitration agreement may not be concluded the before the claim falls due.

 (2) Before conclusion of the arbitration agreement, information – in a form reproducible in writing – is provided to the consumer on differences between judicial and arbitration proceedings. Among other things, the following information must be provided:
 1) the rules for forming the arbitral tribunal, the principles governing the conduct of arbitration proceedings and the applicable rules, including the presumption provided by subsection 2 of § 732 of this Code;
 2) the rules for contesting the decision of the arbitral tribunal as well as information stating that, when considering an appeal against the decision of the arbitral tribunal, the court does not verify whether the resolution of the dispute was substantively lawful;
 3) the substance of the provisions of subsections 1 and 11 of § 753 of this Code as well as information stating that, in enforcement proceedings, the operation of the decision of the arbitral tribunal that has been declared enforceable is the same as that of a judicial disposition.

 (3) Where a party to the arbitration proceedings is a consumer, the consumer’s residence or workplace – at least the county where the residence or workplace is situated – is agreed upon as the venue of the proceedings.

 (4) Where a party to the arbitration agreement is a consumer, the agreement must be set out in a document bearing the hand-written or digital signature of the consumer.

 (5) Where the requirements provided by subsections 1–4 of this section were violated when concluding the arbitration agreement with a consumer, the agreement is void.

 (6) Where, at the time of concluding the arbitration agreement, the place of residence or workplace of the consumer was not in the locality that the agreement stipulates as the venue of arbitration proceedings – or where the agreement is not set out in a document bearing the hand-written or digital signature of the consumer – the agreement remains valid if relied on by the consumer.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

§ 719.  Form of arbitration agreement

 (1) An arbitration agreement must be concluded in a form reproducible in writing. The agreement may also be contained in a written confirmation.

 (2) [Repealed – RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

 (3) Failure to comply with the requirement of form does not affect the validity of the agreement if the parties consent to the resolution of the dispute by the arbitral tribunal.

§ 720.  Arbitration agreement and the granting of interim relief by the court

  The fact that the parties have concluded an arbitration agreement does not preclude a party from applying for, and the court from granting – on an application of the party and before or after the beginning of arbitration proceedings – interim relief in the case.

Chapter 72 FORMING THE ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL 

§ 721.  Forming the arbitral tribunal

 (1) The parties agree the number of arbitrators. If there is no agreement, the dispute is resolved by three arbitrators.

 (2) Where, in the forming of the arbitral tribunal, the arbitration agreement gives one of the parties an economic or other advantage over the other party that is materially harmful to that party, the party may petition the court to disregard the appointment that was made or appointments that were made or the rules of appointment that had been agreed upon and appoint a different arbitrator or different arbitrators. The petition must be filed not later than within 15 days following the time when the party learned of the forming of the arbitral tribunal.

 (3) Where a party has filed, with the court, the petition mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, the arbitral tribunal may suspend its proceedings.

§ 722.  Prerequisites for being appointed as arbitrator

 (1) A natural person of full active legal capacity may be appointed as an arbitrator.

 (2) The parties may agree qualification requirements for the arbitrator.

§ 723.  Arbitrator’s consent

  For appointment of the arbitrator, the candidate’s written consent is required.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

§ 724.  Appointing the arbitrator

 (1) The parties may agree the rules for appointing the arbitrators.

 (2) Where three arbitrators are prescribed and the parties have not agreed the rules for their appointment, each party appoints one arbitrator. The arbitrators then elect a third arbitrator who presides over the tribunal.

 (3) Where, in a situation mentioned in subsection 2 of this section, a party has not appointed an arbitrator within 30 days following reception of the corresponding request from the other party or the arbitrators appointed by the parties are unable to elect the third arbitrator within 30 days following their appointment, the third arbitrator is appointed by the court on the petition of a party.

 (4) Where a single arbitrator is prescribed and the parties have not agreed, and are unable to agree, the rules for the arbitrator’s appointment, the court appoints the arbitrator on the petition of a party.

 (5) Where the parties have agreed the rules for appointing the arbitrator and one party violates those rules, or where the parties or both arbitrators do not reach agreement, or where a third party does not perform the tasks assigned to them by the rules, each party may petition the court to appoint the arbitrator, unless otherwise agreed in the rules.

§ 725.  Arbitrator’s appointment by the court

 (1) The court appoints the arbitrator within 30 days following reception of the corresponding petition.

 (2) When appointing the arbitrator, the court has regard to the following:
 1) the requirements agreed by the parties concerning the arbitrator;
 2) the circumstances that ensure the appointment of an independent, impartial and competent arbitrator.

 (3) The order by which the arbitrator is appointed cannot be appealed.

§ 726.  Recusing the arbitrator

 (1) The arbitrator may be recused if circumstances are present that cast a reasonable doubt concerning their impartiality, independence or competence or if they do not fulfil the requirements agreed by the parties. A party may move to recuse the arbitrator that it has appointed if it learned of the ground for recusal after the appointment.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

 (2) The candidate for appointment as the arbitrator discloses, without delay, any circumstances which may cast a doubt on their impartiality or independence or which, for any other reason, may constitute grounds for their recusal. During the period between their appointment and the end of arbitration proceedings, the arbitrator is under a duty to notify such circumstances to the parties without delay, if they have not done so previously.

§ 727.  Rules for recusing the arbitrator

 (1) The parties may agree rules for recusing the arbitrator.

 (2) Where the parties have not agreed the rules for recusal, a party may make a motion for recusal to the arbitral tribunal within 15 days following the formation of the tribunal or the party’s becoming aware of the circumstance mentioned in subsection 1 of § 726 of this Code. Where the arbitrator refuses to self-recuse or if the other party does not agree to the recusal, the arbitral tribunal decides on the recusal without the participation of the arbitrator to be recused.

 (3) Where the issue of recusal cannot be disposed of in accordance with the rules agreed by the parties or following subsection 2 of this section, a party may, within 30 days following the time when the party became aware of the rejection of their motion, petition the court to order the recusal.

 (4) The arbitral tribunal may suspend its proceedings until the time the court disposes of the motion for recusal.

§ 728.  Inability of the arbitrator to perform their duties

 (1) Where the arbitrator is unable to perform their duties within a reasonable period of time, their mandate as the arbitrator ends when they recuse themselves or when the parties agree on terminating the mandate. If the arbitrator refuses to recuse themselves or the parties do not reach agreement on terminating the arbitrator's mandate, either party may – unless the parties have agreed otherwise – petition the court to declare the mandate terminated.

 (2) The provisions of subsection 1 of this section do not preclude or prejudice a party's right to terminate the contract concluded with the arbitrator.

§ 729.  Replacing the arbitrator

 (1) When the contract concluded with the arbitrator ends, a new arbitrator is appointed to replace them. The appointment is conducted following the same requirements that applied when the arbitrator who is being replaced was appointed. The arbitral tribunal suspends its proceedings until the new arbitrator has been appointed. After the suspension, proceedings are resumed from the point they had reached when they were suspended.

 (2) The parties may agree on a method of replacing the arbitrator that is different from the one mentioned in subsection 1 of this section.

Chapter 73 JURISDICTION OF THE ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL 

§ 730.  Power of the arbitral tribunal to determine its jurisdiction

 (1) The arbitral tribunal may determine its jurisdiction and, in connection with this, also to dispose of the issue of whether there is an arbitration agreement and whether the agreement is valid. In doing so, the agreement must be regarded as independent from other terms and conditions of the contract.

 (2) An objection to the arbitral tribunal’s jurisdiction must be filed not later than in the response to the claim filed with the tribunal. The filing of the objection is not barred by the fact that the party has appointed the arbitrator.

 (3) An objection asserting excess of the arbitral tribunal’s jurisdiction must be filed not later than at the time of commencement of arbitration proceedings regarding which the excess is asserted.

 (4) In a situation provided for by subsection 2 or 3 of this section, the arbitral tribunal may allow the objection to be filed at a later time, provided the party’s not filing it at the proper time was due to a valid reason.

 (5) Where the arbitral tribunal considers itself to have jurisdiction in the case, the tribunal enters a separate decision concerning the objection filed under subsection 2 or 3 of this section.

 (6) A party may – within 30 days following communication, in written form, of the arbitral tribunal’s decision mentioned in subsection 5 of this section – file a petition with the court mentioned in subsection 4 of § 755 of this Code to vary the decision. The filing of the petition does not suspend arbitration proceedings but the tribunal may suspend the proceedings for the time that it takes to deal with the petition.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (7) If the arbitral tribunal has declared that it does not have jurisdiction, the regular jurisdiction is resumed, unless the parties have agreed otherwise.

 (8) The provisions of this section do not apply where the court accepts a court claim that seeks a declaration of validity in respect of an arbitration agreement or a declaration confirming the jurisdiction of the arbitral tribunal in the case. The court may not accept the claim if the tribunal has already been formed and has not yet rejected the case for lack of jurisdiction.

§ 731.  Interim relief before the arbitral tribunal

 (1) Unless the parties have agreed otherwise, the arbitral tribunal may grant interim relief on a party’s application. Measures of interim relief that restrict personal freedoms may not be imposed. The arbitral tribunal may, in connection with interim relief, require both parties to provide a reasonable security.

 (2) The decision on interim relief imposed under subsection 1 of this section is enforced on the basis of a court order. The court makes the order on the petition of the party and allows the decision to be enforced only if the relevant measure of interim relief has not already been sought from the court. The court may rephrase the interim relief order if this is needed for applying the relief. In relation to the petition filed with the court, a security must be provided analogously with interim relief in relation to a court claim.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 – entry into force 01.01.2009]

 (3) The court may, on petition, revoke or vary interim relief on the same grounds and following the same rules that apply when granting interim relief in relation to a court claim dealt with in judicial proceedings.

 (4) Until the formation of the arbitral tribunal to resolve the dispute, the competent body of the tribunal may transmit a party's application for interim relief to the court. The application is disposed of following the rules provided by law for disposing of such applications.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

 (5) Where it comes to light that interim relief in arbitration proceedings was not justified, the party that applied for the relief must compensate the opposing party for the harm caused to that party as a result of the granting of relief or of providing a security in order to avoid the application of relief measures.

Chapter 74 PRINCIPLES OF CONDUCTING ARBITRATION PROCEEDINGS 
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - entry into force 01.04.2019]

§ 732.  General principles of procedure

 (1) The parties must be treated as equal in arbitration proceedings. Both parties must be given an opportunity to represent their views.

 (2) To the extent not provided for by subsection 1 of this section, the parties have a right to agree the rules of procedure for the proceeding or refer to the rules of a certain arbitral tribunal. Where the parties have concluded an agreement on referring the dispute for resolution to the arbitral tribunal, the presumption is that the agreement also includes the procedural arrangements prescribed by the rules of the relevant arbitral tribunal or by other documents dealing with arbitration proceedings. Where – in a situation where no agreement has been reached concerning a procedural issue – this Part provides for a party’s right to file a motion with a court, this is permitted only if the issue cannot be disposed of under the rules of the tribunal or under the other documents. The parties may not derogate from provisions of this Part that are stated as imperative.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

 (3) Where the parties have not agreed the rules of procedure and such rules are not provided for by this Part either, the rules are determined by the arbitral tribunal. The tribunal has the authority to decide on the admissibility of evidence, to examine the evidence and to freely assess the results.

§ 733.  Venue of arbitration proceedings

 (1) The parties may agree the venue of arbitration proceedings. Where this has not been agreed, the venue is determined by the arbitral tribunal having regard to its suitability to the parties.

 (2) Unless the parties have agreed otherwise and the provisions of subsection 1 of this section notwithstanding, the arbitral tribunal may meet – to hear witnesses, experts or parties, for members of the tribunal to conduct deliberations, or to examine items of property or documents – at a venue that the tribunal considers suitable for the purpose.

 (3) With the consent of the parties, the arbitral tribunal may delegate the task of hearing witnesses or experts to a single member of the tribunal.

§ 734.  Language of proceedings

 (1) The parties may agree the language of arbitration proceedings. Where this has not been agreed, the language of proceedings is determined by order of the arbitral tribunal.

 (2) Unless otherwise prescribed by an agreement of the parties or an order of the arbitral tribunal, the parties’ claims, motions, application and petitions as well as the arbitral tribunal’s decision and other notices must be made and the hearing before the tribunal held in the language that has been agreed or ordered.

 (3) The arbitral tribunal may require items of written evidence to be presented together with a translation into a language agreed between the parties or determined by the tribunal.

§ 735.  Commencement of arbitration proceedings

  Unless the parties have agreed otherwise, arbitration proceedings commence and the claim is deemed to have been filed on the date on which the defendant receives the statement of claim filed to obtain resolution of the dispute before the arbitral tribunal.

§ 736.  Claim filed with the arbitral tribunal; response to the claim

 (1) The statement of claim states:
 1) the name of the arbitral tribunal or of the arbitrator;
 2) particulars of the claimant and of the defendant;
 3) the relief sought by the claimant;
 4) the circumstances on which the claim is based and the evidence to prove those circumstances that the claimant is producing or intends to produce;
 5) a list of annexed documents.

 (2) The defendant must file its opinion concerning the claim within the time limit agreed by the parties or set by the arbitral tribunal.

 (3) Unless the parties have agreed otherwise, a party may amend or supplement its claim in the course of arbitration proceedings. The arbitral tribunal does not accept any amendment or supplementation of the claim that would entail an unjustified delay in the proceedings.

 (4) The provisions of subsections 1–3 of this section also apply to counterclaims.

§ 737.  Hearing before the arbitral tribunal; written procedure

 (1) The arbitral tribunal arranges its proceedings in the oral or written form unless the parties have agreed otherwise. Where the parties have not ruled out convening a hearing in the case, the tribunal – on the motion of one of the parties – convenes the hearing at a suitable time in the proceedings.

 (2) The parties are notified without delay of the hearing before the arbitral tribunal and of any other meeting of the arbitral tribunal organised for the examination of evidence.

 (3) Where a party presents a document to the arbitral tribunal, the tribunal notifies this, and sends a copy of the document, to the other party without delay. An expert opinion as well as any other written items of evidence that the tribunal may take into consideration when making its decision must be notified, and their copies sent, to both parties.

§ 738.  Consequences of failure to perform an operation

 (1) Where the defendant fails to respond, by the prescribed time, to the claim filed with the arbitral tribunal, the tribunal continues its proceedings. The absence of response from the defendant is not deemed admittance of the claim.

 (2) Where a party fails to appear at the hearing or fails to produce an item of documentary evidence by the prescribed time, the arbitral tribunal may continue the proceedings and make its decision based on the facts already established.

 (3) Where the arbitral tribunal considers the failure to perform an operation mentioned in subsections 1 or 2 of this section to be sufficiently justified, the failure is disregarded. In other respects, the parties may agree different consequences for failure to perform the operation.

§ 739.  Expert appointed by the arbitral tribunal

 (1) Unless the parties have agreed otherwise, the arbitral tribunal may appoint one or several experts to provide an expert opinion on issues formulated by the tribunal. The tribunal may require a party to provide the expert with relevant information and with the items of property or documents needed for the expert’s assessment.

 (2) Unless the parties have agreed otherwise, the expert who has provided the expert opinion must – on a party’s motion or where this is required by the arbitral tribunal – participate in the hearing. At the hearing, a party has a right to put questions to the expert and to allow the party's own expert to offer an opinion on the disputed issue.

 (3) The expert appointed by the arbitral tribunal may be recused and the corresponding petition may be filed with the court following the rules that apply to recusing the arbitrator.

§ 740.  Assistance of the court in performing evidentiary operations; other judicial operations

 (1) Where the arbitral tribunal does not have jurisdiction to perform an evidentiary or other judicial operation, the tribunal or, with the tribunal’s consent, the party may petition the court for assistance.

 (2) When dealing with the petition mentioned in subsection 1 of this section, the court follows the procedural provisions that govern the taking of evidence or other judicial operations. Arbitrators may participate in evidentiary proceedings conducted in court and ask questions.

 (3) The court creates a record of the proceedings and, without delay, sends a copy of the record to the arbitral tribunal and the parties.

 (4) The arbitral tribunal may suspend arbitration proceedings until the judicial operation has been performed.

§ 741.  Confidentiality requirement

  Unless the parties have agreed otherwise, the arbitrator is required to keep as confidential any information that became known to them in the course of performing their duties and that the parties have a legitimate interest to keep confidential.

Chapter 75 DECISION OF THE ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL AND TERMINATION OF PROCEEDINGS 

§ 742.  Applicable law

 (1) In resolving the dispute, the arbitral tribunal applies legislation whose application was agreed upon by the parties. Where reference is made to the law of a State, it is presumed that the agreement does not extend to the State’s rules on the conflict of laws unless the parties have expressly agreed otherwise.

 (2) Where the parties have not agreed the applicable law and such law has not been provided for by law either, the arbitral tribunal applies Estonian law.

 (3) The arbitral tribunal may resolve the dispute under the principle of equity if the parties have expressly agreed so. The agreement may be concluded until the the tribunal has made its decision. When resolving the dispute under the principle of equity, the tribunal may not derogate from imperative provisions of the law of the relevant State that would be applied if the dispute were resolved without the agreement on the application of the principle of equity.

 (4) In situations provided for by subsections1 or 2 of this section, the arbitral tribunal, when resolving the dispute, takes account of the terms and conditions of the contract and of relevant customary practices insofar as this is possible under the legislative instrument that is to be applied.

§ 743.  Making of the arbitral tribunal’s decision

 (1) Where several arbitrators participate in the proceedings, the decision is made when the majority of the arbitrators vote in its favour, unless the parties have agreed otherwise.

 (2) Where one of the arbitrators refuses to participate in making the decision, the remaining arbitrators may make the decision without that person, unless the parties have agreed otherwise. The parties must be informed beforehand of the intention to make the decision without the arbitrator who refused to participate.

 (3) The presiding arbitrator may – where accordingly authorised by the parties or by the other members of the arbitral tribunal – rule on or give directions concerning specific procedural issues.

§ 744.  Compromise

 (1) If the parties conclude a compromise, the arbitral tribunal terminates the proceedings. On a motion of the parties the tribunal draws up the compromise, in the wording agreed upon by the parties, as a decision of the tribunal – unless the content of the compromise is contrary to public order or good morals. The decision is also signed by the parties.

 (2) The arbitral tribunal’s decision that has been drawn up in the wording agreed upon is issued to the parties, and must reflect the fact that it is the decision of the arbitral tribunal. Such a decision possesses the same legal force as the tribunal’s regular decision.

 (3) Where a party’s manifestation of intention needs to be notarially authenticated in order to be valid, such authentication – in a situation in which the arbitral tribunal’s decision has been drawn up in the agreed wording – is deemed to have been substituted, provided the decision was made by the arbitral tribunal and in Estonia and provided the decision serves as an enforceable title under clause 6 or 61 of subsection 1 of § 2 of the Code of Enforcement Procedure.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

§ 745.  Form of and particulars in the decision of the arbitral tribunal

 (1) The arbitral tribunal determines the time for making its decision and notifies it to the parties.

 (2) The arbitral tribunal’s decision is drawn up in writing and signed by the arbitrator. Where the decision has been made by several arbitrators, the signatures of the majority of the arbitrators suffice, provided the reason why the other signatures are missing is stated.

 (3) The dissenting opinion of the arbitrator whose view was shown by a vote to be the minority position is stated – where the dissenting arbitrator so wishes – after the signatures, and is signed by the arbitrator.

 (4) Unless the parties have agreed otherwise or the decision is based on a compromise, the arbitral tribunal’s decision must state its reasons.

 (5) The arbitral tribunal’s decision must state the date it was made and the venue of the proceedings.

 (6) The arbitral tribunal serves a copy of its decision on the parties on the working day following the day on which the decision was made.

§ 746.  Entry into effect and operation of the arbitral tribunal’s decision

 (1) The decision of the arbitral tribunal enters into effect on the date on which it is made.

 (2) The operation of the arbitral tribunal’s decision for the parties is the same as that of a judgment that has entered into effect.

§ 747.  Termination of arbitration proceedings

 (1) Arbitration proceedings end when the arbitral tribunal makes a decision in the case on the merits, or makes the decision mentioned in subsection 2 of this section.

 (2) The arbitral tribunal terminates the proceedings by a decision where:
 1) the claimant withdraws the court claim, except in a situation where the defendant contests the withdrawal and the tribunal recognises the defendant's legally relevant interest to obtain a conclusive resolution of the dispute;
 2) the parties agree on the termination of proceedings;
 3) the parties do not participate in the proceedings;
 4) the tribunal finds that continuation of the proceedings is impossible due to discharge of the arbitration agreement, to equal division of the arbitrators' votes or to another reason.

 (3) When arbitration proceedings end, the arbitrator’s mandate ends as well. This does not preclude or limit the arbitorator’s authority and duty to continue to perform the tasks assigned to them by law.

 (4) In situations mentioned in clauses 1–3 of subsection 2 of this section, arbitration proceedings that have been terminated cannot be commenced anew.

§ 748.  Arbitration proceedings on the death of a party

 (1) Unless the parties have agreed otherwise, the death of a party does not discharge the arbitration agreement or end the arbitration proceedings.

 (2) On the death of a party, the arbitral tribunal suspends the proceedings for a period determined by the tribunal. On a motion of the party’s legal successor, the period may be extended.

 (3) After the proceedings have been suspended, they are continued from the point they had reached, unless the parties have agreed otherwise.

§ 749.  Arbitral tribunal’s decision on costs

 (1) Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the arbitral tribunal, in its decision, rules on the allocation, between the parties, of the costs of arbitration proceedings and of the necessary costs incurred by the parties as a result of attending the proceedings.

 (2) Where the amount of the costs has not been determined or cannot be determined before the end of arbitration proceedings, the costs are dealt with in a separate decision of the arbitral tribunal.

§ 750.  Rectification, supplementation and clarification of the arbitral tribunal’s decision

 (1) On the motion of a party, the arbitral tribunal may:
 1) rectify any calculation and typing errors and other such mistakes in its decision;
 2) clarify the decision to the extent requested;
 3) make a supplementary decision concerning ana item of relief that was notified in the course of arbitration proceedings but was not disposed of by the decision.

 (2) The motion mentioned in subsection 1 of this section may be filed within 30 days following service of the decision unless the parties have agreed a different time limit.

 (3) The arbitral tribunal sends the motion to supplement or clarify its decision to the other party for information.

 (4) The arbitral tribunal makes a provisional decision concerning the rectification or clarification within 30 days and, concerning supplementation, within 60 days following receipt of the motion.

 (5) The arbitral tribunal may also rectify its decision without a corresponding motion by a party.

 (6) The rectification, supplementation and clarification of the arbitral tribunal’s decision is subject to the provisions concerning the form of and particulars in such decisions.

Chapter 76 SETTING ASIDE THE DECISION 

§ 751.  Setting aside the arbitral tribunal’s decision

 (1) On the petition of a party, the court sets aside the arbitral tribunal’s decision that was rendered in Estonia if the party proves that:
 1) the person who concluded the arbitration agreement possessed limited active legal capacity;
 2) the arbitration agreement is void under Estonian law or the law of another State whose law the parties have agreed to apply to assessing the validity of the agreement;
 3) the party was not duly notified of the appointment of the arbitrator, or of arbitration proceedings, or has been unable to state or argue its views due to another reason;
 4) the tribunal’s decision concerns a dispute that was not mentioned in the arbitration agreement or that exceeds the scope determined by the agreement;
 5) the formation of the tribunal, or the arbitration proceedings, did not comply with the provisions of this Part or with the agreement that the parties were allowed to conclude, and it may be presumed that this had a material impact on the tribunal’s decision.

 (2) The court sets aside the decision of the arbitral tribunal on the petition of a party or of the court’s own motion if the court has established that:
 1) under Estonian law, the dispute was not arbitrable;
 2) the tribunal’s decision is contrary to the Estonian public order or to good morals.

 (3) Where the setting aside of the arbitral tribunal’s decision is petitioned under clause 4 of subsection 1 of this section and the decision disposed of several items of relief of which the tribunal had jurisdiction in some, the court sets aside the decision insofar as it deals with items that were beyond the tribunal’s jurisdiction.

 (4) Where this is reasonable, the court may, on the petition of a party, set aside the arbitral tribunal’s decision and send the case back to the tribunal.

 (5) The presumption is that the setting aside of the arbitral tribunal’s decision does not render the arbitration agreement void.

§ 752.  Filing the petition to set the decision aside

 (1) The petition to set aside the arbitral tribunal’s decision may be filed with the court within 30 days following its service. Where, after service, a motion is filed to rectify, supplement or clarify the decision, the time limit is extended to 30 days following service of the decision disposing of the motion.

 (2) A petition to set the decision aside cannot be filed once the court has recognised the decision or declared it enforceable.

Chapter 77 PREREQUISITES FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF DECISIONS OF ARBITRAL TRIBUNALS 

§ 753.  Recognising and enforcing the decision of an arbitral tribunal rendered in Estonia

 (1) The decision of an arbitral tribunal is recognised in Estonia and enforcement proceedings are carried out on its basis strictly when the decision has been recognised and declared enforceable by the court.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

 (11) Decisions rendered in proceedings before the Court of Arbitration of the Estonian Chamber of Commerce and Industry and the Court of Arbitration of the Chamber of Notaries are recognised and enforced without their being recognised and declared enforceable by the court.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

 (2) Where grounds for setting aside the decision of the arbitral tribunal are present, the court denies the petition to declare the decision enforceable and sets it aside.

 (3) The court disregards the ground for setting aside the decision of the arbitral tribunal according to which the decision can only be set aside on the petition of a party where such a petition has not been filed within the time limit prescribed by law.

§ 754.  Enforcing the decision of an arbitral tribunal rendered in a foreign State

 (1) The decisions of arbitral tribunals of foreign States are recognised and accepted for enforcement in Estonia strictly in accordance with the New York Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards of 1958, and with other treaties.

 (2) Unless otherwise provided for by law or treaty, recognition and enforcement of decisions of arbitral tribunals of foreign States is subject to the provisions governing recognition of foreign judicial dispositions.

 (3) Where the decision of a foreign arbitral tribunal that has been declared enforceable is revoked in the foreign State, the debtor may file a petition to revoke the declaration of enforceability.

Chapter 78 JUDICIAL PROCEDURE 

§ 755.  Jurisdiction of the courts

 (1) A petition filed with the court under this Part is dealt with by the district court mentioned in the arbitration agreement or, in the absence of such an agreement, by the district court in whose judicial district the venue of arbitration proceedings is situated.

 (11) Where one of the parties to the arbitration agreement is a consumer, the petition filed with the court under this Part is disposed of by the district court in whose judicial district the venue of arbitration proceedings is situated.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

 (12) Petitions to recognise the decision of an arbitral tribunal and to declare it enforceable are dealt with by Pärnu District Court.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 – entry into force 01.04.2019]

 (2) Where the venue of arbitration proceedings is not situated in Estonia, any issues that the law has placed in the jurisdiction of the courts are decided by Harju District Court.

 (3) In relation to attestation proceedings or other judicial operations, the court to assist the arbitral tribunal -- according to jurisdiction – is the district court in whose service area the operation must be performed.

 (4) A petition to set aside the decision of the arbitral tribunal is filed with the circuit court of appeal stated in the arbitration agreement – or, where such an agreement is absent – to the circuit court of appeal in whose service area the place of arbitration proceedings is situated. The decision of the arbitral tribunal may also be set aside – of the court’s own motion – by the district court that deals with the petition for a declaration of enforceability concerning that decision.

§ 756.  Principles of procedure

 (1) The court disposes of the petition in action-by-petition proceedings by an order. Before deciding the case, the opposing party must be heard if this is reasonable.

 (2) Where the petition seeks the setting aside of the decision of the arbitral tribunal or where – in relation to a petition to recognise the decision and declare it enforceable – a circumstance must be considered based on which the court may set aside the decision of its own motion, the court holds a hearing in the case.

 (3) The court may – without first hearing the opposing party and until the petition is disposed of – allow provisional compulsory enforcement of the decision of the arbitral tribunal or of a measure of interim relief ordered by the tribunal. Compulsory enforcement of the tribunal’s decision may only consist in the application of measures of interim relief. The defendant has a right to avoid compulsory enforcement by providing a security in the amount that entitled the petitioner to seek a declaration of compulsory enforcement concerning the decision.

 (4) The order by which the decision of the arbitral tribunal is set aside or by which the court refuses to declare such a decision enforceable may be appealed. Any other orders made under the provisions of this Part, including orders made under subsection 6 of § 730 of this Code concerning the jurisdiction of the arbitral tribunal, cannot be appealed.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 – entry into force 01.01.2013]

 (5) Reinstatement of the time limit for filing the petition to set aside the decision of the arbitral tribunal cannot be applied for if the decision has been enforced. Reinstatement of the time limit for filing a petition to vary the decision cannot be applied for.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]

 (6) Judicial proceedings conducted in relation to arbitration proceedings are closed to the public. The judicial disposition that is rendered by the district court or the circuit court of appeal in relation to arbitration proceedings is not made public. When dispositions of the Supreme Court are made public, the name of the party to proceedings is replaced with initials or an alphabetic character; the party’s personal identification number, date of birth, registration number or address are not made public. Any circumstances that are indicative of the nature of the dispute and that may reveal the substance of arbitral proceedings to the public are omitted from the disposition of the Supreme Court that is made public.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 – entry into force 10.01.2015]

§ 757.  Special rules for declaring the decision of an arbitral tribunal enforceable

 (1) When filing a petition to declare the decision of the arbitral tribunal enforceable, the decision of the tribunal or a certified copy of that decision, as well as the arbitration agreement, must also be filed.

 (2) The order by which the court declares the decision of an arbitral tribunal enforceable is enforceable without delay.

 (3) The provisions of subsections 1 and 2 of this section also apply to decisions of foreign arbitral tribunals.

Chapter 79 EXTRA-CONTRACTUAL ARBITRAL TRIBUNALS 

§ 758.  Application of provisions to extra-contractual arbitral tribunals

  The provisions of this Part also apply to arbitral tribunals that are formed by a method permitted by law under a will or inheritance contract or by any other method that is not based on an agreement between the parties.

Part 15 ENTRY INTO FORCE OF THIS CODE 

§ 759.  Entry into force of this Code

  This Code enters into force at the time prescribed by the Act to Implement the Code of Civil Procedure and the Code of Enforcement Procedure.

Väljaandja:Riigikogu
Akti liik:seadus
Teksti liik:terviktekst
Redaktsiooni jõustumise kp:21.03.2023
Redaktsiooni kehtivuse lõpp:31.03.2023
Avaldamismärge:RT I, 11.03.2023, 29

1. osa ÜLDSÄTTED 

1. peatükk MENETLUSE ÜLDPÕHIMÕTTED 

§ 1.   Õigusemõistmine tsiviilasjades

  Tsiviilkohtumenetluses vaadatakse läbi tsiviilasi, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti. Tsiviilasi on eraõigussuhtest tulenev kohtuasi.

§ 2.   Tsiviilkohtumenetluse ülesanne

  Tsiviilkohtumenetluse ülesanne on tagada, et kohus lahendaks tsiviilasja õigesti, mõistliku aja jooksul ja võimalikult väikeste kuludega.

§ 3.   Õigus pöörduda kohtusse

  (1) Kohus menetleb tsiviilasja, kui isik pöördub seaduses sätestatud korras kohtusse oma eeldatava ja seadusega kaitstud õiguse või huvi kaitseks.

  (2) Seaduses ettenähtud juhul menetleb kohus tsiviilasja ka siis, kui isik pöördub kohtusse teise isiku või avalikkuse eeldatava seadusega kaitstud õiguse või huvi kaitseks.

  (3) Seaduses ettenähtud juhul peab isik olema enne kohtusse pöördumist läbinud kohtueelse menetluse.

§ 4.   Menetlusõiguste käsutamine

  (1) Kohus menetleb tsiviilasja üksnes juhul, kui seaduses sätestatud korras on esitatud hagi või muu avaldus. Seaduses sätestatud juhul menetleb kohus tsiviilasja omal algatusel.

  (2) Hagimenetluses määravad pooled vaidluse eseme ja menetluse käigu ning otsustavad taotluste ja kaebuste esitamise.

  (3) Pooled võivad lõpetada hagimenetluse kohtuliku kompromissi sõlmimisega. Hageja võib esitatud nõudest loobuda ja kostjal on õigus tema vastu esitatud nõuet tunnustada (hagi õigeks võtta).

  (4) Kohus peab kogu menetluse ajal tegema kõik endast sõltuva, et asi või selle osa lahendataks kompromissiga või muul viisil poolte kokkuleppel, kui see on kohtu hinnangul mõistlik. Kohus võib selleks muu hulgas esitada pooltele kompromissilepingu projekti või kutsuda pooled isiklikult kohtusse, samuti teha neile ettepaneku vaidluse kohtuväliseks lahendamiseks või lepitaja poole pöördumiseks. Kui kohtu hinnangul on see kohtuasja asjaolusid ning senist menetluskäiku arvestades asja lahendamise huvides vajalik, võib ta kohustada pooli osalema lepitusseaduses sätestatud lepitusmenetluses.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

§ 5.   Menetluse toimumine poolte esitatu alusel

  (1) Hagi menetletakse poolte esitatud asjaolude ja taotluste alusel, lähtudes nõudest.

  (2) Pooltel on võrdne õigus ja võimalus oma nõuet põhjendada ja vastaspoole esitatu ümber lükata või sellele vastu vaielda. Pool määrab ise, mis asjaolud ta oma nõude põhjendamiseks esitab ja milliste tõenditega neid asjaolusid tõendab.

  (3) Hagita asjas selgitab kohus ise asjaolud ja kogub selleks vajalikud tõendid, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti. Hagiasjas selgitab kohus ise asjaolusid ja kogub tõendeid üksnes seaduses ettenähtud juhul.

§ 6.   Menetluse aja seadus

  Tsiviilasja menetlustoiming tehakse toimingu tegemise ajal kehtiva seaduse järgi.

§ 7.   Õigusemõistmine võrdõiguslikkuse alusel

  Õigusemõistmisel tsiviilasjades on pooled ja muud isikud seaduse ja kohtu ees võrdsed.

§ 8.   Asja menetlemisele kohaldatav seadus

  (1) Kohus lähtub asja menetlemisel Eesti tsiviilmenetlusseadusest.

  (2) Menetlussuhet reguleeriva seadusesätte puudumise korral kohaldab kohus sätet, mis reguleerib vaieldavale suhtele lähedast suhet.

  (3) Kui vaieldavale suhtele lähedast suhet reguleeriv seadusesäte samuti puudub, lähtub kohus õiguse üldisest mõttest. Isiku põhiõigusi ja -vabadusi võib seejuures piirata üksnes juhul, kui see võimalus on ette nähtud seaduses.

2. peatükk TSIVIILASJU LAHENDAVAD KOHTUD 

§ 9.   Pädevad kohtud

  (1) Tsiviilasju lahendavad maakohtud, ringkonnakohtud ja Riigikohus.

  (2) Tsiviilasja võib poolte kokkuleppel anda lahendada vahekohtule, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (3) Tsiviilasja ei vaata kõrgema astme kohus läbi enne, kui selle on läbi vaadanud temast vahetult madalama astme kohus, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti.

§ 10.   Kohtu pädevuse piirang eksterritoriaalsete isikute suhtes

  Eesti Vabariigi kohtute pädevus ei laiene:
  1) Eesti Vabariigis asutatud diplomaatilise esinduse liikmele, tema perekonnaliikmele ja koduteenijale diplomaatiliste suhete Viini konventsioonis (RT II 2006, 16) ettenähtud ulatuses;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  2) Eesti Vabariigis asutatud konsulaarasutuse liikmele konsulaarsuhete Viini konventsioonis (RT II 2006, 16) ettenähtud ulatuses;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  3) käesoleva paragrahvi punktides 1 ja 2 nimetamata isikule, kui see tuleneb välislepingust, rahvusvahelise õiguse üldtunnustatud põhimõttest või seadusest.

§ 11.   Maakohtu pädevus

  (1) Maakohtud vaatavad esimese astme kohtuna läbi kõiki tsiviilasju.

  (11) Maakohus ei lahenda Euroopa patendi ja ühtse toimega Euroopa patendiga seotud tsiviilasju, välja arvatud need Euroopa patendi ja ühtse toimega Euroopa patendiga seotud tsiviilasjad, mis ei kuulu ühtset patendikohut käsitleva lepingu (ELT C 175, 20.06.2013, lk 1–40) kohaselt ühtse patendikohtu pädevusse.
[RT I, 04.07.2017, 4 - jõust. 01.06.2023 - samal ajal ühtset patendikohut käsitleva lepingu ning ühtse patendikohtu Põhjamaade ja Balti riikide piirkondliku talituse asutamise kokkuleppe jõustumisega Eesti suhtes]

  (2) Seadusega võib sätestada, et teatud liiki asju vaatab läbi üksnes mõni maakohus, kui see asja läbivaatamist kiirendab või muul viisil tõhustab.

§ 12.   Ringkonnakohtu pädevus

  Ringkonnakohus vaatab läbi tema tööpiirkonnas asuvate maakohtute lahendeid tsiviilasjades nende lahendite peale esitatud apellatsioon- ja määruskaebuste alusel. Ringkonnakohus lahendab ka muid seadusega tema pädevusse antud asju.

§ 13.   Riigikohtu pädevus

  Riigikohus vaatab läbi ringkonnakohtute lahendeid tsiviilasjades nende lahendite peale esitatud kassatsioon- ja määruskaebuste alusel. Riigikohus lahendab ka jõustunud kohtulahendite peale esitatud teistmisavaldusi, määrab seaduses sätestatud juhul asja lahendamiseks pädeva kohtu ja lahendab muid seadusega tema pädevusse antud asju.

§ 14.   Menetlustoimingu kehtivus

  (1) Kohus võib teha menetlustoiminguid, muu hulgas pidada kohtuistungeid, ka väljaspool oma tööpiirkonda.

  (2) Menetlustoimingu kehtivust ei mõjuta asjaolu, et toimingu oleks tööjaotusplaani kohaselt pidanud tegema teine kohtunik või kohtukoosseis.

  (3) Kollegiaalse kohtukoosseisu menetlustoimingu võib seaduses ettenähtud juhul teha ka korralduse alusel tegutsev kohtunik. Korralduse alusel tegutsev kohtunik on mõni selle kohtukoosseisu liige, kellel on menetlustoimingu tegemise õigus. Kohtukoosseis võib korralduse alusel tegutseva kohtuniku tehtud määrust muuta.

§ 15.   Kohtutevaheline abi menetlustoimingu tegemiseks

  (1) Kohtud osutavad tsiviilasjade lahendamisel üksteisele abi menetlustoimingute tegemiseks. Kohus pöördub abi saamiseks teise kohtu poole eelkõige juhul, kui menetlustoimingu tegemine teises kohtus lihtsustab asja menetlemist, hoiab kokku menetlusosaliste ja kohtu aega või vähendab menetluskulusid.

  (2) Menetlustoimingu tegemiseks abi taotlev kohus pöördub taotlusega kohtusse, kelle tööpiirkonnas tuleb toiming teha.

  (3) Abitaotluse saanud kohus (erinõude alusel tegutsev kohus) ei või abist keelduda, välja arvatud juhul, kui toimingu tegemine oleks seadusvastane. Kui taotlus on esitatud kohtualluvuselt ebaõigele kohtule, saadab see taotluse õigele kohtule.

  (4) Taotluse esitanud kohus ei kata menetlustoimingu kulusid. Menetlustoimingu teinud kohus esitab andmed kulude kohta taotluse esitanud kohtule ja need loetakse menetletava asja kuludeks.

  (5) Välisriigi kohtu taotlusel osutab Eesti kohus abi menetlustoimingu tegemiseks, kui taotletav menetlustoiming kuulub Eesti seaduse kohaselt Eesti kohtu pädevusse ega ole seadusega keelatud ja kui teisiti ei tulene seadusest ega välislepingust. Menetlustoimingu võib teha ja dokumendi võib väljastada ka välisriigi õiguse kohaselt, kui see on vajalik menetluseks välisriigis ja sellega ei kahjustata menetlusosaliste huve.

  (6) Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigi kohtu taotlusel Eestis tõendite kogumiseks abi osutamisele ja Eesti kohtu taotlusel mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis tõendite kogumiseks abi osutamisele kohaldatakse käesolevas seadustikus sätestatut niivõrd, kuivõrd Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruses (EL) 2020/1783, mis käsitleb liikmesriikide kohtute vahelist koostööd tõendite kogumisel tsiviil- ja kaubandusasjades (tõendite kogumine) (uuesti sõnastatud) (ELT L 405, 02.12.2020, lk 1–39), sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

  (7) Euroopa Ühenduse asutamislepingu artikli 61 punkti c alusel vastuvõetud määrustega liikmesriigile pandud õigusi ja kohustusi piiriülese õigusalase koostöö reguleerimisel tsiviilasjades täidab Justiitsministeerium.

3. peatükk KOHTUKOOSSEIS 

§ 16.   Maakohtu koosseis tsiviilasja lahendamisel

  (1) Maakohtus lahendab kohtunik tsiviilasja ainuisikuliselt.

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 17.   Ringkonnakohtu koosseis tsiviilasja lahendamisel

  (1) Ringkonnakohus lahendab tsiviilasja kollegiaalselt kolmeliikmelises kohtukoosseisus, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (2) Ringkonnakohtu esimehel on õigus apellatsiooni korras asja arutamisele kaasata kohtukoosseisu sama kohturingkonna maakohtunik tema nõusolekul. Kaasatud kohtunik ei või olla asjas eesistuja ega ettekandja.

§ 18.   Riigikohtu koosseis tsiviilasja lahendamisel

  (1) Riigikohus lahendab tsiviilasja kollegiaalselt vähemalt kolmeliikmelises kohtukoosseisus, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (2) Kui Riigikohtus asja lahendavas kohtukoosseisus tekivad põhimõttelist laadi eriarvamused seaduse kohaldamisel, antakse asi lahendada Riigikohtu tsiviilkolleegiumi kogu koosseisule. Kohtukoosseis võib anda tsiviilasja tsiviilkolleegiumi kogu koosseisule ka juhul, kui see on kohtukoosseisu arvates vajalik kohtupraktika ühtlustamiseks ja edasiarendamiseks või kui koosseisu enamus tahab muuta tsiviilkolleegiumi senist seisukohta seaduse kohaldamisel.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 - jõust. 29.03.2015]

  (3) Riigikohtu tsiviilkolleegiumi kogu koosseisu istungi kutsub kokku ja seda juhatab tsiviilkolleegiumi esimees, tema puudumisel aga ametialaselt vanim tsiviilkolleegiumi liige, võrdse ametialase vanuse puhul vanim liige.

  (4) Riigikohtu tsiviilkolleegiumi kogu koosseisu istung on otsustusvõimeline, kui kohal on üle kahe kolmandiku Riigikohtu tsiviilkolleegiumi liikmetest.

§ 19.   Riigikohtu erikogu ja üldkogu

  (1) Kui Riigikohtus tsiviilasja lahendav kohtukoosseis peab vajalikuks seaduse tõlgendamisel kõrvale kalduda mõne teise kolleegiumi või Riigikohtu erikogu viimasest seisukohast või see on vajalik seaduse ühetaolise kohaldamise tagamiseks, antakse asi määrusega lahendada erikogule.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 - jõust. 29.03.2015]

  (2) Riigikohtu erikogu moodustab Riigikohtu esimees.

  (3) Riigikohtu erikogu koosseisu kuuluvad:
  1) Riigikohtu esimees eesistujana;
  2) kaks riigikohtunikku tsiviilkolleegiumist;
  3) kaks riigikohtunikku sellest kolleegiumist, kelle seisukoha seaduse kohaldamise kohta on tsiviilkolleegium vaidlustanud.

  (4) Tsiviilasi antakse lahendada Riigikohtu üldkogule, kui:
  1) tsiviilkolleegium kogu koosseisus asub oma enamuses seisukohale, mis erineb Riigikohtu üldkogus seni omaks võetud õiguslikust põhimõttest või seisukohast seaduse kohaldamisel;
  2) asja lahendamine üldkogus on tsiviilkolleegiumi kogu koosseisu enamuse arvates oluline seaduse ühetaolise kohaldamise seisukohast;
  3) asja lahendamine eeldab põhiseaduslikkuse järelevalve kohtumenetluse seaduse alusel läbivaadatava küsimuse lahendamist.

  (5) Riigikohtu erikogule või üldkogule lahendada antud asja kannab erikogule või üldkogule ette tsiviilkolleegiumi liige kolleegiumi esimehe korraldusel.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 - jõust. 29.03.2015]

  (6) Erikogu otsus on seaduse kohaldamisel kohustuslik Riigikohtu kolleegiumidele, kes erikogus osalesid, kuni erikogu või üldkogu ei ole teinud teistsugust otsust. Riigikohtu üldkogu seisukoht on seaduse kohaldamisel kohustuslik Riigikohtu kolleegiumidele ja erikogudele, kui üldkogu ise ei ole seisukohta muutnud.

§ 20.   Lahendi tegemisel osaleva kohtukoosseisu liikmed

  (1) Kui asja menetluse käigus kohtukoosseis vahetub, arutatakse asja algusest peale. Kui eelmine kohtukoosseis on kogunud ja uurinud tõendeid, ei pea uus koosseis seda kordama, kui pooled seda ei taotle.

  (2) Kui menetlus on eeldatavasti pikaajaline, võib asja arutava kohtu esimees menetlusse kaasata varukohtunikuna teise sama kohtu kohtuniku. Varukohtunik viibib asja arutamise juures ja asendab asja menetlevat kohtunikku tema takistatuse korral.

  (3) Pärast asjas lahendi tegemist samale kohtule esitatavaid taotlusi, eelkõige lahendis vea parandamise, täiendava lahendi tegemise, lahendi avalikustamise piiramise, lahendi viivitamatu täitmise, avalduse läbi vaatamata jätmise või menetluse lõpetamise taotlust ei pea lahendama lahendi teinud kohtunik.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 21.   Nõupidamissaladus

  (1) Kohtu loal võib kohtu nõupidamisel ja hääletamisel peale asja otsustavate kohtunike viibida ka samas kohtus oma juriidilise hariduse omandamise raames viibiv või nõustajana töötav isik, samuti kohtunikukandidaat, kes on selle kohtu juures täiendusõppel ja kelle erapooletuses ei ole põhjust kahelda.

  (2) Kohtunik ega käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud muu isik ei või avaldada nõupidamise ajal toimunud arutlusi. Nõupidamissaladuse hoidmise kohustus on tähtajatu.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

§ 22.   Hääletamine kollegiaalses kohtukoosseisus ja kohtuniku eriarvamus

  (1) Kollegiaalne kohtukoosseis lahendab tsiviilasja puutuvad lahkarvamused hääletamisega.

  (2) Kohtukoosseisu liikmel ei ole õigust keelduda hääletamisest ega jääda erapooletuks. Küsimuste järjestikulisel hääletamisel ei ole varem vähemusse jäänud kohtukoosseisu liikmel õigust hääletamast keelduda.

  (3) Häälte võrdse jagunemise korral on otsustav eesistuja hääl.

  (4) Hääletamisel vähemusse jäänud kohtunik võib esitada eriarvamuse. Kohtulahendile lisatud eriarvamus avalikustatakse koos kohtulahendiga.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 221.   Kohtunikuabi ja muu kohtuametniku pädevus tsiviilasja lahendamisel

  (1) Seaduses sätestatud juhul võib tsiviilasja kohtuniku asemel lahendada ka kohtunikuabi.

  (2) Kohtunikuabi pädevusele ja tema taandamisele kohaldatakse käesoleva seadustiku § 595 lõigetes 2–4 sätestatut.

  (21) Kohtujuristi taandamisele kohaldatakse käesolevas seadustikus kohtuniku taandamise kohta sätestatut.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 - jõust. 01.07.2014]

  (3) Kohtunikuabi või vastavalt kohtu kodukorrale selleks pädev muu kohtuametnik võib teha ka asja lahendamist ettevalmistava või muu korraldava määruse, mille peale ei saa edasi kaevata, muu hulgas avalduse, taotluse või kaebuse käigutajätmise määruse ning määruse tähtaja andmise ja pikendamise kohta.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

4. peatükk MENETLUSES OSALEMIST VÄLISTAVAD ASJAOLUD 

§ 23.   Kohtuniku taandumise kohustus

  Kohtunik ei või tsiviilasja menetleda ja peab ennast taandama:
  1) asjas, milles ta on ise menetlusosaline või isik, kelle vastu võib esitada menetlusest tulenevalt nõude;
  2) oma abikaasa või elukaaslase asjas, samuti abikaasa või elukaaslase õe, venna või otseliinis sugulase asjas, isegi kui abielu või püsiv kooselu on lõppenud;
  3) isiku, kes on tema otseliinis sugulane või muu lähedane käesoleva seadustiku § 257 lõike 1 järgi, asjas;
  4) asjas, milles ta on või on olnud menetlusosalise esindaja või nõustaja või milles ta osales või milles tal oli õigus osaleda menetlusosalise seadusliku esindajana;
  5) asjas, milles ta on üle kuulatud tunnistajana või arvamuse andnud eksperdina;
  6) asjas, milles ta on osalenud kohtueelses menetluses, eelnevas kohtuastmes või vahekohtumenetluses lahendi tegemisel;
  7) kui esineb muu asjaolu, mis annab alust kahelda kohtuniku erapooletuses.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

§ 24.   Kohtuniku taandamine menetlusosalise avalduse alusel

  (1) Menetlusosaline võib käesoleva seadustiku §-s 23 ettenähtud juhul nõuda kohtuniku taandamist.

  (2) Kohtuniku taandamise avaldus esitatakse kohtule, kelle koosseisu taandatav kohtunik kuulub.

  (3) Taandamise alust tuleb avalduses põhistada.

§ 25.   Kohtuniku taandamise õiguse kaotamine

  (1) Menetlusosaline ei või kohtuniku taandamise avaldust esitada käesoleva seadustiku § 23 punktis 7 ettenähtud juhul, kui ta on osalenud kohtuistungil või pärast kohtuniku nime teadasaamist esitanud kohtule sisulise taotluse, ilma et ta oleks taandamisavaldust esitanud.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul võib menetlusosaline esitada taandamisavalduse ka hiljem, kui taandamise alus tekkis pärast menetlustoimingu tegemist või kui menetlusosaline sai sellest teada pärast menetlustoimingu tegemist. Avalduses tuleb neid asjaolusid põhistada.

  (3) Samadel asjaoludel esitatud ja kord juba lahendatud taandamisavaldus jäetakse läbi vaatamata.

§ 26.   Taandamisavalduse lahendamine

  (1) Kui kohtunik või kohtukoosseis, kelle suhtes on taandamisavaldus esitatud, peab avaldust põhjendatuks, teeb ta määruse enda taandamise kohta.

  (2) Kui kohtunik ennast ei taanda või ei võta taandamisavalduse suhtes seisukohta, lahendab avalduse määrusega kohtukoosseis, kuhu taandatav kohtunik kuulub. Taandatav kohtunik otsustamises ei osale. Häälte võrdse jagunemise korral loetakse, et taandatav kohtunik on taandatud.

  (3) Kui avaldus on esitatud kogu asja lahendava kohtukoosseisu või asja üksi lahendava kohtuniku taandamiseks ja nad ennast ise ei taanda, lahendab taandamise kohtu esimees. Kui taandamisavaldus on esitatud kõigi selle kohtu kohtunike vastu, otsustab taandamise järgmise astme kohtu esimees.

  (4) Kui taandamisavaldus esitatakse Riigikohtu asja lahendava kogu kohtukoosseisu vastu, lahendab taandamisavalduse see kohtukoosseis.

  (5) Kui kohtunik ennast avalduse alusel ei taanda, peab ta viivitamata teatama taandamise otsustamiseks pädevale kohtule või kohtunikule oma seisukoha taandamise aluse kohta.

§ 27.   Taandamine avalduseta

  (1) Kui kohtunik leiab ise, et esineb käesoleva seadustiku § 23 punktides 1–6 nimetatud asjaolu, mis on tema taandamise alus, teeb ta määruse enda taandamise kohta.

  (2) Kui kohtunik leiab ise, et esineb käesoleva seadustiku § 23 punktis 7 nimetatud taandamise asjaolu, taotleb kohtunik enda taandamist kohtukoosseisult või kohtu esimehelt käesoleva seadustiku § 26 lõigetes 2–5 ettenähtud korras.

  (3) Õigusemõistmisest põhjendamatu keeldumine ei ole lubatud.

§ 28.   Taandatava kohtuniku toimingud

  (1) Pärast kohtuniku vastu taanduse esitamist ja enne selle lahendamist võib kohtunik teha üksnes edasilükkamatuid menetlustoiminguid, millel ei ole asja lahendi suhtes määravat tähtsust.

  (2) Kui taandamisavaldus on ilmselt põhjendamatu, võib kohtunik menetlust jätkata, vaatamata taandamisavaldusele, kuid ei või teha kohtuastmes menetlust lõpetavat lahendit enne taandamisavalduse lahendamist. Taandamisavalduse rahuldamise korral on menetluse jätkamisel tehtud menetlustoimingud tühised.

§ 29.   Kohtuniku asendamine

  (1) Taandatud kohtunik asendatakse esimesel võimalusel.

  (2) Kohtuniku või kogu kohtukoosseisu taandamise puhul vaatab asja läbi sama kohtu teine kohtunik või teine kohtukoosseis. Kui asja läbivaatavas kohtus ei ole võimalik kohtunikku asendada, saadetakse asi teisele sama astme kohtule vahetult kõrgema astme kohtu kaudu.

§ 30.   Taandamise alusele tuginemine kaebuses

  Kõrgema astme kohtule esitatud kaebuses võib taotleda lahendi tühistamist seetõttu, et kohtunik kuulus taandamisele, üksnes juhul, kui taandamisavaldus esitati õigeaegselt alama astme kohtus või kui taandamise alus tekkis või kui taandamise alusest saadi teada pärast asja lahendamist selles kohtus.

§ 31.   Eksperdi ja tõlgi taandamine

  (1) Ekspert ja tõlk peavad taanduma ja menetlusosaline võib menetluses osaleva eksperdi või tõlgi taandada käesoleva seadustiku §-s 23 nimetatud alusel. Taandamise alus ei ole tema varasem osavõtt asjast eksperdina või tunnistajana.

  (2) Taandamisavaldus esitatakse eksperdi määranud või tõlgi kaasanud kohtule enne eksperdi küsitlemist või tõlgi juuresolekut vajava menetlustoimingu algust.

  (3) Pärast eksperdi küsitlemise alustamist või tõlgi juuresolekut vajava menetlustoimingu algust või pärast 15 päeva möödumist eksperdi või tõlgi nime teadasaamisest esitatud taandamisavaldus vaadatakse läbi üksnes juhul, kui avaldaja põhistab kohtule, et ta ei ole saanud taandamise alusest mõjuval põhjusel varem teatada.

  (4) Taandamise alust tuleb avalduses põhistada.

  (5) Asja läbivaatav kohus lahendab eksperdi või tõlgi taandamise määrusega. Kui taandamisavaldus esitatakse kohtuistungil, kuulab kohus ära taandatava enda ja menetlusosaliste arvamuse.

  (6) Kõrgema astme kohtule esitatud kaebuses võib taotleda lahendi tühistamist seetõttu, et ekspert või tõlk kuulus taandamisele, üksnes siis, kui taandamisavaldus esitati õigeaegselt alama astme kohtus või kui taandamise alusest saadi teada pärast asja lahendamist selles kohtus.

5. peatükk KOHTU TÖÖKEEL 

§ 32.   Kohtu töökeel

  (1) Kohtumenetlus ja kohtu asjaajamine toimub eesti keeles.

  (2) Kohtuistung ja muud menetlustoimingud protokollitakse eesti keeles. Kohus võib istungil võõrkeeles antud ütlused või seletused märkida protokolli lisaks nende sisu eestikeelsele tõlkele ka nende esitamise keeles, kui see on vajalik ütluse või seletuse sisu täpseks edastamiseks.

  (3) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 1215/2012 kohtualluvuse ning kohtuotsuste tunnustamise ja täitmise kohta tsiviil- ja kaubandusasjades (ELT L 351, 20.12.2012, lk 1–32) artikli 57 lõike 2 alusel aktsepteerib Eesti Vabariik vormide tõlget inglise keelde.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]

§ 33.   Võõrkeelsed dokumendid kohtumenetluses

  (1) Kui menetlusosalise kohtule esitatud avaldus, taotlus, kaebus või vastuväide ei ole eestikeelne, nõuab kohus määratud tähtpäevaks esitajalt selle tõlget eesti keelde. Kui menetlusosalise kohtule esitatud dokumentaalne tõend ei ole eestikeelne, nõuab kohus määratud tähtpäevaks esitajalt selle tõlget eesti keelde, välja arvatud juhul, kui tõendi tõlkimine on selle sisu või mahtu arvestades ebamõistlik ja teised menetlusosalised ei vaidle muukeelse tõendi vastuvõtmisele vastu.

  (2) Kohus võib nõuda vandetõlgi tehtud tõlget või hoiatada ise tõlki, et teadvalt valesti tõlkimise eest kannab ta vastutust.
[RT I, 23.12.2013, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2020]

  (3) Kui tõlget tähtpäevaks ei esitata, võib kohus jätta avalduse, taotluse, kaebuse, vastuväite või dokumentaalse tõendi tähelepanuta.

  (4) Kohus korraldab menetlusosalise jaoks kohtulahendi võõrkeelde tõlkimise üksnes menetlusosalise soovil ja tingimusel, et menetlusosalist ei esinda menetluses esindaja ja talle on antud menetlusabi tõlkekulude kandmiseks. Käesoleva seadustiku § 34 lõikes 4 nimetatud isikule korraldab kohus kohtulahendi tõlkimise tema soovil Eesti Vabariigi arvel, sõltumata esindaja olemasolust ja menetlusabi andmisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Käesoleva seadustiku § 6811 alusel esitatava taotluse tõlkimise inglise või prantsuse keelde ja esitatud taotluse kohta saadud Euroopa Inimõiguste Kohtu lahendi tõlkimise eesti keelde korraldab Riigikohus riigi arvel.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 - jõust. 06.07.2017, lõiget 5 rakendatakse alates inimõiguste ja põhivabaduste kaitse konventsiooni protokolli nr 16 Eesti suhtes kehtima hakkamise päevast.]

§ 34.   Tõlgi osalemine menetluses

  (1) Kui menetlusosaline ei valda eesti keelt ja tal ei ole menetluses esindajat, kaasab kohus tema taotlusel või omal algatusel menetlusse võimaluse korral tõlgi. Tõlki ei pea kaasama, kui menetlusosalise avaldused on kohtule ja teistele menetlusosalistele arusaadavad.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui kohtul ei ole võimalik tõlki viivitamata kaasata, teeb ta määruse, millega kohustab tõlki vajavat menetlusosalist leidma endale tõlgi või eesti keelt oskava esindaja kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul. Kohtu nõudmise täitmata jätmine ei takista kohtul asja lahendamast. Kui kohtu nõudmist ei täida hageja, võib kohus jätta hagi läbi vaatamata.

  (3) Tõlki hoiatatakse enne menetluses tõlkimise alustamist, et valetõlke eest kannab ta vastutust, ja tõlk annab selle kohta allkirja.
[RT I, 23.12.2013, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2014]

  (4) Tõlk tuleb isikule tagada isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise ja talle eestkostja seadmise menetluses.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Tõlki ei kaasata menetlusse menetlusosalise lepingulise esindaja ega nõustaja jaoks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 35.   Tõlgi kaasamine kurdi, tumma või kurttumma menetlusosalise korral

  Kui menetlusosaline on kurt, tumm või kurttumm, vahendatakse talle menetlust kirjalikult või kaasatakse menetlusse tõlk.

§ 36.   Eesti keelt mittevaldava isiku vanne ja allkiri

  (1) Isik, kes ei valda eesti keelt, annab vande või allkirja tema vastutuse eest hoiatamise kohta keeles, mida ta valdab.

  (2) Allkirjastatakse eestikeelne vande või hoiatuse tekst, mis on enne vahetult isikule tõlgitud.

6. peatükk MENETLUSE AVALIKKUS 

§ 37.   Asja kohtuliku arutamise avalikkus

  (1) Asja arutamine kohtus on avalik, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (2) Kohus võib asja avalikul arutamisel viibimise keelata kohtu suhtes lugupidamatust väljendanud isikul, samuti alaealisel tema huvide kaitseks.

§ 38.   Menetluse kinniseks kuulutamine

  (1) Kohus kuulutab menetluse või osa menetlusest omal algatusel või menetlusosalise taotlusel kinniseks, kui see on ilmselt vajalik:
  1) riigi julgeoleku või avaliku korra tagamiseks, eelkõige riigisaladuse või salastatud välisteabe hoidmiseks või asutusesiseseks kasutamiseks tunnistatud teabe kaitseks;
[RT I 2007, 16, 77 - jõust. 01.01.2008]
  2) menetlusosalise, tunnistaja või muu isiku elu, tervise või vabaduse kaitseks;
  3) menetlusosalise, tunnistaja või muu isiku eraelu kaitseks, kui huvi asja avaliku arutelu vastu ei ole eraelu kaitse huvist suurem;
  4) lapsendamissaladuse hoidmiseks;
  5) alaealise või vaimse puudega isiku huvides, eelkõige sellise isiku ülekuulamiseks;
  6) ärisaladuse või muu sellesarnase saladuse hoidmiseks, kui huvi asja avaliku arutelu vastu ei ole saladuse kaitse huvist suurem;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  7) seaduse alusel isiku eraelu- või ärisaladuse hoidmiseks kohustatud isiku ülekuulamiseks, kui isikul on seaduse järgi õigus saladus menetluses avaldada;
  8) posti, telegraafi või telefoni teel või muul üldkasutataval viisil edastatud sõnumi saladuse kaitseks.

  (2) Kohus võib kuulutada menetluse või menetluse osa omal algatusel või menetlusosalise taotlusel kinniseks ka käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestamata juhul, kui selleta oleks ilmselt ohustatud objektiivne õigusemõistmine, või kui kinnises menetluses on oluliselt suurem võimalus veenda pooli lõpetama menetlus kompromissiga või neid muul viisil lepitada.

  (3) Kohus ei kuuluta käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktides 2, 3 ja 6–8 loetletud juhtudel menetlust või selle osa kinniseks, kui sellele vaidleb vastu isik, kelle huvide kaitseks tuleks menetlus või selle osa kuulutada kinniseks.

§ 39.   Isiku lubamine kinnisele istungile

  Kohus võib kinnisele istungile lubada isiku, kellel on istungil viibimiseks õigustatud huvi või kelle istungil viibimine on ilmselt õigusemõistmise huvides. Menetlusosaliste nõusolekut ei ole selleks vaja.

§ 40.   Menetluse kinniseks kuulutamise kord

  (1) Menetluse või selle osa kinniseks kuulutamist arutatakse kinnisel istungil, kui seda nõuab menetlusosaline või kui seda peab vajalikuks kohus.

  (2) Menetluse või selle osa kinniseks kuulutamise määrus tehakse avalikult teatavaks. Määrus võidakse kuulutada kinnisel istungil, kui võib eeldada, et selle avalik kuulutamine võiks istungil oluliselt häirida korda.

§ 41.   Menetlusosaliste ja kohtuistungil viibivate isikute saladuse hoidmise kohustus

  (1) Kinnisel kohtuistungil hoiatab kohus menetlusosalisi ja teisi istungisaalis viibijaid, et kinnisel kohtuistungil arutatut ja seal käsitletud dokumente ei ole lubatud avaldada ulatuses, milles see on vajalik käesoleva seadustiku §-s 38 nimetatud õiguse või huvi kaitseks.

  (2) Kohus võib lisaks käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatule määrusega kohustada kinnisel istungil viibivat isikut hoidma saladuses talle istungil või asjasse puutuvast dokumendist teatavaks saanud asjaolu, kui see on vajalik käesoleva seadustiku §-s 38 nimetatud õiguse või huvi kaitseks.

  (3) Kohus võib menetlusosalisi ja teisi istungisaalis viibijaid määrusega kohustada asja menetlemisel teatavaks saanud asjaolu saladuses hoidma ka juhul, kui menetlus ei ole kinniseks kuulutatud, kuid saladuse hoidmine on ilmselt vajalik käesoleva seadustiku §-s 38 nimetatud õiguse või huvi kaitseks.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 2 ja 3 nimetatud kohustuse kohta tehtud määruse peale võib saladuse hoidmiseks kohustatud isik esitada määruskaebuse.

  (5) [Kehtetu - RT I, 07.12.2018, 2 - jõust. 17.12.2018]

§ 42.   Kohtuistungi edastamine ja salvestamine

  (1) Avalikul kohtuistungil on lubatud teha märkmeid, kui sellega ei segata kohtuistungit. Kohtuistungit võib pildistada, filmida või helisalvestada ja kohtuistungilt võib teha raadio- või televisiooniülekannet või muud ülekannet üksnes kohtu eelneval loal.

  (2) Kinnisel kohtuistungil võib kohus lubada üksnes märkmete tegemist.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 või 2 nimetatut rikkunud isiku võib kohus kohtusaalist eemaldada ja teda trahvida.

7. peatükk TSIVIILKOHTUMENETLUSE TAGAMINE 

§ 43.   Kohtuistungi kord

  (1) Kohus tagab korra kohtuistungil ja korraldab kohtuistungil korra tagamiseks tehtud määruste, sealhulgas kohtuistungil tehtud trahvi- ja arestimääruste täitmise. Menetlusosalised ja teised istungisaalis viibijad peavad tingimusteta täitma kohtu korraldusi.

  (2) Käesolevas peatükis sätestatud korra tagamise kohustus ja sellest tulenevad õigused on ka erinõude või korralduse alusel tegutseval kohtunikul ning väljaspool kohtuistungit menetlustoimingut tegeval kohtunikul.

§ 44.   Kohtuistungil viibijate hulga piiramine

  Kohtul on õigus piirata isikute hulka kohtuistungil, kui istungisaal on ületäitunud ja see takistab asja arutamist.

§ 45.   Isiku kohtuistungilt kõrvaldamine ja tema suhtes muude abinõude rakendamine

  (1) Kohus võib istungilt kõrvaldada menetlusosalise või tema esindaja või nõustaja, tunnistaja, eksperdi, tõlgi või muu istungil viibiva isiku, kes ei täida kohtuistungil korra tagamiseks antud korraldust või käitub kohtuistungil sündsusetult ja kohtu või teise menetlusosalise vastu lugupidamatust väljendaval viisil.

  (2) Kohus võib kõrvaldada menetlusosalise esindaja või nõustaja menetlusest või keelata tal teha avaldusi, kui esindaja või nõustaja ei ole võimeline kohtus nõuetekohaselt esinema, muu hulgas puuduliku keeleoskuse tõttu, või on kohtumenetluses näidanud end ebaausana, asjatundmatuna või vastutustundetuna, samuti kui ta on pahatahtlikult takistanud asja õiget, kiiret ja võimalikult väikeste kuludega menetlemist või jätnud korduvalt täitmata kohtu korralduse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui menetlusosaline või tema esindaja kõrvaldatakse kohtuistungilt, võib asja menetlemist jätkata nii, nagu menetlusosaline või tema esindaja oleks istungilt vabatahtlikult lahkunud. Menetlusosalise esindaja loetakse istungilt lahkunuks ka juhul, kui ta kõrvaldatakse menetlusest või tal keelatakse teha menetluses avaldusi vastavalt käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 sätestatule.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kohus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud viisil käitunud isikut, samuti menetlusosalist või tema esindajat või nõustajat, kes on pahatahtlikult takistanud asja õiget, kiiret ja võimalikult väikeste kuludega menetlemist või jätnud korduvalt täitmata kohtu korralduse, trahvida või määrata talle aresti kuni seitse ööpäeva.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Menetlusosalise esindajale käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–4 sätestatu kohaldamisest teatab kohus viivitamata menetlusosalisele, kui menetlusosaline ei viibi kohtuistungil või muu menetlustoimingu tegemisel, ja teeb talle ettepaneku valida endale uus esindaja kohtu määratud ajaks. Advokaadi suhtes käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–4 sätestatu kohaldamise teeb kohus teatavaks ka Eesti Advokatuurile või muule kutseühendusele, kuhu advokaat kuulub.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Kui menetlusosalise või muu isiku käitumises ilmnevad kohtus kuriteo tunnused, edastab kohus kuriteoteate prokuratuurile või politseile. Vajaduse korral peab kohus sellise isiku määruse alusel kinni.

§ 46.   Trahvi määramine

  (1) Kui kohtul on käesolevas seadustikus sätestatud juhul õigus määrata rahatrahv, võib selle määrata kuni 3200 eurot ulatuses, kui käesolevas seadustikus ei ole ette nähtud teisiti. Trahvi suurust määrates arvestab kohus isiku varalist seisundit ja muid asjaolusid.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 - jõust. 01.01.2011]

  (11) Alaealise isiku asemel või lisaks temale võib trahvida tema vanemaid või eestkostjaid. Piiratud teovõimega täisealise isiku asemel võib trahvida tema eestkostjaid. Alla 14-aastast alaealist ja piiratud teovõimega isikut ei trahvita.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Isikule võib trahvi määrata üksnes siis, kui talle on tehtud trahvihoiatus, välja arvatud juhul, kui eelnev hoiatamine ei ole võimalik või mõistlik.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohustuse rikkumise eest isikule määratud trahv ei vabasta teda kohustuse täitmisest. Kui kohustust pärast trahvi määramist ei täideta, võib määrata uue trahvi.

  (4) Trahvitule või tema esindajale toimetatakse viivitamata kätte trahvimääruse ärakiri.

§ 47.   Arest ja sundtoomine

  (1) Aresti võib kohus tsiviilkohtumenetluses määrusega kohaldada seaduses ettenähtud juhul, kui ta on teinud isikule arestihoiatuse.

  (2) Aresti võib kuni kolmeks kuuks määrata ka rahatrahvi asendamiseks trahvi sissenõudmise võimatuse puhul. Trahvi arestiga asendamise võib ette näha juba trahvimääruses. Trahvi arestiga asendamisel kohaldatakse karistusseadustiku §-s 72 ja täitemenetluse seadustiku §-s 201 sätestatut. Kui trahvitu trahvi tasub, vabastatakse ta arestist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Aresti kandmine toimub määruse teinud kohtu asukoha järgses või arestialuse elukoha järgses arestimajas või vanglas vangistusseaduses sätestatud tingimuste kohaselt.
[RT I, 03.03.2021, 1 - jõust. 04.03.2021]

  (4) Politseiga sundtoomist võib kohus isiku suhtes määruse alusel kohaldada seaduses ettenähtud juhul, kui ta on teinud isikule sundtoomise hoiatuse.

  (5) Sundtoomise määruse täitmiseks võib isikut enne kohtuistungi algust kinni pidada kuni 48 tundi. Sundtoomisele kohaldatakse kriminaalmenetluse seadustiku § 139 lõigetes 3–5 sätestatut, kui käesolevast seadustikust ei tulene teisiti.

§ 48.   Määruskaebuse esitamine trahvi- ja arestimääruse peale

  Käesolevas peatükis nimetatud trahvi- või arestimääruse peale võib isik, keda trahviti või kelle suhtes aresti kohaldati, esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu trahvimääruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

8. peatükk PROTOKOLLID 

§ 49.   Menetlustoimingu protokollimine

  (1) Kohtuistung ja seaduses sätestatud juhul ka muu menetlustoiming protokollitakse. Sama kehtib kohtu poolt korralduse või erinõude alusel tehtava menetlustoimingu kohta.
[RT I 2006, 7, 42 - jõust. 04.02.2006]

  (2) Protokolli koostab kohtuistungi sekretär või muu kohtu kodukorra järgi selleks pädev kohtuametnik või kohtunik kohtuistungi või muu menetlustoimingu tegemise ajal. Kui protokolli koostab kohtuistungi sekretär või muu kohtu kodukorra järgi selleks pädev kohtuametnik, kannab ta käesoleva seadustiku § 50 lõike 1 punktides 6–9 ja lõikes 2 nimetatud andmed protokolli üksnes vastavalt kohtuniku tehtud kokkuvõttele.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Riigikohtu istung protokollitakse ulatuses, mida kohus peab vajalikuks.

§ 50.   Protokolli sisu

  (1) Menetlustoimingu protokoll peab kajastama menetlustoimingu olulist käiku ja muud asja lahendamise või võimaliku edasikaebamise seisukohalt olulist. Protokolli märgitakse:
  1) menetlustoimingu tegemise aeg ja koht ning asja lühikirjeldus ja number;
  2) asja läbivaatava kohtu nimetus ning kohtunike, istungi protokollija ja tõlgi nimed;
  3) asja liik;
  4) andmed menetlusosaliste ja nende esindajate ning tunnistajate ja ekspertide ilmumise kohta;
  5) andmed menetlustoimingu avalikkuse kohta;
  51) asja lahendamisele kohaldatava õiguse kokkulepe;
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 1 - jõust. 01.07.2016]
  6) menetlusosaliste avaldused ja taotlused;
  7) hagi tunnustamine, hagist loobumine ja kompromiss;
  8) poolte ja teiste menetlusosaliste nõuete ja vastuväidete põhisisu ulatuses, milles see ei ole kajastatud kohtule esitatud kirjalikes dokumentides;
  9) menetlusosaliste vande all antud seletuste ja tunnistajate ütluste põhisisu, eksperdi suulised vastused, andmed vaatluse kohta;
  10) istungil tehtud korraldused ja lahendid;
  11) kohtulahendi avalikult teatavakstegemise aeg;
  12) kohtulahendi peale edasikaebamisest loobumine;
  13) protokollile allakirjutamise kuupäev.

  (2) Menetlusosalise taotlusel protokollitakse asjas esitatud asjaolu või seisukoht. Kohus võib jätta taotluse määrusega rahuldamata, kui asjaolul või seisukohal ilmselt ei ole asjas tähtsust.

  (3) Protokollimisega võrdsustatakse menetlusdokument, mis lisatakse protokollile ning millele tehakse viide protokollis.

§ 51.   Protokolli koostamine

  (1) Protokoll koostatakse kohtuistungil masina- või arvutikirjas või jäädvustatakse digitaalsele andmekandjale selliselt, et tagatud on protokolli kirjalik taasesitamine. Protokolli võib istungil koostada esialgu ka muul viisil, sealhulgas märkmete tegemise või dikteerimisega, kuid allakirjutamise ajaks peab protokoll olema viidud käesoleva lõike esimeses lauses nimetatud vormi.

  (2) Digitaalsele protokollile ja selle kohta esitatud vastuväidete vormistamisele ning protokolli allkirjastamisele esitatavad tehnilised nõuded kehtestab valdkonna eest vastutav minister määrusega.
[RT I 2006, 7, 42 - jõust. 04.02.2006]

§ 52.   Menetlustoimingu salvestamine

  (1) Kohtuistung helisalvestatakse.
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2019]

  (11) Kohtuistungi võib jätta salvestamata, kui:
  1) enne istungit või istungi käigus ilmneb, et salvestamine on tehniliselt võimatu;
  2) istung toimub väljaspool kohturuume;
  3) istung toimub poole osavõtuta ja kohus jätab hagi läbi vaatamata, lükkab asja arutamise edasi või lahendab asja kirjalikus menetluses või tagaseljaotsusega;
  4) tegemist on kohtulahendi kuulutamiseks korraldatud istungiga;
  5) tegemist on Riigikohtu istungiga.
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2019]

  (12) Esialgselt võib kohtuistungi või muu menetlustoimingu täielikult või osaliselt salvestada heli-, video- või muule andmekandjale. Sel juhul koostatakse protokoll viivitamata pärast kohtuistungit või muu menetlustoimingu tegemist.
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2019]

  (2) Tunnistajate, ekspertide ja menetlusosaliste salvestatud ütluste ning vaatluse salvestatud tulemuste kohta tehakse protokolli üksnes märge, välja arvatud juhul, kui pool nõuab menetluse jooksul salvestiste põhisisu protokollimist või kui kohus peab seda vajalikuks.

  (3) Salvestis lisatakse toimikule.

§ 53.   Protokollile vastuväidete esitamine ja protokolli parandamine

  (1) Menetlusosalise vande all antud seletuste, tunnistaja ütluste ning eksperdi arvamuse ja vastuste kohta protokollitu tehakse kohe istungil teatavaks, välja arvatud juhul, kui see isik ja istungil osalenud menetlusosalised on nõus, et protokollitut istungil teatavaks ei tehta, ning see ei ole ka kohtu arvates vajalik. Protokolli tehakse parandused asjaomase isiku vastuväite alusel, kui kohus sellega nõustub. Vastuväide, millega kohus ei nõustu, kantakse protokolli või lisatakse protokollile.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Menetlusosalisel on õigus tutvuda protokolliga ja esitada taotlus protokolli parandamiseks kolme tööpäeva jooksul, alates protokolli allkirjastamisest. Kohus teavitab menetlusosalisi protokolli allkirjastamise ajast ja edastab protokolli neile elektrooniliselt viivitamata pärast allkirjastamist, kui menetlusosalised on kohtule teatavaks teinud oma elektronposti aadressi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui menetlusosaline esitab käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud juhul protokolli sisulise parandamise taotluse, küsib kohus selle kohta teiste menetlusosaliste seisukoha. Vajaduse korral korraldab kohus taotluse lahendamiseks kohtuistungi. Menetlusosalise istungilt puudumine ei takista taotluse lahendamist.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud protokolli parandamise taotlusega nõustumise korral teeb kohus protokollis parandused. Vastuväited, millega kohus ei nõustu, kantakse protokolli või lisatakse protokollile.

  (5) Kui protokolli sisu on salvestatud, võib isik, kelle ütlused salvestatakse, viivitamata salvestusega tutvuda ja esitada sellele vastuväiteid. Kui kohus vastuväitega nõustub, salvestatakse seletus, ütlus või vastus uues sõnastuses. Kui kohus vastuväitega ei nõustu, salvestatakse vastuväite sisu.

  (6) Menetlustoimingu protokollimisel selgitab kohus protokollile vastuväidete esitamiseks õigustatud isikutele käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–5 sätestatud õigusi.

  (7) Protokolli märgitakse andmed protokolli või salvestatu tutvustamise või sellest õigusest loobumise kohta ning protokolli sisu kinnitamise või vastuväidete esitamise kohta.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 54.   Protokolli allkirjastamine

  (1) Protokollile kirjutab alla kohtunik. Kui menetlustoiming on tehtud kollegiaalse kohtukoosseisu osalusel, kirjutab protokollile alla eesistuja. Kui protokolli on koostanud kohtuistungi sekretär või muu selleks pädev isik, kirjutab protokollile alla ka tema.

  (2) Kui eesistuja ei saa protokollile alla kirjutada, kirjutab tema asemel alla kohtukoosseisu teine liige. Kui protokollile ei saa alla kirjutada menetlustoimingu tegemisel üksi osalenud kohtunik ja protokolli on koostanud kohtuistungi sekretär või muu selleks pädev isik, piisab protokollija allkirjast. Allkirja andmata jätmise põhjus märgitakse protokolli.

  (3) Muus osas kohaldatakse protokolli allkirjastamisele käesoleva seadustiku §-s 441 sätestatut.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 55.   Protokolli tõenduslik jõud

  Kohtuistungi või muu protokollitud menetlustoimingu menetlusreeglite rikkumist saab tõendada üksnes protokollile tuginedes. Protokolli kohta saab esitada üksnes võltsimise vastuväite.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

9. peatükk TOIMIK 

§ 56.   Toimik tsiviilasjas

  (1) Kohus peab iga tsiviilasja kohta toimikut, kuhu võetakse ajalises järgnevuses kõikide menetlusastmete menetlusdokumendid ja muud asjaga seotud dokumendid, kaasa arvatud protokollid ja kohtulahendid. Seaduses ettenähtud juhul võetakse toimiku juurde muud menetlusega seotud esemed.

  (2) Toimikut peetakse kirjalike dokumentide kogumina.

  (3) Kohtule edastatud või kohtu koostatud elektroonilist dokumenti säilitatakse toimikus väljatrükina koos andmetega dokumendi koostaja ja väljatrüki tegija ning dokumendi koostamise ja kohtule edastamise ja väljatrüki tegemise aja kohta. Elektroonilise dokumendi võib toimiku juurde võtta ka salvestisena kohtu infosüsteemis või digitaalsel andmekandjal, kui on tagatud dokumendi koopia säilimine kohtute infosüsteemis.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

§ 57.   Digitaalne toimik

  (1) Toimikut võib pidada ka täielikult või osaliselt digitaalsena.

  (2) Paberdokumendid skaneeritakse ja salvestatakse kohtute infosüsteemis asjakohase menetluse juures. Kohtute infosüsteem salvestab automaatselt dokumendi süsteemi salvestamise aja ja salvestaja andmed. Kohtute infosüsteemi salvestatud dokumendid asendavad paberdokumente.
[RT I, 22.03.2013, 9 - jõust. 01.04.2013]

  (3) Vajaduse korral säilitatakse paberil esitatud dokumente käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud juhul menetluse lõpuni.

§ 58.   Toimiku arhiveerimine

  (1) Kui menetlus on lõppenud jõustunud lahendiga, arhiveerib asja menetlenud maakohus toimiku.

  (2) Toimikut ja selles sisalduvaid menetlusdokumente säilitatakse pärast menetluse lõppemist üksnes nii kaua, kui see on vajalik menetlusosaliste või muude isikute huvides või avalikes huvides.

§ 59.   Toimikuga tutvumine

  (1) Menetlusosalisel on õigus toimikuga tutvuda ja saada seal olevatest menetlusdokumentidest ärakirju.

  (11) Kohus võib piirata menetlusosalise õigust toimikuga tutvuda ja sellest ärakirju saada, kui see oleks ilmses vastuolus teise menetlusosalise või muu isiku kaaluka huviga. Piirata ei või hagimenetluse poolte õigust toimikuga tutvuda ja sellest ärakirju saada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (12) Kohus võib piirata menetlusosalise õigust tutvuda kohtuistungi helisalvestisega, kui tegemist oli täielikult või osaliselt kinniseks kuulutatud istungiga või kui istungil peeti kompromissläbirääkimisi.
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2019]

  (2) Muul isikul on õigus tutvuda toimikuga hagimenetluse ajal ja saada toimikus olevast menetlusdokumendist ärakirja üksnes poolte nõusolekul. Pädeva riigiasutuse esindaja võib tutvuda toimikuga ja saada menetlusdokumendi ärakirja asja menetleva kohtu esimehe loal ka poolte nõusolekuta, kui riigiasutus põhistab oma õiguslikku huvi toimikuga tutvumise ja ärakirja saamise vastu.

  (3) Kui asjas on menetlus jõustunud lahendiga lõppenud, võib muu isik toimikuga tutvuda ja saada menetlusdokumendi ärakirja asja menetlenud maakohtu loal ka poolte nõusolekuta, kui ta põhistab oma õigustatud huvi dokumentidega tutvumise ja ärakirja saamise vastu. Tutvuda ei või kinnises menetluses arutatud asja toimikuga.

  (4) Hagita asjas võib muu isik tutvuda toimikuga ja saada menetlusdokumendi ärakirja üksnes asja menetleva või menetlenud kohtu loal, kui ta põhistab õigustatud huvi toimikuga tutvumise ja ärakirja saamise vastu, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti. Lapsendamist käsitleva menetlusdokumendiga võib tutvuda üksnes lapsendaja ja täisealise lapse nõusolekul.

  (5) Elektroonilise menetlusdokumendiga või digitaalsele või muule andmekandjale salvestatud dokumendiga võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–4 sätestatud alusel tutvuda üksnes selliselt, et oleks tagatud andmekandja puutumatus. Menetlusdokumendist võib saada ka elektroonilise koopia, väljatrüki või väljavõtte.

  (51) Menetlusosalise või tema esindaja poolt toimikuga tutvumise kohta tehakse toimikusse märge.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (52) Menetlusosalise või tema esindaja taotlusel esitatakse talle riigisaladuse ja salastatud välisteabe seaduses sätestatud korras tutvumiseks asjas tõendina kasutatav riigisaladust või salastatud välisteavet sisaldav teabekandja, mida ei lisata toimikusse. Riigisaladust või salastatud välisteavet sisaldava teabekandja tutvustamise kohta tehakse märge toimikusse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Tutvumisloa andmisest keeldumise kohta teeb määruse kohtunik või kohtunikuabi. Määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 60.   Toimiku taastamine

  (1) Kui toimik tsiviilasjas on hävinud või muul põhjusel kaotsi läinud, võib kohus selle taastada menetlusosalise avalduse alusel või omal algatusel.

  (2) Toimiku taastamise menetluses nõuab kohus menetlusosalistelt asja kohta üksikasjalike andmete ja dokumentide või nende ärakirjade esitamist.

  (3) Toimiku taastamisel kasutab kohus toimiku säilinud osi, enne toimiku kadumist selles asjas väljaantud dokumente või nende ärakirju ja teisi asjasse puutuvaid tõendeid.

  (4) Kohus võib tunnistajana üle kuulata isikuid, kes viibisid menetlustoimingute juures, samuti isikuid, kes kuulusid asja arutava kohtu koosseisu, ja isikuid, kes täitsid kohtuotsust.

  (5) Kaotatud toimiku taastamise otsustab kohus määrusega hagita menetluses.

  (6) Kaotatud toimik taastatakse täielikult või osas, mille taastamist kohus peab vajalikuks. Kui kaotatud toimik taastatakse, tuleb taastada igal juhul asja menetluse lõpetanud kohtulahend või asja menetluse lõpetamise või asja läbi vaatamata jätmise määrus, kui need asjas tehti.

  (7) Kui kogutud andmed ja dokumendid ei ole küllaldased toimiku taastamiseks, lõpetab kohus oma määrusega toimiku taastamise menetluse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (8) Kaotatud toimiku taastamise asjas on avaldaja vabastatud kohtukulude tasumisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 601.   E-toimiku menetlemise infosüsteem

  (1) E-toimiku menetlemise infosüsteem (edaspidi e-toimiku süsteem) on tsiviilkohtumenetluses menetlusandmete ja isikuandmete töötlemiseks peetav riigi infosüsteemi kuuluv andmekogu, mille eesmärk on:
  1) tagada ülevaade kohtute menetluses olevatest tsiviilasjadest;
  2) kajastada andmeid tsiviilkohtumenetluse käigus tehtud toimingute kohta;
  3) võimaldada kohtute töö korraldamist;
  4) tagada õiguspoliitiliste otsustuste tegemiseks vajaliku kohtustatistika kogumine;
  5) võimaldada andmete ja dokumentide elektroonilist edastamist.

  (2) Andmekogusse kantakse:
  1) andmed menetluses olevate ja lõpetatud tsiviilasjade kohta;
  2) andmed tsiviilkohtumenetluse käigus tehtud toimingute kohta;
  3) digitaalsed dokumendid käesolevas seadustikus sätestatud juhtudel;
  4) andmed menetleja, menetlusosalise ja menetluses osaleja kohta;
  5) kohtulahendid.

  (3) E-toimiku süsteemi asutab ja selle põhimääruse kehtestab Vabariigi Valitsus. Vabariigi Valitsus võib kehtestada määrusega e-toimiku süsteemile ülemineku aja, tingimused ja korra.

  (4) E-toimiku süsteemi vastutav töötleja on Justiitsministeerium. E-toimiku süsteemi volitatud töötleja on valdkonna eest vastutava ministri poolt määratud isik.

  (5) Valdkonna eest vastutav minister võib anda määrusi e-toimiku süsteemi tegevuse korraldamiseks.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

§ 61.   Valdkonna eest vastutava ministri pädevus toimiku osas

  Valdkonna eest vastutav minister kehtestab määrusega kohustuslikule digitaalse toimiku pidamisele ülemineku aja ja korra, tehnilised nõuded digitaalse toimiku pidamisele ja sellega tutvumisele, samuti elektrooniliste dokumentide säilitamisele. Valdkonna eest vastutav minister kehtestab määrusega täpsemad nõuded toimiku arhiveerimisele, muu hulgas toimiku ja menetlusdokumentide säilitamistähtajale, arhiveeritud toimiku ja menetlusdokumentidega tutvumisele ning toimiku hävitamisele.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

10. peatükk MENETLUSTÄHTAJAD 

§ 62.   Menetlustähtaja arvutamine

  (1) Menetlustähtaegade arvutamisele kohaldatakse tsiviilseadustiku üldosa seaduses tähtaja ja tähtpäeva kohta sätestatut, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Menetlustoimingut, mille tegemiseks on kehtestatud tähtaeg, võib teha tähtaja viimasel päeval kuni kella 24.00-ni. Kui menetlustoiming tuleb teha kohtu ruumides, loetakse tähtaja lõpuks kohtu tööpäeva lõpp.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 63.   Kohtu määratud tähtaja algus

  Kohtu määratud tähtaja kulgemine algab menetlusdokumendi, milles on tähtaeg määratud, kättetoimetamisele järgnevast päevast, kui tähtaja määramisel ei ole ette nähtud teisiti. Kui dokumenti ei pea kätte toimetama, algab tähtaja kulgemine tähtaja määramise kohta teate saamisega.

§ 64.   Tähtaja muutmine

  (1) Kohus võib tema määratud menetlustähtaega põhistatud avalduse alusel või omal algatusel mõjuval põhjusel pikendada. Tähtaega võib korduvalt pikendada üksnes vastaspoole nõusolekul.

  (2) Poolte kokkuleppel võib nii seaduses sätestatud kui kohtu määratud menetlustähtaega lühendada. Tähtaja lühendamise kokkulepe esitatakse kohtule kirjalikult või protokollitakse.

§ 65.   Tähtaja arvutamine dokumendi saatmisel ebaõigesse kohtusse
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  Kui menetlusosalise saadetud dokument saabus kohtualluvuselt või kohtuastmelt ebaõigesse kohtusse, saadetakse see edasi õigele kohtule. Menetlustoimingu tegemiseks ettenähtud tähtaeg loetakse sel juhul järgituks, kui menetlusdokument jõudis kohtualluvuselt või kohtuastmelt ebaõigesse kohtusse õigeaegselt.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 66.   Menetlustoimingu õigeaegse tegemata jätmise tagajärjed

  Kui menetlustoiming jääb õigel ajal tegemata, ei ole menetlusosalisel õigust menetlustoimingut hiljem teha, kui kohus seaduses sätestatud tähtaega ei ennista või ei pikenda enda määratud tähtaega või ei menetle menetlusosalise esitatud avaldust, taotlust, tõendit või vastuväidet käesoleva seadustiku § 331 lõikes 1 sätestatud juhul. See kehtib sõltumata sellest, kas menetlusosalist sellise tagajärje eest enne hoiatati.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 67.   Seaduses sätestatud menetlustähtaja ennistamine

  (1) Kui menetlusosaline lasi mööda seaduses sätestatud menetlustähtaja, ennistab kohus tähtaja menetlusosalise avalduse alusel, kui menetlusosaline ei saanud tähtaega järgida mõjuval põhjusel ja tähtaja möödalaskmine ei võimalda enam menetlustoimingut teha või põhjustab talle muu negatiivse tagajärje.

  (2) Tähtaja ennistamist võib taotleda 14 päeva jooksul, alates päevast, millal käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud takistus ära langes, aga mitte hiljem kui kuue kuu jooksul, alates möödalastud tähtaja lõppemisest.

§ 68.   Tähtaja ennistamise otsustamine

  (1) Tähtaja ennistamise avaldus esitatakse samas vormis, mis kehtis menetlustoimingu suhtes, mis tuli teha. Avalduses märgitakse tähtaja ennistamise aluseks olevad asjaolud ning nende põhistus. Avaldus esitatakse kohtule, kus tulnuks teha menetlustoiming.

  (2) Üheaegselt tähtaja ennistamise avalduse esitamisega tuleb teha menetlustoiming, mille tegemiseks tähtaja ennistamist taotletakse.

  (3) Tähtaja ennistamise lahendab kohus määrusega.

  (4) Maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu menetlustähtaja ennistamata jätmise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Tähtaja ennistamisel ennistub menetlus tähtaja möödalaskmisele eelnenud staadiumisse.

  (6) Enne tähtaja ennistamise otsustamist võib kohus määrusega peatada täitemenetluse või lubada selle jätkamist üksnes tagatise vastu või tühistada täitetoimingu.

2. osa KOHTUALLUVUS 

11. peatükk ÜLDSÄTTED 

§ 69.   Kohtualluvuse mõiste

  (1) Kohtualluvus on isiku õigus ja kohustus kasutada oma menetlusõigusi kindlas kohtus. Kohtualluvus on üldine, valikuline või erandlik.

  (2) Üldise kohtualluvusega määratakse kohus, kuhu isiku vastu võib esitada hagisid ja teha isiku suhtes muid menetlustoiminguid, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud, et hagi võib esitada või toimingu võib teha muus kohtus.

  (3) Valikulise kohtualluvusega määratakse kohus, kuhu võib isiku vastu esitada hagisid ja teha isiku suhtes muid menetlustoiminguid lisaks üldisele kohtualluvusele.

  (4) Erandliku kohtualluvusega määratakse kohus, kuhu ainsana võib tsiviilasja lahendamiseks pöörduda. Kohtualluvus hagita asjades on erandlik, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti.

§ 70.   Rahvusvaheline kohtualluvus

  (1) Rahvusvahelise kohtualluvuse sätete järgi määratakse, millal võib asja menetleda Eesti kohus.

  (2) Asi allub Eesti kohtule, kui Eesti kohus võib selle lahendada pädevuse ja kohtualluvuse sätete kohaselt või kohtualluvuse kokkuleppest tulenevalt, kui seadusest või välislepingust ei tulene teisiti.

  (3) Rahvusvaheline kohtualluvus ei ole erandlik, kui seaduses või välislepingus ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (4) Käesolevas seadustikus rahvusvahelise kohtualluvuse kohta sätestatut kohaldatakse üksnes ulatuses, milles ei ole sätestatud teisiti välislepingus või järgmistes Euroopa Liidu määrustes:
  1) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrus (EL) nr 1215/2012;
  2) nõukogu määrus (EL) 2019/1111, mis käsitleb kohtualluvust, abieluasjade ja vanemliku vastutusega seotud kohtuasjades tehtud lahendite tunnustamist ja täitmist ning rahvusvahelisi lapserööve (uuesti sõnastatud) (ELT L 178, 02.07.2019, lk 1–115);
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 - jõust. 20.11.2022]
  3) nõukogu määrus (EÜ) nr 4/2009 kohtualluvuse, kohaldatava õiguse, kohtuotsuste tunnustamise ja täitmise ning koostöö kohta ülalpidamiskohustuste küsimustes (ELT L 007, 10.01.2009, lk 1–79);
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]
  4) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrus (EL) nr 650/2012, mis käsitleb kohtualluvust, kohaldatavat õigust ning otsuste tunnustamist ja täitmist, ametlike dokumentide vastuvõtmist ja täitmist pärimisasjades ning Euroopa pärimistunnistuse loomist (ELT L 201, 27.07.2012, lk 107–134);
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 - jõust. 20.03.2016]
  5) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrus (EL) nr 655/2014, millega luuakse pangakontode Euroopa arestimismääruse menetlus, et hõlbustada võlgade piiriülest sissenõudmist tsiviil- ja kaubandusasjades (ELT L 189, 27.06.2014, lk 59–92).
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 - jõust. 06.07.2017]

§ 71.   Kohtualluvuse kokkulepe

  Seaduses ettenähtud juhtudel ja korras võivad pooled sõlmida kohtualluvuse kokkuleppe. Kohtualluvuse kokkulepe on kokkulepe lahendada vaidlus kindlas kohtus.

§ 72.   Harju Maakohtu erialluvus

  (1) Kui asi ei allu üldsätete järgi Eesti kohtule või kui sellist alluvust ei ole võimalik kindlaks teha ja välislepingust või seadusest ei tulene teisiti, lahendab asja Harju Maakohus, kui:
  1) välislepingu kohaselt peab kohtuasja lahendama Eesti Vabariigis;
  2) avaldaja on Eesti Vabariigi kodanik või tal on Eestis elukoht ning tal ei ole võimalik välisriigis oma õigusi kaitsta või kui seda ei saa avaldajalt oodata;
  3) asi on muul põhjusel Eestiga tihedalt seotud ja isikul ei ole võimalik välisriigis oma õigusi kaitsta või kui õiguste kaitsmist välisriigis ei saa avaldajalt oodata.

  (2) Harju Maakohus lahendab asja ka juhul, kui asi allub küll Eesti kohtule, kuid ei ole võimalik kindlaks määrata, millisele Eesti kohtule. See kehtib ka juhul, kui kokku on lepitud Eesti kohtualluvuses, aga mitte selles, milline Eesti kohus asja lahendab.

§ 73.   Kohtu määratud kohtualluvus

  Menetlusosalise taotlusel või avalduse saanud kohtu taotlusel määrab kohtualluvuse kohtuastmelt kõrgema kohtu esimees, kui:
  1) kohtualluvuse järgi õige kohus ei saa asjas kohtuvõimu teostada;
  2) arvestades eri kohtute tööpiirkondade piire, ei ole selge, millisele kohtule asi allub;
  3) ühes kohtuasjas on mitu kohut otsustanud, et asi neile ei allu, kuid neist kohtutest võiks üks asja läbi vaadata.

§ 74.   Asja allumine mitmele kohtule ja asjade jaotus kohtumajade vahel
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (1) Kui asi võib alluda üheaegselt mitmele Eesti kohtule, on avaldajal õigus valida, millisesse kohtusse avaldus esitada. Asja menetleb sel juhul kohus, kuhu avaldus esimesena esitati.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

  (2) Kui hagi esitatakse kostja elu- või asukoha järgi või erandliku kohtualluvuse järgi, arutatakse asja kohtumajas, mille tööpiirkonnas on kostja elu- või asukoht või koht, mille järgi määratakse erandlik kohtualluvus. Kui muul juhul jäävad erinevad kohtualluvust määravad kohad ühe maakohtu tööpiirkonda, ent erinevate kohtumajade teeninduspiirkondadesse, märgib hageja, millises kohtumajas asja arutatakse. Kui hageja seda ei märgi, määrab asja arutamise koha kohus.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

  (3) Hagita asja arutatakse kohtumajas, mille tööpiirkonnas on koht, mille järgi määratakse kohtualluvus. Kui erinevad kohtualluvust määravad kohad jäävad ühe maakohtu tööpiirkonda, ent erinevate kohtumajade teeninduspiirkondadesse, määrab asja arutamise koha kohus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 75.   Kohtualluvuse kontrollimine

  (1) Avalduse saanud kohus kontrollib, kas rahvusvahelise kohtualluvuse sätete järgi võib avalduse esitada Eesti kohtule. Seejärel kontrollib kohus, kas asi allub kohtule, kuhu avaldus esitati.

  (2) Kui asi sellele kohtule ei allu, saadab kohus avalduse kohtule, kellele avaldus allub, välja arvatud juhul, kui kohus leiab, et asi ei allu rahvusvahelise kohtualluvuse järgi Eesti kohtule.

  (3) Isik võib taotleda kohtult määruse tegemist selle kohta, kas asi allub sellele kohtule, juba enne avalduse esitamist. Sel juhul tuleb taotlusele lisada kavandatava avalduse projekt ja muud kohtualluvuse määramiseks olulised dokumendid. Kohus võib vajaduse korral küsida eeldatava kostja või teiste menetlusosaliste seisukohta taotluse lahendamise kohta ja nad ära kuulata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (31) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud määruse peale, millega kohus leidis, et asi ei allu temale, võib taotluse esitaja esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kõrgema astme kohus ei kontrolli ega muuda kohtualluvust muul alusel kui kohtualluvuse kohta tehtud kohtumääruse või avalduse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise või selle läbi vaatamata jätmise või menetluse lõpetamise määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse lahendamisel. Kõrgema astme kohus võib ka muu kaebuse alusel kontrollida, kas Eesti kohus võib asja lahendada rahvusvahelise kohtualluvuse järgi, kui see vaidlustati maakohtus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 76.   Asja üleandmine kohtualluvuse järgi

  (1) Kui kohus avastab pärast avalduse menetlusse võtmist, et asi ei allu sellele kohtule, teeb kohus määruse asja üleandmiseks kohtualluvuse järgi. Kui asi allub mitmele kohtule, annab kohus asja üle ühele neist avaldaja valikul.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

  (3) Kohus annab asja alluvuse järgi õigele kohtule üle, kui kohtumääruse peale määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaeg on möödunud. Kui kohtumääruse peale esitati määruskaebus, annab kohus asja üle, kui määruskaebus on jäetud rahuldamata.

  (4) Asja menetleda saanud kohus peab selle läbi vaatama. Alluvusvaidlused kohtute vahel ei ole lubatud.

§ 77.   Asja kohtualluvuse muutumine

  Kui kohus võttis asja õigesti menetlusse, lahendab kohus asja sisuliselt, isegi kui kohtualluvuse määramise aluseks olevad asjaolud pärast avalduse menetlusse võtmist muutusid.

§ 78.   Hagi esitamine eri maade kohtutesse

  (1) Kui samade poolte vaheline sama sisuga hagi on enne Eesti kohtusse esitamist võetud välisriigi kohtu menetlusse, võtab Eesti kohus hagi menetlusse, kui muud menetlusse võtmise tingimused on täidetud ja kui Eesti kohtule ei tulene kohtualluvust välislepingust või käesoleva seaduse § 70 lõikes 4 nimetatud Euroopa Liidu määrusest, kuid peatab menetluse, kui võib eeldada, et välisriigi kohus teeb lahendi mõistliku aja jooksul ja seda lahendit Eesti Vabariigis tunnustatakse.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]

  (11) Hagi esitamise ajaks Eesti kohtusse loetakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 tähenduses hagi või käesoleva seadustiku § 75 lõikes 3 nimetatud taotluse kohtusse jõudmise aeg, samuti tsiviilseadustiku üldosa seaduse § 160 lõikes 2 nimetatud avalduse kohtusse jõudmise aeg või muu toimingu tegemise aeg. See kehtib üksnes juhul, kui hagi on vastaspoolele hiljem kätte toimetatud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Asi loetakse välisriigi kohtu menetlusse võetuks, kui välisriigi kohus on hagi suhtes teinud esimese menetlustoimingu.

  (3) Kohus uuendab käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud alusel peatatud menetluse käesoleva seadustiku §-s 361 sätestatud korras, kui välisriigi kohus ei ole lahendit mõistliku aja jooksul teinud või kui selgub, et tehtud või tehtavat lahendit Eesti Vabariigis ilmselt ei tunnustata.

  (4) Kohus teeb menetluse lõpetamise määruse, kui talle esitatakse välisriigi kohtu lahend, mis kuulub Eesti Vabariigis tunnustamisele. Määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse.

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–4 sätestatut kohaldatakse vastavalt avalduse esitamisel eri maade kohtusse hagita menetluses.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

12. peatükk ÜLDINE KOHTUALLUVUS 

§ 79.   Isiku kohtualluvus

  (1) Füüsilise isiku vastu võib hagi esitada tema elukoha järgi ja juriidilise isiku vastu tema asukoha järgi.

  (2) Kui füüsilise isiku elukoht ei ole teada, võib tema vastu hagi esitada tema viimase teadaoleva elukoha järgi.

§ 80.   Välisriigis elava Eesti Vabariigi kodaniku kohtualluvus

  (1) Välisriigis elava Eesti Vabariigi kodaniku vastu, kellele laieneb eksterritoriaalsus, ja välisriigis töötava avalikust teenistujast Eesti Vabariigi kodaniku vastu võib esitada hagi tema viimase Eesti-elukoha järgi.

  (2) Kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud isikul ei ole olnud Eestis elukohta, võib tema vastu esitada hagi Harju Maakohtusse.

§ 81.   Eesti Vabariigi ja kohaliku omavalitsuse üksuse kohtualluvus

  (1) Eesti Vabariigi või kohaliku omavalitsuse üksuse vastu võib esitada hagi selle riigi- või kohaliku omavalitsuse asutuse asukoha järgi, kelle tegevuse tõttu on kavas hagi riigi või kohaliku omavalitsuse üksuse vastu esitada.

  (2) Kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud riigiasutust ei ole võimalik kindlaks teha, esitatakse hagi Harju Maakohtusse. Kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud kohaliku omavalitsuse asutust ei ole võimalik kindlaks teha, esitatakse hagi valla- või linnavalitsuse asukoha järgi.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 või 2 nimetatud hagi võib esitada hageja ka oma elu- või asukoha järgi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 82.   Kohtualluvus pankrotimenetluses
[Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

13. peatükk VALIKULINE KOHTUALLUVUS 

§ 83.   Kohtualluvus viibimiskoha järgi

  Varalise nõudega hagi võib füüsilise isiku vastu esitada ka tema viibimiskoha järgi, kui isik on seal pikemat aega töö- või teenistussuhte või õpingute tõttu või muul sellesarnasel põhjusel.

§ 84.   Kohtualluvus tegevuskoha järgi

  Kostja majandus- või kutsetegevusest tuleneva hagi võib esitada ka tema tegevuskoha järgi.

§ 85.   Kohtualluvus juriidilise isiku asukoha järgi

  Liikmesusel põhinev juriidiline isik, muu hulgas äriühing, või selle liige, osanik või aktsionär võib esitada liikmesusest või osalusest tuleneva hagi juriidilise isiku liikme, osaniku või aktsionäri vastu ka juriidilise isiku asukoha järgi.

§ 86.   Kohtualluvus vara asukoha järgi
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (1) Kui isiku elukoht või asukoht on välisriigis, võib varalise nõudega hagi esitada tema vastu ka vara, mille suhtes nõue esitatakse, asukoha järgi või isiku muu vara asukoha järgi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui vara on kantud avalikku registrisse, võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud hagi esitada selle registri asukoha järgi, milles vara on registreeritud.

  (3) Kui varaks on võlaõiguslik nõue, võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud hagi esitada võlgniku elu- või asukoha järgi. Kui nõude tagatiseks on asi, võib hagi esitada ka asja asukoha järgi.

§ 87.   Hüpoteegiga tagatud ja reaalkoormatisega seotud nõudega hagi kohtualluvus

  Hüpoteegiga tagatud või reaalkoormatisega seotud nõude sissenõudmise hagi või muu sellise nõudega seotud hagi võib esitada ka kinnisasja asukoha järgi, kui võlgnik on ühtlasi hüpoteegiga või reaalkoormatisega koormatud kinnistu omanik.

§ 88.   Korteriomandist tuleneva hagi kohtualluvus

  Hagi korteriomaniku vastu, mis tuleneb korteriomandiga seotud õigussuhtest, võib esitada ka korteriomandi esemeks oleva kinnisasja asukoha järgi.
[RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 - jõust. 23.03.2014]

§ 89.   Kohtualluvus lepingu täitmise koha järgi

  (1) Lepingust tuleneva või lepingu tühisuse tuvastamise hagi võib esitada ka vaidlusaluse lepingukohustuse täitmise koha järgi.

  (2) Vallasasja müügilepingu puhul loetakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 tähenduses kohustuse täitmise kohaks kohta, kus vallasasi anti ostjale üle või pidi üle antama, teenuse osutamise lepingu puhul kohta, kus teenus osutati või kus seda pidi osutatama. Muul juhul loetakse kohustuse täitmise kohaks käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 tähenduses võlgniku tegevuskohta, selle puudumisel elu- või asukohta.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 sätestatut kohaldatakse niivõrd, kuivõrd pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

§ 90.   Kohtualluvus tarbija elukoha järgi

  Tarbija võib võlaõigusseaduse §-des 35, 46 ja 52, § 208 lõikes 4, §-des 379 ja 402, § 635 lõikes 4 ning §-des 709, 734 ja 866 nimetatud lepingust või suhtest, samuti muust Eestis asuva või siin tegevuskohta omava ettevõtjaga sõlmitud lepingust tuleneva hagi esitada ka oma elukoha järgi. See ei kehti veolepingust tulenevate hagide suhtes.

§ 91.   Kindlustuslepingust tuleneva hagi kohtualluvus

  (1) Kindlustusvõtja, soodustatud isik või muu kindlustuslepingu järgi kindlustusandjalt täitmist nõudma õigustatud isik võib esitada kindlustuslepingust tuleneva hagi kindlustusandja vastu ka oma elu- või asukoha järgi.

  (2) Vastutuskindlustuse, samuti ehitise või kinnisasja või koos nendega vallasasjade kindlustamise puhul võib hagi kindlustusandja vastu esitada ka kahju tekitanud teo toimepaneku või kahju tekitanud sündmuse toimumise koha või kahju tekkimise koha järgi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 911.   Intellektuaalomandiõiguse lepingust tuleneva hagi kohtualluvus

  Autoriõiguse, autoriõigusega kaasneva õiguse või tööstusomandiõiguse objekti võõrandamise lepingust või litsentsilepingust tuleneva või nimetatud lepingu tühisuse tuvastamise hagi võib esitada ka Harju Maakohtule.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 4 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

§ 92.   Kohtualluvus töötaja elukoha või töötamise koha järgi

  Töötaja võib töölepingust tuleneva hagi esitada ka oma elukoha või töötamise koha järgi.

§ 93.   Vekslist ja tšekist tuleneva hagi kohtualluvus

  Vekslist ja tšekist tuleneva hagi võib esitada ka veksli või tšeki lunastamise koha järgi.

§ 94.   Kahju õigusvastasest tekitamisest tuleneva hagi kohtualluvus

  Õigusvastaselt tekitatud kahju hüvitamise hagi võib esitada ka kahju tekitanud teo toimepaneku või kahju tekitanud sündmuse toimumise koha või kahju tekkimise koha järgi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 95.   Merinõudest, päästetöödest ja päästelepingust tuleneva hagi kohtualluvus

  (1) Hagi, mis tuleneb ühest või mitmest laeva asjaõigusseaduses nimetatud merinõudest, võib esitada ka kostja laeva asukoha või laeva kodusadama järgi.

  (2) Päästetöödest või päästelepingust tuleneva hagi võib esitada ka päästetööde tegemise koha järgi.

§ 96.   Pärandihagi kohtualluvus

  (1) Hagi, mille ese on pärimisõiguse tuvastamine, pärija nõue pärandi valdaja vastu, testamentaarsest annakust või pärimislepingust tulenev nõue või sundosa või pärandi jagamise nõue, võib esitada ka pärandaja surma aegse elukoha järgi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui pärandaja oli Eesti Vabariigi kodanik ja tal ei olnud surma ajal Eestis elukohta, võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud hagi esitada ka pärandaja viimase Eesti-elukoha järgi. Kui pärandajal ei ole olnud Eestis elukohta, võib hagi esitada Harju Maakohtusse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 97.   Hagi kaaskostjate vastu ja mitu hagi sama kostja vastu

  (1) Hagi mitme kostja vastu võib hageja omal valikul esitada ühe kaaskostja elu- või asukoha järgi.

  (2) Kui samast asjaolust tulenevalt võib sama kostja vastu esitada mitu hagi, võib hagid esitada ka kohtusse, kuhu võiks esitada üksnes ühe või mõne samast asjaolust tuleneva nõudega hagi.

§ 98.   Vastuhagi ja iseseisva nõudega kolmanda isiku hagi kohtualluvus

  (1) Vastuhagi võib esitada kohtusse, kuhu esitati hagi, kui on täidetud vastuhagi esitamise tingimused ja vastuhagile ei ole ette nähtud erandlikku kohtualluvust või sätestatud, et seda liiki asju vaatab läbi üksnes mõni maakohus. See kehtib ka juhul, kui vastuhagi tuleks üldsätete kohaselt esitada välisriigi kohtusse.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 4 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

  (2) Iseseisva nõudega kolmanda isiku hagi võib esitada kohtusse, kus vaadatakse läbi põhihagi.

§ 981.   Kohtualluvus pankrotimenetluses
[Kehtetu - RT I, 04.01.2021, 4 - jõust. 01.02.2021]

14. peatükk ERANDLIK KOHTUALLUVUS 

§ 99.   Kohtualluvus kinnisasja asukoha järgi

  (1) Kinnisasja asukoha järgi esitatakse hagi, mille esemeks on:
  1) kinnisasjale omandi, piiratud asjaõiguse või muu asjaõigusliku koormatise või selle puudumise tunnustamine või muu kinnisasjaõigusega seotud nõue;
  2) kinnisasja piiri kindlaksmääramine või kinnisasja jagamine;
  3) kinnisasja valduse kaitse;
  4) korteriomandist tulenev asjaõiguslik nõue;
  5) kinnisasja sundtäitmisega seotud nõue;
  6) kinnisasja üüri- või rendilepingust või muust kinnisasja kasutamise võlaõiguslikust lepingust või selle kehtivusest tulenev nõue.

  (2) Reaalservituuti, reaalkoormatist või ostueesõigust puudutav hagi esitatakse teeniva või koormatud kinnisasja asukoha järgi.

§ 100.   Tüüptingimuste kasutamise lõpetamise nõue

  (1) Ebamõistlikult kahjustava tüüptingimuse kasutamise lõpetamise või tingimuse soovitajalt soovitamise lõpetamise ja soovituse tagasivõtmise hagi (võlaõigusseaduse § 45) esitatakse kostja tegevuskoha järgi, selle puudumise korral kostja elu- või asukoha järgi. Kui kostjal ei ole Eestis tegevus-, elu- ega asukohta, esitatakse hagi kohtusse, kelle tööpiirkonnas tüüptingimusi kasutati.
[RT I, 05.04.2013, 1 - jõust. 15.04.2013]

  (2) Käesolevas seadustikus tüüptingimuse kasutamise lõpetamise nõude kohta sätestatut kohaldatakse ka võlaõigusseaduse § 45 lõikes 21 sätestatud juhul.
[RT I, 05.04.2013, 1 - jõust. 15.04.2013]

§ 101.   Juriidilise isiku organi otsuse kehtetuks tunnistamise ja tühisuse tuvastamise asja kohtualluvus

  Juriidilise isiku organi otsuse kehtetuks tunnistamise või tühisuse tuvastamise hagi esitatakse juriidilise isiku asukoha järgi.

§ 102.   Abieluasja kohtualluvus

  (1) Abieluasi on tsiviilasi, kus lahendatakse hagi, mille esemeks on:
  1) abielu lahutamine;
  2) abielu kehtetuks tunnistamine;
  3) abielu olemasolu või puudumise tuvastamine;
  4) ühisvara jagamine või muu abikaasade varalisest vahekorrast tulenev nõue;
  5) abikaasa abielusuhtest tulenev muu nõue teise abikaasa vastu.

  (2) Eesti kohus võib abieluasja lahendada, kui:
  1) vähemalt üks abikaasa on Eesti Vabariigi kodanik või oli seda abielu sõlmimise ajal;
  2) mõlema abikaasa elukoht on Eestis;
  3) ühe abikaasa elukoht on Eestis, välja arvatud juhul, kui tehtavat otsust ei tunnustataks ilmselt üheski riigis, mille kodanikud abikaasad on.

  (3) Eesti kohtus lahendatavas abieluasjas esitatakse hagi abikaasade ühise elukoha järgi, selle puudumisel kostja elukoha järgi. Kui kostja elukoht ei ole Eestis, esitatakse hagi poolte ühise alaealise lapse elukoha järgi, ühise alaealise lapse puudumisel hageja elukoha järgi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kui äraolija varale on tema teadmata kadumise tõttu seatud hooldus või kui piiratud teovõimega isikule on määratud eestkostja või kui isikule on mõistetud karistuseks vangistus, võib tema vastu esitada abielulahutushagi ka hageja elukoha järgi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 103.   Põlvnemisasja ja ülalpidamisasja kohtualluvus

  (1) Põlvnemisasi on tsiviilasi, kus lahendatakse hagi, mille esemeks on põlvnemise tuvastamine või sünniaktis või rahvastikuregistris vanema kande vaidlustamine.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

  (2) Eesti kohus võib põlvnemisasja lahendada, kui vähemalt üks pooltest on Eesti Vabariigi kodanik või kui vähemalt ühe poole elukoht on Eestis.

  (3) Eesti kohtus lahendatavas põlvnemisasjas esitatakse hagi lapse elukoha järgi. Kui lapse elukoht ei ole Eestis, esitatakse hagi kostja elukoha järgi. Kui kostja elukoht ei ole Eestis, esitatakse hagi hageja elukoha järgi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 2 ja 3 sätestatut kohaldatakse ka ülalpidamisasjade suhtes. Ülalpidamisasi on tsiviilasi, kus lahendatakse hagi, mille esemeks on nõue:
  1) seadusest tuleneva vanema ülalpidamiskohustuse täitmiseks alaealise lapse suhtes;
  2) vanematevahelise ülalpidamiskohustuse täitmiseks;
  3) abikaasadevahelise ülalpidamiskohustuse täitmiseks;
  4) seadusest tuleneva muu ülalpidamiskohustuse täitmiseks.

§ 1031.   Kohtualluvus pankrotimenetluses

  Pankrotimenetluse või pankrotivaraga seotud hagi esitatakse pankroti väljakuulutanud kohtusse.
[RT I, 04.01.2021, 4 - jõust. 01.02.2021]

15. peatükk KOHTUALLUVUSE KOKKULEPE 

§ 104.   Kohtualluvuse kokkulepe

  (1) Kohus võib kohtualluvuse järgi asja läbi vaadata ka juhul, kui selle kohtu alluvus on ette nähtud poolte kokkuleppega ja vaidlus on seotud mõlema poole majandus- või kutsetegevusega või kui leping on seotud ühe poole majandus- või kutsetegevusega ja teiseks pooleks on riik, kohaliku omavalitsuse üksus või muu avalik-õiguslik juriidiline isik või kui mõlemaks pooleks on avalik-õiguslik juriidiline isik.

  (2) Kohtualluvuse kokkuleppe võib sõlmida ka juhul, kui ühe või kummagi poole elu- või asukoht ei ole Eestis.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Sõltumata käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatust, kehtib kohtualluvuse kokkulepe ka juhul, kui:
  1) selles on kokku lepitud pärast vaidluse tekkimist;
  2) kohtualluvus lepiti kokku juhuks, kui kostja asub pärast kokkuleppe sõlmimist elama välisriiki või kui viib sinna üle oma tegevuskoha või asukoha või kui tema tegevus-, elu- või asukoht ei ole hagi esitamise ajal teada.

  (4) Kokkulepitud kohtualluvus on erandlik, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

§ 105.   Kohtualluvus, kui kostja osaleb menetluses vastuväiteid esitamata

  Maakohus võib asja kohtualluvuse järgi lahendada nii rahvusvaheliselt kui Eesti kohtute seas, kui kostja vastab hagile ega vaidlusta vastuses kohtualluvust, samuti juhul, kui kostja ei vasta hagile, kuid osaleb kohtuistungil kohtualluvust vaidlustamata.

§ 106.   Kohtualluvuse kokkuleppe tühisus

  (1) Kohtualluvuse kokkulepe on tühine, kui:
  1) see on vastuolus käesoleva seadustiku § 104 lõikes 1 sätestatuga;
  2) see ei käsitle kindlat õigussuhet või sellest tulenevat vaidlust;
  3) see ei ole sõlmitud kirjalikku taasesitamist võimaldavas vormis;
  4) hagi esitamiseks on seaduses ette nähtud erandlik kohtualluvus;
  5) üks pooltest on hea usu põhimõtte vastaselt jäetud ilma Eesti kohtualluvusest.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktis 4 nimetatud juhul ei või kohus asja kohtualluvuse järgi lahendada ka käesoleva seadustiku §-s 105 nimetatud menetlemise korral.

§ 107.   Kohtualluvuse muutmine menetluse ajal

  Esimese astme kohus võib asja määrusega üle anda teisele esimese astme kohtule, kui pooled taotlevad seda ühiselt enne esimese kohtuistungi toimumist või enne kirjalikus menetluses seisukohtade esitamiseks antud tähtaja möödumist.

16. peatükk HAGITA ASJADE KOHTUALLUVUS 

§ 108.   Maksekäsu kiirmenetlus

  Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse asju, välja arvatud Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EÜ) nr 1896/2006, millega luuakse Euroopa maksekäsumenetlus (ELT L 399, 30.12.2006, lk 1–32), alusel esitatud Euroopa maksekäsu kiirmenetluse asju, lahendab Pärnu Maakohtu Haapsalu kohtumaja.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

§ 109.   Isiku surnuks tunnistamine ja surma aja tuvastamine

  (1) Eesti kohus võib tunnistada isiku surnuks ja tuvastada tema surma aja, kui:
  1) teadmata kadunud isik oli temast viimase teate saamise ajal Eesti Vabariigi kodanik või kui tema elukoht oli sel ajal Eestis;
  2) on olemas muu õiguslik huvi, et Eesti kohus tunnistaks isiku surnuks või tuvastaks tema surma aja.

  (2) Isiku surnuks tunnistamise ja surma aja tuvastamise avaldus esitatakse teadmata kadunud isiku viimase elukoha järgi. Kui isik on jäänud teadmata kadunuks Eestis registreeritud laeva hukkumise tõttu, esitatakse avaldus laeva kodusadama järgi.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetamata juhul esitatakse isiku surnuks tunnistamise või tema surma aja tuvastamise avaldus avaldaja elu- või asukoha järgi. Kui avaldaja elu- või asukoht ei ole Eestis, esitatakse avaldus Harju Maakohtusse.

  (4) Surmaaja muutmise ja surnuks tunnistamise tühistamise avaldus esitatakse surmaaja tuvastanud või isiku surnuks tunnistanud kohtusse.

§ 110.   Eestkosteasjad

  (1) Eestkosteasi on isikule eestkostja määramise asi ja eestkostega seotud muu asi. Eesti kohus võib lahendada eestkosteasja, kui:
  1) eestkostet vajav isik või eestkostetav on Eesti Vabariigi kodanik või kui tema elukoht on Eestis;
  2) eestkostet vajav isik või eestkostetav vajab muul põhjusel Eesti kohtu kaitset, muu hulgas kui Eestis asub tema vara.

  (2) Kui eestkoste võib seada nii Eesti kui ka välisriigi kohus ja kui välisriigis on eestkostja juba määratud või eestkostja määramine on menetluses, ei pea Eestis eestkostjat määrama, kui välisriigi kohtu lahend kuulub eeldatavasti Eestis tunnustamisele ja eestkostja Eestis määramata jätmine on eestkostet vajava isiku huvides.

  (3) Eestkosteasja lahendab eestkostet vajava isiku elukoha järgne kohus.

  (4) Lapsele enne tema sündimist eestkostja määramise lahendab ema elukoha järgne kohus.

  (5) Kui eestkostet soovitakse seada neile õdedele või vendadele, kes elavad või viibivad mitme kohtu tööpiirkonnas, määrab eestkostja noorima lapse elukoha järgne kohus. Kui eestkostemenetlus sellisel juhul juba toimub ühes kohtus, lahendab eestkosteasja see kohus.

  (6) Kui eestkostet vajaval isikul ei ole Eestis elukohta või kui seda ei ole võimalik kindlaks teha, võib asja lahendada kohus, kelle tööpiirkonnas isik või tema vara kaitset vajab, või Harju Maakohus.

  (7) Eestkostetavasse või tema varasse puutuva asja lahendab eestkostja määranud kohus. Mõjuval põhjusel võib asja lahendada ka eestkostetava elukoha või vara asukoha järgne kohus.

§ 111.   Isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamine

  (1) Isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise asja lahendab kohus, kes on määranud isikule eestkostja või kus eestkoste asja menetletakse. Muul juhul lahendab asja kohus, kelle tööpiirkonnas asub kinnine asutus. Asja võib lahendada ka esialgset õiguskaitset kohaldanud kohus.
[RT I, 23.02.2011, 1 - jõust. 01.09.2011]

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul kohaldatakse käesoleva seadustiku § 110 lõigetes 1 ja 2 sätestatut.

  (3) Menetluses võib esialgset õiguskaitset kohaldada iga kohus, kelle tööpiirkonnas on vaja abinõu rakendada.

  (4) Isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamisega seotud muid asju, muu hulgas kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise peatamise ja lõpetamise ning paigutamise tähtaja muutmise asju, lahendab kohus, kes lahendas isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 112.   Äraolija varale hoolduse seadmine

  (1) Äraolija varale hoolduse seadmise asja lahendab äraolija elukoha järgne kohus.

  (2) Kui äraolijal ei ole Eestis elukohta, lahendab varale hoolduse seadmise asja vara, millele hooldust seada soovitakse, asukoha järgne kohus.

  (3) Äraolija varale hoolduse seadmisega seotud muid asju, muu hulgas hoolduse lõpetamise ning hooldaja ja tema ülesannete muutmise asju, lahendab hooldaja määranud kohus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 113.   Lapsendamine

  (1) Lapsendamisasja võib lahendada Eesti kohus, kui lapsendaja, üks lapsendavatest abikaasadest või laps on Eesti Vabariigi kodanik või kui lapsendaja, ühe lapsendava abikaasa või lapse elukoht on Eestis.

  (2) Lapsendamist käsitlev avaldus esitatakse lapsendatava elukoha järgi. Kui lapsendataval ei ole Eestis elukohta, esitatakse avaldus Harju Maakohtusse.

  (3) Lapsendamise kehtetuks tunnistamise asja lahendab lapsendamise otsustanud kohus.

§ 114.   Alaealise teovõime laiendamine

  (1) Alaealise teovõime laiendamise asja võib lahendada Eesti kohus, kui alaealine on Eesti Vabariigi kodanik või kui tema elukoht on Eestis.

  (2) Alaealise teovõime laiendamise ja teovõime laiendamise tühistamise avaldus esitatakse alaealise elukoha järgi. Kui alaealisel ei ole Eestis elukohta, esitatakse avaldus Harju Maakohtusse.

§ 115.   Põlvnemise tuvastamine ja vanema kande vaidlustamine pärast isiku surma

  Kui isik taotleb, et tuvastataks põlvnemine isikust, kes on surnud, või kui isik vaidlustab vanema kande lapse sünniaktis või rahvastikuregistris pärast vanemana sünniakti või rahvastikuregistrisse kantu surma, esitatakse avaldus kohtule selle isiku, kellest põlvnemise tuvastamist taotletakse või kelle kohta sünniakti või rahvastikuregistrisse tehtud kannet vaidlustatakse, viimase elukoha järgi. Kui isiku viimane elukoht ei olnud Eestis või on teadmata, esitatakse avaldus Harju Maakohtusse.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

§ 116.   Muud hagita perekonnaasjad

  (1) Käesolevas jaos nimetamata hagita perekonnaasjades kohaldatakse vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku §-s 110 sätestatut, kui seadusest või asja olemusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Abikaasade või lahutatud abikaasade vahelist õigussuhet käsitlevat hagita asja lahendab kohus, kelle tööpiirkonnas on abikaasade ühine elukoht või kus viimati oli nende ühine elukoht.

  (3) Kui abikaasadel ei ole käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud juhul Eestis olnud ühist elukohta või kui kummagi abikaasa elukoht ei ole enam viimase ühise elukoha järgse kohtu tööpiirkonnas, lahendab asja selle abikaasa elukoha järgne kohus, kelle õigust taotletava määrusega kitsendataks. Kui selle abikaasa elukoht ei ole Eestis või kui elukohta ei saa kindlaks teha, lahendab asja avaldaja elukoha järgne kohus.

  (4) Kui kohtualluvust ei saa käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 2 või 3 alusel kindlaks teha, lahendab asja Harju Maakohus.

  (5) Hagita perekonnaasjas võib esialgset õiguskaitset kohaldada iga kohus, kelle tööpiirkonnas on vaja abinõu rakendada.

§ 117.   Pärandvara hoiumeetmete rakendamine

  (1) Eestis asuva pärandvara hoiumeetmeid võib Eesti kohus rakendada sõltumata sellest, millise maa seaduse järgi pärimine toimub ja millise maa ametiasutus või -isik võib pärandimenetluse kohtualluvuse järgi üldiselt läbi viia.

  (2) Pärandvara hoiumeetmeid rakendab pärandi avanemise koha järgne kohus. Kui pärand avaneb välisriigis ja pärandvara asub Eestis, võib pärandi hoiumeetmeid rakendada vara asukoha järgne kohus.

§ 118.   Üleskutseasjade kohtualluvus

  (1) Väärtpaberi kehtetuks tunnistamise avaldus esitatakse kohtule väärtpaberi lunastamise koha järgi, lunastamiskoha puudumisel aga väärtpaberi väljaandja üldise kohtualluvuse järgi.

  (2) Kinnisasja omaniku õiguste välistamiseks üleskutsemenetluse algatamise avalduse esitab kinnisasja valdaja asjaõigusseaduse §-s 124 sätestatu kohaselt kohtule, kelle tööpiirkonnas kinnisasi asub.

  (3) Laeva asjaõigusseaduse §-s 13 ettenähtud juhul esitab õigustatud isik üleskutsemenetluse algatamise avalduse laevaomaniku õiguste välistamiseks Harju Maakohtusse.

  (4) Üleskutsemenetluse algatamise avalduse teadmata hüpoteegipidaja õiguste välistamiseks (asjaõigusseaduse § 331) esitab koormatud kinnisasja omanik kohtusse, kelle tööpiirkonnas asub koormatud kinnisasi. Koormatud laeva omanik või registerpandiga koormatud pandieseme omaja esitab teadmata laevahüpoteegi või registerpandi pidaja õiguste välistamise avalduse laeva asjaõigusseaduse § 59 kohaselt Harju Maakohtusse.
[RT I 2009, 30, 178 - jõust. 01.10.2009]

§ 119.   Eraõiguslikku juriidilist isikut puudutavate hagita asjade kohtualluvus
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  Äriühingu, mittetulundusühingu ja sihtasutuse tegevusse puutuvaid muid hagita asju kui registriasju, muu hulgas juhatuse ja nõukogu asendusliikme, audiitori, erikontrolli läbiviija ja likvideerija määramise ning äriühingu osanikele ja aktsionäridele hüvitise suuruse määramise asju, lahendab juriidilise isiku või välismaa äriühingu filiaali asukoha järgne kohus.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 120.   Korteriomandi- ja kaasomandiasjad

  Hagita korteriomandi- või kaasomandiasja lahendab kinnisasja asukoha järgne kohus.

§ 1201.   Avalikult kasutatavale teele juurdepääsu, maaparandussüsteemi eesvoolu ja tehnorajatise talumise asjad
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2019]

  Avalikult kasutatavale teele juurdepääsu, maaparandussüsteemi eesvoolu ja tehnorajatise talumise asja lahendab selle kinnisasja asukoha järgne kohus, millelt avalikule teele juurdepääsu taotletakse või mille jaoks maaparandussüsteemi eesvoolu ehitamist taotletakse või millel paikneb tehnorajatis.
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2019]

§ 121.   Välisriigi kohtulahendite tunnustamise, täidetavaks tunnistamise ja täitmise asjad
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

  Välisriigi kohtulahendite tunnustamise ja täidetavaks tunnistamise avaldus, tunnustamisest või täitmisest keeldumise või täitmise peatamise avaldus või muu avaldus täitemenetluses esitatakse võlgniku elu- või asukoha järgi või kohtule, kelle tööpiirkonnas soovitakse korraldada täitemenetlust, kui seadusest või välislepingust ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

§ 1211.   Lepitusmenetluse tulemusel sõlmitud kokkuleppe täidetavaks tunnistamise asjad

  Lepitusseaduse § 14 lõikes 1 nimetatud lepitusmenetluse tulemusel sõlmitud kokkuleppe tunnistab täidetavaks kohus, kelle tööpiirkonnas lepitusmenetlus toimus.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

§ 1212.   Vahekohtu otsuse tunnustamise ja täidetavaks tunnistamise asjad

  (1) Eestis tehtud või välisriigi vahekohtu otsuse tunnustamise ja täidetavaks tunnistamise avaldus ning tunnustamisest või täitmisest keeldumise avaldus esitatakse Pärnu Maakohtule.

  (2) Välisriigi vahekohtu otsuse täitmise peatamise avaldus või muu avaldus täitemenetluses esitatakse võlgniku elu- või asukoha järgi või kohtule, kelle tööpiirkonnas soovitakse korraldada täitemenetlust, kui seadusest või välislepingust ei tulene teisiti.

  (3) Kui vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe üheks pooleks on tarbija, esitatakse vahekohtu otsuse tunnustamise ja täidetavaks tunnistamise avaldus ning tunnustamisest või täitmisest keeldumise avaldus kohtule, kelle tööpiirkonnas asub vahekohtumenetluse koht.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

3. osa TSIVIILASJA HIND, MENETLUSKULUD JA TAGATISED 

17. peatükk TSIVIILASJA HIND 

§ 122.   Tsiviilasja hind

  (1) Tsiviilasja hind on hagihind ja hagita asja hind.

  (2) Hagihind on hagiasjas hagis taotletu harilik väärtus.

  (3) Hagita asja hind on hagita asjas avaldusega taotletu või kohtu omal algatusel tehtud toimingu harilik väärtus.

  (4) Tsiviilasja hinda määrates ei arvestata menetluskulusid.

§ 123.   Tsiviilasja hinna arvestamisel aluseks võetav aeg

  Tsiviilasja hinna arvestamisel võetakse aluseks hagi või muu avalduse esitamise aeg.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 124.   Hagihind rahalise nõude puhul

  (1) Raha maksmisele suunatud hagi puhul määratakse hagihind nõutava rahasummaga. Välisvääringus nõue arvestatakse hagihinna määramiseks ümber eurodesse hagi esitamise aja seisuga Euroopa Keskpanga päevakursi alusel.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 - jõust. 01.01.2011]

  (2) Kui hageja nõuab kostjalt muu kui rahalise kohustuse täitmist ning ühtlasi kahjuhüvitise kindlaksmääramist kohustuse täitmata jätmise juhuks, määratakse hagihind nõutava kahjuhüvitise suurusega.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatut kohaldatakse ka hagita menetluses maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduse esitamisel.

§ 125.   Tuvastushagi hind

  Tuvastushagi hind määratakse hüve väärtusega, mida hageja on eeldatavalt õigustatud saama hagi rahuldamise korral. Kui hüve väärtust ei ole võimalik kindlaks määrata, loetakse haginõue mittevaraliseks.

§ 126.   Hagihind asja või õigusega seotud nõude puhul

  (1) Isiku valdusest asja väljanõudmise või asja omandi üleandmise või asja kuuluvuse või valduse üle toimuva muu vaidluse puhul, muu hulgas kinnistusraamatusse tehtud ebaõige omanikukande parandamise vaidluse puhul, määratakse hagihind asja väärtusega. See kehtib sõltumata sellest, kas asi lahendatakse lepingu või lepinguvälise õigussuhte alusel, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Õiguse üle peetavas vaidluses määratakse hagihind õiguse väärtusega.

  (21) [Kehtetu - RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

  (3) Nõude tagamise ja selle tagatiseks oleva pandiõiguse üle toimuva vaidluse korral määratakse hagihind nõude suurusega. Kui pandieseme väärtus on nõude väärtusest väiksem, lähtutakse eseme väärtusest.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

§ 127.   Hagihind reaalservituudiga seotud vaidluse puhul

  Reaalservituudiga seotud või sellest tulenevas vaidluses määratakse hagihind väärtusega, mida servituut omab valitseva kinnisasja jaoks. Kui summa, mille võrra reaalservituut vähendab teeniva kinnisasja väärtust, on sellest väärtusest suurem, loetakse hagihinnaks summa, mille võrra reaalservituut vähendab teeniva kinnisasja väärtust.

§ 128.   Hagihind kasutuslepingu puhul

  Üüri- või rendilepingu või muu sellesarnase kasutuslepingu kehtivuse või kestuse üle peetava vaidluse korral on hagihind vaidlusalusele ajale, kuid mitte pikemale ajale kui ühele aastale, langevate kasutustasude kogusumma. Lepingu lõppemise tõttu kinnisasja, ehitise või selle osa valduse väljaandmise üle peetava vaidluse korral on hagihind ühe aasta kasutustasude kogusumma.

§ 129.   Hagihind korduva kohustuse puhul

  (1) Korduvate kohustuste täitmisele suunatud nõude üle toimuvas vaidluses on hagihind kohustuste koguväärtus, kuid mitte suurem kui kohustuste aastase koguväärtuse kolmekordne summa.

  (2) Seadusest tuleneva ülalpidamiskohustuse täitmise üle peetava vaidluse ning surma põhjustamisest, kehavigastuse tekitamisest või tervise kahjustamisest tulenevate perioodiliste rahaliste maksete nõude üle peetava vaidluse korral on hagihinnaks nõutavate maksete kogusumma, kuid mitte suurem kui hagi esitamisele järgneva üheksa kuu eest saadav summa.

§ 130.   Hagihind tüüptingimuste kasutamise lõpetamise vaidluse puhul
[Kehtetu - RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

§ 131.   Hagihind juriidilise isiku otsuse kehtetuks tunnistamise ja tühisuse tuvastamise puhul
[Kehtetu - RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

§ 132.   Hagihind mittevaralise nõude puhul

  (1) Mittevaralise nõude puhul eeldatakse, et hagihind on 3500 eurot, kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 11 ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

  (11) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 sätestatud mittevaralise nõude puhul loetakse, et hagihind on 3500 eurot.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

  (2) Kohus võib määrata mittevaralise nõude puhul hagihinna erinevalt käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatust, arvestades kõiki asjaolusid, muu hulgas asja ulatust ja tähtsust ning poolte varalist seisundit ja sissetulekut.

  (3) Hagihinna tähenduses loetakse mittevaraliseks nõudeks ka surma põhjustamise, kehavigastuse tekitamise, tervise kahjustamise või au teotamisega tekitatud mittevaralise kahju hüvitamise nõue, kui nõutava hüvitise summa on hagis märkimata jäetud ja taotletakse õiglast hüvitist kohtu äranägemisel.

  (4) Hagihinna tähenduses loetakse mittevaraliseks ka järgmised nõuded:
  1) valduse kaitse nõue (asjaõigusseaduse §-d 44 ja 45);
  2) omandi kaitse nõue valduse kaotusega mitteseotud rikkumise korral (asjaõigusseaduse § 89);
  3) kinnistusraamatusse kantud kinnisasja omaniku nõue, mis on suunatud kinnisasja väljanõudmisele ebaseaduslikust valdusest oma valdusse, välja arvatud käesoleva seadustiku § 128 teises lauses sätestatud juhul;
  4) kaasomandi lõpetamise nõue;
  5) ühisvara jagamise nõue;
  6) soetisvara tasaarvestamise nõue;
  7) ebamõistlikult kahjustava tüüptingimuse kasutamise lõpetamise või tingimuse soovitajalt soovitamise lõpetamise ja soovituse tagasivõtmise nõue;
  8) juriidilise isiku organi otsuse kehtetuks tunnistamise ja otsuse tühisuse tuvastamise nõue.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]
  9) [kehtetu - RT I, 04.01.2021, 4 - jõust. 01.02.2021]

  (5) Mittevaraliseks loetakse hagihinna tähenduses ka sundtäitmise lubamatuks tunnistamise nõuet. Kohus ei või määrata sellise nõudega hagi hinnaks enam kui 6000 eurot.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

§ 133.   Hagihinna määramine põhi- ja kõrvalnõude järgi

  (1) Hagihind arvutatakse põhinõude ja kõrvalnõuete järgi.

  (2) Käesoleva seadustiku §-s 367 sätestatud kõrvalnõude hagihinna arvutamisel liidetakse hagi esitamise seisuga arvestatud viivise summale summa, mis vastab ühe aasta eest arvestatud viivise summale.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

§ 134.   Nõuete liitmine hagihinna arvestamisel

  (1) Hagihinda arvutades liidetakse ühes hagis sisalduvad nõuded. Kui nõuded on alternatiivsed, määratakse hagihind suurema nõude järgi.

  (2) Kui hagi esitatakse mitme solidaarselt vastutava kostja vastu või kui ühises hagiavalduses on mitu hagejat esitanud ühise nõude sama kostja vastu, määratakse hagihind nõude väärtuse järgi.

  (3) Kui tuvastusnõue esitatakse koos sellega seotud varalise nõudega, loetakse hagihinnaks üksnes varalise nõude hind.

§ 135.   Tsiviilasja hinna nimetamine avaldaja poolt

  Tsiviilasja hinna nimetab hageja või muu avaldaja hagis või muus avalduses või kaebuses, kui hind ei tulene selgelt avalduse esemest või varasemast avaldusest ega ole seaduses täpselt kindlaks määratud.

§ 136.   Tsiviilasja hinna määramine kohtu poolt

  (1) Tsiviilasja hinna määrab kohus, kui hinda ei ole ette nähtud seaduses ja see ei nähtu ka avaldusest. Kohus võib määrata tsiviilasja hinna ka siis, kui ta leiab, et hageja või muu avaldaja nimetatud hind ei vasta tegelikkusele.

  (2) Tsiviilasja hinna määramiseks võib kohus nõuda menetlusosalistelt tõendeid või korraldada vaatluse või määrata hindamise eksperdi poolt.

  (3) Eksperdi hindamiskulude kandmine nähakse ette tsiviilasja hinna kindlakstegemise määruses. Kulud võib täielikult või osaliselt jätta selle poole kanda, kes põhjustas hindamise vajaduse asja hinna nimetamata jätmise, ebaõige hinna avaldamise või avaldatud hinna põhjendamatu vaidlustamisega.

  (4) Tsiviilasja hinna kohta tehtud määrust võib kohus muuta kuni asja lahendamiseni selles kohtuastmes. Kohus võib hinda muuta ka asja lahendava kohtulahendiga.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) [Kehtetu - RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

§ 137.   Tsiviilasja hind kaebuse esitamisel

  (1) Apellatsioon-, kassatsioon- või määruskaebuse esitamise puhul on tsiviilasja hind sama, mis esimeses kohtuastmes, arvestades kaebuse ulatust.

  (11) Kõrgema astme kohus võib asja hinda muuta, kui see on alama astme kohtus määratud ebaõigesti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui pool on edasi kaevanud otsuse nii hagi kui vastuhagi osas, liidetakse kaevatava otsusega lahendatud hagi ja vastuhagi hind kaebuse esitamisel, kui haginõuded teineteist ei välista. Kui haginõuded teineteist välistavad, lähtutakse suurema hinnaga hagist.

  (3) Mitme menetlusosalise ühise kaebuse hinna määramisel võetakse aluseks kaebuses taotletu väärtus.

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

  (5) Dokumendimenetluses tehtud otsuse, samuti vaheotsuse ja tasaarvestuse reservatsiooniga tehtud osaotsuse peale apellatsioon- või kassatsioonkaebuse esitamisel eeldatakse, et asja hind on 1/4 asja hinnast esimeses kohtuastmes.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

18. peatükk MENETLUSKULUD 

1. jagu Üldsätted 

§ 138.   Menetluskulude koosseis ja arvestus

  (1) Menetluskulud on menetlusosaliste kohtukulud ja kohtuvälised kulud.

  (2) Kohtukulud on riigilõiv ja asja läbivaatamise kulud.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (3) Igas kohtuastmes peab kohus arvestust asjas kantud menetluskulude, muu hulgas asja läbivaatamise kulude kohta.

§ 139.   Riigilõiv

  (1) Riigilõiv on menetlustoimingu tegemise eest seaduse kohaselt Eesti Vabariigile tasutav rahasumma.

  (2) Riigilõivu tuleb tasuda menetlustoimingult, mille tegemise eest on riigilõivuseaduses sätestatud riigilõiv.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

  (21) [Kehtetu - RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 - jõust. 01.07.2014]

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

  (5) Riigilõivu ei tasuta menetluse algatamise avalduselt hagita asjas, mille kohus võib lahendada omal algatusel. See ei välista riigilõivu tasumist kohtulahendi alusel.

  (6) Riigilõivu ei tasuta menetlusabi taotluselt.

§ 140.   Kassatsioonikautsjon
[Kehtetu - RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

§ 141.   Hagi tagamise kautsjon
[Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 142.   Kaja, menetluse taastamise ja tähtaja ennistamise kautsjon
[Kehtetu - RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

§ 143.   Asja läbivaatamise kulud

  Asja läbivaatamise kulud on:
  1) tunnistaja-, eksperdi- ja tõlgikulud ning kohtuekspertiisiseaduse alusel hüvitatavad menetlusvälisel isikul seoses ekspertiisi tegemisega tekkinud kulud;
[RT I 2010, 8, 35 - jõust. 01.03.2010]
  2) dokumentaalse tõendi ja asitõendi saamise kulud;
  3) vaatluse kulud, muu hulgas sellega seotud vajalikud kohtu sõidukulud;
  4) menetlusdokumentide kohtutäituri vahendusel ning välisriigis ja eksterritoriaalsetele Eesti Vabariigi kodanikele kättetoimetamise ja edastamise kulud;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  41) menetlusdokumentide väljastamise kulud;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  5) [kehtetu - RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]
  6) tsiviilasja hinna määramise kulud.

§ 144.   Kohtuvälised kulud

  Kohtuvälised kulud on:
  1) menetlusosaliste esindajate ja nõustajate kulud;
  2) menetlusosaliste sõidu-, posti-, side-, majutus- ja muud sellesarnased kulud, mis on kantud seoses menetlusega;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  3) menetlusosaliste saamata jäänud töötasu või muu püsiv sissetulek;
  4) seaduses sätestatud kohtueelse menetluse kulud, välja arvatud juhul, kui hagi on esitatud hiljem kui kuus kuud pärast kohtueelse menetluse lõppu;
  5) kohtutäituri tasu hagi tagamise eest ja hagi tagamise määruse täitmise kulud;
  51) kohtutäituri tasu menetlusdokumentide kättetoimetamise eest;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]
  52) kohtutäituri tasu Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 655/2014 alusel tehtud Euroopa arestimismääruse täitmise eest ja Euroopa arestimismääruse täitmise kulud, samuti Kohtutäiturite ja Pankrotihaldurite Koja tasu sama määruse alusel esitatud teabe hankimise taotluse läbivaatamise eest;
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 - jõust. 06.07.2017]
  6) menetluskulude kandmisel menetlusabi taotlemise avalduse menetlemise kulud;
  7) maksekäsu kiirmenetluse kulud;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]
  8) lepitusmenetluses osalemise kulud juhul, kui kohus on kohustanud pooli osalema selles vastavalt käesoleva seaduse § 4 lõikele 4 või kui on tegu kohustusliku kohtueelse lepitusmenetlusega vastavalt lepitusseaduse § 1 lõikele 4.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

§ 145.   Riigilõivu tasumisest vabastamine
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (1) Riigilõivu tasumisest on vabastatud Eesti Vabariik kui menetlusosaline.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (2) Riigilõivu tasumisest on vabastatud alaealine või tema riigi õigusabi korras määratud advokaat määruskaebuse esitamisel asjas, milles alaealisele on antud riigi õigusabi.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

2. jagu Menetluskulude kandmine 

§ 146.   Menetluskulude kandjad

  (1) Menetluskulud kannab:
  1) menetluse algatamist või muu menetlustoimingu tegemist taotlenud isik;
  2) isik, kes on kulud võtnud enda kanda kohtule esitatud avaldusega või kokkuleppega;
  3) isik, kelle kanda jäävad menetluskulud kohtulahendi alusel.

  (2) Kui menetluskulusid ette maksma kohustatud isikud ei ole kulusid maksnud, vastutavad nad maksmata kulude ulatuses solidaarselt nii omavahel kui isikuga, kellelt need kulud riigi kasuks kohtulahendiga on välja mõistetud, samuti muu menetluskulude kandmiseks kohustatud isikuga.

  (3) Menetluskulude kandmiseks kohustatud isikute omavahelises suhtes vastutab menetluskulude kandmise eest isik, kelle kanda jäävad menetluskulud kohtulahendi alusel.

§ 147.   Riigilõivu tasumine

  (1) Avaldaja maksab riigilõivu lõivustatud toimingu tegemiseks ette. Enne riigilõivu tasumist ei toimetata hagi kostjale kätte ega tehta muid lõivustatud toimingust tulenevaid menetlustoiminguid. Avaldajale määratakse tähtaeg riigilõivu tasumiseks ja riigilõivu tähtpäevaks tasumata jätmise korral jäetakse avaldus menetlusse võtmata, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui ühes avalduses on esitatud mitu nõuet või taotlust ja vähemalt ühe eest on riigilõiv tasutud, ei või seda nõuet või taotlust jätta riigilõivu tasumata jätmise tõttu menetlusse võtmata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui menetlusse võetud nõudelt on riigilõivu tasutud seaduses sätestatust vähem, nõuab kohus riigilõivu tasumist seaduses sätestatud suuruses. Kui hageja jätab riigilõivu kohtu määratud tähtpäevaks maksmata, jätab kohus hagi selle nõude osas läbi vaatamata.

  (4) Nõude suurendamise korral tasutakse täiendavat riigilõivu hagihinna suurenemise järgi. Kui hageja täiendavat riigilõivu ei tasu, loetakse hagi esitatuks esialgses suuruses.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 - jõust. 01.07.2014]

  (41) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 3 ja 4 sätestatut kohaldatakse vastavalt hagita menetluses avalduselt või kaebuselt riigilõivu tasumisele.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse hagi- või hagita menetluseks ülemineku korral tasutakse täiendav riigilõiv ulatuses, mis ei ole kaetud maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduse esitamiselt tasutud riigilõivuga. Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse hagi- või hagita menetluseks ülemineku avalduse esitamisel ei võeta asja menetlusse enne riigilõivu tasumist.
[RT I, 23.12.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

§ 148.   Asja läbivaatamise kulude tasumine

  (1) Asja läbivaatamise kulud tasub kohtu määratud ulatuses ette menetlusosaline, kes esitas taotluse, millega kulud kaasnevad, kui kohus ei määra teisiti. Kui taotluse on esitanud mõlemad pooled või kui tunnistajad ja eksperdid kutsutakse välja või vaatlus tehakse kohtu algatusel, tasuvad pooled kulud võrdselt.

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.07.2012]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 nimetatud kulude katteks makstakse raha selleks ettenähtud kontole või tasutakse kohtus sularahas või elektroonilise maksevahendiga. Sularaha võetakse kohtus vastu samas ulatuses nagu riigilõivu.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (4) Kui pool, kes pidi ette maksma käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 nimetatud kulud, seda kohtu määratud tähtpäevaks ei teinud, võib kohus jätta taotletava toimingu tegemata.

  (5) Kohtu määruse peale kohtu tegevuse sõltuvaks tegemise kohta asja läbivaatamise kulude ettetasumisest võib esitada määruskaebuse, kui kaebuse ese ületab 640 eurot. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 - jõust. 01.01.2011]

  (6) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 149.   Kautsjoni tasumine ja tagastamine
[Kehtetu - RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

§ 150.   Riigilõivu ja muude kohtukulude tagastamine

  (1) Tasutud riigilõiv tagastatakse:
  1) enam tasutud osas, kui riigilõivu on tasutud ettenähtust rohkem;
  2) kui avaldust ei võeta menetlusse;
  3) kui avaldus jäetakse läbi vaatamata, välja arvatud juhul, kui hagi jäetakse läbi vaatamata seetõttu, et hageja võtab hagi tagasi, kumbki pool või hageja ei ilmu kohtuistungile, hageja ei täida kohtu nõuet leida endale tõlk või eesti keelt oskav esindaja või hageja ei anna kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul tagatist kostja eeldatavate menetluskulude katteks;
  4) kui maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avaldus jäetakse rahuldamata käesoleva seadustiku § 483 lõike 2 punktides 1, 2 ja 4 sätestatud juhul;
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]
  5) määruskaebuse esitajale või tööstusomandi apellatsioonikomisjoni otsuse peale maakohtule kaebuse esitajale kaebuse rahuldamise korral, kui menetluses ei osale teisi menetlusosalisi või kui kohus ei jäta riigilõivu mõne teise menetlusosalise kanda;
  6) määruskaebuse esitajale menetlustähtaja ennistamata jätmise määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse rahuldamise korral;
  7) kaja, menetluse taastamise või menetlustähtaja ennistamise avalduse osalise või täieliku rahuldamise korral.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (2) Pool menetluses tasutud riigilõivust tagastatakse, kui:
  1) pooled või hagita menetluse osalised sõlmivad kompromissi;
  2) hageja loobub hagist;
  3) pooled loobuvad enne esimese astme kohtu otsuse tervikuna avalikkusele teatavaks tegemist apellatsioonkaebuse esitamise õigusest.

  (3) Avalduse läbi vaatamata jätmisel või menetluse lõpetamisel kompromissi kinnitamise või hagist loobumise tõttu ei tagastata eelnevas kohtuastmes ja maksekäsu kiirmenetluses tasutud riigilõivu.
[RT I, 23.12.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (31) Riigilõivu ei tagastata kaja osalise või täieliku rahuldamise korral ja see arvatakse riigituludesse, kui hagi või kohtukutse toimetati kätte käesolevas seadustikus sätestatud nõuete kohaselt, sealhulgas kui see toimetati kätte avalikult, ning hagi võis tagaseljaotsusega rahuldada. Kohus võib eelnimetatud juhul riigilõivu tagastada, kui kostja ei saanud hagile vastata või kohtuistungile ilmuda õnnetusjuhtumi või haigestumise tõttu, millest kostjal ei olnud võimalik kohut teavitada.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (32) Riigikohtule esitatud kaebuse või teistmisavalduse menetlusse võtmata jätmise või rahuldamata jätmise korral arvatakse riigilõiv riigituludesse.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (33) Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse hagita menetluseks ülemineku korral ei tagastata maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduse esitamisel tasutud riigilõivu enam tasutud ulatuses.
[RT I, 23.12.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (4) Riigilõivu tagastab kohus, kelle menetluses asi viimati oli, üksnes selle menetlusosalise avalduse alusel, kes riigilõivu tasus või kelle eest riigilõiv tasuti. Käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktides 2 ja 3 nimetatud juhul arvatakse tagastatavast summast maha asja läbivaatamise kulud. Riigilõiv tagastatakse menetlusosalisele, kes selle pidi tasuma, või tema korraldusel muule isikule.

  (5) Hageja hagist loobumine ei piira kostja õigust nõuda hagejalt tema menetluskulude, muu hulgas tasutud riigilõivu tervikuna väljamõistmist käesoleva seadustiku § 168 lõikes 4 sätestatud korras.

  (6) Riigilõivu tagastamise nõue lõpeb kahe aasta möödumisel selle aasta lõpust, millal riigilõiv tasuti, kuid mitte enne menetluse jõustunud lahendiga lõppemist.

  (7) Kohtu nõudel menetlusosalise poolt või tema eest tasutud asja läbivaatamise kulud tagastatakse enam tasutud ulatuses, samuti juhul, kui toiming, mille kulud ette tasuti, jääb tegemata või kui riik toiminguga seoses kulusid ei kanna. Tasutu tagastatakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 4–6 sätestatud korras.

  (8) Maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu riigilõivu või asja läbivaatamise kulude tagastamisest keeldumise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse, kui summa, mille tagastamist taotletakse, ületab 100 eurot. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

3. jagu Tunnistaja-, eksperdi- ja tõlgikulud ning muud tõendamisega seotud kulud 

§ 151.   Tunnistajale, eksperdile ja tõlgile makstav tasu

  (1) Käesolevas jaos sätestatu kohaselt makstakse tasu menetluses osalenud tunnistajale, eksperdile ja tõlgile.

  (2) Käesolevas jaos, välja arvatud §-s 159, sätestatut ei kohaldata tõlgina või eksperdina kasutatavale kohtu või muu riigiasutuse töötajale, kes täidab tõlkimise või ekspertiisiga oma teenistuskohustust. Koosseisulise tõlgi kulude hüvitamise ulatuse ja korra kehtestab Vabariigi Valitsus. Riikliku ekspertiisiasutuse ekspertiisi tegemise kulud hüvitatakse kohtuekspertiisiseaduses sätestatud ulatuses ja korras.
[RT I 2010, 8, 35 - jõust. 01.03.2010]

  (3) Kui tunnistaja, ekspert või tõlk on oma kohustuse täitnud, maksab kohus talle tasu välja sellest sõltumata, kas menetlusosalised on kulud ette tasunud või kas kulud on menetlusosalistelt sisse nõutud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 152.   Tunnistajatasu maksmine

  (1) Tunnistajale makstakse tunnistajatasu. Tunnistajatasu on hüvitis saamata jäänud töötasu või muu püsiva sissetuleku eest. Tunnistajatasu makstakse ka siis, kui tõendusküsimusele on vastatud kirjalikult.

  (2) Tunnistajatasu suurus arvutatakse tunnistaja keskmise brutosissetuleku tunnitasumäära alusel iga töölt puudutud tunni eest.

  (3) Kohus määrab tunnistajatasu tunnimäära Vabariigi Valitsuse määrusega kehtestatud tunnitasu alam- ja ülemmäära piires.

  (4) Kui tunnistaja ei ole seoses tunnistuse andmisega sissetulekut kaotanud või kui tal sissetulek puudub, makstakse talle tunnistajatasu madalaima määra järgi.

§ 153.   Eksperdi- ja tõlgitasu maksmine

  (1) Eksperdile ja tõlgile makstakse nende ülesannete täitmise eest riigi arvel tasu tunnitasuna Vabariigi Valitsuse määrusega kehtestatud alam- ja ülemmäära piirides. Eksperdile ja tõlgile makstav tunnitasu ei või olla väiksem töösuhtes olevale isikule minimaalselt maksta lubatud tunnitasust ega ületada seda rohkem kui 50-kordselt.
[RT I 2010, 8, 35 - jõust. 01.03.2010]

  (2) Tunnitasu määrates arvestab kohus eksperdi või tõlgi kvalifikatsiooni, töö keerukust, vajalike vahendite kasutamisega seotud möödapääsmatuid kulusid ning erilisi asjaolusid, mille tingimustes tuli ekspertiis või tõlge teha.

  (3) Dokumendi tõlkijale makstakse tasu tõlkelehekülje eest Vabariigi Valitsuse määrusega kehtestatud ulatuses. Vabariigi Valitsus võib määrusega kehtestada ka teatud ekspertiisi või tõlke tegemise eest kindla tasu.

  (4) Tasu võib eksperdi või tõlgi soovil maksta eksperdi või tõlgi tööandjale või muule isikule, kellega ekspert või tõlk on lepingulises suhtes, viimase esitatud arve alusel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 154.   Tunnistaja, ekspert ja tõlk välisriigist

  Välisriigis elavale tunnistajale, eksperdile ja tõlgile võib maksta Vabariigi Valitsuse poolt sätestatust kõrgemat tasu, kui selline tasu on tavaline tema elukohamaal ja isiku osalemine menetluses on hädavajalik. Vabariigi Valitsus võib määrusega kehtestada kõrgema tasu maksmiseks täpsema korra.
[RT I 2006, 7, 42 - jõust. 04.02.2006]

§ 155.   Kulutuste hüvitamine eksperdile

  (1) Eksperdile hüvitatakse ka eksperdiarvamuse ettevalmistamise ja koostamisega seotud kulud, kaasa arvatud vajalikud kulutused abitööjõule ning uuringuks kasutatud materjalidele ja vahenditele.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud kulusid ei hüvitata suuremas ulatuses kui 20% eksperditasust.

§ 156.   Sõidukulude hüvitamine

  (1) Tunnistajale, eksperdile ja tõlgile hüvitatakse menetlusega seotud sõidukulud mõistlikus ulatuses.

  (2) Vabariigi Valitsus võib määrusega kehtestada hüvitatavate sõidukulude piirsummad ja täpsustada hüvitamisele kuuluvate kulude koosseisu.

§ 157.   Muude kulude hüvitamine

  Tunnistajale, eksperdile ja tõlgile hüvitatakse Vabariigi Valitsuse kehtestatud ulatuses ka muud kohtumenetlusest tingitud vajalikud kulud, eelkõige majutus- ja toitlustuskulud.

§ 158.   Kulude ettemakse

  (1) Kohtusse kutsutud tunnistajale, eksperdile või tõlgile makstakse kulud tema taotluse alusel ette, kui tal ei ole piisavalt raha kohtusse sõitmiseks või kui talt ei saa selle raha maksmist mõistlikult oodata.

  (2) Eksperdile või tõlgile tehakse taotluse korral mõistlik ettemakse, kui ta on kohtu ülesandel oma tavapärasest kutsetegevusest täiesti või põhiliselt eemal vähemalt 30 päeva järjest. Ekspert võib ettemakset taotleda ka juhul, kui eksperdiarvamuse koostamine nõuab suuri kulutusi, mille katmist ei saa mõistlikult oodata eksperdi kulul.

§ 159.   Kulude kindlaksmääramine

  (1) Tunnistajale, eksperdile või tõlgile makstava tasu ja hüvitatavad kulud määrab kindlaks kohus, kes on tunnistaja, eksperdi või tõlgi kaasanud. Kohus saadab määruse ärakirja valdkonna eest vastutava ministri käskkirjaga määratud asutusele.
[RT I, 28.12.2011, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2012]

  (11) Tunnistajale, eksperdile või tõlgile makstavad tasud ja kulude hüvitised sisaldavad maksuseadustega sätestatud makse, mille peab kinni või vajaduse korral maksab menetlusest osavõtjale väljamakset tegev asutus. Kui füüsilisele isikule makstavad summad on saaja teate kohaselt tema ettevõtlustulu või väljamakse tehakse tasu saamiseks õigustatud isiku tööandjale ja maksuseadus ei sätesta teisiti, siis kannab kohtumäärust täitev asutus üle kogu määrusega ettenähtud summa.
[RT I 2010, 8, 35 - jõust. 01.03.2010]

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu määruse peale, samuti kulude kindlaksmääramisest keeldumise määruse peale võib tunnistaja, ekspert, tõlk, menetlusosaline või Eesti Vabariik Justiitsministeeriumi kaudu esitada määruskaebuse, kui kohtu määratud või taotletud summa ületab 100 eurot. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

§ 160.   Tasu maksmise kord

  (1) Tunnistajale, eksperdile ja tõlgile makstakse tasu üksnes nõudmisel.

  (2) Tunnistajatasu maksmise ja tunnistajale kulude hüvitamise nõue lõpeb kolme kuu möödumisel ajast, millal tunnistaja menetluses viimati osales, kui tunnistaja ei esita kohtule taotlust tasu maksmiseks ja kulutuste hüvitamiseks. Kohus teavitab tunnistajat nimetatud tähtajast ja tähtaja möödumise õiguslikest tagajärgedest.

  (3) Kohus võib eksperdile või tõlgile määrata vähemalt 30-päevase tähtaja nõude kogusumma esitamiseks. Tähtaja määramisel teavitatakse eksperti ja tõlki ka tähtaja möödumise tagajärgedest.

  (4) Eksperdi ja tõlgi nõue lõpeb, kui ta ei esita seda kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul. Ekspert ja tõlk võivad nõuda tähtaja ennistamist, kui neil ei olnud võimalik tähtajast kinni pidada mõjuval põhjusel. Tähtaja ennistamise avalduse võib esitada 14 päeva jooksul, alates takistuse kõrvaldamisest ja tähtaja ennistamise tingimuste põhistamisest. Tähtaja ennistamise avalduselt lõivu ei tasuta.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (5) Eksperdi ja tõlgi nõuded lõpevad käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 3 ja 4 sätestatust sõltumata ühe aasta jooksul, alates tekkimisest.

  (6) Liigselt makstud tunnistaja-, eksperdi- ja tõlgitasu ning kulud võib kohtumääruse alusel tagasi nõuda, kui määrus on maksma kohustatud isikule kätte toimetatud ühe aasta jooksul, alates liigse väljamakse tegemisest. Maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse, kui kaebuse ese ületab 100 eurot. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

§ 161.   Tõendi esitamisega seotud muude kulude hüvitamine

  (1) Kui kohtule dokumendi või asitõendi esitanud, selle vaatlemist võimaldanud, ekspertiisiks asja väljaandnud või ekspertiisi korraldamist võimaldanud isik ei ole selles asjas menetlusosaline, on tal õigus nõuda riigilt nende vajalike kulude hüvitamist, mida ta kandis seoses menetlustoiminguga. Isikul seoses ekspertiisi tegemisega tekkinud kulud hüvitatakse kohtuekspertiisiseadusega sätestatud menetlusvälisel isikul seoses ekspertiisi tegemisega tekkinud kulude hüvitamise tingimustel ja korras.
[RT I 2010, 8, 35 - jõust. 01.03.2010]

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud kulud määrab taotluse alusel kindlaks kohus, kes menetlustoimingu korraldas. Kohus saadab määruse ärakirja ka valdkonna eest vastutava ministri käskkirjaga määratud asutusele.
[RT I, 28.12.2011, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2012]

  (3) Kulude hüvitamise nõue lõpeb kolme kuu möödumisel ajast, millal menetlustoiming tehti, kui kulude hüvitamiseks õigustatud isik ei esita kohtule taotlust kulud hüvitada. Kohus teavitab kulude hüvitamiseks õigustatud isikut nimetatud tähtajast ja tähtaja möödumise õiguslikest tagajärgedest.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud määruse peale, samuti kulude kindlaksmääramisest keeldumise määruse peale võib taotluse esitaja, menetlusosaline või Eesti Vabariik Justiitsministeeriumi kaudu esitada määruskaebuse, kui kohtu määratud või taotletud summa ületab 100 eurot. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

4. jagu Menetluskulude jaotus 

§ 162.   Menetluskulude jaotus hagimenetluses

  (1) Hagimenetluse kulud kannab pool, kelle kahjuks otsus tehti.

  (2) Pool, kelle kahjuks otsus tehti, hüvitab teisele poolele muu hulgas kohtumenetluse tõttu tekkinud vajalikud kohtuvälised kulud. Kohtuvälised kulud, mis hüvitataks tunnistajale, kaasa arvatud hüvitis saamata jäänud töötasu või muu püsiva sissetuleku eest, hüvitatakse poolele samadel alustel ja samas ulatuses, nagu hüvitatakse tunnistajakulud.

  (3) Poole seadusliku esindaja menetluskulud hüvitatakse samas korras kui poole menetluskulud.

  (4) Kohus võib jätta kulud täielikult või osaliselt poolte endi kanda, kui vastaspoole kulude väljamõistmine poolelt, kelle kahjuks otsus tehti, oleks tema suhtes äärmiselt ebaõiglane või ebamõistlik.

  (5) [Kehtetu - RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 - jõust. 01.07.2014]

§ 163.   Menetluskulude jaotus hagi osalise rahuldamise korral

  (1) Hagi osalise rahuldamise korral kannavad pooled menetluskulud võrdsetes osades, kui kohus ei jaota menetluskulusid võrdeliselt hagi rahuldamise ulatusega või ei jäta menetluskulusid täielikult või osaliselt poolte endi kanda.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui hagi rahuldatakse osaliselt ja sellesarnases ulatuses, nagu on kohtumenetluses kompromissina pakkunud üks pool, võib kohus jätta menetluskulud tervikuna või suuremas osas poole kanda, kes kompromissiga ei nõustunud.

§ 164.   Menetluskulude jaotus hagilises perekonnaasjas

  (1) Hagilises abieluasjas, alaealise lapse ülalpidamisasjas ja põlvnemisasjas kannab kumbki pool oma menetluskulud ise.
[RT I, 22.12.2021, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (11) Põlvnemise tuvastamise hagi rahuldamise korral kannab menetluskulud kostja. Kohus võib jätta põlvnemise tuvastamise hagi rahuldamise korral kulud täielikult või osaliselt poolte endi kanda, kui vastaspoole kulude väljamõistmine kostjalt oleks tema suhtes äärmiselt ebaõiglane või ebamõistlik.
[RT I, 30.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (12) Alaealise lapse elatisnõude rahuldamata jätmise korral võib menetluskulud jätta täielikult või osaliselt lapse nimel hagi esitanud seadusliku esindaja kanda, kui seaduslik esindaja ei kasutanud hagi esitamisel või menetlemisel oma menetlusõigusi heauskselt.
[RT I, 22.12.2021, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (2) Kohus võib jagada kulud erinevalt käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatust, kui tegemist on abielu varavahekorral põhineva vaidlusega või kui kulude selline jaotus ei oleks õiglane, muu hulgas kui see kahjustaks ülemääraselt ühe abikaasa olulisi vajadusi.

  (3) Ülalpidamisasjas võib kohus menetluse tulemusest sõltumata jätta menetluskulud täielikult või osaliselt kostja kanda, kui kostja on põhjustanud menetluse seetõttu, et ta ei ole andnud täielikku teavet oma sissetuleku ja vara kohta.

§ 165.   Menetluskulude jaotus kaashagejate või -kostjate vahel

  (1) Kui otsus on tehtud kaashagejate või -kostjate kahjuks, vastutavad kaashagejad või -kostjad menetluskulude eest võrdsetes osades, kui kohus ei määra teisiti. Kui isikud osalevad menetluses oluliselt erinevas ulatuses, võib kohus kulude jaotamisel võtta aluseks osalemise ulatuse.

  (2) Kaashageja või -kostja ei kanna menetluses teise kaashageja või -kostja esitatud avaldusest, taotlusest, väitest, tõendist, kaebusest või vaidlustamisest tulenevaid täiendavaid menetluskulusid. See kehtib ka siis, kui kaashageja või -kostja menetlustoimingud kehtivad teiste kaashagejate või -kostjate suhtes käesoleva seadustiku § 207 lõike 3 järgi.

  (3) Kui otsus on tehtud solidaarvõlgnikest kostjate kahjuks, vastutavad kostjad menetluskulude eest samuti solidaarselt. See ei välista ega piira käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 sätestatu kohaldamist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 166.   Menetluskulude jaotus poole asendamisel vaidlusaluse eseme võõrandamise korral

  Poole asendamisel vaidlusaluse eseme võõrandamise või nõude loovutamise korral kannavad asendatud ja asendav pool solidaarselt vastaspoole menetluskulud, kui otsus tehakse vastaspoole kasuks. Kohus määrab kulude jaotuse teisiti, kui see oleks eelnimetatud viisil ilmselt ebaõiglane.

§ 167.   Iseseisva nõudeta kolmanda isiku menetluskulud

  (1) Iseseisva nõudeta kolmanda isiku ja tema seadusliku esindaja menetluskulud hüvitab tema poole vastaspool samade reeglite järgi kui poolele niivõrd, kuivõrd vastaspool kannab menetluskulud vastavalt käesolevas jaos sätestatule.

  (2) Kui vastaspool ei pea kulusid hüvitama, jäävad kulud iseseisva nõudeta kolmanda isiku kanda. See ei välista ega piira kolmanda isiku õigust nõuda kulude hüvitamist eraõigusest tuleneval alusel.

  (3) Iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik kannab tema avalduse, taotluse või kaebusega teistele menetlusosalistele tekitatud menetluskulud, kui neid ei kanna tema poole vastaspool.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 168.   Menetluskulude jaotus asja menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise, hagi läbi vaatamata jätmise, asja menetluse lõpetamise ja hagi õigeksvõtmise puhul

  (1) Hageja kannab menetluskulud, kui kohus keeldub avaldust menetlusse võtmast ja tagastab selle.

  (2) Hageja kannab menetluskulud, kui hagi jäetakse läbi vaatamata või kui menetlus lõpetatakse määrusega ja käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetest 3–5 ei tulene teisiti.

  (3) Kompromissi sõlmimise korral kannavad pooled oma menetluskulud ise, kui nad ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

  (4) Kui hageja loobub hagist või võtab selle tagasi, kannab ta kostja menetluskulud, välja arvatud juhul, kui ta loobub hagist või võtab selle tagasi seetõttu, et kostja on nõude pärast hagi esitamist rahuldanud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kui hageja loobub hagist või võtab selle tagasi seetõttu, et kostja on pärast hagi esitamist tema nõude rahuldanud, kannab kostja hageja menetluskulud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Kui kostja võtab hagi kohe õigeks, kannab hageja menetluskulud ise, kui kostja ei ole oma käitumisega andnud põhjust hagi esitamiseks.

§ 169.   Menetluse venimisest tingitud menetluskulud

  (1) Menetlustoimingu tegemise tähtaja mööda lasknud või vastuväite või tõendi hilisema esitamisega või muul viisil menetlustoimingu aja muutmise, asja arutamise edasilükkamise või tähtaja pikendamise põhjustanud menetlusosaline kannab sellest tulenevad täiendavad menetluskulud. Muu hulgas võib sõltumata menetluse tulemusest jätta menetlusosalise kanda talle menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamisega põhjustatud kulud, kui kättetoimetamine viibis seetõttu, et isiku kohta olid rahvastikuregistrisse, äriregistrisse või mittetulundusühingute ja sihtasutuste registrisse kantud ebaõiged andmed.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Tähtaja ennistamisega, tagaseljaotsuse peale kaja esitamisega ja menetluse taastamisega seotud täiendavad menetluskulud jäävad tähtaja ennistamise avalduse esitaja või kaja või menetluse taastamise avaldaja kanda, sõltumata hagi rahuldamisest.

  (3) Rahuldamata jäänud taotluse või arvestamata jäänud väite või tõendi esitamisega ja vaidlustamisega seotud menetluskulud võib menetluse tulemusest sõltumata jätta menetlusosalise kanda, kes taotluse, väite või tõendi on esitanud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 170.   Eeltõendamismenetluse kulud

  (1) Tõendite tagamiseks või asjaolu eelnevaks tuvastamiseks korraldatud eeltõendamismenetluse kohtukulud kannab isik, kelle taotlusel menetlus algatati.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Eeltõendamismenetluse kulud võetakse arvesse põhimenetluses kulude jaotamisel.

§ 171.   Kõrgema astme kohtu menetluskulude kandmise erisused

  (1) Apellatsioon-, kassatsioon- või määruskaebuse või teistmisavalduse esitamisest tingitud menetluskulud kannab kaebuse või teistmisavalduse esitaja, kui kaebus või teistmisavaldus jääb rahuldamata.

  (2) Kohus võib jätta apellatsioon- või määruskaebuse menetluskulud täielikult või osaliselt selle apellandi või määruskaebuse esitaja kanda, kelle kasuks otsus tehakse, kui viimane võidab uue esitatud asjaolu põhjal, millele ta oleks võinud tugineda juba maakohtus.

  (3) Kui kostja, kelle kahjuks maakohus on otsuse teinud, taotleb ringkonnakohtus aegumise kohaldamist, kuigi ta seda maakohtus ei taotlenud, ja ringkonnakohus aegumist kohaldab, võib kohus jätta apellatsioonimenetluse kulud kostja kanda.

  (4) Teistmisavalduse rahuldamise korral loetakse teistmisega seotud menetluskulud osaks menetluskuludest teistatavas asjas.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 172.   Menetluskulud hagita menetluses

  (1) Hagita menetluses kannab menetluskulud isik, kelle huvides lahend tehakse. Kui hagita menetluses osaleb mitu isikut, võib kohus otsustada, et menetluskulud kannab täielikult või osaliselt mõni menetlusosaline, kui see on asjaolusid arvestades õiglane, muu hulgas siis, kui see menetlusosaline esitas põhjendamatu taotluse, väite või tõendi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui menetluses osaleb üksnes avaldaja või kui kohus ei jäta menetluskulusid mõne teise menetlusosalise kanda, kannab avaldaja ise menetluskulud, muu hulgas oma kulud esindajale, ka juhul, kui tema avaldus rahuldatakse. Riigilõiv määruskaebuselt tagastatakse määruskaebuse rahuldamise korral vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku §-s 150 sätestatule.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise ja sellega seotud menetluse kulud kannab riik, kui kohus ei jäta neid täielikult või osaliselt isiku enda või tema eestkostja kanda, kuna see on kohtu arvates õiglane ja isik suudab kulusid eeldatavasti kanda. Isikule eestkostja määramise või selle tühistamise või eestkostega seotud abinõude rakendamise menetluse kulud, samuti hagita perekonnaasja ja lähenemiskeelu või muu sellesarnase isikuõiguste kaitseabinõu rakendamise menetluse kulud võib kohus jätta täielikult või osaliselt riigi kanda.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Hagita menetluses pärandi hoiumeetmete rakendamisest tekkivate kulude eest vastutavad pärijad vastavalt pärimisseaduse sätetele pärandikohustuste kohta.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Äriühingu osanikele ja aktsionäridele hüvitise suuruse määramise menetluse kulud kannab hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isik. Kohus võib kulud jätta täielikult või osaliselt avaldaja kanda, kui see on asjaolusid arvestades õiglane.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Juriidilise isiku sundlõpetamise menetluse ning juriidilise isiku juhatuse ja nõukogu asendusliikme, audiitori, erikontrolli läbiviija ja likvideerija määramise ja sellega seotud menetluse kulud kannab juriidiline isik. Kohus võib kulud jätta täielikult või osaliselt avaldaja või muu isiku kanda, kui see on asjaolusid arvestades õiglane.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (7) Kui kohus algatab hagita menetluse isiku tegevuse või avalduse tõttu, võib kohus jätta menetluskulud menetluse põhjustanud isiku kanda, kui menetlus on põhjendamatu ja põhjustati isiku poolt tahtlikult või raske hooletuse tõttu. Kui menetluse võib algatada üksnes avalduse alusel ja avaldus jääb rahuldamata, jätab kohus menetluskulud avaldaja kanda, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (8) Vajalikud kohtuvälised kulud hüvitatakse hagita menetluses menetlusosalistele samadel alustel tunnistajale makstava hüvitisega. Kohtuväliste kulutuste hüvitamist saab nõuda üksnes juhul, kui kohus jätab need mõne menetlusosalise kanda. Riigi kanda võib kohtuvälised kulud jätta üksnes juhul, kui kohtuväliste kulude kandmiseks anti isikule menetlusabi. See kehtib ka käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud juhul.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
[RT I, 03.05.2017, 22 - jõust. 02.05.2017 - Riigikohtu üldkogu otsus tunnistab tsiviilkohtumenetluse seadustiku § 172 lg 8 kolmanda lause põhiseaduse vastaseks ja kehtetuks osas, milles see ei võimalda jätta kohtuväliseid kulusid riigi kanda, kui ärikeeldu ei kohaldata isikule, kellele ei ole antud menetlusabi.]

  (9) Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse kulud kannab maksekäsu tegemise korral ja käesoleva seadustiku §-s 4881 sätestatud juhul võlgnik, muul juhul avaldaja, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti. Muus osas kohaldatakse hagimenetluses menetluskulude kohta sätestatut. Asja edasisel lahendamisel hagimenetluses arvatakse maksekäsu kiirmenetluse kulud hagimenetluse kulude hulka.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (10) Kohtutäituri otsuse peale esitatud kaebuse ja notari ametitoimingu tegemise taotluse kohtule esitamisel tasumisele kuuluva riigilõivu kannab menetlusosaline, kelle kahjuks lahend tehti.
[RT I 2010, 26, 128 - jõust. 14.06.2010]

5. jagu Menetluskulude kindlaksmääramine 

§ 173.   Menetluskulude jaotuse kindlaksmääramine kohtulahendis

  (1) Asja menetlenud kohus märgib menetluskulude jaotuse menetlusosaliste vahel kohtuotsuses või menetlust lõpetavas määruses, muu hulgas määruses, millega hagita menetluse avaldus või teistmisavaldus lahendatakse või hagi või hagita menetluse avaldus või teistmisavaldus jäetakse menetlusse võtmata või läbi vaatamata või asja menetlus lõpetatakse. Asja järgmisena menetleva kohtu lahendis esitatakse kogu seni kantud menetluskulude jaotus. Vajaduse korral tuleb märkida ära menetluskulude kandmise erisused kohtuastmete kaupa, samuti kohtueelses menetluses.

  (2) Menetluskulude jaotus tuleb kohtulahendis märkida ka siis, kui menetlusosalised seda ei taotle.

  (3) Kui kõrgema astme kohus muudab tehtud lahendit või teeb uue lahendi asja uueks läbivaatamiseks saatmata, muudab ta vajaduse korral vastavalt menetluskulude jaotust. Kui kõrgema astme kohus tühistab alama astme kohtu lahendi ja saadab asja uueks läbivaatamiseks, muu hulgas kui Riigikohus rahuldab teistmisavalduse, jätab ta menetluskulude jaotuse alama astme kohtu otsustada.

  (4) Menetluskulude jaotuses näeb kohus ette, millised menetluskulud keegi menetlusosalistest peab kandma, välja arvatud kulude rahalise suuruse. Vajaduse korral määrab kohus kindlaks menetluskulude proportsionaalse jaotuse menetlusosaliste vahel. Kui menetluskulud jäävad ühiselt mitme menetlusosalise, esmajoones kaashageja või -kostja kanda, tuleb lahendis märkida, kas nad vastutavad osa- või solidaarvõlgnikena.

  (5) Kohus ei märgi menetluskulude jaotust vaheotsuses, tasaarvestuse reservatsiooniga osaotsuses ja vaidlustamise reservatsiooniga otsuses dokumendimenetluses, kui kohus jätkab neil juhtudel asja lahendamist. Menetluskulude jaotus nähakse sel juhul ette lõppotsuses.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 174.   Kohtu pädevus menetluskulude kindlaksmääramisel
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (1) Menetluskulude rahalise suuruse määrab menetluskulude jaotuse alusel vajalikus ja põhjendatud ulatuses kindlaks asja menetlev kohus samas tsiviilasjas, millega seoses kulud tekkisid. Kohus määrab menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaks ka siis, kui menetlusosalised ei esita menetluskulude kindlaksmääramise taotlust, võttes aluseks menetluskulude nimekirja või tsiviilasja materjalid.

  (2) Maakohus määrab menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaks kohtuotsuses või menetlust lõpetavas määruses, kui menetluskulude kindlaksmääramine ei takista kohtuotsuse või menetlust lõpetava määruse tegemist.

  (3) Kui maakohus määrab kohtuotsuses või menetlust lõpetavas määruses kindlaks menetluskulude rahalise suuruse ja kohtuotsuse või menetlust lõpetava määruse peale kaevatakse edasi, määrab kaebust lahendav kõrgema astme kohus kindlaks selles kohtuastmes kantud menetluskulude rahalise suuruse.

  (4) Kui maakohus kohtuotsuses või asja lõpetavas määruses menetluskulusid kindlaks ei määra, määrab tsiviilasja lahendanud maakohus menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaks pärast kohtuotsuse või menetlust lõpetava määruse jõustumist käesoleva seadustiku § 177 lõikes 2 sätestatud korras. Kaebuse lahendamisel maakohtu kohtuotsuse või asja lõpetava määruse peale, millega maakohus menetluskulusid kindlaks ei määranud, kõrgema astme kohus menetluskulude rahalist suurust kindlaks ei määra.

  (5) Kui madalama astme kohus määras menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaks kohtuotsuses või menetlust lõpetavas määruses ja kõrgema astme kohus muudab tehtud lahendit või teeb uue lahendi asja uueks läbivaatamiseks saatmata, muudab kõrgema astme kohus vajaduse korral madalama astme kohtu kindlaksmääratud menetluskulude rahalist suurust.

  (6) Kui kõrgema astme kohus tühistab alama astme kohtu lahendi täielikult või osaliselt ja saadab asja tühistatud osas uueks läbivaatamiseks, sealhulgas kui Riigikohus rahuldab teistmisavalduse, määrab menetluskulude rahalise suuruse tühistatud osas kindlaks asja lahendav madalama astme kohus.

  (7) Kui teistmisavaldust ei rahuldata, see jäetakse menetlusse võtmata või läbi vaatamata või menetlus lõpetatakse, määrab menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaks Riigikohus.

  (8) Kohus määrab menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaks hagita menetluse sätete kohaselt, arvestades käesolevas jaos sätestatud erisusi.

  (9) Menetluskulude hüvitamist menetlusosalisele ei välista see, kui tema eest kandis need muu isik.

  (10) Menetluskuludelt arvestatava käibemaksu hüvitamiseks peab menetlusosaline kinnitama, et ta ei ole käibemaksukohustuslane või ei saa muul põhjusel tekkinud kuludelt käibemaksu tagasi arvestada.

  (11) Menetlusosaline ei või käesoleva seadustiku kohaselt menetluskulude kindlaksmääramise väliselt ega selle käigus määratust suuremas ulatuses esitada menetluskulude kandmiseks kohustatud menetlusosalise vastu nõuet kulude hüvitamiseks kahju hüvitamise nõudena või muul sellesarnasel viisil.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (12) Kui Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 655/2014 alusel taotletakse Euroopa arestimismäärust artikli 5 punktis b nimetatud juhul, võib Euroopa arestimismääruse taotluse menetlemise kulud kindlaks määrata eraldi muude menetluskulude kindlaksmääramisest.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 - jõust. 06.07.2017]

§ 1741.   Menetluskulude kindlaksmääramine koos kulude jaotusega
[Kehtetu - RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 175.   Lepingulise esindaja kulude hüvitamine

  (1) Kui menetlusosaline peab menetluskulude jaotust kindlaksmäärava kohtulahendi kohaselt kandma teist menetlusosalist esindanud lepingulise esindaja kulud, mõistab kohus kulud välja põhjendatud ja vajalikus ulatuses. Lepinguline esindaja on menetlusosalist menetluses esindav advokaat või muu esindaja käesoleva seadustiku §-s 218 sätestatu kohaselt.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (11) Kui menetluskulude jaotuse kohaselt teist menetlusosalist esindanud lepingulise esindaja kulude kandmiseks kohustatud menetlusosaline nimetatud kuludele vastu ei vaidle, võib kohus piirduda selle kontrollimisega, et lepingulise esindaja kulud ei oleks suuremad käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 4 alusel Vabariigi Valitsuse määrusega kehtestatud piirmäärast.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (2) Menetlusosalist esindava töötajaga seotud kuludest hüvitatakse üksnes sõidukulud. Nõustaja kulusid ei hüvitata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Mitmele lepingulisele esindajale tehtud kulutused hüvitatakse, kui need on tingitud asja keerukusest või esindaja vahetamise vajadusest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (31) [Kehtetu - RT I, 09.04.2021, 1 - jõust. 19.04.2021]

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I, 03.07.2014, 39 - jõust. 26.06.2014 - Riigikohtu üldkogu kohtumäärus tunnistab tsiviilkohtumenetluse seadustiku § 175 lg 4 põhiseaduse vastaseks ja kehtetuks.]

§ 176.   Menetluskulude dokumentide esitamine ja kättetoimetamine
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (1) Kui asja vaadatakse läbi kohtuistungil, esitatakse menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaksmääramiseks enne kohtuvaidlusi kohtule menetluskulude nimekiri, milles on detailselt näidatud kulude koosseis. Kohus määrab tähtaja menetluskulude nimekirja esitamiseks kulude kohta, mis seonduvad osalemisega kohtuistungil, kus lõpetati asja arutamine. Eelmises lauses nimetatud tähtaeg ei või olla pikem kui kolm tööpäeva kohtuistungi toimumisest arvates.

  (2) Kui asja menetletakse kirjalikus menetluses, annab kohus enne kohtuotsuse või asja lõpetava määruse tegemist menetlusosalisele tähtaja menetluskulude nimekirja esitamiseks.

  (3) Menetluskulude kindlaksmääramiseks käesoleva seadustiku § 413 alusel tehtavas tagaseljaotsuses ei või kohtu määratud tähtaeg hageja poolt kohtule menetluskulude nimekirja esitamiseks olla pikem kui kolm tööpäeva kohtuistungi toimumisest arvates.

  (4) Menetluskulude nimekiri esitatakse igas kohtuastmes, kus asja menetletakse, selle kohtuastme menetlusega seonduvate kulude kohta.

  (5) Menetlusosalisel tuleb kinnitada, et kõik kohtule menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaksmääramiseks esitatud kulud on kantud seoses kohtumenetlusega.

  (6) Kohus võib menetlusosalisele anda tähtaja hüvitatavate menetluskulude täpsustamiseks või kohustada teda esitama menetluskulusid tõendavaid dokumente. Kohtu nõudmiseta ei pea menetluskulusid tõendavaid dokumente esitama.

  (7) Menetluskulude nimekiri ja tõendid toimetatakse viivitamata vastaspoolele kätte.

  (8) Kohus määrab menetlusosalisele tähtaja vastaspoole menetluskulude kohta seisukoha esitamiseks. Tähtaeg ei või olla pikem kui seitse päeva menetluskulude nimekirja ja tõendite kättetoimetamisest arvates.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 177.   Kohtulahend menetluskulude kindlaksmääramise kohta
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (1) Kohus määrab menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaks:
  1) kohtuotsuses või menetlust lõpetavas määruses või
  2) määrusega pärast tsiviilasja sisulise lahendamise kohta tehtud kohtuotsuse või menetlust lõpetava määruse jõustumist.

  (2) Kui kohus ei määranud menetluskulude rahalist suurust kindlaks vastavalt käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktile 1, määrab tsiviilasja sisuliselt lahendanud maakohus menetluskulude suuruse kindlaks määrusega mõistliku aja jooksul kohtuotsuse või menetlust lõpetava määruse jõustumisest.

  (3) Kohtulahend menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaksmääramise kohta toimetatakse menetlusosalistele kätte.

  (4) Kohus märgib menetlusosalise taotluse alusel menetluskulude kindlaksmääramise kohtulahendis, et hüvitamisele kuuluvatelt menetluskuludelt tuleb tasuda menetluskulude suurust kindlaks tegeva lahendi jõustumisest alates kuni täitmiseni viivist võlaõigusseaduse § 113 lõike 1 teises lauses ettenähtud ulatuses.

  (5) Menetlusosaline võib nõuda kohtult menetluskulude kohta tehtud kohtuotsuse või määruse täiendamist, kui kohus ei võtnud seisukohta kõigi esitatud või asja materjalidest nähtuvate menetluskulude suhtes. Täiendamist võib nõuda kümne päeva jooksul alates menetluskulude kindlaksmääramise kohta tehtud kohtuotsuse või määruse kättetoimetamisest.

  (6) Kui menetluskulud määratakse kindlaks käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktis 2 sätestatud viisil, võib kohus menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaks määrata kirjeldava ja põhjendava osata määrusega, kui talle ei esitata käesoleva seadustiku § 176 lõikes 8 nimetatud tähtajaks vastuväidet ja kohus määrab menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaks menetluskulude nimekirjas näidatud ulatuses. Määruse täiendamisele puuduva osaga kohaldatakse vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku § 448 lõiget 41.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 178.   Menetluskulude kindlaksmääramise vaidlustamine

  (1) Menetluskulude jaotust saab vaidlustada üksnes selle kohtulahendi peale edasi kaevates, millega menetluskulude jaotus kindlaks määrati. Hüvitatavate menetluskulude suurust saab vaidlustada selle kohtulahendi peale edasi kaevates, millega menetluskulude rahaline suurus kindlaks määrati.

  (2) Menetluskulude kindlaksmääramise peale võib edasi kaevata menetluskulude hüvitamiseks õigustatud või menetluskulusid kandma kohustatud isik, kui vaidlustatav menetluskulude summa ületab 280 eurot.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I, 02.02.2016, 7 - jõust. 01.02.2016 - Riigikohtu üldkogu otsus tunnistab tsiviilkohtumenetluse seadustiku § 178 lõike 3 põhiseaduse vastaseks ja kehtetuks.]

  (4) Menetluskulude kindlaksmääramise vaidlustamisel tekkinud kulusid ei hüvitata.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 179.   Menetluskulude väljamõistmine ja sissenõudmine Eesti Vabariigi kasuks

  (1) Menetluskulud, mis tuleb tasuda riigile ja mis ei ole tekkinud riigi osalemisest kohtus menetlusosalisena, muu hulgas tasumata või vähem tasutud riigilõiv või riigi kasuks välja mõistetud menetlusabikulud, mõistab asja lahendav kohus kohustatud isikult välja asjas tehtavas lahendis või eraldi määrusega.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Pärast asjas tehtud lahendi jõustumist võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud kulud välja mõista määrusega nii kohus, kelle menetluses kulud tekkisid, kui ka asja lahendanud maakohus. Määrust ei või teha, kui asjas tehtud kohtulahendi jõustumisest on möödunud üle kahe aasta.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (21) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 nimetatud kohtulahendile, millega mõistetakse Eesti Vabariigi kasuks välja menetluskulud või menetlusabikulud, võib kohus lisada eraldi dokumendis nõude tasumiseks vajalikud andmed.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 - jõust. 01.07.2014]

  (22) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 21 nimetatud nõude täitmiseks vajalike andmete loetelu ja nende vormistamisele esitatavad tehnilised nõuded kehtestab valdkonna eest vastutav minister määrusega.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 - jõust. 01.07.2014]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 nimetatud maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu määruse peale võib menetluskulusid maksma kohustatud isik või Eesti Vabariik valdkonna eest vastutava ministri käskkirjaga määratud asutuse kaudu esitada määruskaebuse, kui kaebuse hind ületab 100 eurot. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (4) Riigi kasuks menetluskulude, mis ei ole tekkinud riigi osalemisest kohtus menetlusosalisena, väljamõistmise lahendi, samuti trahvimääruse ja muu sellesarnase raha sissenõudmise lahendi ärakirja saadab kohus pärast lahendi jõustumist viivitamata valdkonna eest vastutava ministri käskkirjaga määratud asutusele.
[RT I, 28.12.2011, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2012]

  (5) Kohtulahendi kohaselt raha riigituludesse tasumiseks kohustatud isik peab lahendi täitma jõustumisest alates 15 päeva jooksul, välja arvatud juhul, kui lahend kuulub viivitamatule täitmisele või kui lahend näeb ette teistsuguse tähtaja.

  (51) Käesolevas paragrahvis nimetatud menetluskulud tasutakse ja tasaarvestatakse maksukorralduse seaduses sätestatud korras.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (6) Valdkonna eest vastutava ministri käskkirjaga määratud asutus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 nimetatud lahendi sundtäitmisele saata, kui kohustatud isik ei ole lahendit täitnud jõustumisest alates 15 päeva jooksul.
[RT I, 28.12.2011, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2012]

  (7) Kohtulahendi alusel riigi kasuks välja mõistetud menetluskulude maksmise nõue, mis ei ole tekkinud riigi osalemisest kohtus menetlusosalisena, samuti trahvimääruse ja muu sellesarnase raha sissenõudmise lahendi täitmise nõue aegub kolme aasta möödumisel raha väljamõistmise lahendi jõustumisest. Nõude aegumisele kohaldatakse tsiviilseadustiku üldosa seaduses nõuete aegumise kohta sätestatut.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (8) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 7 nimetatud nõude sissenõudmisele kohaldatakse täitemenetluse seadustiku §-s 209 avalik-õiguslike rahaliste sissenõuete täitmise kohta sätestatut, kui käesolevas paragrahvis sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (9) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 7 nimetatud nõude tasumisega viivitamise korral tuleb tasuda menetluskulude tasumiseks kohustava lahendi jõustumisest alates kuni täitmiseni viivist võlaõigusseaduse § 113 lõike 1 teises lauses ettenähtud ulatuses. Kohus märgib seda ka menetluskulude väljamõistmise lahendis.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

6. jagu Riigipoolse menetlusabi andmine menetluskulude kandmiseks 

§ 180.   Riigipoolse menetlusabi andmine menetluskulude kandmiseks

  (1) Menetlusabi on riigipoolne abi menetluskulude kandmiseks. Menetlusabina võib kohus isiku (edaspidi menetlusabi saaja) taotlusel määrata, et menetlusabi saaja:
  1) vabastatakse täielikult või osaliselt riigilõivu maksmisest või muude kohtukulude või menetlusdokumentide ja kohtulahendi tõlke kulude kandmisest;
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]
  2) võib tasuda riigilõivu või muud kohtukulud või menetlusdokumentide või kohtulahendi tõlke kulud osamaksetena kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul;
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]
  3) ei pea maksma tasu menetlusabi korras määratud advokaadi õigusabi eest või ei pea seda tegema kohe või täies ulatuses;
  4) vabastatakse sissenõudjana Eesti Vabariigi arvel täielikult või osaliselt täitemenetlusega seotud kuludest või kohtumenetluses kohtutäituri vahendusel menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamise kuludest või nähakse ette nende tasumine osamaksetena kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul;
  5) vabastatakse Eesti Vabariigi arvel täielikult või osaliselt eestkoste teostamisega seotud kulude kandmisest ja eestkostjale tasu maksmisest;
  6) vabastatakse täielikult või osaliselt kohustusliku kohtueelse menetlusega seotud kuludest või nähakse ette nende tasumine osamaksetena kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  7) vabastatakse Eesti Vabariigi arvel osaliselt või täielikult lepitusmenetluse kuludest käesoleva seadustiku § 4 lõikes 4 sätestatud juhul.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (2) Menetlusosalise, kes on mõne muu Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigi kodanik või kelle elukoht on mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis, võib Eestis menetlusabi andmisel vabastada Eesti Vabariigi arvel kohtu nõutud ja menetlusabi taotleja esitatud dokumendi tõlkimise kulust või määrata kulude kandmise osamaksetena kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul, kui dokument on vajalik asja lahendamiseks.

  (3) Menetlusosalise, kes on mõne muu Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigi kodanik või kelle elukoht on mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis, võib Eestis menetlusabi andmisel vabastada menetlusega seotud sõidukulude kandmisest või määrata kulude kandmise osade kaupa, kui seaduses on sätestatud menetlusosalise isikliku kohaloleku vajadus või kui kohus peab seda vajalikuks.

  (4) Menetlusabi andmisele advokaadi õigusabi eest tasumisel (riigi õigusabi) kohaldatakse käesolevas jaos sätestatut üksnes niivõrd, kuivõrd riigi õigusabi seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti.

§ 181.   Menetlusabi andmise tingimused

  (1) Menetlusabi taotlejale antakse menetlusabi, kui:
  1) menetlusabi taotleja ei suuda oma majandusliku seisundi tõttu menetluskulusid tasuda või kui ta suudab neid tasuda üksnes osaliselt või osamaksetena ja
  2) on piisav alus eeldada, et kavandatav menetluses osalemine on edukas.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Menetluses osalemise edukust eeldatakse, kui taotlus, mille esitamiseks menetlusabi taotletakse, on õiguslikult veenvalt põhjendatud ja faktiliselt põhistatud. Menetluses osalemise edukuse hindamisel arvestatakse ka asja tähendust menetlusabi taotlejale.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Isikule ei anta menetlusabi, kui tema menetluses osalemine on ebamõistlik, eelkõige kui tema taotletu saab saavutada lihtsamalt, kiiremini või odavamalt.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (31) Kui menetlusabi taotluse läbivaatamisel ilmneb, et taotleja majandusliku seisundi tõttu puudub alus talle menetlusabi andmiseks, kuid kohus leiab, et tasumisele kuuluva riigilõivu korraga tasumine takistab konkreetse kohtuasja asjaolusid arvestades ebamõistlikult isiku õigust pöörduda kohtusse oma eeldatava ja seadusega kaitstud õiguse või huvi kaitseks, võib kohus menetlusabi korras määrata, et hagiavalduselt või apellatsioonkaebuselt tasumisele kuuluv riigilõiv tasutakse osamaksetena kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul.
[RT I 2010, 26, 128 - jõust. 14.06.2010]

  (4) Menetlusabi ei anta avaldajale maksekäsu kiirmenetluses ega registriasjas kandeavalduselt tasumisele kuuluva riigilõivu maksmiseks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Menetluses osalemise edukust ega mõistlikkust ei hinnata menetlusabi taotlemisel menetlusdokumendi või kohtulahendi tõlkimiseks. Muu menetlusdokumendi kui kohtulahendi tõlkimiseks ei anta menetlusabi, kui isikut esindab menetluses esindaja.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 182.   Füüsilisele isikule menetlusabi andmise piirangud

  (1) Menetlusabi antakse füüsilisest isikust menetlusosalisele, kelle elukoht on menetlusabi andmise avalduse esitamise ajal Eesti Vabariigis või mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis või kes on Eesti Vabariigi või mõne muu Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigi kodanik. Elukoha määramisel käesoleva jao tähenduses lähtutakse Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 1215/2012 artiklist 62. Muule füüsilisest isikust menetlusosalisele antakse menetlusabi üksnes juhul, kui see tuleneb välislepingust.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]

  (2) Füüsilisele isikule ei anta menetlusabi, kui:
  1) menetluskulud ei ületa eeldatavasti menetlusabi taotleja kahekordset keskmist ühe kuu sissetulekut, mis on arvutatud taotluse esitamisele eelnenud nelja kuu keskmise kuusissetuleku alusel ning millest on maha arvatud maksud ja sundkindlustuse maksed ja seadusest tulenevate ülalpidamiskohustuste täitmiseks ettenähtud summa, samuti mõistlikud kulud eluasemele ja transpordile;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  2) menetlusabi taotleja saab menetluskulud kanda oma olemasoleva ja suuremate raskusteta müüdava vara arvel, millele saab seaduse kohaselt pöörata sissenõude;
  3) menetlus on seotud menetlusabi taotleja majandus- või kutsetegevusega ega puuduta tema majandus- või kutsetegevusega mitteseotud õigusi.
[RT I, 10.11.2011, 5 - jõust. 01.11.2011 Riigikohtu põhiseaduslikkuse järelevalve kolleegiumi otsus tunnistab tsiviilkohtumenetluse seadustiku § 182 lõike 2 punkti 3 põhiseadusega vastuolus olevaks ja kehtetuks osas, milles see välistab kohtusse pöördumisel riigilõivu tasumisest täielikult või osaliselt vabastamiseks menetlusabi andmise füüsilisele isikule, kui menetlus on seotud menetlusabi taotleja majandus- või kutsetegevusega ega puuduta tema majandus- või kutsetegevusega mitteseotud õigusi.]
[RT I, 21.04.2011, 17 - jõust. 14.04.2011 Riigikohtu üldkogu otsus tunnistab tsiviilkohtumenetluse seadustiku § 182 lõike 2 punkti 3 põhiseadusega vastuolus olevaks ja kehtetuks osas, milles see välistab apellatsioonkaebuselt riigilõivu tasumisest täielikult või osaliselt vabastamiseks menetlusabi andmise füüsilisele isikule, kui menetlus on seotud menetlusabi taotleja majandus- või kutsetegevusega ega puuduta tema majandus- või kutsetegevusega mitteseotud õigusi.]

  (21) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 2 punktide 1 ja 2 puhul ei arvestata menetluskulusid, mis võivad tekkida menetluses tehtava lahendi peale edasikaebamisel. Käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 2 punktis 2 nimetatud varana arvestatakse ka ühisvara ulatuses, milles võib eeldada, et ühisomanikud võiksid seda mõistlikult kasutada menetluskulude katteks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 sätestatu ei välista menetlusabi andmist, kui menetlusabi taotleja elukoht on mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis ja ta tõendab, et ta ei suuda menetluskulusid kohe või tervikuna katta elukohariigi elamiskulude tõttu, mis on suuremad kui Eestis.

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]

§ 183.   Juriidilisele isikule ja pankrotivõlgnikule menetlusabi andmise piirangud

  (1) Juriidilistest isikutest võib menetlusabi oma eesmärkide saavutamiseks taotleda üksnes tulumaksusoodustusega mittetulundusühingute ja sihtasutuste nimekirja kantud või sellega võrdsustatud mittetulundusühing või sihtasutus, mille asukoht on Eestis või mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis, kui taotleja põhistab, et ta taotleb menetlusabi keskkonnakaitse või tarbijakaitse valdkonnas või muud ülekaalukat avalikku huvi arvestades paljude inimeste seadusega kaitstud õiguste võimaliku kahjustamise vältimiseks ja ta ei suuda eeldatavasti menetluskulusid oma vara arvel katta või suudab neid tasuda üksnes osaliselt või osamaksetena. Muule välismaisele juriidilisele isikule antakse menetlusabi üksnes välislepingu alusel.
[RT I, 21.04.2011, 16 - jõust. 12.04.2011 Riigikohtu üldkogu otsus tunnistab põhiseadusega vastuolus olevaks ja kehtetuks tsiviilkohtumenetluse seadustiku § 183 lg 1 esimese lause osas, milles see välistab tsiviilkohtumenetluses menetlusabi andmise selles sättes märgitud kriteeriumitele mittevastavale Eesti eraõiguslikule juriidilisele isikule apellatsioonkaebuselt riigilõivu tasumisest täielikult või osaliselt vabastamiseks.]

  (2) Eesti pankrotivõlgnik võib taotleda menetlusabi andmist menetluskulude kandmiseks, kui kulusid ei saa või ei ole põhjendatud katta pankrotihalduri valitsetavast varast või võlgniku sissetulekust ning ei saa eeldada, et kulud kannaksid asja suhtes varalist huvi omavad isikud, muu hulgas pankrotivõlgniku pärijad, liikmed, osanikud, aktsionärid, juhtorgani liikmed või pankrotivõlausaldajad. Ajutise halduri, usaldusisiku ja pankrotihalduri tasu ja kulutuste katteks määratud menetlusabi, mida ei mõisteta pankrotivõlgnikult riigi tuludesse välja, ei või olla ühe pankrotimenetluse ja kohustustest vabastamise menetluse kohta suurem kui töölepingu seaduse § 29 lõike 5 alusel kehtestatud kuutasu kolmekordne alammäär, sealhulgas seaduses ettenähtud maksud, välja arvatud käibemaks. Seejuures arvestatakse üks kuutasu alammäär pankrotiavalduse või maksejõuetusavalduse läbivaatamise lõpuni ajutise halduri või usaldusisiku, üks kuutasu alammäär pankroti väljakuulutamisest pankrotimenetluse lõpuni pankrotihalduri ja üks kuutasu alammäär kohustustest vabastamise menetluse lõpuni usaldusisiku tehtavate toimingute katteks.
[RT I, 20.06.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.07.2022]

  (3) Pankrotivõlgnik võib taotleda käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud juhul ka riigi õigusabi andmist. Riigi õigusabi andmise eelduseks on lisaks see, et pankrotihaldur ei saa ise teha taotletavat menetlustoimingut või kui seda ei saa tema kvalifikatsiooni ja ülesandeid arvestades temalt oodata.
[RT I 2006, 7, 42 - jõust. 04.02.2006]

§ 184.   Menetlusabi taotluse esitamine ja menetlusabi andmise jätkamine

  (1) Menetlusabi taotlus esitatakse kohtule, kus toimub või peaks toimuma menetlus, mille kulude kandmiseks menetlusabi taotletakse.

  (2) Menetlusabi taotlus täitemenetlusega seotud kulutuste kandmiseks esitatakse kohtule, kes lahendaks täitemenetlust korraldava kohtutäituri tegevuse peale esitatud kaebuse, ning kohtueelse menetlusega seotud kulutuste kandmiseks kohtule, kelle tööpiirkonnas kohtueelne menetlus toimub.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 nimetatud kohus on ka menetlusabi taotlusi vastuvõttev asutus EL Nõukogu direktiivi 2003/8/EÜ, millega parandatakse õiguskaitse kättesaadavust piiriüleste vaidluste korral, kehtestades sellistes vaidlustes antava tasuta õigusabi kohta ühised miinimumeeskirjad (ELT L 026, 31.01.2003, lk 41–47), artikli 14 tähenduses. Kohus ei või nõuda taotluse legaliseerimist või muul viisil ametlikku kinnitamist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kui menetlusosalisele on antud menetlusabi ja ta kaebab kohtulahendi edasi, eeldatakse, et menetlusabi andmine kehtib ka igas järgmises kohtuastmes. Kohus kontrollib siiski kaebuse menetlusse võtmisel, kas on piisav alus eeldada, et kavandatav menetluses osalemine on edukas ja menetluses osalemine ei ole ilmselt ebamõistlik ning kohus võib igas menetlusstaadiumis kontrollida, kas menetlusabi andmise majanduslikud eeldused on täidetud. Menetluses osalemise edukust ja mõistlikkust ei kontrollita, kui kohtulahendi on edasi kaevanud juba teine menetlusosaline ja tema kaebus on menetlusse võetud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kohtu nõudmisel peab menetlusabi saaja käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 nimetatud juhul andma selgitusi, kas tema varaline seisund on muutunud ja esitama vastavad tõendid. Kohtul on õigus vajaduse korral muu hulgas küsida andmeid menetlusabi saaja või tema perekonnaliikmete majandusliku seisundi või maksevõime kohta Maksu- ja Tolliametilt, krediidiasutustelt ja muudelt isikutelt või asutustelt.

  (6) Kui sissenõudja taotleb menetlusabi täitemenetluse kulude katteks ja on saanud eelnevalt menetlusabi asja menetlemisel, ei pea kohus täiendavalt kontrollima, kas menetlusabi andmise majanduslikud eeldused on täidetud. Kohus peab kõiki menetlusabi andmise eeldusi kontrollima, kui menetlusabi taotletakse enam kui ühe aasta möödumisel menetluses tehtud lahendi jõustumisest.

§ 185.   Menetlusabi taotluse sisu

  (1) Menetlusabi taotluses märgitakse:
  1) menetlus, milleks menetlusabi taotletakse;
  2) kellena taotluse esitaja menetluses osaleb või soovib osaleda ja milliseid avaldusi või taotlusi tahab esitada;
  3) millel taotluse esitaja nõue või vastuväide põhineb.

  (2) Taotlusele lisab taotleja allkirjastatud teatise enda ja oma perekonnaliikmete isikliku ja majandusliku seisundi kohta (perekonnasuhted, elukutse, vara, sissetulek ja kohustused) ning võimaluse korral ka muud dokumendid, mis seda seisundit tõendavad.

  (3) Isik, kelle elukoht ei ole Eestis, lisab taotlusele elukohariigi pädeva asutuse teatise tema ja tema perekonnaliikmete kolme viimase aasta sissetuleku kohta. Kui taotleja ei saa teatist mõjuval põhjusel esitada, võib menetlusabi andmise otsustada teatiseta.

  (4) Juriidilisest isikust taotleja lisab võimaluse korral menetlusabi taotlusele põhikirja ärakirja ning eelmise majandusaasta aruande kinnitatud ärakirja.

  (5) Menetlusabi taotluse ja käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud teatise näidisvormi ja selles sisalduvate andmete loetelu kehtestab valdkonna eest vastutav minister määrusega ning taotluse ja teatise näidisvorm peab olema igaühele vabalt kättesaadav Justiitsministeeriumi veebilehel ning igas kohtus ja advokaadibüroos. Valdkonna eest vastutav minister võib kehtestada ka nõudeid taotleja poolt esitatavatele taotlust põhjendavatele dokumentidele.

  (6) Menetlusabi taotlus esitatakse eesti keeles. Taotluse võib esitada ka inglise keeles, kui menetlusabi taotleb füüsiline isik, kelle elukoht on mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis või kes on mõne muu Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigi kodanik, või juriidiline isik, mille asukoht on mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 186.   Taotleja majandusliku seisundi hindamine

  (1) Taotleja majanduslikku seisundit hinnates arvestatakse tema vara ja sissetulekut ning temaga koos elavate perekonnaliikmete vara ja nende sissetulekuid, tema ülalpidamisel olevate isikute arvu, eluasemele tehtavaid mõistlikke kulutusi ning muid tähendust omavaid asjaolusid.

  (2) Taotleja majanduslikku seisundit hinnates ei arvestata taotlejale kuuluvat vara, millele seaduse kohaselt ei saa sissenõuet pöörata. Samuti ei arvestata menetlusabi taotlejale kuuluvat ning tema ja temaga koos elavate perekonnaliikmete igapäevakasutuses olevat eluaset ega vajalikke sõiduvahendeid, kui nende arv ja väärtus on õiglases suhtes perekonna suuruse, sõiduvajaduse ning sissetulekuga.

  (3) Kui menetlusabi taotleja taotleb menetlusabi temaga koos elava perekonnaliikme vastu nõude esitamiseks, ei arvestata taotleja majandusliku seisundi hindamisel selle perekonnaliikme sissetulekut ega temale kuuluvat vara.

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2006, 7, 42 - jõust. 04.02.2006]

  (5) Kohus võib menetlusabi taotlejalt nõuda esitatud andmete põhistamist või täiendavate dokumentide ja andmete esitamist või nõuda teistelt isikutelt või asutustelt, sealhulgas krediidiasutustelt, teavet taotleja ja temaga koos elavate perekonnaliikmete majandusliku seisundi või maksevõime kohta. Järelepärimisele tuleb vastata kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul.

  (6) Kui taotluse esitaja ei ole kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul esitanud põhistatud andmeid oma isikliku ja majandusliku seisundi kohta või vastanud esitatud küsimustele või on seda teinud ebapiisavalt, ei määra kohus menetlusabi andmist ulatuses, mida ei ole põhistatud.

  (7) Maksu- ja Tolliamet esitab kohtu nõudmisel teatise menetlusabitaotleja ja tema perekonnaliikmete viimase aasta sissetuleku kohta või sissetulekuandmete puudumise kohta. Teatise vormi kehtestab valdkonna eest vastutav minister määrusega.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (8) Tehnilise võimaluse olemasolul tuleb kohtule tagada, et ta saaks taotleja majandusliku seisundi hindamiseks vajalikke andmeid ise Maksu- ja Tolliameti või käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 5 nimetatud isiku või asutuse andmebaasist kontrollida.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 187.   Menetlusabi taotluse lahendamine

  (1) Menetlusabi taotlus lahendatakse määrusega. Vajaduse korral võib kohus küsida enne taotluse lahendamist teiste menetlusosaliste seisukohta.

  (2) Kohus saadab menetlusabi andmise määruse ärakirja viivitamata Rahandusministeeriumile või valdkonna eest vastutava ministri määratud Rahandusministeeriumi valitsemisala asutusele.

  (3) Kui menetlusabi taotluse edastas kohtule mõne muu Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigi menetlusabi taotluste edastamiseks pädev asutus, saadab kohus menetlusabi taotluse kohta tehtud määruse ärakirja ka sellele asutusele.

  (4) Menetlusabi taotluse võib lahendada ka kohtunikuabi.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

  (5) Menetlusabi andmise taotlus ei peata seaduses sätestatud ega kohtu määratud menetlustähtaja kulgemist. Kohus pikendab siiski mõistlikult enda määratud tähtaega, eelkõige hagile, kaebusele või taotlusele vastamiseks määratud tähtaega, pärast menetlusabi andmise taotluse lahendamist, kui menetlusabi andmise taotlus ei olnud esitatud põhjendamatult või tähtaja pikendamise eesmärgil.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Seaduses sätestatud tähtaja järgimiseks peab menetlusabi taotleja tegema tähtaja kestel ka menetlustoimingu, mille tegemiseks ta menetlusabi taotleb, eelkõige esitama kaebuse. Kaebuse põhjendamiseks või riigilõivu tasumiseks või kaebuses esineva sellise puuduse kõrvaldamiseks, mis on seotud menetlusabi taotlemisega, annab kohus mõistliku tähtaja pärast menetlusabi andmise taotluse lahendamist, kui nimetatud taotlus ei olnud esitatud põhjendamatult või tähtaja pikendamise eesmärgil. See ei välista menetlustähtaja ennistamist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 188.   Osamaksete tasumise peatamine ja maksete suuruse muutmine

  (1) Kui menetlusabi korras on määratud menetluskulude tasumine osadena, peatab kohus määrusega osamaksete tasumise, kui:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  1) on ilmne, et menetlusabi saaja senised maksed katavad menetluskulud;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  2) jõustub lahend, mille alusel peab menetluskulud kandma teine menetlusosaline.

  (2) Kohus ei peata käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punkti 2 kohaselt osamaksete tasumist, kui menetluskulude kandmiseks kohtulahendi alusel kohustatud menetlusosalisele on samuti antud menetlusabi menetluskulude kandmiseks või kui muul põhjusel on ilmne, et see menetlusosaline ei suuda kulusid tasuda.

  (3) Kohus võib menetluskulude osamaksete suurust ja tasumise tähtaega määrusega muuta, kui menetlusabi saaja majanduslik seisund on oluliselt muutunud. Kohtu nõudmisel peab menetlusabi saaja andma selgitusi, kas tema majanduslik seisund on muutunud, ja esitama vastavad tõendid. Kohtul on õigus vajaduse korral muu hulgas küsida andmeid menetlusabi saaja või tema perekonnaliikmete majandusliku seisundi või maksevõime kohta Maksu- ja Tolliametilt, krediidiasutustelt ja muudelt isikutelt või asutustelt.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 sätestatut kohaldatakse, kui menetlusabi saaja isik õigusjärgluse tõttu muutub, muu hulgas kui menetlusabi saanud hageja loovutab nõude, mille esitamiseks ta on menetlusabi saanud, ja õigusjärglasel ei ole õigust menetlusabile samas ulatuses.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 189.   Menetlusabi andmise tühistamine

  (1) Kohus võib menetlusabi andmise tühistada, kui:
  1) menetlusabi saaja on menetlusabi taotledes esitanud valeandmeid;
  2) menetlusabi saamise tingimused puudusid või on ära langenud, muu hulgas menetlusabi saaja isiku muutumise korral õigusjärgluse tõttu, kui õigusjärglasel ei ole õigus saada menetlusabi;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  3) menetlusabi saaja ei ole kohtu määratud osamakseid tasunud kauem kui kolm kuud;
  4) menetlusabi saaja ei anna kohtu nõudmisel selgitust oma majandusliku seisundi muutumise kohta või ei esita nõutavaid tõendeid.

  (2) Menetlusabi andmise tühistamise korral kannab menetlusabi saanud menetlusosaline oma menetluskulud täies ulatuses.

§ 190.   Menetlusabi andmine ja menetluskulude jaotus

  (1) Menetlusabi andmine ei välista ega piira menetlusabi saaja kohustust hüvitada kohtulahendi alusel vastaspoolele tekkinud kulutused.

  (2) Menetlusosaline, kelle kahjuks lahend tehti, kannab oma menetluskulud täies ulatuses ka siis, kui ta on menetluskulude kandmisest vabastatud või kui talle on antud menetlusabi menetluskulude tasumiseks.

  (3) Menetluskulud, mille kandmisest hageja on vabastatud või mida hageja võis tasuda osamaksetena, mõistab kohus hagi rahuldamise korral kostjalt välja riigituludesse võrdeliselt hagi rahuldatud osaga, sõltumata sellest, kas ka kostja sai menetlusabi menetluskulude kandmisel. Sama kehtib hageja poolel menetluses osalevale kolmandale isikule menetlusabi andmise kohta, kui hagi rahuldatakse.

  (4) Kui hageja või tema poolel menetluses osalev kolmas isik või hagita menetluse avaldaja sai menetlusabi menetluskulude kandmisel, mõistetakse temalt hagi või avalduse rahuldamata või läbi vaatamata jätmise või asja menetluse lõpetamise korral menetluskulud riigituludesse täies ulatuses välja. Kui hageja loobub hagist või võtab hagi tagasi seetõttu, et kostja on nõude pärast hagi esitamist rahuldanud, kohaldatakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 sätestatut.

  (5) Kui kostja või tema poolel menetluses osalev kolmas isik sai menetlusabi menetluskulude kandmisel, mõistetakse temalt hagi rahuldamise korral menetluskulud riigituludesse täies ulatuses välja. Menetluskulud, mille tasumisest kostja või tema poolel menetluses osalev kolmas isik on vabastatud või mida kostja või tema poolel menetluses osalev kolmas isik võis tasuda osamaksetena, mõistab kohus hagi rahuldamata või läbi vaatamata jätmise või asja menetluse lõpetamise korral hagejalt välja riigituludesse võrdeliselt hagi rahuldamata jäetud osaga, sõltumata sellest, kas ka hageja sai menetlusabi menetluskulude kandmisel.

  (6) Kui menetlusosalisele anti menetlusabi menetluskulude kandmiseks hagita menetluses, võib kohus menetluskulud mõnelt teiselt menetlusosaliselt riigituludesse välja mõista käesoleva seadustiku § 172 lõikes 1 sätestatud tingimustel.

  (7) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 3–6 nimetatud kohtulahendis võib kohus mõjuval põhjusel, muu hulgas kompromissi sõlmimise tõttu, ette näha kulude riigituludesse tasumise hilisema tähtpäeva või osadena tasumise kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul, samuti vabastada isiku menetluskulude riigituludesse tasumise kohustusest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (71) [Kehtetu - RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 - jõust. 01.07.2014]

  (8) Kui menetlusosalisele anti menetlusabi, sealhulgas riigi õigusabi, nõukogu määruse (EÜ) nr 4/2009 kohtualluvuse, kohaldatava õiguse, kohtuotsuste tunnustamise ja täitmise ning koostöö kohta ülalpidamiskohustuste küsimustes alusel toimuvas menetluses, kohaldatakse käesolevas seadustikus menetluskulude jaotamise kohta sätestatut üksnes ulatuses, milles nimetatud määruses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.
[RT I, 14.03.2011, 2 - jõust. 18.06.2011]

§ 191.   Määruskaebuse esitamine menetlusabi määruse peale

  (1) Maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu menetlusabi andmise või sellest keeldumise määruse peale ja kummagi määruse muutmise või tühistamise määruse peale, võib menetlusabi taotleja või saaja või Eesti Vabariik Rahandusministeeriumi või valdkonna eest vastutava ministri määratud Rahandusministeeriumi valitsemisala asutuse kaudu esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Menetlusabi määruse peale ei saa esitada määruskaebust, kui tsiviilasjas endas on tehtud jõustunud kohtulahend.

  (3) Määruskaebuse menetlemise kulusid ei hüvitata.

  (4) Käesoleva seadustiku § 190 lõigetes 3–6 nimetatud määrustele, millega mõistetakse menetlusosaliselt välja menetluskulud riigituludesse, ja nende peale määruskaebuse esitamisele kohaldatakse käesoleva seadustiku §-s 179 sätestatut.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 192.   Menetlusabi andmine menetluseks muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis

  Menetlusabi advokaadi õigusabi tagamiseks või avalduse ja selle lisade tõlkimiseks võib vastavalt riigi õigusabi seaduse §-dele 33 ja 34 Harju Maakohtult taotleda ka menetluseks, mis toimub muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis.

§ 193.   Menetlusabi andmise taotluste vahendamine teistele Euroopa Liidu liikmesriikidele

  (1) Harju Maakohtu vahendusel võib käesolevas jaos sätestatu kohaselt menetlusabi saamiseks õigustatud isik taotleda menetlusabi andmist ka mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis toimuvas menetluses.

  (2) Menetlusabi taotluse edastamiseks esitatakse kohtule menetlusabi taotlus ja sellele lisatud dokumendid selle liikmesriigi keeles, kus menetlusabi andmist taotletakse, tingimusel, et see keel on Euroopa Liidu ametlik keel või et liikmesriik on selle keelega nõustunud vastavalt direktiivi 2003/8/EÜ artikli 14 lõikele 3.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohus abistab menetlusabi taotlejat teises Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis menetlusabi taotlemisel, hoolitsedes, et menetlusabi taotlusele oleks lisatud kõik tema andmetel taotluse lahendamiseks vajalikud dokumendid ning korraldades vajaduse korral taotluse ja dokumentide tõlkimise. Dokumente ei pea legaliseerima ega muul viisil ametlikult kinnitama.

  (4) Kohus lahendab menetlusabi taotluse edastamise avalduse hagita menetluses. Menetlusabi taotluse edastamisest võib põhjendatud määrusega keelduda, kui taotlus on ilmselt põhjendamatu või see ei kuulu ilmselt direktiivi 2003/8/EÜ kohaldamisalasse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kohus edastab menetlusabi taotluse koos lisadokumentidega 15 päeva jooksul, alates nõuetekohases keeles nõuetekohaste taotluse ja lisadokumentide esitamisest või vormistamisest, vastava Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigi taotluse vastuvõtmiseks pädevale asutusele.

  (6) Menetlusabi taotluse edastamiselt ei pea tasuma riigilõivu. Muud menetluskulud, eelkõige tõlkekulud, võib kohus määrusega taotluse esitajalt sisse nõuda juhul, kui menetlusabi taotlus jäetakse rahuldamata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (7) Taotluse edastamisest keeldumise määruse peale võib taotleja esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

  (8) Valdkonna eest vastutav minister kehtestab määrusega direktiivi 2003/8/EÜ artikli 16 lõikes 1 ettenähtud mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis menetlusabi saamise taotluse ja selle edastamise tüüpvormid. Tüüpvormide olemasolul peavad avaldaja ja taotluse edastaja neid kasutama.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (9) Kui Euroopa Liidu teise liikmesriigi taotluse vastuvõtmiseks pädev asutus lükkab menetlusabi andmise taotluse tagasi avaldaja majandusliku olukorra tõttu või teatab kavatsusest taotlus tagasi lükata, väljastab kohus avaldaja taotlusel talle tõendi majandusliku olukorra kohta, kui tal oleks Eestis majandusliku olukorra tõttu õigus menetlusabile, ning edastab tõendi taotluse täiendusena ja sellega samas keeles taotluse vastuvõtmiseks pädevale asutusele.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

19. peatükk TAGATIS 

§ 194.   Tagatise andmise viis ja suurus

  (1) Kui seaduses on ette nähtud poole kohustus anda tagatis, määrab selle andmise viisi ja tagatise suuruse kohus. Kui kohus ei ole seda teinud ja pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti, antakse tagatis raha või väärtpaberite hoiustamisena selleks ettenähtud kontole või Eesti või mõne muu Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigi krediidiasutuse tähtajatu, tagasivõtmatu ja tingimusteta garantiina teise poole kasuks.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (2) Tagatiseks võib olla väärtpaber, kui sellel on turuhind. Väärtpaberit arvestatakse tagatisena mitte suuremas ulatuses kui 3/4 väärtpaberi turuhinnast.

  (3) Hoiustamisele kohaldatakse võlaõigusseaduse hoiustamise sätteid.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (4) Hoiustamiseks vajaminevad andmed konto kohta avaldatakse kohtu veebilehel.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

§ 195.   Tagatise tagasiandmine

  (1) Kui tagatise andmise põhjus on ära langenud, tagastab tagatise määranud või selle andmist võimaldanud kohus tagatise andja avalduse alusel tagatise. Kui tagatis on antud garantiina, määrab kohus garantii lõppemise.

  (2) Enne määruse tegemist saadab kohus tagatise tagastamise avalduse seisukoha võtmiseks poolele, kelle kasuks on tagatis antud.

  (3) Tagatise tagastamata jätmise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse avaldaja. Tagatise tagastamise määruse peale võib määruskaebuse esitada pool, kelle kasuks tagatis anti.

§ 196.   Tagatise andmine menetluskulude katteks

  (1) Hagimenetluses võib kohus kostja taotlusel kohustada hagejat andma kostja eeldatavate menetluskulude katteks tagatise, kui hageja:
  1) ei ole Eesti Vabariigi, mõne muu Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigi ega Euroopa Majanduspiirkonna lepinguriigi kodanik ja tema elukoht ei ole Eestis, mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis ega Euroopa Majanduspiirkonna lepinguriigis;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  2) on juriidiline isik, mille asukoht ei ole Eestis, mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis ega Euroopa Majanduspiirkonna lepinguriigis;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  3) majandusliku seisundi tõttu või muul põhjusel on kostja eeldatavate menetluskulude sissenõudmine ilmselt raskendatud, eelkõige juhul, kui on välja kuulutatud hageja pankrot, algatatud hageja pankrotimenetlus või kui aasta jooksul enne hagi esitamist on hageja vara suhtes toimunud täitemenetlus, ilma et täitemenetluses esitatud nõuet oleks rahuldatud.

  (2) Kohus ei või kohustada hagejat tagatist andma, kui hagejal on menetluskulude katteks Eestis piisavalt vara või talle kuuluvad Eestis asjaõigusega piisavalt tagatud nõuded. Kohus ei või käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktides 1 ja 2 nimetatud juhul kohustada hagejat tagatist andma, kui:
  1) välislepingu alusel ei või tagatist nõuda;
  2) kostjale menetluskulude hüvitamise lahend kuulub hageja elu- või asukohamaal täitmisele.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (21) Kui tagatise nõudmise eeldused on täidetud, võib kohus jätta tagatise siiski täielikult või osaliselt nõudmata või määrata selle tasumise osade kaupa, kui hagejalt ei saa majanduslikel või muudel põhjustel mõistlikult oodata tagatise andmist ja hagi läbi vaatamata jätmisega võivad kaasneda rasked tagajärjed hagejale või kui tagatise nõudmine oleks hageja suhtes muul põhjusel ebaõiglane.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kostja võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud hagejalt nõuda tagatist ka siis, kui tagatise andmise eeldused tekivad alles menetluse ajal, välja arvatud juhul, kui ta on hagi õigeks võtnud. Kui menetluse käigus ilmneb, et antud tagatis ei ole küllaldane, võib kostja nõuda täiendavat tagatist.

  (4) Hageja võib esitada tagatise andmist kohustava maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu määruse peale määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

§ 197.   Tagatise andmiseks tähtaja määramine

  Kohus määrab käesoleva seadustiku §-s 196 sätestatud juhul hagejale kostja eeldatavate menetluskulude katteks tagatise andmise tähtaja. Kui hageja tähtaja jooksul tagatist ei anna, jätab kohus kostja taotlusel hagi läbi vaatamata.

4. osa MENETLUSOSALISED JA NENDE ESINDAJAD 

20. peatükk ÜLDSÄTTED 

§ 198.   Menetlusosalised

  (1) Menetlusosalised on:
  1) hagimenetluses – pooled ja kolmas isik;
  2) hagita menetluses – avaldaja ja muud asjast puudutatud isikud.

  (2) Seaduses ettenähtud juhul on menetlusosaline ka avalikku huvi kaitsma õigustatud isik või asutus.

  (3) Hagita menetluse osalised kaasab kohus omal algatusel. Eeldatakse, et menetlusosalised on isikud, kellel on seaduse kohaselt õigus hagita menetluses tehtava määruse peale edasi kaevata. Isik ei ole menetlusosaline ainuüksi seetõttu, et ta tuleb seaduse kohaselt ära kuulata või et kohus peab seda vajalikuks. Kohus võib menetlusse seisukoha andmiseks kaasata ka muid isikuid või asutusi, kui see on kohtu arvates vajalik asja õigemaks lahendamiseks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 199.   Menetlusosalise õigused

  (1) Menetlusosalisel on õigus:
  1) tutvuda toimikuga ja saada sellest ärakirju;
  2) teada asja arutava kohtu koosseisu;
  3) esitada taandusi ja taotlusi;
  4) anda kohtule seletusi ja esitada põhjendusi kõigi asja arutamisel tõusetunud küsimuste kohta;
  5) esitada tõendeid ning võtta osa tõendite vaatlusest ja uurimisest;
  6) vaielda vastu teiste menetlusosaliste taotlustele ja põhjendustele;
  7) esitada küsimusi teistele menetlusosalistele, tunnistajatele ning ekspertidele;
  8) saada dokumendina vormistatud kohtulahendi tõestatud ärakirju.

  (2) Menetlusosalisel on ka muud käesolevas seadustikus sätestatud menetlusõigused.

§ 200.   Menetlusosalise kohustused

  (1) Menetlusosaline on kohustatud kasutama oma menetlusõigusi heauskselt.

  (2) Kohus ei luba menetlusosalisel ega tema esindajal või nõustajal õigusi kuritarvitada, menetlust venitada ega kohut eksitusse viia.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Menetlusosaline ja tema esindaja peavad kohtule ja teistele menetlusosalistele viivitamata teatama oma aadressi ja sidevahendi andmete muutumisest, sealhulgas andmete ajutisest muutumisest, kohtumenetluse kestel.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 201.   Tsiviilkohtumenetlusõigusvõime

  (1) Tsiviilkohtumenetlusõigusvõime on isiku võime omada tsiviilmenetlusõigusi ja kanda tsiviilmenetluskohustusi.

  (2) Tsiviilkohtumenetlusõigusvõime on igal isikul, kellel on õigusvõime tsiviilõiguse kohaselt. Tsiviilkohtumenetlusõigusvõime on ka välismaisel isikute ühendusel ja asutusel ning rahvusvahelisel organisatsioonil, kelle õigusvõimet tunnustatakse Eestis rahvusvahelise eraõiguse sätete alusel.

§ 202.   Tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõime

  (1) Tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõime on isiku võime oma tegudega kohtus teostada tsiviilmenetlusõigusi ja täita tsiviilmenetluskohustusi.

  (2) Tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimet ei ole piiratud teovõimega isikul, välja arvatud, kui täisealise isiku teovõime piiratus ei puuduta tsiviilmenetlusõiguste teostamist ja tsiviilmenetluskohustuste täitmist. Vähemalt viieteistaastane alaealine võib menetluses osaleda kõrvuti seadusliku esindajaga.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui menetluses esindab tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimelist täisealist isikut eestkostja, loetakse, et esindatav on tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu.

  (4) Täisealisele isikule piiratud teovõime tõttu eestkoste seadmise menetluses on eestkostetaval tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõime. Isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise menetluses on isikul oma teovõimest sõltumata tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõime, kui ta on vähemalt neljateistaastane.

§ 203.   Välismaalase tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõime

  Välismaalane, kellel oma maa õiguse järgi tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõime puudub, loetakse tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimeliseks, kui ta on seda Eesti õiguse kohaselt.

§ 204.   Tsiviilkohtumenetlusõigusvõime ja tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõime kontroll

  (1) Kohus kontrollib menetlusosaliste tsiviilkohtumenetlusõigusvõime ja tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõime olemasolu ning ei luba selle puudumisel isikul menetluses osaleda.

  (2) Kui kohtul on kahtlus füüsilisest isikust menetlusosalise tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimes, võib ta isikult nõuda arsti arvamuse esitamist või korraldada ekspertiisi. Kui isik sellest keeldub või kui esitatud dokumendid ei kõrvalda kohtu kahtlust, algatab kohus menetluse menetlusosalisele eestkostja määramiseks. Hagejale või muu avalduse või kaebuse esitajale eestkostja määramise menetluse algatamise võimatuse korral jätab kohus avalduse või kaebuse läbi vaatamata.

  (3) Kohus võib lubada menetluses osaleda ka tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetul menetlusosalisel, kui menetluses osalemise takistatus seab ohtu menetlusosalise olulise huvi. Sel juhul määrab kohus talle tähtaja esindaja määramiseks. Menetlust lõpetavat kohtulahendit ei või menetluses teha enne, kui tähtaeg on möödunud.

  (4) Kohus teavitab viivitamata menetlusosalise elukoha järgset valla- või linnavalitsust, kui tal tekib kahtlus menetlusosalise teovõime suhtes.

21. peatükk POOLED 

§ 205.   Pooled

  (1) Tsiviilkohtumenetluse pooled on hageja ja kostja.

  (2) Hageja on isik, kes on esitanud hagi. Kostja on isik, kelle vastu hagi on esitatud.

§ 206.   Poolte õigused

  (1) Lisaks menetlusosalise õigustele on hagejal õigus muuta hagi alust või eset, suurendada või vähendada oma nõuet või loobuda hagist, kostjal aga õigus hagi õigeks võtta. Poolel on õigus kohtulahendi peale edasi kaevata ja muud käesolevas seadustikus ettenähtud menetlusõigused.

  (2) Pooled võivad asja lõpetada kompromissiga.

  (3) Poolel on õigus nõuda kohtulahendi sundtäitmist. Hagita menetluses on see õigus menetlusosalisel.

§ 207.   Mitme hageja või kostja osavõtt asjast

  (1) Mitu isikut võivad esitada ühise hagi ja hagi võib esitada ühiselt mitme kostja vastu, kui:
  1) menetluse esemeks on mitme isiku ühine õigus;
  2) mitu isikut on õigustatud või kohustatud samast alusest;
  3) menetluse esemeks on samalaadsed ja olemuslikult samalaadsest alusest tekkinud nõuded või kohustused.

  (2) Iga hageja või kostja osaleb menetluses teise poole suhtes iseseisvalt. Hageja või kostja toimingust ei tulene kaashagejale või -kostjale õiguslikke tagajärgi, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (3) Kui vaidlusalust õigussuhet saab tuvastada üksnes kõigi kaashagejate või -kostjate suhtes ühiselt ja kas või üks kaashageja või -kostja järgib menetlustähtaega, osaleb kohtuistungil, esitab kaebuse või osaleb muu menetlustoimingu tegemisel, kehtivad tema toimingud ka teiste kaashagejate või -kostjate suhtes.

§ 208.   Kostja asendamine ja kaasamine

  (1) Kui hageja leiab, et hagi on ekslikult esitatud isiku vastu, kes ei peaks olema kostja, võib kohus kuni kohtuliku arutamise lõppemiseni esimese astme kohtus hageja taotlusel menetlust lõpetamata asendada senise kostja teise kostjaga. Sel juhul loetakse hagi esialgse kostja suhtes tagasivõetuks.

  (2) Kui hageja leiab, et hagi ei ole esitatud kõigi isikute vastu, kes on vaidlustatud õigussuhte osalised, võib kohus hageja taotlusel kuni kohtuliku arutamise lõppemiseni esimese astme kohtus kaasata kostjana ka need isikud.

  (3) Pärast kostja asendamist või kaasamist peab hageja esitama kohtule asendatud või kaasatud kostja jaoks hagiavalduse ärakirja koos lisadega. Pärast kostja asendamist või kaasamist alustatakse asja läbivaatamist algusest peale.

§ 209.   Menetlusõigusjärglus

  (1) Füüsilisest isikust poole surma või juriidilisest isikust poole lõppemise korral või muul juhul, kui tekib üldõigusjärglus, lubab kohus menetlusse astuda selle poole üldõigusjärglasel, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti. Üldõigusjärglus on võimalik menetluse igas staadiumis.

  (2) Üldõigusjärglasele on kohustuslikud kõik enne tema menetlusse astumist tehtud menetlustoimingud samal määral, kui need oleksid olnud kohustuslikud tema õiguseelnejale.

§ 210.   Vaidlusaluse eseme võõrandamine

  (1) Hagi esitamine ja menetlemine ei puuduta poole õigust võõrandada vaidlusalune ese või loovutada vaidlusalune nõue.

  (2) Vaidlusaluse eseme omandi või muu sellesarnase õiguse üleandmine või nõude loovutamine kolmandale isikule (eriõigusjärglus) ei mõjuta iseenesest asja menetlust.

  (3) Õigusjärglane võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud juhul vastaspoole ja õiguseelneja nõusolekul astuda menetlusse poole õiguseelneja asemel. Vastaspoole või õiguseelneja nõusolekuta võib õigusjärglane astuda menetlusse ja teda võib sinna kaasata kolmanda isikuna õiguseelneja poolel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kui eseme võõrandab hageja ja asjas tehtav otsus ei kehtiks käesoleva seadustiku § 460 kohaselt õigusjärglase suhtes, võib kostja hagejale esitada vastuväite, et hageja on nõudeõiguse kaotanud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 211.   Kinnisasja, laeva ja õhusõiduki võõrandamine

  (1) Kui omaniku ja kolmanda isiku vahel on vaidlus kinnisasjaga seotud asjaõiguse või seda tagava märke olemasolu või puudumise või kinnisasjaga seotud kohustuse üle, on õigusjärglasel kinnisasja võõrandamise korral õigus ja vastaspoole taotlusel kohustus astuda menetlusse omandi ülemineku ajast alates poolena senise poole asemel. See kehtib ka kinnisasja üüri- või rendilepingust või selle puudumisest tuleneva vaidluse kohta, kui lepingu kohta on kantud märge kinnistusraamatusse.

  (2) Kui vastaspool taotleb teise poole õigusjärglase menetlusse astumist, kuid see taotluse kohtu poolt kättetoimetamisele vaatamata menetlusse ei astu, loetakse õigusjärglus kättetoimetamisega tunnustatuks ja pool asendatuks.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 sätestatut ei kohaldata, kui asjas tehtav otsus ei kehtiks käesoleva seadustiku § 460 kohaselt õigusjärglase suhtes. Kui sellisel juhul on võõrandaja hageja, võib kostja hagejale esitada vastuväite, et hageja on nõudeõiguse kaotanud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–3 sätestatut kohaldatakse ka vaidlusele, mis käsitleb õigust laevakinnistusraamatusse kantud laevale või tsiviilõhusõidukite registrisse kantud õhusõidukile.

22. peatükk KOLMANDAD ISIKUD 

§ 212.   Iseseisva nõudega kolmas isik

  (1) Kui kolmas isik esitab iseseisva nõude hageja ja kostja vahelise vaidluse eseme suhtes, võib ta kuni asja sisulise arutamise lõppemiseni maakohtus esitada samas menetluses hagi mõlema poole vastu.

  (2) Iseseisva nõudega kolmandal isikul on hageja õigused ja kohustused.

§ 213.   Iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik

  (1) Kolmas isik, kes ei esita iseseisvat nõuet menetluseseme suhtes, kuid kellel on õiguslik huvi selle suhtes, et vaidlus lahendataks ühe poole kasuks, võib menetlusse astuda hageja või kostja poolel. Iseseisva nõudeta kolmanda isiku võib käesoleva seadustiku §-s 216 sätestatud alusel ja korras menetlusse kaasata ka poole taotlusel.

  (2) Iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik saab menetlusse astuda ning teda võib menetlusse kaasata menetluse igas staadiumis igas kohtuastmes kuni kohtuotsuse jõustumiseni. Iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik võib menetlusse astuda muu hulgas kohtulahendi peale edasi kaevates. Sel juhul lahendatakse tema kaasamine kaebuse menetlusse võtmise lahendamisel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 214.   Iseseisva nõudeta kolmanda isiku menetlusse astumise ja kaasamise tagajärjed

  (1) Iseseisva nõudeta kolmanda isiku menetlusse astumiseni või menetlusse kaasamiseni tehtud menetlustoimingud kehtivad ka kolmanda isiku suhtes.

  (2) Iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik võib teha kõiki menetlustoiminguid peale nende, mida saab teha üksnes hageja või kostja, muu hulgas saab ta asjas tehtud lahendi peale kaevata. Tema avaldusel, kaebusel või muul menetlustoimingul on menetluses õiguslik tähendus üksnes juhul, kui see ei ole vastuolus selle hageja või kostja avalduse, kaebuse või toiminguga, kelle poolel kolmas isik menetluses osaleb. Kaebuse esitamiseks või muu menetlustoimingu tegemiseks kehtib kolmanda isiku suhtes sama tähtaeg kui selle hageja või kostja suhtes, kelle poolel ta menetluses osaleb, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik ei või hageja või kostja suhtes, kelle poolel ta menetlusse astus või kaasati, järgnevas menetluses tugineda sellele, et menetluses tehtud lahendi resolutsioon on ebaõige või et asjaolud on ebaõigesti tuvastatud.

  (4) Kui pool algatab iseseisva nõudeta kolmanda isiku vastu menetluse eelmisele menetlusele tuginedes, võib kolmas isik esitada ka vastuväite, mille ta on esitanud menetluses kolmanda isikuna ja mis on vastuolus poole avaldustega. Kolmas isik võib esitada ka vastuväite, et ta ei saanud esitada taotlust, väidet või tõendit või kaebust, kuna ta astus menetlusse või kaasati sinna liiga hilja või ta ei saanud neid esitada hageja või kostja, kelle poolel ta menetluses osales, avalduste või toimingute tõttu. Ta võib samuti esitada vastuväite, et hageja või kostja ei esitanud tahtlikult või raskelt hooletult taotlust, väidet, tõendit või kaebust, mis oli kolmandale isikule teadmata.

§ 215.   Iseseisva nõudeta kolmanda isiku menetlusse astumine

  (1) Iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik esitab menetlusse astumiseks avalduse asja menetlevale kohtule.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud avalduses märgitakse lisaks menetlusdokumentide muudele andmetele (§ 338):
  1) andmed poolte ja kohtuvaidluse kohta;
  2) õigusliku huvi, mida iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik asjas omab, põhistus;
  3) menetlusega ühinemise taotlus.

  (3) Kohus toimetab käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud avalduse kätte mõlemale poolele ja annab neile tähtaja seisukoha võtmiseks.

  (4) Kohus rahuldab iseseisva nõudeta kolmanda isiku taotluse ja lubab tal menetlusse astuda, kui avaldus vastab seaduses sätestatud nõuetele ja kolmas isik põhistab oma õiguslikku huvi.

  (5) Kui ilmneb, et kolmas isik on astunud menetlusse põhjendamatult, võib kohus ta määrusega menetlusest kõrvaldada.

  (6) Määruse peale, millega kohus lubab kolmandal isikul menetlusse astuda, või keeldub sellest või kõrvaldab kolmanda isiku menetlusest, võib pool või kolmas isik esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

§ 216.   Kolmanda isiku kaasamine

  (1) Pool, kes kohtuvaidluse lahendamise korral tema kahjuks võib kolmanda isiku vastu esitada enda arvates lepingu rikkumisest tuleneva või kahju hüvitamise või hüvituskohustusest vabastamise nõude või kellel on alust eeldada kolmanda isiku sellise nõude esitamist tema vastu, võib kuni eelmenetluse lõppemiseni või kirjalikus menetluses taotluste esitamise tähtaja möödumiseni esitada asja menetlevale kohtule avalduse kolmanda isiku menetlusse kaasamiseks.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (11) Pärast eelmenetluse lõppemist võib esitada avalduse kolmanda isiku menetlusse kaasamiseks üksnes teiste menetlusosaliste või kohtu nõusolekul. Pärast eelmenetluse lõppemist nõustub kohus kolmanda isiku kaasamisega üksnes juhul, kui avalduse õigeaegselt esitamata jätmiseks oli mõjuv põhjus ja kolmanda isiku kaasamine on kohtu arvates asja lahendamise huvides.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (2) Hageja või kostja poolel kolmanda isiku kaasamise avalduses märgitakse:
  1) kolmanda isiku nimi;
  2) menetluse sisu ja staadium;
  3) kolmanda isiku menetlusse kaasamise põhjus ja põhistus.

  (3) Kohus toimetab avalduse kätte kolmandale isikule ja teatab avaldusest teisele poolele ning annab neile tähtaja seisukoha võtmiseks.

  (4) Kohus kaasab kolmanda isiku määrusega, kui avaldus vastab seaduses sätestatud nõuetele ja pool põhistab kolmanda isiku kaasamise vajaduse. Kolmas isik loetakse kaasaja poolel menetlusse kaasatuks alates kaasamise määruse kolmandale isikule kättetoimetamisest.

  (5) Kui ilmneb, et kolmas isik on kaasatud menetlusse põhjendamatult, võib kohus ta määrusega menetlusest kõrvaldada.

  (6) Määruse peale, millega kohus kolmanda isiku menetlusse kaasab või kaasamata jätab või menetlusest kõrvaldab, võib pool või kolmas isik esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

23. peatükk ESINDAMINE 

§ 217.   Esindamine kohtus

  (1) Menetlusosaline võib menetluses osaleda isiklikult või tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimelise esindaja kaudu, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (2) Isiklik osavõtt asjast ei võta menetlusosaliselt õigust omada selles asjas esindajat või nõustajat. Esindaja osavõtt asjast ei piira tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimelise menetlusosalise isiklikku osavõttu asjast.

  (3) Tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetut menetlusosalist esindab kohtus tema seaduslik esindaja.

  (4) Esindusele kohtus kohaldatakse tsiviilseadustiku üldosa seaduses esinduse kohta sätestatut, kui käesolevast seadustikust ei tulene teisiti.

  (5) Esindajal on selle menetlusosalise õigused ja kohustused, keda ta esindab. Esindaja tehtud menetlustoiming loetakse tehtuks esindatud menetlusosalise poolt. Asjaolu omaksvõtmise ja muude avalduste kohta kehtib see niivõrd, kuivõrd juuresviibiv menetlusosaline omaksvõttu või avaldust kohe tagasi ei võta või ei paranda.

  (6) Esindaja käitumine ja teadmine loetakse võrdseks menetlusosalise käitumise ja teadmisega.

  (7) Kui menetluses esindab last selleks määratud esindaja, ei ole vanematel õigust menetluses last esindada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (8) Kui kohus leiab, et menetlusosaliseks olev füüsiline isik ei ole ise võimeline kaitsma oma õigusi ja tema olulised huvid võivad advokaadi abita jääda kaitseta, selgitab kohus talle võimalust saada riigi õigusabi.

§ 218.   Lepinguline esindaja

  (1) Lepinguline esindaja võib kohtus olla:
  1) advokaat;
  2) muu isik, kes on omandanud õiguse õppesuunal vähemalt riiklikult tunnustatud magistrikraadi, sellele vastava kvalifikatsiooni Eesti Vabariigi haridusseaduse § 28 lõike 22 tähenduses või sellele vastava välisriigi kvalifikatsiooni;
[RT I 2008, 29, 189 - jõust. 01.07.2008]
  21) [kehtetu - RT I 2008, 29, 189 - jõust. 01.07.2008]
  3) prokurist kõigis menetlusosalise majandustegevusega seotud kohtumenetlustes;
  4) üks hageja kaashagejate või üks kostja kaaskostjate volitusel;
  5) menetlusosalise üleneja või alaneja sugulane või abikaasa;
  6) muu isik, kelle õigus olla lepinguline esindaja tuleneb seadusest.

  (2) Menetlusosalise töötaja või teenistuja võib kohtus olla menetlusosalise lepinguliseks esindajaks, kui tal on kohtu arvates piisavad teadmised ja kogemused menetlusosalise esindamiseks.

  (21) Registriasjas, välja arvatud määruskaebuse menetluses, võib menetlusosalist esindada iga teovõimeline füüsiline isik.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (3) Hagimenetluses Riigikohtus võib menetlusosaline menetlustoiminguid teha ning avaldusi ja taotlusi esitada üksnes vandeadvokaadi vahendusel. Hagita menetluses võib menetlusosaline Riigikohtus menetlustoiminguid teha ning avaldusi ja taotlusi esitada ise või advokaadi vahendusel.

  (4) Hagimenetluses Riigikohtus võib menetlusosaline ise esitada menetlusabi saamise taotluse, samuti esitada teise menetlusosalise kaebuse või muu taotluse kohta seisukohti ja vastuväiteid. Koos vandeadvokaadiga võib menetlusosaline esitada Riigikohtu istungil seisukohti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Valdkonna eest vastutav minister või tema määratud esindaja võib esindada Eesti Vabariiki Riigikohtus ka juhul, kui ta ei ole vandeadvokaat. Pankrotivõlgnikku võib Riigikohtus ka hagimenetluses esindada pankrotihaldur. Notar võib menetlusosalist esindada Riigikohtus hagita menetluses notariaadiseaduse §-s 30 sätestatud korras.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
[RT I, 29.06.2014, 109 - jõust. 01.07.2014, Vabariigi Valitsuse seaduse § 107³ lõike 4 alusel asendatud sõna „justiitsminister” sõnaga „valdkonna eest vastutav minister”.]

§ 219.   Esindaja kohtu määramisel

  (1) Kui avalduse esitab isik, kellel ei ole tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimet, või kui hagi esitatakse tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu isiku vastu, kellel puudub seaduslik esindaja, määrab kohus talle kuni seadusliku esindaja menetlusse astumiseni ajutise esindaja, kui poole menetluses osalemise takistatus seab ohtu poole olulise huvi.

  (2) Perekonnaasjas võib kohus määrata tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetule isikule teda puudutavas menetluses esindaja, kui see on vajalik tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu isiku huvide kaitseks. Esindaja tuleb määrata, kui:
  1) tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu isiku huvid on oluliselt vastuolus tema seadusliku esindaja huvidega;
  2) kohus menetleb eestkoste seadmist tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu isiku üle;
  3) kohus menetleb abinõude rakendamist lapse heaolu tagamiseks, mis on seotud lapse eraldamisega perekonnast või isikuhooldusõiguse täieliku äravõtmisega;
[RT I 2009, 60, 395 - jõust. 01.07.2010]
  4) kohus menetleb lapse äravõtmist kasuperekonnast või ühelt abikaasalt või muult lapsega suhtlemiseks õigustatud isikult.

  (3) Tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetule isikule ei pea esindajat määrama ja esindaja määramise määruse võib tühistada, kui teda esindab advokaat või muu kohane esindaja.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kohtu määratud esindaja esindusõigus lõpeb menetlust lõpetava lahendi jõustumisega või menetluse muul viisil lõppemisega, kui kohus ei lõpeta esindusõigust juba varem või ei ole esindajat määranud vaid ühe kohtuastme jaoks. Kui esindaja on määratud üksnes ühe kohtuastme jaoks, on esindajal esindusõigus ka kaebuse esitamiseks selles kohtuastmes tehtud lahendi peale.

  (5) Kohus määrab käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 sätestatud juhul, samuti muul käesolevas seadustikus sätestatud juhul isiku huvide kaitseks tema esindajaks riigi õigusabi seaduses sätestatud korras advokaadi. Advokaadi nimetab kohtule Eesti Advokatuur, kes tagab ka advokaadi osavõtu menetlusest. Advokaadi määramisel ei kontrolli kohus täiendavalt riigi õigusabi saamise eeldusi.

  (6) Kohtu määratud advokaat saab tasu riigi arvel riigi õigusabi seaduses ettenähtud ulatuses ja korras. Isikut, kelle huvide kaitseks advokaat määrati, võib kohustada advokaadile tasutu riigile tagastama üksnes juhul, kui isik ei kasuta mõistlikku võimalust kaitsta oma huvisid menetluses teisiti kui kohtu määratud esindaja kaudu, või muul mõjuval põhjusel. See ei vabasta kulude tasumisest menetlusosalist, kes peab kandma menetluskulud kohtulahendi järgi.

  (7) Kohus võib isiku huvide kaitseks menetluses määrata esindajaks ka muu isiku kui advokaadi, kes on kohtu hinnangul selleks piisavalt pädev ja kes esindamisega nõustub. Sellisele esindajale tasu ei maksta, kuid ta võib nõuda oma muude kulude hüvitamist menetlusosaliselt, kes peab kandma menetluskulud kohtulahendi alusel.

§ 220.   Eesti Vabariigi esindamine menetlusosalisena

  (1) Eesti Vabariigi vastu täitevvõimu kandja tegevusest tulenevalt esitatud hagis või tema menetlusse kaasamise korral kolmanda isikuna või hagita menetluses osalemisel esindab Eesti Vabariiki ministeerium, kelle enda või kelle valitsemisalas oleva asutuse või kelle teenistuses oleva ametiisiku tegevusega on tsiviilasi seotud või kelle valitsemisalasse kuulub menetluse esemeks olev tsiviilasi. Kui avaldus käsitleb Riigikantselei ülesannete täitmist, esindab Eesti Vabariiki Riigikantselei.
[RT I, 04.07.2017, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2018]

  (2) Muu riigivara valitseja tegevusest tulenevalt Eesti Vabariigi vastu esitatud hagis või tegevusega seotud muus tsiviilasjas esindab Eesti Vabariiki selle riigivara valitseja.

  (3) Justiitsministeeriumil on õigus esindada Eesti Vabariiki kõigis kohtumenetlustes.

  (4) Kohus saadab Eesti Vabariigi vastu esitatud hagiavalduse või Eesti Vabariigi kaasamise avalduse käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 nimetatud asutustele. Kui kohus ei suuda täpselt tuvastada ministeeriumi, kelle valitsemisalasse esitatud avaldus kuulub, või muud riigivara valitsejat, saadab kohus avalduse Justiitsministeeriumile.

  (5) Finantsjärelevalve- ja kriisilahendusülesande täitmisest tulenevas vaidluses esindab Eesti Vabariiki Finantsinspektsioon.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 3 - jõust. 29.03.2015]

§ 221.   Esindaja esindusõiguse tõendamine

  (1) Seadusliku esindaja esindusõigust tõendab dokument, millest nähtub tema seaduslikuks esindajaks olek.

  (2) Lepingulise esindaja volitust tõendab volikiri, mis esitatakse kohtule. Kohus võib poolelt vajaduse korral nõuda notariaalselt kinnitatud või tõestatud volikirja.

  (3) Isik võib kohtuistungil volituse anda ka suuliselt. Volituse andmine protokollitakse.

§ 222.   Esindusõiguse seadusjärgne ulatus

  (1) Õigus esindamiseks kohtus annab esindajale õiguse teha esindatava nimel kõiki menetlustoiminguid, sealhulgas järgmisi:
  1) hagi või muu avalduse esitamine;
  2) asja üleandmine vahekohtule;
  3) hagist loobumine;
  4) hagi õigeksvõtmine;
  5) hagi aluse või eseme muutmine;
  6) vastuhagi esitamine;
  7) osalemine iseseisva nõudega kolmanda isiku hagi menetlemisel;
  8) kompromissi sõlmimine;
  9) volituse edasiandmine teisele isikule (edasivolitus);
  10) kohtulahendi peale kaebuse esitamine;
  11) esindamine hagi tagamisel ja täitemenetluses;
  12) hüvitatavate menetluskulude vastuvõtmine.

  (2) Abielu lahutamise või kehtetuks tunnistamise avalduse võib tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu abikaasa esindaja esitada üksnes eestkosteasutuse nõusolekul.

  (3) Perekonnaasjas antud volitus peab olema antud sõnaselgelt selle perekonnaasja ajamiseks.

§ 223.   Esindusõiguse piiramine

  Menetlusosaline võib esindaja esindusõiguse seadusjärgset ulatust piirata. Menetlusosalise esindaja esindusõiguse seadusjärgse ulatuse piiramine kehtib kohtu ja teiste menetlusosaliste suhtes üksnes ulatuses, milles see puudutab õigust lõpetada kohtuvaidlus kohtuliku kompromissiga, loobuda hagist või võtta hagi õigeks, tingimusel, et piirang on kohtule ja menetlusosalistele teatavaks tehtud.

§ 224.   Mitme lepingulise esindaja esindusõigus

  Mitme lepingulise esindaja olemasolu korral võib neist menetlusosalist esindada igaüks eraldi. Teistsugune esindusõiguse ulatuse määramine ei kehti teiste menetlusosaliste ega kohtu suhtes.

§ 225.   Volituse lõppemine

  (1) Kui esindatav võtab volituse tagasi, lõpeb volitus vastaspoole ja kohtu suhtes volituse tagasivõtmisest vastaspoolele ja kohtule teatamisega. Eeldatakse, et advokaadi volitus lõpeb ka uue advokaadi nimetamisest vastaspoolele ja kohtule teatamisega.

  (2) Kui esindaja lõpetab volituse aluseks oleva lepingu, võib ta esindatava huvides edasi tegutseda ja teda esindada siiski niikaua, kuni esindatav on korraldanud oma huvide kaitsmise muul viisil.

  (3) Volitus ei lõpe volitaja surmaga, tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetuks muutumisega ega tema seadusliku esindaja muutumisega.

  (4) Esindatav võib esindaja volituse lõppemisele tähtaja möödumise tõttu menetluses tugineda üksnes juhul, kui esindaja või esindatav on volituse lõppemisest kohtule ja vastaspoolele eraldi teatanud.

§ 226.   Esindusõiguse kontroll

  (1) Kohus kontrollib esindaja esindusõiguse olemasolu ning ei luba selle puudumisel isikul esindajana menetluses osaleda. Menetlusosaline võib nõuda teiste menetlusosaliste esindajate esindusõiguse kontrollimist igas menetlusstaadiumis igas kohtuastmes. Advokaadi puhul eeldatakse esindusõiguse olemasolu.

  (2) Esindusõiguse puudumise tuvastamise korral võib kohus:
  1) jätta hagi läbi vaatamata, kui hageja nimel hagiavalduse esitanud isikul ei olnud esindusõigust hagi esitamisel;
  2) teha otsuse, kui otsuse tegemine on seaduse kohaselt võimalik;
  3) kõrvaldada esindusõiguseta isik määrusega menetlusest, kui menetlusosalisel on menetluses mitu esindajat;
  4) lubada esindajal menetluses osaleda käesoleva seadustiku § 227 kohaselt;
  5) lükata asja arutamine edasi.

  (3) Kui esindusõiguse puudumine selgub menetluse kestel, kuid hagi on esitatud õigesti, loetakse, et esindatud menetlusosaline ei ole esindusõiguseta esindatud ulatuses menetluses osalenud, kui menetlusosaline ei kiida esindajana esinenud isiku menetlustoiminguid hiljem heaks.

§ 227.   Ebaselge esindusõigusega isiku ajutine menetlusse lubamine ja esinduse heakskiitmine

  (1) Kui hageja nimel esitab hagi isik, kes ei tõenda oma esindusõigust, ei toimeta kohus hagi enne esindusõiguse tõendamist kostjale kätte.

  (2) Kui menetlusosalise esindaja ei suuda oma esindusõigust kohtus tõendada, kuid väidab seda olevat võimalik hiljem teha, võib kohus asja arutamise edasi lükata või lubada isikul ajutiselt esindajana menetluses osaleda.

  (3) Asja arutamise edasilükkamise või ebaselge esindusõigusega isiku esindajana menetlusse lubamise korral määrab kohus talle tähtaja esindusõiguse tõendamiseks ning võib nõuda talt tagatist menetluskulude ja teistele menetlusosalistele tekkida võivate kulutuste ja kahju katteks.

  (4) Esindusõiguseta isiku menetlusse lubamise korral võib kohus teha otsuse või menetlust lõpetava määruse alles pärast esindusõiguse tõendamist, volituseta esindamise heakskiidu esitamist või selleks kohtu antud tähtaja möödumist.

  (5) Kui hageja nimel esinenud isik ei ole kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul esindusõigust tõendanud või heakskiitu esitanud, jätab kohus hagi läbi vaatamata, kui läbi vaatamata jätmise muud eeldused on täidetud. Kui kostja nimel esinenud isik ei ole kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul esindusõigust tõendanud või heakskiitu esitanud, teeb kohus tagaseljaotsuse, kui tagaseljaotsuse muud eeldused on täidetud. Kui menetlusosalise nimel kaebuse esitanud isik ei ole kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul esindusõigust tõendanud või heakskiitu esitanud, jätab kohus kaebuse läbi vaatamata, kui läbi vaatamata jätmise muud eeldused on täidetud.

  (6) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 5 nimetatud lahendiga mõistetakse esindusõiguseta isikult teiste menetlusosaliste kasuks välja esindusõiguseta esindaja menetlusse lubamisest tekkinud kulud. See ei välista ega piira menetlusosaliste õigust nõuda kulusid ületava kahju hüvitamist.

  (7) Menetlusosalise nimel tehtud menetlustoimingud kehtivad ka juhul, kui menetlusosaline andis esindajale volituse muus vormis kui kirjalikult või notariaalselt kinnitatuna või tõestatuna või kui menetlusosaline kiitis esindaja menetluses osalemise sõnaselgelt või vaikivalt heaks. Eeldatakse, et menetlusosaline on teda menetluses esindanud isiku volituse heaks kiitnud, kui ta andis talle hiljem volituse.

§ 228.   Nõustaja

  (1) Menetlusosaline võib menetluses nõustajana kasutada tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimelist isikut.

  (2) Nõustaja võib esineda kohtuistungil koos menetlusosalisega ja anda selgitusi. Nõustaja ei saa teha menetlustoiminguid ega esitada taotlusi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Nõustaja poolt kohtuistungil esitatu loetakse menetlusosalise poolt esitatuks, kui menetlusosaline seda kohe tagasi ei võta või ei paranda.

5. osa TÕENDID 

24. peatükk ÜLDSÄTTED 

§ 229.   Tõendi mõiste

  (1) Tõendiks tsiviilasjas on igasugune teave, mis on seaduses sätestatud protsessivormis ja mille alusel kohus seaduses sätestatud korras teeb kindlaks poolte nõudeid ja vastuväiteid põhjendavad asjaolud või nende puudumise, samuti muud asja õigeks lahendamiseks tähtsad asjaolud.

  (2) Tõendiks võib olla tunnistaja ütlus, menetlusosalise vande all antud seletus, dokumentaalne tõend, asitõend, vaatlus ning eksperdiarvamus. Hagita menetluses võib kohus lugeda asjaolude tõendamiseks piisavaks ka muu tõendusvahendi muu hulgas menetlusosalise seletuse, mis ei ole antud vande all.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 230.   Tõendamise ja tõendite esitamise kohustus

  (1) Kumbki pool peab hagimenetluses tõendama neid asjaolusid, millele tuginevad tema nõuded ja vastuväited, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti. Pooled võivad kokku leppida tõendamiskoormise jaotuse erinevalt seaduses sätestatust ja selle, millised on tõendid, millega mingit asjaolu võib tõendada, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Tõendeid esitavad menetlusosalised. Kohus võib teha menetlusosalistele ettepaneku esitada täiendavaid tõendeid.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

  (3) Abieluasjas ja põlvnemisasjas, samuti lapse huve puudutavas vaidluses ja hagita menetluses võib kohus tõendeid koguda omal algatusel, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (4) Ülalpidamisasjas võib kohus kohustada poolt esitama andmed ja dokumendid oma sissetuleku ja varalise seisundi kohta, hoiatades teda, et võimalik on teha käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 5 nimetatud järelepärimine.

  (5) Kohus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 sätestatud juhul nõuda asjakohast teavet:
  1) poole tööandjalt, muu hulgas endiselt tööandjalt;
  2) Sotsiaalkindlustusametilt ja muult asutuselt või isikult, kes teeb vanadusega või töövõime kaotusega seotud väljamakseid;
[RT I, 06.12.2012, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2013]
  3) kindlustusseltsidelt;
  4) Maksu- ja Tolliametilt;
  5) krediidiasutustelt.

  (6) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 5 nimetatud isik ja asutus on kohustatud andma kohtule teavet kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul. Kohustuse rikkumise korral võib kohus kohustatud isikut või asutust trahvida.

§ 231.   Tõendamisest vabastamise alused

  (1) Tõendada ei ole vaja asjaolu, mida kohus loeb üldtuntuks. Üldtuntuks võib kohus lugeda asjaolu, mille kohta saab usaldusväärset teavet menetlusvälistest allikatest.

  (2) Poole faktilise asjaolu kohta esitatud väide ei vaja tõendamist, kui vastaspool võtab selle omaks. Omaksvõtt on faktilise väitega tingimusteta ja selgesõnaline nõustumine kohtule adresseeritud kirjalikus avalduses või kohtuistungil, kus nõustumine protokollitakse. Abieluasjas ja põlvnemisasjas hindab kohus omaksvõttu koos muude tõenditega.

  (3) Omaksvõtu võib tagasi võtta üksnes teise poole nõusolekul või juhul, kui tagasivõttev pool tõendab, et väide asjaolu olemasolu või puudumise kohta, mis omaks võeti, ei vasta tõele ja omaksvõtt oli tingitud ebaõigest ettekujutusest asjaolust. Sel juhul ei loeta asjaolu omaksvõetuks.

  (4) Omaksvõttu eeldatakse, kuni vastaspool ei vaidlusta faktilise asjaolu kohta esitatud väidet selgesõnaliselt ja vaidlustamise tahe ei ilmne ka poole muudest avaldustest.

§ 232.   Tõendite hindamine

  (1) Kohus hindab seadusest juhindudes kõiki tõendeid igakülgselt, täielikult ja objektiivselt ning otsustab oma siseveendumuse kohaselt, kas menetlusosalise esitatud väide on tõendatud või mitte, arvestades muu hulgas poolte kokkuleppeid tõendamise kohta.

  (2) Ühelgi tõendil ei ole kohtu jaoks ette kindlaksmääratud jõudu, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

  (3) Kohus on seotud vaieldava asjaolu kindlakstegemisel arvamusega, mille on andnud poolte kokkuleppel määratud asjatundja, kui:
  1) tegemist on vaidlusega, mis tuleneb mõlema poole majandus- või kutsetegevuses sõlmitud lepingust, ja
  2) puudub asjaolu, mis oleks aluseks asjatundja menetluses eksperdina taandamiseks, ja
  3) asjatundja määrati vastavalt kokkuleppele, üht poolt eelistamata ja
  4) asjatundja arvamus ei ole ilmselt ebaõige.

§ 233.   Nõude suuruse hindamine

  (1) Kui menetluses on tuvastatud kahju tekitamine, kuid kahju täpset suurust ei õnnestu kindlaks teha või selle kindlakstegemine oleks seotud eriliste raskustega või ebamõistlikult suurte kuludega, muu hulgas kui tegemist on mittevaralise kahjuga, otsustab kohus kahju suuruse oma siseveendumuse kohaselt kõiki asjaolusid arvestades.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatut kohaldatakse ka muule varalisele vaidlusele, kui poolte vahel on vaieldav nõude suurus ja kõigi selle määramiseks vajalike asjaolude täielik väljaselgitamine on seotud ebamõistlike raskustega.

§ 234.   Välisriigi ja rahvusvahelise õiguse ning tavaõiguse tõendamine

  Väljaspool Eesti Vabariiki kehtivat õigust, rahvusvahelist õigust ja tavaõigust tuleb tõendada üksnes niivõrd, kuivõrd need ei ole kohtule teada. Õiguse väljaselgitamisel võib kohus kasutada ka teisi teabeallikaid ning teha teabe hankimiseks vajalikke toiminguid. Välisriigi õiguse väljaselgitamisel lähtub kohus muu hulgas rahvusvahelise eraõiguse seaduse §-st 4.

§ 235.   Põhistamine

  Väite põhistamine on kohtule väite põhjendamine selliselt, et põhjenduse õigsust eeldades saab kohus lugeda väite usutavaks. Põhistamiseks kohustatud isik võib kasutada selleks kõiki seadusega lubatud tõendeid, samuti tõendusvahendeid, mida ei ole seaduses tõendiks loetud või mis ei ole tõendile ettenähtud protsessuaalses vormis, muu hulgas allkirjastatud kinnitust, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti.

25. peatükk TÕENDITE ESITAMINE, KOGUMINE JA UURIMINE 

§ 236.   Tõendi esitamine ja tõendite kogumine

  (1) Tõendi esitamine on menetlusosalise poolt kohtule taotluse esitamine, et kohus hindaks menetlusosalise väidet taotluses nimetatud tõendi vastuvõtmise ja uurimise alusel.

  (2) Kui tõendit esitada sooviv menetlusosaline ei saa tõendit ise esitada, võib ta taotleda kohtult tõendite kogumist. Tõendite kogumine on kohtu tegevus menetluses tõendite kättesaadavaks tegemiseks ja nende uurimise võimaldamiseks.

  (3) Tõendi esitamisel või tõendite kogumise taotlemisel peab menetlusosaline põhjendama, millise asjas tähtsust omava asjaolu tõendamiseks ta soovib tõendit esitada või tõendite kogumist taotleb. Tõendite kogumise taotluses tuleb märkida ka kogumist võimaldavad andmed.

  (4) Kohtule võib mõlema poole nõusolekul tõendeid esitada ja kohus võib tõendeid koguda ka teistsugusel viisil ja vormis, kui on sätestatud käesolevas seadustikus. Pool võib nõusoleku tagasi võtta üksnes menetlusliku olukorra olulise muutumise korral.

§ 237.   Tõendi õigeaegse esitamise kohustus

  (1) Kohus annab menetlusosalistele eelmenetluses tähtaja tõendite esitamiseks ja nende kogumise taotlemiseks. Kui tõendit ei ole tähtaja möödudes esitatud või tõendite kogumist taotletud, võib hiljem tõendile tugineda üksnes käesoleva seadustiku §-s 331 sätestatut järgides.

  (2) Kui menetlusosalise taotlus tõendeid koguda jäi rahuldamata seetõttu, et menetlusosaline jättis kohtu nõudmisest hoolimata tõendite kogumisega seotud kulud ette maksmata, ei ole tal hiljem õigust taotleda sellist kogumist, kui taotluse rahuldamine põhjustaks asja arutamise edasilükkamise.

§ 238.   Tõendi asjakohasus ja lubatavus

  (1) Kohus võtab vastu ainult sellise tõendi ja korraldab selliste tõendite kogumise ning arvestab asja lahendamisel ainult sellist tõendit, millel on asjas tähtsust. Tõendil ei ole asjas tähtsust eelkõige, kui:
  1) tõendatavat asjaolu ei ole vaja tõendada, muu hulgas kui asjaolu ei ole vaidlusalune;
  2) asjaolu kohta on kohtu hinnangul juba piisavalt tõendeid esitatud.

  (2) Kui seadusest või poolte kokkuleppest tulenevalt tuleb asjaolu tõendada teatud liiki või teatud vormis tõendiga, ei või seda asjaolu tõendada teist liiki või teises vormis tõendiga.

  (3) Kohus võib keelduda tõendi vastuvõtmisest ja selle tagastada või keelduda tõendite kogumisest lisaks käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 sätestatule, kui:
  1) tegemist on kuriteoga või põhiõiguse õigusvastase rikkumisega saadud tõendiga;
  2) tõend ei ole kättesaadav, eelkõige kui teada ei ole tunnistaja andmed või dokumendi asukoht, samuti kui tõendi tähtsus ei ole vastavuses tõendi kättesaamiseks mineva ajakuluga või sellega seotud muude raskustega;
  3) tõend esitatakse või tõendite kogumist taotletakse hilinenult;
  4) tõendite esitamise ja kogumise vajadust ei ole põhjendatud;
  5) tõendite kogumist taotlenud menetlusosaline jätab tasumata kohtu nõutud ettemakse tõendi kogumisega seotud kulude katteks.

  (4) Tõendi vastuvõtmisest või tõendite kogumisest keeldumise kohta teeb kohus põhjendatud määruse.

  (5) Kui kohus on juba tõendi vastu võtnud või tõendeid kogunud, võib ta jätta asja lahendamisel käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–3 sätestatud juhtudel tõendi arvestamata. Tõendi võib selle hindamise järel jätta arvestamata ka siis, kui see on ilmselt ebausaldusväärne.

§ 239.   Tõendite kogumise korraldamine

  (1) Kui tõendi uurimiseks on vaja tõendeid koguda, korraldab kohus selle määrusega, mis tehakse menetlusosalistele teatavaks. Enne määruse tegemist tuleb kohtul selle isiku taotlusel, kellelt tõendite kogumist on taotletud, ta ära kuulata. Kui on vaja tõendeid koguda väljaspool asja menetleva kohtu tööpiirkonda, võib asja läbivaatav kohus teha määruse menetlustoimingu erinõude korras tegemiseks kohtus, kelle tööpiirkonnas on võimalik tõendeid koguda. Erinõude määruses kirjeldatakse lühidalt asja sisu ning märgitakse asjaolud, mis tuleb välja selgitada, ja tõendid, mis tuleb koguda.
[RT I, 26.05.2017, 1 - jõust. 05.06.2017]

  (2) Kohus, sealhulgas asja erinõude alusel menetlev kohus, võib tõendite kogumise määrust vajaduse korral muuta. Menetlusosalistel lastakse oma arvamust avaldada võimaluse korral enne määruse muutmist. Tõendite kogumise määruse muutmine tehakse menetlusosalistele viivitamata teatavaks.

§ 240.   Kohtu erinõude täitmise kord

  (1) Erinõue täidetakse korras, mis on kehtestatud erinõudes taotletava menetlustoimingu tegemiseks. Menetlusosalistele teatatakse menetlustoimingu aeg ja koht, kuid menetlusosalise puudumine ei takista erinõude täitmist.

  (2) Menetlustoimingu protokoll ja erinõude täitmisel kogutud tõendid saadetakse viivitamata asja läbivaatavale kohtule.

  (3) Kui erinõude alusel menetleva kohtu poolt tõendite kogumisel tekib vaidlus, mille lahendamisest sõltub tõendite kogumise jätkamine ja mida erinõude alusel menetlev kohus lahendada ei või, lahendab vaidluse põhiasja menetlev kohus.

  (4) Kui erinõuet täitev kohus leiab, et asja lahendamise seisukohalt on mõistlik anda tõendite kogumine üle teisele kohtule, esitab ta sellele kohtule asjakohase taotluse ja teatab sellest menetlusosalistele.

§ 241.   Tõendite kogumine väljaspool Eestit

  (1) Eesti tsiviilkohtumenetluses on lubatud kasutada välisriigis selle riigi seaduste kohaselt kogutud tõendeid, kui nende saamiseks tehtud menetlustoiming ei ole vastuolus Eesti tsiviilkohtumenetluse põhimõtetega.

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

  (4) Kui tõendeid tuleb koguda mujal kui Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis, taotleb kohus tõendite kogumist selleks pädeva ametkonna kaudu vastavalt tsiviil- ja kaubandusasjades välisriigis tõendite kogumise konventsioonile.

  (5) Kohus võib välisriigis koguda tõendeid ka Eesti Vabariiki selles riigis esindava saadiku või pädeva konsulaarametniku vahendusel, kui välisriigi õiguse järgi ei ole see keelatud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 2411.   Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) 2020/1783 rakendamine

  (1) Tõendite kogumine mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis toimub Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruses (EL) 2020/1783 sätestatud korras teise riigi kohtu abil või vahetult.

  (2) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) 2020/1783 artikli 3 lõike 2 kohaselt on tõendite kogumiseks pädevad maakohtud ja ringkonnakohtud oma tööpiirkonnas ning Riigikohus.

  (3) Tõendite kogumist vastavalt Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrusele (EL) 2020/1783 taotlenud Eesti kohtu koosseis või korralduse alusel tegutsev kohtunik võib sama määruse kohaselt viibida välisriigi kohtu poolse tõendite kogumise juures ja osaleda selles. Menetlusosalised, nende esindajad ja eksperdid võivad osaleda tõendite kogumisel samas ulatuses, nagu nad võivad osaleda tõendite kogumisel Eestis. Sama määruse artikli 19 lõike 3 kohaselt lubatud Eesti kohtu poolsel vahetul tõendite kogumisel mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis võib osaleda asja lahendav kohtukoosseis, korralduse alusel tegutsev kohtunik või kohtu määratud ekspert.

  (4) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) 2020/1783 artikli 21 kohaselt võib teises liikmesriigis asuva Eesti Vabariigi kodaniku Eesti kohtu menetluses olevas kohtuasjas ära kuulata ka Eesti diplomaatilise esindaja või konsulaarametniku kaudu.

  (5) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) 2020/1783 artikli 4 lõike 3 alusel täidab keskasutuse ülesandeid Justiitsministeerium.

  (6) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) 2020/1783 artikli 4 lõike 3 alusel määratakse Justiitsministeerium asutuseks, kes otsustab määruse artikli 19 alusel esitatud taotluse rahuldamise või rahuldamata jätmise.

  (7) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) 2020/1783 artikli 6 alusel aktsepteeritakse Eestis nii eesti kui ka inglise keeles koostatud tüüpvorme.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

§ 242.   Tõendist loobumine

  Tõendi esitanud või tõendite kogumist taotlenud pool võib tõendist loobuda ja tõendi tagasi võtta üksnes vastaspoole nõusolekul, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti.

§ 243.   Tõendite uurimine

  (1) Tõendeid uurib kohus vahetult ja hindab neid lahendi tegemisel.

  (2) Kohus määrab tõendite uurimise järjekorra kohtuistungil kindlaks pärast menetlusosaliste arvamuse ärakuulamist.

  (3) Menetlusosalisel on õigus osaleda tõendite uurimisel kohtuistungil. Kohtusse kutsutud menetlusosalise puudumine kohtuistungilt, kus uuritakse tõendeid, ei takista tõendite uurimist, kui kohus ei määra teisiti.

  (4) Kohtuistungilt, kus uuriti tõendeid, puudunud menetlusosalise taotlusel võib kohus määrata uue või täiendava tõendite uurimise, kui menetlusosaline põhistab kohtule, et ta puudus istungilt mõjuval põhjusel ning et tema puudumise tõttu on kogutud või uuritud tõendusmaterjal oluliselt puudulik.

  (5) Erinõude täitmisel või korralduse alusel tegutseva kohtuniku poolt tõendite kogumise kohta koostatud protokoll avaldatakse asja läbivaatava kohtu istungil. Menetlusosalised võivad esitada tõendite kogumise kohta oma arvamuse.

  (6) Väljaspool kohtuistungit kogutud tõendid või menetlustoimingu protokoll avaldatakse kohtuistungil, vajalikel juhtudel ka ekspertidele ja tunnistajatele. Pärast seda võivad menetlusosalised anda nende tõendite kohta seletusi.

26. peatükk EELTÕENDAMISMENETLUS TÕENDITE TAGAMISEKS JA ASJAOLUDE EELNEVAKS TUVASTAMISEKS 

§ 244.   Eeltõendamismenetlus

  (1) Poole taotlusel võib kohus kohtumenetluse ajal või mõjuval põhjusel enne menetluse algatamist määrusega korraldada eeltõendamismenetluse, kui vastaspool sellega nõustub või kui võib eeldada, et tõendid võivad kaduma minna või nende kasutamine võib raskeneda. Kohus algatab isiku taotlusel eeltõendamismenetluse tõendite tagamiseks ka siis, kui isik põhistab, et tema autoriõigusi, autoriõigustega kaasnevaid õigusi või tööstusomandiõigusi on rikutud või on olemas nende rikkumise oht.

  (2) Eeltõendamismenetluses võib korraldada vaatluse, kuulata üle tunnistaja või teha ekspertiisi või muu menetlustoimingu. Kui eeltõendamismenetlus on algatatud tõendite tagamiseks autoriõiguste, autoriõigustega kaasnevate õiguste või tööstusomandiõiguste rikkumise või rikkumise ohu tõttu, võib kohus muu hulgas korraldada näidiste vaatluse ja kirjelduse detailse protokollimise koos näidiste säilitamisega või ilma selleta või arestida õigusi rikkuva kauba või kauba tootmiseks või turustamiseks vajaliku tooraine, seadmed ja sinna juurde kuuluvad dokumendid hagi tagamiseks ettenähtud korras.

  (3) Kui menetlus ei ole alanud, võib isik taotleda kohtult eeltõendamismenetluses ekspertiisi määramist ka siis, kui tal on õiguslik huvi, et tuvastataks:
  1) isiku seisund või eseme seisund või väärtus;
  2) kahju või eseme puuduse põhjus;
  3) kahju või eseme puuduse kõrvaldamiseks vajalikud kulud või abinõud.

  (4) Õiguslik huvi on käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud juhul olemas, kui tuvastamine aitaks ilmselt vältida kohtuvaidlust.

  (5) Eeltõendamismenetluses kohaldatakse tõendite esitamise ja kogumise kohta sätestatut, kui käesolevas peatükis sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

§ 245.   Eeltõendamismenetluse algatamise taotlus

  (1) Kui tsiviilasjas on kohtumenetlus alanud, esitatakse eeltõendamismenetluse algatamise taotlus asja menetlevale kohtule.

  (2) Kui menetlus ei ole alanud, esitatakse taotlus kohtule, kes võib taotluse esitaja väitel arutada põhiasja. Kui eeltõendamismenetlusele järgneb kohtumenetlus, ei saa taotluse esitaja tugineda asjaolule, et asi tegelikult sellele kohtule ei allu.

  (3) Mõjuval põhjusel võib taotluse esitada ka maakohtule, kelle tööpiirkonnas viibib isik, kelle ülekuulamist või kelle suhtes ekspertiisi tegemist taotletakse, või kus asub vaatluse või ekspertiisi esemeks olev asi.

§ 246.   Eeltõendamismenetluse algatamise taotluse sisu

  (1) Eeltõendamismenetluse algatamise taotluses tuleb märkida järgmised andmed:
  1) menetlusosaliste või eeldatavate menetlusosaliste nimed, aadressid ja sidevahendite andmed;
  2) nende asjaolude kirjeldus, mille kohta soovitakse tõendeid koguda;
  3) tunnistajate nimed või muu tõendi tähistus;
  4) asjaolud, mis põhistavad eeltõendamismenetluse lubatavust ning kohtualluvust.

  (2) Kui tõendite kogumise taotleja ei nimeta vastaspoolt, peab ta kohtule põhistama mõjuva põhjuse, miks ta seda teha ei saa.

§ 247.   Eeltõendamismenetluse algatamine

  (1) Kohus lahendab eeltõendamismenetluse algatamise taotluse määrusega. Määruses märgitakse asjaolud, mille kohta tuleb tõendeid koguda, ja tõendid, mida on vaja koguda.

  (2) Kui eeltõendamismenetlus algatatakse tõendite tagamiseks enne hagi esitamist isiku autoriõiguste, autoriõigustega kaasnevate õiguste või tööstusomandiõiguste rikkumise või rikkumise ohu tõttu, annab kohus määruses tähtaja, mille jooksul isik peab esitama hagi. Tähtaeg ei või olla pikem kui üks kuu. Kui hagi määratud tähtaja jooksul ei esitata, tühistab kohus eeltõendamismenetluse käigus tehtud toimingud.

  (3) Kui eeltõendamismenetlust soovitakse algatada või kui see on algatatud enne hagi esitamist isiku autoriõiguste, autoriõigustega kaasnevate õiguste või tööstusomandiõiguste rikkumise või rikkumise ohu tõttu, võib kohus eeltõendamismenetluse algatamise või jätkumise teha sõltuvaks tagatise andmisest vastaspoolele tekkida võiva kahju hüvitamiseks. Tagatis tuleb anda kohtu määratud tähtpäevaks. Kui tagatist määratud tähtpäevaks ei anta, jätab kohus eeltõendamismenetluse algatamata või tühistab eeltõendamismenetluse käigus tehtud toimingud.

  (4) Eeltõendamismenetluse algatamisest keeldumise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

§ 248.   Vastaspoole kaitse eeltõendamismenetluses

  (1) Kohus ei algata eeltõendamismenetlust, kui avaldaja ei põhista kohtule mõjuvat põhjust, miks ta menetluse vastaspoolt nimetada ei oska.

  (2) Kui eeltõendamismenetlus algatatakse taotluse alusel, milles vastaspoolt ei ole märgitud, võib kohus määrata tulevase vastaspoole esindajaks eeltõendamismenetluses advokaadi, kes kaitseb tulevase vastaspoole huve tõendite kogumise juures. Advokaadi tasu ja kulud mõistab kohus riigi õigusabi seaduses ettenähtud ulatuses määrusega välja avaldajalt ja võib kohustada avaldajat enne eeltõendamismenetluse alustamist tasuma selleks ettenähtud kontole mõistliku ettemakse. Ettemakse tasumata jätmise korral võib jätta eeltõendamismenetluse algatamata.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (3) Kohus toimetab vastaspoolele või tema esindajale kätte eeltõendamismenetluse algatamise taotluse ja menetluse algatamise kohta tehtud kohtumääruse sellise arvestusega, et vastaspoolel oleks võimalik menetluses oma õigusi kaitsta.

  (4) Kui eeltõendamismenetlust taotletakse enne hagi esitamist tõendite tagamiseks isiku autoriõiguste, autoriõigustega kaasnevate õiguste või tööstusomandiõiguste rikkumise või rikkumise ohu tõttu, algatab kohus eeltõendamismenetluse ja viib selle lõpuni vastaspoolt teavitamata, kui viivitamisest võib avaldajale tekkida hüvitamatut kahju või kui tõendid võivad tõenäoliselt hävida või kaotsi minna. Sel juhul toimetatakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud taotlus ja määrus ning abinõu rakendamise määrus vastaspoolele kätte viivitamata pärast vajalike abinõude rakendamist.

  (5) Vastaspool võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 nimetatud juhul taotleda kohtult tõendite tagamise abinõu asendamist või tühistamist, kui tõendeid tagati põhjendamatult. Taotlusest teatab kohus avaldajale, kellel on õigus esitada kohtule taotluse kohta vastuväiteid. Taotluse kohta tehtud määruse peale võivad pooled esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

  (6) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 5 nimetatud määruskaebuse esitamine ei peata tõendite tagamise määruse täitmist. Määruskaebuse esitamine tõendite tagamise abinõu tühistamise või ühe tagamisabinõu teisega asendamise määruse peale peatab määruse täitmise.

§ 249.   Eeltõendamismenetluses saadud tõendile tuginemine

  (1) Eeltõendamismenetluses kogutud tõenditele saab menetluses tugineda samadel alustel põhimenetluses kogutud tõenditega.

  (2) Kui vastaspool ei osalenud eeltõendamismenetluse kohtuistungil või muu menetlustoimingu tegemisel, ei või eeltõendamismenetluse tulemusele tugineda, kui vastaspool ei olnud istungile või muu menetlustoimingu juurde õigeaegselt kutsutud või tema õigusi eeltõendamismenetluses muul põhjusel oluliselt rikuti ja ta vaidlustab seetõttu tõendi.

  (3) Eeltõendamismenetluse tulemusele võib tugineda juhul, kui vastaspoolt ei teavitatud eeltõendamismenetlusest vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku § 248 lõikele 4.

§ 250.   Eeltõendamismenetlusega tekitatud kahju hüvitamine

  (1) Eeltõendamismenetluse algatamist taotlenud pool peab hüvitama eeltõendamismenetlusega teisele poolele tekitatud kahju, kui:
  1) jõustub kohtulahend, millega jäetakse hagi rahuldamata või läbi vaatamata või kui asjas lõpetatakse menetlus muul alusel kui poolte kompromissi kinnitamisega;
  2) ilmneb, et eeltõendamismenetluse algatamise ajal puudus eeltõendamismenetluseks alus;
  3) enne hagi esitamist toimunud eeltõendamismenetluse käigus tehtud toimingud on tühistatud põhjusel, et hagi ei esitatud tähtaegselt.

  (2) Eeltõendamismenetlusega tekkida võiva kahju hüvitamiseks sissenõutud tagatis tagastatakse eeltõendamismenetlust taotlenud poolele, kui teine pool ei ole esitanud hagi kahju hüvitamiseks kahe kuu jooksul, alates käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud ajast.

27. peatükk TUNNISTAJA ÜTLUSED 

§ 251.   Tunnistaja ütlused

  (1) Tunnistajana võib üle kuulata iga inimese, kellele võivad olla teada asjas tähtsust omavad asjaolud, kui ülekuulatav ei ole selles asjas menetlusosaline või menetlusosalise esindaja.

  (2) Kohus võib tunnistaja ülekuulamise asendada tema teises kohtumenetluses ülekuulamise protokolli kasutamisega, kui see ilmselt võimaldab menetlust lihtsustada ja võib eeldada, et kohus saab protokolli vajalikul määral hinnata ka tunnistaja vahetu ülekuulamiseta.

§ 252.   Tunnistaja kutsumine kohtuistungile

  Kohus kutsub tunnistaja kohtuistungile ja toimetab kätte kohtukutse. Kutse peab sisaldama vähemalt järgmisi andmeid:
  1) menetlusosalised ja vaidluse ese;
  2) mille kohta isik üle kuulatakse;
  3) korraldus ilmuda kutses märgitud ajal ütlusi andma kutses märgitud kohta;
  4) hoiatus rakendada tunnistaja ülekuulamisele ilmumata jäämise korral seaduses sätestatud sunnivahendeid.

§ 253.   Kirjalikud ütlused

  (1) Kohus võib määrusega kohustada tunnistajat kirjalikult vastama esitatud küsimusele kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul, kui tunnistaja kohtusse ilmumine on tunnistajale ebamõistlikult koormav ja kirjaliku ütluse andmine on kohtu arvates küsimuse sisu ning tunnistaja isikut arvestades tõendamiseks piisav.

  (2) Tunnistajale tuleb käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul selgitada, et teda võidakse kirjalikule ütlusele vaatamata kutsuda kohtuistungile suuliselt ütlusi andma. Tunnistajale tuleb selgitada käesoleva seadustiku §-de 256–259 sisu ning tunnistaja kohustust rääkida tõtt. Tunnistajat tuleb ka hoiatada ütluste andmisest põhjendamatu keeldumise ja teadvalt vale ütluse andmise eest ning kohustada teda allkirjastama ütluste ja hoiatuse teksti.

  (3) Menetlusosalisel on õigus tunnistajale kohtu kaudu kirjalikult küsimusi esitada. Küsimused, mille kohta tunnistaja vastust soovitakse, määrab kohus.

  (4) Kui kohus on tunnistaja vastused kätte saanud, saadab ta need koos allkirjastatud hoiatuse tekstiga viivitamata menetlusosalistele.

  (5) Vajaduse korral võib kohus kutsuda tunnistaja kohtuistungile ütlusi suuliselt andma.

§ 254.   Tunnistaja kohtusse ilmumise ja tõeste ütluste andmise kohustus

  Tunnistajana väljakutsutud isik on kohustatud ilmuma kohtusse ja andma kohtule tõeseid ütlusi temale teada olevate asjaolude kohta.

§ 255.   Tunnistaja ülekuulamine väljaspool kohut

  (1) Kohus võib tunnistaja ülekuulamiseks minna ise tunnistaja juurde, kui tunnistaja haiguse, vanaduse või invaliidsuse tõttu või muul mõjuval põhjusel ei ole võimeline kohtusse ilmuma või kui see on vajalik muul põhjusel.

  (2) Tunnistaja ülekuulamise võib erinõude alusel tegutsevale kohtule või korralduse alusel tegutsevale kohtunikule ülesandeks teha üksnes juhul, kui on alust eeldada, et menetlev kohus saab ülekuulamise tulemust asjakohaselt hinnata ka vahetult ülekuulamisel osalemata, ja kui:
  1) tõe väljaselgitamiseks on eeldatavasti vajalik tunnistaja kohapealne ülekuulamine või kui tunnistaja tuleb seaduse kohaselt üle kuulata mujal kui kohtupidamise kohas;
  2) tunnistaja ei ole haiguse, vanaduse, invaliidsuse või muu mõjuva põhjuse tõttu võimeline kohtusse ilmuma;
  3) tunnistajale ei ole tema ütluste tähendust arvestades asja menetlevasse kohtusse ilmumine suure vahemaa tõttu vastuvõetav ja tunnistajat ei ole võimalik üle kuulata menetluskonverentsi teel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  4) [kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui tunnistaja jääb ilmumata või keeldub ütluste andmisest, on tõendite kogumiseks korralduse või erinõude saanud kohtunikul õigus anda seadusest tulenevaid korraldusi ja neid tühistada, otsustada tunnistajale esitatud küsimuse lubatavuse üle ning määrata tunnistaja korduv ülekuulamine.

§ 256.   Ütluste andmise keeld

  (1) Eestis registreeritud usuühenduse vaimulikku ega tema abipersonali ei või üle kuulata asjaolude kohta, mis talle usaldati seoses hingelise hoolekandega.

  (2) Selle isiku loata, kelle huvides saladuse hoidmise kohustus on kehtestatud, ei või tunnistajana üle kuulata:
  1) esindajat tsiviil- või haldusasjas, kaitsjat kriminaal- või väärteoasjas ning notarit asjaolu suhtes, mis on saanud talle teatavaks ametikohustusi täites;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  2) arsti, farmatseuti või tervishoiuteenuse muud osutajat asjaolu suhtes, mis patsient on talle usaldanud, muu hulgas isiku päritolusse, kunstlikku viljastamisse, perekonnasse või tervisesse puutuva asjaolu suhtes;
  3) muud isikut, kellele on tema ameti või kutse- või majandustegevuse tõttu usaldatud teavet, mille saladuses hoidmine on talle seaduse kohaselt kohustuslik.

  (3) Isiku loata, kelle huvides saladuse hoidmise kohustus on kehtestatud, ei või tunnistajana üle kuulata ka käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud isikute erialast abipersonali.

  (4) Kohus võib keelduda tunnistajana üle kuulamast alla neljateistaastast isikut või isikut, kes oma füüsilise või psüühilise puude tõttu ei ole võimeline õigesti tajuma asjas tähtsust omavaid asjaolusid või andma nende kohta tõepäraseid ütlusi.

§ 257.   Tunnistaja õigus keelduda ütluste andmisest

  (1) Õigus keelduda tunnistajana ütluste andmisest on hageja või kostja:
  1) alanejal ja ülenejal sugulasel;
  2) õel, poolõel, vennal, poolvennal või isikul, kes on või on olnud abielus hageja või kostja õe, poolõe, venna või poolvennaga;
  3) võõras- või kasuvanemal, võõras- või kasulapsel;
  4) lapsendajal ja lapsendatul;
  5) abikaasal, elukaaslasel ja tema vanemal, sealhulgas pärast abielu või püsiva kooselu lõppemist.

  (2) Tunnistaja võib keelduda ütluste andmisest ka siis, kui ütlused võivad kuriteo või väärteo toimepanemises süüstada teda ennast või käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud isikut.

  (3) Tunnistajal on õigus keelduda ütluste andmisest asjaolu kohta, mille suhtes kohaldatakse riigisaladuse ja salastatud välisteabe seadust.
[RT I 2007, 16, 77 - jõust. 01.01.2008]

  (4) Ajakirjanduslikul eesmärgil informatsiooni töötleval isikul on õigus keelduda ütluste andmisest asjaolu kohta, mis võimaldab tuvastada teavet andnud isiku.
[RT I, 21.12.2010, 1 - jõust. 31.12.2010]

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 sätestatud juhul on õigus ütluste andmisest keelduda isikul, kes puutub ametialaselt kokku ajakirjanduslikul eesmärgil informatsiooni töötlevale isikule informatsiooni andnud isikut tuvastada võivate asjaoludega.
[RT I, 21.12.2010, 1 - jõust. 31.12.2010]

§ 258.   Erandjuhul tunnistamise kohustus

  Tunnistaja ei tohi käesoleva seadustiku §-s 257 sätestatule vaatamata keelduda ütluste andmisest:
  1) sellise tehingu tegemise ja sisu kohta, mille tegemise juurde ta oli kutsutud tunnistajana;
  2) perekonnaliikme sünni või surma kohta;
  3) asjaolu kohta, mis puudutab perekonnasuhtest tingitud varalist suhet;
  4) vaidlusaluse õigussuhtega seotud toimingu kohta, mille tunnistaja on teinud ise ühe poole õiguseelnejana või esindajana.

§ 259.   Ütluste andmisest keeldumise kord

  (1) Ütluste andmisest keeldunud tunnistaja peab esitama hiljemalt ülekuulamiseks määratud kohtuistungil asjaolud, millega ta põhjendab oma keeldumist, ning põhistama neid kohtule.

  (2) Keeldumisest enne kohtuistungit teatanud tunnistaja ei pea ilmuma tunnistuse andmiseks määratud istungile. Kohus teeb ütluste andmisest keeldumise avalduse saamise menetlusosalistele teatavaks.

  (3) Kohus teeb tunnistaja ütluste andmisest keeldumise õiguspärasuse kohta määruse pärast menetlusosaliste ärakuulamist. Kui kohus ei pea ütluste andmisest keeldumist õiguspäraseks, kohustab ta määrusega tunnistajat ütlusi andma. Tunnistajal on õigus esitada määruse peale määruskaebus. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

  (4) Kui tunnistaja keeldub ütluste andmisest riigisaladusele või salastatud välisteabele viidates, pöördub kohus riigisaladust või salastatud välisteavet valdava asutuse poole taotlusega kinnitada asjaolude tunnistamist riigisaladuseks või salastatud välisteabeks. Kui riigisaladust või salastatud välisteavet valdav asutus ei kinnita asjaolude tunnistamist riigisaladuseks või salastatud välisteabeks või kui ta ei vasta taotlusele 20 päeva jooksul, on tunnistaja kohustatud andma ütlusi.
[RT I 2007, 16, 77 - jõust. 01.01.2008]

§ 260.   Tunnistaja ülekuulamise tagamine

  (1) Tunnistajad kuulatakse üle üksteisest eraldi. Üle kuulamata tunnistajad ei või asja arutamise ajal viibida kohtusaalis. Ülekuulatud tunnistaja jääb istungisaali kuni asja arutamise lõpetamiseni, kui kohus ei luba tal varem lahkuda.

  (2) Kui kohtul on alust arvata, et tunnistaja pelgab või ei räägi muul põhjusel kohtule menetlusosalise juuresolekul tõtt või kui menetlusosaline suunab oma sekkumisega või muul viisil tunnistaja ütlusi, võib kohus tunnistaja ülekuulamise ajaks selle menetlusosalise saalist eemaldada.

  (3) Menetlusosalise tagasipöördumise järel loetakse talle tunnistaja ütlused ette ja menetlusosalisel on õigus tunnistajat küsitleda.

§ 261.   Alaealise tunnistaja ülekuulamine

  (1) Alla neljateistaastane tunnistaja kuulatakse vajaduse korral üle lastekaitsetöötaja, sotsiaaltöötaja, psühholoogi, vanema või eestkostja juuresolekul, kes samuti võib kohtu nõusolekul tunnistajat küsitleda. Vanema kui neljateistaastase alaealise ülekuulamisele võib kohus kaasata lastekaitsetöötaja, sotsiaaltöötaja või psühholoogi.

  (2) Vajaduse korral võib kohus alla neljateistaastase tunnistaja pärast tema ülekuulamist kohtusaalist eemaldada.

§ 262.   Tunnistaja ülekuulamise kord

  (1) Kohus teeb kindlaks tunnistaja isiku ja selgitab välja tema tegevusala, hariduse, elukoha, samuti seose asjaga ning vastastikused suhted menetlusosalistega. Enne kui tunnistaja annab ütlusi, selgitab kohus talle tunnistaja kohustust rääkida tõtt ja käesoleva seadustiku §-de 256–259 sisu.

  (2) Vähemalt neljateistaastast tunnistajat hoiatatakse ütluste andmisest seadusliku aluseta keeldumise ja teadvalt vale ütluse andmise eest, mille kohta võetakse tunnistajalt kohtu protokolli või hoiatuse tekstile allkiri. Ei hoiatata tunnistajat, kes vaimuhaiguse, nõrgamõistuslikkuse või vaimutegevuse muu häire tõttu ei mõista hoiatuse tähendust.

  (3) Samas asjas toimuval korduval ülekuulamisel ei ole tunnistajat vaja korduvalt hoiatada. Kohus meenutab tunnistajale hoiatuse jõusolekut.

  (4) Kohus selgitab tunnistajale ülekuulamise eset ja teeb tunnistajale ettepaneku rääkida selle kohta kõik, mida ta teab.

  (5) Menetlusosalistel on õigus esitada tunnistajale küsimusi, mis on nende arvates asja lahendamiseks või tunnistaja asjaga seotuse selgitamiseks vajalikud. Menetlusosaline esitab küsimusi kohtu kaudu. Kohtu loal võib menetlusosaline esitada küsimusi otse.

  (6) Esimesena küsitleb tunnistajat menetlusosaline, kelle taotlusel on tunnistaja välja kutsutud, seejärel küsitlevad teda teised menetlusosalised. Kohtu algatusel kutsutud tunnistajat küsitleb esimesena hageja.

  (7) Kohus kõrvaldab suunavad küsimused ning küsimused, mis asjasse ei puutu või mille eesmärk on saada võimalus esitada uusi asjaolusid, mida seni ei ole esile toodud, samuti korduvad küsimused.

  (8) Ütluste selgitamiseks ning täiendamiseks, samuti tunnistaja teadmiste aluste väljaselgitamiseks esitab kohus vajaduse korral täiendavaid küsimusi kogu ülekuulamise ajal.

§ 263.   Tunnistaja korduv ülekuulamine ja vastastamine

  (1) Tunnistaja kuulatakse üle sellel kohtuistungil, kuhu ta on kutsutud, kui tema üle kuulamata jätmiseks sellel kohtuistungil ei ole mõjuvat põhjust. Mõjuvaks põhjuseks ei ole üldjuhul mõne menetlusosalise puudumine kohtuistungilt. Ülekuulatud tunnistaja korduv väljakutsumine järgmistele kohtuistungitele sama astme kohtus peab olema põhjendatud.

  (2) Vajaduse korral võib kohtus tunnistajat samal istungil korduvalt üle kuulata, samuti tunnistajaid vastastada, kui nende ütlused on vasturääkivad.

§ 264.   Tunnistaja märkmed

  (1) Tunnistaja võib ütlust andes kasutada arvandmete ning nimede ja muude raskesti meelespeetavate andmete esitamiseks märkmeid ja muid dokumente. Kohus võib tunnistajal märkmete kasutamise istungil keelata.

  (2) Märkmed esitatakse kohtu nõudmisel kohtule ja menetlusosalistele ning kohus võib need tunnistaja nõusolekul toimikule lisada.

§ 265.   Tunnistaja ütluste avaldamine

  (1) Erinõude ja korralduse alusel, samuti eeltõendamismenetluse käigus ja asja arutamise edasilükkamise korral eelmistel kohtuistungitel ülekuulatud tunnistaja ütlused avaldatakse kohtuistungil. Tunnistaja ütlused loetakse avaldatuks, kui kohus ega menetlusosalised ei pea ettelugemist vajalikuks.

  (2) Kui eelmistel kohtuistungitel ülekuulatud tunnistajad ilmuvad kohtuistungile, võib kohus nad uuesti üle kuulata.

§ 266.   Tunnistaja vastutus

  (1) Kui tunnistaja jätab kohtu kutsel mõjuva põhjuseta kohtusse ilmumata, võib kohus teda trahvida ja kohaldada sundtoomist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui tunnistaja mõjuva põhjuseta keeldub ütlusi või hoiatuse kohta allkirja andmast, võib kohus teda trahvida või kohaldada aresti kuni 14 päevaks. Tunnistaja vabastatakse viivitamata, kui ta on andnud ütlused või allkirja enda hoiatamise kohta või kui asja arutamine on lõppenud või kui tema ülekuulamise vajadus on ära langenud.

  (3) Tunnistaja kannab menetluskulud, mis on tingitud mõjuva põhjuseta hoiatuse kohta allkirja andmisest või ütluste andmisest keeldumisest või istungile ilmumata jätmisest.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–3 nimetatud asjaoludel tehtud maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu määruse peale võib tunnistaja esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

28. peatükk MENETLUSOSALISE VANDE ALL ANTUD SELETUS 

§ 267.   Menetlusosalise vande all ülekuulamine tõendama kohustatud poole taotlusel

  (1) Pool, kes ei ole suutnud muude tõenditega tõendada tema poolt tõendamist vajavat asjaolu või kes ei ole muid tõendeid esitanud, võib asjaolu tõendamiseks taotleda vastaspoole või kolmanda isiku vande all ülekuulamist. Juriidilise isiku puhul võib vande all üle kuulata selle seadusliku esindaja.

  (2) Kolmanda isiku võib vande all üle kuulata ka tema taotlusel.

§ 268.   Tõendama kohustatud poole vande all ülekuulamine

  Kohus võib vaieldava asjaolu kohta vande all üle kuulata ka tõendama kohustatud poole, kui üks pool seda taotleb ja teine pool sellega nõustub.

§ 2681.   Poole ülekuulamine kohtu algatusel

  Sõltumata poolte taotlustest ja tõendamiskoormise jaotusest võib kohus omal algatusel vande all üle kuulata ükskõik kumma või mõlema poole, kui varasema menetluse ning esitatud ja kogutud tõendite põhjal ei ole kohtul võimalik kujundada seisukohta väidetud ja tõendamisele kuuluva asjaolu tõepärasuses. Kohus võib poole omal algatusel vande all üle kuulata ka juhul, kui tõendama kohustatud pool soovib anda vande all seletuse, kuid vastaspool sellega ei nõustu.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 269.   Menetlusosalise ülekuulamise kord

  (1) Menetlusosalise vande all ülekuulamisele kohaldatakse vastavalt tunnistaja ülekuulamise kohta sätestatut, kui käesolevas peatükis sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Enne ütluste andmist annab menetlusosaline järgmise vande:
«Mina, (nimi), kinnitan oma au ja südametunnistuse kohaselt, et avaldan asja kohta kogu tõe, midagi varjamata, lisamata või muutmata.» Menetlusosaline annab vande suuliselt ja kirjutab vandetekstile alla.

§ 270.   Menetlusosalise keeldumine vande ja vande all seletuse andmisest

  (1) Kui pool keeldub vannet või vande all seletust andmast või kui ta ei tee kohtu nõudmisest hoolimata selle kohta mingit avaldust, võib kohus lugeda vastaspoole väidetud asjaolu tõendatuks, arvestades muu hulgas vande või seletuse andmisest keeldumise kohta esitatud põhjendusi.

  (2) Kui pool ei ilmu mõjuva põhjuseta tema vande all ülekuulamiseks määratud kohtuistungile, võib kohus ilmumata jätmise asjaolusid arvestades lugeda ta seletuse andmisest keeldunuks.

  (3) Iseseisva nõudeta kolmanda isiku keeldumise korral seletuse või vande andmisest kohaldatakse tunnistaja ütluste andmisest keeldumise ja selle eest ettenähtud vastutuse kohta sätestatut.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 271.   Tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu menetlusosalise ülekuulamine

  (1) Tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu menetlusosalise asemel kuulatakse vande all üle tema seaduslik esindaja või esindajad.

  (2) Kohus võib alaealise või piiratud teovõimega täisealise teda vannutamata üle kuulata asjaolu kohta, mis seondub otseselt tema enda teoga või mis on olnud tema vahetu kogemuse esemeks, kui kohus peab seda asjaolusid arvestades mõistlikuks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

29. peatükk DOKUMENTAALNE TÕEND 

§ 272.   Dokumentaalse tõendi mõiste

  (1) Dokumentaalne tõend on igasugune kirjalikult, pildistamisega või video-, heli- või elektroonilise salvestusega või muu andmesalvestusega jäädvustatud dokument või muu sellesarnane andmekandja, mis sisaldab andmeid asja lahendamiseks tähtsate asjaolude kohta ja mida on võimalik kohtuistungil esitada tajutaval kujul.

  (2) Dokumendid on ka ametlikud ja isiklikud kirjad, kohtulahendid teistes kohtuasjades ning menetlusosalise poolt kohtule esitatud eriteadmistega isikute arvamused.

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 273.   Kirjaliku dokumendi esitamine

  (1) Kirjalik dokument esitatakse algdokumendina või ärakirjana.

  (2) Kui menetlusosaline esitab algdokumendi koos ärakirjaga, võib kohus algdokumendi tagastada ja jätta toimikusse kohtuniku kinnitatud ärakirja.

  (3) Esitaja palvel võib toimikus oleva kirjaliku algdokumendi pärast menetlust lõpetava kohtulahendi jõustumist tagastada. Toimikusse jäetakse kirjaliku algdokumendi tagasi saanud isiku esitatud ja kohtuniku kinnitatud ärakiri.

  (4) Kohus võib määrata esitatud dokumendiga tutvumiseks tähtaja, mille möödudes ta dokumendi tagastab. Toimikusse jääb sel juhul ärakiri.

  (5) Kui dokument on esitatud ärakirjana, on kohtul õigus nõuda algdokumendi esitamist või asjaolude põhistamist, miks algdokumenti ei saa esitada. Kui kohtu nõudmist ei täideta, otsustab kohus, missuguse tõendamisjõuga on dokumendi ärakiri.

§ 274.   Elektroonilise dokumendi esitamine

  Elektrooniline dokument esitatakse kohtule väljatrükina või edastatakse elektrooniliselt sellises formaadis, et oleks võimalik sellega tutvuda ja see turvaliselt säilitada kohtu infosüsteemis.

§ 275.   Dokumendi väljavõtte esitamine ja dokumendiga tutvumine selle hoidmise kohas

  (1) Kui dokument on erakordselt mahukas ning põhiliselt sisaldab menetluse seisukohalt ebaolulisi asjaolusid või kui dokument sisaldab riigi- või ärisaladusena või salastatud välisteabena käsitatavaid andmeid ja kohus on seisukohal, et sel või muul sama laadi põhjusel ei ole dokumendi tähtsust ja kaotamise või kahjustamise võimalust arvestades dokumendi tervikuna esitamine mõistlik, võib esitada kinnitatud väljavõtte dokumendi osast või viidata kohale, kus kohus ja menetlusosalised võivad dokumendiga tutvuda. Kohus võib nõuda kogu dokumendi esitamist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kohus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul vaadelda ja uurida dokumenti selle hoidmise kohas või teha selle ülesandeks erinõude alusel tegutsevale kohtule või korralduse alusel tegutsevale kohtunikule.

§ 276.   Ametiasutuse või avalikke ülesandeid täitma õigustatud isiku koostatud dokument

  (1) Kui kohus kahtleb ametiasutuse või avalikke ülesandeid täitma õigustatud isiku koostatud dokumendi ehtsuses, võib ta nõuda ametiasutuselt või isikult, kes on dokumendist nähtuvalt selle koostanud, kinnitust dokumendi ehtsuse kohta.

  (2) Välisriigi avaliku dokumendi ehtsuse tõendamiseks piisab apostillist dokumendil vastavalt välisriigi avalike dokumentide legaliseerimise nõude tühistamise konventsioonile või dokumendi legaliseerimisest selleks volitatud Eesti Vabariigi pädeva konsulaarametniku või saadiku poolt. Välisriigi apostillita ja legaliseerimata avalikku dokumenti hindab kohus siseveendumuse kohaselt.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 277.   Dokumendi ehtsuse vaidlustamine

  (1) Menetlusosaline võib esitatud dokumendi ehtsuse vaidlustada ja taotleda, et kohus dokumenti tõendina ei arvestaks, kui ta põhistab dokumendi võltsituse.

  (2) Dokumendi ehtsust või võltsitust võib muu hulgas põhistada dokumentide võrdlemisega. Kui võrdlemiseks sobivad dokumendid on vastaspoole või kolmanda isiku valduses, võib need välja nõuda samadel alustel dokumentaalsete tõenditega.

  (3) Digitaalallkirjaga varustatud elektroonilise dokumendi ehtsust saab vaidlustada üksnes asjaolude põhistamisega, mille põhjal võib eeldada, et dokumenti ei ole koostanud digitaalallkirja omaja. See kehtib ka sellise elektroonilise dokumendi kohta, mis on koostatud muul turvalisel viisil, mis võimaldab tuvastada koostaja ja koostamise aja.

  (4) Kui dokumendi ehtsus on vaidlustatud, võib kohus otsuse tegemisel jätta selle arvestamata või arvata dokumendi määrusega tõendite hulgast välja. Dokumendi võltsituse kontrollimiseks võib kohus määrata ekspertiisi või välja nõuda muud tõendid.

  (5) Dokumenti, mille ehtsus on vaidlustatud või mille sisu võib olla muudetud, hoitakse menetluse lõppemiseni toimikus, kui avaliku korra huvides ja dokumendi kaotsimineku vältimiseks ei ole vaja dokumenti üle anda mõnele teisele ametiasutusele. Dokumendi võltsituse kahtlusest teavitab kohus prokuratuuri.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 278.   Dokumendi väljanõudmine

  Kui isik taotleb, et kohus nõuaks dokumendi välja teiselt isikult, peab ta taotluses dokumenti ja selle sisu kirjeldama ning märkima, miks ta arvab dokumendi olevat selle isiku käes.

§ 279.   Dokumendi väljaandmise kohustus

  (1) Isik, kelle valduses on dokument, on kohustatud kohtu nõudel esitama selle kohtule kohtu määratud ajaks.

  (2) Kui isiku valduses on asja lahendamiseks tähtsaid andmeid, peab ta kohtu nõudel koostama nende andmete alusel dokumendi ja esitama selle kohtule. Sellest võib keelduda samal põhjusel kui dokumendi väljaandmisest.

  (3) Dokumenti välja nõudes teatab kohus, millal, kuhu ja mil viisil tuleb dokument esitada või teatada põhjendused, miks dokumenti ei esitata. Dokumendi aluseta esitamata jätnud isikut võib kohus trahvida.

§ 280.   Teabe andmise kohustus intellektuaalset omandit käsitleva hagi puhul

  (1) Kui hagi on esitatud autoriõiguste, autoriõigustega kaasnevate õiguste või tööstusomandiõiguste rikkumise või rikkumise ohu tõttu, võib kohus hageja põhjendatud taotlusel kohustada kostjat või muud isikut esitama muu hulgas kirjalikult andmed kaupade või teenuste, mis intellektuaalsest omandist tulenevat õigust rikuvad, päritolu ja turustuskanalite kohta.

  (2) Kohus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatu kohaselt küsida teavet õiguste rikkujalt või muult isikult, kes:
  1) valdab õigusi rikkuvaid kaupu või on neid vallanud;
  2) kasutas õigusi rikkuvaid teenuseid;
  3) osutas õigusi rikkuvaks tegevuseks kasutatud teenuseid;
  4) käesoleva lõike punktides 1–3 nimetatud isikute andmetel osales selliste kaupade tootmisel, valmistamisel või turustamisel või teenuste osutamisel.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud teave võib muu hulgas hõlmata järgmisi andmeid:
  1) kaupade või teenuste tootjate, valmistajate ja turustajate, nende kaupade või teenustega varustajate ja kaupade või teenuste varasemate valdajate nimed ja aadressid ning tellijate ja müügikohtade, kellele ja kuhu kaubad või teenused olid määratud, nimed ja aadressid;
  2) andmed valmistatud, toodetud, tarnitud, saadud või tellitud kaupade koguste kohta ja hindade kohta, mis kaupade või teenuste eest maksti.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud teavet ei või kasutada väljaspool kohtumenetlust, milles andmeid küsiti.

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–4 sätestatu ei piira kohtu õigust kuulata lõikes 2 nimetatud isikud menetluses üle tunnistajana. Isikud võivad keelduda teabe andmisest lõikes 1 nimetatud viisil samadel alustel nagu tunnistajana ütluste andmisest. Seda õigust peab kohus neile teabe küsimisel selgitama.

§ 281.   Dokumendi väljaandmisest keeldumine

  (1) Riigi- või kohaliku omavalitsuse asutust ja selle avalikku teenistujat ei või kohustada esitama dokumenti, mille sisu kohta ei või teenistujat tunnistajana üle kuulata.

  (2) Kohtu nõudmisest sõltumata ei pea dokumenti välja andma:
  1) advokaat, kui ta on dokumendi saanud seoses õigusteenuse osutamisega;
  2) kui dokument sisaldab andmeid, mille suhtes ei või dokumendi valdajat tunnistajana üle kuulata või mille suhtes on valdajal õigus keelduda tunnistajana ütluste andmisest;
  3) isik, kes võib dokumendi väljaandmisest keelduda muul seadusest tuleneval põhjusel.

  (3) Muu isik kui pool võib dokumendi väljaandmise nõudele esitada seadusest tulenevaid vastuväiteid, muu hulgas materiaalõigusel põhineva vastuväite. Vastuväidet tuleb põhistada.

  (4) Kui isik, kellelt dokumendi väljaandmist taotletakse, teatab kohtule, et dokumenti tema valduses ei ole, võib kohus menetlusosalise taotlusel selle isiku tunnistajana dokumendi asukoha suhtes üle kuulata. See ei kehti juhul, kui dokumendi väljaandmist taotletakse poolelt.

  (5) Dokumendi väljaandmisest keeldumise õiguspärasuse kohta teeb kohus määruse pärast menetlusosaliste ärakuulamist. Määruse peale on õigus esitada määruskaebus menetlusosalistel ja isikul, kellelt on dokument välja nõutud. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

§ 282.   Dokumendi väljanõudmiseks hagi esitamine

  (1) Kui isik esitab dokumendi väljaandmise nõudele põhistatud ja seadusliku vastuväite, võib dokumendi taotleja esitada dokumendi väljanõudmiseks selle valdaja vastu hagi tulenevalt võlaõigusseaduses või muus seaduses või lepingus ettenähtust ja taotleda hagi lahendamiseni põhiasja menetluse peatamist. Kohus määrab sel juhul dokumendi taotlejale dokumendi väljanõudmiseks tähtaja.

  (2) Vastaspool võib taotleda menetluse jätkamist enne teise isiku valduses oleva dokumendi esitamise tähtaja möödumist, kui dokumendi valdaja vastu esitatud hagi on lahendatud või kui dokumendi taotleja viivitab esitatud hagi menetlemisega või selle lahendi täitmisega, millega hagi rahuldati.

§ 283.   Vastaspoole dokumendi esitamata jätmine

  (1) Kui vastaspool eitab, et dokument on tema valduses, kuulatakse ta dokumendi esitamata jätmise kohta vande all üle. Kui kohus jõuab veendumusele, et dokument on vastaspoole valduses, teeb ta määruse, millega kohustab dokumendi kohtule esitama.

  (2) Kui vastaspool ei täida dokumendi kohtule esitamise kohustust või kui kohus jõuab pärast vastaspoole ülekuulamist veendumusele, et vastaspool ei ole dokumenti hoolikalt otsinud, võib kohus lugeda õigeks tõendi esitaja poolt kohtule esitatud dokumendi ärakirja. Kui dokumendi ärakirja ei ole esitatud, võib kohus lugeda tõendatuks tõendi taotleja väited esitamata jäetud dokumendi olemuse ja sisu kohta.

§ 284.   Dokumendi kõrvaldamise tagajärjed

  Kui pool kõrvaldab dokumendi või muudab selle kasutamiskõlbmatuks, et takistada vastaspoolt dokumendile tuginemast, võib vastaspoole väiteid dokumendi olemuse, koostamise ning sisu kohta lugeda tõendatuks.

30. peatükk ASITÕEND 

§ 285.   Asitõendi mõiste

  Asitõend on asi, mille olemasolu või omadused võivad aidata selgitada tsiviilasja lahendamiseks tähtsaid asjaolusid. Asitõendiks on ka sellistele tunnustele vastav dokument.

§ 286.   Asitõendi esitamise kohustus

  Asitõendi esitamise ja väljanõudmise suhtes kohaldatakse dokumendi esitamise kohta sätestatut, kui käesolevas peatükis sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

§ 287.   Asitõendi hoidmine

  (1) Asitõend võetakse asja juurde määrusega.

  (2) Asitõend säilitatakse toimikus või antakse kohtu asitõendite hoiukohta. Selle kohta tehakse märge toimikus.

  (3) Asitõendit, mida ei saa kohtusse toimetada, hoitakse selle asukohas või antakse hoiule menetlusosalisele või kolmandale isikule, kes peab tagama asitõendi säilimise.

  (4) Kohus hoiab asitõendit nii, et asitõend ja selle tõenduslikud omadused säiliksid. Vajaduse korral asitõend pitseeritakse.

  (5) Kohtu poolt asitõendite arvelevõtmise, hoidmise, üleandmise ja hävitamise ning kiiresti riknevate asitõendite hindamise, võõrandamise ja hävitamise korra kehtestab Vabariigi Valitsus.

§ 288.   Asitõendi vaatlus

  (1) Kohus vaatleb asitõendit kohtuistungil ja esitab selle menetlusosalistele ning vajaduse korral ka ekspertidele ja tunnistajatele.

  (2) Asukohas hoitavat asitõendit vaadeldakse selle asukohas. Uurimise juurde võib kutsuda eksperdi või muu asjatundja. Asitõendi uurimine märgitakse kohtuistungi protokolli.

  (3) Kiiresti riknevat asitõendit või asitõendit, mille tagastamist asitõendi esitaja mõjuval põhjusel taotleb, vaatleb kohus viivituseta ning tagastab selle isikule, kellelt asitõend on saadud või kellele see kuulub.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–3 nimetatud asitõendi vaatlusel kirjeldatakse asitõendit üksikasjalikult. Vajaduse ja võimaluse korral asitõendit pildistatakse või selle olulised omadused salvestatakse muul viisil. Vaatluse kohta koostatakse protokoll.

  (5) Asitõendi vaatlusprotokoll avaldatakse kohtuistungil. Pärast seda võivad menetlusosalised anda asitõendi kohta seletusi.

§ 289.   Asitõendi tagastamine

  (1) Pärast menetlust lõpetava kohtulahendi jõustumist tagastatakse asitõend isikule, kellelt see on saadud või kellele see kuulub, või antakse üle isikule, kelle õigust sellele on kohus tunnistanud, kui kohus ei määra varasemat tagastamist.

  (2) Asi, mis seaduse järgi ei või olla isiku valduses, antakse üle pädevale riigiasutusele.

  (3) Isiku taotlusel võidakse temalt saadud asitõend pärast vaatlust ja uurimist tagastada ka enne kohtulahendi jõustumist.

31. peatükk VAATLUS 

§ 290.   Vaatluse mõiste

  Vaatlus on igasugune vahetu andmete kogumine asjaolu olemasolu või olemuse kohta kohtu poolt, muu hulgas paikkonna või sündmuskoha vaatlemine.

§ 291.   Vaatluse korraldamine

  (1) Vaatluse korraldamiseks teeb kohus määruse, milles märgitakse vaatluse ese ning vaatluse korraldamise aeg ja koht. Määrusega võib kutsuda vaatluse juurde ühe või mitu eksperti. Kohus võib vaatluse korraldada ka omal algatusel.

  (2) Asja menetlev kohus võib anda vaatluse tegemise, sealhulgas vaatlusele kutsutavate ekspertide määramise õiguse korralduse alusel tegutsevale kohtunikule või erinõude alusel tegutsevale kohtule.

  (3) Vaatluse korraldamisest teatatakse menetlusosalistele, kuid nende puudumine ei takista vaatluse tegemist.

  (4) Vaatlusel osalevad menetlusosalised võivad juhtida kohtu tähelepanu vaatluse täielikkuse ning menetletava asja seisukohast olulistele asjaoludele.

  (5) Vaatlusel kirjeldatakse eset, paikkonda või sündmuskohta üksikasjalikult ning vajaduse ja võimaluse korral pildistatakse või salvestatakse selle olulised omadused muul viisil. Vaatluse korraldamine protokollitakse, protokolli kantakse ka vaatlusel tehtud menetlusosaliste märkused.

§ 292.   Vaatluse võimaldamiseks kohustamine

  (1) Kohus võib kohustada menetlusosalist või muud isikut lubama vaatlust korraldada ning määrata talle selleks tähtaja. Muu isik võib vaatluse võimaldamisest keelduda samadel põhjustel ja samas korras nagu dokumendi valdaja kohtu nõudmisel dokumenti välja andmast.

  (2) Vaatluse võimaldamisest põhjendamatult keeldunud isikut võib kohus trahvida.

32. peatükk EKSPERDIARVAMUS 

§ 293.   Ekspertiisi korraldamine ja eriteadmistega isiku arvamus

  (1) Kohtul on menetlusosalise taotlusel õigus küsida eksperdi arvamust asjas tähtsate ja eriteadmisi nõudvate asjaolude selgitamiseks. Õigusküsimuses võib kohus küsida eksperdi arvamust nii menetlusosalise taotlusel kui omal algatusel väljaspool Eesti Vabariiki kehtiva õiguse, rahvusvahelise õiguse või tavaõiguse väljaselgitamiseks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Eriteadmistega isiku ülekuulamisele asjaolu või sündmuse tõendamiseks, mille kogemiseks olid vajalikud eriteadmised, kohaldatakse tunnistaja ülekuulamise kohta sätestatut. Kui menetlusosaline on kohtule esitanud eriteadmistega isiku kirjaliku arvamuse ja isikut ei kuulata üle tunnistajana, hinnatakse arvamust dokumentaalse tõendina.

  (3) Kohus võib ekspertiisi määramise asemel kasutada teises kohtumenetluses kohtu korraldusel esitatud või kriminaal- või väärteomenetluses menetleja korraldusel koostatud eksperdiarvamust, kui see võimaldab menetlust lihtsustada ja võib eeldada, et kohus saab eksperdiarvamust vajalikul määral hinnata ka uut ekspertiisi korraldamata. Eksperdile võib ka sel juhul esitada täiendavaid küsimusi või kutsuda ta kohtusse küsitlemiseks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 294.   Eksperdi määramine

  (1) Ekspertiisi teeb riiklikus ekspertiisiasutuses töötav kohtuekspert või muu asjatundja, riiklikult tunnustatud ekspert või kohtu määratud muu eriteadmistega isik. Eksperdiks võib kohus määrata isiku, kel on arvamuse andmiseks vajalikud teadmised ja kogemused. Eksperdi määramisel arvestab kohus poolte arvamusi.

  (2) Kui ekspertiisi tegemiseks on olemas riiklikult tunnustatud ekspert, määratakse muu isik eksperdiks üksnes mõjuval põhjusel.

  (3) Kohus võib nõuda pooltelt isikute nimetamist, kes sobivad ekspertiisi tegemiseks.

  (4) Kui pooled on eksperdi isikus kokku leppinud, määrab kohus isiku eksperdiks, kui isik võib seaduse kohaselt ekspert olla.

  (5) Kohus võib määrata täiendavaid eksperte või määratud eksperte asendada.

  (6) Kohus võib eksperdiks määrata ka üksnes ekspertiisiasutuse või muu ekspertiise tegeva isiku, jättes konkreetse eksperdi määramise viimase otsustada.

§ 295.   Ekspertiisi tegemise kohustus

  (1) Eksperdiks määratud isik on kohustatud ekspertiisi tegema, kui ta on kohtuekspert, kui ta on nõutavate ekspertiiside tegemiseks riiklikult tunnustatud või kui tema kutse- või majandustegevus toimub valdkonnas, mille tundmine on ekspertiisi tegemise eeldus.

  (2) Ekspertiisi on kohustatud tegema ka isik, kes on teatanud kohtule oma valmisolekust asjas ekspertiis teha.

  (3) Eksperdi nõusolek ekspertiisi tegemiseks ei ole vajalik.

§ 296.   Ekspertiisi tegemisest keeldumise õigus

  (1) Ekspert võib keelduda ekspertiisi tegemisest samadel põhjustel, mis annavad tunnistajale õiguse keelduda ütluste andmisest. Kohus võib eksperdi ka muul põhjusel ekspertiisi tegemise kohustusest vabastada.

  (2) Eksperdiks ei või määrata isikut, kes on osalenud asjas eelneva lahendi tegemisel, muu hulgas vahekohtus või kohtueelses menetluses, välja arvatud, kui ta osales menetluses eksperdi või tunnistajana.

  (3) Eksperdiks määratud isik võib ekspertiisi tegemisest keelduda ka muul seaduses sätestatud juhul või mõjuval põhjusel.

§ 297.   Ekspertiisi tegemine

  (1) Kui menetlusosaliste kohalolek ekspertiisi tegemisel on vajalik ja võimalik, märgib kohus selle asjaolu ekspertiisimääruses. Menetlusosaliste puudumine sel juhul ekspertiisi tegemist ei takista, kui ekspert leiab, et tal on võimalik anda arvamus menetlusosaliste kohalolekuta.

  (2) Kohus võib anda ekspertiisi suhtes korraldusi.

  (3) Hagi aluseks olevate asjaolude vaieldavuse puhul määrab kohus, missugused asjaolud võtab ekspert oma hinnangu andmise aluseks.

  (4) Vajaduse korral määrab kohus, millises ulatuses on eksperdil õigus tõendamist vajavat küsimust uurida ja kas ta võib võtta ühendust menetlusosalistega ning kas ja millal peab ta lubama menetlusosalistel ekspertiisi tegemisest osa võtta.

  (5) Eksperdile antavatest korraldustest tuleb menetlusosalisi teavitada.

§ 298.   Küsimused eksperdile ning menetlusosaliste taotlused ja vastuväited seoses ekspertiisiga

  (1) Menetlusosalisel on õigus eksperdile kohtu kaudu küsimusi esitada. Küsimused, mille kohta eksperdi arvamust soovitakse, määrab kohus. Menetlusosalise küsimuse tagasilükkamist peab kohus põhjendama.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Vajaduse korral kuulab kohus eksperdi seisukoha ekspertiisi suhtes enne talle küsimuste esitamist ja eksperdi taotlusel selgitab talle ülesandega seonduvat.

  (3) Menetlusosalised peavad esitama kohtule mõistliku aja jooksul oma vastuväited ekspertiisi tegemise suhtes, ekspertiisi tegemist puudutavad taotlused ning ekspertiisi puudutavad lisaküsimused. Kohus võib neile selleks määrata tähtaja. Hiljem esitatut võib kohus arvestada üksnes juhul, kui see ei venita kohtu arvates asja lahendamist või kui menetlusosalisel on hilinemiseks mõjuv põhjus ja ta on seda piisavalt põhistanud.

§ 299.   Asja väljanõudmine ekspertiisiks

  (1) Kohus võib panna nii menetlusosalisele kui ka muule isikule kohustuse anda asi ekspertiisiks välja või lubada ekspertiisi teha ning määrata talle selleks tähtaja. Muu isik võib asja väljaandmisest keelduda samal alusel dokumendi väljaandmisest keeldumisega ja keelduda muu ekspertiisi talumisest samadel põhjustel, millel tunnistaja võib keelduda ütluste andmisest.

  (2) Asja väljaandmisest või ekspertiisi korraldamisest põhjendamatult keeldunud isikut võib kohus trahvida.

§ 300.   Ekspertiis põlvnemise tuvastamiseks

  (1) Isik peab taluma põlvnemise tuvastamiseks tehtavat ekspertiisi, eelkõige vereproovide võtmist veregrupi määramiseks ja geneetiliseks analüüsiks, kui põlvnemist on võimalik tuvastada teaduse tunnustatud põhimõtete ja meetodite alusel ning uurimine ei põhjusta uuritavale või tema lähisugulastele eeldatavasti tervisekahjustust.

  (2) Põlvnemise ekspertiisist keeldumise korral võib kohus määrata ekspertiisi tegemise kohustuslikus korras. Uurimisest korduva õigustamatu keeldumise puhul võib ekspertiisi teha sundkorras kohtu määruse alusel, kaasates vajaduse korral politsei.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse esitamine peatab määruse täitmise. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

§ 301.   Eksperdiarvamus

  (1) Ekspert annab eksperdiarvamuse kohtule kirjalikult, kui kohus ei määra, et arvamus tuleb anda suuliselt või eksperdi nõusolekul muus vormis. Eksperdiarvamus peab sisaldama uuringute üksikasjaliku kirjelduse, uuringute tulemusena tehtud järeldused ja põhjendatud vastused kohtu küsimustele.

  (2) Kui kohus on määranud mitu eksperti ja eksperdid jõuavad ühesugusele arvamusele, võivad nad koostada ühisarvamuse. Kui eksperdid ühesugusele arvamusele ei jõua, esitavad nad eksperdiarvamused eraldi.

  (3) Kui ekspert teeb ekspertiisiga kindlaks asjas tähtsad asjaolud, mille kohta talle küsimusi ei ole esitatud, võib ta esitada oma arvamuse ka nende asjaolude kohta.

§ 302.   Eksperdi kohustused ja õigused

  (1) Ekspert peab andma talle esitatud küsimustes õige ja põhjendatud arvamuse.

  (2) Ekspert võib eksperdiarvamuse andmiseks vajalikus ulatuses tutvuda asja materjalidega, võtta osa tõendite uurimisest kohtus ning küsida kohtult võrdlusmaterjali ja täiendavaid andmeid.

  (3) Eksperdil ei ole õigust anda ekspertiisi tegemine üle teisele isikule. Kui ekspert kasutab teise isiku abi, peab ta avaldama kohtule selle isiku nime ja abi ulatuse, kui tegemist ei ole ebaolulise abistamisega.

  (4) Ekspert keeldub eksperdiarvamuse andmisest, kui talle esitatud andmed on puudulikud või kui ekspertiisimääruses esitatud ekspertiisiülesanded on väljaspool tema eriteadmisi või kui küsimustele vastamine ei eelda eksperdiuuringuid ja eriteadmistele tuginevate järelduste tegemist. Ekspert kontrollib viivitamata, kas ekspertiisiülesanne puudutab tema eriala või eriteadmisi ja kas ülesande lahendamine on võimalik täiendavate ekspertide kaasamiseta ning peab keeldumisest või kahtlustest kohtule viivitamata teatama.

  (5) Kui eksperdil on kahtlusi talle antud ülesande sisu ja ulatuse suhtes, pöördub ta selguse saamiseks viivitamata kohtu poole. Ekspert teatab viivitamata kohtule, kui ilmneb, et tõenäolised ekspertiisikulud on tsiviilasja hinnast suuremad või ületavad oluliselt ekspertiisikulude katteks tehtud ettemaksu.

  (6) Ekspert on kohustatud hoidma saladuses talle ekspertiisi tegemisel teatavaks saanud asjaolud. Neid võib avaldada üksnes kohtu loal, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

§ 303.   Eksperdi ülekuulamine ja hoiatamine

  (1) Eksperdiarvamus avaldatakse kohtuistungil.

  (2) Kui eksperdiarvamust ei esitata kirjalikult või kirjalikku taasesitamist võimaldavas vormis, annab ekspert eksperdiarvamuse kohtuistungil. Kohus võib kirjaliku või kirjalikku taasesitamist võimaldavas vormis eksperdiarvamuse andnud eksperdi küsitlemiseks kohtuistungile kutsuda. Kohus kutsub eksperdiarvamuse andnud eksperdi kohtuistungile, kui seda taotleb pool.

  (3) Pärast eksperdiarvamuse uurimist võivad menetlusosalised kohtuistungil eksperdile arvamuse täpsustamiseks küsimusi esitada, kui ekspert on kohtusse kutsutud. Küsimused võib esitada ka eelnevalt kohtule, kes edastab need eksperdile. Kohus kõrvaldab asjassepuutumatud ja väljaspool eksperdi pädevust olevad küsimused.

  (4) Ekspert peab kohtu kutsel kohtusse ilmuma ja andma talle esitatud küsimustes õige ja põhjendatud arvamuse.

  (5) Eksperdi ülekuulamisele kohaldatakse tunnistaja ülekuulamise kohta kehtivaid sätteid, kui käesolevas peatükis ei ole ette nähtud teisiti. Muud eksperti kui kohtueksperti või riiklikult tunnustatud eksperti hoiatatakse enne eksperdiarvamuse andmist vastutusest teadvalt vale eksperdiarvamuse andmise eest ja võetakse selle kohta allkiri kohtu protokolli või hoiatuse tekstile. Allkirjastatud hoiatus edastatakse kohtule koos eksperdiarvamusega.

§ 304.   Kordusekspertiis ja täiendav ekspertiis

  (1) Eksperdiarvamuse ebaselguse, vasturääkivuse või puudulikkuse korral, mida ei ole võimalik kõrvaldada täiendavate küsimustega, on kohtul õigus määrata kordusekspertiis. Kordusekspertiis tehakse ülesandeks samale või teisele eksperdile.

  (2) Eksperdi taandamise korral teeb kohus kordusekspertiisi ülesandeks teisele eksperdile.

  (3) Kui ekspert ei anna vastust asjas tähtsust omavale küsimusele ja sellele küsimusele ei saa ekspert vastata kohtuistungil, on kohtul õigus määrata täiendav ekspertiis. Täiendava ekspertiisi tegemise võib teha ülesandeks samale või teisele eksperdile.

§ 305.   Eksperdi vastutus

  (1) Kohus võib eksperti määrusega trahvida ja nõuda tema tekitatud menetluskulude hüvitamist, kui ekspert mõjuva põhjuseta:
  1) ei ilmu kohtu kutse peale kohtuistungile;
  2) keeldub allkirja andmisest tema vastutusest hoiatamise kohta;
  3) keeldub arvamuse andmisest;
  4) ei esita arvamust kohtu määratud tähtpäevaks;
  5) põhjendamatult keeldub talle esitatud küsimustele vastamast;
  6) keeldub ekspertiisiga seonduvaid materjale välja andmast.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse peale võib ekspert esitada määruskaebuse.

6. osa MENETLUSDOKUMENTIDE KÄTTETOIMETAMINE 

33. peatükk ÜLDSÄTTED 

§ 306.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamise mõiste

  (1) Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine on dokumendi üleandmine saajale selliselt, et saajal oleks võimalik dokumendiga oma õiguse teostamiseks ja kaitsmiseks õigeaegselt tutvuda. Saaja on menetlusosaline või muu isik, kellele menetlusdokument on adresseeritud.

  (2) Menetlusdokumendi üleandmine peab kättetoimetamise puhul toimuma seaduses sätestatud vormis ning olema ettenähtud vormis dokumenteeritud.

  (3) Menetlusdokumentide kättetoimetamist korraldab kohus postiteenust majandustegevusena osutava isiku, kohtutäituri või kohtukordniku või vastavalt kohtu kodukorrale selleks pädeva muu kohtuametniku vahendusel või muul seaduses nimetatud viisil.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kohtul on õigus menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamiseks nõuda riigi või kohaliku omavalitsuse andmekogu vastutavalt või volitatud töötlejalt, samuti isiku endiselt või praeguselt tööandjalt, krediidiasutuselt, kindlustusseltsilt ja muult isikult või asutuselt andmeid menetlusosalise või juriidilisest isikust menetlusosalise seadusliku esindaja või tunnistaja elukoha kohta ja muid kontaktandmeid. Andmekogu vastutav või volitatud töötleja või muu isik või asutus on kohustatud andmed viivitamata ja tasuta esitama paberil või elektrooniliselt. Tehnilise võimaluse olemasolul tuleb kohtule tagada, et ta saaks vajalikke andmeid ise isiku või asutuse andmebaasist kontrollida.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kohus peab menetlusosalisele kätte toimetama hagiavalduse, kaebuse ja nende täiendused, kohtukutsed, samuti kohtuotsuse ja asjas menetlust lõpetava määruse ning seaduses nimetatud muud menetlusdokumendid.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

§ 307.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetatuks lugemine

  (1) Menetlusdokument on kätte toimetatud alates dokumendi või selle kinnitatud ärakirja või väljatrüki üleandmisest saajale, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud menetlusdokumendi ärakirja võib kinnitada vastavalt kohtu kodukorrale selleks pädev kohtuametnik või advokaat. Menetlusdokumendi lisade ja menetlusosaliste poolt kohtule esitatud ja kohtu kätte toimetatud menetlusdokumentide ärakirjad ei pea olema kinnitatud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui dokument on jõudnud menetlusosalise kätte, kellele dokument tuli kätte toimetada või kellele dokumendi võis vastavalt seadusele kätte toimetada, ilma et kättetoimetamist oleks võimalik tõendada või kui on rikutud seaduses sätestatud kättetoimetamise korda, loetakse dokument menetlusosalisele kätte toimetatuks alates dokumendi tegelikust saajani jõudmisest.

  (4) Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamiseks andmine tuleb märkida kohtutoimikusse.

§ 308.   Tähtaja arvestamine kättetoimetamisel
[Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 309.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamise aeg ja koht

  Menetlusdokumendi võib isikule kätte toimetada igal päeval mis tahes kellaajal igas kohas, kus isik viibib.

§ 310.   Menetlusdokumentide edastamine menetlusosalistele kättetoimetamiseta

  (1) Menetlusdokument, mida ei pea menetlusosalisele kätte toimetama käesolevas osas sätestatud korras, kuid mis puudutab menetlusosalise õigusi, edastatakse menetlusosalisele kohtu valitud viisil.

  (2) Kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud menetlusdokument edastatakse posti teel, loetakse dokument kätte saaduks kolme päeva möödudes postitamisest arvates, dokumendi saatmise korral välisriiki neljateist päeva möödudes postitamisest arvates, kui menetlusosaline ei põhista kohtule, et ta sai dokumendi kätte hiljem või et ta ei ole seda kätte saanud. Kohus võib määrata dokumendi kättesaaduks lugemiseks pikema tähtaja.

34. peatükk MENETLUSDOKUMENDI KÄTTETOIMETAMISE VIISID 

§ 311.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine kohturuumides

  Menetlusdokumendi võib kätte toimetada selle väljastamisega saajale kohturuumides, kui toimikusse on märgitud väljastamise aeg ja saaja on dokumendi kättesaamise kohta andnud allkirja. Kohtuistungil dokumendi kättetoimetamise korral märgitakse kättetoimetamine kohtuistungi protokolli.

§ 3111.   Menetlusdokumendi elektrooniline kättetoimetamine

  (1) Kohus võib toimetada menetlusdokumendi kätte elektrooniliselt selleks ettenähtud infosüsteemi kaudu, edastades seal dokumendi kättesaadavaks tegemise kohta teavituse:
  1) kohtule avaldatud elektronpostiaadressil ja telefoninumbril;
  2) füüsilisest isikust ettevõtja või juriidilise isiku kohta Eestis peetava registri infosüsteemis registreeritud elektronpostiaadressil ja telefoninumbril;
  3) adressaadi ja tema seadusliku esindaja rahvastikuregistrisse kantud elektronpostiaadressil ja telefoninumbril;
  4) muus riigi andmekogus, mille andmebaasist on kohtul võimalik ise elektroonilise päringu tegemisega andmeid kontrollida, oleval adressaadi ja tema seadusliku esindaja elektronpostiaadressil ja telefoninumbril;
  5) Eesti isikukoodi olemasolu korral adressaadi ja tema seadusliku esindaja elektronpostiaadressil [email protected].

  (2) Kohus võib teavituse dokumendi kättesaadavaks tegemise kohta edastada ka avalikust arvutivõrgust leitud telefoninumbril, elektronpostiaadressil, virtuaalse sotsiaalvõrgustiku oletataval kasutajakonto lehel või muu virtuaalse suhtluskeskkonna lehel, mida avalikus arvutivõrgus avaldatud teabe kohaselt võib adressaat eeldatavasti kasutada või millel edastatud teave võib eeldatavasti jõuda adressaadini. Kohus avaldab adressaadi oletataval virtuaalse sotsiaalvõrgustiku kasutajakonto lehel või muu virtuaalse suhtluskeskkonna lehel teavituse võimaluse korral viisil, mille kohaselt teavitus ei ole muule isikule peale adressaadi nähtav.

  (3) Menetlusdokument loetakse kätte toimetatuks, kui saaja avab selle infosüsteemis või kinnitab infosüsteemis selle vastuvõtmist dokumenti avamata, samuti siis, kui seda teeb muu isik, kellel saaja võimaldab infosüsteemis dokumente näha. Dokumendi kättetoimetamise registreerib infosüsteem automaatselt.

  (4) Kui saajal ei ole eeldatavasti võimalik kasutada menetlusdokumentide kättetoimetamiseks kasutatavat infosüsteemi või infosüsteemi kaudu kättetoimetamine ei ole tehniliselt võimalik, võib kohus toimetada saajale menetlusdokumendi elektrooniliselt kätte ka muul viisil, täites seejuures käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktides 1–5 sätestatud teavitamise nõuded ja andmete otsimise nõude.

  (5) Menetlusdokument loetakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 sätestatud korras saajale kättetoimetatuks, kui saaja kinnitab kirjalikult, faksi teel või elektrooniliselt menetlusdokumendi kättesaamist. Kinnituses tuleb märkida dokumendi kättesaamise kuupäev ning kinnituse peab olema allkirjastanud saaja või tema esindaja. Elektrooniline kinnitus peab olema varustatud saatja digitaalallkirjaga või edastatud muul sellesarnasel turvalisel viisil, mis võimaldab tuvastada saatja ja saatmise aja, välja arvatud juhul, kui kohtul ei ole põhjust kahelda, et digitaalallkirjastamata kinnituse on saatnud saaja või tema esindaja. Kohtule võib elektroonilise kinnituse saata elektronposti teel, kui saaja elektronpostiaadress on kohtule teada ning võib eeldada, et volitamata isikul puudub sellele juurdepääs, samuti juhul, kui kohus on juba sama kohtuasja käigus sellel elektronpostiaadressil dokumente edastanud või kui menetlusosaline on ise avaldanud kohtule oma elektronpostiaadressi. Saaja peab käesolevas lõikes nimetatud kinnituse saatma kohtule viivitamata. Seda kohustust rikkunud menetlusosalist või tema esindajat võib kohus trahvida.

  (51) Kui äriühingule ei ole võimalik menetlusdokumente kätte toimetada infosüsteemis, saadab kohus menetlusdokumendid äriregistri registrikaardile kantud elektronpostiaadressil. Äriühingule saadetud menetlusdokument loetakse kättetoimetatuks viie tööpäeva möödudes registrikaardile kantud elektronpostiaadressil saatmisest. Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 5 sätestatud kinnitust ei nõuta äriühingu registrikaardile kantud elektronpostiaadressil kättetoimetamise korral.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (6) Advokaadile, notarile, kohtutäiturile, pankrotihaldurile, saneerimisnõustajale, usaldusisikule füüsilise isiku maksejõuetuse seaduse tähenduses ja riigi- või kohaliku omavalitsuse asutusele võib menetlusdokumendi muul viisil kui elektrooniliselt selleks ettenähtud infosüsteemi kaudu kätte toimetada üksnes mõjuval põhjusel.
[RT I, 20.06.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.07.2022]

  (7) Kohus teeb selleks ettenähtud infosüsteemis menetlusosalistele viivitamata kättesaadavaks kõik menetlusdokumendid, sealhulgas kohtulahendid, sõltumata sellest, kuidas need menetlusosalistele kätte toimetatakse.

  (8) Valdkonna eest vastutav minister võib määrusega kehtestada täpsemad nõuded dokumentide infosüsteemi kaudu elektroonilisele kättetoimetamisele ja kättesaadavaks tegemisele.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 312.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine postiteenuse osutaja vahendusel

  (1) Menetlusdokumendi võib saajale kätte toimetada postiteenust majandustegevusena osutava isiku vahendusel tähitult väljastusteatega või lihtkirjana.

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 313.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine tähitud kirjaga

  (1) Dokumendi kättetoimetamist tõendab dokumendi tähitult saatmise korral väljastusteade, mis tuleb viivitamata kohtule tagastada.

  (2) Menetlusdokumendi võib kätte toimetades anda üle muule isikule kui saajale üksnes käesolevas osas sätestatud juhul. Nimetatud isik peab dokumendi esimesel võimalusel andma üle saajale. Ta võib keelduda dokumendi saajale üleandmiseks vastuvõtmisest üksnes juhul, kui ta põhistab, et tal ei ole võimalik dokumenti saajale üle anda. Isikule tuleb dokumendi üleandmise kohustust selgitada. Kättetoimetamise kehtivus selgituse andmisest ei sõltu.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Väljastusteatel tuleb märkida järgmised andmed:
  1) dokumendi kättetoimetamise aeg ja koht;
  2) isiku nimi, kellele dokument tuli kätte toimetada;
  3) kui dokument anti üle muule isikule kui saajale, selle isiku nimi, kellele on dokument üle antud, ja põhjus, miks kättetoimetamine toimus sellele isikule;
  4) kättetoimetamise viis;
  5) dokumendi vastuvõtmisest keeldumise korral märge selle kohta ja dokumendi mahajätmise koha andmed;
  6) dokumendi kättetoimetanud isiku nimi, amet ja allkiri;
  7) dokumendi vastuvõtnud isiku nimi, allkiri ja andmed tema isikusamasuse tuvastamise kohta, eelkõige isikut tõendava dokumendi number ning dokumendi kättesaamise kuupäev, välja arvatud, kui dokument jäeti seaduses märgitud põhjusel tegelikult üle andmata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Valdkonna eest vastutav minister võib kehtestada väljastusteate vormi.

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 3 ja 4 sätestatud vorminõuetele mittevastava väljastusteate võib lugeda kättetoimetamiseks piisavaks, kui kättetoimetamine on väljastusteatel siiski usaldusväärselt dokumenteeritud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Kui kohus ei saa menetlusdokumenti lugeda kättetoimetatuks seetõttu, et postiteenuse osutaja ei kasutanud menetlusdokumendi tähitud kirjaga kättetoimetamisel kõiki käesolevas seaduses sätestatud võimalusi, andis menetlusdokumendi isikule, kellele üleandmine ei ole käesolevas osas sätestatu kohaselt lubatud, ei järginud käesoleva seadustiku §-des 326 ja 327 sätestatut või ei dokumenteerinud kättetoimetamist selliselt, et kättetoimetamise saab lugeda toimunuks, võib kohus anda menetlusdokumendi postiteenuse osutajale uueks kättetoimetamiseks selle eest täiendavat tasu maksmata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 314.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine lihtkirjana ja faksi teel

  (1) Menetlusdokumendi võib kätte toimetada lihtkirjana või faksi teel, kui kirjale või faksile on lisatud teatis kinnituse viivitamatu tagastamise kohustuse kohta ning märgitud saatja ja saaja nimi ja aadress ning dokumendi edastanud kohtuametniku nimi.

  (2) Dokumendi lihtkirjana või faksi teel edastanud ametnik märgib toimikusse, kuhu ja millal on dokument kättetoimetamiseks saadetud.

  (3) Dokument loetakse lihtkirjana või faksi teel kätte toimetatuks, kui saaja saadab kohtule dokumendi kättesaamise kohta kinnituse omal valikul kirjana, faksi teel või elektrooniliselt. Kinnituses tuleb märkida dokumendi kättesaamise kuupäev ja kinnituse peab olema allkirjastanud dokumendi saaja või tema esindaja.

  (4) Kui menetlusdokument toimetatakse kätte lihtkirjana või faksi teel, peab saaja käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud kinnituse saatma kohtule viivitamata. Seda kohustust rikkunud menetlusosalist või tema esindajat võib kohus trahvida.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 3141.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine saatmisega

  (1) Kui menetlusdokument on saajale samas kohtumenetluses kätte toimetatud, võib saata menetlusdokumendi või teabe selle kättesaadavaks tegemise kohta sama aadressi või sidevahendi andmeid kasutades ning menetlusdokument loetakse saatmisest kolme tööpäeva möödumisel saajale kättetoimetatuks.

  (2) Kui menetlusdokumendi saaja on avaldanud samas kohtumenetluses kohtule enda või oma esindaja aadressi või sidevahendi andmed, võib saata menetlusdokumendi või teabe selle kättesaadavaks tegemise kohta sama aadressi või sidevahendi andmeid kasutades ning menetlusdokument loetakse saatmisest kolme tööpäeva möödumisel saajale kättetoimetatuks.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 sätestatud korras võib kohus menetlusdokumente kätte toimetada nende saatmisega ka:
  1) teises käimasolevas kohtumenetluses kohtule teadaolevat menetlusosalise aadressi või muu sidevahendi andmeid kasutades;
  2) hagimenetlusele eelnenud maksekäsu kiirmenetluses kohtule teadaolevat menetlusosalise aadressi või muu sidevahendi andmeid kasutades.

  (4) Kui menetlusdokument toimetatakse välisriigis kätte postiteenuse osutaja vahendusel saatmisega, loetakse menetlusdokument kättetoimetatuks 30 päeva möödumisel selle saatmisest arvates.

  (5) Käesolevas paragrahvis sätestatud korras menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamise kohta märgitakse toimikusse, kuhu ja millal on dokument või teave selle kättesaadavaks tegemise kohta saadetud, juhul kui saatmist ei registreerita automaatselt selleks loodud infosüsteemis.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 315.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine kohtutäituri, kohtuametniku, muu isiku ja asutuse vahendusel

  (1) Menetlusdokumendi võib kätte toimetada ka kohtutäituri, kohtukordniku või vastavalt kohtu kodukorrale selleks pädeva muu kohtuametniku või politseiasutuse või muu riigiasutuse või kohaliku omavalitsuse või tema asutuse vahendusel, samuti muu isiku vahendusel, kellele kohus teeb kättetoimetamise ülesandeks kokkuleppel. Menetlusosaline, kelle esitatud menetlusdokument tuleb kätte toimetada või kelle huvides on muu menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine, võib taotleda kohtult dokumendi kohtutäituri vahendusel kättetoimetamist.

  (11) Maksekäsu kiirmenetluses ja hagimenetluses võib menetlusdokumendi kohtutäituri vahendusel kätte toimetada üksnes käesoleva seadustiku §-s 3151 sätestatud korras. Lapse või menetluses erilist kaitset vajava muu füüsilise isiku huve puudutavas hagimenetluses, samuti lapse elatisnõudega maksekäsu kiirmenetluses võib menetlusdokumendi kohtutäituri vahendusel kätte toimetada ka käesolevas paragrahvis sätestatud korras.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (2) Politseiasutusele või muule riigiasutusele või kohalikule omavalitsusele või tema asutusele annab kohus menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamiseks üksnes juhul, kui muud kättetoimetamise võimalused, välja arvatud avalik kättetoimetamine, ei ole tulemusi andnud või eeldatavasti ei anna tulemust, eelkõige kui postiteenuse osutaja vahendusel on samas või muus asjas kättetoimetamine hiljuti ebaõnnestunud. Selle nõude rikkumine ei mõjuta kättetoimetamise kehtivust.

  (3) Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamiseks edastab kohus käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud isikule või asutusele kättetoimetatava dokumendi, tema käsutuses oleva teabe varasemate kättetoimetamiskatsete kohta ja isiku teadaolevad kontaktandmed. Toimikusse märgitakse, millal ja kellele dokument kättetoimetamiseks üle anti.

  (4) Kättetoimetamise viisi valib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud isik või asutus käesolevas osas sätestatute hulgast ise, kui kohus ei anna selle kohta juhiseid. Avalikku kättetoimetamist ei või nad korraldada.

  (5) Kättetoimetamise kohta koostatakse kättetoimetamisteatis, millel peavad olema märgitud käesoleva seadustiku § 313 lõikes 3 nimetatud andmed. Kättetoimetamisteatis tagastatakse pärast kättetoimetamist viivitamata kohtule. Valdkonna eest vastutav minister võib kehtestada kättetoimetamisteatise vormi.

  (6) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 5 sätestatud vorminõuetele mittevastava kättetoimetamisteatise võib lugeda kättetoimetamiseks piisavaks, kui kättetoimetamine on siiski usaldusväärselt dokumenteeritud.

  (7) Menetlusdokumendi võib kätte toimetades anda üle muule isikule kui saajale üksnes käesolevas osas sätestatud juhul. Nimetatud isik peab dokumendi esimesel võimalusel andma üle saajale. Ta võib keelduda dokumendi saajale üleandmiseks vastuvõtmisest üksnes juhul, kui ta põhistab, et tal ei ole võimalik dokumenti saajale üle anda. Isikule tuleb dokumendi üleandmise kohustust selgitada. Kättetoimetamise kehtivus selgituse andmisest ei sõltu.

  (8) Kui kohus ei saa menetlusdokumenti lugeda kättetoimetatuks seetõttu, et käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud isik või asutus ei järginud menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamisel kohtu juhiseid või ei kasutanud selleks kõiki käesolevas seaduses sätestatud võimalusi, andis menetlusdokumendi isikule, kellele üleandmine ei ole käesolevas osas sätestatu kohaselt lubatud, ei järginud käesoleva seadustiku §-des 326 ja 327 sätestatut või ei dokumenteerinud kättetoimetamist selliselt, et kättetoimetamise saab lugeda toimunuks, võib kohus anda menetlusdokumendi uueks kättetoimetamiseks.

  (9) Kohus võib anda käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud isikule või asutusele kuni 60-päevalise tähtaja, mille jooksul tuleb menetlusdokument kätte toimetada või kättetoimetamise ebaõnnestumise korral esitada kohtule aruanne kättetoimetamise ebaõnnestumise põhjusest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 3151.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine menetlusosalise korraldamisel

  (1) Menetlusosaline, kelle esitatud menetlusdokument tuleb kätte toimetada või kelle huvides on muu menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine, võib taotleda kohtult dokumendi kättetoimetamist enda korraldamisel. Menetlusosaline võib menetlusdokumendi kätte toimetada üksnes kohtutäituri vahendusel.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul määrab kohus menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamiseks tähtaja, mille jooksul peab kättetoimetamist korraldav menetlusosaline kättetoimetamise tulemustest kohut teavitama.

  (3) Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamiseks edastab kohus kättetoimetamist korraldavale menetlusosalisele kättetoimetatava menetlusdokumendi kohtu pitseeritud ümbrikus ja kohtule tagastamisele kuuluva kättetoimetamisteatise vormi ning selgitab kohtule teadvalt valeandmete esitamise tagajärgi. Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse asja menetlemisel võib kohus avaldaja taotlusel edastada digitaalselt allkirjastatud menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamiseks otse avaldaja nimetatud kohtutäiturile.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (4) Kohtutäituri vahendusel menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine ja selle dokumenteerimine toimub käesoleva seadustiku § 315 lõigetes 4–7 sätestatud korras.

  (5) Kui hageja või maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avaldaja ei teavita kohut käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 2 alusel määratud tähtaja jooksul kättetoimetamise tulemustest, jäetakse avaldus läbi vaatamata.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 316.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine välisriigis ja eksterritoriaalsetele Eesti Vabariigi kodanikele

  (1) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Menetlusdokumendi võib välisriigis kätte toimetada ka tsiviil- ja kaubandusasjade kohtu- ja kohtuväliste dokumentide välisriikides kätteandmise konventsiooni või muu välislepingu sätete kohaselt.

  (3) Menetlusdokumendi võib välisriigis kätte toimetada ka tähitult väljastusteatega, mis ei pea vastama käesolevas seadustikus sätestatud vorminõuetele. Kättetoimetamise tõendamiseks piisab väljastusteate tagastamisest. Menetlusdokumendi võib välismaale kätte toimetada ka käesoleva seadustiku §-s 314 sätestatud korras.

  (4) Kohus võib menetlusdokumendi välisriigis kätte toimetada ka välisriigi pädeva ametiasutuse kaudu või selles riigis Eesti Vabariiki esindava pädeva konsulaarametniku või saadiku vahendusel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Eesti Vabariigi kodanikule, kellele laieneb eksterritoriaalsus ja kes kuulub Eesti Vabariigi välisesinduse koosseisu, võidakse menetlusdokument kätte toimetada ka Eesti Vabariigi Välisministeeriumi vahendusel.

  (6) Taotluse menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamiseks käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 või 5 nimetatud isikule esitab asja arutav kohus. Dokumendi kättetoimetamist tõendab seda vahendanud ametiasutuse või ametniku kirjalik kinnitus kättetoimetamise kohta.

  (7) Kui menetlusdokumendi välismaal kättetoimetamiseks on vaja see tõlkida, võib kohus nõuda menetlusosaliselt, kellest tulenevalt või kelle huvides on vaja menetlusdokument kätte toimetada, tõlke esitamist või tõlkekulude katmist. Kui menetlusosaline seda ei tee, võib kohus jätta menetlusdokumendi kätte toimetamata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 3161.   Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) 2020/1784 rakendamine
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

  (1) Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamisele mõnes muus Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis kohaldatakse käesolevas seadustikus sätestatut niivõrd, kuivõrd Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruses (EL) 2020/1784, mis käsitleb kohtu- ja kohtuväliste dokumentide liikmesriikides kättetoimetamist tsiviil- ja kaubandusasjades (dokumentide kättetoimetamine) (uuesti sõnastatud) (ELT L 405, 02.12.2020, lk 40–78), sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 3 lõike 1 alusel on kohtudokumente edastavateks asutusteks Eestis maakohtud, ringkonnakohtud ja Riigikohus, kelle menetluses olevas asjas tuleb dokument kätte toimetada, ning kohtuväliseid dokumente edastavaks asutuseks on Justiitsministeerium. Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 3 lõike 2 alusel on kohtu- ja kohtuväliseid dokumente vastuvõtvaks asutuseks maakohus, kelle tööpiirkonnas tuleb dokument kätte toimetada.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 4 alusel täidab keskasutuse ülesandeid Justiitsministeerium.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

  (4) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) 2020/1784 artikli 3 lõike 4 punkti d, artikli 8 lõike 2 ja artikli 14 lõike 2 alusel aktsepteeritakse Eestis nii eesti kui ka inglise keeles koostatud tüüpvorme.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse alusel toimub dokumendi Eestis kättetoimetamine tsiviilkohtumenetluse seadustikus menetlusdokumentide kättetoimetamiseks ettenähtud korras. Dokumente ei või kätte toimetada avalikult.

  (6) Teise liikmesriigi Eestis asuva diplomaatilise või konsulaaresinduse kaudu võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 17 lõike 2 kohaselt Eestis dokumente kätte toimetada üksnes juhul, kui dokumendid tuleb kätte toimetada selle liikmesriigi kodanikule, kust dokumendid edastatakse.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

  (7) Eestis ei ole lubatud dokumente kätte toimetada käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artiklis 20 sätestatud viisil.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

  (8) Eesti kohus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 22 lõikes 2 sätestatud tingimustel asja lahendada ka siis, kui puudub teatis kostjale menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamise kohta. Tähtaja ennistamise avalduse võib vastavalt käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 22 lõike 4 kolmandale lausele kohtule esitada ühe aasta jooksul pärast asjas menetlust lõpetava lahendi tegemist.
[RT I, 10.02.2023, 2 - jõust. 20.02.2023]

§ 317.   Menetlusdokumendi avalik kättetoimetamine

  (1) Menetlusosalisele võib kohtu määruse alusel toimetada menetlusdokumendi kätte avalikult, kui:
  1) menetlusosalise aadress ei ole kantud registrisse või kui isik ei ela registris märgitud aadressil ning isiku aadress või viibimiskoht ei ole kohtule muul viisil teada ja kui dokumenti ei saa kätte toimetada isiku esindajale ega dokumendi kättesaamiseks volitatud isikule või muul käesolevas osas sätestatud viisil;
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]
  2) välisriigis ei ole eeldatavasti võimalik dokumenti nõuetekohaselt kätte toimetada;
  3) dokumenti ei õnnestu kätte toimetada seetõttu, et kättetoimetamise kohaks on eksterritoriaalse isiku eluruum.

  (11) Olenemata käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatust, võib juriidilisest isikust menetlusosalisele kohtu määruse alusel toimetada menetlusdokumendi kätte avalikult, kui elektrooniline kättetoimetamine ja juriidilise isiku kohta peetavasse registrisse kantud postiaadressil tähitud kirjaga kättetoimetamine ei ole tulemust andnud. Kui juriidiline isik on esitanud registripidajale äriregistri seaduse §-s 24 sätestatud isiku Eesti aadressi, tuleb enne menetlusdokumendi avalikult kättetoimetamist üritada dokumenti kätte toimetada ka sellel aadressil.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (12) Olenemata käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatust, võib maksekäsu kiirmenetluse üleminekul hagimenetluseks käesoleva seadustiku § 486 lõike 1 punktis 2 sätestatu kohaselt kohtu määruse alusel toimetada hagiavalduse kätte avalikult, kui makseettepaneku koostanud kohus on makseettepanekut võlgnikule kätte toimetades täitnud käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktis 1 sätestatud avaliku kättetoimetamise eeldused.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (2) Kohus võib menetlusdokumendi avalikku kättetoimetamist taotlevalt menetlusosaliselt nõuda politsei või valla- või linnavalitsuse kinnitust, et neile on saaja viibimiskoht teadmata, või muid tõendeid käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud asjaolude kohta. Politseiasutus ja valla- või linnavalitsus peavad nõudel selle kinnituse menetlusosalisele andma. Kohus teeb ka ise vajaduse korral järelepärimisi saaja aadressi väljaselgitamiseks.

  (3) Avalikult kättetoimetatava dokumendi väljavõte avaldatakse väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded. Asja arutav kohus võib teha määruse, mille kohaselt võib väljavõte ilmuda ka teistes väljaannetes.
[RT I 2006, 55, 412 - jõust. 01.01.2007]

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud väljavõttes peab olema ära märgitud:
  1) asja arutav kohus, menetlusosaline ja menetluse ese;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  2) kättetoimetatavas dokumendis sisalduv taotlus;
  3) lahendi kättetoimetamise puhul selle resolutsioon;
  4) kohtukutse kättetoimetamise korral kohtusse kutsumise eesmärk ja aeg;
  5) hagi kättetoimetamise korral hagile vastamise ettepanek, ettepaneku sisu ja ettenähtud selgitus.

  (5) Dokument loetakse avalikult kättetoimetatuks 15 päeva möödumisel väljavõtte väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded ilmumise päevast. Asja arutav kohus võib määrata dokumendi kättetoimetatuks lugemiseks pikema tähtaja. Sel juhul avaldatakse tähtaeg koos avaliku kättetoimetamisega.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (6) Kohus võib keelduda menetlusdokumendi avalikust kättetoimetamisest, kui menetluses tehtavat lahendit soovitakse eeldatavasti tunnustada või täita välisriigis ja avaliku kättetoimetamise tõttu on tõenäoline, et lahendit ei tunnustataks või ei täidetaks. Avalikust kättetoimetamisest keeldumise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

35. peatükk MENETLUSDOKUMENDI KÄTTETOIMETAMINE SAAJA ESINDAJALE 

§ 318.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine saaja seaduslikule esindajale

  (1) Piiratud teovõimega saajale loetakse menetlusdokument kättetoimetatuks, kui see on kätte toimetatud saaja seaduslikule esindajale.

  (2) Juriidilise isiku või ametiasutuse puhul toimetatakse menetlusdokument kätte juriidilise isiku või ametiasutuse seaduslikule esindajale, kui käesolevast seadustikust ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (3) Kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud isikul on mitu seaduslikku esindajat, piisab kättetoimetamisest ühele neist.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

§ 319.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine volitatud isikule

  (1) Menetlusdokument loetakse saajale kättetoimetatuks, kui see on kätte toimetatud tema poolt selleks volitatud isikule. Eeldatakse, et dokumendi saaja prokuristil või saajalt üldvolituse saanud isikul, samuti saaja nimel dokumente tavaliselt vastuvõtval isikul on ka menetlusdokumentide vastuvõtmise õigus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Füüsilisest isikust ettevõtjale, eraõiguslikule juriidilisele isikule ja välismaa äriühingu filiaalile loetakse menetlusdokument kätte toimetatuks ka juhul, kui see on kätte toimetatud äriregistrisse või mittetulundusühingute ja sihtasutuste registrisse kantud menetlusdokumentide vastuvõtmiseks volitatud isikule.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 320.   Menetlusosalise kohustus määrata menetlusdokumentide vastuvõtmiseks esindaja

  (1) Kui menetlusdokument toimetatakse kätte välisriigi pädeva ametiasutuse, Eesti Vabariigi pädeva konsulaarametniku või saadiku või Eesti Vabariigi Välisministeeriumi vahendusel, võib kohus nõuda, et dokumendi saaja määraks menetlusdokumente vastu võtma volitatud Eestis elava või asuva isiku, kui saaja ei ole määranud menetluseks esindajat.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kohus võib menetlusosalist määrusega kohustada menetlusdokumente vastu võtma volitatud isiku määrama ka muul juhul, kui võib eeldada põhjendamatuid raskusi dokumentide kättetoimetamisel.

  (3) Kui menetlusdokumente vastu võtma volitatud isiku määramiseks kohustatud menetlusosaline seda isikut ei nimeta, toimetatakse menetlusdokumendid talle kuni kättesaamiseks volitatud isiku nimetamiseni kätte dokumentide postitamisega lihtkirjana tema enda aadressil.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud juhul loetakse dokument kätte toimetatuks 15 päeva möödumisel postitamisest, isegi juhul, kui saadetis tagastatakse. Kohus võib dokumendi kätte toimetatuks lugemiseks määrata pikema tähtaja.

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud postitamisega toimunud kättetoimetamise kohta tuleb toimikusse märkida, millal ja mis aadressil on dokument postitatud.

§ 321.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine kohtumenetluse esindajale

  (1) Kui menetlusosalist esindab kohtumenetluses esindaja, toimetatakse menetluses olevas asjas dokumendid kätte ja saadetakse muud teated üksnes esindajale, kui kohus ei pea vajalikuks nende saatmist lisaks menetlusosalisele isiklikult. Mitme esindaja puhul piisab kättetoimetamisest ühele neist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kohtulahendi peale esitatud kaebus toimetatakse kätte menetlusosalise sama menetlusastme kohtu esindajale, kus tehtud lahendi peale kaevatakse. Kui pool on juba määranud esindaja kõrgema kohtuastme jaoks, kus hakatakse kaebust lahendama, võib kaebuse toimetada kätte ka sellele esindajale.

  (3) Menetlusosalist esindavale advokaadile loetakse menetlusdokument kätte toimetatuks ka menetlusdokumendi panemisega kohtu ruumides advokaadi jaoks ettenähtud ja advokaadiga kokku lepitud postkasti.

36. peatükk KÄTTETOIMETAMINE ERIJUHTUDEL 

§ 322.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine eluruumis ja viibimiskohas ning saaja tööandjale, üürileandjale ja maja haldajale

  (1) Kui menetlusdokumendi saajat ei saada tema eluruumis kätte, loetakse dokument saajale kättetoimetatuks ka kättetoimetamisega tema eluruumis elavale või perekonda teenivale vähemalt neljateistkümneaastasele isikule.

  (2) Menetlusdokumendi võib saaja asemel toimetada kätte seda kortermaja haldavale korteriühistule, kus saaja elu- või äriruum asub, või kaasomandi eseme valitsejale või saaja üürileandjale, samuti ka saaja tööandjale või muule isikule, kellele saaja osutab lepingu alusel teenuseid.

  (3) Menetlusdokument loetakse saajale kättetoimetatuks ka juhul, kui see toimetatakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 sätestatud viisil kätte saaja esindajale.

  (4) Pikemat aega kaitseväes, vanglas, tervishoiuasutuses või muus sellises kohas viibivale isikule loetakse dokument kättetoimetatuks ka dokumendi üleandmisega selle juhile või tema määratud isikule, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 323.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine äriruumis

  (1) Majandus- või kutsetegevusega tegelevale füüsilisele isikule loetakse dokument kättetoimetatuks ka juhul, kui dokument toimetatakse kätte tema äriruumis püsivalt viibivale töötajale või muu sellesarnase lepingu alusel talle püsivalt teenuseid osutavale isikule, kui füüsiline isik ise ei viibi tavalisel tööajal äriruumis või kui ta ei saa dokumenti vastu võtta.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatut kohaldatakse ka juriidilisele isikule, ametiasutusele, notarile ja kohtutäiturile dokumendi kättetoimetamise suhtes, samuti dokumendi kättetoimetamise korral saaja esindajale või muule isikule, kellele võib dokumendi saaja asemel kätte toimetada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 324.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamise piirangud

  Käesoleva seadustiku §-des 322 ja 323 nimetatud juhtudel ei loeta dokumenti kättetoimetatuks selle kättetoimetamisel saaja asemel isikule, kes osaleb kohtumenetluses saaja vastaspoolena.

§ 325.   Menetlusdokumendi vastuvõtmisest keeldumine

  Kui isik seadusliku aluseta keeldub dokumendi vastuvõtmisest, loetakse dokument kätte toimetatuks alates selle vastuvõtmisest keeldumisest. Dokument jäetakse sel juhul saaja elu- või äriruumi või pannakse saaja postkasti. Ruumi ja postkasti puudumisel tagastatakse dokument kohtule.

§ 326.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine postkasti panekuga

  (1) Kui menetlusdokumenti ei ole võimalik kätte toimetada, kuna seda ei saa üle anda saaja või tema esindaja elu- või äriruumis, loetakse dokument kättetoimetatuks dokumendi panemisega elu- või äriruumi juurde kuuluvasse postkasti või muusse sellesarnasesse kohta, mida saaja või tema esindaja kasutab posti kättesaamiseks ja mis harilikult tagab saadetise säilimise. Käesoleva seadustiku § 322 lõikes 2 nimetatud isikule võib menetlusdokumendi sel viisil kätte toimetada üksnes juhul, kui kättetoimetamine ei ole võimalik saajale või tema esindajale isiklikult.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kättetoimetamine käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud viisil on lubatud üksnes juhul, kui menetlusdokumenti on proovitud isikule isiklikult üle anda vähemalt ühel korral ja seda ei ole võimalik kätte anda elu- või äriruumis viibivale muule isikule käesoleva seadustiku § 322 lõike 1 või § 323 kohaselt.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul märgitakse kättetoimetatava saadetise ümbrikule kättetoimetamise kuupäev.

§ 327.   Menetlusdokumendi kättetoimetamine hoiustamisega

  (1) Käesoleva seadustiku §-s 326 sätestatud tingimustel võib dokumendi samuti hoiustada dokumendi kättetoimetamise kohas asuvas postkontoris või valla- või linnavalitsuses või selle maakohtu kantseleis, kelle tööpiirkonnas asub dokumendi kättetoimetamise koht.

  (2) Hoiustamise kohta jäetakse või saadetakse saaja aadressil postiga kirjalik teade, selle võimatuse korral aga kinnitatakse teade eluruumi, äriruumi või viibimiskoha uksele või väljastatakse naabruses elavale isikule saajale edastamiseks. Teatest peab selgelt ilmnema, et hoiustatud on kohtu edastatud dokument ning et hoiustamisega loetakse dokument kätte toimetatuks ja sellest võivad kulgema hakata menetlustähtajad.

  (3) Dokument loetakse kätte toimetatuks kolme päeva möödumisel käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud kirjaliku teate edastamisest või mahajätmisest. Dokumendi ümbrikule märgitakse kättetoimetamise kuupäev.

  (4) Kättetoimetamiseks edastatud dokument tagastatakse saatjale 15 päeva möödumisel kättetoimetatuks lugemisest, kui kohus ei ole selleks määranud pikemat tähtaega.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

7. osa MENETLUSOSALISTE AVALDUSED JA TAOTLUSED 

37. peatükk ÜLDSÄTTED 

§ 328.   Avalduste õigsus ja avaldustele vastamise tagamine

  (1) Menetlusosalise avaldused asja puudutavate faktiliste asjaolude kohta peavad olema tõesed.

  (2) Kohus tagab poolele võimaluse vastaspoole taotlustele ja faktilistele väidetele vastata, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

§ 329.   Avalduste esitamise õigeaegsus

  (1) Menetlusosalised peavad menetluses esitama oma avaldused, taotlused, tõendid ja vastuväited nii varakult, kui menetluse seisund seda võimaldab ning see on menetluse kiireks ja õigeks lahendamiseks vajalik. Pärast eelmenetluse lõppemist võib uusi avaldusi, taotlusi, väiteid, tõendeid ja vastuväiteid esitada üksnes juhul, kui neid ei olnud mõjuval põhjusel võimalik varem esitada.

  (2) Kui kohus korraldab eelmenetluses korraldava kohtuistungi, peab menetlusosaline esitama oma avaldused, taotlused, tõendid ja vastuväited selliselt, et need saaks teistele menetlusosalistele edastada vähemalt seitse päeva enne eelistungit, kui kohus ei ole määranud teisiti. Teise menetlusosalise vastuavaldus ning sellega seotud taotlused, tõendid ja vastuväited tuleb esitada kohtule selliselt, et need saaks teistele menetlusosalistele edastada mõistliku aja jooksul enne eelistungit, kui kohus ei ole määranud teisiti.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (3) Kohus peab õigeaegselt tegema kõik vajaliku asja arutamise ettevalmistamiseks. Menetluse igas staadiumis aitab kohus kaasa sellele, et pooled teeksid oma avaldused õigeaegselt ning täies ulatuses ja aitaksid kaasa asja võimalikult kiirele ja väikeste kuludega lahendamisele.

  (4) Eelmenetluses võib kohus anda menetlusosalistele korraldusi dokumentide esitamiseks, täiendamiseks või selgitamiseks ja vastaspoole esitatud dokumentide suhtes arvamuse andmiseks ning tõendite esitamiseks kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul. Menetlusosalistele tuleb kõikidest kohtu korraldustest teatada.

§ 330.   Avalduste esitamise tähtajad

  (1) Avaldused, taotlused, tõendid ja vastuväited tuleb esitada enne eelmenetluse lõppemist või kirjalikus menetluses enne taotluste esitamise tähtaja möödumist.

  (2) Avalduse või kaebuse esitamise seadusega lubatavust puudutavad vastuväited tuleb esitada korraga ja vastuses avaldusele või kaebusele või vastamata jätmise korral esimesel istungil või esimese sisulise taotluse esitamisel kohtule.

  (3) Pärast eelmenetluse lõppemist või kirjalikus menetluses pärast taotluste esitamise tähtaja möödumist esitatud uusi asjaolusid või taotlusi sisaldavat avaldust, samuti tõendeid menetletakse käesoleva seadustiku §-s 331 sätestatud juhul ja korras.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 331.   Avalduste hilisem esitamine

  (1) Kui menetlusosaline pärast selleks kohtu määratud tähtaja möödumist või käesoleva seadustiku §-s 329 või 330 sätestatut rikkudes esitab avalduse, taotluse, tõendi või vastuväite, menetleb kohus seda üksnes juhul, kui menetlusse võtmine ei põhjusta kohtu arvates menetluse lahendamise viibimist või menetlusosaline põhistab, et hilinemiseks oli mõjuv põhjus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui menetlusosalisele ei ole vastaspoole taotlusest, avaldusest, tõendist või vastuväitest enne kohtuistungit õigel ajal teatatud ja menetlusosaline ei oska vastaspoole esitatu suhtes seetõttu piisavalt seisukohta võtta, võib kohus kohtuistungi edasilükkamisel määrata talle tähtaja, mille jooksul ta võib esitada oma seisukoha.

§ 332.   Menetluse venimist põhjustanud menetlusosalise trahvimine
[Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 333.   Vastuväite esitamine kohtu tegevuse kohta

  (1) Menetlusosaline võib esitada vastuväite kohtu tegevuse kohta menetluse juhtimisel, samuti vastuväite menetlussätte rikkumise, eelkõige menetlustoimingu tegemise vorminõuete rikkumise kohta. Vastuväite lahendab kohus määrusega.

  (2) Kui menetlusosaline ei esita vastuväidet hiljemalt kohtuistungi lõpus, kus rikkumine toimus, või rikkumisele järgnenud esimeses kohtule esitatud menetlusdokumendis, olgugi et menetlusosaline teadis või pidi viga teadma, ei saa ta vastuväidet hiljem esitada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud juhul ei või menetlusosaline tugineda veale kohtu tegevuses ka kohtulahendi peale edasi kaevates.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 2 ja 3 sätestatut ei kohaldata, kui kohus on rikkunud tsiviilkohtumenetluse olulist põhimõtet.

§ 3331.   Kohtumenetluse kiirendamise taotlus

  (1) Kui tsiviilasi on olnud kohtu menetluses vähemalt üheksa kuud ja kohus ei tee mõjuva põhjuseta vajalikku menetlustoimingut, sealhulgas ei määra õigel ajal kohtuistungit, et tagada kohtumenetluse läbiviimine mõistliku aja jooksul, võib kohtumenetluse pool kohtult taotleda kohtumenetluse kiiremaks lõpuleviimiseks sobiva abinõu tarvituselevõtmist.

  (2) Kui kohus peab taotlust põhjendatuks, määrab ta 30 päeva jooksul alates taotluse saamisest sellise abinõu rakendamise, mis eelduslikult võimaldab kohtumenetluse mõistliku aja jooksul lõpule viia. Kohus ei ole abinõu valikul taotlusega seotud.

  (3) Taotluse rahuldamata jätmine või kohtumenetluse kiirendamiseks taotluses märgitust erineva abinõu rakendamine vormistatakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 sätestatud tähtaja jooksul põhistatud määrusega. Määrust, millega otsustatakse rakendada taotluses märgitud kohtumenetluse kiirendamise abinõud, ei pea põhistama.

  (4) Kohtumenetluse kiirendamise taotluse läbivaatamisel tehtud määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

  (5) Kohus võib määruskaebuse lahendamisel määrata sellise abinõu rakendamise, mis eelduslikult võimaldab kohtumenetluse mõistliku aja jooksul lõpule viia. Kohus ei ole abinõu valikul kaebuse piiridega seotud.

  (6) Uue taotluse võib esitada pärast kuue kuu möödumist eelmise taotluse kohta tehtud kohtumääruse jõustumisest, välja arvatud juhul, kui taotlus esitatakse põhjusel, et asja menetlev kohus ei ole määruses ette nähtud abinõu tähtaegselt rakendanud.
[RT I, 23.02.2011, 1 - jõust. 01.09.2011]

38. peatükk MENETLUSOSALISTE ESITATAVATE MENETLUSDOKUMENTIDE VORM 

§ 334.   Kirjalike dokumentide esitamine

  (1) Avaldused, taotlused, vastuväited ja kaebused esitatakse kohtule selgesti loetavas masina- või arvutikirjas A4 formaadis. Kohtuistungil esitatud avaldused, taotlused, seisukohad ja vastuväited protokollitakse.

  (2) Võimaluse korral esitavad menetlusosalised kohtule kirjalikult esitatud menetlusdokumendid ka elektrooniliselt.

§ 335.   Dokumendi esitamine kirjalikku taasesitamist võimaldavas vormis

  (1) Kirjaliku avalduse või kaebuse esitamiseks antud tähtajast kinnipidamiseks piisab avalduse või kaebuse edastamisest kohtule faksi teel või elektronpostiga selleks ettenähtud aadressil või muus kirjalikku taasesitamist võimaldavas vormis, tingimusel et kirjaliku dokumendi originaal antakse kohtule üle viivitamata pärast seda, kuid hiljemalt asja arutamisel kohtuistungil või kirjalikus menetluses dokumentide esitamise tähtaja jooksul.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kohtulahendi peale kaebuse esitamise korral tuleb kaebuse originaal esitada kümne päeva jooksul.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatut ei kohaldata dokumendi edastamise korral elektrooniliselt, kui dokument on esitatud käesoleva seadustiku § 336 nõuete kohaselt.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 336.   Dokumendi esitamine elektrooniliselt

  (1) Kohtule võib avaldusi ja muid dokumente, mis peavad olema kirjalikus vormis, esitada ka elektrooniliselt, kui kohus saab esitatud dokumendi välja trükkida ja dokumendist teha koopiaid. Dokument peab olema varustatud saatja digitaalallkirjaga või edastatud muul sellesarnasel turvalisel viisil, mis võimaldab saatja tuvastada. Saatja loetakse üheselt tuvastatavaks, kui elektronkirjale on lisatud saatja isikliku võtme abil moodustatud autentsustunnistus.

  (2) Elektrooniline dokument loetakse kohtule esitatuks, kui see on salvestatud kohtudokumentide vastuvõtmiseks ettenähtud andmebaasi. Dokumendi saatjale edastatakse selle kohta elektrooniline kinnitus. Kui kohus ei saa dokumenti välja trükkida või sellest koopiaid teha, teatatakse sellest viivitamata saatjale.

  (3) Elektroonilise dokumendi kohtule edastamise täpsema korra ja dokumendiformaatidele esitatavad nõuded kehtestab valdkonna eest vastutav minister määrusega.

  (4) Kohus võib menetlusosalise elektronpostiga esitatud avalduse või muu menetlusdokumendi lugeda piisavaks ka juhul, kui see ei vasta käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–3 sätestatud nõuetele, eelkõige digitaalallkirjaga varustamise nõudele, kui kohtul ei ole kahtlust saatja isikus ja dokumendi saatmises, eriti kui samalt elektronposti aadressilt on kohtule sama asja menetluses sama menetlusosalise poolt varem esitatud digitaalallkirjaga dokumente või kui kohus on nõustunud, et talle võib avaldusi või muid dokumente esitada ka sellisel viisil.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (5) Käesoleva seadustiku § 218 lõike 1 punktides 1–3 ja lõikes 2 sätestatud lepinguline esindaja, notar, kohtutäitur, pankrotihaldur, saneerimisnõustaja, usaldusisik füüsilise isiku maksejõuetuse seaduse tähenduses, riigi- ja kohaliku omavalitsuse asutus ning muu juriidiline isik esitab dokumendid kohtule elektrooniliselt, kui ei ole mõjuvat põhjust esitada dokument muus vormis.
[RT I, 20.06.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.07.2022]

  (6) Kui avaldusi või muid dokumente saab esitada selleks loodud portaali vahendusel arvutis peetavasse menetlusinfosüsteemi, ei või neid esitada e-posti teel, välja arvatud mõjuval põhjusel. Valdkonna eest vastutav minister kehtestab portaali vahendusel esitatavate dokumentide loetelu määrusega.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

§ 337.   Advokaadi edastatav dokument

  Kui mitut menetlusosalist esindab menetluses advokaat, saadab advokaat kohtule edastatavad dokumendid ja nende lisad ise teiste menetlusosaliste advokaatidele ja teavitab sellest kohut. Sel juhul eeldatakse, et dokumendid on teistele menetlusosalistele kohtule teatatud ajal kätte toimetatud. Dokumentide edastamise või sellest kohtu teavitamise kohustust rikkunud advokaati võib kohus trahvida.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 338.   Kohtule esitatava menetlusdokumendi sisu

  (1) Menetlusosalise poolt kohtule esitatavas menetlusdokumendis, muu hulgas hagis, vastuväites ja kaebuses, märgitakse:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  1) menetlusosaliste ning nende võimalike esindajate nimed ja aadressid ning sidevahendite andmed;
  2) kohtu nimetus;
  3) asja põhisisu;
  4) menetluses olevas asjas tsiviilasja number;
  5) menetlusosalise esitatav taotlus;
  6) taotlust põhjendavad asjaolud;
  7) menetlusdokumendi lisade nimekiri;
  8) menetlusosalise või tema esindaja allkiri, elektroonilise dokumendi puhul digitaalallkiri või muu isikusamasuse tuvastamist võimaldav tunnus vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku §-s 336 sätestatule.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Füüsilise isiku kohta tuleb menetlusdokumendis märkida ka tema isikukood, selle puudumisel sünniaeg. Avalikku registrisse kantud juriidilise isiku kohta tuleb märkida tema registrikood, selle puudumisel tegutsemise õiguslik alus.

  (3) Kui menetlusosaline ei tea teise menetlusosalise aadressi või muid andmeid, tuleb menetlusdokumendis märkida, mida ta on andmete teadasaamiseks teinud.

  (4) Kohtule esitatud sisulist taotlust sisaldavas avalduses ja vastuses vastaspoole esitatud taotlusele või väidetele märgitakse lisaks käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 loetletud andmetele:
  1) seisukoht vastaspoole esitatud faktiväidete kohta;
  2) tõendid, mida menetlusosaline soovib kasutada oma väidete tõendamiseks või vastaspoole väidete ümberlükkamiseks;
  3) seisukoht vastaspoole esitatud tõendite kohta.

§ 339.   Menetlusdokumendi lisad

  (1) Kui menetlusdokumendi allkirjastab menetlusosalise esindaja, lisatakse asjas esimesele esindaja esitatud menetlusdokumendile volikiri või muu esindusõigust tõendav dokument. Kui menetlusdokumendi allkirjastab esindajana advokaat, ei pea volikirja esitama, kuid kohtul on õigus selle esitamist nõuda.

  (2) Avaldusele lisatakse avalduses viidatud ja menetlusosalise käes olevate dokumentide originaalid või ärakirjad, välja arvatud juhul, kui need on juba kohtule esitatud.

  (3) Kui menetlusdokumendis taotletava menetlustoimingu tegemiseks on ette nähtud riigilõiv, tuleb menetlusdokumendis märkida selle tasumise kontrollimist võimaldavad andmed või lisada tõend menetlusabi andmise kohta või taotlus menetlusabi andmiseks riigilõivu tasumisel.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

§ 340.   Ärakirjad teistele menetlusosalistele

  (1) Menetlusosaline peab kohtusse esitatavad kirjalikud dokumendid ja nende lisad esitama koos dokumentide teistele menetlusosalistele kättetoimetamiseks nõutava arvu ärakirjadega.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatut ei kohaldata dokumentide või nende lisade suhtes, mis on teistel menetlusosalistel olemas originaali või ärakirjana. Sel juhul tuleb kohtule ka teatada, milliste menetlusdokumentide ärakirjasid ei esitata ja miks menetlusosaline arvab, et need on teisel menetlusosalisel olemas.

  (21) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatut ei kohaldata dokumentide elektroonilisel esitamisel.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatut ei kohaldata ka juhul, kui advokaat saadab menetlusdokumentide ärakirjad teist menetlusosalist esindavale advokaadile ja kinnitab seda kohtule.

  (4) Kohtule elektrooniliselt esitatud dokumendist korraldab kohus ärakirjade või väljatrükkide tegemise, kui teisele menetlusosalisele ei saa eeldatavasti elektroonilist dokumenti edastada või ta ei saa selle sisuga eeldatavasti tutvuda või seda välja trükkida. Käesoleva lõike esimeses lauses nimetatud juhul on ärakirjade või väljatrükkide tegemine riigilõivuvaba.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (5) [Kehtetu - RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

§ 3401.   Menetlusdokumendi puuduste kõrvaldamine

  (1) Kui menetlusosalise esitatud avaldus, taotlus, vastuväide või kaebus ei vasta vorminõuetele või on esitatud muude puudustega, mida saab kõrvaldada, muu hulgas kui tasumata on riigilõiv, määrab kohus tähtaja puuduse kõrvaldamiseks ja jätab menetlusdokumendi seniks käiguta.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (2) Kui kohtu määratud tähtpäevaks puudusi ei kõrvaldata, jäetakse avaldus, taotlus või kaebus menetlusse võtmata ja tagastatakse, juba menetlusse võetud avaldus, taotlus või kaebus aga jäetakse läbi vaatamata. Selle kohta tehtud maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti.

  (3) Kui kohtu määratud tähtpäevaks ei kõrvaldata puudusi vastuväidetes, jätab kohus vastuväited tähelepanuta.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

8. osa KOHTUISTUNG 

§ 341.   Asja lahendamine kohtuistungil

  (1) Tsiviilasi vaadatakse läbi ja lahendatakse kohtuistungil, kui seadusega ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (2) Käesolevas peatükis kohtule ettenähtud õigused ja kohustused kehtivad ka erinõude alusel tegutseva kohtu ja korralduse alusel tegutseva kohtuniku kohta.

§ 342.   Kohtuistungi määramine

  (1) Kohus määrab taotluse või avalduse lahendamiseks kohtuistungi, kui avaldust või taotlust ei saa lahendada kohtuistungit pidamata.

  (2) Kohtuistungi aeg määratakse viivitamata pärast avalduse või taotluse ja sellele vastuse saamist või vastamiseks antud tähtaja möödumist. Kohus võib määrata kohtuistungi aja kindlaks ka enne vastuse saamist või vastamiseks antud tähtaja möödumist, kui võib eeldada, et sõltumata vastusest on asja lahendamiseks vajalik kohtuistung, või kui istungi kohene kindlaksmääramine on vastavalt asjaoludele muul põhjusel mõistlik. Kui kohus vastust ei küsi, määrab ta kohtuistungi aja viivitamata pärast avalduse või taotluse saamist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohtuistungi aja määramisel küsitakse ja arvestatakse võimaluse korral menetlusosaliste arvamust.

§ 343.   Kohtukutsete saatmine ja istungi toimumise aja avaldamine kohtu veebilehel

  (1) Kohtuistungi toimumise ajast ja kohast teavitamiseks toimetab kohus kohtukutsed kätte menetlusosalistele ja teistele isikutele, kes tuleb kohtuistungile kutsuda.

  (2) Kutse kättetoimetamise ja istungipäeva vahele peab jääma vähemalt kümme päeva. Menetlusosaliste nõusolekul võib tähtaeg olla ka lühem.

  (3) Kohtuistungi toimumise aeg avaldatakse ka kohtu veebilehel, märkides tsiviilasja numbri, menetlusosaliste nimed ja tsiviilasja üldise kirjelduse. Kinnise kohtuistungi kohta avaldatakse üksnes toimumise aeg, tsiviilasja number ja märge, et kohtuistung on kinnine. Kohtuistungi toimumise aeg eemaldatakse veebilehelt seitsme päeva möödumisel kohtuistungi toimumisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 344.   Kohtukutse sisu

  (1) Kohtukutses märgitakse vähemalt:
  1) kohtusse kutsutava isiku nimi;
  2) kohtu nimetus ja aadress;
  3) kohtuistungi aeg ja koht;
  4) asja põhisisu;
  5) kellena isik välja kutsutakse;
  6) kohustus teatada kohtusse ilmumata jätmise põhjusest;
  7) kohtusse ilmumata jätmise tagajärjed.

  (2) Kui menetlusosaline kutsutakse hagimenetluses Riigikohtu istungile ja kohtukutset ei edastata vandeadvokaadile, märgitakse kutses ka, et menetlusosaline võib Riigikohtus menetlustoiminguid teha ning avaldusi ja taotlusi esitada üksnes vandeadvokaadi vahendusel.

  (3) Kui isikule edastatakse kohtukutse selles tsiviilasjas esimest korda, märgitakse kutses kohustus võtta kohtuistungile kaasa isikut tõendav dokument. Esindajale asjas esimese kohtukutse saatmisel märgitakse kutses esindaja kohustus võtta kohtuistungile kaasa esindusõigust tõendav dokument, välja arvatud juhul, kui esindajaks on advokaat.

  (4) Tunnistajale edastataval kohtukutsel viidatakse ka tunnistaja õigusele saada tunnistajatasu ja kulutuste hüvitamise õigusele.

  (5) Kohtukutse ei pea olema allkirjastatud.

  (6) Kohtukutse ühtse vormi kehtestab valdkonna eest vastutav minister määrusega.

  (7) Kohtukutse ei pea olema käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–6 ettenähtud vormis, kui see antakse üle kohtuistungil või kui kohtuistungil võetakse isikult protokolli allkiri kohtuistungi toimumise aja kohta. Vajaduse korral selgitab kohus kohtukutsega seotud asjaolusid.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 345.   Kohtuistungile ilmumata jäämisest teatamine

  Kui kohtuistungile kutsutud menetlusosaline, tunnistaja, ekspert või tõlk ei saa kohtusse ilmuda, peab ta sellest kohtule õigel ajal teatama ja kohtusse ilmumise takistust põhistama.

§ 346.   Menetlusosaliste isiklik kohalolek kohtuistungil
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (1) Kohus võib määruse alusel kohustada menetlusosalist või tema seaduslikku esindajat isiklikult kohtuistungile ilmuma, kui see on kohtu hinnangul vajalik asja lahendamiseks tähendust omavate asjaolude selgitamiseks või vaidluse kompromissiga lõpetamiseks. Kohus ei kohusta menetlusosalist kohtuistungile isiklikult ilmuma, kui menetlusosalise isiklikku ilmumist istungile ei saa nõuda suure vahemaa tõttu või muul mõjuval põhjusel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Abieluasjas ja põlvnemisasjas kohustab maakohus pooli isiklikult kohtusse ilmuma ja peab nad ära kuulama, välja arvatud juhul, kui poolel on kohtusse ilmumata jäämiseks mõjuv põhjus. Kui pool ei saa kohtusse ilmuda või kui temalt ei saa seda oodata, võib teda ära kuulata ja seletuse võtta asja erinõude alusel menetlev kohus.

  (3) Isiklikult kohtusse ilmumise kohustus tehakse kutsega teatavaks menetlusosalisele isiklikult, isegi kui ta on määranud endale menetluseks esindaja.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kui menetlusosaline kohtu korraldusest hoolimata kohtuistungile ei ilmu, võib kohus teda trahvida nagu istungile ülekuulamiseks ilmumata jätnud tunnistajat või kohaldada tema suhtes sundtoomist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 sätestatut ei kohaldata, kui menetlusosaline saadab istungile esindaja, kes on võimeline selgitama faktilisi asjaolusid ja on volitatud tegema nõutavaid avaldusi, eelkõige sõlmima kompromissi. Abielu- ja põlvnemisasjas on kohtul ka sel juhul õigus poolt trahvida ja tema suhtes sundtoomist kohaldada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 347.   Kohtuistungi alustamine

  (1) Kui kohus istungisaali siseneb või sealt lahkub, tõusevad saalisviibijad püsti.

  (2) Kohtuistungi avamisel teatab kohus, millist asja arutatakse. Kohtuistungi alguses teeb kohus kindlaks:
  1) kes väljakutsutud isikutest on kohtuistungile ilmunud ja nende isikusamasuse;
  2) kas istungilt puuduvatele isikutele on kohtuistungi toimumisest seaduse kohaselt teatatud või kas neid on seaduse kohaselt kohtusse kutsutud;
  3) kas menetlusosaliste esindajatel on olemas esindusõigus.

  (3) Asja arutamise kohtuistungil selgitab kohus sissejuhatavalt menetluse sisu ning menetluslikku olukorda.

  (4) Kui istung korraldatakse üksnes kohtulahendi kuulutamiseks, ei ole kohalolijate tuvastamine ja kontroll vajalik.

  (5) Kui menetlusosalist ei esinda advokaat, selgitab kohus menetlusosalisele või tema esindajale kohtuistungil menetlustoimingu tegemise või tegemata jätmise tagajärgi. Kui menetlustoimingu tegemise või tegemata jätmise tagajärgi on kord selgitatud, ei pea seda hiljem kordama.

§ 348.   Kohtuistungi käik

  (1) Kohus juhib kohtuistungit ning selgitab välja menetlusosaliste arvamuse asjas tähendust omavate asjaolude suhtes ja kõrvaldab asja arutamisest kõik, mis ei oma asja lahendamiseks tähendust.

  (2) Kohus hoolitseb selle eest, et asja arutatakse ammendavalt ja edasi lükkamiseta.

  (3) Enne poole taotluse lahendamist kuulab kohus ära teiste menetlusosaliste arvamuse selle kohta. Kohus tagab, et menetlusosalistel on iga asja lahendamiseks olulise asjaolu suhtes võimalik avaldada oma arvamust.

  (4) Kui menetlusosalist esindab teine isik, tuleb menetlusosalise nõudmisel anda sõna ka isiklikult menetlusosalisele endale.

  (5) Kui asja arutab kollegiaalne kohtukoosseis, on kohtu õigused kohtuistungi korraldamisel eesistujal. Eesistuja annab teistele kohtukoosseisu liikmetele nende soovil võimaluse esitada küsimusi.

§ 349.   Asja suuline arutamine

  (1) Asja arutamine kohtuistungil on suuline, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (2) Kohtule esitatud ja menetlusosalistele edastatud avaldusi, taotlusi ja muid dokumente loetakse kohtuistungil ette üksnes juhul, kui asjas omab tähendust etteloetava avalduse sõnastus või kui kohus peab seda muul põhjusel vajalikuks. Muul juhul üksnes viidatakse dokumentidele.

§ 350.   Menetluskonverentsina peetav kohtuistung

  (1) Kohus võib korraldada istungi menetluskonverentsina selliselt, et menetlusosalisel või tema esindajal või nõustajal on võimalik viibida istungi ajal muus kohas ja teha sealt reaalajas menetlustoiminguid.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud viisil võib kuulata üle ka eemalviibiva tunnistaja või eksperdi ning eemalviibiv menetlusosaline võib esitada neile küsimusi.

  (3) Menetluskonverentsina korraldatud kohtuistungil peab olema tehniliselt turvaliselt tagatud kõigi menetlusosaliste õigus esitada avaldusi ja taotlusi ning võtta seisukoht teiste menetlusosaliste avalduste ja taotluste suhtes, samuti muud kohtuistungi tingimused nii pildi kui heli reaalajas ülekandmisel eemaloleva menetlusosalise juurest kohtule ja vastupidi. Poolte ja tunnistaja nõusolekul, hagita menetluses üksnes tunnistaja nõusolekul, võib tunnistajat menetluskonverentsi korras üle kuulata ka telefoni teel.

  (4) Valdkonna eest vastutav minister võib kehtestada täpsemaid tehnilisi nõudeid kohtuistungi menetluskonverentsina pidamisele.

§ 351.   Asjaolude väljaselgitamine kohtuistungil

  (1) Kohus arutab menetlusosalistega vaidlusaluseid asjaolusid ja suhteid vajalikus ulatuses nii faktilisest kui õiguslikust küljest.

  (2) Kohus võimaldab pooltel esitada kõigi asjasse puutuvate asjaolude kohta õigel ajal ja täielikult oma seisukoha.

  (3) Kui pool ei ole võimeline arvamust avaldama seisukoha või kahtluse suhtes, millele on kohus tähelepanu juhtinud, võib kohus määrata talle tähtaja seisukoha esitamiseks.

§ 352.   Kohtuistungi aja muutmine ja asja arutamise edasilükkamine

  (1) Mõjuval põhjusel võib kohus istungiaja tühistada või seda muuta, samuti istungi edasi lükata. Asja lõpuni arutamata jätmine kohtuistungil on lubatud üksnes põhjusel, mis takistab asja istungil lõpuni arutamist.

  (2) Kohus ei lükka asja arutamist edasi põhjusel, et pool ei saa isiklikult kohtuistungil osaleda, kui kohtuistungil on tema esindaja ja kohus ei ole kohustanud poolt isiklikult istungile ilmuma. Asja arutamise edasilükkamise aluseks ei ole asjaolu, et sellel ei osale iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohus määrab käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatud juhul võimaluse korral kohe uue istungi menetluse jätkamiseks. Uus istung asja arutamise jätkamiseks korraldatakse menetlusosaliste arvamust mõistlikult arvestades võimalikult kiiresti.

  (4) Asja läbivaatamise edasilükkamise korral võib kohus ära kuulata istungile ilmunud menetlusosaliste seletused ning kuulab ära tunnistaja ütlused ja eksperdi arvamuse, eelkõige kui neil isikutel ei ole võimalik ilmuda hilisemale kohtuistungile ülemääraste kulutusteta või kui see on neile muul viisil ebasobiv. Kui nende isikute ärakuulamisega on tingimata seotud muude tõendite uurimine või mõni muu toiming, tehakse ka see toiming.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kui asja arutamine lükatakse maakohtus poolte nõusolekuta edasi kauemaks kui kolm kuud, võib pool esitada määruse peale määruskaebuse, kui ta leiab, et asja arutamine on edasi lükatud põhjendamatult pikaks ajaks. Ringkonnakohtu määruse peale määruskaebuse kohta ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

  (6) Kohtuistungi või muu menetlustoimingu edasilükkamise taotluse lahendab kohus viivitamata ja võimaluse korral enne kohtuistungit või muu menetlustoimingu tegemist ning teavitab sellest viivitamata menetlusosalisi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

9. osa MENETLUSE PEATUMINE JA PEATAMINE 

§ 353.   Menetluse peatumine füüsilisest isikust poole surma või juriidilisest isikust poole lõppemise korral

  (1) Füüsilisest isikust poole surma või juriidilisest isikust poole lõppemise korral peatub üldõigusjärgluse puhul menetlus, kuni seda jätkab poole üldõigusjärglane või menetluse jätkamiseks õigustatud muu isik. Pärija ei ole kohustatud menetlust jätkama enne pärandi vastuvõtmist või vastuvõtmisest loobumiseks ettenähtud tähtaja möödumist.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul menetlus ei peatu, kui poolt esindab menetluses lepinguline esindaja. Sel juhul peatab kohus menetluse esindaja või vastaspoole taotlusel.

  (3) Kui üldõigusjärglane viivitab menetluse peatumise või peatamise puhul menetluse jätkamisega, kutsub kohus vastaspoole avalduse alusel õigusjärglast üles jätkama menetlust kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul ja asja arutamises osalema. Kutse toimetatakse koos avaldusega kätte õigusjärglasele. Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 sätestatud juhul toimetatakse kutse kätte nii õigusjärglasele kui esindajale.

  (4) Kui üldõigusjärglane käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud juhul kohtuistungile ei ilmu, loetakse väidetav õigusjärglus vastaspoole avalduse alusel tema poolt omaksvõetuks ja asja arutamist jätkatakse.

§ 354.   Menetluse peatumine tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõime kaotuse tõttu

  (1) Kui pool kaotab tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõime või kui tema seaduslik esindaja sureb või seadusliku esindaja esindusõigus lõpeb, ilma et pool oleks muutunud teovõimeliseks, peatub menetlus, kuni seaduslik esindaja või uus seaduslik esindaja teatab kohtule enda määramisest.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul menetlus ei peatu, kui poolt esindab menetluses lepinguline esindaja. Sel juhul peatab kohus menetluse esindaja või vastaspoole taotlusel.

  (3) Kui seaduslik esindaja on käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 või 2 sätestatud juhul määratud, kuid ta ei teata määramisest kohtule ja vastaspool teatab kohtule oma soovist menetlust jätkata, jätkub menetlus, kui kohus on teate seaduslikule esindajale kätte toimetanud.

§ 355.   Menetluse peatamine mõjuval põhjusel

  Kohus võib poolest tuleneval mõjuval põhjusel menetluse peatada kuni põhjuse äralangemiseni. Poole raske haigestumise korral võib menetluse peatada kuni poole tervenemiseni, kui haigus ei ole krooniline.

§ 3551.   Menetluse peatamine erakorralise seisukorra ja sõjaseisukorra tõttu

  Kohus võib erakorralise või sõjaseisukorra ajal menetluse peatada kuni takistuse äralangemiseni, kui asja menetlemine ei ole võimalik või on oluliselt raskendatud erakorralise või sõjaseisukorraga kaasnevate erandlike asjaolude tõttu.
[RT I, 11.03.2023, 3 - jõust. 21.03.2023]

§ 356.   Menetluse peatamine teise menetluse tõttu

  (1) Kui otsus sõltub täielikult või osaliselt sellise õigussuhte olemasolust või puudumisest, mis on teise käimasoleva kohtumenetluse ese või mille olemasolu peab tuvastama haldusmenetluses või muus kohtumenetluses, võib kohus peatada menetluse kuni teise menetluse lõppemiseni.

  (2) Kohus võib menetluse peatada Riigikohtu menetluses oleva põhiseaduslikkuse järelevalve asja lahendamise ajaks kuni Riigikohtu otsuse jõustumiseni, kui see võib mõjutada tsiviilasjas kohaldamisele kuuluva õigustloova akti kehtivust.

  (3) Kui kohus taotleb asjas tõusetunud küsimuses Euroopa Kohtult eelotsust, peatab kohus menetluse kuni Euroopa Kohtu lahendi jõustumiseni.
[RT I 2006, 31, 235 - jõust. 01.09.2006]

  (4) Kohus peatab menetluse nõutavaks ajaks, kui Finantsinspektsioon taotleb seda finantskriisi ennetamise ja lahendamise seaduse alusel.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 3 - jõust. 29.03.2015]

  (5) Kui Riigikohus taotleb Euroopa Inimõiguste Kohtult käesoleva seadustiku § 6811 alusel nõuandvat arvamust, võib Riigikohus oma menetluse peatada taotluse menetlemise ajaks või kuni taotlusest loobumiseni.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 - jõust. 06.07.2017, lõiget 5 rakendatakse alates inimõiguste ja põhivabaduste kaitse konventsiooni protokolli nr 16 Eesti suhtes kehtima hakkamise päevast.]

§ 357.   Abielu lahutamise menetluse peatamine

  (1) Kohus peatab abielu lahutamise menetluse, kui võib arvata, et abielu saab säilitada. Kohus ei peata menetlust, kui abikaasad on pikemat aega elanud eraldi ja kumbki neist menetluse peatamisega ei nõustu.

  (2) Kui menetlus peatatakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud alusel, juhib kohus poolte tähelepanu leppimise võimalusele ja võimalusele saada nõu perenõustajalt.

  (3) Menetluse võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud põhjusel peatada ühe korra kuni kuueks kuuks.

§ 358.   Menetluse peatumise ja peatamise tagajärjed

  (1) Menetluse peatumise või peatamise korral katkeb kõigi menetlustähtaegade kulgemine ja peatumise või peatamise lõppemisel algab tähtaja kulgemine täies ulatuses uuesti.

  (2) Menetluse peatumise või peatamise aja kestel tehtud menetlustoimingud on tühised. See ei takista hagi tagamist ega eeltõendamismenetluse läbiviimist tõendite tagamiseks.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

  (3) Menetluse peatumine pärast asja arutamise lõpetamist ei takista menetluses otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemist.

  (4) Kui menetlus peatati käesoleva seadustiku § 356 lõike 5 alusel, ei takista menetluse peatamine Euroopa Inimõiguste Kohtule nõuandva arvamuse taotlusest loobumise avalduse esitamist.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 - jõust. 06.07.2017, lõiget 4 rakendatakse alates inimõiguste ja põhivabaduste kaitse konventsiooni protokolli nr 16 Eesti suhtes kehtima hakkamise päevast.]

§ 359.   Menetluse peatamine poolte ühisel taotlusel või mõlema poole puudumisel kohtuistungilt

  (1) Kohus võib menetluse peatada poolte ühisel taotlusel, kui võib eeldada, et see on otstarbekas pooleliolevate kompromissiläbirääkimiste tõttu või muul mõjuval põhjusel, samuti mõlema poole puudumisel kohtuistungilt.

  (2) Menetluse peatamine käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud alusel ei mõjuta menetlustähtaegade kulgemist.

§ 360.   Menetluse peatamise määrus ja selle peale edasikaebamine

  (1) Kohus peatab menetluse määrusega.

  (2) Maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu menetluse peatamise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

§ 361.   Menetluse uuendamine

  (1) Kohus uuendab peatunud või peatatud menetluse poole taotlusel või omal algatusel määrusega pärast seda, kui menetluse peatamise aluseks olnud asjaolud on ära langenud. Kui menetlus peatati mõlema poole puudumise tõttu kohtuistungilt, uuendatakse menetlus üksnes poole taotlusel.

  (2) Käesoleva seadustiku §-s 356 sätestatud juhul võib menetluse uuendada muu hulgas juhul, kui teine menetlus, mille tõttu menetlus peatati, venib ülemäära ja peatatud asja on võimalik lahendada.

  (3) Menetlus loetakse uuendatuks uuendamise määruse pooltele kättetoimetamisega.

  (4) Uuendatud menetlus jätkub sealt, kus see pooleli jäi.

10. osa HAGIMENETLUS 

39. peatükk ASJA ALGATAMINE 

§ 362.   Hagi esitamine

  (1) Hagi esitamise ajaks on hagi kohtusse jõudmise aeg. See kehtib üksnes juhul, kui hagi on kostjale hiljem kätte toimetatud.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatu kehtib ka muu avalduse või taotluse kohtule esitamise kohta, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti. Kohtuistungil esitatud nõue või taotlus loetakse esitatuks ajal, kui see avaldatakse kohtuistungil.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 sätestatut kohaldatakse nii hagi esitamisega seotud menetlusõiguslike kui ka materiaalõiguslike tagajärgede hindamisel, muu hulgas tähtaja järgimise ning tähtaja kulgemise katkemise ja peatumise hindamisel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 363.   Hagiavalduse sisu

  (1) Hagiavalduses märgitakse lisaks menetlusdokumentide muudele andmetele:
  1) hageja selgelt väljendatud nõue (hagi ese);
  2) hagi aluseks olevad faktilised asjaolud (hagi alus);
  3) tõendid, mis kinnitavad hagi aluseks olevaid asjaolusid, viidates konkreetselt, millist asjaolu millise tõendiga tõendada soovitakse;
  4) kas hageja on nõus asja kirjaliku menetlemisega või soovib asja läbivaatamist kohtuistungil;
  5) hagihind, kui hagi ei ole suunatud kindla rahasumma maksmisele.

  (2) Kui hageja soovib hagi menetleda dokumendimenetluses (§ 406), tuleb seda hagis märkida.

  (21) Kui hageja ei ole nõus hagile vastamata jätmise korral tagaseljaotsuse tegemisega käesoleva seadustiku § 407 kohaselt, tuleb seda hagis märkida.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (3) Kui hagejat esindab menetluses esindaja, tuleb hagis märkida ka esindaja andmed. Kui hageja soovib menetluses kasutada tõlgi abi, tuleb seda hagiavalduses märkida ja võimaluse korral esitada tõlgi andmed.

  (4) Kui hagi esitatakse muusse kohtusse kui kostja üldise kohtualluvuse järgsesse kohtusse, peab hagi esitamist sellele kohtule põhjendama.

  (5) Abielulahutuse hagiavalduses märgitakse lisaks käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud andmetele ka abikaasade ühiste alaealiste laste nimed, sünniajad, kes lapsi ülal peab ja kasvatab, kelle juures lapsed elavad ning ettepanek vanemaõiguste ja laste kasvatamise edasiseks korraldamiseks.

  (6) Kui hageja või kostja on avalikku registrisse kantud juriidiline isik, lisatakse hagile registrikaardi ärakiri, registri väljavõte või registreerimistunnistus, kui kohtul ei ole võimalik registrist seda ise kontrollida. Muu juriidilise isiku kohta esitakse muud tõendid isiku olemasolu ja õigusvõime kohta.

§ 364.   Hagi vara nimekirja esitamiseks ja aruande või kinnituse andmiseks

  (1) Hageja võib hagiavalduses nõuda varakogumi väljaandmiseks või vara seisu kohta teavet andma kohustatud kostjalt vara nimekirja esitamist.

  (2) Hageja võib nõuda vara valitsemisega seotud sissetulekute või kulude kohta aru andma kohustatud kostjalt korrastatud arvestuse esitamist sissetulekute või kulude kohta ja sellega seotud dokumentide ja muude tõendite esitamist.

  (3) Kui hagejal on käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud nimekirjas või käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud arvestuses märgitud andmete suhtes põhistatud kahtlus, et see ei ole õigesti või piisavalt hoolsalt koostatud, võib ta nõuda kostjalt ka vande andmist arvestuse või nimekirja õigsuse kohta kostjale teadaolevate andmete kohaselt. Vande andmine toimub vande all seletuse andmiseks ettenähtud korras.

  (4) Kui hageja esitab hagi nii raha saamiseks või muu teo tegemiseks kui ka sellega seotud vara nimekirja või arvestuse esitamiseks sissetulekute või kulude kohta või vande andmiseks, võib hageja jätta oma raha maksmisele või muu teo tegemisele suunatud nõude nimekirja või arvestuse esitamiseni või kinnituse andmiseni või selle nõude suhtes osaotsuse tegemiseni täpselt määratlemata.

§ 365.   Tähtaja määramise ja kahju hüvitamise täiendavad nõuded

  (1) Hageja võib hagiavalduses nõuda, et kohus annaks koos hagis taotletava kohustuse täitmise või teo tegemisega kostjale otsuses selle täitmiseks tähtaja.

  (2) Kui hagejal on käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud tähtaja möödumisel õigus nõuda kohustuse rikkumisega tekitatud kahju hüvitamist või leping lõpetada, võib hageja hagiavalduses taotleda samas otsuses ka kahju hüvitise suuruse määramist ja lepingu lõpetatuks lugemist.

§ 366.   Mittevaralise kahju hüvitamise hagi

  Mittevaralise kahju hüvitamise hagis võib nõutava hüvitise summa hagis märkimata jätta ja taotleda õiglast hüvitist kohtu äranägemisel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 367.   Viivisenõuded kõrvalnõudena

  Viivisenõude võib koos põhinõudega esitada hagis selliselt, et taotletakse viivise, mis ei ole hagi esitamise ajaks veel sissenõutavaks muutunud, väljamõistmist kohtult mitte kindla summana, vaid täielikult või osaliselt protsendina põhinõudest kuni põhinõude täitmiseni. Eelkõige võib viivist nõuda selliselt, et kohus mõistaks selle välja kindla summana kuni otsuse tegemiseni ja edasi protsendina põhinõudest.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

§ 368.   Tuvastushagi

  (1) Hageja võib esitada hagi õigussuhte olemasolu või puudumise tuvastamiseks, kui tal on sellise tuvastamise vastu õiguslik huvi.

  (2) Täitemenetluses täitedokumendi tõlgendamise üle vaidluse tekkimise korral võib sissenõudja või võlgnik esitada hagi teise poole vastu nõudega tuvastada, kas täitedokumendist tuleneb hagejale mingi konkreetne õigus või kohustus. Sellise nõudega tuvastushagi võib esitada täitedokumendi selgitamiseks ka muul juhul, kui täitedokumendi täitmise või toime üle on menetlusosaliste vahel tekkinud vaidlus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 369.   Hagi esitamine enne nõude sissenõutavaks muutumist

  Tulevase nõude täitmise hagi võib esitada juhul, kui on alust eeldada, et võlgnik kohustust õigel ajal ei täida. Sel alusel saab muu hulgas esitada hagi ka kinnistu või ruumi vabastamiseks tulevikus, kui nõude täitmine on seotud kindla tähtpäevaga, samuti nõuda pärast hagi esitamist sissenõutavaks muutuvate korduvate kohustuste täitmist tulevikus.

§ 370.   Nõuete paljusus hagis

  (1) Hageja võib ühes hagis esitada kostja vastu mitu erinevat nõuet ja neid võib koos menetleda, kui kõik esitatud nõuded alluvad menetlevale kohtule ning lubatud on sama menetluse liik. Sama kehtib ka erinevatel asjaoludel põhinevate nõuete kohta.

  (2) Hagis võib esitada mitu alternatiivset nõuet, samuti mitu nõuet selliselt, et hageja palub rahuldada mõne nõude üksnes juhul, kui esimest nõuet ei rahuldata.

§ 371.   Hagi menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise alused

  (1) Kohus ei võta hagiavaldust menetlusse, kui:
  1) kohus ei ole pädev asja lahendama;
  2) hagi ei allu sellele kohtule;
  3) kohtusse pöördunud huvitatud isik ei ole kinni pidanud seda liiki asjade eelnevaks kohtuväliseks lahendamiseks seadusega sätestatud kohustuslikust korrast;
  4) on olemas jõustunud Eesti kohtu otsus või menetluse lõpetamise määrus, samuti Eestis tunnustamisele kuuluv välisriigi kohtu lahend või jõustunud lahend kohtueelses menetluses, muu hulgas õiguskantsleri kinnitatud kokkulepe, mis on tehtud vaidluses samade poolte vahel sama eseme kohta samal alusel ja mis välistab samas asjas uue kohtusse pöördumise;
  5) kohtu menetluses on samade poolte vahel asi sama eseme kohta samal alusel;
  6) üüri- või töövaidluskomisjoni või muu seadusega sätestatud kohtueelses menetluses, milles võib teha otsuse täitedokumendina, on samade poolte vahel asi sama nõude kohta samal alusel;
  7) samade poolte vahel on sama eseme kohta samal alusel vahekohtumenetluses tehtud kehtiv lahend või kui toimub vahekohtumenetlus sellises asjas;
  8) pooled on sõlminud lepingu vaidluse andmiseks vahekohtu lahendada, välja arvatud juhul, kui hagis on vaidlustatud vahekohtukokkuleppe kehtivust;
  9) hagiavaldusel ei ole pädeva isiku allkirja või kui on rikutud muid olulisi hagiavalduse vorminõudeid;
  10) hagiavalduses esitatud nõudelt ei ole tasutud riigilõivu;
  11) hagiavalduses esitatud andmed hageja või kostja kohta ei võimalda isiku tuvastamist;
  12) õigustatud isiku nimel hagiavalduse esitanud isik ei ole tõendanud oma esindusõiguse olemasolu.

  (2) Kohus võib jätta hagiavalduse menetlusse võtmata, kui:
  1) hageja õiguste rikkumine ei ole hagi alusena toodud faktilistele asjaoludele tuginedes üldse võimalik, eeldades hageja esitatud faktiliste väidete õigsust;
  2) hagi ei ole esitatud hageja seadusega kaitstud õiguse ega huvi kaitseks või eesmärgil, millele riik peaks andma õiguskaitset, või kui hagiga ei ole hageja taotletavat eesmärki võimalik saavutada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 372.   Hagi menetlusse võtmise otsustamine

  (1) Kohus lahendab hagiavalduse menetlusse võtmise või sellest keeldumise või tähtaja määramise puuduste kõrvaldamiseks määrusega mõistliku aja jooksul.

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohus võib vajaduse korral küsida kostja seisukohta hagi menetlusse võtmise lahendamiseks ja pooled ära kuulata. Sel juhul lahendab kohus hagi menetlusse võtmise viivitamata pärast seisukoha saamist või ärakuulamist.

  (4) Hagiavalduse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise määruses tuleb märkida menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise põhjus. Kui kohus keeldub hagiavaldust menetlusse võtmast, ei toimeta kohus avaldust kostjale kätte, vaid tagastab selle koos lisadega ja asja menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise määrusega hagejale.

  (5) Hagiavalduse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise määruse peale võib hageja esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata, kui hagi ei võetud menetlusse käesoleva seadustiku § 371 lõike 1 punktides 9, 11 ja 12 nimetatud alustel.

  (6) Kui kohus keeldub hagiavaldust menetlusse võtmast ja tagastab selle määrusega, loetakse, et avaldust ei ole esitatud ja et hagi ei ole olnud kohtu menetluses.

  (7) Kui asi ei allu kohtule, kuhu hagi esitati, kohaldatakse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumisel käesoleva seadustiku §-s 75 sätestatut.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (8) Kui kohus leiab, et avalduse lahendamine kuulub halduskohtu pädevusse, ja halduskohus on eelnevalt samas asjas leidnud, et see ei kuulu tema pädevusse, esitab kohus viivitamata asja lahendamiseks pädeva kohtu määramiseks taotluse Riigikohtu tsiviil- ja halduskolleegiumi vahelisele erikogule, teavitades sellest menetlusosalisi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 373.   Vastuhagi esitamine

  (1) Kostjal on õigus esitada kuni eelmenetluse lõppemiseni või kirjalikus menetluses taotluste esitamise tähtaja möödumiseni hageja vastu oma protsessuaalne nõue ühiseks läbivaatamiseks põhihagiga (vastuhagi), kui:
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]
  1) vastuhagi on suunatud põhihagi tasaarvestamisele;
  2) vastuhagi rahuldamine välistab täielikult või osaliselt põhihagi rahuldamise;
  3) vastuhagi ja põhihagi vahel on muu vastastikune seos ning nende ühine läbivaatamine võimaldab asja õiget ja kiiremat läbivaatamist.

  (2) Vastuhagi käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 märgitust hilisema esitamise korral võetakse see ühisesse menetlusse põhihagiga üksnes juhul, kui vastuhagi õigeaegselt esitamata jätmiseks oli mõjuv põhjus ja vastuhagi ühisesse menetlusse võtmine on kohtu arvates asja lahendamise huvides.

  (3) Vastuhagi avaldusele kohaldatakse hagiavalduse kohta sätestatut. Kui vastuhagina esitatud hagi ei võeta vastuhagina menetlusse, võetakse see menetlusse eraldi hagina, kui vastuhagi esitaja ei ole taotlenud, et hagi menetletaks üksnes vastuhagina.

§ 374.   Hagide liitmine

  Kui kohtu menetluses on ühel ajal mitu üheliigilist hagi, milles on samad pooled või mille on esitanud üks hageja erinevate kostjate vastu või mille on esitanud mitu hagejat sama kostja vastu, võib kohus liita hagid ühte menetlusse, kui nõuded on õiguslikult omavahel seotud või need nõuded oleks võinud esitada ühes hagimenetluses ja nende ühine menetlemine võimaldab nende kiiremat lahendamist või lihtsustab nende menetlemist.

§ 375.   Haginõuete eraldamine

  (1) Kui kohus leiab, et ühes hagiavalduses esitatud nõuete või hagi ja vastuhagi eraldi arutamine võimaldab asja kiiremat läbivaatamist või lihtsustab menetlust oluliselt või kui hagid on liidetud põhjendamatult, võib ta määrusega eraldada nõuded iseseisvaks menetluseks.

  (2) Kohus võib hagide eraldamise tühistada, kui selgub, et eraldamine ei olnud põhjendatud.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

§ 376.   Hagi muutmine

  (1) Pärast hagi menetlusse võtmist ja kostjale kättetoimetamist võib hageja muuta hagi eset või alust üksnes kostja või kohtu nõusolekul. Kostja nõusolekut eeldatakse, kui ta ei esita hagi muutmisele viivitamata vastuväidet.

  (2) Kohus nõustub hagi muutmisega üksnes mõjuval põhjusel, eelkõige kui senises menetluses esitatud faktiväited ja tõendid võimaldavad muudetud hagi lahendada eeldatavasti kiiremini ja säästlikumalt.

  (3) Hagi muutmise avaldusele kohaldatakse hagiavalduse kohta sätestatut. Eelmenetluses hageja poolt hagiga seotud uute asjaolude esitamisel eeldatakse, et hageja täiendab nendega hagi alust.

  (4) Hagi muutmiseks ei peeta:
  1) esitatud faktiliste või õiguslike väidete täiendamist või parandamist, ilma et muudetaks hagi aluseks olevaid põhilisi asjaolusid;
  2) hageja põhinõude või kõrvalnõuete suurendamist, vähendamist, laiendamist või kitsendamist;
  3) esialgu nõutud eseme asemel asjaolude muutumise tõttu teise eseme või muu hüve nõudmist.

  (5) Kohus võib nõuda hagiavalduse teksti tervikuna esitamist, kui hagi on selle korduva muutmise tõttu või muul põhjusel ebaülevaatlik ja hagiavalduse teksti terviklik esitamine lihtsustab asja menetlemist.

  (6) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 nimetatud taotluse või täienduse võib hageja esitada ka hagiavaldusele vastavas vormis avaldust esitamata, muu hulgas suuliselt kohtuistungil.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

40. peatükk HAGI TAGAMINE 

§ 377.   Hagi tagamise alus

  (1) Kohus võib hageja taotlusel hagi tagada, kui on alust arvata, et tagamata jätmine võib raskendada kohtuotsuse täitmist või selle võimatuks teha. Kui kohtuotsust tuleb ilmselt täita mujal kui Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigis ja välislepingu alusel ei ole tagatud Eesti kohtuotsuste täitmine, loetakse, et hagi tagamata jätmine võib raskendada kohtuotsuse täitmist või selle võimatuks teha.

  (2) Sellise hagi tagamiseks, mille esemeks ei ole rahaline nõue kostja vastu, võib kohus hageja taotlusel esialgselt reguleerida vaidlusalust õigussuhet, eelkõige asja kasutusviisi, kui see on vajalik olulise kahju või omavoli vältimiseks või muul põhjusel. Seda võib teha sõltumata sellest, kas on alust arvata, et hagi tagamata jätmine võib raskendada kohtuotsuse täitmist või teha selle võimatuks. Käesoleva seadustiku § 378 lõikes 3 nimetatud abinõusid võib kohus rakendada ka omal algatusel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Tagada võib ka hagi, milles on esitatud tulevane või tingimuslik nõue, samuti tuvastushagi. Tingimuslikku nõuet ei tagata, kui tingimus ei saabu eeldatavasti menetluse aja kestel.

  (4) Ringkonnakohus ja Riigikohus lahendavad hagi tagamise ja hagi tagamise määruse muutmise ja tühistamise taotlused, kui asi, millega seoses taotletakse hagi tagamist või tagamise tühistamist või muutmist, on nende menetluses või kui neile on esitatud alama astme kohtu lahendi peale kaebus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Hagi tagamise abinõu võib rakendada ka sama hageja mitme nõude tagamiseks sama kostja vastu.

  (6) Hagi tagamise abinõu võib kohus rakendada ka seoses välisriigis toimuva kohtu- või vahekohtumenetlusega.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]

§ 378.   Hagi tagamise abinõud

  (1) Hagi tagamise abinõud on:
  1) kostjale kuuluvale kinnisasjale, laevale või õhusõidukile kohtuliku hüpoteegi seadmine;
  2) kostja või teise isiku valduses oleva kostjale kuuluva vara arestimine ning selle alusel käsutuskeelu nähtavaks tegeva keelumärke kandmine kinnistusraamatusse või muu käsutuskeeldu nähtavaks tegeva kande tegemine muusse vararegistrisse;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  3) kostjal teatud tehingute ja toimingute tegemise keelamine, muu hulgas lähenemiskeelu kohaldamine;
  4) teisel isikul kostjale vara üleandmise või kostja suhtes muude kohustuste täitmise keelamine, millega võib siduda ka kohustuse anda vara üle kohtutäiturile või maksta raha selleks ettenähtud pangakontole;
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]
  5) kostja kohustamine asja kohtutäiturile hoiuleandmiseks;
  6) täitemenetluse peatamine, täitemenetluse jätkamise lubamine üksnes tagatise vastu või täitetoimingu tühistamine, kui täitedokument on hagi esitamisega vaidlustatud või kui kolmas isik on esitanud hagi vara arestist vabastamiseks või muul põhjusel sundtäitmise lubamatuks tunnistamiseks;
  7) kostjal elukohast lahkumise keelamine, kostja kinnipidamine ja talle aresti määramine;
  8) kostja, eelkõige kindlustusandja kohustamine maksete tegemiseks õigusvastaselt kahju tekitamise või kindlustuslepingu asja menetluse kestel ilmselt minimaalselt tasumisele kuuluvate summade ulatuses;
  9) kostjal tüüptingimuse kasutamise või tingimuse soovitajal soovitamise peatamine ja soovituse tagasivõtmiseks kohustamine ebamõistlikult kahjustava tüüptingimuse kasutamise lõpetamise või tingimuse soovitajalt soovitamise lõpetamise ja soovituse tagasivõtmise hagi puhul;
  10) kohtu poolt vajalikuks peetud muu abinõu.

  (2) Autoriõiguse, autoriõigusega kaasneva õiguse või tööstusomandiõiguse rikkumisele tugineva hagi tagamiseks käesoleva seadustiku § 377 lõikes 1 või 2 nimetatud alusel võib kohus muu hulgas:
  1) arestida kauba, mille puhul on intellektuaalse omandi õiguse rikkumise kahtlus, või kohustada sellise kauba välja andma, et takistada kauba käibesse laskmist või turustamist;
  2) kohustada vahendajat, kelle teenuseid kasutatakse intellektuaalse omandi õiguse rikkumisel, rakendama meetmeid rikkumise peatamiseks või ärahoidmiseks.
[RT I, 31.12.2020, 2 - jõust. 10.01.2021]

  (21) Ärisaladuse ebaseaduslikule saamisele, kasutamisele või avaldamisele tugineva hagi tagamiseks võib kohus muu hulgas arestida kauba, mille puhul on kahtlus, et selle väljatöötamise, omaduste toimimise, tootmise või turustamise puhul saadakse olulist kasu ebaseaduslikult saadud, kasutatud või avaldatud ärisaladusest, või kohustada sellise kauba välja andma, takistamaks kauba käibesse laskmist või turustamist.
[RT I, 07.12.2018, 2 - jõust. 17.12.2018]

  (22) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 2 punktis 2 nimetatud abinõu kohaldamise korral kohaldatakse vahendaja suhtes käesolevas peatükis ning käesoleva seadustiku § 195 lõigetes 2 ja 3 vastaspoole kohta sätestatut.
[RT I, 31.12.2020, 2 - jõust. 10.01.2021]

  (23) Kui autoriõiguse, autoriõigusega kaasneva õiguse või tööstusomandiõiguse ärilisel eesmärgil rikkumisest tuleneva hagi tagamiseks taotletakse kostja pangakonto või muu vara arestimist, võib kohus kohustada väljastama panga-, finants- või äridokumente või võimaldama nendega tutvuda.
[RT I, 31.12.2020, 2 - jõust. 10.01.2021]

  (3) Abieluasjas, ülalpidamisasjas ja muus perekonnaasjas võib kohus menetluse ajaks reguleerida ka:
  1) vanema õigusi ühise lapse suhtes;
  2) vanema suhtlemist lapsega;
  3) lapse väljaandmist teisele vanemale;
  4) seadusest tuleneva ülalpidamiskohustuse täitmist, muu hulgas kohustada kostjat menetluse ajal elatist maksma või selleks tagatist andma;
  5) koduse majapidamise esemete ja abikaasade ühise eluaseme kasutamist;
  6) abikaasa või lapse isiklikuks kasutamiseks mõeldud asjade väljaandmist või kasutamist;
  7) muid abielu ja perekonnaga seonduvaid küsimusi, mille kiire lahendamine on asjaoludest tulenevalt vajalik.

  (4) Hagi tagava abinõu valikul tuleb arvestada, et kohaldatav abinõu koormaks kostjat üksnes niivõrd, kuivõrd seda võib pidada hageja õigustatud huvisid ja asjaolusid arvestades põhjendatuks. Rahalise nõudega hagi tagamisel tuleb arvestada hagi hinda.

  (5) Kohus võib hagi tagamiseks rakendada üheaegselt mitut abinõu.

  (6) Hageja võib käsutada hagi tagamisest talle tulenevaid õigusi, eelkõige võib ta õigusest loobuda või anda nõusoleku sellise tehingu tegemiseks, mis käsutuskeelust tulenevalt oleks keelatud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 379.   Isiku aresti ja elukohast lahkumise keelu kohaldamine
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (1) Hagi tagamise korras võib kohaldada isiku aresti ja elukohast lahkumise keeldu üksnes siis, kui see on vajalik kohtuotsuse täitmise tagamiseks ja muude hagi tagamise abinõudega ei tagataks nõuet ilmselt piisavalt, eelkõige juhul, kui on alust arvata, et isik lahkub välisriiki või toimetab sinna oma vara.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Varalise nõudega hagi tagamiseks võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud abinõu rakendada üksnes juhul, kui hagihind ületab 32 000 eurot.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 - jõust. 01.01.2011]

  (3) Juriidilise isiku puhul võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud abinõu rakendada juriidilise isiku juhtorgani liikme suhtes.

  (4) Isiku aresti kandmise korraldab kohtumääruse alusel politsei.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Elukohast lahkumise keeld seisneb isiku kohustuses mitte lahkuda oma elukohast kohtu loata kauemaks kui üheks ööpäevaks. Elukohast lahkumise keelu kohaldamiseks kutsub kohus füüsilisest isikust kostja või juriidilisest isikust kostja juhtorgani liikme välja ja võtab temalt selle kohta allkirja.

§ 380.   Hagi tagamine avalike ülesannete täitmiseks määratud eseme puhul

  Hagi tagamise abinõu ei saa määrata avalik-õiguslikule juriidilisele isikule kuuluva eseme suhtes, mis on vajalik avalike ülesannete täitmiseks või mille võõrandamine on vastuolus avalike huvidega.

§ 381.   Hagi tagamise avaldus

  (1) Hagi tagamise avaldus peab sisaldama vähemalt järgmisi andmeid:
  1) hagi ese ja hagi hind;
  2) hagi tagamise aluseks olevad asjaolud;
  3) soovitav hagi tagamise abinõu;
  4) avalduse vastaspoole andmed;
  5) kohtuliku hüpoteegi seadmise taotlemise puhul mitmele asjale korraga, nõude jagunemine erinevate hüpoteegiga koormatud asjade vahel.

  (2) Nõuet, mille tagamist soovitakse, ja tagamise aluseks olevaid asjaolusid tuleb hagi tagamise avalduses põhistada.

§ 382.   Hagi tagamine hagi esitamata

  (1) Kohus võib avalduse alusel tagada hagi ka enne hagi esitamist. Avalduses tuleb põhistada, miks hagi kohe ei esitata. Avaldus esitatakse kohtule, kellele kohtualluvuse sätete kohaselt tuleks esitada hagi.

  (2) Kui kohus tagab hagi käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul, määrab kohus tähtaja, mille jooksul peab avaldaja hagi esitama. Tähtaeg ei või olla pikem kui üks kuu. Kui hagi määratud tähtaja jooksul ei esitata, tühistab kohus hagi tagamise.

  (3) Hagi tagamiseks võib vajaduse korral hagi tagamise abinõu rakendada ka kohus, kelle tööpiirkonnas asub vara, mille suhtes hagi tagamise abinõu rakendamist taotletakse, isegi kui hagi on esitatud või tuleb esitada mõnda muusse Eesti või välisriigi kohtusse või vahekohtusse. Avalikku registrisse kantud vara suhtes võib hagi tagamise abinõu rakendada ka registri asukoha järgne kohus, laeva suhtes ka kodusadama asukoha järgne kohus.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud kohus võib hagi tagamise ka asendada või tühistada, samuti nõuda hagi tagamiseks või tagamise jätkumiseks tagatist.

  (5) Seaduses sätestatud juhul võib kohus tagada ka avaldust, mis esitatakse kohtueelse vaidluse lahendamise asutusele.

§ 383.   Hagi tagamine tagatise vastu

  (1) Kohus võib teha hagi tagamise või tagamise jätkumise sõltuvaks tagatise andmisest vastaspoolele ja kolmandale isikule tekkiva võimaliku kahju hüvitamiseks.
[RT I, 07.12.2018, 2 - jõust. 17.12.2018]

  (11) Kohus tagab rahalise nõudega hagi üksnes juhul, kui antakse tagatis vähemalt 5 protsendi ulatuses nõudesummalt, kuid mitte vähem kui 32 euro ja mitte rohkem kui 32 000 euro ulatuses. Kui hagi tagamise korras taotletakse kostja aresti või elukohast lahkumise keelamist, antakse tagatis mitte vähem kui 3200 euro ja mitte rohkem kui 32 000 euro ulatuses.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 - jõust. 01.01.2011]

  (12) Kui tagatise nõudmise eeldused on täidetud, võib kohus jätta tagatise siiski täielikult või osaliselt nõudmata või määrata selle tasumise osade kaupa, kui hagejalt ei saa majanduslikel või muudel põhjustel mõistlikult oodata tagatise andmist ja hagi tagamata jätmisega võivad hagejale kaasneda rasked tagajärjed või kui tagatise nõudmine oleks hageja suhtes muul põhjusel ebaõiglane.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Tagatis tuleb anda kohtu määratud tähtpäevaks. Kui tagatist määratud tähtpäevaks ei anta, jätab kohus hagi tagamata või tühistab hagi tagamise.

§ 384.   Hagi tagamise avalduse lahendamine

  (1) Kohus lahendab hagi tagamise avalduse põhjendatud määrusega hiljemalt avalduse esitamise päevale järgneval tööpäeval. Kohus võib hagi tagamise avalduse lahendada hiljem, kui ta soovib kostja eelnevalt ära kuulata.

  (2) Kui hagi tagamise avaldus ei vasta seaduse nõuetele ja puuduse saab ilmselt kõrvaldada, annab kohus avaldajale tähtaja puuduse kõrvaldamiseks. Puuduse õigeaegse kõrvaldamata jätmise puhul jätab kohus hagi tagamise avalduse rahuldamata.

  (3) Kostjale ja teistele menetlusosalistele hagi tagamise avalduse läbivaatamisest ei teatata. Kohus võib kostja eelnevalt ära kuulata, kui see on ilmselt mõistlik, eelkõige kui avalduses taotletakse vaidlusaluse õigussuhte esialgset reguleerimist.

  (4) Enne kui kohus reguleerib hagi tagamise korras vanema õigusi lapse suhtes või vanema suhtlemist lapsega või kohustab kostjat last välja andma, tuleb ära kuulata laps, kes on suuteline seisukohti omama, ja pädev valla- või linnavalitsus. Kui see ei ole võimalik asja kiireloomulisuse tõttu, tuleb nad ära kuulata esimesel võimalusel pärast seda.
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 - jõust. 20.11.2022]

  (5) Lapse heaolu ohustava asjaolu ilmnemisel võib kohus vaidlusalust õigussuhet esialgselt reguleerida pädeva valla- või linnavalitsuse avalduse alusel või omal algatusel sõltumata hagi tagamise avalduse esitamisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 385.   Hagi tagamise asendamine raha maksmisega

  Rahalise nõudega hagi tagamise määruses ja hagi tagamise määruses isikule aresti kohaldamise või isikul elukohast lahkumise keelu kohaldamise kohta määratakse kindlaks rahasumma, mille maksmisel selleks ettenähtud pangakontole või millises ulatuses pangagarantii esitamisel lõpetatakse hagi tagamise määruse täitmine. Kohus tühistab sel juhul kostja avalduse alusel hagi tagamise abinõu ja asendab selle rahaga või pangagarantiiga. Käesolevas paragrahvis nimetatud juhul ei kohaldata käesoleva seadustiku § 386 lõikes 3 sätestatut.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

§ 386.   Hagi tagamise abinõu asendamine ja hagi tagamise tühistamine

  (1) Poole taotlusel võib kohus määrusega asendada ühe hagi tagamise abinõu teisega.

  (2) Asjaolude muutumise korral, eelkõige hagi tagamise aluse äralangemisel või tagatise pakkumisel, või muul seadusega sätestatud alusel võib kohus poole taotlusel hagi tagamise tühistada. Mitterahalise hagi tagamise võib raha maksmise vastu tühistada või muuta üksnes hageja nõusolekul või mõjuval põhjusel.

  (3) Hagi tagamise abinõu asendamise või hagi tagamise tühistamise taotlusest teatab kohus teisele poolele. Teisel poolel on õigus esitada kohtule taotluse kohta vastuväiteid.

  (4) Kohus tühistab hagi tagamise kohtuotsusega, kui hagi jääb rahuldamata, ja määrusega, kui hagi jäetakse läbi vaatamata või kui asjas menetlus lõpetatakse. Kohus tühistab hagi tagamise ka siis, kui hagi tagamise on otsustanud teine kohus, kui seadusega ei ole sätestatud teisiti.

  (5) Kohus võib käesoleva seadustiku § 378 lõikes 3 nimetatud asjaoludel tehtud hagi tagamise määrust muuta või selle tühistada ka omal algatusel.

§ 387.   Hagi tagamise määruse edastamine

  (1) Kohus saadab hagi tagamise määruse viivitamata hagejale ja toimetab kätte kostjale. Hageja taotlusel võib kohus hagi tagamise määruse kostjale kättetoimetamise edasi lükata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui hagi tagamise määruse täitmiseks tuleb hagejal pöörduda kohtutäituri, registripidaja või muu isiku või asutuse poole, tuleb seda hagi tagamise määruses märkida. Kohus saadab hagi tagamise määruse registripidajale või muule asutusele või isikule täitmiseks üksnes hageja taotlusel. Sel juhul täiendavat avaldust registripidajale või muule asutusele või isikule esitada vaja ei ole. Kohus ei edasta ise määrust kohtutäiturile.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Määrus, millega jäetakse hagi tagamata või nõutakse hagejalt tagatise andmist, saadetakse üksnes avaldajale.

§ 388.   Kohtuliku hüpoteegi seadmine

  (1) Kinnisasjale või laevakinnistusraamatusse kantud laevale või tsiviilõhusõidukite registrisse kantud õhusõidukile kohtuliku hüpoteegi seadmisel annab kohtulik hüpoteek hagi tagamist taotlenud isikule asja koormavate teiste õiguste suhtes samasugused õigused nagu hüpoteek või laevahüpoteek hüpoteegipidajale või õhusõiduki registerpant pandipidajale, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Hüpoteegisummaks on tagatava nõude summa, mis kantakse kinnistusraamatusse, laevakinnistusraamatusse või tsiviilõhusõidukite registrisse. Kohtulikku hüpoteeki ei seata alla 640-eurose põhinõude puhul, kui on võimalik rakendada kostjat vähem koormavaid hagi tagamise abinõusid.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 - jõust. 01.01.2011]

  (3) Kohtulik hüpoteek kantakse kinnistusraamatusse, laevakinnistusraamatusse või tsiviilõhusõidukite registrisse hageja kasuks tema avalduse ja hagi tagamise määruse alusel. Hageja taotlusel edastab kohus määruse käesoleva seadustiku § 387 lõikes 2 sätestatud korras ise kohtuliku hüpoteegi sissekandmiseks. Hüpoteek tekib sissekandmisega.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kohtutäitur võtab laevale või õhusõidukile kohtuliku hüpoteegi seadmisel laeva või õhusõiduki hagi tagamist taotlenud isiku avaldusel oma järelevalve alla. Sel juhul keelab kohtutäitur täielikult või osaliselt laeva kasutamise ja võib anda laevaga seonduvaid korraldusi.

  (5) Kohtuliku hüpoteegi seadmisel mitmele kinnisasjale, laevale või õhusõidukile märgib kohus hagi tagamise määruses iga koormatud asja kohta käiva rahasumma, mille maksmisel selleks ettenähtud kontole või mille ulatuses pangagarantii esitamisel hagi tagamine tühistatakse.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (6) Hagi tagamise tühistamise või hagi tagamise abinõu asendamise korral omandab hüpoteegi kinnisasja, laeva või õhusõiduki omanik. Tema taotlusel kustutatakse kohtulik hüpoteek hagi tagamise tühistamise määruse alusel kinnistusraamatust, laevakinnistusraamatust või tsiviilõhusõidukite registrist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 389.   Vara arestimine

  (1) Vara arestimisel ei või kostja arestitud vara käsutada. Muu vallasvara kui laevakinnistusraamatusse kantud laeva või tsiviilõhusõidukite registrisse kantud õhusõiduki arestimisega tekib lisaks arestipandiõigus.

  (2) Kohus ei aresti kinnisasja, laevakinnistusraamatusse kantud laeva ega tsiviilõhusõidukite registrisse kantud õhusõidukit alla 640-eurose põhinõude summa puhul, kui on võimalik rakendada kostjat vähem koormavaid hagi tagamise vahendeid.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 - jõust. 01.01.2011]

  (3) Mitme asja arestimisel märgib kohus hagi tagamise määruses iga koormatud asja kohta käiva rahasumma, mille maksmisel selleks ettenähtud kontole või mille ulatuses pangagarantii esitamisel hagi tagamine tühistatakse.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (4) Kinnisasja ja registrisse kantud vallasasja või muu eseme arestimisel kantakse kinnistusraamatusse või muusse registrisse vara käsutamise keelumärge hageja kasuks tema avalduse ja hagi tagamise määruse alusel. Hageja taotlusel edastab kohus määruse käesoleva seadustiku § 387 lõikes 2 sätestatud korras ise keelumärke sissekandmiseks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kohus võib hageja või kostja avalduse alusel määrata arestitud eseme müügi ja müügist saadud raha hoiustamise selleks ettenähtud kontol, kui eseme väärtus võib oluliselt langeda või kui eseme hoidmine põhjustaks ülemääraseid kulutusi.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (6) Vara arestimise korraldab kohtutäitur. Kohtutäitur võtab arestitud eseme hagi tagamist taotlenud isiku avalduse alusel oma järelevalve alla. Sel juhul keelab kohtutäitur täielikult või osaliselt eseme kasutamise ja võib anda esemega seonduvaid korraldusi, muu hulgas korraldada eseme hoiustamise.

§ 390.   Määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu määruse peale, millega kohus hagi tagas, ühe tagamisabinõu teisega asendas või hagi tagamise käesoleva seadustiku § 386 lõikes 2, 4 või 5 sätestatud alusel tühistas, võib pool esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale saab Riigikohtule edasi kaevata üksnes juhul, kui tagatava hagi hind ületab 100 000 eurot või kui tagamisabinõuna kohaldati isiku aresti või elukohast lahkumise keeldu.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

  (2) Määruskaebuse esitamine ei peata hagi tagamise määruse täitmist. Määruskaebuse esitamine hagi tagamise tühistamise või ühe tagamisabinõu teisega asendamise määruse peale peatab määruse täitmise.

§ 391.   Hagi tagamisega tekitatud kahju hüvitamine

  (1) Hagi tagamist taotlenud pool peab hüvitama hagi tagamisega teisele poolele ja kolmandale isikule tekitatud kahju, kui:
[RT I, 07.12.2018, 2 - jõust. 17.12.2018]
  1) jõustub kohtulahend, millega jäetakse tagatud hagi rahuldamata või läbi vaatamata või kui asjas lõpetatakse menetlus muul alusel kui poolte kompromissi kinnitamisega;
  2) ilmneb, et hagi tagamise ajal puudus hagi tagamise nõue või hagi tagamise alus;
  3) enne hagi esitamist tehtud hagi tagamise määrus on tühistatud põhjusel, et hagi ei esitatud tähtaegselt.

  (2) Hagi tagamisega tekkida võiva kahju hüvitamiseks hagi tagamist taotlenud isikult sissenõutud tagatis tagastatakse hagi tagamist taotlenud poolele, kui teine pool või kolmas isik ei ole esitanud hagi kahju hüvitamiseks kahe kuu jooksul käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud ajast alates.
[RT I, 07.12.2018, 2 - jõust. 17.12.2018]

§ 3911.   Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 655/2014 rakendamine

  (1) Käesolevas seadustikus hagi tagamise kohta sätestatut kohaldatakse ka Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 655/2014 alusel Euroopa arestimismääruse taotluse menetlemisel ulatuses, milles see ei ole reguleeritud nimetatud määruses.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 4 punkti 14 kohaselt on pädev määruse kohaselt dokumente vastu võtma, edastama ja kätte toimetama sama määruse artikli 10 lõikes 2 sätestatud juhul Euroopa arestimismääruse teinud maakohus.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 10 lõike 2 esimeses lõigus sätestatud juhul tühistab arestimismääruse teinud maakohus Euroopa arestimismääruse.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 33 kohaselt on pädev õiguskaitsevahendit rakendama Euroopa arestimismääruse teinud maakohus.

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 34 lõike 2 kohaselt on pädev õiguskaitsevahendit rakendama maakohus. Kohus lahendab taotluse hagita menetluses.

  (6) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 49 lõike 2 kohaselt võivad kohtule või kohtutäiturile edastatavad dokumendid olla eesti või inglise keeles.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 - jõust. 06.07.2017]

41. peatükk EELMENETLUS 

§ 392.   Eelmenetluse ülesanded

  (1) Eelmenetluses selgitab kohus eelkõige välja:
  1) hageja nõuded ja menetlusosaliste seisukohad nende nõuete suhtes;
  2) menetlusosaliste taotlused ja vajaduse korral teiste menetlusosaliste seisukohad nende suhtes;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  3) menetlusosaliste faktilised ja õiguslikud väited esitatud nõuete ja väidete kohta;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  4) tõendid, mida menetlusosalised esitavad oma faktiliste väidete põhjendamiseks ja esitatud tõendite lubatavuse kohta;
  41) asja lahendamisele kohaldatava õiguse;
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 1 - jõust. 01.07.2016]
  5) kas asja lahendamine on võimalik kompromissi sõlmimisega või muul viisil määrusega või kirjalikus menetluses;
  6) kes on menetlusosalised ning kas ja kuidas neid kohtuistungile kutsuda.

  (2) Kui asi tuleb läbi vaadata kohtuistungil, valmistab kohus asja arutamise ette niisuguse põhjalikkusega, et asja saaks katkematult lahendada ühel kohtuistungil.

  (3) Eelmenetluse ülesannete täitmiseks võib kohus nõuda menetlusosalistelt selgitusi ja neid küsitleda.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Eelmenetluses kontrollib kohus ka hagi menetlusse võtmise õigsust ja menetluse lubatavuse eeldusi.

  (5) Eelmenetluses võib asja lahendada seaduses ettenähtud juhul.

§ 393.   Menetlusosalistele hagist teatamine

  (1) Kui kohus on hagiavalduse menetlusse võtnud, teatab ta sellest viivitamata menetlusosalistele ning toimetab hagiavalduse ärakirja koos lisadega ja asja menetlusse võtmise määrusega kostjale ja kolmandale isikule kätte.

  (2) Kohus teeb kostjale hagi menetlusse võtmisest teatamisel teatavaks:
  1) kostja kohustuse hagile kohtu määratud tähtpäevaks kirjalikult vastata;
  2) mida vastus hagile peab sisaldama;
  3) hagile vastamata jätmise, hagi tunnistamise ja hageja väidetega nõustumise tagajärjed, muu hulgas tagaseljaotsuse tegemise võimaluse kostja kahjuks ja kostja kohustuse kanda menetluskulud;
  4) kohtuistungilt puudumise tagajärjed, kui asi vaadatakse läbi kohtuistungil;
  5) tõendite kohtu määratud ajaks esitamata jätmise tagajärjed.

  (21) Iseseisva nõudeta kolmandale isikule selgitab kohus tema õigust esitada hagi suhtes oma seisukoht kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Tüüptingimuse kasutamise lõpetamise või tingimuse soovitajalt soovitamise lõpetamise ja soovituse tagasivõtmise hagi puhul kostja vastu, kelle tegevuse üle teostab üldist järelevalvet selleks määratud riigiasutus, edastab kohus hagi ka sellele asutusele kohtule kirjaliku seisukoha andmiseks. Vajaduse korral kuulab kohus asutuse seisukoha ka suuliselt ära.

  (4) Kui asja lahendamine võib puudutada paljusid isikuid või kui see võib olla muul põhjusel asja lahendamisel mõistlik, võib kohus edastada hagi seisukoha andmiseks pädevale riigi- või kohaliku omavalitsuse asutusele ka muul kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 sätestatud juhul või küsida selle asutuse seisukohta mingi asja lahendamiseks vajaliku küsimuse kohta.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 394.   Kostja vastus hagile

  (1) Kostja peab esitatud hagile kohtule kirjalikult vastama.

  (2) Vastuses hagile peab kostja muu hulgas teatama:
  1) kas tal on vastuväiteid selle kohta, et kohus asja menetlusse võttis või on alust jätta hagi läbi vaatamata või asjas menetlus lõpetada, kui kostja ei ole selles osas oma seisukohta juba väljendanud;
  2) kas ta võtab hagi õigeks, tunnistades hagiavalduses tema vastu suunatud nõudeid;
  3) kõik oma taotlused ja väited ning tõendid iga esitatud faktilise väite tõendamiseks;
  4) kas ta soovib esitada vastuhagi;
  5) kuidas tuleb kostja arvates jaotada menetluskulud;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  6) kas ta on nõus kirjaliku menetlusega või soovib asja läbivaatamist kohtuistungil;
  7) kas tema arvates on võimalik asi lahendada kompromissiga või muul viisil kokkuleppel.

  (3) Kui kostjat esindab menetluses esindaja, tuleb vastuses märkida ka esindaja andmed. Kui kostja soovib menetluses kasutada tõlki, tuleb seda vastuses märkida ja võimaluse korral esitada tõlgi andmed.

  (4) Kui hagiavalduses märgitud kostja andmed on ebaõiged, peab kostja kohtule teatama õiged andmed.

  (5) Hagile vastuse esitamise tähtaeg peab olema vähemalt 14 päeva hagi kättetoimetamisest alates, hagi välisriiki kättetoimetamisel vähemalt 28 päeva hagi kättetoimetamisest alates.

  (6) Kostja vastuse hagile edastab kohus teistele menetlusosalistele koos hagi vastusele lisatud dokumentide ärakirjadega.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 395.   Kostja suuline vastus

  Kohus võib lubada kostjal vastata hagile suuliselt kohtuistungil, kui nii võib asja kohtu arvates ilmselt kiiremini lahendada. Kohus kohustab sel juhul kostjat hagi vastuse esitamist istungil piisava põhjalikkusega ette valmistama, määrab istungi aja ning selgitab kostjale istungil vastuse ja muude kaitsevahendite esitamata jätmise võimalikke tagajärgi.

§ 396.   Hageja arvamus hagi vastuse kohta

  Kohus nõuab hagejalt hagi vastuse kohta kirjalikku arvamust ja annab selleks mõistliku tähtaja, kui see on vajalik asja kiirema ja õigema lahendamise huvides.

42. peatükk KOHTUISTUNG HAGIMENETLUSES 

§ 397.   Kohtuistungi määramine

  Kui asi vaadatakse läbi kohtuistungil, peab ajavahemik hagi kostjale kättetoimetamise ja kohtuistungi toimumise vahel olema vähemalt 30 päeva, dokumendimenetluses vähemalt 14 päeva. Kui kostjale antakse hagile kirjalikult vastamiseks tähtaeg, ei või kohtuistungit määrata enne kostja vastuse saamist ja selle hagejale edastamist või vastamiseks antud tähtaja möödumist.

§ 398.   Eelistung

  (1) Kohus võib määrata eelmenetluses eelistungina korraldava kohtuistungi, kui kohtu arvates saab nii paremini ette valmistada asja arutamist põhiistungil või kui eelistungil on rohkem väljavaateid lõpetada menetlus kompromissiga või muul viisil kokkuleppel.

  (2) Kohus peab asja arutamise istungi eelistungi jätkuna ja lahendab asja sisuliselt, välja arvatud juhul, kui kohus leiab, et asjas tähendust omavad asjaolud ei ole piisavalt välja selgitatud.

  (3) Kui asja arutamist ei lõpetata eelistungil, teeb kohus korraldused, mis on veel vajalikud põhiistungi ettevalmistamiseks, ja määrab põhiistungi aja.

§ 399.   Asja läbivaatamise kord kohtuistungil

  Asi vaadatakse asja arutamiseks määratud kohtuistungil läbi järgmises korras:
  1) pooled esitavad eelmenetluses esitamata tõendid, kui kohus seda lubab;
  2) hageja esitab oma nõuded;
  3) kostja teatab, kas ta tunnistab hagi või vaidleb sellele vastu;
  4) menetlusosalised annavad seletused, põhjendades oma seisukohti ja esitades oma vastuväited vastaspoole omade kohta;
  5) kohus uurib kõiki vastuvõetud tõendeid;
  6) menetlusosalised saavad sõna kohtuvaidluseks.

§ 400.   Menetlusosaliste seletused

  (1) Kohus kuulab ära hageja ja tema poolel osa võtva kolmanda isiku, kostja ja tema poolel osa võtva kolmanda isiku osas, mis neil on eelmenetluses esitatule lisada. Menetlusosalistel on õigus esitada üksteisele küsimusi.

  (2) Menetlusosaline, kes tervise tõttu ei saa anda seletust suuliselt, võib seda teha kirjalikult või muul arusaadaval viisil.

  (3) Kohus teeb vajaduse korral teatavaks menetlusosaliste kirjalikud seisukohad. Eelmenetluses antud menetlusosalise seisukoha ja avalduse teeb kohus teatavaks üksnes siis, kui see erineb kohtuistungil esitatust.

  (4) Kui kohtuistungil osaleb ainult üks pool, teeb kohus teise poole seisukoha vajaduse korral teatavaks varem esitatu põhjal.

  (5) Pärast seletuste ärakuulamist võtab kohus lühidalt kokku seletustes esitatu ja arutab menetlusosalistega seletustes esitatud asjaoludele võimaliku õigusliku hinnangu andmist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 401.   Asja sisulise arutamise lõpetamine

  (1) Asja läbivaatav kohus arutab menetlusosalistega pärast tõendite uurimist menetluse seisu ja selle lõpetamise väljavaateid.

  (2) Pärast kõigi asjas olevate tõendite uurimist küsib kohus menetlusosalistelt, kas nad soovivad täiendada asja arutamist.

  (3) Kui tõendite uurimisel ilmneb asjaolu, mida pool ei saanud varem arvestada, võib kohus anda selle poole taotlusel pooltele täiendavalt aega kohtuvaidluse ettevalmistamiseks.

  (4) Kui menetlusosalistel ei ole taotlusi asja sisulise arutamise täiendamiseks või kui kohus jätab taotluse rahuldamata, lõpetab kohus asja sisulise arutamise.

§ 402.   Kohtuvaidlus

  (1) Pärast asja sisulise arutamise lõpetamist kuulab kohus menetlusosalise soovil ära kohtuvaidluse.

  (2) Menetlusosalisel on õigus kohtuvaidluses esineda kohtukõnega, milles ta esitab tema arvates asja lahendamiseks tähtsate asjaolude lühikokkuvõtte. Kohtukõnes võib viidata üksnes asja sisulisel arutamisel esiletoodud asjaoludele ja kohtuistungil uuritud tõenditele.

  (3) Kohus võib kohtukõne kestust piirata, tagades kõigile menetlusosalistele võrdse kõneaja. Menetlusosalisele ei või anda kohtukõneks aega vähem kui kümme minutit.

  (4) Kohtuvaidluses kõneleb esimesena hageja ja seejärel kostja. Iseseisva nõudega kolmas isik kõneleb pärast pooli. Iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik kõneleb pärast hagejat või kostjat, kelle poolel ta asjast osa võtab.

  (5) Kohus võib määrata käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 sätestatust erineva esinemise järjekorra.

  (6) Pärast kohtukõnesid võib menetlusosaline vastata teise menetlusosalise kohtukõnele repliigiga. Repliigi kestus ei või olla üle kolme minuti. Viimase repliigi õigus on kostjal.

  (7) Kohtuvaidluses võib menetlusosaline esitada kohtule kohtukõne seisukohad kirjalikult või muul püsival andmekandjal kohtuistungi protokollile lisamiseks.

  (8) Pärast kohtuvaidlust läheb kohus otsust tegema, teatades, millal ja mil viisil kohtuotsus avalikult teatavaks tehakse.

43. peatükk LIHTSUSTATUD MENETLUSED 

§ 403.   Kirjalik menetlus poolte nõusolekul

  (1) Poolte nõusolekul võib kohus lahendada asja seda kohtuistungil arutamata. Sel juhul määrab kohus võimalikult kiiresti tähtaja, mille jooksul on võimalik esitada avaldusi ja dokumente, samuti otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemise aja ja teatab neist menetlusosalistele. Määruses tuleb märkida ka asja lahendav kohtunik.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

  (2) Pooled võivad käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud nõusoleku tagasi võtta üksnes menetlusliku olukorra olulisel muutumisel.

  (3) Kui pool ei ole kohtule teatanud, kas ta on nõus kirjaliku menetlusega, eeldatakse, et ta soovib asja läbivaatamist kohtuistungil.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 404.   Kirjalik menetlus kohtu määramisel

  (1) Varaliselt hinnatava hagi asjas võib kohus määrata kirjaliku menetluse, kui hagihind ei ületa summat, mis arvestatuna põhinõudelt vastab 4500 eurole ja koos kõrvalnõuetega 8000 eurole.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul määrab kohus avalduste ja dokumentide esitamise tähtpäeva, samuti otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemise aja ning teatab neist menetlusosalistele. Kohus võib määratud tähtpäeva muuta, kui seda tingib menetlusliku olukorra muutumine.

  (3) Kohus tühistab kirjaliku menetluse korraldamise, kui tema arvates on poole isiklik ilmumine hagi aluseks olevate asjaolude selgitamiseks möödapääsmatu. Poole taotlusel tuleb ta ära kuulata, sõltumata kirjaliku menetluse määramisest.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 405.   Lihtmenetlus

  (1) Kohus menetleb hagi oma õiglase äranägemise kohaselt lihtsustatud korras, järgides üksnes käesolevas seadustikus sätestatud üldisi menetluspõhimõtteid, kui tegemist on varalise nõudega hagiga ning hagihind ei ületa summat, mis arvestatuna põhinõudelt vastab 3500 eurole ja koos kõrvalnõuetega 7000 eurole. Muu hulgas võib sellise hagi menetlemisel:
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]
  1) protokollida menetlustoiminguid üksnes ulatuses, milles kohus peab seda vajalikuks, ja välistada protokollile vastuväidete esitamise õiguse;
  2) määrata tähtaja seaduses sätestatust erinevana;
  3) [kehtetu - RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]
  4) tunnustada menetlusosalise lepingulise esindajana ka seaduses nimetamata isikuid;
  5) kalduda kõrvale tõendite esitamise ja kogumise vorminõuete kohta seaduses sätestatust ja tunnustada tõendina ka seaduses sätestamata tõendusvahendeid, muu hulgas menetlusosalise seletust, mis ei ole antud vande all;
  6) kalduda kõrvale menetlusdokumentide kättetoimetamise ja menetlusosaliste esitatavate dokumentide vorminõuete kohta seaduses sätestatust, välja arvatud hagi kostjale kättetoimetamisel;
  7) loobuda kirjalikust eelmenetlusest või kohtuistungist;
  8) koguda tõendeid omal algatusel;
  9) teha asjas otsuse kirjeldava ja põhjendava osata;
  10) tunnistada asjas tehtud lahend viivitamata täidetavaks ka muul juhul, kui on seaduses nimetatud, või ilma seaduses ettenähtud tagatiseta.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul tagab kohus menetlusosaliste põhiõiguste ja -vabaduste ning oluliste menetlusõiguste järgimise ning kuulab menetlusosalise tema taotlusel ära. Selleks ei pea korraldama kohtuistungit.

  (3) Kohus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud viisil asja menetleda, ilma et selle kohta oleks vaja teha eraldi määrust. Menetlusosalistele tuleb siiski teatada nende õigusest olla kohtu poolt ära kuulatud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Erakorralise või sõjaseisukorra ajal võib kohus kõiki hagiasju menetleda käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–3 sätestatud viisil ja korras, kui erakorralisest või sõjaseisukorrast tulenev vajadus asja kiireks läbivaatamiseks kaalub üles hagiga kaitstava õiguse riive või hagiga kaitstava õiguse riive on väheintensiivne.
[RT I, 11.03.2023, 3 - jõust. 21.03.2023]

§ 4051.   Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EÜ) nr 861/2007 rakendamine

  (1) Käesolevas seaduses lihtmenetluse kohta, muu hulgas selles tehtud lahendi peale edasikaebamisel sätestatut, kohaldatakse ka Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EÜ) nr 861/2007, millega luuakse Euroopa väiksemate kohtuvaidluste menetlus (ELT L 199, 31.07.2007, lk 1–22), alusel tsiviilasja lahendamisel ulatuses, milles see ei ole reguleeritud nimetatud määruses. Nimetatud määruse alusel võib asja lahendada kohtualluvuse järgi pädev maakohus.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 4 lõike 1 kohaselt võib esitada menetluse algatamise avalduse käesoleva seadustiku §-des 334–336 sätestatud vormis.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 21 lõike 2 punkti b kohaselt võetakse määruse alusel läbiviidud kohtumenetluses tehtud lahend Eestis täitmisele üksnes juhul, kui see on koostatud eesti või inglise keeles või kui kinnitusele on lisatud eesti- või ingliskeelne tõlge.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse alusel tehtud välisriigi kohtulahendi Eestis täitemenetluses täitmisele ja võlgniku õiguskaitsevahenditele kohaldatakse Eestis täitemenetluse kohta sätestatut niivõrd, kuivõrd nimetatud määruses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 406.   Dokumendimenetlus

  (1) Vekslist ja tšekist tuleneva raha maksmise hagi ning hagi hüpoteegist või laevahüpoteegist või registerpandist tulenevalt sundtäitmise läbiviimiseks menetletakse hageja taotlusel dokumendimenetluses, kui kõiki nõuet tõendavaid asjaolusid saab tõendada dokumentidega ja vajalikud dokumendid on hagile lisatud või hageja esitab need kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul.
[RT I 2009, 30, 178 - jõust. 01.10.2009]

  (2) Dokumendimenetluses ei või lisaks käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatule esitada muid nõudeid ega esitada vastuhagi.

  (3) Dokumendimenetluses arvestatakse tõendina üksnes poolte esitatud dokumente ja poolte vande all antud seletusi. Tõendada võib üksnes käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud asjaolusid ja dokumendi ehtsust või võltsitust. Muid tõendeid vastu ei võeta ja vastuväiteid ei arvestata.

  (4) Vekslist ja tšekist tuleneva kõrvalnõude tõendamiseks piisab nõude põhistamisest.

  (5) Hageja taotlusel teeb kohus määruse dokumendimenetluse muutmiseks tavaliseks hagimenetluseks. Hageja võib taotluse esitada kuni kohtuvaidluseni maakohtus või kirjalikus menetluses taotluste esitamise tähtaja möödumiseni. Kohtu määruse alusel jätkub menetlus dokumendimenetluse erisusteta.

44. peatükk KOHTULE VASTAMATA JÄTMISE JA MENETLUSOSALISE KOHTUISTUNGILT PUUDUMISE TAGAJÄRJED 

§ 407.   Tagaseljaotsuse tegemine hagile vastamata jätmise korral

  (1) Kohus võib hageja nõusolekul hagi tagaseljaotsusega rahuldada hagiavalduses märgitud ja asjaoludega õiguslikult põhjendatud ulatuses, kui kostja, kellele kohus on määranud vastamise tähtaja, ei ole tähtaegselt vastanud, isegi kui hagi toimetati kostjale kätte välisriigis või kui see toimetati kätte avalikult. Sel juhul loetakse hageja esitatud faktilised väited kostja poolt omaksvõetuks.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatud hageja nõusolekut eeldatakse, kui hageja ei ole kohtule teatanud, et ta ei soovi tagaseljaotsuse tegemist.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (3) Tagaseljaotsuse võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul teha kohtuistungit pidamata.

  (4) Kohus ei tee käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatud alusel tagaseljaotsust abieluasjas ja põlvnemisasjas. Tagaseljaotsuse võib siiski teha ühisvara jagamise asjas või muu abikaasade varalist vahekorda puudutava hagi suhtes, kui asja saab lahendada eraldi muust abieluasjast.

  (5) Tagaseljaotsust ei või teha juhul, kui:
  1) kostjale anti hagile vastamiseks ilmselt liiga lühike tähtaeg;
  2) kostjale ei teatatud hagile vastamata jätmise tagajärgedest;
  21) kostja on vastuse esitamise tähtaja jooksul taotlenud riigi õigusabi andmist advokaadi vahendusel vastamiseks;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  22) hagi on ebaõigesti menetlusse võetud, muu hulgas juhul, kui asi ei allu sellele kohtule;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  3) kostja on teatanud kohtule mõjuvast põhjusest hagile vastamata jätmiseks ja on seda põhistanud.

  (51) Kohus võib keelduda tagaseljaotsuse tegemisest ka juhul, kui hagi toimetati kostjale kätte avaliku kättetoimetamisega ning menetluses tehtavat lahendit soovitakse eeldatavasti tunnustada või täita välisriigis ja hagi avaliku kättetoimetamise tõttu on tõenäoline, et lahendit ei tunnustataks või ei täidetaks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Kui hageja on nõus tagaseljaotsuse tegemisega, kuid hagi ei ole hagiavalduses märgitud ulatuses ja asjaoludega õiguslikult põhjendatud, teeb kohus otsuse, millega jätab hagi rahuldamata.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 408.   Mõlema poole puudumine kohtuistungilt

  Kui kumbki pool ei ilmu kohtuistungile, muu hulgas eelistungile, võib kohus:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  1) lahendada asja sisuliselt;
  2) jätta hagi läbi vaatamata;
  3) menetluse peatada;
  4) lükata asja arutamise edasi.

§ 409.   Hageja puudumine kohtuistungilt

  (1) Kui hageja ei ilmu kohtuistungile, muu hulgas eelistungile, siis kohus kohale ilmunud kostja taotlusel:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  1) jätab hagi läbi vaatamata;
  2) teeb hagi õigeksvõtule põhineva otsuse, kui kostja võtab hagi õigeks;
  3) lahendab asja sisuliselt;
  4) lükkab asja arutamise edasi.

  (2) Kui kostja käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud taotlust ei esita või kui kohus taotlust ei rahulda, lükkab kohus asja arutamise edasi.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

§ 410.   Kostja puudumine kohtuistungilt

  Kui kostja ei ilmu kohtuistungile, muu hulgas eelistungile, teeb kohus kohale ilmunud hageja taotlusel kas tagaseljaotsuse, lahendab asja sisuliselt või lükkab asja arutamise edasi. Kui hageja vastavat taotlust ei esita või kui kohus taotlust ei rahulda, lükkab kohus asja arutamise edasi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 411.   Teiste menetlusosaliste kohtuistungilt puudumine

  Kui kohtukutse kättetoimetamisest hoolimata ei ilmu kohtusse muu menetlusosaline kui pool, vaadatakse asi läbi temata.

§ 412.   Hagi läbivaatamata jätmise piirangud ja menetluse taastamine

  (1) Kohus ei jäta hagi läbi vaatamata sõltumata hageja ilmumata jäämisest kohtuistungile, kui:
  1) hageja oli nõus kirjaliku menetlusega või hagi läbivaatamisega tema osavõtuta;
  2) kohtuistungile ilmumata jäänud hagejat ei kutsutud istungile õigel ajal või kutses ei ole selgitatud istungilt puudumise tagajärgi või kui on eiratud muid istungile kutsumise nõudeid;
  3) hageja on teatanud eelnevalt kohtule mõjuvast põhjusest istungile ilmumata jätmiseks ja seda põhistanud;
  4) kostja taotleb asja sisulist lahendamist ja asi on võimalik sisuliselt lahendada;
  5) kostja on võtnud hagi õigeks.

  (2) Kohus võib jätta hagi läbi vaatamata muu hulgas juhul, kui hageja ei ilmunud isiklikult kohtusse, kuigi kohus kohustas teda seda isiklikult tegema, ilma et hageja või tema esindaja oleks teatanud kohtule mõjuvast põhjusest ilmumata jätmiseks või oleks seda põhistanud. Kohtul on see õigus sõltumata sellest, et istungil osaleb hageja esindaja.

  (3) Kui hagi jäeti läbi vaatamata, võib hageja taotleda 14 päeva jooksul, alates hagi läbivaatamata jätmise määruse talle kättetoimetamisest, et sama kohus asja menetluse täielikult või osaliselt taastaks, kui ta põhistab kohtule, et tal oli istungile ilmumata jätmiseks mõjuv põhjus ja et ta ei saanud sellest õigeaegselt kohtule teatada. Kui hagi läbivaatamata jätmise määrus tuleb kätte toimetada väljaspool Eesti Vabariiki või avaliku teatavakstegemisega, võib menetluse taastamist taotleda määruse kättetoimetamisest alates 28 päeva jooksul.

  (4) Menetluse taastamiseks ei ole vaja esitada ega põhistada mõjuvat põhjust, kui kohtukutse toimetati hagejale või tema esindajale kätte teisiti kui isiklikult allkirja vastu üleandmisega, elektrooniliselt või kohtuistungil või kui hagi ei võinud jätta läbi vaatamata käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud põhjusel.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]

  (5) Menetluse taastamata jätmise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale saab Riigikohtule edasi kaevata üksnes juhul, kui ringkonnakohus jättis määruskaebuse rahuldamata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Menetluse ebaõigele taastamisele ei saa tugineda hiljem menetluses tehtud lahendile kaevates.

  (7) Menetluse taastamise korral jätkub menetlus taastatud osas olukorras, milles see oli enne hagi läbivaatamata jätmist.

§ 413.   Tagaseljaotsuse tegemine kostja kohtuistungile ilmumata jäämise korral

  (1) Kui hageja taotleb kohtuistungile ilmumata jäänud kostja vastu tagaseljaotsuse tegemist, teeb kohus hageja kasuks tagaseljaotsuse tingimusel, et hagi on hagiavalduses märgitud ulatuses ja asjaoludega õiguslikult põhjendatud. Sel juhul loetakse hageja esitatud faktilised väited kostja poolt omaksvõetuks. Kui hagi ei ole õiguslikult põhjendatud, teeb kohus otsuse, millega jätab hagi rahuldamata.

  (2) Kohus võib tagaseljaotsuse teha muu hulgas juhul, kui kostja ei ilmunud isiklikult kohtusse, kuigi kohus kohustas teda seda isiklikult tegema, ilma et kostja või tema esindaja oleks teatanud kohtule mõjuvast põhjusest ilmumata jätmiseks või oleks seda põhistanud. Kohtul on see õigus sõltumata sellest, et istungil osaleb kostja esindaja.

  (3) Kohus ei tee tagaseljaotsust, kui:
  1) kohtuistungile ilmumata jäänud kostjat ei kutsutud istungile õigel ajal või kutses ei ole selgitatud istungilt puudumise tagajärgi või kui on eiratud muid istungile kutsumise nõudeid;
  2) kostja on teatanud kohtule mõjuvast põhjusest kohtuistungile ilmumata jätmiseks ja on seda põhistanud;
  3) kostja oli nõus asjas kirjaliku menetlusega või asja lahendamisega tema osavõtuta.

  (31) Kohus võib keelduda tagaseljaotsuse tegemisest ka juhul, kui kohtukutse toimetati kostjale kätte avaliku kättetoimetamisega ning menetluses tehtavat lahendit soovitakse eeldatavasti tunnustada või täita välisriigis ja kohtukutse avaliku kättetoimetamise tõttu on tõenäoline, et lahendit ei tunnustataks või ei täidetaks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kohus ei tee tagaseljaotsust abieluasjas ja põlvnemisasjas. Tagaseljaotsuse võib siiski teha ühisvara jagamise asjas või muu abikaasade varalist vahekorda puudutava hagi suhtes, kui asja saab lahendada eraldi muust abieluasjast.

§ 414.   Asja sisuline lahendamine poole osavõtuta

  (1) Kui pooled või üks pool kohtuistungilt puudub, võib kohus lahendada asja sisuliselt, kui hagi aluseks olevad asjaolud on kohtu arvates sellise otsuse tegemiseks piisavalt välja selgitatud. Kohus võib selliselt lahendada ka abieluasja ja põlvnemisasja.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kohus ei või asja poole osavõtuta sisuliselt lahendada, kui:
  1) kohtuistungile ilmumata jäänud poolt ei kutsutud istungile õigel ajal või kutses ei ole selgitatud istungilt puudumise tagajärgi või kui on eiratud muid olulisi istungile kutsumise nõudeid;
  2) pool on teatanud kohtule mõjuvast põhjusest kohtuistungile ilmumata jätmiseks ja on seda põhistanud ega ole soovinud asja läbivaatamist temata.

  (3) Kohus võib lahendada asja sisuliselt poole osavõtuta, isegi kui pool teatab mõjuvast põhjusest kohtuistungile ilmumata jäämiseks, kui pool oli nõus kirjaliku menetlusega või kui asja arutamine on poole kohtuistungilt mõjuval põhjusel puudumise tõttu juba korra edasi lükatud ning pool on saanud võimaluse esitada avaldused, väited ja tõendid kõigi asjas tähtsust omavate asjaolude kohta.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 415.   Kaja esitamine tagaseljaotsuse peale

  (1) Kostja võib esitada tagaseljaotsuse peale kaja, kui tema tegevusetus, mis oli tagaseljaotsuse tegemise aluseks, oli tingitud mõjuvast põhjusest. Kaja võib esitada sõltumata mõjuva põhjuse olemasolust, kui:
  1) hagile vastamata jätmise puhul oli hagi kostjale või tema esindajale kätte toimetatud muul viisil kui isiklikult allkirja vastu üleandmisega või elektrooniliselt;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]
  2) kohtuistungile ilmumata jäämise puhul oli kohtukutse toimetatud kostjale või tema esindajale kätte teisiti kui isiklikult allkirja vastu üleandmisega kohtuistungil või elektrooniliselt;
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]
  3) tagaseljaotsust ei võinud seaduse kohaselt teha.

  (2) Kaja võib esitada tagaseljaotsuse kättetoimetamisest alates 30 päeva jooksul. Kui tagaseljaotsus toimetatakse kätte avalikult, võib kaja esitada 30 päeva jooksul alates päevast, kui kostja sai tagaseljaotsusest või selle täitmiseks algatatud täitemenetlusest teada.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 416.   Nõuded kajale

  (1) Kaja esitatakse tagaseljaotsuse teinud kohtule. Kajas peab sisalduma:
  1) viide otsusele, mille peale kaja esitatakse;
  2) avaldus, et selle otsuse peale esitatakse kaja;
  3) asjaolu, mis takistas kaja esitajal hagile vastamast või kohtuistungile ilmumast ja sellest teatamast ning selle põhistus, välja arvatud juhul, kui kaja esitamiseks ei ole mõjuv põhjus vajalik.

  (2) Kui tagaseljaotsus tehti eelmenetluses seetõttu, et kostja ei vastanud tähtaegselt kohtule või ei ilmunud eelistungile, tuleb kajale lisada kõik asja ettevalmistamise lõpuleviimiseks vajalik.

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kohus toimetab kaja teistele menetlusosalistele kätte ja teatab ühtlasi, millal toimetati kätte tagaseljaotsus ja millal esitati kaja, ning määrab neile tähtaja kaja kohta seisukoha avaldamiseks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 417.   Kaja lahendamine

  (1) Kohus lahendab kaja määrusega. Vajaduse korral lahendatakse kaja kohtuistungil.

  (2) Kohus rahuldab kaja ja taastab menetluse vastavalt kaja ulatusele olukorras, millises see oli enne tagaseljaotsuse põhjustanud toimingu tegemata jätmist, kui kaja on esitatud õiges vormis ja õigel ajal ning avaldaja on põhistanud mõjuva põhjuse, mis takistas tal tagaseljaotsuse aluseks olnud menetlustoimingut tähtaegselt tegemast ja kohtule sellest teatamast või kui esineb muu alus, mille tõttu ei võinud tagaseljaotsust teha. Menetluse taastamiseks ei ole vajalik mõjuv põhjus, kui kaja esitamiseks ei ole mõjuv põhjus vajalik.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui kaja läbivaatamiseks on määratud kohtuistung ja avaldaja ei osale istungil või asja arutamisel, jätab kohus avalduse rahuldamata ja menetluse taastamata.

  (4) Määruse peale, millega menetlus taastamata jäeti, võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale saab Riigikohtule edasi kaevata üksnes juhul, kui ringkonnakohus jättis määruskaebuse rahuldamata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Menetluse ebaõigele taastamisele ei saa tugineda hiljem menetluses tehtud lahendile kaevates.

  (6) Enne kaja lahendamist võib kohus määrusega peatada täitemenetluse või lubada selle jätkamist üksnes tagatise vastu või tühistada täitetoimingu.

§ 418.   Taastatud menetluse jätkamine

  (1) Menetluse taastamise korral tagaseljaotsus ei jõustu ja seda ei saa täita. Taastatud menetlus jätkub vastavalt kaja ulatusele olukorras, milles see oli enne tagaseljaotsuse põhjustanud toimingu tegemata jätmist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui kohus otsustab kohtuistungil, et ta menetluse taastab, jätkatakse samal istungil asja arutamist.

§ 419.   Teine tagaseljaotsus

  Kui pool taastatud menetluses kohtuistungile ei ilmu ja tema vastu tehakse uus tagaseljaotsus, ei ole tal enam õigust kaja esitada.

§ 420.   Apellatsioonkaebus tagaseljaotsuse peale

  (1) Kostja ei saa tagaseljaotsuse peale apellatsioonkaebust esitada, kuid võib esitada kaja. Hageja, kelle avalduse alusel on tehtud tagaseljaotsus või kelle avaldust kostja vastu tagaseljaotsuse tegemiseks ei rahuldata ja jäetakse tema hagi rahuldamata, võib esitada otsuse peale apellatsioonkaebuse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui pärast menetluse taastamist tehakse kostja kahjuks uus tagaseljaotsus, võib kostja uue otsuse peale esitada apellatsioonkaebuse üksnes tagaseljaotsuse tegemise eelduste kontrollimata jätmisele tuginedes.

  (3) Kui kostja on esitanud kaja ja hageja on esitanud apellatsioonkaebuse, vaadatakse asi läbi menetluse taastamise korras tagaseljaotsuse teinud kohtus. Kui kaja ei rahuldata, jätkatakse apellatsioonkaebuse menetlemist.

§ 421.   Menetluses osalemata jätmine ja kohtuistungilt loata lahkumine

  (1) Menetlusosaline loetakse kohtuistungilt puudunuks ka juhul, kui ta ilmus kohtuistungile, kuid ei osalenud asja menetlemisel.

  (2) Kui menetlusosaline kohtuistungilt lahkub, ei takista see asja läbivaatamist. Omavoliliselt kohtuistungilt lahkunud menetlusosalist võib kohus trahvida, samuti kohaldada tema suhtes sundtoomist, kui kohus peab menetlusosalise isiklikku osavõttu asja arutamisest vajalikuks.

§ 422.   Mõjuv põhjus kohtuistungilt puudumiseks või muu menetlustoimingu tegemata jätmiseks

  (1) Mõjuvaks põhjuseks hagile vastamata jätmiseks või kohtuistungile ilmumata jätmiseks ja sellest teatamata jätmiseks on eelkõige liikluskatkestus, poole ootamatu haigestumine või lähedase ootamatu raske haigus, mille tõttu isik ei saanud hagile vastata või kohtusse ilmuda ega saata kohtusse esindajat.

  (2) Oma haiguse põhistamiseks, mis takistas hagile vastamast või kohtuistungile ilmumast, esitab menetlusosaline või tema esindaja kohtule tõendi, millest nähtub, et haigust saab lugeda takistuseks hagile vastamast või kohtuistungile ilmumast. Tõendi vormi ning selle väljaandmise tingimused ja korra kehtestab valdkonna eest vastutav minister määrusega.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud tõendi puudumine või puudulikkus ei välista haiguse põhistamist muude tõenditega.

45. peatükk HAGI LÄBIVAATAMATA JÄTMINE 

§ 423.   Hagi läbivaatamata jätmise alused

  (1) Kohus jätab hagi läbi vaatamata, kui:
  1) kohtusse pöördunud isik ei ole kinni pidanud seda liiki asjade eelnevaks kohtuväliseks lahendamiseks seadusega sätestatud kohustuslikust korrast ja selle korra rakendamise võimalust ei ole minetatud;
  2) hageja on võtnud hagi tagasi;
  3) kohtueelses menetluses on samade poolte vahel asi sama nõude kohta samal alusel ja seadusest tulenevalt ei ole asjas lubatud enne kohtueelse menetluse lõppemist kohtusse pöörduda;
  4) kohtu menetluses on samade poolte vahel asi sama eseme kohta samal alusel;
  5) on alustatud vahekohtumenetlust samal alusel sama vaidluseseme üle;
  6) pooled on sõlminud lepingu vaidluse andmiseks vahekohtu lahendada, välja arvatud juhul, kui hagis on vaidlustatud vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe kehtivust;
  7) hageja esitatud andmed hageja või kostja kohta ei võimalda isiku tuvastamist ja isiku tuvastamine ei õnnestu ka kohtul mõistliku tähtaja jooksul;
  8) hageja ei ole kohtu nõudmisele vaatamata esitanud kohtu määratud tähtpäevaks andmeid, mis võimaldaksid kostjale menetlusdokumente kätte toimetada ning kohus ei ole vaatamata mõistlikele pingutustele suutnud neid andmeid ka ise leida, samuti kui hageja ei tasu kohtu ette nähtud ajaks kostjale hagi või muude menetlusdokumentide kättetoimetamiseks vajalikke kulusid, muu hulgas kohtutäituri tasu, välja arvatud kui hagejale antakse kulude kandmiseks riigi menetlusabi;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  81) hageja ei teavita kohut talle käesoleva seadustiku § 3151 lõike 2 alusel määratud tähtaja jooksul kättetoimetamise tulemustest;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]
  9) õigustatud isiku nimel hagi esitanud isik ei ole tõendanud oma esindusõiguse olemasolu;
  10) hageja ei täida kohtu nõuet leida endale tõlk või eesti keelt oskav esindaja;
  11) kohtu määratud ajaks ei ole tasutud riigilõivu esitatud nõude eest;
  12) hageja ei anna kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul tagatist kostja eeldatavate menetluskulude katteks;
  13) kohus ei ole pädev asja lahendama.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

  (2) Kohus võib jätta hagi läbi vaatamata ka juhul, kui ilmneb, et:
  1) hageja õiguste rikkumine ei ole hagi alusena toodud faktilistele asjaoludele tuginedes üldse võimalik, eeldades hageja esitatud faktiliste väidete õigsust;
  2) hagi ei ole esitatud hageja seadusega kaitstud õiguse ega huvi kaitseks või eesmärgil, millele riik peaks andma õiguskaitset või kui hagiga ei ole hageja taotletavat eesmärki võimalik saavutada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohus võib jätta hagi läbi vaatamata ka muul seaduses nimetatud juhul.

§ 424.   Hagi tagasivõtmine

  (1) Hageja võib hagi kostja nõusolekuta tagasi võtta kuni eelmenetluse lõpuni. Kostja nõusolekul võib hagi tagasi võtta hagi kohta tehtud lahendi jõustumiseni.

  (2) Hagi tagasivõtmine ja kostja nõusolek hagi tagasivõtmiseks avaldatakse kohtule kirjalikult või protokollitakse.

  (3) Kohtule esitatud hagi tagasivõtmise avaldus toimetatakse kätte kostjale, kui tagasivõtmiseks on vajalik tema nõusolek. Kui kostja ei esita vastuväidet avalduse kättetoimetamisest alates kümne päeva jooksul, loetakse et ta on nõusoleku andnud.

§ 425.   Hagi läbivaatamata jätmise kord

  (1) Kohus jätab hagi läbi vaatamata määrusega. Määruses märgitakse, kuidas kõrvaldada asja läbivaatamist takistav asjaolu, kui asi jäetakse selle asjaolu tõttu läbi vaatamata.

  (2) Vajaduse korral peab kohus hagi läbivaatamata jätmise otsustamiseks kohtuistungi.

  (3) Kui hagi jätab läbi vaatamata kõrgema astme kohus, tühistab ta määrusega ühtlasi alama astme kohtu lahendi või lahendid. Kui hagi jätab läbi vaatamata asja lahendanud kohus edasikaebetähtaja jooksul esitatud avalduse alusel, tühistab ta asjas tehtud lahendi või lahendid.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kui kohus leiab, et hagi tuleb jätta läbi vaatamata seetõttu, et avalduse lahendamine kuulub halduskohtu pädevusse, ja halduskohus on eelnevalt samas asjas leidnud, et see ei kuulu tema pädevusse, esitab kohus viivitamata asja lahendamiseks pädeva kohtu määramiseks taotluse Riigikohtu tsiviil- ja halduskolleegiumi vahelisele erikogule, teavitades sellest menetlusosalisi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 426.   Hagi läbivaatamata jätmise tagajärjed

  (1) Hagi läbivaatamata jätmise korral loetakse, et hagi ei ole kohtu menetluses olnud ja hageja võib pöörduda hagiga sama kostja vastu samal alusel vaidluses sama hagieseme üle kohtusse.

  (2) Kui kohus jättis hagi läbi vaatamata hagejast tulenevatel põhjustel ja hagi esitatakse uuesti, võib kostja jätta hagile vastamata ja menetluses osalemata, kuni on tasutud tema senised menetluskulud, mille hüvitamist ta on nõudnud ja mis on jäetud hageja kanda. Kostja peab menetluskulude tasumata jätmisest kohtule viivitamata teatama.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 sätestatud juhul on menetlus peatunud. Kohus võib määrata hagejale tähtaja kostja menetluskulude hüvitamiseks. Kui hageja kulusid tähtaja jooksul ei hüvita, jätab kohus hagi läbi vaatamata.

§ 427.   Edasikaebamine hagi läbivaatamata jätmise määruse peale

  Maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu määruse peale, millega hagi jäetakse läbi vaatamata, võib esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata, kui hagi jäeti läbi vaatamata käesoleva seadustiku § 423 lõike 1 punktides 2, 7–10 ja 12 nimetatud alustel.

46. peatükk MENETLUSE LÕPETAMINE 

§ 428.   Menetluse lõpetamise alused

  (1) Kohus lõpetab menetluse otsust tegemata, kui:
  1) kohtusse pöördunud isik ei ole kinni pidanud seda liiki asjade eelnevaks kohtuväliseks lahendamiseks seadusega sätestatud kohustuslikust korrast ja seda korda ei saa enam rakendada;
  2) samade poolte vaidluses samal alusel sama hagieseme üle on jõustunud menetluse lõpetanud Eesti kohtu lahend või Eestis tunnustamisele kuuluv välisriigi kohtu lahend või vahekohtu otsus või jõustunud lahend kohtueelses menetluses, muu hulgas õiguskantsleri kinnitatud kokkulepe, mis välistab samas asjas uue kohtusse pöördumise;
  3) hageja on hagist loobunud;
  4) pooled on sõlminud kompromissi ja kohus kinnitab selle;
  41) vaidluse esemeks olevas küsimuses kinnitatakse riikliku perelepitusteenuse seaduse §-s 12 sätestatud vanemluskokkulepe;
[RT I, 10.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.09.2022]
  5) asjas pooleks oleva füüsilise isiku surma korral vaieldav õigussuhe ei võimalda õigusjärglust.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (2) Kohus lõpetab menetluse ka muul seaduses sätestatud alusel.

§ 429.   Hagist loobumine

  (1) Hageja võib hagist loobuda kuni hagi kohta tehtud lahendi jõustumiseni, esitades selleks avalduse. Kohus võtab hagist loobumise vastu määrusega, millega ühtlasi lõpetab asja menetluse.

  (2) Kui hageja loobub hagist kohtuistungil, hagist loobumine protokollitakse. Kui hagist loobumine on esitatud kohtule kirjalikus avalduses, võetakse avaldus toimikusse.

  (3) Kui hagist loobumise avaldus esitatakse väljaspool kohtuistungit, teatab kohus enne menetluse lõpetamise otsustamist kostjale avalduse esitamisest, määrates kostjale vastamise tähtaja. Kui kostja soovib menetluskulude väljamõistmist hagejalt, peab ta seda vastuses märkima.

  (4) Kohus ei võta vastu tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu hageja seadusliku esindaja avaldatud hagist loobumist, kui hagist loobumine on ilmses vastuolus tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu isiku huvidega, samuti muul juhul, kui hagist loobumisega rikutaks olulist avalikku huvi.

  (5) Kui kohus ei võta hagist loobumist vastu, teeb ta selle kohta põhjendatud määruse. Sel juhul asja menetlus jätkub.

  (6) Kui kohus ei võta vastu tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu hageja seadusliku esindaja hagist loobumist, kuna see oleks ilmses vastuolus tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu isiku huvidega, määrab kohus hagejale uue esindaja käesoleva seadustiku §-s 219 sätestatud korras.

§ 430.   Kompromiss

  (1) Pooled võivad menetluse kuni hagi kohta tehtud lahendi jõustumiseni lõpetada kompromissiga. Kohus kinnitab kompromissi määrusega, millega ühtlasi lõpetab asja menetluse. Kompromissi kinnitamise määruses märgitakse kompromissi tingimused.

  (2) Pooled esitavad kompromissilepingu allkirjastatuna kohtule või avaldavad kompromissi kohtule protokolli kandmiseks.

  (3) Kohus ei kinnita kompromissi, kui see on vastuolus heade kommetega või seadusega või rikub olulist avalikku huvi või kui kompromissi ei ole võimalik täita. Kohus ei ole kompromissiga seotud ega pea seda kinnitama perekonnaasjas.

  (4) Kui kohus ei kinnita kompromissi, teeb ta selle kohta põhjendatud määruse. Sel juhul asja menetlus jätkub.

  (5) Kompromiss kehtib täitedokumendina ka kohtumenetluses mitteosaleva isiku suhtes, kes on võtnud kompromissi alusel kohustuse.

  (6) Kokkuleppe sõlmimine kohtu kinnitatud kompromissina asendab kokkuleppe notariaalset tõestamist.

  (7) Kompromiss võib olla tingimuslik.

  (8) Kompromissi saab tühistada ja selle tühisusele saab tugineda tsiviilseadustiku üldosa seaduses nimetatud alustel ning kompromissist saab taganeda või selle üles öelda võlaõigusseaduses nimetatud alustel. Kompromissi saab tühistada või selle tühisusele tugineda ning kompromissist saab taganeda või kompromissi üles öelda üksnes kompromissi kui täitedokumendi alusel toimuva täitemenetluse hagiga lubamatuks tunnistamise menetluses. Kui kohus sellise hagi rahuldab, loetakse, et kompromissil ei ole täielikult või osaliselt õiguslikke tagajärgi ja menetlus asjas, milles kompromiss sõlmiti, jätkub.

  (9) Kompromissi saab pankrotimenetluses või täitemenetluses tagasivõitmise korras kehtetuks tunnistada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 431.   Menetluse lõpetamise kord

  (1) Kohus lõpetab menetluse määrusega. Vajaduse korral peab kohus menetluse lõpetamise otsustamiseks kohtuistungi. Kui menetlusosalist ei esinda advokaat, selgitab kohus poolele või tema esindajale eelnevalt menetluse lõpetamise tagajärgi.

  (2) Kui menetluse lõpetab kõrgema astme kohus, tühistab ta määrusega ühtlasi alama astme kohtu lahendi või lahendid. Kui menetluse lõpetab asja lahendanud kohus edasikaebetähtaja jooksul esitatud avalduse alusel, tühistab ta asjas tehtud lahendi või lahendid.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 432.   Menetluse lõpetamise tagajärjed

  Kui menetlus on lõpetatud, ei saa hageja uuesti pöörduda kohtusse hagiga sama kostja vastu vaidluses samal alusel sama hagieseme üle. Kui menetlus on lõpetatud hagist loobumise tõttu või kompromissiga, on lõpetamisel samad materiaalõiguslikud ja protsessuaalsed tagajärjed nagu menetluse lõpetamisel kohtuotsusega, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

§ 433.   Edasikaebamine menetluse lõpetamise määruse peale

  (1) Menetluse lõpetamise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse.

  (2) Maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu määruse peale, millega kohus ei lõpeta asja menetlust seetõttu, et ei võta vastu hagist loobumist või ei kinnita kompromissi, võib esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

47. peatükk KOHTULAHEND 

1. jagu Kohtuotsus 

§ 434.   Kohtuotsus kui sisuline lahend

  Kohtuotsus on kohtumenetluse tulemusena Eesti Vabariigi nimel tehtud kohtulahend, millega asi otsustatakse sisuliselt.

§ 435.   Otsuse tegemine

  (1) Kohus teeb otsuse, kui asja on kohtu arvates arutatud ammendavalt ja asi on lõpliku lahendi tegemiseks valmis.

  (2) Kohtuotsusega lõpeb menetlus selles kohtuastmes.

  (3) Kohtuotsuse kuupäev on selle avalikult teatavakstegemise päev.

§ 436.   Otsuse seaduslikkus ja põhjendatus

  (1) Kohtuotsus peab olema seaduslik ja põhjendatud.

  (2) Kohus rajab otsuse üksnes asjas esitatud ja kogutud tõenditele. Kui kohus lahendab asja kohtuistungil, rajab kohus otsuse ainult nendele tõenditele, mida istungil uuriti.

  (3) Kohus võib tugineda otsust tehes üksnes tõenditele, mida pooltel oli võimalik uurida, ja asjaoludele, mille kohta oli pooltel võimalik oma arvamust avaldada.

  (4) Otsust tehes ei või kohus tugineda asjaolule, mida ei ole menetluses arutatud. Samuti ei või kohus hinnata esiletoodud asjaolu otsuses erinevalt mõlemast poolest, välja arvatud juhul, kui kohus on juhtinud sellisele võimalusele eelnevalt poolte tähelepanu ja andnud neile võimaluse avaldada oma seisukoht.

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 sätestatut ei kohaldata, kui tegemist on kõrvalnõudega.

  (6) Kohus ei ole esitatud asjaolude ja seisukohtadega seotud perekonnaasjas.

  (7) Kohus ei ole otsust tehes seotud poolte esitatud õiguslike väidetega.

§ 437.   Asja arutamise uuendamine

  Kohus võib asja arutamise määrusega uuendada, kui pärast asja arutamise lõpetamist ja enne lahendi tegemist:
  1) tuvastab kohus menetluses vea, mis on otsuse tegemisel oluline ja mille saab kõrvaldada;
  2) tagaseljaotsuse tegemisel ilmneb asjaolu, mis võib olla kaja esitamise alus;
  3) hagi läbivaatamata jätmisel ilmneb asjaolu, mis võib olla menetluse taastamise alus.

§ 438.   Otsuse tegemisel lahendatavad küsimused

  (1) Otsust tehes hindab kohus tõendeid, otsustab, mis asjaolud on tuvastatud, millist õigusakti tuleb asjas kohaldada ja kas hagi kuulub rahuldamisele. Kui asjas on esitatud mitu nõuet, teeb kohus otsuse kõigi nõuete kohta.

  (2) Kohus otsustab menetluskulude jaotuse ja vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku 18. peatüki 5. jaole menetluskulude rahalise suuruse.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 439.   Hagi lahendamise piirid

  Kohus ei või otsuses ületada nõude piire ega teha otsust nõude kohta, mida ei ole esitatud.

§ 440.   Hagi õigeksvõtmine

  (1) Kui kostja võtab kohtuistungil või kohtule esitatud avalduses hageja nõude õigeks, rahuldab kohus hagi.

  (2) Hagi õigeksvõtmine kohtuistungil protokollitakse.

  (3) Kui hagi õigeksvõtmine on esitatud kohtule avalduses, võetakse avaldus toimikusse. Kui kostja avaldab hagi õigeksvõtmise kohtule eelmenetluses, lahendab kohus asja kohtuistungit pidamata.

  (4) Abieluasjas ja põlvnemisasjas ei ole kohus hagi õigeksvõtuga seotud. Kohus ei ole õigeksvõtuga seotud ka asjas, kus osaleb mitu kostjat ja vaidlusalust õigussuhet saab tuvastada üksnes kostjate suhtes ühiselt, ja hagi ei võta õigeks kõik kostjad. Kui kohus ei võta õigeksvõttu vastu, teeb kohus selle kohta põhjendatud määruse. Sel juhul asja menetlus jätkub.

§ 441.   Otsuse vormistamine

  (1) Kohus vormistab otsuse eesti keeles elektrooniliselt ja varustab selle otsuse teinud kohtuniku digitaalallkirjaga. Kohus registreerib otsuse viivitamata kohtute infosüsteemis.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (2) Kohus võib otsuse vormistada ja allkirjastada paberil, kui kohtust või kohtunikust sõltumatul põhjusel ei ole võimalik täita käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatud nõudeid.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 442.   Otsuse sisu

  (1) Otsus koosneb sissejuhatusest, resolutsioonist, kirjeldavast ja põhjendavast osast.

  (2) Otsuse sissejuhatuses märgitakse:
  1) otsuse teinud kohtu nimetus;
  2) otsuse teinud kohtuniku nimi;
  3) otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemise aeg ja koht;
  4) tsiviilasja number;
  5) hagi ese;
  51) tsiviilasja hind;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  6) menetlusosaliste nimed ja isiku- või registrikoodid;
  7) menetlusosaliste aadressid, kui see on ilmselt vajalik otsuse täitmiseks või tunnustamiseks;
  8) menetlusosaliste esindajate nimed, esindajate asendumise korral viimaste esindajate nimed;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  9) viimase kohtuistungi aeg või viide asja lahendamisele kirjalikus menetluses.

  (3) Füüsilise isiku isikukoodi puudumisel märgitakse otsuses tema sünniaeg. Juriidilise isiku registrikoodi puudumisel märgitakse otsuses vajaduse korral viide juriidilise isiku õiguslikule alusele.

  (4) Tagaseljaotsuse või hagi õigeksvõtmisel põhineva otsuse puhul tuleb sissejuhatuses seda märkida.

  (5) Otsuse resolutsiooniga lahendab kohus selgelt ja ühemõtteliselt poolte nõuded ja veel lahendamata taotlused, samuti rakendatud hagi tagamise abinõudega seotud küsimused. Resolutsioon peab olema selgelt arusaadav ja täidetav ka muu otsuse tekstita.

  (6) Resolutsiooni juures märgitakse ka otsuse edasikaebamise kord ja tähtaeg, muu hulgas kohus, kuhu kaebus tuleb esitada, ning viide, et kaebus võidakse lahendada kirjalikus menetluses, kui kaebuses ei taotleta selle lahendamist istungil. Tagaseljaotsuses märgitakse õigus esitada otsuse peale kaja. Resolutsiooni juures selgitatakse ka käesoleva seadustiku § 187 lõike 6 sisu.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (61) Kui kohus määrab menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaks käesoleva seadustiku § 177 lõike 1 punkti 1 kohaselt, märgib kohus resolutsiooni menetluskulude rahalise suuruse.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (62) Kui kohus menetluskulude rahalist suurust käesoleva seadustiku § 177 lõike 1 punkti 1 kohaselt kindlaks ei määra, selgitab kohus resolutsiooni juures, et asja lahendanud maakohus määrab menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaks vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku § 177 lõikele 2.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (7) Otsuse kirjeldavas osas märgitakse loogilises järjekorras lühidalt ja olulist sisu esile tuues esitatud nõuded ja nende kohta esitatud väited, vastuväited ja esitatud tõendid. Kui asjas on kohtu ettepanekul esitanud lisaks menetlusosalistele seisukoha ka pädev riigi- või kohaliku omavalitsuse asutus, tuleb ka see seisukoht otsuse kirjeldavas osas märkida.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (8) Otsuse põhjendavas osas märgitakse kohtu tuvastatud asjaolud ja nendest tehtud järeldused, tõendid, millele on rajatud kohtu järeldused, samuti seadused, mida kohus kohaldas. Kohus peab otsuses põhjendama, miks ta ei nõustu hageja või kostja faktiliste väidetega. Kohus peab otsuses kõiki tõendeid analüüsima. Kui kohus mõnda tõendit ei arvesta, peab ta seda otsuses põhjendama. Alternatiivse nõude rahuldamisel ei pea teise alternatiivse nõude rahuldamata jätmist põhjendama.

  (9) Otsusest peavad nähtuma ka menetlusosaliste asendamine ja vajaduse korral varasemate menetlusosaliste andmed.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (10) Käesoleva seadustiku § 405 lõikes 1 nimetatud asjas tehtud otsuses võib maakohus märkida, et ta annab loa otsuse edasikaebamiseks. Sellise loa annab kohus eelkõige juhul, kui apellatsioonikohtu lahend on maakohtu arvates vajalik ringkonnakohtu seisukoha saamiseks mingi õigusnormi kohta. Edasikaebamise loa andmist ei pea otsuses põhjendama.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (11) Otsusele, millega kohustatakse menetlusosalist tasuma Eesti Vabariigile rahasumma tulenevalt nõudest, mis ei ole tekkinud riigi ega riigi haldusorgani osalemisest kohtus menetlusosalisena, võib kohus eraldi dokumendis lisada nõude tasumiseks vajalikud andmed.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 - jõust. 01.07.2014]

  (12) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 11 nimetatud nõude täitmiseks vajalike andmete loetelu ja nende vormistamisele esitatavad tehnilised nõuded kehtestab valdkonna eest vastutav minister määrusega.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 - jõust. 01.07.2014]

§ 443.   Tüüptingimuste kasutamise lõpetamiseks kohustava kohtuotsuse resolutsioon

  (1) Ebamõistlikult kahjustava tüüptingimuse kasutamise lõpetamiseks või tingimuse soovitajat soovitamise lõpetamiseks ja soovituse tagasivõtmiseks kohustava kohtuotsuse resolutsioonis tuleb lisaks märkida:
  1) keelatud tüüptingimuse sõnastus;
  2) tehingute liigid, mille suhtes tüüptingimust kasutada ei tohi;
  3) selgesõnaline kohustus hoiduda edaspidi sellesarnaste tüüptingimuste kasutamisest või soovitamisest.

  (2) Tüüptingimuse soovitajat soovitamise lõpetamiseks ja soovituse tagasivõtmiseks kohustava kohtuotsuse resolutsioonis tuleb lisaks märkida kohustus teha kohtuotsus teatavaks samal viisil kui soovitus. Kohus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud kohtuotsuse avaldamiseks kohtu määratud viisil kohustada otsuse resolutsioonis ka tüüptingimuste kasutajat või määrata ise otsuse täiendava avaldamise viisi.

§ 444.   Otsuse kirjeldava ja põhjendava osa lihtsustamine ning ärajätmine

  (1) Kohus võib otsuse kirjeldavas osas jätta märkimata nõuete kohta esitatud väited, vastuväited ja esitatud tõendid, samuti riigi- või kohaliku omavalitsuse asutuse seisukoha.

  (2) Kui kohus menetleb käesoleva seaduse § 405 lõikes 1 nimetatud hagi lihtmenetluses, võib ta kohtuotsuse põhjendavas osas piirduda üksnes õigusliku põhjenduse ja tõendite, millele on rajatud kohtu järeldused, märkimisega.
[RT I, 11.03.2023, 3 - jõust. 21.03.2023]

  (3) Tagaseljaotsuse või hagi õigeksvõtul põhineva otsuse võib kohus teha kirjeldava ja põhjendava osata.

  (4) Kohus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetamata otsusest kirjeldava ja põhjendava osa välja jätta, kui menetlusosalised on andnud selleks nõusoleku või kui kohus menetleb käesoleva seaduse § 405 lõikes 1 nimetatud hagi lihtmenetluses. Sel juhul tuleb otsuses märkida, et kohus täiendab otsust käesoleva seadustiku § 448 lõikes 41 sätestatu kohaselt, kui menetlusosaline teatab kümne päeva jooksul otsuse kättetoimetamisest arvates kohtule soovist esitada otsuse peale apellatsioonkaebus. Kohus selgitab otsuses apellatsioonkaebuse esitamise soovist teatamata jätmise tagajärgi.
[RT I, 11.03.2023, 3 - jõust. 21.03.2023]

  (5) Kohus võib kirjeldava ja põhjendava osa väljajätmise kohta menetlusosalise seisukoha väljaselgitamiseks teha kohtuistungil suuliselt teatavaks kohtuotsuse resolutsiooni ning selgitada suuliselt otsuse põhjendusi. Menetlusosalise nõusolek jätta kohtuotsusest välja kirjeldav ja põhjendav osa märgitakse kohtuistungi protokolli.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 445.   Otsuse täitmise korra ja tähtaja kindlaksmääramine

  (1) Kohus võib otsuses poole taotlusel kindlaks määrata otsuse täitmise viisi ja korra ning täitmise tähtaja või tähtpäeva ja asjaolu, et otsus täidetakse viivitamata või et otsuse täitmine tagatakse mõne hagi tagamise abinõuga. Kui pooled esitavad menetluses teineteise vastu tasaarvestatavad nõuded ja kohus mõlema poole nõuded täielikult või osaliselt rahuldab, tasaarvestatakse resolutsioonis poolte nõuded rahuldatud osas.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui hagi otsusega rahuldatakse või kui kohus lõpetab menetluse kompromissi sõlmimisega, jätab kohus kohaldatud hagi tagamise abinõu jõusse kohtulahendi täitmist tagava abinõuna, kui see on lahendi täitmise tagamiseks ilmselt vajalik ja pool, kelle kasuks otsus tehti, või kompromissilepingu pooled ei taotle abinõu tühistamist.

  (3) Kui otsus või selle osa tuleb täita viivitamata, tuleb seda otsuse resolutsioonis märkida.

  (4) Kostjaks oleva pärija taotlusel võib kohus teha otsuse pärija piiratud vastutuse reservatsiooniga.

  (5) Kui kohus on tuvastanud otsuses autoriõiguse, autoriõigusega kaasneva õiguse või tööstusomandiõiguse rikkumise või isiku kohta ebaõigete andmete avaldamise, võib ta hageja taotlusel otsuses ette näha, et kohtuotsuses sisalduvad andmed tuleb kostja kulul kohtu määratud viisil avalikult teatavaks teha või kohtuotsus osaliselt või täielikult avaldada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 446.   Otsus mitme hageja kasuks või mitme kostja vastu

  (1) Otsuses mitme hageja kasuks märgib kohus, mis osas iga hageja kasuks on nõue rahuldatud. Kui nõue on rahuldatud mitme hageja kasuks solidaarselt, tuleb seda otsuses märkida.

  (2) Otsuses mitme kostja vastu märgib kohus, mis osas iga kostja peab otsust täitma. Kui vastutus on solidaarne, tuleb seda otsuses märkida.

§ 447.   Vigade parandamine otsuses

  (1) Pärast otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemist ei saa otsuse teinud kohus seda tühistada ega muuta, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kohus parandab igal ajal otsuses kirja- ja arvutusvead ning ilmsed ebatäpsused, mis ei mõjuta otsuse sisu. Vead parandab kohus määrusega. Enne määruse tegemist võib kohus menetlusosalised ära kuulata.

  (3) Otsuse parandamise määruse kohta tehakse märge otsusele ja selle pärast määruse tegemist väljastatavatele ärakirjadele. Kohus toimetab vea parandamise määruse kätte kõigile isikutele, kellele on kätte toimetatud kohtuotsus.

  (4) Otsuse parandamise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata. Kui kohus parandab käesoleva paragrahvi alusel vea määruses, mille peale ei saa esitada määruskaebust, ei saa vea parandamise määruse peale edasi kaevata.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

§ 448.   Täiendav otsus

  (1) Asja otsustanud kohus võib menetlusosalise taotlusel või omal algatusel teha täiendava otsuse, kui:
  1) mõni esitatud nõue või taotlus on jäänud lahendamata;
  2) hageja õigust tunnustanud kohus on jätnud märkimata väljamõistetud rahasumma suuruse, üleandmisele kuuluva asja või toimingu, mida kostja on kohustatud tegema;
  3) kohus ei ole lahendanud menetluskulude jaotamist;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  4) kohus ei ole osaotsusesse märkinud reservatsiooni tasaarvestuse suhtes;
  5) kohus ei ole dokumendimenetluses tehtud otsusesse märkinud reservatsiooni kostja õiguste edasise kaitse kohta.

  (2) Täiendava otsuse tegemise avalduse võib esitada otsuse kättetoimetamisest alates kümne päeva jooksul. Kohus võib omal algatusel teha täiendava otsuse 20 päeva jooksul otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemisest alates.

  (3) Kui kirjeldava või põhjendava osata otsust soovitakse täita väljaspool Eesti Vabariiki, võib pool nõuda kohtult otsuse täiendamist kirjeldava ja põhjendava osaga ka pärast käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud tähtaja möödumist.

  (4) Täiendava otsuse tegemiseks peab kohus istungi, välja arvatud juhul, kui asi on lahendatud kohtuistungit pidamata. Menetlusosalistele teatatakse istungi aeg ja koht vähemalt kolm päeva ette, kuid nende kohtuistungilt puudumine ei takista täiendava otsuse tegemist. Täiendava otsuse tegemise taotlus toimetatakse eelnevalt kätte vastaspoolele.

  (41) Käesoleva seadustiku § 444 lõike 4 alusel tehtud kirjeldava või põhjendava osata otsust täiendab kohus puuduva osaga, kui menetlusosaline teatab kümne päeva jooksul otsuse kättetoimetamisest arvates kohtule soovist esitada otsuse peale apellatsioonkaebus. Apellatsioonkaebuse esitamise soovi ei pea põhjendama. Otsuse täiendamine lahendatakse kirjalikus menetluses. Teisele menetlusosalisele otsuse täiendamisest ei teatata. Kohus võib kohtuotsuse tervikuna koostada ka käesoleva seadustiku § 444 lõigetes 1 ja 2 sätestatu kohaselt. Otsuse täiendamise korral puuduva osaga hakkab apellatsioonkaebuse esitamise tähtaeg uuesti kulgema täiendava otsuse kättetoimetamisest arvates.
[RT I, 21.12.2012, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (42) Kui menetlusosaline ei ole kohtule käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 41 sätestatud tähtaja jooksul teatanud soovist kirjeldava ja põhjendava osata otsuse peale apellatsioonkaebust esitada, loetakse, et ta on apellatsioonkaebuse esitamise õigusest loobunud.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (5) Täiendav otsus on täiendatava otsuse osa. Täiendavat otsust võib vaidlustada nagu muud otsust. Täiendatava otsuse vaidlustamise korral eeldatakse, et vaidlustatakse ka täiendavat otsust.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Täiendava otsuse tegemise taotluse rahuldamata jätmise korral teeb kohus määruse. Maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu täiendava otsuse tegemisest keeldumise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

§ 449.   Vaheotsus

  (1) Kui menetluses on hagi raha saamiseks, eelkõige tekitatud kahju hüvitamiseks ja nõutava rahasumma suuruse tõendamine on väga kulukas või keerukas ja nõude põhjendatuse või põhjendamatuse kohta on kohtul võimalik otsust teha, võib kohus poole taotlusel teha vaheotsuse nõude põhjendatuse või põhjendamatuse kohta.

  (2) Vaheotsus nõude põhjendatuse või põhjendamatuse kohta on edasikaebamise tähenduses samane lõppotsusega. Nõude põhjendatuse vaheotsusega tunnustamise korral jätkab kohus menetlust nõude suuruse üle ja teeb selle kohta otsuse. Kui kohus tunnustab nõude põhjendamatust, teeb ta lõppotsuse ja asja edasi ei menetle.

  (3) Kohus võib teha vaheotsuse ka taotluse kohta aegumise kohaldamise taotluse suhtes, mis on edasikaebamise tähenduses samane lõppotsusega. Aegumise kohaldamata jätmisel teeb kohus selle kohta vaheotsuse ja jätkab menetlust. Kui kohus leiab, et nõue on aegunud, teeb ta lõppotsuse ja asja edasi ei menetle.

§ 450.   Osaotsus

  (1) Kui ühte menetlusse on ühendatud mitu omavahel seotud iseseisvat nõuet või kui ühes hagis esitatud mitmest nõudest on üks nõue või osa ühest nõudest või esitatud vastuhagi puhul üksnes hagi või vastuhagi lõplikuks otsustamiseks valmis, võib kohus teha neist igaühe kohta eraldi otsuse, kui see kiirendab asja läbivaatamist. Lahendamata nõuete osas jätkab kohus menetlust.

  (2) Kui kohus rahuldab osaotsusega hagi, millele on esitatud vastuhagi või vastuväide haginõude tasaarvestamiseks, märgib kohus otsuse resolutsiooni, et otsus võidakse tühistada või seda muuta tasaarvestuse vastuhagi või vastuväite lahendamisel (reservatsioon).

  (3) Tasaarvestuse reservatsiooniga tehtud osaotsus on edasikaebamise ja sundtäitmise seisukohalt lõppotsus.

  (4) Kui tasaarvestuse reservatsiooniga tehtud osaotsuse puhul edasises menetluses tasaarvestuse vastuhagi rahuldatakse või tulenevalt tasaarvestuse vastuväitest jäetakse hagi täielikult või osaliselt rahuldamata, tühistab kohus ühtlasi reservatsiooniga otsuse tasaarvestuse ulatuses või muudab seda.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 nimetatud juhul peab hageja hüvitama kostjale otsuse sundtäitmise või sundtäitmise ärahoidmiseks tarvitusele võetud abinõudega tekitatud kahju.

§ 451.   Otsus dokumendimenetluses

  (1) Dokumendimenetluses jäetakse hagi rahuldamata ka juhul, kui hageja ei tõendanud oma nõuet dokumendimenetluses lubatud tõenditega. Sel juhul võib esitada hagi uuesti tavalises menetluses.

  (2) Kui kohus kostja vastuvaidlemisest hoolimata dokumendimenetluses hagi rahuldab, teeb ta reservatsiooniga otsuse, milles jätab kostjale õiguse kaitsta oma õigusi edaspidi.

  (3) Reservatsiooniga otsust loetakse edasikaebamise ja sundtäitmise seisukohalt lõppotsuseks.

  (4) Kui dokumendimenetluses on kostja õiguste suhtes tehtud reservatsiooniga otsus, jätkub vaidlus tavalises hagimenetluses. Kui selgub, et hageja nõue oli põhjendamatu, kohaldatakse käesoleva seadustiku § 450 lõigetes 4 ja 5 sätestatut. Reservatsiooniga otsusega lahendatud vastuväite, mille võis dokumendimenetluses esitada, võib kostja hiljem uuesti esitada üksnes juhul, kui reservatsiooniga otsus tühistatakse või kui seda muudetakse.

§ 4511.   Taotluste lahendamine edasikaebetähtaja kestel

  (1) Kui pärast lahendi tegemist, kuid enne selle jõustumist ja asjas edasikaebuse esitamist esitatakse taotlus hagi läbivaatamata jätmiseks või asja menetluse lõpetamiseks, muu hulgas hagist loobumise või kompromissi sõlmimise tõttu, või esitatakse hagi tagamisega seotud taotlus või muu sellesarnane taotlus, lahendab taotluse lahendi teinud kohus. Hagi läbivaatamata jätmise või menetluse lõpetamise taotluse rahuldamise korral võib kohus tehtud lahendi määrusega tühistada ning jätta hagi läbi vaatamata või lõpetada asja menetluse.

  (2) Pärast apellatsioonkaebuse esitamist saab käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud toiminguid teha ringkonnakohus, isegi kui kaebust ei ole veel menetlusse võetud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 452.   Otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemine

  (1) Kohtuotsus tehakse avalikult teatavaks kuulutamisega või kohtukantselei kaudu.

  (2) Otsus kuulutatakse asja arutamist lõpetaval istungil või tehakse viivitamata teatavaks kohtukantselei kaudu pärast kohtuistungit.

  (3) Kui otsust ei tehta asja arutamise kohtuistungil, teatab kohus asja arutamist lõpetaval istungil, millal ja kuidas kohtuotsus avalikult teatavaks tehakse. Kui asi lahendatakse kohtuistungit pidamata või kui menetlusosaline ei osalenud kohtuistungil, teatab kohus menetlusosalistele otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemise aja. Kohus teatab menetlusosalistele ka otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemise aja muutmisest.

  (4) Otsuse võib hiljem kui 20 päeva pärast asja arutamise viimast istungit või kirjalikus menetluses taotluste ja dokumentide esitamiseks ettenähtud tähtpäeva möödumist avalikult teatavaks teha üksnes mõjuval põhjusel, eelkõige kohtuasja eriti suure mahu või erilise keerukuse tõttu. Otsuse avalikku teatavakstegemist ei või määrata hiljemaks kui 40 päeva pärast asja arutamise viimast istungit või kirjalikus menetluses taotluste ja dokumentide esitamiseks ettenähtud tähtpäeva möödumist.

  (5) Otsuse avalikult teatavaks tegemise aeg ja selle muutmine avaldatakse viivitamata pärast selle aja kindlaksmääramist ka kohtu veebilehel, märkides tsiviilasja numbri, menetlusosaliste nimed ja tsiviilasja üldise kirjelduse. Kinnises menetluses tehtud otsuse kohta avaldatakse üksnes otsuse avalikult teatavaks tegemise aeg ja selle muutmine, tsiviilasja number ning märge, et menetlus on kinnine. Otsuse avalikult teatavaks tegemise aeg eemaldatakse veebilehelt 30 päeva möödumisel otsuse avalikult teatavaks tegemisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Kohus võib põhjendatud määruse alusel käesoleva seadustiku § 38 lõikes 1 või 2 nimetatud põhjusel avalikult teatavaks teha üksnes otsuse resolutsiooni.

  (7) Kohus võib otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemise aja jooksul teha esmalt teatavaks otsuse kirjeldava ja põhjendava osata, muu hulgas kuulutada suuliselt üksnes kohtuotsuse resolutsiooni. Otsust ei tule tervikuna avalikult teatavaks teha, kui pooled avaldavad enne otsuse tervikuna avalikult teatavakstegemist kohtule kirjalikult või kohtuistungil, et loobuvad otsuse peale apellatsioonkaebuse esitamise õigusest, või kui pooled loetakse käesoleva seadustiku kohaselt apellatsioonkaebuse esitamise õigusest loobunuks. Kohus selgitab seda õigust otsuse osaliselt avalikult teatavakstegemisel.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 453.   Otsuse kantselei kaudu teatavakstegemise ja otsuse ärakirjade andmise kord

  (1) Otsus tehakse avalikult teatavaks kohtukantselei kaudu, kus menetlusosalised võivad otsusega edasikaebamistähtaja jooksul tutvuda ja saada selle ärakirja. Kui otsus on tehtud elektrooniliselt, antakse menetlusosalisele kohtuotsuse väljatrükk. Ärakirjale või väljatrükile annab allkirja ja paneb kohtu pitseri kohtukantselei volitatud töötaja. E-toimiku süsteemi kaudu tehakse isikule kättesaadavaks kohtu infosüsteemis kinnitatud otsus, millele allkirja ja pitserit ei lisata.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatu ei välista ega piira kohtu kohustust toimetada kohtuotsus menetlusosalistele kätte, kui seda ei anta talle kätte käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud viisil.

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 454.   Otsuse kuulutamise kord

  (1) Otsus kuulutatakse otsuse resolutsiooni ettelugemisega.

  (2) Vajaduse korral kuulutab kohus otsuse ka põhjendava osa ettelugemisega või selle olulise sisu kokkuvõttega.

  (21) Otsuse kuulutamise ajaks ei pea otsuse tekst olema nõuetekohaselt vormistatud ega allkirjastatud, kuid kuulutamine tuleb protokollida. Otsus tuleb sel juhul kirjalikult vormistada kümne päeva jooksul alates kuulutamisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Otsuse kuulutamisel selgitab kohus kohalolevatele menetlusosalistele otsuse edasikaebamise korda ja tähtaega.

  (4) Otsuse kuulutamise kehtivus ei sõltu menetlusosaliste kohalolekust. Otsus loetakse kuulutatuks ka menetlusosalise suhtes, kes ei osalenud kuulutamise istungil.

  (5) Kollegiaalse kohtukoosseisu otsuse kuulutab eesistuja.

§ 455.   Kohtuotsuste kättetoimetamine

  (1) Kohus toimetab otsuse menetlusosalistele kätte.

  (2) Kui kohtuotsusega on muudetud registrisse kantavaid isikuandmeid, saadab kohus kohtuotsuse ärakirja registripidajale.

§ 456.   Kohtuotsuse jõustumine

  (1) Kohtuotsus jõustub, kui seda ei saa enam vaidlustada muul viisil kui teistmismenetluses.

  (2) Maakohtu otsus jõustub eelkõige, kui:
  1) apellatsioonkaebuse esitamise tähtaeg on möödunud ja kaebust ei ole tähtaja jooksul esitatud;
  2) ringkonnakohus ei võta apellatsioonkaebust menetlusse või jätab kaebuse läbi vaatamata või rahuldamata või kui lõpetatakse apellatsioonimenetlus ning ringkonnakohtu lahendi peale kassatsioonkaebuse esitamise tähtaja jooksul kassatsioonkaebust ei esitata;
  3) apellatsioonkaebus jäetakse ringkonnakohtus menetlusse võtmata, läbi vaatamata või rahuldamata või lõpetatakse apellatsioonimenetlus ja ringkonnakohtu lahendi peale esitatud kassatsioonkaebust ei võeta menetlusse, see jäetakse läbi vaatamata või rahuldamata või lõpetatakse kassatsioonimenetlus.

  (3) Tagaseljaotsus jõustub, kui selle peale ei esitata kaja ega apellatsioonkaebust või kui kaja jäetakse läbi vaatamata või rahuldamata või kui jõustub ringkonnakohtu lahend apellatsioonkaebuse kohta.

  (4) Kohtuotsuse seaduslik vaidlustamine peatab kohtuotsuse jõustumise. Kohtuotsuse osalise vaidlustamise korral jõustub kohtuotsus vaidlustamata osas. Kui kohtuotsus vaidlustatakse muus osas kui menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaksmääramine, ei jõustu kohtuotsus menetluskulude rahalise suuruse kindlaksmääramise osas.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 457.   Otsuse jõustumise tagajärjed

  (1) Jõustunud kohtuotsus on menetlusosalistele kohustuslik osas, milles lahendatakse hagi või vastuhagiga esitatud nõue hagi aluseks olevatel asjaoludel, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kui kostja on esitanud menetluses haginõude vastu tasaarvestuse vastuväite, seob otsus menetlusosalisi ka ulatuses, milles vastunõude olemasolu ja tasaarvestust ei tunnustata.

  (3) Eeldatakse, et kohtuotsuse kirjeldav osa tõendab avaldusi, mida menetlusosalised menetluses tegid.

  (4) Perekonnaasjas ja põlvnemisasjas tehtud ja poolte eluajal jõustunud otsus õigussuhte olemasolu, lõppemise või puudumise kohta kehtib kõigi isikute suhtes. Põlvnemise või vanemliku hoolduse tuvastanud kohtuotsus ei kehti isiku suhtes, kes nimetatud õigust omaks peab, kuid asjas menetlusosaline ei olnud.

  (5) Kohtuotsus juriidilise isiku organi otsuse kehtetuks tunnistamise ja selle tühisuse tuvastamise kohta kehtib kõigi juriidilise isiku osanike, aktsionäride või liikmete ning organite ja nende liikmete suhtes, isegi kui nad menetluses ei osalenud.

  (6) Kui kohustusliku vastutuskindlustuse puhul on jõustunud kohtuotsusega kindlustusandja või kindlustusvõtja suhtes tuvastatud, et kannatanul ei ole kahju hüvitamise nõuet, kehtib otsus nii kindlustusandja kui kindlustusvõtja suhtes sõltumata sellest, kas nad mõlemad osalesid kohtumenetluses.

  (7) Kui tüüptingimuse kasutaja rikub tingimuse kasutamise lõpetamiseks kohustavat kohtuotsust, loetakse tüüptingimus tühiseks, kui teine lepingupool tugineb kohtuotsusele. See ei kehti, kui tingimuse kasutaja võib esitada hagi kohtuotsuse sundtäitmise lubamatuks tunnistamiseks.

§ 458.   Otsuse jõustumismärge

  (1) Otsuse jõustumist tõendava jõustumismärke väljastab menetlusosalise avalduse alusel ja kohtutoimiku põhjal asja lahendanud maakohtu kantselei. Märge kantakse kohtuotsuse ärakirjale või väljatrükile. Märge allkirjastatakse ja varustatakse kohtupitseriga.

  (2) Jõustumismärke võib väljastada elektrooniliselt kohtu kodukorras selleks ette nähtud isik, kes varustab selle oma digitaalallkirjaga. Elektroonilist jõustumismärget ei varustata kohtupitseriga.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (3) Jõustumismärkeid väljastav kohus peab arvestust kohtuotsuste jõustumise kohta ja kohtu väljastatud jõustumismärgete kohta.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (4) Valdkonna eest vastutav minister võib elektroonilise jõustumismärke vormi, selle väljastamise ja jõustumismärgete arvestuse kohta kehtestada määrusega täpsemaid nõudeid.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

§ 459.   Jõustunud otsuse muutmine korduvate kohustuste osas

  (1) Pärast otsuse jõustumist, millega kostjalt mõisteti välja perioodilised maksed või kohustati kostjat täitma muid korduvaid kohustusi, on poolel õigus uues hagis nõuda maksete suuruse ja tähtaegade muutmist otsuses, kui:
  1) oluliselt on muutunud maksete suurust või kestust mõjutavad asjaolud, mille alusel on tehtud nõude rahuldamise otsus ja
  2) hagi esitamise aluseks olevad asjaolud on tekkinud pärast asja arutamise lõpetamist, mille kestel oleks võinud haginõuet suurendada või vastuväiteid esitada.

  (2) Otsust võib muuta alates uue hagi esitamise ajast, välja arvatud juhul, kui seaduse kohaselt võib nõuda otsuse muutmist ka tagasiulatuvalt.

§ 460.   Otsuse kehtivus õigusjärglaste kohta

  (1) Jõustunud kohtuotsus kehtib ka isikute kohta, kes on saanud pärast hagi esitamist menetlusosaliste õigusjärglaseks. Otsus kehtib lisaks vaidlusaluse asja otsese valdaja suhtes, kes sai valduse selliselt, et üks pooltest või tema õigusjärglane on saanud asja kaudseks valdajaks.

  (2) Otsus ei kehti menetlusosalise õigusjärglase suhtes, kes on omandanud vaidlusaluse eseme ega teadnud omandamise ajal kohtuotsusest või hagi esitamisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Koormatud kinnisasja võõrandamise puhul kehtib reaalkoormatisest või hüpoteegist tulenevat nõuet käsitlev otsus õigusjärglase suhtes ka siis, kui õigusjärglane ei olnud teadlik hagi esitamisest. Sundtäitmise käigus toimunud enampakkumise puhul kehtib otsus kinnisasja omandaja kohta üksnes juhul, kui hagi esitamisest teatati hiljemalt enne üleskutse tegemist pakkumiste esitamiseks.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 sätestatut kohaldatakse ka laevakinnistusraamatusse kantud laevahüpoteegist ja tsiviilõhusõidukite registrisse kantud pandiõigusest tuleneva nõude suhtes tehtud kohtuotsusele.

§ 461.   Otsuse täitmine

  (1) Kohtuotsus täidetakse pärast jõustumist, välja arvatud juhul, kui kohtuotsus kuulub viivitamatule täitmisele.

  (2) Kui otsuse kohaselt on võlgnikuks Eesti Vabariik või kohaliku omavalitsuse üksus, tuleb kohtuotsus täita hiljemalt 30 päeva jooksul otsuse jõustumise ajast alates, välja arvatud juhul, kui otsus kuulub viivitamatule täitmisele või otsus näeb ette teistsuguse tähtaja.
[RT I 2009, 68, 463 - jõust. 10.01.2010]

  (3) Otsus täidetakse sissenõudja avalduse alusel.

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 462.   Jõustunud kohtuotsuse avalikustamine arvutivõrgus

  (1) Jõustunud kohtuotsus avalikustatakse selleks ettenähtud kohas arvutivõrgus. See ei mõjuta otsuse jõustumist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Andmesubjekti taotlusel või kohtu algatusel asendatakse jõustunud kohtuotsuses andmesubjekti nimi initsiaalide või tähemärgiga ning ei avalikustata tema isikukoodi, sünniaega, registrikoodi ega aadressi. Riigi- või kohaliku omavalitsuse asutuse, avalik-õigusliku juriidilise isiku või muu avaliku võimu kandja andmeid kohtulahendis ei varjata.
[RT I 2007, 12, 66 - jõust. 25.02.2007]

  (3) Kohus avalikustab omal algatusel või andmesubjekti taotlusel arvutivõrgus üksnes otsuse resolutsiooni või ei avalikusta otsust, kui otsus sisaldab eriliiki isikuandmeid ja kui otsuse isikuandmetega avalikustamine võib ka käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 sätestatut järgides oluliselt kahjustada isiku eraelu puutumatust. Kohus lahendab taotluse määrusega.
[RT I, 13.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 15.03.2019]

  (4) Kohus avalikustab omaalgatuslikult või huvitatud isiku taotlusel ainult jõustunud otsuse resolutsiooni, kui otsus sisaldab teavet, millele on seadusega ette nähtud muu juurdepääsupiirang.

  (5) Maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu määruse peale, millega keelduti käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 2–4 nimetatud taotluse rahuldamisest, võib taotleja esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2007, 12, 66 - jõust. 25.02.2007]

2. jagu Kohtumäärus 

§ 463.   Kohtumäärus

  (1) Määrusega lahendab kohus menetlusosaliste menetluslikud taotlused ning juhib ja korraldab menetlust. Seaduses sätestatud juhul võib kohus asja lahendada määrusega.

  (2) Määrusele kohaldatakse vastavalt otsuse kohta sätestatut, kui seadusest või määruse olemusest ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 464.   Määruse tegemine

  (1) Määruse võib teha kohtuistungit pidamata ja menetlusosalisi ära kuulamata, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (2) Kohtuistungil võib kohus teha suulise või kirjaliku määruse. Suuline määrus kuulutatakse kohe ja protokollitakse. Kui kohtumääruse võib seaduse kohaselt edasi kaevata, tuleb määrus teha kirjalikult eesti keeles ja allkirjastada.

  (3) Määrus, mida kohus ei tee kohtuistungil, tehakse kirjalikult. Kui kohtuistungil kuulutatud määruse terviklik vormistamine nõuab enam aega, võib kohus vormistamise kuni kümneks päevaks edasi lükata.

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 465.   Määruse sisu

  (1) Määrusest peab nähtuma, kelle kohta on määrus tehtud ja mis on määruse sisu.

  (2) Kirjalikus määruses, mille peale saab esitada määruskaebuse, märgitakse:
  1) määruse teinud kohtu nimetus ja kohtuniku ning kohtujuristi nimi;
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 - jõust. 01.07.2014]
  2) määruse tegemise aeg ja koht;
  3) tsiviilasja number;
  4) menetlusosaliste ja nende esindajate nimed, kui menetlusosalised on määruse tegemise ajal määratletavad;
  5) menetluse, milles määrus tehakse, ese;
  6) mille kohta määrus tehakse;
  7) resolutsioon, samuti määruse edasikaebamise kord ning tähtaeg;
  8) põhjendused, mille alusel kohus järeldusteni jõudis, samuti õigusaktid, millest kohus juhindus.

  (21) Määrusele, millega kohustatakse menetlusosalist tasuma Eesti Vabariigile rahasumma tulenevalt nõudest, mis ei ole tekkinud riigi ega riigi haldusorgani osalemisest kohtus menetlusosalisena, võib kohus eraldi dokumendis lisada nõude tasumiseks vajalikud andmed.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 - jõust. 01.07.2014]

  (22) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 21 nimetatud nõude täitmiseks vajalike andmete loetelu ja nende vormistamisele esitatavad tehnilised nõuded kehtestab valdkonna eest vastutav minister määrusega.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 11 - jõust. 01.07.2014]

  (3) Kui määrus tehakse avalikult teatavaks, märgitakse määruses ka selle avalikult teatavakstegemise aeg ja koht.

  (4) Menetlusosaliste isiku- või registrikoodid ja aadressid märgitakse määruses üksnes juhul, kui see on eeldatavasti vajalik määruse täitmiseks. Füüsilise isiku isikukoodi puudumisel märgitakse määruses vajaduse korral tema sünniaeg. Juriidilise isiku registrikoodi puudumisel märgitakse määruses vajaduse korral viide juriidilise isiku õiguslikule alusele.

§ 466.   Määruse teatavakstegemine ja jõustumine

  (1) Täitedokumendiks olevad määrused ja määrused, mille peale saab esitada määruskaebuse, toimetatakse menetlusosalistele kätte. Muud menetlusosalist puudutavad kirjalikud määrused tehakse menetlusosalistele teatavaks kohtu valitud viisil.

  (2) Määrused, millega kohus jätab hagi läbi vaatamata või lõpetab menetluse, tehakse ka avalikult teatavaks kohtuotsuse avalikult teatavakstegemise korras.

  (3) Määrus, mille peale saab esitada määruskaebuse, jõustub, kui seaduse järgi ei saa määruse peale enam edasi kaevata või kui määruskaebus jäetakse jõustunud lahendiga rahuldamata või läbi vaatamata. Muu määrus jõustub kättetoimetamisest või teatavakstegemisest, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (4) Arvutivõrgus tehakse avalikult teatavaks üksnes jõustunud määrus, millega menetlus lõpetatakse või hagi läbi vaatamata jäetakse.

3. jagu Kohtulahendi viivitamatu täitmine 

§ 467.   Viivitamatu täitmine

  (1) Viivitamata täidetavaks tunnistatud kohtuotsus täidetakse enne otsuse jõustumist. Kohus tunnistab otsuse viivitamata täidetavaks otsuses endas või määrusega.

  (2) Viivitamata täidetavaks ei või tunnistada kohtuotsust abielu- ja põlvnemisasjas, välja arvatud abieluga seotud varalises vaidluses.

  (3) Pärast apellatsioonitähtaja möödumist otsustab esimese astme kohtu edasikaevatud otsuse viivitamata täidetavaks tunnistamise ringkonnakohus.

  (4) Pärast kassatsioonitähtaja möödumist otsustab ringkonnakohtu edasikaevatud otsuse viivitamata täidetavaks tunnistamise Riigikohus.

  (5) Kohtumäärus kuulub viivitamatule täitmisele, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

§ 468.   Viivitamatu täidetavus tagatiseta

  (1) Kohus tunnistab omal algatusel tagatiseta viivitamata täidetavaks:
  1) hagi õigeksvõtul põhineva otsuse;
  2) tagaseljaotsuse;
  3) otsuse, mis tehakse dokumendimenetluses;
  4) valduse rikkumise kõrvaldamiseks või edasise rikkumise ärahoidmiseks või valduse taastamiseks asjaõigusseaduse §-de 44 ja 45 järgi tehtud otsuse.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktides 3 ja 4 nimetatud juhul otsuse viivitamata täidetavaks tunnistamise korral määrab kohus ka tagatise, mille andmisel otsust viivitamata ei täideta.

  (3) Elatise väljamõistmise otsuse või kehavigastusega või muu tervisekahjustusega tekitatud kahju hüvitamise otsuse tunnistab kohus hageja taotlusel viivitamata täidetavaks hagejale hädavajalikus ulatuses.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 469.   Viivitamatu täidetavus tagatise vastu

  (1) Käesoleva seadustiku §-s 468 nimetamata otsuse tunnistab kohus poole taotlusel viivitamata täidetavaks tingimusel, et see pool annab täitmise tagatise. Taotluse võib esitada nii enne otsuse tegemist kui pärast seda.

  (2) Viivitamatu täitmise tagatis peab katma kahju, mis võib võlgnikule tekkida otsuse viivitamatust täitmisest või täitmise vältimiseks abinõude rakendamise tõttu.

  (3) Kui pool ei suuda käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud ulatuses tagatist anda, võib kohus tema taotlusel ta tagatise andmise kohustusest vabastada, tagatist vähendada, määrata selle tasumise osade kaupa või tunnistada otsuse viivitamata osaliselt täidetavaks, kui täitmise edasilükkamine oleks sissenõudja suhtes ebaõiglane, eelkõige kui see raskendaks oluliselt tema eluliste vajaduste rahuldamist, majandus- või kutsetegevust või põhjustaks muu suure kahju.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 470.   Viivitamatu täitmise määrusega lahendamine

  (1) Kui viivitamatut täitmist otsusega ei lahendatud või kui taotlus on esitatud pärast otsuse tegemist, vaadatakse poole taotlus otsuse viivitamatu täitmise kohta läbi kohtuistungil, välja arvatud juhul, kui asi lahendati kohtuistungit pidamata. Taotlus lahendatakse määrusega.

  (2) Otsuse viivitamatu täitmise taotluse esitamise korral toimetab kohus taotluse vastaspoolele kätte ja annab talle võimaluse taotluse suhtes seisukoht võtta.

  (3) Menetlusosalistele teatatakse viivitamatu täitmise avalduse lahendamise kohtuistungi aeg ja koht, kui avaldus tuleb lahendada istungil, kuid nende puudumine ei takista viivitamatu täitmise lahendamist.

  (4) Maakohtu või ringkonnakohtu määruse peale viivitamatu täitmise kohta võib esitada määruskaebuse. Maakohtu määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

  (5) Määruskaebuse esitamine otsuse viivitamata täidetavaks tunnistamise määruse peale ei peata otsuse viivitamatut täitmist.

§ 471.   Tagatise tagastamine

  Otsuse viivitamatut täitmist taotlenud poole avaldusel määrab tagatise andmise otsustanud kohus tagatise tagastamise, kui esitatakse tõend viivitamata täidetavaks tunnistatud otsuse jõustumise kohta. Kui tagatiseks oli käendus või garantii, määrab kohus selle lõppemise.

§ 472.   Viivitamata täitmisele kuuluva lahendi vaidlustamine

  (1) Kui viivitamata täitmisele kuuluva lahendi peale esitatakse apellatsioonkaebus või määruskaebus, võib ringkonnakohus, määruskaebuse korral ka maakohus põhistatud avalduse alusel määrata, et:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  1) lahendi täitmine peatatakse tagatiseta või tagatise vastu;
  2) lahendi täitmine võib jätkuda üksnes tagatise vastu;
  3) täitetoiming tühistatakse tagatise vastu.

  (2) Tagatise andmiseta võib kohus täitemenetluse käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul peatada menetlusabi andmiseks ettenähtud korras üksnes juhul, kui võlgnik põhistab, et ta ei suuda tagatist anda ja lahendi täitmisega kaasneb kahju, mida ei saa ilmselt hüvitada.

  (3) Kui viivitamata täidetavaks tunnistatud tagaseljaotsusele esitatakse kaja, lahendab käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud avalduse kaja läbivaatav kohus. Täitemenetlus tagaseljaotsuse põhjal peatatakse ainult tagatise vastu.

  (4) Viivitamata täitmisele kuuluva lahendi peale kassatsioonkaebuse või määruskaebuse esitamisel Riigikohtule peatab Riigikohus võlgniku põhistatud avalduse alusel täitemenetluse, kui täitmine põhjustaks võlgnikule olulise kahju ning viivitamata täitmist ei õigusta ka sissenõudja huvid.

§ 473.   Viivitamatu täitmise vältimine võlgniku poolt

  (1) Kohus võib võlgniku avalduse alusel määrata, et võlgnik võib vältida lahendi viivitamata täitmist kas tagatise andmisega või väljaandmisnõude sundtäitmise korral väljanõutava eseme hoiustamisega selleks ettenähtud kontol või kohtutäituri juures, kui sissenõudja enne täitmist tagatist ei anna.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (2) Tagatis, mille vastu lahendi viivitamata täitmist välditakse, peab katma võimaliku kahju, mis sissenõudjale võib tekkida lahendi viivitamatust täitmata jäämisest.

§ 474.   Viivitamata täitmisele kuuluva lahendi tühistamine ja muutmine

  (1) Viivitamata ei või täita lahendit, mille tühistamise või muutmise lahend on avalikult teatavaks tehtud. Lahendi muutmise korral võib viivitamata täita muutmata jäänud osa.

  (2) Kui viivitamata täitmisele kuuluvat lahendit muudetakse või lahend tühistatakse, peab sissenõudja tagastama võlgnikule viivitamatu sundtäitmisega saadu ja hüvitama võlgnikule sundtäitmise vältimiseks tehtud kulutused. Võlgnik võib nõuda ka seda ületava kahju hüvitamist.

  (3) Kui viivitamata täitmisele kuuluvat ringkonnakohtu lahendit varalises vaidluses muudetakse või lahend tühistatakse, võib võlgnik nõuda lahendi alusel makstu või üleantu tagastamist sisenõudjalt käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 sätestatu asemel alusetu rikastumise sätete kohaselt. Alusetu rikastumise väljaandmise hagi lahendamisel loetakse, et saaja teadis asjaoludest, mis annavad aluse saadu tagasinõudmiseks.

  (4) Sissenõudja antud tagatis võlgnikule tekkiva kahju hüvitamiseks tagastatakse sissenõudjale, kui võlgnik ei ole esitanud hagi kahju hüvitamiseks või alusetu rikastumise väljanõudmiseks kahe kuu jooksul viivitamata täitmisele kuuluva lahendi tühistamise või muutmise jõustumisest alates.

11. osa HAGITA MENETLUS 

48. peatükk ÜLDSÄTTED 

§ 475.   Hagita asjad

  (1) Hagita asjad on:
  1) maksekäsu kiirmenetlus;
  2) üleskutsemenetlus;
  3) isiku surnuks tunnistamine ja isiku surmaaja tuvastamine;
  4) äraolija varale hoolduse seadmine;
  5) piiratud teovõimega täisealisele isikule eestkostja määramine;
  6) isiku paigutamine kinnisesse asutusse;
  7) lähenemiskeelu ja muude sarnaste abinõude rakendamine isikuõiguste kaitseks;
  8) hagita perekonnaasjad;
  9) pärandi hoiumeetmete rakendamine;
  10) registriasjad;
  101) asjaõiguse kohandamine vastavalt Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 650/2012 artiklile 31;
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 - jõust. 20.03.2016]
  11) juriidilise isiku juhatuse ja nõukogu asendusliikme, audiitori, erikontrolli läbiviija ja likvideerija määramine;
  12) äriühingu osanikele ja aktsionäridele hüvitise suuruse määramine;
  121) juriidilise isiku sundlõpetamine;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  122) pankrotimenetluse algatamine, pankroti väljakuulutamine, võlausaldajate nimekirja kinnitamine ja pankrotimenetlusega seotud asjad, mida ei saa lahendada hagimenetluses;
[RT I, 04.01.2021, 4 - jõust. 01.02.2021]
  13) korteriomandi ja kaasomandi asjad;
  131) avalikult kasutatavale teele juurdepääsu, maaparandussüsteemi eesvoolu ja tehnorajatise talumise asjad;
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2019]
  14) välisriigi kohtulahendite tunnustamine ja täitmine;
  141) kohtu lahendatavad asjad vahekohtumenetluses;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  15) kaebused kohtutäituri otsuste peale;
  151) kaebused tööstusomandi apellatsioonikomisjoni otsuste peale;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  152) notari ametitoimingu tegemise taotluse lahendamine;
[RT I 2010, 26, 128 - jõust. 14.06.2010]
  153) nõude täitmise aegumise tõttu täitemenetluse lõpetamise avalduse lahendamine;
[RT I, 22.03.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.04.2021]
  16) väljaspool kohtumenetlust esitatud taotluse alusel riigi õigusabi andmise otsustamine ning väljaspool kohtumenetlust riigi õigusabi tasu ja riigi õigusabi kulude kindlaksmääramine vastavalt riigi õigusabi seadusele;
  17) muud seaduses hagita asjana sätestatud tsiviilasjad.

  (2) Kohus vaatab hagita menetluses läbi ka teisi asju, mis seadusega on antud kohtu pädevusse ja mida ei saa läbi vaadata hagimenetluses.

§ 476.   Hagita menetluse algatamine

  (1) Hagita menetluse algatab kohus omal algatusel või huvitatud isiku või asutuse avalduse alusel.

  (2) Seadusega ettenähtud juhul algatab kohus hagita menetluse üksnes selleks õigustatud isiku või asutuse avalduse alusel.

§ 477.   Hagita asja läbivaatamine

  (1) Hagita asja vaatab kohus läbi hagimenetluse sätete kohaselt, arvestades hagita menetluse kohta sätestatud erisusi.

  (2) Kohus võib hagita asja läbi vaadata ja lahendada kohtuistungit pidamata, välja arvatud juhul, kui seadusega on sätestatud kohtuistungi korraldamise kohustus.

  (3) Kohtuistungile kutsutud isikute puudumine ei takista asja läbivaatamist ja lahendamist, kui kohus ei määra teisiti. Hagita asja ei või lahendada tagaseljamäärusega.

  (4) Menetlusosaline tuleb tema taotlusel ära kuulata, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti. Isiku ärakuulamine toimub isiklikult ja suuliselt. Selleks ei pea korraldama kohtuistungit ja see ei pea toimuma teiste menetlusosaliste juuresolekul, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti. Kohus võib isiku ära kuulata muu hulgas telefonitsi või lugeda ärakuulamiseks piisavaks isiku kirjaliku või elektrooniliselt esitatud seisukoha, kui kohtu arvates on sel viisil võimalik isikult saadavaid andmeid ja seisukohta piisavalt hinnata. Isiku ärakuulamine ja sellega seonduvad olulised asjaolud tuleb märkida menetlust lõpetavas määruses.

  (5) Kohus ei ole seotud menetlusosaliste esitatud taotluste ega asjaoludega ega nende hinnanguga asjaoludele, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (6) Kui menetluse võib algatada üksnes avalduse alusel, võib avaldaja avalduse tagasi võtta sarnaselt hagiga hagimenetluses. Kompromissi võivad menetlusosalised hagita menetluses sõlmida juhul, kui nad saavad menetluse esemeks olevat õigust käsutada.

  (7) Kohus peab kontrollima avalduse vastavust seadusele ja avalduse tõendatust ka juhul, kui avalduse kohta ei ole esitatud vastuväiteid. Vajaduse korral nõuab kohus avaldajalt tõendite esitamist või kogub neid omal algatusel.

  (8) Menetlustoimingu protokollib kohus hagita menetluses üksnes siis, kui ta peab seda vajalikuks, ja ulatuses, milles peab seda vajalikuks. Menetlusosalistel ei ole õigust taotleda protokolli parandamist vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku §-s 53 sätestatule. Vastuväiteid protokollile võib esitada asjas tehtud lahendi peale edasi kaevates. Kui protokolli ei koostata, tuleb menetlustoimingutega seotud olulised asjaolud märkida ära kohtulahendis.

  (9) Avaldaja esitatud avaldus ning menetlusosaliste esitatud taotlused ja muud menetlusdokumendid, samuti kohtukutsed edastatakse hagita menetluses menetlusosalistele kohtu valitud viisil. Toimikusse tuleb märkida edastamise viis. Menetlusdokumendid tuleb hagita menetluses menetlusosalistele kätte toimetada üksnes juhul, kui see on seaduses ette nähtud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 4771.   Esialgne õiguskaitse

  (1) Esialgset õiguskaitset saab hagita menetluses kohaldada üksnes seaduses sätestatud juhul.

  (2) Kui esialgse õiguskaitse kohaldamine on seaduse järgi võimalik, võib seda teha, kui on vaja olemasolevat olukorda või seisundit säilitada või ajutiselt reguleerida, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti. Esialgsele õiguskaitsele kohaldatakse hagi tagamise kohta sätestatut, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (3) Kui menetluse saab algatada üksnes avalduse alusel, võib kohus esialgset õiguskaitset kohaldada ning esialgse õiguskaitse määruse tühistada või seda muuta üksnes avalduse alusel, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Esialgse õiguskaitse määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata, kui seadus ei sätesta teisiti.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

§ 4772.   Järelevalve kohtu nimetatud isikute üle

  (1) Kui kohus on nimetanud hagita menetluses eestkostja, hooldaja, likvideerija või muu sellise isiku, teostab kohus nende isikute üle ka järelevalvet, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti. Kohus võib selleks muu hulgas anda isikule ülesannete täitmise korraldusi ja nõuda temalt aruannet ülesannete täitmise kohta. Isik võib küsida kohtult ülesannete täitmise kohta selgitusi. Pärast ülesannete täitmist tuleb kohtule esitada selle kohta aruanne, kui kohus ei määra teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kohtu määratud isikut, kes ei täida oma ülesandeid nõuetekohaselt või ei järgi kohtu antud korraldusi, võib kohus trahvida ja isiku ametist vabastada. Isik võib sellise määruse peale esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

§ 478.   Hagita menetluses tehtav määrus ja selle jõustumine

  (1) Hagita menetluse lahend on kohtumäärus. Kohtumäärusele kohaldatakse hagimenetluses tehtava kohtumääruse kohta sätestatut, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Määrust ei pea põhjendama, kui sellega rahuldatakse avaldus ega kitsendata ühegi menetlusosalise õigusi. Seda ei kohaldata isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise, lapsendamise ega eestkoste asjas, samuti vanema õiguste määramisel lapse suhtes ega lapsega suhtlemise korraldamise asjas, kui vanem on olnud lapse või teise vanema suhtes vägivaldne, samuti juhul, kui on alust eeldada, et määrus kuulub tunnustamisele ja täitmisele väljaspool Eesti Vabariiki.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

  (3) Määrus jõustub vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku § 466 lõikes 3 sätestatule.

  (4) Määrus hakkab kehtima ja kuulub täitmisele sõltumata jõustumisest viivitamata alates päevast, kui see tehakse teatavaks isikutele, kelle kohta määrus vastavalt selle sisule on tehtud, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti. Kohus võib määrata, et määrus kuulub osaliselt või täielikult täitmisele alates hilisemast asjast, kuid mitte hiljem kui alates jõustumisest, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti. Tehingu tegemiseks nõusoleku või heakskiidu andnud või isiku tahteavalduse asendanud määrus kuulub täitmisele alates jõustumisest.

  (41) Kui määrus tehakse avalikult teatavaks, hakkab see kehtima ja kuulub täitmisele alates teatavakstegemisest, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I, 06.12.2010, 1 - jõust. 05.04.2011]

  (5) Hagita menetluses tehtavad isikule õiguse andvad või seda muutvad või selle lõpetavad määrused, muu hulgas isiku ametisse nimetamise ja tehingu tegemiseks nõusoleku andmise määrused, kehtivad kõigi isikute suhtes.

  (6) Menetlusosalise taotlusel võib kohus hagita menetluses tehtud menetlust lõpetavat määrust selgitada, muutmata selle sisu, kui see on vajalik määruse täitmiseks ning selgitamiseks ei saa esitada käesoleva seadustiku § 368 lõikes 2 nimetatud hagi.

  (7) Kohtumääruse peale, millega määrust selgitati või selgitamisest keelduti, võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 479.   Määruse teatavakstegemine

  (1) Hagita asjas tehakse määrus avalikult teatavaks üksnes seaduses ettenähtud juhul. Avalikult teatavaks tehtavad määrused avaldatakse käesolevas seadustikus otsuste avaldamiseks ettenähtud korras ka kohtu veebilehel ja mujal arvutivõrgus selleks määratud kohas vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku §-s 462 sätestatule. Ringkonnakohtu ja Riigikohtu hagita menetlust lõpetavad jõustunud määrused avaldatakse arvutivõrgus ka juhul, kui neid ei tehta avalikult teatavaks.

  (2) Hagita menetluses tehtava määruse, mille peale saab esitada määruskaebuse, toimetab kohus kätte menetlusosalisele, kelle õigusi määrusega kitsendatakse. Kui asja võis lahendada avalduse alusel ja avaldus jäetakse rahuldamata, toimetatakse avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määrus avaldajale kätte.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud määrus tehakse selles sättes nimetamata menetlusosalistele teatavaks kohtu valitud viisil, muu hulgas suuliselt, ettelugemisega. Sama kehtib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetamata määruste menetlusosalistele teatavaks tegemise kohta. Toimikusse tuleb märkida määruse teatavakstegemise viis. Menetlusosalisele tuleb määrus tema taotlusel edastada ka kirjalikult.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 480.   Määruse muutmine ja tühistamine

  (1) Kohus võib muuta määrust, millega ta on andnud nõusoleku tehingu tegemiseks või tahteavalduse vastuvõtmiseks või on sellest keeldunud, või sellise määruse tühistada, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti. Kohus võib määruse tühistada või seda muuta ka muul juhul, kui määrusel on kestev, mitte ühekordne toime ning selle aluseks olevad asjaolud või õiguslik olukord on oluliselt muutunud.

  (2) Kui määruse võib teha üksnes avalduse alusel ja avaldus on jäetud rahuldamata, võib määrust muuta või selle tühistada üksnes avalduse alusel.

  (3) Kui tühistatakse või muudetakse määrus, millega isik saab õiguse teha tehingut või võtta vastu tahteavaldust, muu hulgas tehingu tegemiseks kohtu nõusoleku andmise määrus, ei mõjuta see isiku poolt või tema suhtes enne tühistamist või muutmist tehtud tehingute kehtivust.

  (4) Määruse muutmise ja tühistamise määruse kehtivusele ja täidetavusele ning selle peale määruskaebuse esitamisele kohaldatakse vastavalt määruse kohta sätestatut, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

49. peatükk MAKSEKÄSU KIIRMENETLUS 

1. jagu Üldsätted 

§ 481.   Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse eeldused

  (1) Teise isiku vastu esitatud eraõigussuhtest tuleneva kindla rahasumma maksmise nõude lahendab kohus avalduse alusel maksekäsu kiirmenetluses. See ei piira avaldaja õigust esitada nõue hagimenetluses, kuid mitte samaaegselt maksekäsu kiirmenetlusega.

  (11) Maksekäsu kiirmenetlust ei kohaldata lepinguvälistele nõuetele, välja arvatud:
  1) liikluskindlustuse seaduse §-dest 53–57 tulenevad nõuded;
[RT I, 11.04.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.10.2014]
  2) nõuded, mille kohta on võlgnik andnud võlatunnistuse või mille kohta on sõlmitud muu täitmiseks kohustav kokkulepe;
  3) [kehtetu - RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 - jõust. 23.03.2014]

  (2) Maksekäsu kiirmenetlust ei toimu, kui:
  1) nõue ei ole avalduse esitamise ajal veel sissenõutav, välja arvatud käesoleva seadustiku §-s 367 nimetatud viivisenõuded või kui nõude esitamine sõltub vastastikuse kohustuse täitmisest ja kohustus ei ole veel täidetud;
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]
  2) [kehtetu - RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]
  3) nõude esemeks on mittevaralise kahju hüvitamine;
  4) nõue esitatakse pankrotivõlgniku vastu;
  5) nõue, mis on esitatud mitme võlgniku vastu, ei tulene samast alusest või kohustusest.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (21) Maksekäsu kiirmenetlust ei kohaldata kõrvalnõuetele ulatuses, mis ületab põhinõuet.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (22) Maksekäsu kiirmenetlust ei toimu nõuete puhul, mille summa ületab 8000 eurot. See summa hõlmab nii põhi- kui ka kõrvalnõudeid.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (23) Maksekäsu kiirmenetlust ei kohaldata tarbijalepingust tuleneva nõude suhtes, kui:
  1) tarbija poolt tasumisele kuuluva krediidi kulukuse määr ületab võlaõigusseaduse § 4062 lõikes 1 sätestatud krediidi kulukuse määra ülempiiri;
  2) tarbijaga kokkulepitud viivisemäär ületab kolmekordset võlaõigusseaduse § 113 lõike 1 teises lauses sätestatud viivisemäära.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 - jõust. 01.01.2018]

  (3) Elatisnõudeid võib maksekäsu kiirmenetluses esitada üksnes käesoleva peatüki 2. jaos sätestatud erisusi järgides.

§ 482.   Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avaldus

  (1) Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avaldus peab sisaldama vähemalt järgmisi andmeid:
  1) poolte ja nende esindajate andmed;
  2) kohtu andmed, kuhu avaldus esitatakse;
  3) nõutav rahasumma, kusjuures eraldi tuleb märkida põhinõue ja kõrvalnõuded, viivise arvestamise korral viivise määr ja arvestamise kestus;
  4) nõude aluseks olevate asjaolude lühikirjeldus;
  5) tõendite lühikirjeldus, mida avaldaja saaks kasutada oma nõude tõendamiseks hagimenetluses;
  6) kinnitus, et nõue on sissenõutav ega sõltu vastastikuse kohustuse täitmisest või et vastastikune kohustus on täidetud;
  61) kinnitus, et avaldaja on esitanud andmed ausalt oma parimate teadmiste kohaselt ja on teadlik, et tahtlik valeandmete esitamine kohtule võib kaasa tuua kriminaalvastutuse;
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]
  7) kohtu, kes võib kohtualluvuse järgi maksekäsu esemeks oleva nõude lahendada hagimenetluses, korteriomandist või kaasomandist tulenevas asjas aga hagita menetluses, andmed.

  (2) Kui avaldaja soovib, et makseettepanekule vastuväite esitamise korral menetlus lõpetataks, peab ta seda avalduses märkima.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (3) Kui maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduse esitab esindaja, peab ta avalduses kinnitama oma esindusõiguse olemasolu ja viitama esindusõiguse alusele.

  (4) Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avaldus esitatakse kohtule elektrooniliselt selliselt, et kohtul oleks seda võimalik töödelda, ja varustatuna avaldaja digitaalallkirjaga või muul sellesarnasel turvalisel viisil, mis võimaldab tuvastada avalduse saatja ja saatmise aja. Valdkonna eest vastutav minister võib määrusega kehtestada maksekäsu avaldusele ja selle esitamisele ning menetlemisele täiendavaid vorminõudeid ning tehnilisi nõudeid.

§ 483.   Avalduse lahendamine

  (1) Kohus lahendab maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduse selle saamisest alates kümne tööpäeva jooksul.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (11) Maksekäsu kiirmenetlusele ei kohaldata käesolevas seadustikus menetluse peatamise kohta sätestatut.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (2) Kohus jätab maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduse määrusega rahuldamata, kui:
  1) käesoleva seadustiku § 481 kohaselt ei ole maksekäsu kiirmenetlus lubatud;
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]
  2) avaldus ei vasta käesoleva seadustiku §-s 482 sätestatud nõuetele;
  3) makseettepanekut ei ole õnnestunud võlgnikule mõistliku aja jooksul kätte toimetada ja seda ei saa avalikult kätte toimetada ning avaldaja on sõnaselgelt väljendanud soovi vastuväite esitamise korral menetlus lõpetada;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]
  31) avaldaja ei teavita kohut talle käesoleva seadustiku § 3151 lõike 2 alusel määratud tähtaja jooksul kättetoimetamise tulemustest;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]
  4) ilmnevad käesolevas seadustikus sätestatud menetluse peatumise alused.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (4) Kui avalduses esineva puuduse saab ilmselt kõrvaldada, annab kohus avaldajale tähtaja puuduse kõrvaldamiseks.

  (5) Maksekäsu avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määruse peale ei saa edasi kaevata. Avalduse rahuldamata jätmine ei piira avaldaja õigust esitada nõue hagimenetluses või maksekäsu kiirmenetluses.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Kui kiirmenetluses taotletud makseettepaneku kättetoimetamisega võlgnikule oleks järgitud tähtaega või katkestatud või peatatud aegumine, loetaks avalduse rahuldamata jätmisel tähtaeg järgituks või aegumine katkenuks või peatunuks maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduse esitamisest alates, kui asja lahendamist jätkatakse hagimenetluses või kui avaldaja esitab samas nõudes hagi 30 päeva jooksul maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määruse kättetoimetamisest alates ja hagi toimetatakse kostjale kätte.

§ 484.   Makseettepanek kiirmenetluses

  (1) Kui kohus maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduse rahuldab, teeb ta määrusega makseettepaneku.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (2) Makseettepanekus peavad sisalduma vähemalt järgmised andmed:
  1) käesoleva seadustiku § 482 lõikes 1 nimetatud avalduse andmed;
  2) selgitus, et kohus ei ole põhjalikult kontrollinud, kas avaldaja võib nõude esitada;
  3) ettepanek tasuda väidetav võlg koos viivise ja makseettepanekus nimetatud menetluskuludega makseettepaneku kättetoimetamisest alates 15 päeva jooksul, makseettepaneku välismaal kättetoimetamise korral 30 päeva jooksul, kui võlgnik loeb esitatud nõuet põhjendatuks, või sama tähtaja jooksul kohtule teatada, kas ja millises ulatuses esitab võlgnik nõudele vastuväiteid;
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]
  4) selgitus, et kohus võib makseettepaneku alusel koostada täitedokumendina maksekäsu, kui võlgnik ettenähtud tähtaja jooksul makseettepanekule vastuväidet ei esita;
  5) selgitus, et maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduse esitamisega peatub nõude aegumistähtaeg samamoodi hagi esitamisega;
  6) vastuväite esitamise juhuks teave, et menetlus jätkub hagimenetluses ja asja saanud kohus võib kontrollida, kas hagi talle allub.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (3) Makseettepaneku ja vastuväite blanketi toimetab kohus kätte võlgnikule ja teatab makseettepaneku edastamisest ka avaldajale. Vastuväite blanketi tüüpvormi kehtestab valdkonna eest vastutav minister määrusega. Makseettepanekut ei või avalikult kätte toimetada füüsilisest isikust võlgnikule.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 4841.   Makseettepaneku tegemine osade nõuete või nõude osa suhtes

  (1) Kui maksekäsu tegemise eeldused on täidetud vaid osade nõuete või nõude osa suhtes, teatab kohus sellest avaldajale ja määrab talle tähtaja seisukoha avaldamiseks, kas teha makseettepanek märgitud ulatuses. Seejuures viitab kohus vastamise või vastamata jätmise tagajärgedele.

  (2) Kui avaldaja nõustub kohtu ettepanekuga, tehakse makseettepanek nõude või selle osa suhtes, millega avaldaja nõustub. Muu osa suhtes jätab kohus maksekäsu avalduse rahuldamata.

  (3) Kui avaldaja ei nõustu makseettepaneku tegemisega osade nõuete või nõude osa suhtes või ei vasta avaldusele kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul, jätab kohus maksekäsu avalduse tervikuna rahuldamata.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

§ 4842.   Menetluskulude kindlaksmääramine maksekäsu kiirmenetluses

  Maksekäsu kiirmenetluses määrab kohus maksekäsus või menetluse lõpetamise määruses võla tasumise tõttu käesoleva seadustiku §-s 4881 ettenähtud juhul lisaks menetluskulude jaotusele kindlaks ka hüvitatava riigilõivu rahalise suuruse ning määrab 20 eurot avaldaja menetluskulude katteks. Muid avaldaja kantud menetluskulusid maksekäsu kiirmenetluses ei hüvitata.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 485.   Vastuväite esitamine

  (1) Võlgnik võib nõude või selle osa vastu esitada makseettepaneku teinud kohtule vastuväite makseettepaneku kättetoimetamisest alates 15 päeva jooksul, makseettepaneku välismaal kättetoimetamise korral 30 päeva jooksul.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (2) Vastuväite võib esitada makseettepanekule lisatud blanketil või muus vormis. Vastuväite põhjendamine ei ole vajalik.

  (3) Kohus teatab avaldajale vastuväitest ja selle esitamise ajast.

  (4) Kui avaldaja on sõnaselgelt väljendanud soovi vastuväite esitamise korral menetlus lõpetada, menetlus lõpetatakse.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 486.   Kiirmenetluse muutumine hagimenetluseks

  (1) Makseettepaneku koostanud kohus annab asja hagimenetluses menetlemiseks üle maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduses märgitud kohtule, arvestades kohtualluvuse sätteid, kui:
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]
  1) võlgnik esitab õigel ajal makseettepanekule vastuväite ning avaldaja ei ole sõnaselgelt väljendanud soovi vastuväite esitamise korral menetlus lõpetada;
  2) makseettepanekut ei ole õnnestunud võlgnikule mõistliku aja jooksul kätte toimetada ja seda ei saa avalikult kätte toimetada ning avaldaja ei ole sõnaselgelt väljendanud soovi vastuväite esitamise korral menetlus lõpetada;
  3) avaldaja ja võlgnik on enne maksekäsu tegemist esitanud kohtule kirjaliku kompromissilepingu.

  (2) Hagi loetakse hagimenetluse tähenduses esitatuks alates maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduse esitamisest.

  (3) Korteriomandi ja kaasomandi asjas jätkatakse hagita menetlust, kui avaldaja ei ole taotlenud hagimenetluse läbiviimist või menetluse lõpetamist.

  (4) Kohus menetleb kompromissilepingut käesoleva seadustiku §-des 430 ja 431 sätestatu kohaselt enne asja hagimenetluses menetlemise alustamist. Kui kohus kompromissi ei kinnita, jätkab ta asja menetlemist hagimenetluses käesoleva seadustiku §-s 487 sätestatu kohaselt.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 31.05.2014]

  (5) Makseettepaneku koostanud kohus annab asja menetlemist jätkavale kohtunikule üle ka teabe selle kohta, mis aadressi või sidevahendi andmete kaudu toimetati võlgnikule makseettepanek kätte, või käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktis 2 nimetatud juhul, mida on kohus või kohtutäitur teinud maksettepaneku kättetoimetamiseks. Asja hagimenetlusse ja hagita menetlusse üleandmise kohta tehakse märge maksekäsu infosüsteemi.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 487.   Hagimenetluse alustamine

  (1) Asja hagimenetluse korras menetlev kohus kohustab avaldajat esitama oma nõude ja põhjendama seda hagiavaldusele ettenähtud vormis 14 päeva jooksul, kui maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avaldus ei vasta hagiavalduse nõuetele. Korteriomandi ja kaasomandi asjas nõutakse nõude põhjendust ka asja edasi menetlemisel hagita menetluses.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (11) Kui võlgnik on makseettepanekule esitatud vastuväites tunnistanud avaldaja nõuet osaliselt, teeb asja hagimenetluse korras menetlev kohus määrusena maksekäsu selle summa sissenõudmise kohta, mida võlgnik tunnistab, ning jätkab ülejäänud osas asja menetlemist hagimenetluses või hagita menetluses käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1, 2 ja 3 sätestatu kohaselt.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (2) Pärast nõude põhjendamist jätkatakse menetlust nagu pärast hagi esitamist. Kostjale antakse nõude põhjenduse kättetoimetamisel ka tähtaeg hagile vastamiseks.

  (3) Kui avaldaja ei esita nõude põhjendust õigel ajal, keeldub kohus määrusega hagi menetlusse võtmast.

§ 488.   Vastuväite tagasivõtmine

  Võlgnik võib kohtule esitatava avalduse alusel võtta makseettepaneku kohta esitatud vastuväite tagasi kuni hagile vastamiseni või hagimenetluses muu esimese menetlustoimingu tegemiseni. Vastuväite tagasivõtmise korral maksekäsu kiirmenetlus jätkub.

§ 4881.   Menetluse lõpetamine võla tasumise korral
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]

  (1) Kui avaldaja kinnitab kohtule esitatud kirjalikus avalduses, et võlgnik on võla tasunud, lõpetab kohus määrusega maksekäsu kiirmenetluse. Avaldaja võib avalduse kohtule esitada kuni maksekäsu tegemiseni.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]

  (11) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse peale ei saa esitada määruskaebust.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

§ 489.   Maksekäsu tegemine

  (1) Kui võlgnik ei ole makseettepanekus nimetatud summat tasunud ega makseettepanekule õigeaegselt vastuväidet esitanud, teeb kohus määrusena maksekäsu summa sissenõudmise kohta. Kui asi on antud üle teisele kohtule, teeb maksekäsu see kohus.

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (21) Kui avaldaja ja võlgnik on kohtule esitanud kirjaliku avalduse võla tasumiseks osade kaupa ning lisanud avaldusele maksegraafiku makseettepanekus märgitud võla tasumiseks, võib kohus kinnitada maksekäsu tegemisega koos maksegraafiku. Maksegraafik peab sisaldama võla tasumise tähtpäevi, osamaksete suurusi ja osamaksete tasumise korda, kuid ei tohi sisaldada muid tingimusi võla tasumiseks. Osamakse suurus märgitakse rahasummana. Koos maksekäsu tegemisega kinnitatud maksegraafik kehtib täitedokumendina. Maksegraafikule ja selle kinnitamisele kohtu poolt ei kohaldata käesolevas seadustikus kompromissi kohta sätestatut.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (22) Kui võlgnik on vastuväites tunnustanud makseettepanekut, kuid oma majandusliku olukorra tõttu ei suuda võlgnevust tasuda ja pooled ei jõua maksegraafiku sõlmimises kokkuleppele, annab makseettepaneku koostanud kohus asja üle maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduses nimetatud kohtule asja menetluse jätkamiseks hagimenetluses.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (3) Kohus võib maksekäsu teha lihtsustatud vormis, täitepealdisena makseettepanekule.

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (5) Maksekäsus tuleb võlgnikule selgitada, et ta võib määruse kättetoimetamisest alates 15 päeva jooksul, maksekäsu välismaal kättetoimetamise korral 30 päeva jooksul esitada maksekäsu peale määruskaebuse. Võlgnikule selgitatakse, et määruskaebuse esitamine on võimalik üksnes käesoleva seadustiku § 4891 lõikes 2 nimetatud juhtudel.
[RT I 2009, 68, 463 - jõust. 10.01.2010]

  (6) Maksekäsk toimetatakse võlgnikule kätte ja sellest teavitatakse ka avaldajat.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]

  (7) Maksekäsk kuulub viivitamata täitmisele sõltumata maksekäsu kättetoimetamisest võlgnikule.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (8) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

§ 4891.   Määruskaebuse esitamine maksekäsu peale

  (1) Maksekäsu peale võib võlgnik esitada 15 päeva jooksul, maksekäsu välismaal kättetoimetamise korral 30 päeva jooksul alates maksekäsu kättetoimetamisest määruskaebuse. Kui maksekäsk toimetatakse kätte avalikult, võib määruskaebuse esitada 30 päeva jooksul alates päevast, kui võlgnik sai maksekäsust või selle täitmiseks algatatud täitemenetlusest teada.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (2) Võlgniku määruskaebus võib tugineda ühele järgmistest asjaoludest:
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]
  1) makseettepanek toimetati võlgnikule kätte muul viisil kui isiklikult allkirja vastu üleandmisega või elektrooniliselt ja võlgniku süüta ei toimetatud seda kätte õigel ajal ning seetõttu ei olnud võlgnikul võimalik esitada õigeks ajaks vastuväidet;
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]
  2) võlgnik ei saanud vastuväidet makseettepanekule esitada temast sõltumatu mõjuva põhjuse tõttu;
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]
  3) maksekäsu kiirmenetluse eeldused ei olnud täidetud või rikuti muul olulisel viisil maksekäsu kiirmenetluse tingimusi või nõue, mille sissenõudmiseks maksekäsu kiirmenetlus läbi viidi, on selgelt põhjendamatu.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (21) Maksekäsu peale võib võlgniku seaduslik esindaja või võlgniku üldõigusjärglane esitada kahe kuu jooksul maksekäsust teadasaamisest arvates määruskaebuse, kui on ilmnenud peatumise alus, mis kohtulahendi tegemise ajal oli olemas, kuid ei olnud ega võinud olla kohtule teada. Määruskaebuse esitaja peab tuginema ühele käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud asjaoludest.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (3) Maksekäsu peale määruskaebuse esitamise puhul võib kohus peatada täitemenetluse või teha muid toiminguid käesoleva seadustiku §-s 472 sätestatud korras.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]

  (4) Kui kohus määruskaebuse rahuldab, tühistab ta määrusega maksekäsu. Maksekäsu tühistamise korral lõpetab kohus maksekäsu kiirmenetluse või alustab hagimenetlust. Maksekäsu tühistamine ei piira avaldaja õigust esitada nõuet hagimenetluses.
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

  (5) Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]

§ 4892.   Kohtunikuabi pädevus maksekäsu kiirmenetluses ja määruste tegemine automatiseeritult

  (1) Makseettepaneku, maksekäsu ja maksekäsu kiirmenetlusega seotud muu määruse, muu hulgas käesoleva seadustiku §-s 179 nimetatud määruse, võib teha ka kohtunikuabi.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse võib teha ka automatiseeritult maksekäsu kiirmenetluse infosüsteemi vahendusel, kui on tagatud määruse tegemise eelduste automaatne kontrollimine. Sel juhul ei pea määrus olema allkirjastatud.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 31.05.2014]

§ 4893.   Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse infosüsteem

  (1) Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse infosüsteem on maksekäsu kiirmenetluses menetlusandmete ja isikuandmete töötlemiseks peetav riigi infosüsteemi kuuluv andmekogu, mille eesmärk on:
  1) tagada ülevaade kohtu menetluses olevatest maksekäsu kiirmenetlustest;
  2) kajastada andmeid maksekäsu kiirmenetluse käigus tehtud toimingute kohta;
  3) võimaldada maksekäsuosakonna töö korraldamist;
  4) tagada õiguspoliitiliste otsustuste tegemiseks vajaliku kohtustatistika kogumine;
  5) võimaldada andmete ja dokumentide elektroonilist vastuvõtmist ja edastamist.

  (2) Andmekogusse kantakse:
  1) andmed menetluses olevate ja lõpetatud maksekäsu kiirmenetluste kohta:
  2) andmed menetluse käigus tehtud toimingute kohta;
  3) kõik menetlusdokumendid;
  4) andmed menetleja ja menetlusosalise kohta.

  (3) Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse infosüsteemi asutab ja selle põhimääruse kehtestab valdkonna eest vastutav minister määrusega.

  (4) Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse infosüsteemi vastutav töötleja on Justiitsministeerium ning volitatud töötlejad on maksekäsu kiirmenetlust läbi viivad kohtud.

  (5) Valdkonna eest vastutav minister võib anda määrusi maksekäsu kiirmenetluse infosüsteemi tegevuse korraldamiseks.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 31.05.2014]

§ 490.   Vastuväite esitamine maksekäsule
[Kehtetu - RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]

§ 4901.   Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EÜ) nr 1896/2006 rakendamine

  (1) Käesolevas seaduses maksekäsu kiirmenetluse kohta sätestatut kohaldatakse ka Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EÜ) nr 1896/2006 alusel läbiviidava maksekäsu kiirmenetluse läbiviimisel ulatuses, milles see ei ole reguleeritud nimetatud määruses.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (2) Euroopa maksekäsu täidetavaks tunnistamiseks on pädev maksekäsu teinud maakohus käesolevas jaos maksekäsu tegemiseks ettenähtud korras, kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määrusest ei tulene teisiti. Täidetavaks tunnistatud Euroopa maksekäsku saab vaidlustada käesoleva seadustiku §-s 4891 sätestatud korras määruskaebuse esitamisega.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 21 lõike 2 punkti b kohaselt võetakse Euroopa maksekäsk Eestis täitmisele üksnes juhul, kui see on koostatud eesti või inglise keeles või kui maksekäsule on lisatud eesti- või ingliskeelne tõlge.

  (4) Euroopa maksekäsk kuulub Eestis täitemenetluses täitmisele ja võlgniku õiguskaitsevahenditele kohaldatakse Eestis täitemenetluse kohta sätestatut niivõrd, kuivõrd käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

2. jagu Maksekäsu kiirmenetlus lapse elatisnõudes 

§ 491.   Kiirmenetlus lapse elatisnõudes

  (1) Kohus lahendab maksekäsu kiirmenetluses ka alaealisest lapsest lahus elavalt vanemalt lapsele elatise nõudmise avalduse. Maksekäsu kiirmenetluses ei või nõuda elatise maksmist tagasiulatuvalt. See ei välista elatise tagasiulatuvat nõudmist seaduses sätestatud ulatuses hagimenetluses.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (11) Maksekäsu kiirmenetlust käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud alusel ei toimu, kui võlgnik ei ole kantud lapse vanemana lapse sünniakti.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]

  (2) Maksekäsu kiirmenetlust käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud alusel ei toimu, kui igakuine nõutav elatis ületab perekonnaseaduse § 101 lõikes 3 sätestatud elatise baassummat üle 1,5 korra.
[RT I, 22.12.2021, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (3) Lapse elatisnõudes toimuva maksekäsu kiirmenetlusele kohaldatakse maksekäsu kiirmenetluse kohta üldiselt sätestatut, kui käesolevas jaos sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

§ 492.   Maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avaldus

  Lapse elatisnõudes toimuva maksekäsu kiirmenetluse avalduses peavad sisalduma vähemalt järgmised andmed:
  1) poolte ja nende esindajate andmed;
  2) kohtu andmed, kuhu avaldus esitatakse;
  3) lapse sünniaeg;
  4) aeg, millest alates elatist nõutakse;
  5) [kehtetu - RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]
  6) nõutava elatise suurus;
  7) lapse sünniakti või sünnitunnistuse andmed ja kinnitus, et võlgnik on lapse vanemana lapse sünniakti kantud;
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]
  8) kinnitus, et võlgnik ei osale lapse ülalpidamises;
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]
  9) kinnitus, et maksekäsu kiirmenetluseks ei ole seaduslikku takistust.

§ 493.   Makseettepanek lapse elatisnõude kiirmenetluses

  Lapse elatisnõude kiirmenetluses tehtavas makseettepanekus peavad sisalduma vähemalt järgmised andmed:
  1) käesoleva seadustiku §-s 492 nimetatud avalduse andmed;
  2) selgitus, et kohus ei ole kontrollinud, kas avaldaja võib nõude esitada;
  3) aeg, millest alates ja millises suuruses võib elatist välja mõista;
  4) selgitus, et kui võlgnik ei esita makseettepanekule põhistatud vastuväidet makseettepaneku kättetoimetamisest alates 15 päeva jooksul, makseettepaneku välismaal kättetoimetamise korral 30 päeva jooksul, võib kohus teha täitedokumendina maksekäsu;
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]
  5) vastuväited, mida võlgnik võib vastavalt seadusele makseettepanekule esitada;
  6) selgitus selle kohta, et võlgnik võib esitada elatise maksmise võimatusele või piiratud võimalusele tugineva vastuväite üksnes juhul, kui vastuväitele on ettenähtud vormis lisatud kinnitus võlgniku vara, sissetuleku ja majandusliku seisundi kohta ning sellele on lisatud vastavad tõendid.

§ 494.   Vastuväite esitamine

  (1) Võlgnik võib makseettepaneku teinud kohtule esitada elatisnõude või selle osa vastu põhistatud vastuväite makseettepaneku kättetoimetamisest alates 15 päeva jooksul, makseettepaneku välismaal kättetoimetamise korral 30 päeva jooksul.
[RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (2) Võlgnik võib esitada elatisnõudele üksnes vastuväite selle kohta, et:
  1) ta ei ole lapse vanem;
  2) ta elab lapsega koos ja osaleb lapse ülalpidamises;
  3) ta on täitnud oma ülalpidamiskohustust;
  4) maksekäsu kiirmenetlus ei ole seaduse järgi lubatud;
  5) aeg, millest alates elatise maksmist nõutakse, on määratud ebaõigesti;
  6) elatise suurus on määratud ebaõigesti.

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

  (5) Võlgnikul on õigus esitada elatise maksmise võimatusele või piiratud võimalusele tuginev vastuväide üksnes juhul, kui ta ühtlasi esitab valdkonna eest vastutava ministri määrusega kehtestatud vormis andmed oma sissetuleku, vara ja majandusliku seisundi kohta ning lisab sellele vastavad tõendid.

  (6) Kohus teatab avaldajale vastuväitest ja selle esitamise ajast. Kui vastuväide välistab täielikult või osaliselt elatisnõude rahuldamise maksekäsu kiirmenetluses, jätkub nõude lahendamine hagimenetluses, kui avaldaja ei ole soovinud sel juhul menetluse lõpetamist.

§ 495.   Võlgniku vastuväited hagimenetluses

  Kui elatisnõue lahendatakse hagimenetluses, loetakse võlgniku vastuväited elatisnõudele kostja hagi vastuseks. Kohus annab kostjale vajaduse korral täiendava tähtaja hagile vastamiseks, muu hulgas, kui hageja oma nõuet muudab või täiendavalt põhjendab.

§ 496.   Maksekäsk

  (1) Kui võlgnik ettenähtud tähtaja jooksul elatisnõude kohta vastuväidet ei esita või kui ta esitab vastuväite, mida maksekäsu kiirmenetluses ei saa esitada, või kui vastuväide on põhistamata, teeb kohus määrusena maksekäsu, milles kohustab võlgnikku elatist määratud suuruses tasuma.

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

  (3) Määruses tuleb märkida ka avaldaja õigus nõuda edaspidi elatise muutmist hagiga.
[RT I 2006, 61, 457 - jõust. 01.01.2007]

  (4) Elatisnõudega maksekäsu peale võib võlgnik esitada 15 päeva jooksul, maksekäsu välismaal kättetoimetamise korral 30 päeva jooksul alates maksekäsu kättetoimetamisest määruskaebuse. Elatisnõudega maksekäsu peale määruskaebuse esitamisele ja selle lahendamisele kohaldatakse maksekäsu kohta üldiselt sätestatut.
[RT I 2009, 68, 463 - jõust. 10.01.2010]

  (5) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 28, 180 - jõust. 15.07.2008]

§ 497.   Elatise muutmine

  Kui elatisnõude aluseks olevad asjaolud muutuvad, võib kumbki pool nõuda elatise suuruse muutmist hagimenetluses.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

50. peatükk ÜLESKUTSEMENETLUS 

§ 498.   Üleskutsemenetlus

  Kohus võib seaduses ettenähtud juhul teha üleskutsemenetluses nõuete või muude õiguste esitamiseks avaliku üleskutse, mille tagajärjeks on nõudest või õigusest teatamata jätmise korral õiguse lõppemine või muu õiguslikult negatiivne tagajärg.

§ 499.   Üleskutsemenetluse algatamine

  (1) Kohus algatab üleskutsemenetluse üksnes põhistatud avalduse alusel. Kohus algatab üleskutsemenetluse üleskutsemäärusega, kui avalduse esitamine on lubatav.

  (2) Üleskutsemääruses märgitakse vähemalt:
  1) kohtu nimetus;
  2) avaldaja andmed;
  3) üleskutse puudutatud isikutele teatada kohtule nõuetest või muudest õigustest kohtu määratud ajaks;
  4) nõudest või õigusest teatamata jätmise tagajärjed.

  (3) Kohus võib ühendada mitu samaliigilist üleskutsemenetlust.

  (4) Menetluse algatamisest keeldumise määruse peale võib avaldaja esitada määruskaebuse. Ringkonnakohtu määruse peale määruskaebuse kohta ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

  (5) Üleskutsemenetluse läbiviimiseks on pädev ka kohtunikuabi.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

§ 500.   Üleskutse avaldamine ja üleskutse tähtaeg

  (1) Üleskutse avaldatakse üleskutsemääruses nimetatud andmetega väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded. Kohus võib määrata, et üleskutse avaldatakse korduvalt või lisaks muus väljaandes või ringhäälingus.

  (2) Üleskutsetähtaeg on vähemalt kuus nädalat enne nõuetest või muudest õigustest teatamise tähtpäeva, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

§ 501.   Välistusmääruse tegemine

  (1) Kui kohtu määratud ajaks ei ole kolmandad isikud oma nõuetest või muudest õigustest kohtule teatanud, teeb kohus avaldaja taotlusel välistusmääruse, millega välistatakse kolmandate isikute nõuded ja õigused.

  (2) Enne välistusmääruse tegemist võib kohus korraldada asjaolude selgitamiseks istungi, muu hulgas võtta avaldaja väidete tõendamiseks talt vande all seletuse.

  (3) Kui välistusmääruse tegemiseks esitatud avaldus jäetakse rahuldamata, võib avaldaja esitada määruse peale määruskaebuse.

  (4) Kohus avaldab välistusmääruse resolutsiooni väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded. Kohus võib ette näha, et määruse resolutsioon avaldatakse korduvalt või muus väljaandes või ringhäälingus.

§ 502.   Menetlus vastuväite esitamise korral

  Kui kohtule esitatakse üleskutsetähtaja jooksul teade, millega vaidlustatakse avaldaja poolt avalduse põhjendusena esitatud õigus või teatatakse välistusmääruse tegemist takistavast nõudest või muust õigusest, peatab kohus üleskutsemenetluse kuni teatatu kohta lõpliku lahendi tegemiseni või teeb välistusmääruse, kuid reserveerib selles teatatud õiguse.

§ 503.   Määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Välistusmääruse peale võib huvitatud isik esitada määruskaebuse kolme kuu jooksul alates välistusmääruse avaldamisest väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded.

  (2) Määruskaebus võib tugineda üksnes sellele, et:
  1) välistusmäärus tehti juhul, kui seaduse kohaselt ei olnud üleskutsemenetlus lubatud;
  2) üleskutset ei avaldatud või seda ei avaldatud seaduses ettenähtud viisil;
  3) ei ole järgitud üleskutse avaldamise tähtaega;
  4) välistusmääruse teinud kohtunik või kohtunikuabi oleks pidanud ennast asjas taandama;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  5) välistusmäärust tehes ei ole arvestatud esitatud nõude või muu õigusega.

§ 504.   Hüpoteegipidaja õiguse välistamine

  (1) Hüpoteegiga koormatud kinnisasja või laeva omanik või registerpandiga koormatud pandieseme omaja võib esitada avalduse teadmata hüpoteegipidaja õiguste välistamiseks asjaõigusseaduse § 331 või laeva asjaõigusseaduse § 59 järgi.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud avaldaja peab enne menetluse algatamist põhistama, et püüdlustest hoolimata ei ole tal õnnestunud välja selgitada, kes on hüpoteegi- või registerpandi pidaja või nende õigusjärglane või kas hüpoteegi- või registerpandi pidaja õigusi on kohtulahendiga juba tunnustatud.

  (3) Avaldaja peab hüpoteegiga või registerpandiga tagatud nõude rahuldamiseks enne menetluse algatamist hoiustama selleks ettenähtud kontol hüpoteegisumma.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (4) Üleskutses tuleb hüpoteegi- või registerpandi pidajat hoiatada, et pärast hüpoteegi- või registerpandisumma hoiustamist ei rahuldata tema nõuet kinnisasjast, laevast või registerpandiga tagatud esemest, vaid hoiustatud summast, ja tema õigus sellele lõpeb, kui ta ei ole endast välistusmääruse tegemisest alates viie aasta jooksul hoiustamiskohta teatanud.
[RT I 2009, 30, 178 - jõust. 01.10.2009]

§ 505.   Märkega õigustatud isikute välistamine

  (1) Paragrahvis 504 sätestatut kohaldatakse ka üleskutsemenetlusele, mille eesmärk on eelmärkega, keelumärkega, ostueesõigusega või reaalkoormatisega õigustatud isikute kinnistusraamatusse või laevakinnistusraamatusse kantud õiguste välistamine.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud avalduse võib esitada ka isik, kes võib samal või tagapoolsel järjekohal oleva õiguse alusel nõuda täitedokumendi alusel oma nõude rahuldamist kinnisasja või laeva arvel. Üleskutse avaldamisest teatab kohus ka kinnisasja või laeva omanikule.

§ 506.   Väärtpaberi kehtetuks tunnistamise avaldus

  (1) Väärtpaberi kadumise, hävimise või kahjustumise korral võib esitajaväärtpaberi või blankoüleandepealdisega üleantava väärtpaberi senine omaja või muu väärtpaberi puhul väärtpaberist tulenevat õigust teostada sooviv isik esitada avalduse väärtpaberi üleskutsemenetluses kehtetuks tunnistamiseks.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud avalduses võib väärtpaberi kaotanud isik nõuda väärtpaberi väljaandjalt ka uue samasisulise väärtpaberi väljastamist temale.

  (3) Avalduses märgitakse kaotatud dokumendi eritunnused ja dokumendi väljaandnud isiku nimi ning dokumendi kaotamise asjaolud.

  (4) Avaldaja peab põhistama, et tema oli väärtpaberi omanik enne selle kadumist või hävimist. Ta peab põhistama ka väärtpaberi hävimist või kahjustumist.

  (5) Kahjustumise korral tuleb esitada kahjustunud dokument. Võimaluse korral tuleb ka muul juhul lisada avaldusele dokumendi ärakiri.

  (6) Avalduse saanud kohus teeb avaldaja taotlusel määruse, millega keelab dokumendi väljaandjal ja dokumendis nimetatud maksjatel teha väärtpaberi alusel väljamakseid. Kohus tühistab määruse, kui menetlus on lõppenud.

§ 507.   Väärtpaberi kehtetuks tunnistamise menetluse erisused

  (1) Väärtpaberi kehtetuks tunnistamise kavatsuse kohta esitatud üleskutses avaldab kohus muu hulgas väärtpaberi nimetuse ja eritunnused ning väärtpaberi väljastaja nime ja teeb väärtpaberi valdajale ettepaneku teatada valdusest ja oma õigustest kohtule. Avaldatakse ka hoiatus, et õigustest teatamata jätmise korral tunnistatakse väärtpaber kehtetuks ning et võimalik on ka keelata väärtpaberi alusel maksete tegemine.

  (2) Isik, kelle käes on väärtpaber, peab sellest viivitamata kohtule teatama ning kohtule väärtpaberi esitama.

  (3) Kui kaotatud väärtpaber esitatakse kohtule nelja kuu jooksul viimasest üleskutse avaldamisest alates, jätab kohus väärtpaberi kehtetuks tunnistamise avalduse rahuldamata ning tühistab väärtpaberi alusel maksete tegemise keelu. Määruses selgitab kohus avaldajale tema võimalikke õigusi dokumendi valdaja vastu. Eelnevalt annab kohus avaldajale võimaluse esitatud väärtpaberiga tutvuda.

  (4) Kui kohtule väärtpaberi kadumise teate viimasest avaldamisest alates nelja kuu jooksul väärtpaberist ei teatata või kui kohus tuvastab, et väärtpaber on hävinud või riknenud sel määral, et seda ei saa enam kasutada, tunnistab kohus väärtpaberi välistusmäärusega kehtetuks.

§ 508.   Väärtpaberi kehtetuks tunnistamise tagajärjed

  (1) Väärtpaberi välistusmäärusega kehtetuks tunnistamise korral on avaldajal õigus kasutada väärtpaberi järgi kohustatud isiku suhtes väärtpaberist tulenevaid õigusi. Kui avalduses on taotletud uue väärtpaberi väljastamist, kohustab kohus väljaandjat väljastama uue samasisulise väärtpaberi.

  (2) Väärtpaberi kehtetuks tunnistamise määruse tühistamise korral jäävad määruse alusel kohustatud isiku tehtud maksed või muud täidetud kohustused kehtima ka kolmandate isikute, muu hulgas makse saaja ja avaldaja suhtes, välja arvatud juhul, kui kohustatud isik teadis kohustuse täitmise ajal määruse tühistamisest.

51. peatükk ISIKU SURNUKS TUNNISTAMINE JA SURMAAJA TUVASTAMINE 

§ 509.   Surnuks tunnistamise avaldus

  (1) Kohus algatab isiku surnuks tunnistamise menetluse üksnes avalduse alusel. Avalduse võib esitada isik või asutus, kellel on isiku surnuks tunnistamiseks õiguslik huvi, eelkõige:
  1) teadmata kadunud isiku seaduslik esindaja või valla- või linnavalitsus;
  2) teadmata kadunud isiku abikaasa või üleneja või alaneja sugulane;
  3) Siseministeerium või valdkonna eest vastutava ministri volitatud Siseministeeriumi valitsemisala asutus.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (2) Isiku surnuks tunnistamise avalduses märgitakse, miks avaldaja on huvitatud isiku surnuks tunnistamisest, ja samuti asjaolud, mis põhistavad isiku surnuks tunnistamist.

  (3) Isiku surnuks tunnistamise avalduse esitamiseks õigustatud isik võib avalduse alusel astuda menetlusse lisaks avaldajale. Avalduse esitamisega omandab ta avaldaja õigusliku seisundi.

  (4) Siseministeerium või valdkonna eest vastutava ministri volitatud Siseministeeriumi valitsemisala asutus on kohustatud esitama avalduse isiku surnuks tunnistamiseks, kui eeldused teadmata kadunud isiku surnuks tunnistamiseks on ilmselt täidetud ja muu käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud isik ei ole surnuks tunnistamise avaldust esitanud.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 510.   Toimingud eelmenetluses

  (1) Pärast isiku surnuks tunnistamise avalduse menetlusse võtmist avaldab kohus väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded teate, milles kutsub teadmata kadunud isikut kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul üles esitama kohtule andmed oma elusoleku kohta. Teates avaldatakse hoiatus võimalikust surnukstunnistamisest ja kutsutakse kõiki isikuid üles esitama kohtule andmeid isiku kohta, kelle surnuks tunnistamist taotletakse.

  (2) Kohus võib teate avaldada ka korduvalt või peale väljaande Ametlikud Teadaanded ka muus väljaandes ja ringhäälingus.

  (3) Kohus ei või määrata andmete esitamiseks lühemat tähtaega kui kuus nädalat, alates viimase teate väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded ilmumisest.

  (4) Kui menetlust ei algatatud valdkonna eest vastutava ministri avalduse alusel, teatab kohus valdkonna eest vastutavale ministrile menetluse algatamisest ning küsib temalt riigile teadaolevaid andmeid teadmata kadunud isiku kohta ning seisukohta isiku surnuks tunnistamise võimalikkuse kohta. Kohus võib koguda teadmata kadunud isiku kohta andmeid ka omal algatusel, sõltumata sellest, kes esitas surnuks tunnistamise avalduse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 511.   Surnuks tunnistamise määrus

  (1) Isiku surnuks tunnistamise määruses märgitakse isiku eeldatav surma aeg.

  (2) Surnuks tunnistamise määrus avaldatakse väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded. Kohus võib määrata määruse avaldamise korduvalt ja muus väljaandes või ringhäälingus.

  (3) Kohus toimetab avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määruse kätte avaldajale ning saadab valdkonna eest vastutavale ministrile, kui viimane ei ole avaldaja, ning saadab isiku surnuks tunnistamise määruse avaldajale ja valdkonna eest vastutavale ministrile. Surnuks tunnistamise määruse saadab kohus määruse jõustumisest alates kümne päeva jooksul perekonnaseisuasutusele isiku surmaandmete kandmiseks rahvastikuregistrisse.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

  (4) Isiku surnuks tunnistamise määrus jõustub ja kuulub täitmisele, kui selle peale määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaeg on möödunud. Määruskaebuse esitamise korral jõustub määrus ja kuulub täitmisele siis, kui määruskaebus on määrusega jäetud rahuldamata või läbi vaatamata ja see määrus on jõustunud.

  (5) Surnuks tunnistamise määruse tühistamise või muutmise määrus avaldatakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 ettenähtud viisil ja edastatakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud isikutele ja asutustele.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 512.   Määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Surnuks tunnistamise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded määruse avaldamisest alates 30 päeva jooksul. Surnuks tunnistamise avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse määruse kättetoimetamisest alates 30 päeva jooksul.

  (2) Isiku surnuks tunnistamise määruse peale võib määruskaebuse esitada avaldaja või isik, kellel on õiguslik huvi surnuks tunnistamise tühistamise või surmaaja muutmise vastu. Surnuks tunnistamise avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse üksnes avaldaja.

§ 513.   Isiku ilmumise või viibimiskoha teadasaamise tagajärjed

  (1) Surnuks tunnistamise tühistamise avalduse võib esitada väljailmunud isik või Siseministeerium või valdkonna eest vastutava ministri volitatud Siseministeeriumi valitsemisala asutus isiku surnuks tunnistanud kohtule.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (2) Avalduses märgitakse isiku väljailmumist kinnitavad asjaolud, samuti andmed elusoleku või viibimiskoha kohta. Võimaluse korral kuulab kohus enne surnuks tunnistamise tühistamist ära isiku, kelle avalduse alusel isik surnuks tunnistati.

  (3) Kohus saadab isiku surnuks tunnistamise tühistamise määruse ärakirja perekonnaseisuasutusele määruse jõustumisest alates kümne päeva jooksul. Isiku surnuks tunnistamise määruse tühistamise määrus on isiku perekonnaseisuandmetes muudatuse tegemise alus.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

  (4) Isiku surnuks tunnistamise määruse tühistamise määrust ei saa edasi kaevata. Surnuks tunnistamise määruse tühistamise avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määruse peale võib avaldaja esitada määruskaebuse.

§ 514.   Surnuks tunnistatud isiku surmaaja muutmine

  (1) Kui surnuks tunnistatud isik ei surnud ajal, mis tuvastati surnuks tunnistamise määrusega, võib iga isik, kellel on õiguslik huvi muu surmaaja tuvastamise vastu, nõuda surnuks tunnistamise määruse muutmist, kui asjaolu, millel määruse ebaõigsus põhineb, sai talle temast olenematul põhjusel teatavaks pärast seda, kui ta ei saanud seda enam esitada surnuks tunnistamise menetluses.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud avalduse võib esitada 30 päeva jooksul alates ajast, millal avaldaja sai asjaolust teada, kuid mitte enne surnuks tunnistamise määruse jõustumist ja mitte hiljem, kui viie aasta möödumisel surnuks tunnistamise määruse jõustumisest.

  (3) Surnuks tunnistatud isiku surmaaja muutmise menetlusele kohaldatakse muus osas vastavalt surnuks tunnistamise menetluse kohta sätestatut. Surmaaja muutmise määrus edastatakse ka isikule, kelle avalduse alusel isik surnuks tunnistati.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 515.   Surmaaja tuvastamine

  (1) Isiku surmaaja tuvastamise menetlusele kohaldatakse surnuks tunnistamise kohta sätestatut, kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 2 ja 3 sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Enne menetluse algatamist peab avaldaja esitama kohtule andmed, mis tõendavad isiku surma, samuti andmed, mis võimaldavad kohtul teha kindlaks isiku surmaaja. Muid andmeid peab avaldaja põhistama.

  (3) Menetluse algatamisel avaldab kohus üleskutse kõigile isikutele, kes teavad andmeid isiku surmaaja kohta, teatada sellest kohtule määratud tähtaja jooksul. Kohus ei pea üleskutset avaldama, kui see ilmselt ei aita kaasa asjaolude selgitamisele.

52. peatükk ÄRAOLIJA VARALE HOOLDUSE SEADMINE 

§ 516.   Hoolduse seadmine

  (1) Kohus määrab varale hooldaja, kui on vaja hoolitseda vara eest, mis kuulub:
  1) teadmata kadunud isikule;
  2) isikule, kelle viibimiskoht on teada, kuid kes ei saa tagasi pöörduda või muul põhjusel ei saa oma asjade eest hoolitseda.

  (2) Kohus määrab äraolija varale hooldaja ka siis, kui isik on andnud käsundi või volikirja oma asjade ajamiseks, kuid on ilmnenud asjaolud, mis annavad põhjuse käsund või volitus tagasi võtta.

  (3) Hoolduse seadmise määruses märgitakse isik, kelle varale hooldus seatakse, samuti isik, kes määratakse hooldajaks.

  (4) Hoolduse seadmise määrus annab hooldajaks määratud isikule seaduses sätestatud ulatuses hooldatava vara käsutamise õiguse.

  (5) Hooldaja kulude hüvitamisel kohaldatakse piiratud teovõimega täisealise isiku eestkostja kulude hüvitamise kohta sätestatut.

§ 517.   Ajutise hooldaja määramine

  (1) Kohus võib hoolduse seadmise avalduse määrusega tagada või rakendada esialgset õiguskaitset omal algatusel ja määrata muu hulgas varale ajutise hooldaja, kui on alust eeldada, et hoolduse määramise tingimused on täidetud ja viivitusega kaasneks oht isiku huvidele, kelle huvides kohus hooldaja määramist menetleb.

  (2) Ajutise hooldaja valikul ei pea arvestama avaldaja tahet ega seaduses hooldajale ettenähtud nõudeid.

  (3) Ajutist hooldajat ei või määrata kauemaks kui kuueks kuuks.

  (4) Kohus võib ajutise hooldaja määrusega ametist vabastada, kui vabastamise eeldused on ilmselt täidetud ja viivitusega kaasneks oht isiku huvidele, kelle huvides kohus ajutise hooldaja määras. Ajutise hooldaja määramise ja vabastamise määrus kehtib ja kuulub täitmisele alates selle avalikult teatavakstegemisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 518.   Hoolduse lõpetamine, hooldaja ja tema ülesannete muutmine

  (1) Kohus lõpetab äraolija varale seatud hoolduse, kui äraolijal ei ole enam takistusi oma asjade ajamisel.

  (2) Hooldus lõpeb sõltumata äraolija surmast kohtu poolt tühistamisega. Kohus tühistab hoolduse, kui äraolija surm saab talle teatavaks.

  (3) Kui äraolija tunnistatakse surnuks või kui tema surmaaeg tuvastatakse kohtus, lõpeb hooldus surnuks tunnistamise või surmaaja kindlakstegemise määruse jõustumisel.

  (4) Hoolduse lõpetamisele, hooldaja vabastamisele, uue hooldaja määramisele ja hooldaja ülesannete ringi muutmisele, samuti hooldaja määramise pikendamisele kohaldatakse hooldaja määramise kohta sätestatut.

§ 519.   Määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Kohtumääruse peale, millega hooldus seati või selle seadmisest keelduti või millega hooldus lõpetati või hooldajat muudeti, võib esitada määruskaebuse igaüks, kellel on õiguslik huvi määruse muutmise vastu, muu hulgas isiku, kelle varale hooldus seati, abikaasa, sugulased ja hõimlased.

  (2) Määruskaebust ei saa esitada pärast viie kuu möödumist määruse teatavakstegemisest hooldajale.

53. peatükk PIIRATUD TEOVÕIMEGA TÄISEALISELE ISIKULE EESTKOSTJA MÄÄRAMINE 

§ 520.   Piiratud teovõimega täisealisele isikule eestkoste seadmise menetluses esindaja määramine

  (1) Kohus määrab eestkoste seadmise menetluseks piiratud teovõimega täisealisele isikule esindaja, kui see on isiku huvides vajalik.

  (2) Kohus määrab isikule esindaja eelkõige, kui teda ei esinda tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimeline isik ja kui:
  1) kohus ei pea isikut ennast menetluses ära kuulama;
  2) eestkoste kavatsetakse seada isiku kõigi või enamuse tema asjade ajamiseks;
  3) eestkostja pädevust laiendatakse;
  4) menetluse esemeks on eestkostja nõusoleku andmine isiku steriliseerimiseks.

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Esindaja peab muu hulgas isikuga, kellele eestkoste seadmist menetletakse, isiklikult kohtuma ja ta ära kuulama kohtuniku juuresolekuta.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 521.   Esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamine

  (1) Kohus võib määrusega rakendada esialgset õiguskaitset ja määrata muu hulgas ajutise eestkostja, kui:
  1) võib ilmselt eeldada, et eestkostja määramise tingimused on täidetud ja viivitusega kaasneks oht eestkostet vajava isiku huvidele ja
  2) isikule on määratud menetluses esindaja ja
  3) isik on isiklikult ära kuulatud.

  (2) Isiku võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud eesmärgil ära kuulata ka erinõude alusel tegutsev kohtunik. Isikut ei pea ära kuulama, kui see ilmselt kahjustaks oluliselt tema tervist või kui ta ilmselt ei suuda tahet avaldada.

  (3) Kui viivitusega kaasneks oht eestkostet vajava isiku huvidele, võib kohus esialgset õiguskaitset rakendada juba enne isiku enda ärakuulamist ja talle esindaja määramist. Sel juhul tuleb nimetatud toimingud teha viivitamata tagantjärele.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Ajutise eestkostja valikul ei pea arvestama avaldaja tahet ega seaduses eestkostjale ettenähtud nõudeid.

  (5) Ajutist eestkostjat ei või määrata kauemaks kui kuueks kuuks. Pärast eksperdiarvamuse saamist täisealise isiku vaimse seisundi kohta võib tähtaega pikendada kuni ühe aastani.

  (6) Kohus võib ajutise eestkostja määrusega ülesannetest vabastada, kui vabastamise eeldused on ilmselt täidetud ja viivitusega kaasneks oht eestkostetava huvidele.

  (7) Määrus ajutise eestkostja määramise ja vabastamise kohta kehtib ja kuulub täitmisele alates selle avalikult teatavakstegemisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 522.   Ekspertiisi määramine

  (1) Kui kohtul on andmeid isiku vaimuhaiguse või nõrgamõistuslikkuse kohta või sellekohane kahtlus, määrab kohus ekspertiisi eestkostja määramise vajalikkuse kohta. Ekspert peab isiku enne arvamuse koostamist isiklikult läbi vaatama või teda küsitlema.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 - jõust. 01.08.2012]

  (11) Kohus määrab ekspertiisi tegemise ülesandeks ühele eksperdile, välja arvatud komisjoni- või kompleksekspertiisi korral. Eksperdiks võib olla üksnes psühhiaater. Komisjoni- ja kompleksekspertiisi tegemisel võib eksperdina osaleda ka muu eriteadmistega isik.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 - jõust. 01.08.2012]

  (12) Kui kohus menetleb sama isiku suhtes tema kinnisesse asutusse paigutamist käesoleva seadustiku § 533 lõike 1 punkti 1 alusel ja eestkostja määramist käesoleva seadustiku § 520 lõike 1 alusel, võib kohus määrata ühise ekspertiisi eestkoste seadmise vajalikkuse ja kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise eelduste kohta.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 - jõust. 01.08.2012]

  (2) Isik, kelle suhtes ekspertiis on määratud, on kohustatud eksperdi juurde ilmuma. Kui isik, kelle suhtes määrati ekspertiis, ei ilmu eksperdi juurde, võib kohus pärast eksperdi arvamuse ärakuulamist kohaldada isiku eksperdi juurde toimetamiseks sundtoomist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohus võib pärast eksperdi ärakuulamist määrata, et isik paigutatakse kuni üheks kuuks kinnisesse asutusse vaatlusele, kui see on ekspertiisi tegemiseks vajalik. Enne määruse tegemist või pärast seda tuleb ka isik ise ära kuulata. Kohus võib vajaduse korral pikendada määrusega isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise aega kuni kolme kuuni ja rakendada isiku suhtes sundtoomist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kui eksperdi arvates tuleb kõne alla eestkostja määramine, peab ta eksperdiarvamuses märkima ka eestkostja ülesannete ringi ja eeldatava aja, mille kestel isik eestkostet vajab.

  (5) Ekspertiisi ei pea määrama, kui:
  1) eestkostja määramise avalduse esitas eestkostet vajav isik ise ning avaldusele on lisatud tema tervislikku seisundit kajastavad dokumendid ja
  2) isik loobub ekspertiisi tegemise õigusest ja
  3) ekspertiisi tegemine on eestkostja ülesannete mahtu arvestades ebamõistlikult kulukas või töömahukas.

§ 523.   Valla- või linnavalitsus menetluses

  Kohtu korraldusel kogub ja esitab eestkostet vajava isiku elukohajärgne valla- või linnavalitsus kohtule eestkoste seadmiseks vajalikud andmed. Valla- või linnavalitsus annab menetluses oma arvamuse, muu hulgas selle suhtes, keda määrata eestkostjaks ja eestkostja ülesannete ringi muutmise või eestkostja muutmise kohta.

§ 524.   Isiku ärakuulamine

  (1) Kohus kuulab isiklikult ära isiku, kellele eestkoste seadmist menetletakse. Kohus kuulab isiku ära isiku tavalises keskkonnas, kui isik seda nõuab või kui see on kohtu arvates asja huvides vajalik ja isik sellele vastu ei vaidle. Isikule tuleb menetluse käiku selgitada.

  (2) Kohus võib ärakuulamisse kaasata psühhiaatri, psühholoogi või sotsiaaltöötaja. Isiku nõudel tuleb talle võimaldada tema usaldusisiku juuresolekut. Kohus võib ärakuulamise juurde lubada ka muid isikuid, kui eestkostet vajav isik sellele vastu ei vaidle.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohus võib ärakuulamise anda erinõude alusel tegutsevale kohtule üksnes juhul, kui on ilmne, et kohus võib ärakuulamisega saadud teavet ka isikliku kogemuseta hinnata.

  (4) Kohus võib vajaduse korral kohaldada ärakuulamiseks eestkostet vajava isiku sundtoomist.

  (5) Kohus ei pea eestkostet vajavat isikut isiklikult ära kuulama, kui:
  1) sellest võivad tema tervislikku seisundit kajastavate dokumentide või pädeva arsti arvamuse kohaselt tuleneda isiku tervisele kahjulikud tagajärjed;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  2) kohus on vahetu mulje põhjal veendunud, et isik ei ole ilmselt võimeline oma tahet avaldama.

§ 525.   Asja arutamine

  (1) Kohus arutab isikuga, kellele eestkoste seadmist menetletakse, tema ärakuulamise tulemusi, eksperdiarvamuses või tema tervislikku seisundit kajastavates dokumentides esitatut, võimaliku eestkostja valikut ja eestkostja ülesannete ringi ulatuses, milles see on vajalik isiku õigusliku ärakuulamise tagamiseks või asjaolude selgitamiseks.

  (2) Kohus küsib menetluses üldjuhul ka isiku, kellele eestkoste seadmist menetletakse, tema abikaasa, vanemate, kasuvanemate ja laste ning rehabilitatsioonimeeskonna liikmete arvamust, välja arvatud juhul, kui isik vaidleb sellele vastu ja kohus ei pea arvamuse küsimist vajalikuks. Eestkostet vajava isiku taotlusel võib arvamust küsida ka muult lähedaselt isikult, kui see ei venita oluliselt menetlust.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohus kuulab enne eestkostja määramist ära ka isiku, kelle eestkostjaks määramist taotletakse või keda kohus kavatseb eestkostjaks nimetada, ja võimaliku avaldaja.

§ 526.   Eestkostja määramine

  (1) Kohus määrab piiratud teovõimega täisealisele isikule eestkostja määrusega.

  (2) Määruses märgitakse:
  1) isik, kellele eestkostja määratakse;
  2) eestkostjaks määratud isik või asutus;
  3) eestkostja ülesanded;
  4) kas ja milliseid tehinguid võib piiratud teovõimega isik teha eestkostja nõusolekuta;
  5) aeg, millal kohus hiljemalt otsustab eestkoste lõpetamise või pikendamise.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 2 punktis 5 nimetatud aeg ei või olla pikem kui viis aastat määruse tegemisest alates.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Eestkoste seadmise määrus annab eestkostjale eestkostetava esindamise õiguse.

  (5) Kui kohus seab eestkoste eestkostetava kõigi asjade ajamiseks või kui eestkostja ülesannete ringi selliselt laiendatakse, loetakse lisaks, et eestkostetav on tunnistatud valimisõiguse osas teovõimetuks ja ta kaotab hääleõiguse.
[RT I, 22.01.2016, 7 - jõust. 01.02.2016]

§ 527.   Kulude hüvitamine eestkostjale

  (1) Kui eestkostja või eestkostetav seda taotleb või kohus peab seda vajalikuks, määrab kohus eestkoste seadmisel või hiljem kindlaks ka:
  1) eestkostjale eestkostetava arvel makstava tasu suuruse ja hüvitatavad kulud ning nende võimaliku ettemaksu suuruse;
  2) eestkostjale riigi arvel hüvitatavad kulud ja makstava tasu ning nende võimaliku ettemakse suuruse, kui vastavalt seadusele võib nõuda nende maksmist riigilt;
  3) maksetähtaja ja maksete suuruse, mida eestkostetav peab riigi poolt eestkostjale makstava raha katteks riigile tasuma.

  (2) Eestkostetav võib kulude kandmisel taotleda menetlusabi andmist.

  (3) Enne kulude kohta määruse tegemist peab kohus eestkostetava ära kuulama.

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

§ 528.   Eestkostja ülesannete ringi laiendamine ja eestkostja ametiaja pikendamine

  (1) Eestkostja ülesannete ringi muutmisele ja uue eestkostja määramisele, samuti eestkostja ametiaja pikendamisele kohaldatakse eestkostja määramise kohta sätestatut.

  (2) Eestkostja ülesannete muutmisel, uue eestkostja määramisel või eestkostja ametiaja pikendamisel ei pea uut ekspertiisi tegema ega eestkostetavale menetluseks esindajat määrama, kui:
  1) eestkostja ülesandeid oluliselt ei laiendata või
  2) eestkoste määramise aluseks olevast ekspertiisist on möödunud vähem kui viis aastat.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 - jõust. 01.08.2012]

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I, 23.02.2011, 1 - jõust. 01.09.2011]

  (4) Eestkostja ametiaja pikendamisel ei pea eestkostetavale ekspertiisi tegema, kui eestkostetava ärakuulamisest ja tema tervislikku seisundit kajastavatest dokumentidest ilmneb, et eestkoste vajadus ei ole ära langenud.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 - jõust. 01.08.2012]

§ 529.   Eestkoste lõpetamine ja eestkostja ülesannete ringi kitsendamine

  (1) Kohus lõpetab eestkoste, kitsendab eestkostja ülesannete ringi või laiendab eestkostetava iseseisvalt tehingute tegemise õigust, kui eestkostja määramise alused on täielikult või osaliselt ära langenud.

  (2) Kohus võib aluste äralangemise tuvastamiseks määrata ekspertiisi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 530.   Eestkostja ametist vabastamine ja uue eestkostja määramine

  (1) Mõjuval põhjusel võib kohus eestkostja ametist vabastada.

  (2) Kui eestkostetav vaidleb eestkostja vabastamisele vastu, peab kohus eestkostetava isiklikult ära kuulama, välja arvatud juhul, kui see võib oluliselt ohustada eestkostetava tervist või kui eestkostetav ei suuda ilmselt tahet väljendada.

  (3) Uue eestkostja määramisel eelmise eestkostja surma või ametist vabastamise tõttu tuleb eestkostetav isiklikult ära kuulata, välja arvatud juhul, kui eestkostetav nõustub uue eestkostjaga, ärakuulamine võib oluliselt ohustada eestkostetava tervist või eestkostetav ei suuda ilmselt tahet väljendada.

§ 531.   Määruse teatavakstegemine ja kehtivus
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (1) Eestkostemenetlust lõpetav kohtumäärus, muu hulgas eestkostja määramise, tema ametiaja pikendamise, eestkoste lõpetamise või eestkostja ülesannete ringi muutmise määrus, kehtib ja kuulub täitmisele alates määruse teatavakstegemisest eestkostjale.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kohus teeb eestkostemenetlust lõpetava määruse teatavaks ka eestkostetavale ja tema esindajale. Kohus ei pea määruse põhjendust isiklikult eestkostetavale teatavaks tegema, kui see võib eestkostetava tervislikku seisundit kajastavate dokumentide või eksperdiarvamuse kohaselt tekitada olulist kahju eestkostetava tervisele. Kohus teeb määruse teatavaks ka isiku elukoha järgsele valla- või linnavalitsusele, samuti muudele käesoleva seadustiku § 532 lõikes 1 nimetatud isikutele, kelle kohus menetluses ära kuulas.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui määrust ei saa eestkostjale edastada või kui selle viivitusega kaasneks oht eestkostetava huvidele, võib kohus tunnistada määruse kehtivaks ja täitmisele kuuluvaks alates selle teatavaks tegemisest eestkostetavale või tema esindajale.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kohus teatab määrusest teistele kohtutele ja ametiasutustele, kui see on eestkostetava, kolmandate isikute või avalikkuse huvides ilmselt vajalik. Vajaduse korral avaldab kohus teate väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded.

  (5) Kohus võib menetluses ilmnenud olulistest asjaoludest teatada käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 sätestatud viisil juba enne menetluse lõppemist.

  (6) Kui eestkoste seatakse eestkostetava kõigi asjade ajamiseks või kui eestkostja ülesannete ringi selliselt laiendatakse ja isik kaotab valimistel hääleõiguse, samuti kui selline eestkoste lõpeb muul põhjusel kui eestkostetava surma tõttu või kui sellist eestkostet piiratakse, teatab kohus sellest ka valijate nimekirja pidavale asutusele.

  (7) Kui eestkostetavat peetakse kinni kinnipidamis-, ravi-, hoolde- või muus sarnases asutuses, teavitab kohus määrusest ka nimetatud asutust.

§ 532.   Määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Eestkostja määramise või avalduse rahuldamata jätmise, samuti eestkoste lõpetamise või eestkostja ülesannete ringi muutmise ning eestkoste lõpetamisest keeldumise, eestkostja vabastamise, uue eestkostja määramise ja eestkoste kulude määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse isik, kellele eestkostja määramist menetleti, eestkostjaks määratu, samuti isiku, kellele eestkostja määramist menetleti, abikaasa, otseliinis sugulane, isiku enda nimetatud lähedane isik (usaldusisik) või isiku elukohajärgne valla- või linnavalitsus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Eestkostja ülesannete ringi osas võib eestkostetava nimel esitada määruskaebuse ka eestkostja. Mitme ühise eestkostja määramisel võib igaüks neist eraldi kaebuse esitada.

  (3) Määruskaebust ei saa esitada pärast viie kuu möödumist määruse teatavakstegemisest eestkostjale.

  (4) Kulude kohta tehtud määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse, kui kaebuse ese ületab 200 eurot. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2010, 22, 108 - jõust. 01.01.2011]

54. peatükk ISIKU PAIGUTAMINE KINNISESSE ASUTUSSE 

§ 533.   Isiku paigutamine kinnisesse asutusse

  (1) Käesolevas jaos sätestatud korras menetleb kohus isiku elukohajärgse valla- või linnavalitsuse avalduse alusel järgmisi asju:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  1) psüühiliselt haige isiku paigutamine tema tahteta või tahte vastaselt psühhiaatriahaiglasse või hoolekandeasutusse koos vabaduse võtmisega ja talle haiglaravi kohaldamine;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  2) nakkushaige paigutamine tema nõusolekuta haiglasse ja talle haiglaravi kohaldamine, kui see on vajalik eriti ohtliku nakkushaiguse leviku tõkestamiseks;
  3) muid seaduses sätestatud kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise asju.

  (2) Psüühiliselt haige isiku tema tahteta või tahte vastaselt psühhiaatriahaiglasse või hoolekandeasutusse paigutamise asja menetleb kohus ka isiku eestkostja avalduse alusel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Nakkushaige nõusolekuta haiglasse paigutamise ja talle haiglaravi kohaldamise asja menetleb kohus ka isiku arsti avalduse alusel.
[RT I, 13.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 15.03.2019]

§ 534.   Esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamine

  (1) Kohus võib avaldaja taotlusel esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamise korras paigutada isiku kinnisesse asutusse, kui:
  1) kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise tingimused on ilmselt täidetud ja viivitusega kaasneks oht isikule endale või kolmandatele isikutele ja
  2) on olemas piisavad dokumendid isiku tervisliku seisundi kohta.

  (2) Esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamise taotluse psüühikahäirega isiku paigutamiseks tema tahteta või tahte vastaselt psühhiaatriahaiglasse võib esitada ka psühhiaatrilise abi seaduse § 13 lõikes 1 nimetatud isik.

  (21) Esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamise taotluse nakkushaige tema nõusolekuta haiglasse paigutamiseks ja talle haiglaravi kohaldamiseks võib esitada ka nakkushaiguste ennetamise ja tõrje seaduse § 5 lõikes 2 nimetatud isik.
[RT I, 13.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 15.03.2019]

  (3) Sellise isiku ärakuulamine, kelle kinnisesse asutusse paigutamist taotletakse, või muude isikute ärakuulamine ei ole esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamiseks vajalik, kui kohus saab selle rakendamise vajalikkust piisavalt hinnata ka dokumentide põhjal, samuti kui ärakuulamine võib kahjustada selle isiku tervist, kelle kinnisesse asutusse paigutamist taotletakse, või kui see isik ei suuda tahet avaldada. Isiku enda või muud isikud võib ära kuulata ka erinõude alusel tegutsev kohtunik.

  (4) Kohus võib isiku, kelle kinnisesse asutusse paigutamist taotletakse, või muud isikud ära kuulata ka pärast esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamist.

  (5) Esialgset õiguskaitset võib rakendada kuni neli päeva alates isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamisest. Pärast isiku enda ärakuulamist võib tähtaega pikendada kuni 40 päevani, kui see on ilmselgelt vajalik ka psühhiaatri või muu pädeva arsti arvates. Esialgset õiguskaitset võib kohaldada ka käesoleva seadustiku § 537 lõikes 4 nimetatud eesmärgil ja tähtaja jooksul.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 - jõust. 01.08.2012]

  (6) Seaduses sätestatud juhtudel ja korras võib isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutada ka kohtu määruseta, kui see on vältimatu isiku enda või avalikkuse kaitseks ja kohtu määruse saamine ei ole piisavalt kiiresti võimalik. Sel juhul tuleb esitada avaldus kohtu määruse saamiseks sellise arvestusega, et kohtul oleks võimalik avaldus lahendada hiljemalt 48 tunni jooksul alates isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 535.   Isikule esindaja määramine

  (1) Kohus määrab kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise menetluses isikule esindaja, kui see on isiku huvides vajalik ja kui isikut ei esinda juba teine tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimeline isik, kes ei pea vastama käesoleva seadustiku § 218 nõuetele. Isiku enda määratud esindaja olemasolu ei takista kohtul talle esindajat määrata, kui isiku enda määratud esindaja ei suuda kohtu arvates esindatava õigusi piisavalt kaitsta.

  (2) Kui kohus jätab esindaja määramata, peab ta seda kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise määruses põhjendama. Esindajat ei pea isikule määrama esialgse õiguskaitse kohaldamisel, välja arvatud juhul, kui isik soovib esindajat esialgse õiguskaitse määruse peale kaebamiseks või kui otsustatakse esialgse õiguskaitse tähtaja pikendamist. Isiku õigust esindajale määruskaebuse esitamiseks tuleb isikule esialgse õiguskaitse kohaldamise määruses selgitada, kui talle esindajat varem ei ole määratud.

  (3) Esindaja peab muu hulgas isikuga, kelle kinnisesse asutusse paigutamist menetletakse, isiklikult kohtuma ja ta ära kuulama kohtuniku juuresolekuta.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 536.   Isiku enda ja teiste asjaosaliste ärakuulamine

  (1) Enne isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamist peab kohus isiku isiklikult ära kuulama ja selgitama talle menetluse kulgu. Vajaduse korral kuulab kohus isiku ära isiku jaoks tavalises keskkonnas. Muus osas kohaldatakse vastavalt seaduses piiratud teovõimega täisealisele isikule eestkostja seadmise menetluses isikute ärakuulamise kohta sätestatut.

  (2) Enne isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamist peab kohus ära kuulama ka valla- või linnavalitsuse ja järgmiste isikute arvamuse:
  1) isiku abikaasa ja muud isikuga koos elavad pereliikmed;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  2) isiku eestkostja;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  3) isiku nimetatud usaldusisik;
  31) rehabilitatsioonimeeskonna liikmed;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  4) kinnise asutuse, kus isik viibib, juht või tema määratud ametiisik.

  (21) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 2 punktis 1 nimetatud isikuid ei pea ära kuulama, kui:
  1) isik, kelle kinnisesse asutusse paigutamist menetletakse, on nende ärakuulamisele vastu;
  2) need isikud ise loobuvad endi ärakuulamisest;
  3) nende isikute ärakuulamine ei aita ilmselt kaasa asja lahendamisele;
  4) kohtul ei ole õnnestunud neid isikuid leida või nendega kontakti saada sõltumata mõistlikest pingutustest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (22) Isiku enda ja teiste isikute ära kuulamata jätmist tuleb määruses põhjendada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohtu korraldusel kogub ja esitab valla- või linnavalitsus kohtule isiku kinnisse asutusse paigutamiseks vajalikud andmed.

§ 537.   Ekspertiisi tegemine

  (1) Kohus võib isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutada üksnes juhul, kui paigutamise eelduste kohta, muu hulgas isiku ohtlikkuse prognoosi kohta, on olemas eksperdiarvamus, mille koostanud ekspert on isiku isiklikult läbi vaadanud või teda küsitlenud. Kohus määrab ekspertiisi tegemise ülesandeks ühele eksperdile, välja arvatud komisjoni- või kompleksekspertiisi korral. Eksperdiks võib olla üksnes psühhiaater, nakkushaige puhul pädev arst. Komisjoni- ja kompleksekspertiisi tegemisel võib eksperdina osaleda ka muu eriteadmistega isik. Kohus võib käesolevas paragrahvis nimetatud eksperdiarvamusena arvestada isikut läbivaadanud psühhiaatri arvamust. Käesolevas lõikes sätestatu ei kehti esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamisel.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 - jõust. 01.08.2012]

  (11) Kui kohus menetleb sama isiku suhtes tema kinnisesse asutusse paigutamist käesoleva seadustiku § 533 lõike 1 punkti 1 alusel ja eestkostja määramist käesoleva seadustiku § 520 lõike 1 alusel, võib kohus määrata ühise ekspertiisi eestkoste seadmise vajalikkuse ja kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise eelduste kohta.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 - jõust. 01.08.2012]

  (12) Isikule, kelle suhtes on kohaldatud esialgset õiguskaitset käesoleva seadustiku § 534 lõike 5 kohaselt, ei määrata ekspertiisi enne, kui kohtule on esitatud käesoleva seadustiku § 533 lõikes 1 või 2 nimetatud avaldus.
[RT I, 04.07.2012, 1 - jõust. 01.08.2012]

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui isikule on määratud ekspertiis, on ta kohustatud eksperdi juurde ilmuma. Kui isik ei ilmu eksperdi juurde, võib kohus pärast eksperdi arvamuse ärakuulamist kohaldada isikule eksperdi juurde toimetamiseks sundtoomist.

  (4) Kohus võib pärast eksperdi ärakuulamist määrata isiku kuni üheks kuuks raviasutusse vaatlusele, kui see on ekspertiisi tegemiseks vajalik. Enne määruse tegemist tuleb isik ära kuulata. Vajaduse korral võib kohus pikendada määrusega isiku kinnipidamise aega kuni kolme kuuni ja rakendada isiku suhtes sundtoomist.

§ 538.   Kohtumäärus

  (1) Isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise määruses märgitakse:
  1) isik, kes kinnisesse asutusse paigutatakse;
  2) kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise abinõu kirjeldus;
  3) kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise tähtaeg;
  4) määruse peale määruskaebuse esitamise võimaluse selgitus.

  (2) Isikut ei või kinnisesse asutusse paigutada kauemaks kui üheks aastaks määruse tegemisest arvates, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 539.   Kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise lõpetamine

  (1) Kohus lõpetab määrusega isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise, muu hulgas esialgse õiguskaitse kohaldamisel, kui paigutamise eeldused on ära langenud või kui ilmneb, et eeldused ei olnud täidetud. Kohus võib kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise lõpetada isiku enda või tema eestkostja või isiku elukoha järgse valla- või linnavalitsuse taotlusel või omal algatusel.

  (2) Enne kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise lõpetamist küsib kohus arvamust valla- või linnavalitsuselt, kui see ei esitanud avaldust isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise lõpetamiseks ja arvamuse küsimine ei põhjusta asja lahendamise olulist viivitust. Esindajat ei pea isikule kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise lõpetamise asjas määrama, välja arvatud juhul, kui isik soovib esindajat avalduse esitamiseks.

  (3) Kinnine asutus peab kohtule viivitamata teatama, kui tema arvates ei ole isikut vaja kinnises asutuses hoida kohtu määratud tähtaja lõppemiseni. Kui isik on kinnisest asutusest vabastatud enne kohtu määratud aega, muu hulgas esialgse õiguskaitse korras määratud aega, tuleb kohtule sellest samuti viivitamata teatada. Kohus peab ka sel juhul otsustama isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise lõpetamise käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatud korras.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 5391.   Kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise tähtaja pikendamine ja isiku korduv kinnisesse asutusse paigutamine

  (1) Kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise tähtaja pikendamisele kohaldatakse vastavalt asutusse paigutamise kohta sätestatut. Kui isik on olnud kinnises asutuses üle nelja aasta, ei või kohus üldjuhul teha ekspertiisi ülesandeks isikule, kes asutusse paigutatut seni on ravinud või tema seisundi kohta ekspertiisi teinud või kes on ametis asutuses, kuhu isik on paigutatud.

  (2) Kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise tähtaja pikendamiseks või isiku korduvaks kinnisesse asutusse paigutamiseks ei ole uus ekspertiis vajalik, kui eelmise eksperdiarvamuse andmisest ei ole möödunud rohkem kui üks aasta ning isiku tervislik seisund ei ole seda kajastavate dokumentide järgi muutunud. Samadel tingimustel ei ole vajalik ka isiku enda, tema abikaasa ja perekonnaliikmete ärakuulamine, kui eelmisest ärakuulamisest ei ole möödunud rohkem kui üks aasta.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud juhul tuleb määrata isikule menetluses esindaja üksnes juhul, kui isik soovib esindajat määruse peale määruskaebuse esitamiseks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 540.   Kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise peatamine

  (1) Kohus võib isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise määrusega kuni üheks aastaks isiku enda või tema eestkostja või tema elukoha järgse valla- või linnavalitsuse taotlusel või omal algatusel peatada. Peatamisega võib siduda tingimusi ja kohustusi.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kohus võib peatamise tühistada, kui isik ei täida talle pandud tingimusi või kohustusi või kui tema seisundist tulenevalt on peatamise tühistamine vajalik.

  (3) Enne peatamise tühistamist peab kohus võimaluse korral ära kuulama isiku enda ja käesoleva seadustiku § 536 lõikes 2 nimetatud isikud ning valla- või linnavalitsuse.

§ 541.   Määruse teatavakstegemine ja jõustumine

  (1) Kohus toimetab kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise ja seda peatava või selle lõpetava määruse, muu hulgas esialgse õiguskaitse kohaldamise määruse, samuti kinnisesse asutusse paigutamisest keeldumise määruse kätte isikule endale, tema esindajale menetluses ja eestkostjale. Määruse põhjendust ei pea isikule endale teatavaks tegema, kui isik ei ole ilmselt võimeline seda mõistma või kui see võib tekitada olulist kahju tema tervisele.

  (2) Kohus edastab käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse ka isiku määratud usaldusisikule ning isiku elukoha järgsele valla- või linnavalitsusele. Kohus teeb määruse teatavaks ka käesoleva seadustiku § 536 lõike 2 punktis 1 nimetatud isikutele, kelle kohus menetluses ära kuulas, välja arvatud kui isik, kelle paigutamist kinnisesse asutusse soovitakse, on sellele vastu või kohus ei pea määruse või selle põhjenduste neile teatavaks tegemist vajalikuks. Need isikud võivad siiski nõuda määruse tervikuna edastamist.

  (3) Kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise määrus jõustub ja kuulub täitmisele, kui selle peale ei saa enam edasi kaevata või kui määruskaebus jäetakse jõustunud lahendiga rahuldamata või läbi vaatamata.

  (4) Kohus võib tunnistada määruse täitmisele kuuluvaks määruse kättetoimetamisega isikule endale või tema esindajale või tema eestkostjale või edastamisega tema elukoha järgsele valla- või linnavalitsusele.

  (5) Kohus teatab määrusest teistele kohtutele ja ametiasutustele, kui see on vajalik selle isiku huvides, kelle suhtes abinõu rakendati, või kolmandate isikute või avalikkuse huvides. Kohus võib menetluses ilmnenud olulistest asjaoludest teatada juba enne menetluse lõppemist.

  (6) Kui isik peetakse kinni kinnipidamis-, ravi-, hoolekande- või muus asutuses, teavitab kohus määrusest ka nimetatud asutust.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 542.   Määruse täitmine

  (1) Kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise määruse täidab asutus, kuhu isik paigutatakse. Isiku vanemate või eestkostja taotlusel aitab asutus neil isiku kinnisesse asutusse toimetada.

  (2) Isiku kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise määruse täitmisel võib rakendada jõudu ning vajaduse korral võib täitmiseks kasutada politsei abi, kui kohtumääruses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 543.   Määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise määruse, paigutamisest keeldumise määruse, paigutamise lõpetamise määruse ja lõpetamisest keeldumise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse isik, kelle suhtes on abinõusid rakendatud, ning käesoleva seadustiku § 536 lõikes 2 nimetatud isikud ja valla- või linnavalitsus, samuti kinnise asutuse juht.

  (2) Esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamise määruse peale võivad esitada määruskaebuse käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud isikud. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale saab edasi kaevata Riigikohtule.

  (3) Isik, kelle suhtes on abinõusid rakendatud, võib esitada määruskaebuse sõltumata abinõude rakendamise lõpetamisest, muu hulgas tuvastamaks kinnisesse asutusse paigutamise ebaseaduslikkust.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

55. peatükk LÄHENEMISKEELU JA MUUDE SARNASTE ABINÕUDE RAKENDAMINE ISIKUÕIGUSTE KAITSEKS 

§ 544.   Lähenemiskeelu ja muude isikuõiguse kaitse abinõude rakendamine

  (1) Kohus võib isiku eraelu või muu isikuõiguse kaitseks kohaldada võlaõigusseaduse § 1055 alusel lähenemiskeeldu või muid abinõusid. Abinõusid võib rakendada tähtajaga kuni kolm aastat.

  (2) Kui isikuõiguse kaitse abinõu rakendamist menetletakse seoses perekonnasuhtega, kohaldatakse täiendavalt seaduses hagita perekonnaasjadele sätestatut, kui käesolevast peatükist ei tulene teisiti.

  (3) Kohus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud asja lahendada ka hagimenetluses, kui seda lahendatakse koos muu hagiga või kui hageja seda taotleb.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 545.   Asjaosaliste ärakuulamine ja lepitamine

  Kohus kuulab enne lähenemiskeelu või muu isikuõiguse kaitse abinõu rakendamist ära isiku, kelle suhtes abinõu rakendamist taotletakse, ja isiku, kelle huvides abinõu rakendamist menetletakse. Vajaduse korral kuulab kohus ära ka nimetatud isikute lähedasi isikuid, isikute elukohajärgse valla- või linnavalitsuse või politseiasutuse.

§ 546.   Esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamine

  Kohus võib vajaduse korral määrusega lähenemiskeelu või muu sarnase isikuõiguse kaitse abinõu rakendamise avaldust tagada või rakendada esialgset õiguskaitset omal algatusel. Esialgse õiguskaitse korras võib rakendada hagi tagamise abinõusid hagi tagamiseks ettenähtud korras.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

§ 547.   Määruse kättetoimetamine ja jõustumine

  Lähenemiskeelu või muu isikuõiguse kaitse abinõu rakendamise määrus toimetatakse kätte isikutele, kelle suhtes ja kelle huvides abinõu rakendatakse. Määrus kuulub täitmisele alates selle kättetoimetamisest kohustatud isikule.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 548.   Isikuõiguse kaitse abinõu tühistamine ja muutmine

  Asjaolude muutumise korral võib kohus lähenemiskeelu või muu isikuõiguse kaitse abinõu tühistada või seda muuta. Enne tühistamist või muutmist kuulab kohus asjaosalised ära.

§ 549.   Määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Lähenemiskeelu või muu isikuõiguse kaitse abinõu rakendamise määruse või selle muutmise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse täitmiseks kohustatud isik.

  (2) Määruse peale, millega kohus jätab lähenemiskeelu või muu isikuõiguse kaitse abinõu rakendamise avalduse rahuldamata või tühistab abinõu või muudab seda, võib esitada määruskaebuse isik, kes taotles abinõu rakendamist või kelle huvides abinõu rakendati.

56. peatükk MENETLUS HAGITA PEREKONNAASJADES 

1. jagu Üldsätted 

§ 550.   Hagita perekonnaasjad

  (1) Hagita menetluses lahendatakse järgmised perekonnaasjad:
  1) alaealisele isikule eestkostja määramine;
  11) alaealise isiku valimisõiguse osas teovõimetuks tunnistamine;
[RT I, 22.01.2016, 7 - jõust. 01.02.2016]
  2) vanema õiguste määramine lapse suhtes, muu hulgas vanemalt vanema õiguste äravõtmine, ja lapsega suhtlemise korraldamine (hooldusõiguse asjad);
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  3) lapsendamine;
  4) alaealise teovõime laiendamine;
  5) isikust põlvnemise tuvastamine ja vanema kande vaidlustamine pärast isiku surma;
  6) nõusoleku andmine lapse või eestkostetava nimel tehingu tegemiseks;
  61) lapse tagastamise otsustamine lapseröövi suhtes tsiviilõiguse kohaldamise rahvusvahelise konventsiooni (RT II 2001, 6, 33) alusel;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  7) muud seadusega kohtu pädevusse antud perekonnaasjad, mida ei saa lahendada hagimenetluses.

  (2) Vanema õiguste määramise lapse suhtes ja lapsega suhtlemise korraldamise võib kohus lahendada ka hagimenetluses, kui seda nõutakse koos abielu lahutamisega või elatise väljamõistmise hagimenetluses.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Hagita perekonnaasjas tehtud määrused kuuluvad täitmisele alates jõustumisest, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 551.   Esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamine

  (1) Kohus võib hagita perekonnaasja menetlemisel avalduse alusel või omal algatusel määrusega esialgse õiguskaitsena rakendada hagi tagamise abinõusid.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Enne alaealist puudutava esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamist peab kohus küsima tema elukohajärgse valla- või linnavalitsuse arvamust, välja arvatud juhul, kui sellest tingitud viivitus kahjustaks ilmselt alaealise huvisid. Kui abinõu kohaldati valla- või linnavalitsuse seisukohta küsimata, tuleb seisukoht küsida esimesel võimalusel.

  (3) Kohus arvestab esialgse õiguskaitse korras hagi tagamise abinõu rakendamisel, kas vanem on olnud lapse või teise vanema suhtes vägivaldne.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

§ 552.   Koostöö valla- ja linnavalitsusega

  (1) Kui vastavalt seadusele on menetluses vajalik valla- või linnavalitsuse osalus, teatab kohus talle menetlusest. Kohus teavitab ka muul juhul valla- või linnavalitsust menetlusest ja sellega seonduvatest asjaoludest, kui nende asjaolude teadmine on valla- või linnavalitsusele ilmselt vajalik oma ülesannete täitmiseks ja seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Kohus küsib valla- või linnavalitsuse seisukohta alaealist või eestkostet puudutavas menetluses ja saadab talle menetlusi lõpetavate määruste ärakirjad.

§ 5521.   Lapse ärakuulamine

  (1) Kohus kuulab last puudutavas asjas isiklikult ära lapse, kes on suuteline seisukohti omama, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti. Kohus kuulab lapse ära lapsele tavalises keskkonnas, kui see on kohtu arvates asja huvides vajalik. Vajaduse korral kuulatakse laps ära psühhiaatri, psühholoogi või sotsiaaltöötaja juuresolekul. Kohus võib ärakuulamise juurde lubada ka muid isikuid, kui laps või tema esindaja ei ole sellele vastu. Lapse ärakuulamise korraldamisel arvestab kohus sellega, kas vanem on olnud lapse või teise vanema suhtes vägivaldne.
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 - jõust. 20.11.2022]

  (2) Lapse ärakuulamisel tuleb teda menetluse esemest ja võimalikust tulemusest teavitada ulatuses, milles laps on eeldatavasti võimeline seda mõistma, ja kui sellega ei kaasne eeldatavasti kahjulikke tagajärgi lapse arengule või kasvatusele. Lapsele tuleb anda võimalus oma seisukoha avaldamiseks.

  (3) Lapse ärakuulamisest võib loobuda üksnes mõjuval põhjusel. Kui last ei kuulata ära põhjusel, et sellega kaasnev viivitus kahjustaks lapse huvisid, tuleb laps viivitamata tagantjärele ära kuulata. Kohus võib loobuda lapse isiklikult ärakuulamisest ka siis, kui laps on hiljuti lastekaitsemenetluse või lepitusmenetluse käigus kohtumenetluse esemeks olevate asjaolude suhtes ära kuulatud, ärakuulamise tulemust on kohtul võimalik hinnata lapsega isiklikult suhtlemata ning lapse mitmekordne ärakuulamine ei oleks lapse huvides.
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 - jõust. 20.11.2022]

  (4) Kohus võib lapse ärakuulamise anda erinõude alusel tegutsevale kohtule üksnes juhul, kui on ilmne, et kohus võib ärakuulamise tulemust hinnata ka lapsega isiklikult suhtlemata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 553.   Lapse iseseisev kaebeõigus

  (1) Vähemalt 14-aastane piisava kaalutlus- ja otsustusvõimega laps võib tema isikut puudutavas hagita perekonnaasjas määruse peale kaevata oma seadusliku esindaja kaasabita. Sama kehtib muude asjade suhtes, mille puhul laps tuleb enne asja lahendamist ära kuulata.

  (2) Määrused, millele laps võib määruskaebuse esitada, tuleb talle isiklikult teatavaks teha. Määruse põhjendust ei pea lapsele teatavaks tegema, kui sellest võib tuleneda kahjulikke tagajärgi lapse arengule, kasvatusele või tervisele.

2. jagu Alaealisele isikule eestkostja määramine ja alaealise isiku valimisõiguse osas teovõimetuks tunnistamine 
[RT I, 22.01.2016, 7 - jõust. 01.02.2016]

§ 554.   Alaealisele eestkostja määramine

  Alaealisele isikule eestkostja määramisele kohaldatakse piiratud teovõimega täisealisele eestkostja määramise kohta sätestatut, välja arvatud ekspertiisi kohta sätestatut, kui käesolevas jaos sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

§ 555.   Esialgse õiguskaitse rakendamine

  (1) Kohus võib määrusega rakendada esialgset õiguskaitset ja määrata muu hulgas ajutise eestkostja, kui võib eeldada, et eestkostja määramise tingimused on ilmselt täidetud ja viivitusega kaasneks oht alaealise huvidele ning piisava kaalutlus- ja otsustusvõimega laps on eelnevalt ära kuulatud.
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 - jõust. 20.11.2022]

  (2) Lapse võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud eesmärgil ära kuulata ka erinõude alusel tegutsev kohtunik.

  (3) Kui viivitusega kaasneks oht, võib kohus rakendada esialgset õiguskaitset juba enne lapse ärakuulamist. Sel juhul tuleb laps ära kuulata viivitamata tagantjärele. Last ei pea ära kuulama, kui see ilmselt kahjustaks tema tervist või kui ta ilmselt ei suuda tahet avaldada.

  (4) Ajutise eestkostja valikul ei pea arvestama avaldaja tahet ega seaduses eestkostjale ettenähtud nõudeid.

  (5) Ajutist eestkostjat ei või määrata kauemaks kui kuueks kuuks.

  (6) Kohus võib ajutise eestkostja määrusega ametist vabastada, kui vabastamise eeldused on ilmselt täidetud ja viivitusega kaasneks oht eestkostetava huvidele.

  (7) Määrus ajutise eestkostja määramise ja vabastamise kohta kehtib ja kuulub täitmisele alates selle avalikult teatavakstegemisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 556.   Alaealise ärakuulamine
[Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 557.   Kohtumäärus

  (1) Kohus määrab alaealisele eestkostja määrusega.

  (2) Määruses märgitakse:
  1) isik, kellele eestkostja määratakse;
  2) eestkostjaks määratud isik või asutus;
  3) eestkostja ülesanded;
  4) kas ja milliseid tehinguid võib alaealine teha eestkostja nõusolekuta.

  (21) Määruses märgitakse, et eestkoste seatakse alaealise täisealiseks saamiseni, kui kohus ei määra eestkostjat lühemaks ajaks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Eestkoste seadmise määrus annab eestkostjale eestkostetava esindamise õiguse.

  (4) Alaealisele eestkostja määramise, eestkostja määramise avalduse rahuldamata jätmise, eestkoste lõpetamise, eestkostja ülesannete ringi muutumise, eestkoste lõpetamisest keeldumise, eestkostja vabastamise, uue eestkostja määramise ja eestkoste kulude määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse alaealine, kellele eestkostja määramist menetleti, tema otseliinis sugulane või lähedane isik, kellega tal on piisav emotsionaalne side, eestkostjaks määratu ning alaealise elukohajärgne valla- või linnavalitsus.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

§ 5571.   Alaealise isiku valimisõiguse osas teovõimetuks tunnistamine

  (1) 16–17-aastase isiku valimisõiguse osas teovõimetuks tunnistamisele kohaldatakse piiratud teovõimega täisealisele isikule eestkostja määramise sätteid. Eestkostjat valimisõiguse osas teovõimetuks tunnistamisel ei määrata.

  (2) Kohus otsustab alaealise isiku valimisõiguse osas teovõimetuks tunnistamise omal algatusel või valla- või linnavalitsuse, eestkostja või huvitatud isiku avalduse alusel.
[RT I, 22.01.2016, 7 - jõust. 01.02.2016]

3. jagu Vanema õiguste määramine lapse suhtes ja lapsega suhtlemise korraldamine 

§ 558.   Vanemate ärakuulamine

  (1) Vanema õigusi lapse suhtes puudutavas menetluses kuulab kohus vanemad ära. Vanemate isiklike õiguste osas kuulab kohus vanemad ära isiklikult. Kui menetlus toimub lapse heaolu ohustamise üle, kuulab kohus vanemad isiklikult ära ja arutab nendega lapse huvide kaitset. Vanemate ärakuulamise korraldamisel arvestab kohus sellega, kas vanem on olnud lapse või teise vanema suhtes vägivaldne.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

  (2) Vanemat, kellel vanema õigusi ei ole või kelle lapsed on antud eestkoste alla, ei pea kohus ära kuulama, kui ärakuulamine asja lahendamisele või asjaolude selgitamisele ilmselt kaasa ei aita.

  (3) Kohus ei pea vanemaid ära kuulama, kui sellest tekkiva viivitusega kaasneks ilmselt oht lapse huvidele.

§ 559.   Lapse ärakuulamine
[Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 560.   Kasuvanemate ja lapse muude kasvatajate ärakuulamine

  Kui laps elab juba pikemat aega ühe vanema või lapsega suhtlema õigustatud isiku juures või kasuperekonnas, kuulab kohus last puudutavas asjas ära ka nimetatud isikud, välja arvatud juhul, kui see ei aita ilmselt kaasa asja lahendamisele või asjaolude selgitamisele.

§ 5601.   Lepitusmenetlus lapsega suhtlemise korraldamise asjas

  (1) Kohtule tuleb koos avaldusega esitada riikliku perelepitusteenuse seaduse §-s 13 või lepitusseaduse §-s 12 nimetatud tõend lepitusmenetluse edutuse kohta.

  (2) Lepitusmenetlust ei tule enne kohtusse pöördumist läbida juhul, kui vanem on olnud lapse või teise vanema suhtes vägivaldne või esineb muu mõjuv põhjus. Vägivalla esinemise korral tuleb sellele avalduses viidata. Muu mõjuva põhjuse esinemist tuleb avalduses põhistada.

  (3) Kui kohtule koos avaldusega lepitusmenetluse edutuse tõendit ei esitatud ja avalduses käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud asjaoludele ei viidatud, küsib kohus andmeid lepitusmenetluse läbimise kohta Sotsiaalkindlustusametilt.

  (4) Kui Sotsiaalkindlustusametilt saadud teabe kohaselt ei ole vanemad enne kohtusse pöördumist lepitusmenetlust läbinud ja kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud asjaolusid ei esine, võtab kohus avalduse menetlusse ja suunab vanemad osalema riikliku perelepitusteenuse seaduses sätestatud lepitusmenetluses. Kohus selgitab vanematele Sotsiaalkindlustusameti poole pöördumise korda ja määrab pöördumise tähtaja. Kohus saadab perelepitusse suunamise määruse Sotsiaalkindlustusametile ja toimetab selle kätte menetlusosalistele.

  (5) Kui avaldusest nähtuvalt on vanem olnud lapse või teise vanema suhtes vägivaldne, selgitab kohus vanematele võimalust pöörduda Sotsiaalkindlustusameti poole riikliku perelepitusteenuse seaduses sätestatud lepitusmenetluse läbiviimiseks.

  (6) Kohus peatab menetluse lepitusmenetluse lõppemiseni.

  (7) Kohtul on õigus saada Sotsiaalkindlustusametilt igal ajal teavet lepitusmenetluse läbiviimise kohta.

  (8) Kui Sotsiaalkindlustusamet edastab kohtule riikliku perelepitusteenuse seaduse § 14 alusel sama seaduse §-s 12 sätestatud kinnitatud vanemluskokkuleppe või teabe vanemluskokkuleppe kinnitamise kohta, lõpetab kohus käesoleva seadustiku § 428 lõike 1 punkti 6 alusel asja menetluse määrusega ja otsustab vajaduse korral käesoleva seadustiku § 480 alusel varasema kohtulahendi tühistamise või muutmise. Kui kohtule esitatakse riikliku perelepitusteenuse seaduse §-s 13 sätestatud lepitusmenetluse edutuse tõend, jätkab kohus asja menetlemist.

  (9) Kui kohtule on esitatud lapsega suhtlemise korraldamise asjaga seotud elatisnõue, võib kohus suunata vanemad lepitusmenetluses osalema kõigis nõuetes käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–8 sätestatud korras.

  (10) Lapsega suhtlemise korraldamise kokkuleppe või määruse muutmise korral kohtusse pöördumisele kohaldatakse lapsega suhtlemise korraldamise kohta sätestatut. Kohus võib riikliku perelepitusteenuse seaduses sätestatud lepitusmenetlusse suunata ka kohtulahendi muutmise asja.

  (11) Hilisem Sotsiaalkindlustusameti kinnitatud vanemluskokkulepe sama alaealise lapse suhtes asendab varasemat kohtulahendit või kokkulepet. Hilisem alaealise lapse elatisnõude kohta tehtud kohtulahend asendab varasemat sama alaealise lapse elatisnõude kohta kinnitatud kokkulepet.
[RT I, 10.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.09.2022]

§ 561.   Asja lahendamine kokkuleppel

  (1) Last puudutavas menetluses peab kohus nii vara kui võimalik ja igas menetlusstaadiumis püüdma suunata asjaosalisi asja kokkuleppel lahendama. Kohus peab asjaosalised võimalikult aegsasti ära kuulama ja juhtima nende tähelepanu võimalusele kasutada perenõustaja abi eelkõige ühise seisukoha kujundamiseks lapse hooldamisel ja tema eest vastutamisel. Suunates asjaosalisi asja kokkuleppel lahendama või juhtides tähelepanu perenõustaja abi kasutamise võimalusele, arvestab kohus sellega, kas vanem on olnud lapse või teise vanema suhtes vägivaldne.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 2 - jõust. 29.03.2019]

  (2) Kohus võib last puudutava menetluse peatada, kui sellega ei kaasne lapse huvisid ohustavat viivitust ning kui asjaosalised on valmis laskma ennast kohtuväliselt nõustada või kui kohtu arvates on muul põhjusel väljavaateid asja lahendamiseks asjaosaliste kokkuleppel.

§ 562.   Lapse isiklikuks kasutamiseks määratud asjade väljaandmine

  Kui kohus määrab lapse väljaandmise, võib ta esialgse õiguskaitse korras teha ka määruse lapse isiklikuks kasutamiseks määratud asjade väljaandmise kohta.

§ 5621.   Lapsega suhtlemist korraldava kohtumääruse täidetavus ja sunnivahendite määramine

  (1) Kohus määrab lapsega suhtlemist korraldavas kohtumääruses sunnivahendid, mida saab rakendada kohtumääruse rikkumise korral, ja selgitab täitemenetluse seadustiku § 179 lõigetes 2 ja 22 kehtestatud sunnimeetmete rakendamise korda.

  (2) Kohus lubab suhtluskorda täitma kohustatud isiku suhtes jõudu rakendada üksnes juhul, kui muude vahendite rakendamine on jäänud tulemuseta või kui on põhjust eeldada, et see jääb tulemuseta, või kui on vaja lahend kiiresti täita ning jõu kasutamist õigustab vajadus tagada lapse heaolu, mida ei ole muul viisil võimalik saavutada.

  (3) Lapsega suhtlemist korraldav kohtumäärus kehtib ja kuulub täitmisele sõltumata jõustumisest viivitamata alates päevast, kui see tehakse teatavaks isikutele, kelle kohta määrus on tehtud. Kohus võib määrata, et määrus kuulub osaliselt või täielikult täitmisele alates hilisemast ajast, kuid mitte hiljem kui alates jõustumisest.
[RT I, 10.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.09.2022]

§ 563.   Lepitusmenetlus lapsega suhtlemist korraldava määruse ja kokkuleppe rikkumise korral
[Kehtetu - RT I, 10.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.09.2022]

§ 5631.   Määruse teatavakstegemine

  Vanema hooldusõiguse kuuluvuse asjas tehtud määrus on isiku perekonnaseisuandmetes muudatuste tegemise alus. Kohus saadab määruse jõustumisest arvates kümne päeva jooksul perekonnaseisuasutusele hooldusõiguse andmete kandmiseks rahvastikuregistrisse.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

§ 5632.   Lapse perekonnast eraldamine

  Seaduses sätestatud juhtudel ja korras võib lapse perekonnast eraldada ka kohtumääruseta, kui lapse perekonda jätmine ohustab lapse tervist või elu ja kohtumääruse saamine ei ole piisavalt kiiresti võimalik. Sel juhul tuleb esitada avaldus sellise arvestusega, et kohtul oleks võimalik avaldus lahendada 72 tunni jooksul alates lapse perekonnast eraldamisest lastekaitseseaduse §-s 33 sätestatud alustel.
[RT I, 06.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2016]

4. jagu Lapsendamine 

§ 564.   Lapsendamise avaldus

  (1) Kohus otsustab lapsendamise üksnes lapsendamist sooviva isiku avalduse alusel.

  (2) Avalduses märgitakse isiku nimi, keda soovitakse lapsendada, tema sünniaasta, -kuu ja -päev, samuti teadaolevad andmed tema vanemate kohta. Kui avaldaja tahab muuta lapse nime, peab ta seda avalduses märkima.

  (3) Avaldaja märgib avalduses oma sünniaasta, -kuu ja -päeva, samuti asjaolud, mis kinnitavad, et ta on suuteline last kasvatama, tema eest hoolitsema ja teda ülal pidama.

  (4) Kui avaldaja on abielus, lisab ta avaldusele abikaasa kirjaliku nõusoleku lapsendamiseks, välja arvatud juhul, kui abikaasa nõusolek ei ole lapsendamiseks seaduse kohaselt vajalik.

§ 565.   Avaldaja ärakuulamine

  Kohus kuulab lapsendamise asjas isiklikult ära avaldaja, välja arvatud juhul, kui avaldaja ei saa mõjuval põhjusel kohtusse ilmuda.

§ 566.   Lapse ärakuulamine
[Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 567.   Sotsiaalkindlustusameti arvamus
[RT I, 21.12.2016, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2017]

  (1) Kohus teeb lapsendamise otsustamiseks vajalike andmete kogumiseks ja kohtule esitamiseks korralduse Sotsiaalkindlustusametile.
[RT I, 21.12.2016, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2017]

  (2) Sotsiaalkindlustusamet esitab kohtule andmed avaldaja tervise, varalise seisundi ja eluaseme kohta ning arvamuse selle kohta, kas avaldaja on suuteline last kasvatama, tema eest hoolitsema ja teda ülal pidama.
[RT I, 21.12.2016, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2017]

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I, 21.12.2016, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2017]

§ 568.   Lapsendamise määrus

  (1) Lapsendamise määruses märgitakse lapsendatu nimi ja tema teised registrisse kantavad isikuandmed, tema ees- ja perekonnanime muutmisel uus ees- ja perekonnanimi, samuti lapsendaja nimi ja tema teised registrisse kantavad isikuandmed ning lapsendamise õiguslik alus. Määruses nimetatakse, kui vanema nõusolekut lapsendamiseks ei ole vaja.

  (2) Lapsendamise määrus jõustub kättetoimetamisega lapsendajale. Määruse peale ei saa esitada määruskaebust ega seda muuta.

  (3) Kohus saadab lapsendamise määruse ärakirja pärast jõustumist perekonnaseisuasutusele. Määrus on aluseks muudatuste tegemiseks lapsendatu perekonnaseisuandmetes.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

  (4) Avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määruse peale võib avaldaja esitada määruskaebuse.

§ 569.   Lapsendamise kehtetuks tunnistamine

  (1) Lapsendamise kehtetuks tunnistamise menetluses kuulab kohus ära Sotsiaalkindlustusameti. Võimaluse korral kuulatakse ära ka lapsendaja.
[RT I, 21.12.2016, 2 - jõust. 01.01.2017]

  (2) Kohus määrab lapsendamise kehtetuks tunnistamise menetluses lapsendatule esindaja.

  (3) Lapsendamise kehtetuks tunnistamise määrus jõustub ja kuulub täitmisele, kui selle peale ei saa enam esitada määruskaebust.

5. jagu Alaealise teovõime laiendamine 

§ 570.   Menetluse algatamine

  Kohus otsustab alaealise teovõime laiendamise vähemalt 15-aastase alaealise enda, tema vanema või eestkostja või alaealise elukoha järgse valla- või linnavalitsuse avalduse alusel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 571.   Avalduse sisu

  (1) Avalduses märgitakse:
  1) mis põhjusel alaealise teovõime laiendamist taotletakse;
  2) andmed, mis annavad aluse teovõime laiendamiseks.

  (2) Avaldusele lisatakse alaealise seadusliku esindaja kirjalik nõusolek alaealise teovõime laiendamiseks. Nõusolekust keeldumine tuleb märkida avalduses.

§ 572.   Ekspertiisi määramine

  (1) Kohus määrab vajaduse korral ekspertiisi alaealise arengutaseme väljaselgitamiseks. Ekspert peab alaealist enne eksperdiarvamuse andmist isiklikult küsitlema.

  (2) Kui alaealine, kelle suhtes ekspertiis on määratud, mõjuva põhjuseta eksperdi juurde ei ilmu, jätab kohus avalduse läbi vaatamata.

§ 573.   Valla- või linnavalitsus menetluses

  Kohtu korraldusel kogub ja esitab alaealise elukohajärgne valla- või linnavalitsus kohtule alaealise teovõime laiendamiseks vajalikud andmed ning annab menetluses oma arvamuse teovõime laiendamise kohta.

§ 574.   Isikute ärakuulamine

  (1) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kui alaealine ärakuulamisele mõjuva põhjuseta ei ilmu, jätab kohus avalduse läbi vaatamata.

  (5) Kohus küsib menetluses alaealise seaduslike esindajate seisukohta. Alaealise taotlusel tuleb võimaldada seisukoha andmist ka muule alaealise lähedasele isikule, kui see ei venita oluliselt menetlust.

  (6) [Kehtetu - RT I, 08.06.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.11.2022]

§ 575.   Kohtumäärus

  (1) Kohus lahendab alaealise teovõime laiendamise määrusega.

  (2) Määruses märgitakse:
  1) isik, kelle teovõimet laiendatakse;
  2) milliseid tehinguid või õigustoiminguid võib alaealine teha seadusliku esindaja nõusolekuta.

§ 576.   Määruse muutmine ja tühistamine

  Alaealise teovõime laiendamise määruse muutmisele ja tühistamisele kohaldatakse vastavalt teovõime laiendamise määruse kohta sätestatut.

§ 577.   Määruse teatavakstegemine ja jõustumine

  (1) Määrus jõustub ja kuulub täitmisele selle alaealisele kättetoimetamisega.

  (2) Kohus teatab määrusest teistele kohtutele ja ametiasutustele, kui see on alaealise, kolmandate isikute või avalikkuse huvides ilmselt vajalik. Alaealise soovil avaldab kohus teate väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded.

§ 578.   Määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Alaealise teovõime laiendamise määruse peale ja selle muutmise või tühistamise määruse peale, samuti nimetatud määruse tegemiseks esitatud avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määruse peale võivad esitada määruskaebuse avaldaja, alaealine ja tema elukoha järgne valla- või linnavalitsus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Määruskaebust ei saa esitada pärast viie kuu möödumist määruse kättetoimetamisest alaealisele.

6. jagu Isikust põlvnemise tuvastamine ja vanema kande vaidlustamine pärast isiku surma 

§ 579.   Põlvnemise tuvastamise ja kande vaidlustamise avaldus

  (1) Kohus lahendab põlvnemise tuvastamise isikust, kes on surnud, ja sellise isiku kohta sünniakti või rahvastikuregistrisse tehtud vanema kande vaidlustamise üksnes avalduse alusel.

  (2) Avalduse isiku põlvnemise tuvastamiseks või sünniakti või rahvastikuregistrisse tehtud vanema kande vaidlustamiseks isikust, kes on surnud, võib esitada isik, kelle põlvnemise tuvastamist taotletakse või kelle põlvnemist vaidlustatakse, tema eestkostja või valla- või linnavalitsus.

  (3) Avalduses märgitakse asjaolud, mille alusel võib vanemaks pidada isikut, kellest põlvnemist tuvastatakse või mille alusel ei saa vanemaks pidada isikut, kes on vanemana kantud sünniakti või rahvastikuregistrisse.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

§ 580.   Isikute ärakuulamine

  (1) Kohus kuulab ära lapse teise vanema ning surnud isiku vanemad, abikaasa ja täisealised lapsed, samuti muud isikud, kelle ärakuulamist peab kohus vajalikuks.

  (2) Kohus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud isiku jätta ära kuulamata üksnes juhul, kui isik on kestvalt võimetu seletust andma või kui tema viibimiskoht on teadmata.

  (3) Kohus küsib arvamust lapse elukoha järgse valla- või linnavalitsuselt, kui avalduse oli esitanud alaealise lapse ema või eestkostja.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 581.   Ekspertiisi määramine

  Vajaduse korral määrab kohus põlvnemise ekspertiisi, kui see on võimalik surnu matmiskohast väljakaevamiseta.

§ 582.   Kohtumäärus põlvnemise tuvastamise või vanema kande vaidlustamise avalduse kohta

  (1) Põlvnemise tuvastamise määruses märgitakse selle isiku nimi, kelle põlvnemine on tuvastatud, ja tema teised registrisse kantavad isikuandmed, samuti selle isiku nimi ja tema teised registrisse kantavad isikuandmed, kellest põlvnemine on tuvastatud.

  (2) Määruses, millega tuvastatakse, et sünniakti või rahvastikuregistrisse tehtud vanema kanne on ebaõige ja laps ei põlvne surnud isikust, märgitakse samad andmed isikute kohta, keda teineteisest põlvnevaks ei loeta.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

  (3) Määrus, millega kohus lahendab põlvnemise tuvastamise või sünniakti või rahvastikuregistrisse tehtud vanema kande vaidlustamise avalduse, jõustub ja kuulub täitmisele määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaja möödumisega.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

  (4) Kohus saadab põlvnemise või vanema kande ebaõigsuse tuvastamise määruse pärast selle jõustumist perekonnaseisuasutusele. Määrus on aluseks muudatuste tegemiseks lapse perekonnaseisuandmetes.
[RT I 2009, 30, 177 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

§ 583.   Määruskaebuse esitamine

  Põlvnemise tuvastamise või vanema kande ebaõigsuse tuvastamise määruse peale või avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määruse peale võivad esitada määruskaebuse avaldaja, surnu vanemad, abikaasa ja täisealised lapsed ning avaldaja elukoha järgne valla- või linnavalitsus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

57. peatükk PÄRANDI HOIUMEETMETE RAKENDAMINE 

§ 584.   Tagatis hoiumeetmete rakendamise kulude katteks

  (1) Kohus võib pärandi hoiumeetmete rakendamise avalduse esitajat või isikut, kelle huvides pärandi hoiumeetmeid rakendatakse, kohustada tasuma pärandi hoiumeetmete rakendamise kulude katteks selleks ettenähtud kontole kohtu määratud rahasumma, kui on alust eeldada, et pärandvarast selleks ei jätku.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Ringkonnakohtu määruse peale määruskaebuse kohta ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

§ 585.   Isikute ärakuulamine

  Kohus kuulab pärandi hoiumeetmete rakendamise menetluses ära avaldaja või isiku, kelle huvides pärandi hoiumeetmeid rakendatakse, ja isiku, kelle määramist pärandi hooldajaks soovitakse. Vajaduse korral kuulab kohus ära teised isikud, kelle õigusi ja kohustusi avaldus puudutab.

§ 586.   Hoiumeetmete rakendamise määrus

  (1) Kohus otsustab hoiumeetmete rakendamise ja pärandi hooldaja määramise vastavalt äraolija varale hoolduse seadmise kohta sätestatule, kui käesolevas peatükis sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Hoiumeetmete rakendamise ja pärandi hooldaja määramise määrus jõustub selle kättetoimetamisega hooldajale. Määrus tehakse teatavaks ka avaldajale, pärijatele, annakusaajatele ja pärandaja võlausaldajatele ning testamenditäitjale.

  (3) Pärija, annakusaaja, pärandi hooldaja, pärandaja võlausaldaja ja testamenditäitja avalduse alusel või omal algatusel võib kohus hoiumeetmeid muuta või tühistada, samuti hooldaja tema kohustustest vabastada.

  (4) Määruse peale võib avaldaja või muu käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud isik esitada määruskaebuse.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

  (5) Hoiumeetmete rakendamise ja pärandi hooldaja määramise võib otsustada ka kohtunikuabi.
[RT I 2010, 38, 231 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

  (6) Kohus teeb pärandi hoiumeetmete rakendamise, muutmise ja lõpetamise kohta pärimisregistrisse kande.
[RT I, 09.10.2013, 1 - jõust. 28.10.2013]

§ 587.   Hoiumeetmete kulud

  (1) Hoiumeetmete rakendamise vajalikud kulud kantakse pärandvara arvel. Kohtu korraldusel võib hoiumeetmete rakendamise kulude katteks pärandvara müüa. Kui pärandvarast ei jätku kulude katteks, hüvitatakse need käesoleva seadustiku § 584 lõikes 1 nimetatud raha arvel. Kohtu määratud kontole tasutud rahast järelejäänud raha tagastatakse.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (2) Hoiumeetmete rakendamise kulude hüvitamise määruse peale võivad pärija, annakusaaja, pärandi hooldaja, pärandaja võlausaldaja ja testamenditäitja esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 588.   Pärandvara nimekiri
[Kehtetu - RT I 2010, 38, 231 - jõust. 01.07.2010]

§ 589.   Loa andmine kinnisasja võõrandamiseks

  (1) Pärandvarasse kuuluva kinnisasja võõrandamiseks loa saamise avalduse võib pärandi hooldaja esitada pärandi hoiumeetmeid rakendanud kohtule.

  (2) Loa andmise otsustab kohus määrusega. Määruse peale võib pärija, annakusaaja, pärandi hooldaja, testamendi täitja, pärandaja võlausaldaja või selle kinnisasja kaas- või ühisomanik esitada määruskaebuse. Ringkonnakohtu määruse peale määruskaebuse kohta ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

§ 590.   Pärandi hooldaja aruanne

  (1) Hooldamise lõppemisel esitab pärandi hooldaja kohtule aruande. Kohus võib pärandi hooldajalt aruannet nõuda ka enne hooldamise lõpetamist. Pärijal ja annakusaajal on õigus esitatud aruandega tutvuda.

  (2) Aruandes märgitakse esialgne pärandvara koosseis, väljamaksed pärandvarast, samuti sissetulekud tulutoovast pärandvarast.

  (3) Kui pärandi hooldamise alused on ära langenud, lõpetab kohus määrusega pärandvara valitsemise ja vabastab pärandi hooldaja ametist.

  (4) Hooldamise lõpetamise või sellest keeldumise määruse peale võivad pärija, annakusaaja, testamenditäitja, pärandaja võlausaldaja ja pärandisse kuuluva vara ühis- või kaasomanik esitada määruskaebuse.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

58. peatükk REGISTRIASJAD 

§ 591.   Kohtu peetavad registrid

  Tartu Maakohus peab järgmisi seaduses sätestatud registreid:
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 - jõust. 01.01.2015]
  1) äriregister;
  2) mittetulundusühingute ja sihtasutuste register;
  3) kinnistusraamat;
  4) laevakinnistusraamat;
  5) [kehtetu - RT I, 21.12.2016, 1 - jõust. 01.03.2018]
  6) kommertspandiregister.

§ 592.   Registripidamise kord

  (1) Registripidamise kord sätestatakse seaduses. Valdkonna eest vastutav minister võib määrusega kehtestada tehnilisi ja korralduslikke nõudeid registripidamisele ja kannete tegemisele.

  (2) Kohtu peetavatele registritele ja nende pidamisele kohaldatakse avaliku teabe seaduses andmekogude kohta sätestatut käesolevas seadustikus ja registreid reguleerivates seadustes sätestatud erisustega.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

§ 593.   Kandeavaldus

  (1) Kohus teeb registrisse kandeid üksnes avalduse või kohtulahendi alusel, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti.

  (2) Kandeavaldused esitatakse kohtule seaduses sätestatud vormis seadusega selleks õigustatud isiku poolt.

  (3) Avaldust esitama õigustatud isik võib avalduse kuni selle kohta kandemääruse tegemiseni tagasi võtta. Avalduse tagasivõtmiseks tuleb esitada kohtule avaldusega samas vormis avaldus, milles näidatakse ära avalduse tagasivõtmise põhjus.

  (4) Notar, kes tõestas või kinnitas avalduse, võib esindada avaldajat kohtus registriasja lahendamisel. Notar võib muu hulgas avaldaja nimel esitada avalduse tagasivõtmise või muutmise avalduse ning määruskaebuse. Avaldaja võib notari esindusõiguse lõpetada.

  (5) Kandeavalduse tagasivõtmisel jätab kohus selle läbi vaatamata.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

§ 594.   Avaldust või nõusolekut asendav kohtulahend

  Kui kande tegemiseks on vajalik isiku avaldus või nõusolek, asendab seda ka jõustunud või viivitamatule täitmisele kuuluv kohtulahend, millega on tuvastatud isiku kohustus kande tegemisele kaasa aidata, või õigussuhe, millest tulenevalt tuleb kanne teha.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 595.   Kohtuniku ja kohtunikuabi pädevus

  (1) Kohtu peetavasse registrisse teeb kandeid ja registri pidamise alaseid määruseid, sealhulgas trahvimääruseid, kohtunik või kohtunikuabi.

  (2) Kohtunikuabi peab määruse või kande tegemise andma pädevale kohtunikule, kui:
  1) tuleb rakendada teise riigi õigust, sellest võib olulisel määral sõltuda asja lahendamine ja puudub sellekohane väljakujunenud Eesti praktika;
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]
  11) tuleb kohandada Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 650/2012 alusel välisriigi asjaõigust;
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 - jõust. 20.03.2016]
  2) ta soovib kõrvale kalduda talle teadaolevast kohtuniku seisukohast;
  3) avalduse läbivaatamisel ilmnevad õiguslikud raskused;
  4) tema arvates on kohaldamisele kuuluv säte vastuolus põhiseadusega või Euroopa Liidu õigusega;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  5) otsustatakse juriidilise isiku sundlõpetamine, likvideerimise läbiviimine või likvideerijate määramine;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  51) trahvi soovitakse määrata enam kui 1000 eurot;
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]
  6) muul seaduses sätestatud juhul.

  (3) Kohtunik võib määruse või kande tegemise anda tagasi kohtunikuabile. Sel juhul on kohtunikuabi seotud kohtuniku seisukohaga.

  (4) Kohtunikuabi taandamisele kohaldatakse käesolevas seadustikus kohtuniku taandamise kohta sätestatut.

§ 5951.   Registrisekretäri pädevus

  (1) Registrisekretär on kohtuametnik, kes võib:
  1) teha käesoleva seadustiku § 221 lõikes 3 nimetatud määrusi, muu hulgas puuduste kõrvaldamise ja hoiatamise määrusi;
  2) otsustada füüsilisest isikust ettevõtja kohta kande tegemise, välja arvatud ärinime äriregistrisse kandmise ja muutmise kohta;
  3) otsustada kohtulahendi alusel kande tegemise;
  4) otsustada äriregistrisse majandusaasta alguse ja lõpu kuupäeva kandmise;
  5) teha äriseadustiku §-s 5211 nimetatud tegevusala uuendamise toiminguid;
  6) otsustada äriregistrisse elektronposti aadressi või muude kontaktandmete kandmise ja nende muutmise;
  7) täita muid teenistuskohustusi kohtute seaduse § 42 lõike 1 alusel antud registriosakonna kodukorras sätestatud alusel ja korras.

  (2) Registrisekretär peab registriasja menetlemise katkestama ja pöörduma suuniste saamiseks kohtuniku või kohtunikuabi poole, kui ta soovib kõrvale kalduda talle teadaolevast kohtuniku seisukohast või kui registriasja menetlemises ilmnevad õiguslikud raskused.

  (3) Registrisekretär peab registriasja andma registriosakonna teenistujate tööjaotusplaani alusel teise isiku menetlusse, kui on alust kahelda tema erapooletuses, sealhulgas siis, kui ta ise või tema sugulane või hõimlane on registriasja suhtes:
  1) füüsilisest isikust ettevõtja;
  2) täis- või usaldusühingu osanik, äriregistrisse kantud esindama volitatud isik või prokurist;
  3) osaühingu, aktsiaseltsi või tulundusühistu asutaja, juhatuse või nõukogu liige, prokurist või vandeaudiitor;
  4) välismaa äriühingu, mille filiaal on äriregistrisse kantud või kandmisel, seadusjärgne esindaja, filiaali juhataja või prokurist;
  5) mittetulundusühingu või sihtasutuse asutaja, juhatuse liige, sihtasutuse nõukogu liige, mittetulundusühingu muu organi liige või sihtasutuse vandeaudiitor.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

§ 596.   Kandemäärus

  (1) Registriasjas lahendatakse avaldus kandemäärusega ja selle alusel tehakse kanne.

  (11) Registriasi lahendatakse kirjalikus menetluses, kuid kohus võib menetlusosalise asjaolude selgitamiseks ka isiklikult ära kuulata.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (2) Kui avalduses on kande tegemist takistav puudus või kui puudub vajalik dokument ja puudust on ilmselt võimalik kõrvaldada, määrab kohus tähtaja puuduse kõrvaldamiseks. Kui puudust tähtaja möödumise ajaks kõrvaldatud ei ole, jätab kohus avalduse kandemäärusega rahuldamata.

  (3) Kui kohus rahuldab kandeavalduse täielikult, teeb ta registrisse kande kandemäärust eraldi vormistamata. Kandemääruseks loetakse sel juhul kande sisu.

  (4) Kui kohus rahuldab avalduse osaliselt, teeb ta rahuldatava osa kohta kande ning muu osa kohta rahuldamata jätmise kandemääruse.
[RT I 2006, 7, 42 - jõust. 04.02.2006]

  (5) Kandemäärus tehakse ka kohtu omal algatusel tehtud kannete kohta. Sellist kandemäärust tuleb ka põhjendada.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

§ 597.   Kande tegemine

  (1) Kandemäärus täidetakse ja kanne tehakse viivitamata, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (2) Kandemäärus, millega avaldus jäetakse rahuldamata, toimetatakse avaldajale kätte.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kandemäärus, millega avaldus rahuldatakse, edastatakse avaldajale valdkonna eest vastutava ministri määruses ettenähtud viisil.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kui avalduseta kandemääruse alusel tehakse kanne, toimetatakse määrus kätte isikutele, kelle või kelle vara kohta kanne tehakse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 598.   Kandeavalduse menetluse peatamine seoses õigusvaidlusega

  Kui kandeavalduse lahendamiseks tuleks äriregistri- või mittetulundusühingute ja sihtasutuste registriasja menetleval kohtul anda hinnang vaidlusalusele õigussuhtele, võib kohus peatada avalduse menetlemise kuni vaidluse lahendamiseni hagimenetluses. Kui sel juhul ei ole hagi veel esitatud, võib kohus määrata asjaosalisele hagi esitamiseks tähtaja. Äriregistri või mittetulundusühingute ja sihtasutuste registri asja menetluse võib peatada ka käesoleva seadustiku §-s 356 sätestatud juhul.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 599.   Kandemääruse peale määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Kandemääruse peale, millega kandeavaldus jäeti rahuldamata või rahuldati osaliselt, samuti määruse peale, millega määrati tähtaeg puuduste kõrvaldamiseks, võib avaldaja esitada määruskaebuse. Kohtu omal algatusel tehtud kande aluseks oleva määruse peale võib määruskaebuse esitada kandest puudutatud isik.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (2) Määruse peale, millega määrati tähtaeg puuduste kõrvaldamiseks, esitatud määruskaebuse rahuldamata jätmise määruse peale kaevates ei saa tugineda samadele vastuväidetele, mis juba lahendati määruskaebuse lahendamisel, mis esitati määruse peale, millega määrati tähtaeg puuduste kõrvaldamiseks.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

§ 600.   Ebaõige kande parandamine

  (1) Kande peale ei saa kaevata, kuid registrit pidavalt kohtult võib taotleda ebaõige kande parandamist seaduses sätestatud korras.

  (2) Seaduses sätestatud juhul muudab registrit pidav kohus andmeid omal algatusel. Registrit pidav kohus parandab kande, kui kande aluseks olev kandemäärus on tühistatud või muudetud.

§ 601.   Trahvi määramine

  (1) Kui kohtul on põhistatud andmeid selle kohta, et andmed, mis seaduse kohaselt tuleb kohustuslikult registrisse kanda või registripidajale esitada, on esitamata jäetud, teeb kohus määruse, millega kohustab trahvi ähvardusel andmete esitamiseks kohustatud isikuid esitama puuduvad andmed või esitama määruse kohta vastuväite. Kohus võib trahvi määrata ka muul seaduses sätestatud juhul.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (2) Kui kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul kohustust ei täideta ega esitata ka vastuväidet, teeb kohus trahvimääruse ja kordab varasemat määrust andmete esitamise kohta koos uue trahvi määramise hoiatusega. Kohus toimib sel viisil seni, kuni kohustus täidetakse või esitatakse määruse kohta vastuväide.

  (3) Kui kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul esitatakse määruse kohta vastuväide, milles toodud asjaolud vajavad lähemat selgitamist, kutsub kohus vajaduse korral asjaosalised välja asjaolude selgitamiseks.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (4) Kui kohus peab esitatud vastuväidet põhjendatuks, ei määrata trahvi.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (5) Kui vastuväide ei ole põhjendatud, teeb kohus trahvimääruse ja uue määruse kohustuse täitmise kohta. Uues määruses ettenähtud tähtaeg ei hakka kulgema enne määruse peale määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaja möödumist.

  (6) Kui korduvale määrusele esitatakse põhjendatud vastuväide, võib kohus ühtlasi tühistada varem tehtud trahvimääruse või trahvi vähendada, kui see on põhjendatud.

  (7) Trahvi määramisel jätab kohus määruses ka menetluskulud asjaosaliste kanda.

  (8) Trahvimääruse peale võib trahvitud isik esitada määruskaebuse. Ringkonnakohtu määruse peale määruskaebuse kohta ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.

59. peatükk JURIIDILISE ISIKU JUHATUSE JA NÕUKOGU ASENDUSLIIKME, AUDIITORI, ERIKONTROLLI LÄBIVIIJA JA LIKVIDEERIJA MÄÄRAMINE 

§ 602.   Juriidilise isiku juhtorganite liikmete ja muude isikute määramine

  Kohus määrab seaduses sätestatud juhul huvitatud isiku avalduse alusel juriidilise isiku juhatusse või nõukogusse asendusliikme või audiitori, samuti erikontrolli läbiviimise ja läbiviija. Likvideerija võib kohus määrata ka omal algatusel, muu hulgas juriidilise isiku sundlõpetamise korral. Kohus võib juriidilisele isikule määrata juhtorgani asendusliikme omal algatusel, sõltumata juriidilise isiku põhikirja võimalikest piirangutest, kui kohtul ei ole õnnestunud juriidilisele isikule kätte toimetada menetlusdokumente põhjusel, et juhtorgani liikmed ei ole välismaal oleku tõttu või muul põhjusel kättesaadavad või ei ole nende viibimiskoht teada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 603.   Nõuded määratavatele isikutele

  (1) Kohus võib käesoleva seadustiku §-s 602 nimetatud ametisse määrata iga isiku, kes vastab seaduses nimetatud nõuetele ning on kohtu hinnangul võimeline oma ülesandeid vajalikul tasemel täitma.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Likvideerijaks võib kohus nimetada muu hulgas pankrotihalduri.

  (3) Isiku määramiseks on vajalik tema nõusolek.

§ 604.   Isiku määramise kord

  (1) Käesoleva seadustiku §-s 602 nimetatud isiku määramise avalduses tuleb võimaluse korral nimetada kandidaadi nimi, kelle määramist soovitakse. Kohus ei ole isiku määramisel avaldusega seotud.

  (2) Kui kohus ei leia mõistliku aja jooksul isikut, kes vastaks seaduses sätestatud nõuetele ja oleks nõus ameti vastu võtma ning avaldaja ei suuda kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul ühtki sobivat kandidaati kohtule esitada, jäetakse avaldus rahuldamata või menetlus lõpetatakse. Kui sundlõpetatud eraõiguslikule juriidilisele isikule ei õnnestu määrata likvideerijat ja mõistliku aja jooksul ei ole algatatud ka eraõigusliku juriidilise isiku pankrotimenetlust, määrab kohus ühtlasi, et isiku likvideerimismenetlust läbi ei viida ja juriidiline isik kustutatakse registrist.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

  (3) Kohus kuulab enne isiku määramist huvitatud isikud võimaluse korral ära. Enne erikontrolli määramist peab kohus ära kuulama äriühingu juhatuse ja nõukogu seisukoha ning audiitori.

  (4) Juhatuse või nõukogu liikme, audiitori või likvideerija määramisel võib täpsustada nende ülesandeid.

  (5) Kohus võib määratud isiku ka omal algatusel vabastada ja uue isiku määrata.

§ 605.   Tasu maksmine ja kulutuste hüvitamine kohtu määratud isikule

  (1) Käesoleva seadustiku §-s 602 nimetatud isik võib nõuda juriidiliselt isikult talle tekkinud kulutuste hüvitamist ja tasu oma tegevuse eest. Kui isik ei jõua selles juriidilise isikuga kokkuleppele, määrab kohus tasu ja hüvitatavad kulutused avalduse alusel määrusega.

  (2) Kohus võib nõuda avaldajalt või juriidiliselt isikult, kelle huvides isik ametisse määratakse, selleks ettenähtud kontole kulude ja tasu katteks vajaliku ettemaksu tasumist. Kui kohtu määratud summat kohtu määratud tähtpäevaks ei tasuta, jäetakse avaldus rahuldamata või menetlus lõpetatakse. Kui ettemaksu ei tasuta sundlõpetatud eraõigusliku juriidilise isiku likvideerimise kulude katteks ja mõistliku aja jooksul ei ole algatatud ka eraõigusliku juriidilise isiku pankrotimenetlust, võib kohus määrata ühtlasi, et isiku likvideerimismenetlust läbi ei viida või see lõpetatakse ning juriidiline isik kustutatakse registrist.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

§ 606.   Määruste kehtivus ja edasikaebamine
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (1) Käesolevas peatükis nimetatud määrused kehtivad ja kuuluvad täitmisele alates edastamisest juriidilisele isikule.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Isiku määramise avalduse rahuldamise või rahuldamata jätmise või menetluse lõpetamise määruse peale võivad avaldaja ja juriidiline isik esitada määruskaebuse.

  (3) Juriidilise isiku arvel isikule määratava tasu ja kulutuste suuruse kohta tehtud määruse peale võivad esitada määruskaebuse ametisse nimetatud isik ja juriidiline isik. Kohtu määratud kontole ettemaksu tasumiseks kohustava määruse peale võib maksmiseks kohustatud isik esitada määruskaebuse, kui nõutav summa ületab 300 eurot.
[RT I, 31.01.2014, 6 - jõust. 01.04.2014]

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa Riigikohtule edasi kaevata.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

60. peatükk ÄRIÜHINGU OSANIKELE JA AKTSIONÄRIDELE HÜVITISE SUURUSE MÄÄRAMINE 

§ 607.   Äriühingu osanikele ja aktsionäridele hüvitise suuruse määramine

  (1) Käesolevas peatükis sätestatut kohaldatakse äriühingu osanikele ja aktsionäridele äriseadustiku § 3638 lõikes 3, § 398 lõikes 3, § 404 lõikes 1, § 441 lõikes 3, § 448 lõikes 1, § 481 lõikes 3 ja § 488 lõikes 1 nimetatud hüvitise suuruse määramiseks.

  (2) Käesolevas peatükis sätestatut kohaldatakse krediidiasutuse või investeerimisühingu aktsionäridele, osanikele või võlausaldajatele finantskriisi ennetamise ja lahendamise seaduses või krediidiasutuste seaduses sätestatud hüvitise määramisel.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 3 - jõust. 29.03.2015]

§ 608.   Hüvitise suuruse määramise avaldus

  (1) Kohus määrab äriühingu osanikele ja aktsionäridele käesolevas peatükis sätestatud korras hüvitise suuruse üksnes hüvitise suuruse määramiseks õigustatud osaniku või aktsionäri avalduse alusel.

  (2) Avalduse võib esitada kolme kuu jooksul alates ajast, millal ülevõtmisotsus edastati vastavalt äriseadustiku §-le 36310 äriregistri pidajale, äriühingute ühinemise kandmisest ühendatava ühingu registrikaardile, jagunemise kandmisest jaguneva äriühingu registrikaardile või ümberkujundamise äriregistrisse kandmisest, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (3) Hüvitise suuruse määramise avalduses tuleb muu hulgas märkida:
  1) hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isik ning tema osade või aktsiate arv ja osade või nimiväärtusega aktsiate nimiväärtus;
[RT I 2010, 20, 103 - jõust. 01.07.2010]
  2) hüvitise maksmise aluseks olevad asjaolud;
  3) taotletav hüvitise suurus ja selle põhjendus, muu hulgas vastuväited hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isiku arvestusele, kui see nähtub hüvitise suurust põhjendavast aruandest.

  (4) Kohus võib anda avaldajale täiendava tähtaja käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 3 punktis 3 nimetatud põhjenduse esitamiseks, kui avaldaja põhistab, et aruanne ei olnud talle mõjuval põhjusel avalduse esitamise ajaks kättesaadav ja ta nõuab samaaegselt selle esitamist hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isikult.

§ 609.   Avalduste ühine menetlemine ning osanikele ja aktsionäridele esindaja määramine

  (1) Erinevad avaldused hüvitise saamiseks samadel asjaoludel liidetakse pärast seaduses sätestatud hüvitise maksmise tähtaja möödumist ühte menetlusse.

  (2) Kohus määrab menetluses õiguste kaitsmiseks ühise esindaja või mitu esindajat ka neile osanikele või aktsionäridele, kes avaldust hüvitise määramiseks ei esitanud, kuid olid selleks õigustatud, kui osanike või aktsionäride õigused ei ole ilmselt muul viisil piisavalt kaitstud.

  (3) Kohus avaldab menetluse ja osanikele või aktsionäridele esindaja määramise kohta teate väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded. Kui menetlus puudutab aktsiaseltsi, millel on üle 100 aktsionäri, avaldatakse teade ka vähemalt ühes üleriigilise levikuga päevalehes.

  (4) Kohtu määratud esindaja võib jätkata menetlust ka pärast menetluse algatamise avalduse tagasivõtmist või sellest loobumist. Sel juhul loetakse avaldajaks esindaja esindatavad osanikud või aktsionärid.

  (5) Osanik või aktsionär, kellele määrati esindaja käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 sätestatud korras, võib määratud esindaja asemel osaleda menetluses isiklikult või enda määratud esindaja kaudu.

§ 610.   Hüvitise määramise avalduse lahendamise ettevalmistamine

  (1) Kohus toimetab hüvitise suuruse määramise avalduse viivitamata kätte hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isikule ja teiste osanike või aktsionäride esindajatele.

  (2) Kohus kohustab hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isikut avaldusele kirjalikult vastama. Vastuses tuleb muu hulgas võtta seisukoht maksmisele kuuluva hüvitise ning võimalike juurdemaksete suuruse kohta.

  (3) Hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isik peab vastusele lisama hüvitise arvestamise aluseks olnud aruande ja võimaliku audiitori aruande. Avaldaja ja teise osaniku või aktsionäri või tema esindaja soovil kohustab kohus hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isikut edastama neile tasuta nimetatud dokumentide ärakirjad.

  (4) Kohus edastab hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isiku vastuse avaldajale ja teistele osanikele või aktsionäridele või nende esindajatele ja määrab tähtaja vastuse kohta kirjaliku seisukoha esitamiseks.

  (5) Kohus võib asja lahendamist ette valmistades määrata ekspertiisi, kohustada hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isikut esitama kohtule või eksperdile muid hüvitise arvestamise aluseks olnud või muid asja lahendamiseks olulisi dokumente ning kohustada hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isikut või avaldajat tasuma menetluskulude katteks piisava ettemakse. Kohus võib hüvitise maksmiseks kohustatud isiku taotlusel ja mõlemapoolseid huvisid kaaludes mõjuval põhjusel, eelkõige ärisaladuse hoidmiseks, määrata, et avaldaja ei või hüvitise määramise aluseks olevate dokumentidega tutvuda.

§ 611.   Asja lahendamine kohtuistungil

  (1) Kohus lahendab asja kohtuistungil. Mõjuval põhjusel võib kohus lahendada asja istungit pidamata.

  (2) Kohus võib ka omal algatusel kutsuda istungile eksperdi ja kuulata ära tema arvamuse, sõltumata sellest, kas ekspert andis eelnevalt asja kohta kirjaliku arvamuse.

§ 612.   Hüvitise suuruse kohta tehtud määruse jõustumine ja edasikaebamine

  (1) Hüvitise suuruse määramise avalduse kohta tehtud määrus jõustub ja kuulub täitmisele, kui seaduse järgi ei saa määruse peale enam edasi kaevata või kui määruskaebus jäetakse jõustunud lahendiga rahuldamata või läbi vaatamata. Hüvitise suuruse määruse alusel võivad osanikud või aktsionärid esitada nõuded hüvitise väljamaksmiseks.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määrus kehtib kõigi osanike ja aktsionäride suhtes.

  (3) Kohus avaldab määruse resolutsiooni ka väljaandes Ametlikud Teadaanded. Kui menetlus puudutab aktsiaseltsi, kellel on üle 100 aktsionäri, avaldatakse määruse resolutsioon ka vähemalt ühes üleriigilise levikuga päevalehes.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse peale võib avaldaja, hüvitise maksmiseks ja saamiseks kohustatud isik ning kohtu määratud osanike või aktsionäride esindaja esitada määruskaebuse.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

61. peatükk KORTERIOMANDI JA KAASOMANDI ASJAD 

§ 613.   Hagita menetlus korteriomandi ja kaasomandi asjades

  (1) Kohus lahendab hagita menetluses:
  1) korteriomaniku või korteriühistu avalduse alusel asja, mis tuleneb korteriomandist ja korteriomandi eseme valitsemisest ning puudutab korteriomanike omavahelisi õigusi ja kohustusi ning korteriomanike ja korteriühistu vahelisi õigusi ja kohustusi, välja arvatud nõude, mis korteriomandi- ja korteriühistuseaduse § 33 järgi on esitatud korteriomandi võõrandamise kohustamiseks;
[RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2018]
  2) [kehtetu - RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2018]
  3) [kehtetu - RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2018]
  4) huvitatud isiku avalduse alusel asja, mis käsitleb korteriühistu organi otsuse kehtivust.
[RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2018]

  (2) Kohus lahendab hagita menetluses ka kinnisasja, mille oluliseks osaks on elamu, kaasomanike vaidlused käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud küsimustes, mis on seotud kaasomandi esemeks olevate eluruumide või ühiskasutuses olevate ruumide või maa kasutamisega või valitsemisega või kaasomanike otsustega.

  (3) Seaduse, korteriomanike kokkuleppe või otsusega reguleerimata küsimustes lähtub kohtunik kaalutlusõigusest.

  (4) Hagimenetluses võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud asja läbi vaadata, kui see on esitatud vastuhagina või koos nõudega, mis tuleb läbi vaadata hagimenetluses.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud asjast tuleneva maksenõude võib esitada maksekäsu kiirmenetluses.

§ 614.   Menetlusosalised

  (1) Korteriomanditeks jagatud kinnisomandi puhul kuuluvad menetlusosaliste hulka asjassepuutuvad korteriomanikud ja korteriühistu.
[RT I, 23.12.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (2) Käesoleva seadustiku § 613 lõike 1 punktis 4 nimetatud juhul kuuluvad menetlusosaliste hulka avaldaja ja korteriühistu.

  (3) Käesoleva seadustiku § 613 lõikes 2 nimetatud juhul kuuluvad menetlusosaliste hulka kaasomanikud.
[RT I, 13.03.2014, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2018]

§ 615.   Asja menetlemine

  (1) Üldjuhul arutab kohus menetlusosalistega asja suuliselt ja püüab neid suunata kokkulepet sõlmima.

  (2) Kokkuleppe saavutamisel vormistatakse see kirjalikult või protokollitakse ja loetakse kohtulikuks kompromissiks, mille kohus määrusega kinnitab.

  (3) Määruses peab kohus märkima abinõud, mis on määruse täitmiseks vajalikud.

§ 616.   Esialgne õiguskaitse

  Kohus võib asja menetlemisel avalduse alusel või omal algatusel kohaldada määrusega hagita menetluses avalduse tagamiseks vajalikku esialgset õiguskaitset.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 617.   Määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Kohtu määrus avalduse rahuldamise või rahuldamata jätmise kohta jõustub ja kuulub täitmisele, kui seaduse järgi ei saa määruse peale enam edasi kaevata või kui määruskaebus jäetakse jõustunud lahendiga rahuldamata või läbi vaatamata või menetlusse võtmata.

  (2) Kohtu määruse peale avalduse rahuldamise või rahuldamata jätmise kohta võib esitada määruskaebuse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 618.   Määruse muutmine

  Asjaolude olulisel muutumisel võib kohus asjaosalise avalduse alusel tehtud määrust või kompromissi määrusega muuta, kui see on vajalik raskete tagajärgede ärahoidmiseks.

611. peatükk AVALIKULT KASUTATAVALE TEELE JUURDEPÄÄSU, MAAPARANDUSSÜSTEEMI EESVOOLU JA TEHNORAJATISE TALUMISE ASJAD 
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2019]

§ 6181.   Menetlus avalikult kasutatavale teele juurdepääsu, maaparandussüsteemi eesvoolu ja tehnorajatise talumise asjades
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2019]

  (1) Käesolevas peatükis sätestatud korras lahendatakse avaldusi avalikult kasutatavale teele juurdepääsuks (asjaõigusseaduse § 156 lõige 1) ning maaparandussüsteemi eesvoolu (maaparandusseaduse § 20 lõige 1) ja tehnorajatise talumiskohustuse suhtes (asjaõigusseaduse § 158 lõige 1 ja asjaõigusseaduse rakendamise seaduse § 152).
[RT I, 31.05.2018, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2019]

  (2) Hagimenetluses võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud avalduse läbi vaadata, kui see on esitatud vastuhagina või koos nõudega, mis tuleb läbi vaadata hagimenetluses.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 6182.   Menetlusosalised

  (1) Menetlusosalised on avaldaja ja kinnisasjade omanikud, keda avalduse lahendamine puudutab, samuti vaidlusaluste kinnisasjade asukoha järgne valla- või linnavalitsus. Kohus ei pea valla- või linnavalitsust menetlusse kaasama, kui see ei puuduta tema huve või ei aita kaasa asja lahendamisele.

  (2) Kohtu ülesandel kogub ja esitab valla- või linnavalitsus kohtule asja lahendamiseks vajalikke andmeid, sõltumata sellest, kas ta on kaasatud asja lahendamisse menetlusosalisena.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 6183.   Esialgne õiguskaitse

  Kohus võib asja menetlemisel avalduse alusel või omal algatusel kohaldada määrusega esialgset õiguskaitset.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 6184.   Asja menetlemine

  (1) Üldjuhul arutab kohus menetlusosalistega asja suuliselt ja püüab neid suunata kokkulepet sõlmima.

  (2) Kokkuleppe saavutamisel vormistatakse see kirjalikult või protokollitakse ja loetakse kohtulikuks kompromissiks, mille kohus määrusega kinnitab.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 6185.   Määruse muutmine

  Asjaolude olulisel muutumisel võib kohus asjaosalise avalduse alusel tehtud määrust või kompromissi määrusega muuta, kui see on vajalik raskete tagajärgede ärahoidmiseks.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 6186.   Määruse jõustumine ja määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Kohtu määrus avalduse rahuldamise või rahuldamata jätmise kohta jõustub ja kuulub täitmisele, kui seaduse järgi ei saa määruse peale enam edasi kaevata või kui määruskaebus jäetakse jõustunud lahendiga rahuldamata või läbi vaatamata või menetlusse võtmata.

  (2) Kohtu määruse peale avalduse rahuldamise või rahuldamata jätmise kohta võib esitada määruskaebuse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

62. peatükk TSIVIILASJAS TEHTUD VÄLISRIIGI KOHTULAHENDITE JA MUUDE TÄITEDOKUMENTIDE TUNNUSTAMINE JA TÄITMINE 

§ 619.   Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigi kohtulahendi ja muu täitedokumendi tunnustamine

  (1) Tsiviilasjas tehtud Euroopa Liidu liikmesriigi kohtulahendite ja muude täitedokumentide tunnustamisele ja täitmisele Eestis kohaldatakse käesolevas seadustikus sätestatut üksnes ulatuses, milles ei ole sätestatud teisiti välislepingus või järgmistes Euroopa Liidu määrustes:
  1) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrus (EL) nr 1215/2012;
  2) nõukogu määrus (EL) 2019/1111;
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 - jõust. 20.11.2022]
  3) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrus (EÜ) nr 805/2004, millega luuakse Euroopa täitekorraldus vaidlustamata nõuete kohta (ELT L 143, 30.04.2004, lk 15–39);
  4) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrus (EÜ) nr 1896/2006;
  5) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrus (EÜ) nr 861/2007;
  6) nõukogu määrus (EÜ) nr 4/2009;
  7) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrus (EL) nr 606/2013 tsiviilasjades määratud kaitsemeetmete vastastikuse tunnustamise kohta (ELT L 181, 29.06.2013, lk 4–12);
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]
  8) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrus (EL) nr 650/2012;
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 - jõust. 20.03.2016]
  9) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrus (EL) nr 655/2014.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 - jõust. 06.07.2017]

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 6191.   Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EÜ) nr 805/2004 rakendamine

  (1) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EÜ) nr 805/2004 artikli 6 lõigete 2 ja 3, artikli 9 lõike 1 ning artikli 24 lõike 1 järgseid kinnitusi väljastavad kohtulahendi teinud maakohtud. Määruse artikli 25 lõike 1 järgi väljastab nõude kohta koostatud avaliku dokumendi kinnituse Euroopa täitekorraldusena Harju Maakohus.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud kinnituse väljastamise lahendab kohus kirjalikus menetluses. Kinnitus edastatakse kostjale või võlgnikule ja kinnituse taotlejale kohtu valitud viisil. Kinnituse andmata jätmise määrus toimetatakse avaldajale kätte ning avaldaja võib esitada selle peale määruskaebuse.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 10 lõike 1 punktis a nimetatud juhul võib lahendi teinud kohus parandada lahendi Euroopa täitekorraldusena kinnitamise määrust samadel alustel ja samas korras Eesti kohtulahenditega.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 10 lõike 1 punktis b nimetatud juhul võib kinnituse andnud kohus kinnitamise kostja või võlgniku avalduse alusel määrusega tühistada, kui kinnitus on väljastatud ebaõigesti. Kinnituse tühistamise avalduse võib kostja või võlgnik esitada 30 päeva jooksul alates kohtulahendist või muust täitekorraldusest ja kinnitusest teadasaamisest, välismaale saatmise korral kahe kuu jooksul kohtulahendist või muust täitekorraldusest ja kinnitusest teadasaamisest. Kinnitamise tühistamise või sellest keeldumise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

  (5) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 20 lõike 2 punkti c kohaselt võetakse Eestis Euroopa täitekorraldus täitmisele üksnes juhul, kui see on koostatud eesti või inglise keeles või kui kinnitusele on lisatud eesti- või ingliskeelne tõlge.

  (6) Euroopa täitekorralduse Eestis täitemenetluses täitmisele ja võlgniku õiguskaitsevahenditele kohaldatakse Eestis täitemenetluse kohta sätestatut niivõrd, kuivõrd käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 6192.   Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 606/2013 rakendamine

  (1) Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 606/2013 artikli 5 lõikes 1 ja artikli 14 lõikes 1 nimetatud tõendi väljastab maakohus, kes abinõu määras. Kohus toimetab tõendi ohustavale isikule kätte ja edastab selle ohustatud isikule.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 9 lõike 1 punktis a nimetatud juhul võib tõendi väljastanud kohus parandada tõendi samadel alustel ja samas korras Eesti kohtulahenditega.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 9 lõike 1 punktis b nimetatud juhul võib tõendi väljastanud maakohus tõendi ohustatud isiku või ohustaja avalduse alusel tühistada. Tõendi tühistamise või sellest keeldumise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud määruse artikli 16 lõike 1 alusel aktsepteeritakse Eestis ja võetakse määruse artikli 4 lõike 2 kohaselt täitmisele eesti või inglise keeles koostatud või eesti või inglise keelde tõlgitud dokumente.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]

§ 6193.   Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 650/2012 rakendamine

  Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määruse (EL) nr 650/2012 artikli 46 lõike 3 punktis b nimetatud tõendi väljastab kohus, kes lahendi tegi.
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 - jõust. 20.03.2016]

§ 6194.   Nõukogu määruse (EL) 2019/1111 rakendamine

  (1) Nõukogu määruse (EL) 2019/1111 artikli 36 lõikes 1 ja artiklis 49 nimetatud tõendi väljastab lahendi teinud kohus.

  (2) Nõukogu määruse (EL) 2019/1111 artikli 37 lõikes 1 ja artikli 48 lõikes 1 ettenähtud juhul võib kohus parandada tõendi samadel alustel ja samas korras Eesti kohtulahenditega.

  (3) Nõukogu määruse (EL) 2019/1111 artikli 30 lõikes 3, artikli 40 lõikes 2 ja artikli 58 lõikes 1 ettenähtud taotlused ja avaldused lahendi tunnustamisest keeldumise aluste puudumise tuvastamiseks, tunnustamisest keeldumiseks ja täitmisest keeldumiseks esitatakse maakohtule.

  (4) Nõukogu määruse (EL) 2019/1111 artikli 61 alusel võib esitada määruskaebuse ringkonnakohtule ja artikli 62 alusel Riigikohtule.

  (5) Nõukogu määruse (EL) 2019/1111 artikli 91 lõigete 2 ja 3 alusel võtavad Eesti keskasutused vastu teateid ja aktsepteerivad sama määruse artiklite 80, 81 ja 82 kohaselt saadetud taotluste ja täiendavate dokumentide tõlkeid ning tõendite vabade tekstiväljade tõlkeid lisaks eesti keelele inglise keeles.

  (6) Nõukogu määruse (EL) 2019/1111 artikli 77 lõike 1, artikli 79 punktide c, d ja e ning artikli 81 alusel täidab keskasutuse ülesandeid Justiitsministeerium.

  (7) Rahvusvahelise lapseröövi suhtes tsiviilõiguse kohaldamise 1980. aasta 25. oktoobri Haagi konventsiooni alusel esitatud lapse tagastamise taotlusi menetleb Tallinna Ringkonnakohtu tööpiirkonnas Harju Maakohus ja Tartu Ringkonnakohtu tööpiirkonnas Viru Maakohus.
[RT I, 10.11.2022, 1 - jõust. 20.11.2022]

§ 620.   Tsiviilasjas tehtud muu välisriigi kohtulahendi tunnustamine

  (1) Tsiviilasjas tehtud välisriigi kohtulahend kuulub Eesti Vabariigis tunnustamisele, välja arvatud juhul, kui:
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  1) lahendi tunnustamine oleks ilmselt vastuolus Eesti õiguse oluliste põhimõtetega (avaliku korraga), eelkõige isikute põhiõiguste ja -vabadustega;
  2) kostja või muu võlgnik ei ole saanud oma õigusi mõistlikult kaitsta, eelkõige kui ta ei saanud kohtukutset või muud menetlust algatavat dokumenti kätte õigel ajal ja nõuetekohasel viisil, välja arvatud juhul, kui tal oli mõistlik võimalus kohtulahend vaidlustada ja ta seda ettenähtud tähtaja jooksul ei teinud;
  3) lahend on vastuolus samade poolte vahel samas asjas Eestis tehtud varasema lahendiga või kui samade poolte vahel on samas asjas esitatud hagi Eesti kohtusse;
  4) lahend on vastuolus samade poolte vahel samas asjas Eestis varem tunnustatud või täidetud välisriigi kohtu lahendiga;
  5) lahend on vastuolus samade poolte vahel samas asjas välisriigis tehtud, kuid Eestis tunnustamata varasema lahendiga, eeldusel, et varasem välisriigi kohtulahend on Eestis tunnustatav või täidetav;
  6) lahendi teinud kohus ei võinud lahendit teha Eesti õiguse rahvusvahelise kohtualluvuse sätete kohaselt.

  (2) Välisriigi kohtulahendit tunnustatakse Eestis üksnes juhul, kui lahend on lahendi teinud riigi õiguse järgi jõustunud, välja arvatud juhul, kui seaduse või välislepingu järgi tuleb lahendit tunnustada ja täita alates ajast, millal otsust saab täita lahendi teinud kohtu asukohariigis.

  (3) Välisriigi kohtulahendit tunnustatakse Eestis, ilma et selleks oleks vaja läbi viia eraldi kohtumenetlust. Siiski võib taotleda selle tunnustamise lahendamist käesolevas peatükis lahendi täidetavaks tunnistamiseks ettenähtud korras, kui tunnustamise üle on vaidlus või kui see on isikule muul põhjusel tema õiguste teostamiseks vajalik.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kui välisriigi kohtulahendi tunnustamisest sõltub teise kohtuasja lahendamine, võib tunnustamise otsustada seda kohtuasja lahendav kohus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 621.   Välisriigi kohtulahendi täitmise kord

  Välisriigi kohtulahend kuulub Eestis täitmisele üksnes siis, kui lahend on Eesti kohtu poolt tunnistatud täidetavaks, kui seadusest või välislepingust ei tulene teisiti.

§ 622.   Välisriigi kohtulahendi täidetavaks tunnistamise avaldus

  (1) Välisriigi kohtulahendi täidetavaks tunnistamise avaldus esitatakse kirjalikult ja sellele lisatakse:
  1) kohtulahendi ärakiri, mis on tõestatud lahendi teinud kohtu asukohariigi õiguse kohaselt;
  2) dokument, mis kinnitab, et kostjale või muule lahendist tulenevale võlgnikule, kes kohtumenetluses ei osalenud, oli õigel ajal kas või kordki vastavalt selle riigi õigusele hagi, kohtukutse või muu menetlust algatav dokument kätte antud;
  3) dokument, mis tõendab, et lahendi tegemise riigi õiguse järgi on lahend jõustunud ja täidetav ning kostjale või muule lahendist tulenevale võlgnikule teatavaks tehtud;
  4) dokumendid lahendi täitmise kohta, kui seda on juba üritatud täita;
  5) dokumendid lahendi täitmise kohta, kui lahendit on juba täidetud;
  6) käesoleva lõike punktides 1–5 nimetatud dokumentide vandetõlgi tehtud tõlked eesti keelde.
[RT I, 23.12.2013, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2020]

  (2) Kohus võib avaldajale anda tähtaja käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud dokumendi esitamiseks. Kui asjaolud seda võimaldavad, võib kohus lahendada asja dokumente nõudmata.

  (3) Kohus võib rakendada avalduse tagamiseks esialgse õiguskaitse korras hagi tagamise abinõusid.

§ 623.   Välisriigi kohtulahendi täidetavaks tunnistamise määrus

  (1) Kohus kontrollib välisriigi kohtulahendi täidetavaks tunnistamise avalduse lahendamisel kohtulahendi tunnustamise eeldusi. Kohtulahendi õigsust sisuliselt ei kontrollita.

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohus võib vajaduse korral võlgniku ja sissenõudja ära kuulata ning küsida selgitust ka kohtult, kelle lahendi tunnustamist või täitmist taotletakse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kui lahendi täitmine sõltub lahendi järgi sissenõudja poolt tagatise andmisest, tähtaja möödumisest või muust asjaolust või kui lahendi täidetavaks tunnistamist taotleb muu isik kui lahendis sissenõudjana nimetatu või kui lahendi täitmist taotletakse muu isiku kui lahendis võlgnikuna nimetatu suhtes, hindab kohus lahendi täitmise eelduste olemasolu selle lahendi teinud kohtu asukohariigi õiguse ja menetlusosaliste esitatud tõendite järgi.

  (5) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Kohus viitab määruses sissenõudja õigusele esitada täidetavaks tunnistatud kohtulahend Eesti kohtutäiturile täitmiseks.

  (7) Määrus, millega avaldus jäetakse rahuldamata, toimetatakse kätte sissenõudjale. Avalduse rahuldamise määrus toimetatakse kätte sissenõudjale ja võlgnikule.

§ 624.   Täidetavaks tunnistatud kohtulahendi muutmine või tühistamine

  (1) Kui täidetavaks tunnistatud kohtulahend on lahendi teinud kohtu asukohariigis tühistatud või kui seda on muudetud ja võlgnik ei saa sellele asjaolule enam lahendi täidetavaks tunnistamise menetluses tugineda, võib ta taotleda kohtulahendi täidetavaks tunnistanud kohtult lahendi täidetavaks tunnistamise tühistamist või muutmist.

  (2) Kohus lahendab käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud avalduse kohtulahendi täidetavaks tunnistamise avalduse lahendamiseks ettenähtud korras.

  (3) Kohus võib avalduse tagamiseks esialgse õiguskaitse korras muu hulgas peatada täidetavaks tunnistatud lahendist toimuva täitemenetluse, lubada täitemenetluse jätkamist üksnes tagatise vastu või tühistada täitetoimingu.

  (4) Avalduse rahuldamise korral tühistab kohus kohtulahendi täidetavaks tunnistamise või muudab seda.

§ 625.   Määruse peale määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Määruse peale, millega välisriigi kohtulahend jäeti täidetavaks tunnistamata või täidetavaks tunnistamine tühistati, võib esitada määruskaebuse sissenõudja.

  (2) Määruse peale, millega välisriigi kohtulahend tunnistati täidetavaks või täidetavaks tunnistamist muudeti, võivad esitada määruskaebuse sissenõudja ja võlgnik. Määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaeg on üks kuu alates määruse kättetoimetamisest, välisriiki kättetoimetamise puhul aga kaks kuud kättetoimetamisest.

  (3) Välisriigi kohtulahendi täidetavaks tunnistamise määruse peale määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaja möödumiseni või määruskaebuse kohta tehtud lahendi jõustumiseni võib välisriigi kohtulahendi sundtäitmiseks rakendada vaid hagi tagamise abinõusid. Võlgnikul on õigus vältida sundtäitmist tagatise andmisega selle summa suuruses, mille tõttu võib avaldaja taotleda otsuse sundtäitmist. Kohtu loal võib täitemenetluses siiski müüa arestitud vallasvara ja hoiustada müügist saadud raha, kui arestitud vara võib hävineda või selle väärtus oluliselt väheneda või kui selle hoidmine on ebamõistlikult kulukas.

§ 626.   Võlgnikule tekitatud kahju hüvitamine

  Kui välisriigi kohtulahendi täidetavaks tunnistamise määrus või täidetavaks tunnistamine tühistatakse või seda muudetakse, peab sissenõudja hüvitama võlgnikule täitemenetlusest tekkinud kahju või selle vältimiseks tehtud kulutused.

§ 627.   Välisriigi muude täitedokumentide tunnustamine

  (1) Käesolevas peatükis sätestatut kohaldatakse vastavalt välisriigis notariaalselt tõestatud või muu avaliku täitedokumendi tunnustamisele ja täitmisele, kui käesolevas paragrahvis sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Välisriigis koostatud avalikku dokumenti tunnustatakse Eestis täitedokumendina, kui see:
  1) vastab vormiliselt Eestis koostatud kohesele sundtäitmisele kuuluvale täitedokumendile ja
  2) kuulub sundtäitmisele koostamise riigis ja
  3) ei ole vastuolus Eesti avaliku korraga.

621. peatükk LEPITAJA VAHENDUSEL SÕLMITUD KOKKULEPPE TÄIDETAVAKS TUNNISTAMINE 
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

§ 6271.   Lepitusseaduse § 2 punktides 2 ja 3 nimetatud lepitaja vahendusel sõlmitud kokkuleppe täidetavaks tunnistamise avalduse esitamine

  (1) Avalduse lepitusseaduse § 14 lõikes 1 nimetatud lepitusmenetluse tulemusel sõlmitud kokkuleppe täidetavaks tunnistamiseks esitavad kas kõik lepingupooled või üks lepingupool, lisades avaldusele teiste lepingupoolte kirjalikud nõusolekud.

  (2) Kohus tunnistab kokkuleppe täidetavaks, tehes selle kohta määruse.

  (3) Kohus ei tunnista kokkulepet täidetavaks juhul, kui:
  1) kokkulepe väljub lepitusseaduse § 14 lõikes 1 kehtestatud piiridest;
  2) kokkulepe on vastuolus heade kommetega või seadusega või rikub olulist avalikku huvi;
  3) kokkulepet ei ole võimalik täita.

  (4) Lepingupool võib esitada määruskaebuse määruse peale, millega kohus jättis lepitusmenetluse tulemusel saavutatud kokkuleppe kas täielikult või osaliselt täidetavaks tunnistamata. Määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaeg on 30 päeva määruse kättetoimetamisest arvates.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

§ 6272.   Muu isiku vahendusel sõlmitud kokkuleppe täidetavaks tunnistamise avalduse esitamine

  (1) Kohus võib käesoleva seaduse §-s 6271 sätestatud eeldustel ja korras täidetavaks tunnistada lepitusseaduse § 2 punktis 1 nimetatud teovõimelise füüsilise isiku, kelle isiku- ja iseloomuomadused tagavad tema erapooletuse ning sõltumatuse, vahendusel sõlmitud kirjaliku kokkuleppe.

  (2) Kohus korraldab asja lahendamiseks kohtuistungi ning kuulab ära lepitusmenetluse pooled ja lepitaja.

  (3) Kohus kontrollib, kas lepitusmenetlus viidi läbi erapooletult ja ausalt, lähtudes lepitusseaduses sätestatud põhimõtetest.

  (4) Lepingupool võib esitada määruskaebuse määruse peale, millega kohus jättis lepitusmenetluse tulemusel saavutatud kokkuleppe kas täielikult või osaliselt täidetavaks tunnistamata. Määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaeg on 30 päeva määruse kättetoimetamisest arvates.
[RT I 2009, 59, 385 - jõust. 01.01.2010]

63. peatükk MUUD HAGITA ASJAD 

§ 628.   Määrused sundvalitsemisel

  (1) Kohus lahendab varale sundvalitseja määramise ja talle tasu maksmise, samuti muud sundvalitsemisega seotud küsimused üksnes õigustatud isiku avalduse alusel.

  (2) Enne sundvalitseja määramise otsustamist ja talle tasu määramist tuleb asjaosalised võimaluse korral ära kuulata.

§ 629.   Juriidilise isiku sundlõpetamine

  (1) Kohus algatab juriidilise isiku sundlõpetamise selleks õigustatud isiku või asutuse avalduse alusel või omal algatusel.

  (2) Enne sundlõpetamist kuulab kohus võimaluse korral ära juriidilise isiku juhtorganite liikmed.

  (3) Sundlõpetamise määruses määrab kohus ka juriidilisele isikule likvideerijad, järgides käesoleva seadustiku §-des 602–606 sätestatut.

  (4) Sundlõpetamise määrus kehtib ja kuulub täitmisele alates jõustumisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Sundlõpetamise määruse peale võivad avaldaja ja juriidiline isik esitada määruskaebuse.

§ 6291.   Asjaõiguse kohandamine vastavalt Euroopa Parlamendi ja nõukogu määrusele (EL) nr 650/2012

  (1) Kohus algatab välisriigi asjaõiguse kohandamise menetluse selleks õigustatud isiku avalduse alusel.

  (2) Kohus kuulab avaldaja vajaduse korral ära.

  (3) Kohus märgib asjaõiguse kohandamise määruses, kas Eesti seadused näevad ette kohandatava välisriigi asjaõigusega samaväärse asjaõiguse. Kui samaväärne asjaõigus on olemas, märgib kohus selle määruses.

  (4) Kui asjaõiguse kohandamise määruse täitmiseks tuleb avaldajal pöörduda mittekohtuliku registri pidaja või muu isiku või asutuse poole, tuleb seda käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 nimetatud määruses märkida.

  (5) Määruse peale võib avaldaja esitada määruskaebuse.
[RT I, 10.03.2016, 2 - jõust. 20.03.2016]

12. osa MENETLUS RINGKONNAKOHTUS 

64. peatükk APELLATSIOONIMENETLUS 

1. jagu Ringkonnakohtusse edasikaebamine 

§ 630.   Apellatsiooni korras edasikaebamise õigus

  (1) Pool ja iseseisva nõudega kolmas isik võivad esitada esimese astme kohtu otsuse peale apellatsioonkaebuse. Iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik võib esitada apellatsioonkaebuse käesoleva seadustiku § 214 lõikes 2 sätestatud tingimustel. Apellatsioonkaebuse esitaja on apellant.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Apellatsioonkaebust ei või esitada, kui mõlemad pooled on apellatsioonkaebuse esitamise õigusest kohtule tehtud avalduses loobunud.

  (3) Tagaseljaotsuse peale võib edasi kaevata käesoleva seadustiku §-s 420 sätestatud korras.

§ 631.   Apellatsioonkaebuse alus

  (1) Apellatsioonkaebuses võib tugineda üksnes väitele, et esimese astme kohtu otsus põhineb õigusnormi rikkumisel või et apellatsioonimenetluses arvestamisele kuuluvate asjaolude ja tõendite kohaselt (käesoleva seadustiku § 652) tuleks apellatsioonimenetluses teha esimese astme kohtu otsusest erinev otsus.

  (2) Õigusnormi on rikutud, kui materiaalõiguse või menetlusõiguse normi on ebaõigesti kohaldatud või kui õigusnorm on jäetud osaliselt või täielikult kohaldamata, kuigi seda oleks pidanud asjaoludest tulenevalt kohaldama.

  (3) Apellatsioonkaebuses ei või tugineda väitele, et asi tulnuks lahendada halduskohtus või et asi ei allunud otsuse teinud esimese astme kohtule või et asi tulnuks lahendada teises kohtumajas. Apellatsioonkaebuses võib tugineda asjaolule, et Eesti kohus ei olnud pädev asja lahendama rahvusvaheliselt või et asi tuli lahendada vahekohtus, kui sellele asjaolule tugineti õigeaegselt ka maakohtus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Apellatsioonkaebus ei või tugineda asjaolule, et asi, mis tuli lahendada hagita menetluses, lahendati hagimenetluses, välja arvatud juhul, kui sellele asjaolule tugineti õigeaegselt ka maakohtus ja sellest võis olulisel määral sõltuda asja lahendus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 632.   Apellatsioonitähtaeg

  (1) Apellatsioonkaebuse võib esitada 30 päeva jooksul, alates otsuse apellandile kättetoimetamisest, kuid mitte hiljem kui viie kuu möödumisel esimese astme kohtu otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemisest.

  (2) Kui maakohus tunnistas asja lahendamisel kohtuotsuse resolutsioonis kohaldamisele kuuluva õigustloova akti põhiseadusega vastuolus olevaks ja jättis selle kohaldamata, ei hakka apellatsioonitähtaeg kulgema enne kohaldamata jäetud õigustloova akti kohta Riigikohtu põhiseaduslikkuse järelevalve korras tehtud otsuse kuulutamist.

  (3) Kui apellatsioonitähtaja jooksul tehakse asjas täiendav otsus, hakkab apellatsioonitähtaeg kulgema täiendava otsuse kättetoimetamisest ka esialgselt tehtud otsuse suhtes uuesti. Kirjeldava või põhjendava osata tehtud otsuse täiendamise korral puuduva osaga vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku § 448 lõikele 41 hakkab apellatsioonitähtaeg uuesti kulgema tervikotsuse kättetoimetamisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Poolte kohtule avaldatud kokkuleppel saab apellatsioonitähtaega lühendada, samuti pikendada kuni viie kuuni otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemisest.

  (5) Ringkonnakohus võib apellandi taotlusel mõjuval põhjusel anda täiendava tähtaja kaebuse põhjendamiseks. Kaebuse põhjendamiseks antakse täiendav tähtaeg käesoleva seadustiku § 187 lõikes 6 sätestatud juhul.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 633.   Apellatsioonkaebuse vorm ja sisu

  (1) Apellatsioonkaebus esitatakse kohtualluvuse järgsele ringkonnakohtule.

  (2) Apellatsioonkaebuses märgitakse muu hulgas:
  1) kaevatava otsuse teinud kohtu nimetus, otsuse kuupäev ja tsiviilasja number;
  2) apellandi selgelt väljendatud taotlus, märkides ära, millises ulatuses apellant esimese astme kohtu otsust vaidlustab ning missugust ringkonnakohtu lahendit apellant taotleb;
  3) apellatsioonkaebuse põhjendus;
  4) kaevatava otsuse kättetoimetamise aeg.

  (3) Apellatsioonkaebuse põhjenduses tuleb märkida:
  1) millist õigusnormi on esimese astme kohus oma otsuses või otsuse tegemisel rikkunud või missuguse asjaolu on esimese astme kohus ebaõigesti või ebapiisavalt tuvastanud;
  2) millest tuleneb õigusnormi rikkumine või asjaolu ebaõige või ebapiisav tuvastamine;
  3) viide tõenditele, millega apellant soovib iga faktiväidet tõendada.

  (4) Kaebusele lisatakse dokumentaalsed tõendid, mida esimese astme kohtus ei esitatud ja mille vastuvõtmist apellant kohtult taotleb.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kui apellatsioonkaebuse põhjendamiseks nimetatakse uusi asjaolusid ja tõendeid, tuleb apellatsioonkaebuses märkida uute asjaolude ja tõendite esimese astme kohtus esitamata jätmise põhjus.

  (6) Kui apellant soovib, et kohus kuulaks ära tunnistaja või võtaks menetlusosalise seletuse vande all või korraldaks ekspertiisi või vaatluse, tuleb seda koos põhjendusega kaebuses märkida. Sel juhul tuleb kaebuses märkida tunnistajate või ekspertide nimed, aadressid ja sidevahendite numbrid, kui need on teada.

  (7) Kui apellant soovib asja arutamist kohtuistungil, peab ta seda apellatsioonkaebuses märkima. Vastasel juhul loetakse, et ta on nõus asja lahendamisega kirjalikus menetluses.

  (8) Käesoleva seadustiku § 448 lõikes 41 sätestatud juhul teatatakse maakohtule esmalt apellatsioonkaebuse esitamise soovist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 634.   Apellatsioonkaebuse muutmine

  (1) Apellant võib kuni apellatsioonitähtaja lõpuni kaebust muuta ja täiendada, muu hulgas laiendada kaebust kohtuotsuse neile osadele, mille peale esialgselt ei kaevatud. Kaebuse muutmisele kohaldatakse apellatsioonkaebuse kohta sätestatut.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatu ei välista ega piira apellandi õigust esitada väiteid õiguse tõlgendamise kohta ja vastuväiteid vastustaja poolt apellatsioonimenetluses esitatule ega uusi asjaolusid, mis tekkisid või said apellandile teatavaks pärast apellatsioonitähtaja möödumist.

§ 635.   Vastuapellatsioonkaebuse esitamine

  (1) Vastuapellatsioonkaebus on apellatsioonkaebus, mille üks pool esitab vastuseks vastaspoole apellatsioonkaebusele sellega ühiseks läbivaatamiseks.

  (2) Vastuapellatsioonkaebusele kohaldatakse apellatsioonkaebuse kohta sätestatut, kui käesolevas paragrahvis sätestatust ei tulene teisiti. Vastuapellatsioonkaebuses võib vaidlustada ka kohtuotsuse neid osi, mille peale ei ole apellatsioonkaebuses kaevatud.

  (3) Vastustaja võib esitada vastuapellatsioonkaebuse 14 päeva jooksul apellatsioonkaebuse vastustajale kättetoimetamisest alates või ülejäänud apellatsioonitähtaja jooksul, kui see on pikem kui 14 päeva.

  (4) Pärast apellatsioonitähtaja möödumist, kuid käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 3 sätestatud tähtaja jooksul esitatud vastuapellatsioonkaebus jäetakse läbi vaatamata, kui apellant loobub apellatsioonkaebusest, kui seda ei võeta menetlusse, kui see jäetakse läbi vaatamata või kui asja menetlus lõpetatakse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 636.   Toimiku väljanõudmine

  (1) Ringkonnakohus nõuab asja menetlenud esimese astme kohtult viivitamata pärast apellatsioonkaebuse kohtule saabumist välja asja toimiku. Esimese astme kohtu kantselei saadab nõutud toimiku viivitamata pärast üleandmisnõude saamist ringkonnakohtule. Samuti saadab esimese astme kohus ringkonnakohtule viivitamata elektrooniliselt kohtulahendi, välja arvatud, kui see on kättesaadav kohtuinfosüsteemi vahendusel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Pärast apellatsioonimenetluse lõpetamist saadetakse toimik viivitamata esimese astme kohtule tagasi, välja arvatud juhul, kui see tuleb edasi saata Riigikohtule.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 637.   Apellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise alused

  (1) Kohus ei võta apellatsioonkaebust menetlusse, kui:
  1) apellatsioonkaebus ei allu sellele ringkonnakohtule;
  2) apellatsioonkaebus on esitatud pärast apellatsioonitähtaja möödumist;
  3) apellatsioonkaebuselt ei ole tasutud riigilõiv;
  4) apellatsioonkaebuse apellandi nimel esitanud isik ei ole põhistanud oma esindusõiguse olemasolu;
  5) mõlemad pooled on apellatsioonkaebuse esitamise õigusest loobunud;
  6) apellatsioonkaebuses toodud väidete õigsust eeldades ei saaks kaebust ilmselt rahuldada.

  (2) Kohus ei võta apellatsioonkaebust menetlusse ka siis, kui asja läbivaatamist takistab apellatsioonkaebusele seaduses sätestatud vormi ja sisu nõuete rikkumine, muu hulgas pädeva isiku allkirja puudumine kaebusel.

  (21) Käesoleva seadustiku § 405 lõikes 1 nimetatud asjas esitatud apellatsioonkaebus võetakse menetlusse üksnes juhul, kui maakohtu otsuses on antud luba edasikaebamiseks või kui maakohtu otsuse tegemisel on selgelt ebaõigesti kohaldatud materiaalõiguse normi või on selgelt rikutud menetlusõiguse normi või on selgelt ebaõigesti hinnatud tõendeid ja see võis oluliselt mõjutada lahendit.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui apellatsioonkaebus võetakse menetlusse, võib vastuapellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmisest keelduda üksnes käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktides 2–4 ja lõikes 2 nimetatud juhtudel.

§ 638.   Apellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmise otsustamine

  (1) Ringkonnakohus otsustab viivitamata pärast apellatsioonkaebuse saamist määrusega kaebuse menetlusse võtmise või menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise.

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Enne apellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumist võib kohus küsida vastaspoole arvamust selle kohta ja menetlusosalised ära kuulata.

  (4) Apellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise määruses tuleb märkida menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise põhjus. Kui kohus keeldub apellatsioonkaebust menetlusse võtmast, ei toimeta kohus kaebust vastustajale kätte ja tagastab selle kättetoimetamisega apellandile koos lisadega ja kaebuse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise määrusega.

  (5) Kui apellatsioonkaebust ei võeta menetlusse põhjusel, et asi ei allu sellele ringkonnakohtule, edastab kohus apellatsioonkaebuse kohtualluvuse järgi õigele ringkonnakohtule. Kaebus loetakse esitatuks selle esimesse ringkonnakohtusse saabumise ajast. Seda kohaldatakse ka juhul, kui apellatsioonkaebus esitatakse otsuse teinud esimese astme kohtule.

  (6) Apellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise määrus peab olema tehtud asja lahendava kohtukoosseisu poolt ühehäälselt.

  (7) Apellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmise määruses tuleb märkida muu hulgas apellatsioonkaebuse kohtusse saabumise aeg.

  (8) Kohus toimetab apellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise määruse apellandile kätte ja edastab teistele menetlusosalistele. Apellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmise määruse edastab kohus menetlusosalistele.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (9) Määruse peale, millega kohus keeldub apellatsioonkaebust menetlusse võtmast, võib apellant esitada määruskaebuse Riigikohtule.

  (10) Kui kohus keeldub apellatsioonkaebust menetlusse võtmast ja tagastab selle määrusega, loetakse, et kaebust ei ole esitatud.

2. jagu Menetlus ringkonnakohtus 

§ 639.   Menetlussätete kohaldamine ja menetlusosalised

  (1) Apellatsioonimenetluses kohaldatakse esimese astme kohtu menetluse kohta kehtivaid sätteid, kui apellatsioonimenetluse kohta ei ole sätestatud teisiti või esimese astme kohtu menetluse kohta sätestatu ei ole vastuolus apellatsioonimenetluse olemusega.

  (2) Menetlusosalised ringkonnakohtus on apellatsioonimenetluse pooled ja kolmandad isikud. Apellatsioonimenetluse pooled on apellant ja vastustaja. Kui vaidlusalust õigussuhet saab tuvastada üksnes kõigi kaashagejate või -kostjate suhtes ühiselt, loetakse kaashageja ja -kostja kaasapellandiks või -vastustajaks, sõltumata sellest, kas nad apellatsioonkaebuse esitavad või kas apellatsioonkaebus esitatakse nende vastu.

§ 640.   Asja ettevalmistamine

  (1) Pärast apellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmist ringkonnakohus:
  1) toimetab teistele menetlusosalistele kätte apellatsioonkaebuse ärakirja koos lisadega;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  2) lahendab poolte taotlused hagi tagamiseks või hagi tagamise tühistamiseks;
  3) lahendab poolte taotlused kohtuotsuse viivitamata täitmiseks või täitmise peatamiseks;
  4) selgitab, kas asja lahendamine on võimalik kokkuleppega või muul viisil eelmenetluses;
  5) määrab menetlusosalise põhjendatud taotluse alusel ekspertiisi, nõuab dokumente ja korraldab vaatluse;
  6) määrab kohtuistungi asja läbivaatamiseks, kui asja ei saa lahendada kohtuistungit pidamata;
  7) annab vajaduse korral menetlusosalisele tähtaja ringkonnakohtu poolt vajalikuks peetud küsimusele vastamiseks või nõuab menetlusosaliselt vastuse täiendamist kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul.

  (2) Pärast apellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmist valmistab asja lahendamise ette ringkonnakohtu koosseisu määratud liige sellise põhjalikkusega, et asja saaks kohtuistungi korraldamisel lahendada ühel kohtuistungil.

  (3) Kohtukoosseisu liige lahendab üksinda menetlusosaliste taotlused asja ettevalmistamisel ja teeb asja arutamist ettevalmistavad või muud korraldavad määrused, muu hulgas määrab vajaduse korral apellatsioonkaebuse hinna. Tõendi vastuvõtmisest keeldumise otsustab kohtukoosseis.

  (4) Kohtukoosseisu liige võib asja ettevalmistamiseks koguda ja uurida tõendeid, kui see on vajalik kohtuistungil asja arutamise lihtsustamiseks ja võib eeldada, et ülejäänud kohtukoosseis saab tõendi kogumise ja uurimise tulemust hinnata ka vahetult tõendi kogumisel ja uurimisel osalemata.

  (5) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 641.   Menetlusosalistele apellatsioonkaebusest teatamine

  (1) Pärast apellatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmist kohustab kohus vastustajat koos apellatsioonkaebuse kättetoimetamisega apellatsioonkaebusele kohtu määratud ajaks kirjalikult vastama, märkides ära, mida vastus peab sisaldama. Kohus teavitab vastustajat ka vastuapellatsioonkaebuse esitamise õigusest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Kohus selgitab teistele apellatsioonimenetluse osalistele nende õigust esitada apellatsioonkaebuse suhtes oma seisukoht kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui kohus määrab asja arutamiseks kohtuistungi, toimetab kohus menetlusosalistele kätte kutse istungile.

  (4) Kohus võib lubada vastustajal ja muul menetlusosalisel vastata apellatsioonkaebusele suuliselt istungil, kui kohus leiab, et kirjalikku vastust ei ole vaja.

  (5) Ringkonnakohus võib küsida seisukohta asja lahendamise kohta ka käesoleva seadustiku § 393 lõigetes 3 ja 4 nimetatud riigi- või kohaliku omavalitsuse asutustelt.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 642.   Apellatsioonkaebuse vastus

  (1) Apellatsioonkaebuse vastuses peab vastustaja muu hulgas märkima:
  1) kas apellatsioonkaebus on vastustaja arvates võetud õigesti ringkonnakohtu menetlusse, kui ta ei ole selle kohta oma seisukohta juba avaldanud;
  2) kas vastustaja peab kaebust õigeks või vaidleb sellele vastu;
  3) vastuväited kaebuse nõudmiste ja põhjenduste kohta ning asjaolud, millele vastustaja tugineb.

  (2) Kui vastustaja nimetab oma seisukohtade põhjendamiseks uusi asjaolusid ja tõendeid, tuleb vastuses märkida uute asjaolude ja tõendite esimese astme kohtus esitamata jätmise põhjus.

  (3) Kui vastustaja taotleb, et kohus kuulaks ära tunnistaja, eksperdi, poole seletuse vande all või teeks vaatluse, tuleb seda vastuses koos põhjendusega märkida. Sel juhul tuleb vastuses märkida eksperdi ja tunnistaja nimi, aadress ja sidevahendite numbrid.

  (4) Kui vastustaja soovib asja arutamist kohtuistungil, peab ta seda vastuses märkima. Vastasel juhul loetakse, et ta on nõus asja lahendamisega kirjalikus menetluses.

  (5) Apellatsioonkaebuse vastuse esitamise tähtaeg peab olema vähemalt 14 päeva apellatsioonkaebuse kättetoimetamisest alates.

  (6) Apellatsioonkaebuse vastuse ja muu menetlusosalise seisukoha kaebuse suhtes edastab kohus teistele menetlusosalistele koos apellatsioonkaebuse vastusele või muu menetlusosalise seisukohale lisatud dokumentide ärakirjadega.

§ 643.   Apellatsioonkaebuse läbivaatamata jätmine

  (1) Kohus jätab apellatsioonkaebuse määrusega läbi vaatamata, kui ilmneb, et apellatsioonkaebus oli võetud ringkonnakohtu menetlusse ebaõigesti, samuti muul seaduses sätestatud juhul. Kohus jätab apellatsioonkaebuse määrusega läbi vaatamata ka juhul, kui apellandiks või vastustajaks olev juriidiline isik on lõppenud õigusjärgluseta ja see takistab asja edasist menetlust.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (2) Kui apellatsioonkaebuse läbivaatamist takistava puuduse saab ilmselt kõrvaldada, annab kohus määrusega apellandile mõistliku tähtaja puuduse kõrvaldamiseks. Kui apellant jätab kohtu nõudmise tähtpäevaks täitmata, jätab kohus apellatsioonkaebuse läbi vaatamata.

  (3) Kohus teatab menetlusosalistele enne määruse tegemist kavandatavast apellatsioonkaebuse läbivaatamata jätmisest ja selle põhjustest ning annab apellandile võimaluse avaldada selle kohta kohtu määratud tähtpäevaks oma arvamust. Vajaduse korral peab kohus avalduse läbivaatamata jätmise lahendamiseks istungi.

  (4) Apellatsioonkaebuse läbivaatamata jätmise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse Riigikohtule.

§ 644.   Apellatsioonkaebusest loobumine

  (1) Apellant võib apellatsioonkaebusest loobuda kuni asja arutamise lõpetamiseni, kirjaliku menetluse puhul aga kuni avalduste esitamiseks antud tähtaja möödumiseni.

  (2) Apellatsioonkaebusest loobumise avaldus esitatakse ringkonnakohtule. Kui avaldust ei esitata kohtuistungil suuliselt, tuleb loobumise avaldus esitada kirjalikult.

  (3) Apellatsioonkaebusest loobumise korral loetakse, et apellant ei ole apellatsiooniastmes menetlustoiminguid teinud. Apellatsioonkaebusest loobumise korral ei saa apellant esitada enam uut apellatsioonkaebust sama apellatsioonieseme kohta ja kannab apellatsioonkaebusega seotud menetluskulud.

  (4) Kui teine pool ei ole esimese astme kohtu otsuse peale edasi kaevanud või kui vastuapellatsioonkaebus on esitatud pärast apellatsioonitähtaja möödumist, teeb ringkonnakohus apellatsioonkaebusest loobumise kohta määruse, millega lõpetab apellatsioonimenetluse.

  (5) Kui kohus ei saa apellatsioonkaebusest loobumise korral menetlust teise poole kaebuse tõttu lõpetada, teeb kohus määruse, millega lõpetab menetluse selle apellatsioonkaebuse osas, millest loobuti. Sel juhul jätkatakse teise kaebuse osas menetlust.

  (6) Apellatsioonkaebusest loobumise kohta tehtud määruses märgib kohus apellatsioonkaebusest loobumise õiguslikud tagajärjed.

  (7) Apellatsioonkaebuse menetluse lõpetamise määruse peale, samuti määruse peale, millega ringkonnakohus ei võta vastu apellatsioonkaebusest loobumist, võib esitada määruskaebuse Riigikohtule.

§ 645.   Hagist loobumine ja kompromiss

  (1) Apellatsioonimenetluses hagist loobumise vastuvõtmisel või kompromissi kinnitamisel tühistab ringkonnakohus määrusega esimese astme kohtu otsuse ja lõpetab asja menetluse. Kui kohus ei võta hagist loobumist vastu või ei kinnita kompromissi, vaatab kohus asja apellatsiooni korras läbi.

  (2) Menetluse lõpetamise määruse peale, samuti määruse peale, millega ringkonnakohus ei võta vastu hagist loobumist või ei kinnita kompromissi, võib esitada määruskaebuse Riigikohtule.

§ 646.   Asja lahendamine üksnes kaebuse põhjal

  Kohus võib otsustada asja üksnes apellatsioonkaebuse põhjal, kui kohus leiab, et asja arutamisel esimese astme kohtus rikuti menetlusõiguse normi, mis toob ilmselgelt kaasa otsuse tühistamise apellatsioonimenetluses (§ 656 lõige 1). Sel juhul otsus tühistatakse ja asi saadetakse esimese astme kohtusse uueks läbivaatamiseks.

§ 647.   Asja lahendamine kirjalikus menetluses

  (1) Kui apellant ega vastustaja ei ole nõudnud asja läbivaatamist kohtuistungil, võib kohus asja läbi vaadata ja lahendada apellatsioonkaebust kohtuistungil arutamata. Sel juhul määrab kohus võimalikult kiiresti kindlaks tähtaja, mille jooksul menetlusosalised võivad kohtule esitada avaldusi või seisukohti ja otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemise aja ning teatab sellest menetlusosalistele.

  (2) Kui kohus kirjalikus menetluses leiab, et asi tuleb lahendada kohtuistungil, määrab ta kohtuistungi.

§ 648.   Asja arutamine ringkonnakohtu istungil

  (1) Ringkonnakohtu istungil teeb asja ettevalmistanud kohtunik asjast ettekande, milles tutvustab vajalikus ulatuses esimese astme kohtu otsust ning apellatsioonkaebuse ja vastuse sisu.

  (2) Pärast ettekannet kõneleb apellant, siis kolmas isik tema poolel, seejärel vastustaja ja tema järel teised menetlusosalised, kui kohus ei määra teisiti. Kohus võib kohtukõne kestust piirata, tagades kõigile menetlusosalistele võrdse kõneaja. Menetlusosalisele ei või anda kohtukõneks aega vähem kui kümme minutit.

  (3) Kohus võib menetlusosalisi küsitleda.

  (4) Kui kohus arutab asja apellandi või vastustaja kohalolekuta, esitab kohus vajalikus ulatuses puuduva menetlusosalise seisukoha toimiku andmete põhjal.

  (5) Kohus võib menetlusosalistel lubada esineda lõppsõnaga.

§ 649.   Menetlusosalise istungilt puudumise tagajärjed

  (1) Kui apellant või vastustaja kohtuistungile ei ilmu, lahendab ringkonnakohus kaebuse tema osavõtuta või lükkab asja arutamise edasi. Muu menetlusosalise kohtuistungile ilmumata jäämise korral lükkab ringkonnakohus kohtuistungi edasi ainult mõlema poole ühisel taotlusel.

  (2) Kui apellant kohtuistungile ei ilmu ega ole teatanud ilmumata jätmise mõjuvast põhjusest (käesoleva seadustiku § 422) või ei ole seda põhistanud, võib kohus vastustaja taotlusel jätta kaebuse läbi vaatamata. Kohus ei jäta kaebust läbi vaatamata, kui apellant ei taotlenud asja läbivaatamist kohtuistungil või palus kohut lahendada kaebus istungil tema osavõtuta.

§ 650.   Apellatsioonimenetluse uuendamine

  (1) Kui ringkonnakohus jättis apellatsioonkaebuse läbi vaatamata seetõttu, et apellant ja tema esindaja kohtuistungile ei ilmunud ega teatanud mõjuvast põhjusest (käesoleva seadustiku § 422) ilmumata jätmiseks, uuendab kohus menetluse apellandi avalduse alusel, kui kohtuistungilt puudumiseks oli mõjuv põhjus, millest ei saadud õigeaegselt kohtule teatada. Apellant peab mõjuva põhjuse olemasolu ja teatamise võimatust põhistama.

  (2) Menetluse uuendamise avalduse võib apellant esitada ringkonnakohtule kümne päeva jooksul kaebuse läbivaatamata jätmise määruse talle kätte toimetamisest alates.

  (3) Kui apellant pärast menetluse uuendamist ringkonnakohtu istungile ei ilmu, ei ole tal enam õigust menetluse uuendamisele.

  (4) Menetluse uuendamata jätmise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse Riigikohtule.

3. jagu Ringkonnakohtu otsus 

§ 651.   Apellatsioonkaebuse läbivaatamise ulatus

  (1) Ringkonnakohus kontrollib apellatsiooni korras esimese astme kohtu otsuse seaduslikkust ja põhjendatust üksnes osas, mille peale on edasi kaevatud.

  (2) Poolel on õigus nõuda aegumise kohaldamist ka juhul, kui ta seda esimese astme kohtus ei ole nõudnud.

§ 652.   Apellatsioonimenetluses arvestatavad asjaolud ja tõendid

  (1) Ringkonnakohus võtab apellatsioonkaebuse läbivaatamisel ja lahendamisel aluseks:
  1) esimese astme kohtus tuvastatud faktilised asjaolud niivõrd, kuivõrd puuduvad kahtlused vastavate faktiliste asjaolude tõendamise menetluse või protokolli õiguspärasuse või ebapiisava ulatuse kohta ja ringkonnakohus ei pea nimetatud asjaolude uut tuvastamist vajalikuks;
  2) menetlusosaliste esitatud uued faktilised asjaolud niivõrd, kuivõrd nende esitamine on lubatud.

  (2) Ringkonnakohus ei võta aluseks asjaolu ega tõendit, mis esimese astme kohtus esitati, kuid mis on jäetud esimese astme kohtu menetluses õiguspäraselt arvestamata.

  (3) Ringkonnakohus tuvastab esimese astme kohtu otsuses tuvastamata asjaolusid ja hindab kohtuotsuses hindamata tõendeid üksnes juhul, kui:
  1) asjaolu, millele tugineti, ja tõend, mis esitati, jäeti põhjendamatult tähelepanuta;
  2) asjaolu või tõendit ei saanud varem esitada kohtu poolt menetlusõiguse normi olulise rikkumise tõttu või muul mõjuval põhjusel, muu hulgas põhjusel, et asjaolu või tõend tekkis või sai poolele teatavaks või kättesaadavaks pärast asja lahendamist esimese astme kohtus.

  (4) Uue asjaolu ja tõendi esitamise lubatavust peab pool oma kaebuses või vastuses põhjendama ja kohtu nõudmisel põhistama. Kui pool uue asjaolu või tõendi esitamise lubatavust ei põhjenda või ei põhista, jätab kohus selle tähelepanuta, välja arvatud juhul, kui tõend on ilmselt vajalik asja õigemaks lahendamiseks ja vastaspool on tõendi vastuvõtmisega nõus.

  (5) Ringkonnakohus ei kogu, uuri ega hinda uuesti esimese astme kohtu menetluses kogutud, uuritud ja hinnatud tõendeid, välja arvatud juhul, kui pool vaidlustab esimese astme kohtu otsuses vastava tõendi hindamise alusel tuvastatud asjaolu või vastava asjaolu tõendamise menetluse menetlusnormide olulise rikkumise tõttu ja ringkonnakohus peab tõendi uut uurimist ja hindamist vajalikuks.

  (6) Pool ei või apellatsiooniastmes tugineda asjaolule, et esimese astme kohus rikkus menetlusõiguse normi, kui ta ei esitanud esimese astme kohtus sellele õigeaegselt vastuväidet (käesoleva seadustiku § 333).

  (7) Esimese astme kohtu menetluses poole avaldatud asjaolu omaksvõtt ja hagi õigeksvõtmine kehtib ka apellatsioonimenetluses.

  (8) Ringkonnakohus ei ole seotud apellatsioonkaebuse õigusliku põhjendusega.

  (9) Enne uue tõendi vastuvõtmise otsustamist või uuele asjaolule tuginemist küsib ringkonnakohus selle kohta vastaspoole seisukohta.

§ 653.   Tõendite ümberhindamine

  Kui apellatsioonkaebuses vaidlustatakse esimese astme kohtu otsust mõnel tõendil põhineva asjaolu osas, peab ringkonnakohus kohtuotsust selles osas muutes märkima põhjuse, miks tõendit tuleb teisiti hinnata.

§ 654.   Ringkonnakohtu otsuse sisu

  (1) Ringkonnakohus lahendab apellatsioonkaebuse esimese astme kohtu otsuse peale otsusega, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti. Ringkonnakohtu otsusele kohaldatakse esimese astme kohtu otsuse kohta sätestatut, kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 2–6 sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Ringkonnakohtu otsuse sissejuhatuses märgib kohus lisaks esimese astme kohtu otsuse andmetele, kes on apellatsioonkaebuse esitanud.

  (21) Resolutsiooni juures tuleb muu hulgas märkida, et kassatsioonkaebuse võib Riigikohtusse esitada üksnes vandeadvokaadi vahendusel, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti. Resolutsiooni juures selgitab ringkonnakohus ka käesoleva seadustiku § 187 lõike 6 sisu.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (22) Kui ringkonnakohus muudab maakohtu otsuse resolutsiooni, peab ringkonnakohtu otsuse resolutsioonist nähtuma kehtiva resolutsiooni terviklik sõnastus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Ringkonnakohtu otsuse kirjeldavas osas märgitakse, millise otsuse tegi esimese astme kohus, samuti lühidalt poolte apellatsioonimenetluses esitatud nõuded ja nende kohta esitatud faktilised ja õiguslikud väited ja tõendid ning poolte taotlused.

  (4) Otsuse põhjendavas osas märgitakse ringkonnakohtu tuvastatud asjaolud ja nendest tehtud järeldused, tõendid, millele on rajatud kohtu järeldused, ning seadused, mida ringkonnakohus kohaldas.

  (5) Kohus peab võtma põhjendatud seisukoha poolte kõigi esitatud faktiliste ja õiguslike väidete suhtes, muu hulgas seletama lühidalt, miks üks või teine asjaolu ei oma asja lahendamisel tähendust. Kui ringkonnakohus tühistab maakohtu otsuse ja teeb uue otsuse, siis tuleb tal võtta otsuses seisukoht poolte poolt maakohtu menetluses esitatud kõikide väidete ja vastuväidete kohta.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Kui ringkonnakohus jätab esimese astme kohtu otsuse muutmata ja järgib esimese astme kohtu otsuse põhjendusi, ei pea ringkonnakohus oma otsust põhjendama. Ringkonnakohus peab sel juhul märkima, et nõustub esimese astme kohtu otsuse põhjendusega.

§ 655.   Ringkonnakohtu otsuse kättetoimetamine ja jõustumine

  (1) Ringkonnakohus toimetab otsuse menetlusosalistele kätte.

  (2) Ringkonnakohtu otsus jõustub eelkõige, kui:
  1) otsuse peale kassatsioonkaebuse esitamise tähtaja jooksul kassatsioonkaebust ei esitata;
  2) otsuse peale esitatud kassatsioonkaebust ei võeta menetlusse või see jäetakse läbi vaatamata või rahuldamata või kassatsioonimenetlus lõpetatakse.

§ 656.   Menetlusõiguse normi rikkumise tagajärjed

  (1) Ringkonnakohus tühistab esimese astme kohtu otsuse apellatsioonkaebuse põhjendusest ja selles esitatud asjaoludest olenemata ja saadab asja uueks arutamiseks esimese astme kohtule, kui esimese astme kohtus:
  1) on oluliselt rikutud õigusliku ärakuulamise või menetluse avalikkuse põhimõtet;
  2) on tehtud otsus isiku suhtes, keda ei kutsutud kohtusse seaduse kohaselt;
  3) lahendas asja ebaseaduslik kohtukoosseis, muu hulgas kohtukoosseis, kuhu kuulunud kohtunik oleks pidanud ennast taandama;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  4) ei esindanud poolt selleks õigustatud isik ja pool ei ole enda esindamist menetluses ka heaks kiitnud;
  5) ei ole otsust seaduse kohaselt olulises ulatuses põhjendatud ja ringkonnakohtul ei ole võimalik puudust kõrvaldada.

  (2) Ringkonnakohus ei pea käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud juhul asja uueks arutamiseks saatma, kui rikkumine on võimalik kõrvaldada apellatsioonimenetluses. Ringkonnakohtul on õigus apellatsioonkaebuse põhjendusest olenemata tühistada esimese astme kohtu otsus ja saata asi uueks arutamiseks esimese astme kohtule ka teiste menetlusõiguse normide olulise rikkumise tõttu, kui rikkumist ei ole võimalik apellatsioonimenetluses kõrvaldada.

  (3) Kui menetlusõiguse normi on oluliselt rikutud, kuid seda rikkumist ei ole võimalik kõrvaldada esimese astme kohtus ega apellatsioonimenetluses, lahendab ringkonnakohus asja sisuliselt seda esimese astme kohtule tagasi saatmata.

  (4) Kui menetlusõiguse normi rikkumine puudutab lahendi seda osa, mille peale ei kaevatud, siis otsustab ringkonnakohus, kas otsuse see osa tühistada.

§ 657.   Ringkonnakohtu õigused apellatsioonkaebuse lahendamisel

  (1) Ringkonnakohtul on apellatsioonkaebuse lahendamisel õigus:
  1) jätta kaebus rahuldamata ja kohtuotsus muutmata;
  2) tühistada kohtuotsus osaliselt või täielikult ja teha tühistatud osas asja esimese astme kohtule uueks läbivaatamiseks saatmata uus otsus;
  21) muuta kohtuotsuse põhjendusi, jättes otsuse resolutsiooni muutmata;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  3) tühistada kohtuotsus osaliselt või täielikult ja saata asi vastavas ulatuses esimese astme kohtule uueks läbivaatamiseks, kui ringkonnakohus ei saa asja ise lahendada;
  4) tühistada kohtuotsus osaliselt või täielikult ja lõpetada asja menetlus või jätta hagi läbi vaatamata.

  (2) Kui ringkonnakohus tühistab tagaseljaotsuse, saadab ta asja täies ulatuses läbivaatamiseks esimese astme kohtule.

  (3) Kui esimese astme kohus tegi otsuse, kuigi oleks pidanud jätma hagi läbi vaatamata või asja menetluse lõpetama, tühistab ringkonnakohus maakohtu otsuse määrusega, millega ühtlasi jätab hagi läbi vaatamata või lõpetab asja menetluse.

  (4) Kui esimese astme kohus on otsusega lahendanud mitu nõuet, millest mõnes tuleb menetlus lõpetada või hagi läbi vaatamata jätta, lahendab ringkonnakohus asja täies ulatuses otsusega.

§ 658.   Maakohtu otsuse tühistamise ja asja uueks lahendamiseks saatmise tagajärjed

  (1) Maakohtu otsuse tühistamise ja asja uueks lahendamiseks saatmise korral jätkub menetlus esimese astme kohtus seisundis, milles see oli enne asja läbivaatamise lõpetamist. Maakohus teeb uuesti menetlustoimingud, mis ringkonnakohtu otsuse kohaselt on ebaseaduslikud.

  (2) Ringkonnakohtu otsuses, millega tühistatakse apellatsioonkaebusega vaidlustatud otsus, esitatud seisukohad õigusnormi tõlgendamisel ja kohaldamisel on tühistatud otsuse teinud kohtule asja uuel läbivaatamisel kohustuslikud.

65. peatükk MÄÄRUSKAEBUS RINGKONNAKOHTUS 

§ 659.   Apellatsioonimenetluse sätete kohaldamine

  Ringkonnakohtusse määruskaebuse esitamisele ja seal menetlemisele kohaldatakse apellatsioonimenetluse kohta sätestatut, kui käesolevast peatükist ja määruskaebuse olemusest ei tulene teisiti.

§ 660.   Määruskaebuse esitamise õigus

  (1) Maakohtu määruse peale võib määrusega puudutatud menetlusosaline esitada määruskaebuse ringkonnakohtule üksnes juhul, kui määruskaebuse esitamine on seaduse järgi lubatud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetamata määruse kohta võib esitada vastuväite apellatsioonkaebuses, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (3) Maakohtu menetlust lõpetava määruse peale hagita menetluses võib esitada määruskaebuse isik, kelle õigust on määrusega kitsendatud, kui seadusega ei ole ette nähtud teisiti. Hagita menetluses tehtud muu määruse peale võib edasi kaevata üksnes seadusega sätestatud juhul.

  (4) Kui hagita menetluses võib määruse teha üksnes avalduse alusel ja avaldus on jäetud rahuldamata, võib avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määruse peale esitada määruskaebuse üksnes avaldaja.

§ 661.   Määruskaebuse esitamine

  (1) Määruskaebus esitatakse ringkonnakohtule kirjalikult selle maakohtu kaudu, kelle määrust määruskaebusega vaidlustatakse.

  (2) Määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaeg on nii hagimenetluses kui ka hagita menetluses tehtud määruste puhul 15 päeva määruse kättetoimetamisest alates, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti. Kui määrust ei pidanud isikule kätte toimetama, arvestatakse määruskaebuse esitamise aega ajast, millal kohus selle isikule edastas. Määruskaebust ei saa esitada viie kuu möödumisel hagimenetluses või hagita menetluses määruse tegemisest, kui seaduses ei ole sätestatud teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kui kohus tunnistas asja määrusega lahendamisel kohaldamisele kuuluva õigustloova akti põhiseadusega vastuolus olevaks ja jättis selle kohaldamata, ei hakka määruse peale määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaeg kulgema enne kohaldamata jäetud õigustloova akti kohta Riigikohtu põhiseaduslikkuse järelevalve korras tehtud otsuse kuulutamist.

  (4) Poolte kokkuleppel võib määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaega hagimenetluses lühendada või määruskaebuse esitamise õiguse välistada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kohus võib mõjuval põhjusel anda määruskaebuse esitanud isikule täiendava tähtaja kaebuse põhjendamiseks. Kaebuse põhjendamiseks antakse täiendav tähtaeg käesoleva seadustiku § 187 lõikes 6 sätestatud juhul.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 662.   Määruskaebuse sisu

  (1) Määruskaebuses tuleb muu hulgas märkida:
  1) määruse teinud kohtu nimetus, määruse kuupäev ja tsiviilasja number;
  2) mille kohta või kelle suhtes määrus tehti;
  3) määruskaebuse esitaja selgelt väljendatud protsessuaalne taotlus, märkides seejuures ära, millises ulatuses määruskaebuse esitaja esimese astme kohtu määrust vaidlustab ning missugust lahendit määruskaebuse esitaja taotleb;
  4) määruskaebuse põhjendus.

  (2) Määruskaebuse põhjenduses tuleb märkida:
  1) faktilised ja õiguslikud väited asjaolude kohta, millest tuleneb õigusrikkumine määruse tegemisel ning milles rikkumine seisneb;
  2) viide tõenditele, millega soovitakse iga faktilist väidet tõendada.

  (3) Määruskaebuse põhjendamiseks võib esitada uusi asjaolusid ja tõendeid.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 663.   Määruskaebuse menetlemine maakohtus

  (1) Maakohus otsustab määruskaebuse menetlusse võtmise viivitamata pärast määruskaebuse saamist. Kohus kontrollib, kas määruskaebuse esitamine on seaduse kohaselt lubatud ning kas määruskaebus on esitatud seadusega ettenähtud nõuete kohaselt ja tähtajast kinni pidades. Määruskaebuse menetlusse võtmisel kohaldatakse apellatsioonkaebuse ringkonnakohtu menetlusse võtmise kohta sätestatut, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti. Määruskaebuse menetlusse võtmist ei pea eraldi vormistama ega sellest menetlusosalistele teatama.

  (2) Määruskaebuse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale ei saa edasi kaevata.

  (3) Maakohus toimetab määruskaebuse ja selle lisade ärakirjad kätte menetlusosalistele, kelle õigusi määrus puudutab, ja küsib neilt vastuse.

  (4) Kui maakohus leiab, et määruskaebus on põhjendatud, rahuldab ta selle ise määrusega. Kui maakohus leiab, et määruskaebuse saab rahuldada üksnes osaliselt, ta seda ei rahulda, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (5) Kui maakohus ei rahulda määruskaebust, esitab ta selle viivitamata koos lisade ja seotud menetlusdokumentidega kohtualluvuse järgi õigele ringkonnakohtule läbivaatamiseks ja lahendamiseks. Määruskaebuse rahuldamata jätmise kohta ei ole vaja teha eraldi määrust ega edastada seda menetlusosalistele.

  (6) Kui kaevatava maakohtu määruse tegi kohtunikuabi, võib ta määruskaebuse lahendada käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–4 sätestatud korras. Kui ta määruskaebust viie päeva jooksul alates kaebuse esitamisest täielikult ei rahulda, annab ta kaebuse lahendamiseks viivitamata edasi pädeva maakohtu kohtunikule, kes juhindub määruskaebuse lahendamisel käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 5 sätestatust.
[RT I, 21.06.2014, 8 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

  (61) [Kehtetu - RT I, 20.06.2020, 1 - jõust. 30.06.2020]

  (7) Kui koos maksekäsu peale esitatud määruskaebusega on esitatud ka taotlus vastavalt käesoleva seadustiku § 4891 lõikele 3 ning kaevatava maksekäsu on teinud kohtunikuabi, annab kohtunikuabi kaebuse lahendamiseks viivitamata edasi pädevale kohtunikule.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 664.   Määruskaebuse kontrollimine ringkonnakohtus

  (1) Ringkonnakohus kontrollib menetlusse võetud määruskaebuse saamisel, kas maakohus on kaebuse õigesti menetlusse võtnud ja teeb menetlustoimingud, mis maakohus jättis seoses määruskaebusega tegemata.

  (2) Kui määruskaebus on ringkonnakohtu arvates ebaõigesti menetlusse võetud, jätab ringkonnakohus määruskaebuse määrusega läbi vaatamata.

§ 665.   Määruskaebusega vaidlustatud määruse täitmise peatamine ja määruskaebuse tagamine

  (1) Määruskaebuse esitamine ei peata vaidlustatud määruse täitmist, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti. Määruskaebuse esitamine trahvi maksmise määruse peale peatab määruse täitmise.

  (2) Kohus, kelle määrus vaidlustatakse, ja määruskaebust läbivaatav ringkonnakohus võivad enne määruskaebuse lahendamist määruskaebust tagada, muu hulgas peatada vaidlustatud määruse täitmise või kohaldada muid esialgse õiguskaitse vahendeid.

§ 666.   Määruskaebust läbivaatav kohtukoosseis

  (1) Ringkonnakohtus vaatab läbi ja lahendab määruskaebuse üks ringkonnakohtu kohtunik.

  (2) Hagi menetlusse võtmata jätmise, hagi läbi vaatamata jätmise või menetluse lõpetamise määruse või kaja alusel menetluse taastamata jätmise määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse vaatab läbi ja lahendab ringkonnakohtu kolmeliikmeline koosseis, välja arvatud käesoleva seadustiku § 405 lõigetes 1 ja 4 nimetatud asjas.
[RT I, 11.03.2023, 3 - jõust. 21.03.2023]

  (3) Hagita menetluses tehtud menetlust lõpetava määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse vaatab läbi ja lahendab ringkonnakohtu kolmeliikmeline koosseis.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 667.   Määruskaebuse lahendamine

  (1) Määruskaebus lahendatakse põhjendatud määrusega. Kui ringkonnakohus jätab määruskaebuse rahuldamata ja selle määruse peale ei saa edasi kaevata Riigikohtule, võib ringkonnakohus määruse teha kirjeldava ja põhjendava osata.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (2) Kui ringkonnakohus leiab, et määruskaebus on põhjendatud, tühistab ta vaidlustatud määruse ja teeb võimaluse korral ise uue määruse. Vajaduse korral saadab ringkonnakohus asja uueks lahendamiseks tagasi tühistatud määruse teinud kohtule.

  (3) Määruskaebus lahendatakse kirjalikus menetluses, kui kohus ei pea vajalikuks kohtuistungit korraldada. Määruskaebust läbivaatav kohus võib vajaduse korral koguda uusi tõendeid.

  (4) Määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määrus toimetatakse menetlusosalistele kätte. Kui määruse peale ei saa esitada määruskaebust Riigikohtusse, piisab määruse edastamisest menetlusosalistele.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Määrus kehtib ja kuulub täitmisele alates selle kättetoimetamisest või edastamisest määruskaebuse esitajale, välja arvatud juhul, kui määruse peale saab edasi kaevata ja seaduses on ette nähtud, et määrus kuulub täitmisele alates jõustumisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

13. osa MENETLUS RIIGIKOHTUS 

66. peatükk KASSATSIOONIMENETLUS 

1. jagu Riigikohtusse edasikaebamine 

§ 668.   Kassatsiooni korras edasikaebamise õigus

  (1) Ringkonnakohtu otsuse peale võib apellatsioonimenetluse osaline esitada kassatsioonkaebuse Riigikohtule, kui ringkonnakohus on oluliselt rikkunud menetlusõiguse normi või ebaõigesti kohaldanud materiaalõiguse normi. Iseseisva nõudeta kolmas isik võib esitada kassatsioonkaebuse käesoleva seadustiku § 214 lõikes 2 sätestatud tingimustel.

  (2) Kassatsioonkaebust ei saa esitada, kui mõlemad pooled on kaebuse esitamise õigusest kohtule tehtud avalduses loobunud.

  (3) Kassatsioonkaebuses ei või tugineda väitele, et asi tulnuks lahendada halduskohtus või et asi ei allunud otsuse teinud esimese astme kohtule või ringkonnakohtule või et asi tulnuks lahendada teises kohtumajas. Kassatsioonkaebuses võib tugineda asjaolule, et Eesti kohus ei olnud pädev asja lahendama rahvusvaheliselt või et asi tuli lahendada vahekohtus, kui sellele asjaolule tugineti õigeaegselt ka maakohtus ja ringkonnakohtus.

  (4) Kassatsioonkaebus ei või tugineda asjaolule, et asi, mis tuli lahendada hagita menetluses, lahendati hagimenetluses, välja arvatud juhul, kui sellele asjaolule tugineti õigeaegselt ka maakohtus ja ringkonnakohtus ning sellest võis olulisel määral sõltuda asja lahendus.

  (5) Kassatsioonkaebust ei saa esitada ringkonnakohtu otsuse peale osas, milles maakohtu otsust apellatsioonkaebusega ei vaidlustatud.

  (6) Kassatsiooni korras võib edasi kaevata maakohtu otsuse peale ilma sellele apellatsioonkaebust esitamata, kui mõlemad pooled on enne või pärast maakohtu otsuse tegemist, kuid apellatsioonitähtaja jooksul loobunud apellatsiooni esitamise õigusest sellel tingimusel, et otsuse peale saab esitada apellatsioonitähtaja jooksul kassatsioonkaebuse. Maakohtu otsuse peale esitatud kassatsioonkaebuse lahendamisele ja menetlemisele kohaldatakse kassatsioonimenetluse üldisi sätteid.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 669.   Menetlusõiguse normi oluline rikkumine

  (1) Ringkonnakohus on otsuse tegemisel rikkunud oluliselt menetlusõiguse normi, kui ilmneb vähemalt üks järgnevatest asjaoludest:
  1) on rikutud õigusliku ärakuulamise või menetluse avalikkuse põhimõtet;
  2) kohtulahend on tehtud isiku suhtes, keda ei kutsutud kohtusse seaduse kohaselt;
  3) asja on lahendanud ebaseaduslik kohtukoosseis, muu hulgas kohtukoosseis, kuhu kuulunud kohtunik oleks pidanud ennast taandama;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  4) pool ei olnud menetluses seaduse kohaselt esindatud ja pool ei ole enda esindamist menetluses heaks kiitnud;
  5) otsus on olulises ulatuses jäetud põhjendamata.

  (2) Riigikohus võib lugeda menetlusõiguse normi oluliseks rikkumiseks ka käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetamata rikkumise kui rikkumine võis mõjutada asja lahendamise tulemust ringkonnakohtus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 670.   Kassatsioonitähtaeg

  (1) Kassatsioonkaebuse võib esitada 30 päeva jooksul otsuse kassaatorile kättetoimetamisest alates, kuid mitte pärast viie kuu möödumist ringkonnakohtu otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemisest.

  (2) Kui ringkonnakohus tunnistas tsiviilasja lahendamisel kohtuotsuse resolutsioonis kohaldamisele kuuluva õigustloova akti põhiseadusega vastuolus olevaks ja jättis selle kohaldamata, arvestatakse kassatsioonkaebuse esitamise tähtaega kohaldamata jäetud õigustloova akti kohta Riigikohtu põhiseaduslikkuse järelevalve korras tehtud lahendi kuulutamisest arvates.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 - jõust. 29.03.2015]

  (3) Riigikohus võib kassaatori taotlusel mõjuval põhjusel anda kassatsioonkaebuse esitanud poolele täiendava tähtaja kaebuse põhjendamiseks. Kaebuse põhjendamiseks antakse täiendav tähtaeg käesoleva seadustiku § 187 lõikes 6 sätestatud juhul.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kui pärast ringkonnakohtu otsuse tegemist, kuid enne selle jõustumist ja asjas kassatsioonkaebuse esitamist esitatakse taotlus hagi läbi vaatamata jätmiseks või asja menetluse lõpetamiseks, muu hulgas hagist loobumise või kompromissi sõlmimise tõttu, hagi tagamisega seotud taotlus või muu sellesarnane taotlus, lahendab taotluse lahendi teinud ringkonnakohus. Hagi läbi vaatamata jätmise või menetluse lõpetamise taotluse rahuldamise korral võib ringkonnakohus määrusega tehtud lahendid tühistada ning jätta hagi läbi vaatamata või lõpetada asja menetluse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Pärast kassatsioonkaebuse esitamist saab käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 nimetatud toiminguid teha Riigikohus, isegi kui kaebust ei ole veel menetlusse võetud.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 671.   Kassatsioonkaebuse sisu

  (1) Kassatsioonkaebus esitatakse Riigikohtule.

  (2) Kassatsioonkaebuses tuleb märkida muu hulgas:
  1) kaevatava otsuse teinud kohtu nimetus, otsuse kuupäev ja tsiviilasja number;
  2) kassaatori selgelt väljendatud protsessuaalne nõue, näidates sealjuures ära, millises ulatuses kassaator ringkonnakohtu otsust vaidlustab ning missugust Riigikohtu lahendit kassaator taotleb;
  3) kassatsioonkaebuse põhjendus.

  (3) Kassatsioonkaebuse põhjenduses tuleb märkida:
  1) millist menetlusõiguse normi on ringkonnakohus oluliselt rikkunud;
  2) millisest asjaolust menetlusõiguse normi rikkumine tuleneb ja kuidas selle normi vale kohaldamine võis kaasa tuua ebaõige otsuse, samuti viide tõenditele, millega soovitakse iga faktilist väidet menetlusõiguse normi rikkumise kohta tõendada;
  3) millist materiaalõiguse normi on ringkonnakohus oma otsuses ilmselt valesti kohaldanud ja kuidas selle normi vale kohaldamine võis kaasa tuua ebaõige otsuse;
  4) mis alusel tuleks kassatsioonkaebus menetlusse võtta.

  (4) Kui kassaator leiab, et kassatsioonkaebuse lahendamisel on põhimõtteline tähendus õiguskindluse tagamiseks ja ühtse kohtupraktika kujundamiseks või õiguse edasiarenduseks, tuleb seda kassatsioonkaebuses märkida.

  (5) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 672.   Kassatsioonkaebuse lisad
[Kehtetu - RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

§ 673.   Vastukassatsioonkaebuse esitamine

  (1) Vastukassatsioonkaebus on kassatsioonkaebus, mille üks pool esitab vastuseks vastaspoole kassatsioonkaebusele sellega ühiseks läbivaatamiseks.

  (2) Vastukassatsioonkaebusele kohaldatakse kassatsioonkaebuse kohta sätestatut, kui käesolevas paragrahvis sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

  (3) Vastustaja võib pärast kassaatoripoolset kassatsioonkaebuse esitamist esitada vastukassatsioonkaebuse ka siis, kui kassatsioonitähtaeg on möödunud või kui tema iseseisev kassatsioonkaebus on jäetud menetlusse võtmata. Vastukassatsioonkaebuses võib vaidlustada ka kohtuotsuse neid osi, mille peale kassatsioonkaebuses ei kaevatud.

  (4) Vastustaja võib esitada vastukassatsioonkaebuse 14 päeva jooksul kassatsioonkaebuse vastustajale kättetoimetamisest alates või ülejäänud kassatsioonitähtaja jooksul, kui see on pikem kui 14 päeva.

  (5) Pärast kassatsioonitähtaja möödumist, kuid käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 4 sätestatud tähtaja jooksul esitatud vastukassatsioonkaebus jäetakse läbi vaatamata, kui kassaator loobub kassatsioonkaebusest, kui seda ei võeta menetlusse, kui see jäetakse läbi vaatamata või kui asja menetlus lõpetatakse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 674.   Kassatsioonkaebuse muutmine

  (1) Kassaator võib kuni kassatsioonitähtaja lõpuni kaebust muuta ja täiendada, muu hulgas laiendada kaebust kohtuotsuse neile osadele, mille peale esialgselt ei kaevatud. Kaebuse muutmisele kohaldatakse kassatsioonkaebuse kohta sätestatut.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatu ei välista ega piira kassaatori õigust esitada väiteid õiguse tõlgendamise kohta ja vastuväiteid vastustaja poolt kassatsioonimenetluses esitatule.

§ 675.   Menetlusdokumentide väljanõudmine

  (1) Kui kassatsioonkaebus on Riigikohtule esitatud, nõuab Riigikohus asja menetlenud ringkonnakohtult viivitamata, et see edastaks Riigikohtule toimiku ja elektrooniliselt kohtulahendi. Ringkonnakohus saadab toimiku ja kohtulahendi viivitamata pärast üleandmisnõude saamist Riigikohtule. Kohtulahendi edastamist ei nõuta, kui lahend on kättesaadav kohtu infosüsteemi vahendusel.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Pärast kassatsioonimenetluse lõpetamist tagastab Riigikohus toimiku viivitamata vastavasse kohtusse.
[RT I, 21.05.2014, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2015]

§ 676.   [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 677.   Menetlusosalistele kassatsioonkaebusest teatamine

  (1) Pärast nõuetekohase kassatsioonkaebuse saamist teatab Riigikohus sellest viivitamata teistele menetlusosalistele ja toimetab kassatsioonkaebuse ärakirja koos lisadega neile kätte.

  (2) Vastustajale teeb Riigikohus teatavaks järgmised asjaolud:
  1) kassatsioonkaebuse kohtusse saabumise aeg;
  2) vastustaja kohustus kassatsioonkaebusele kohtu määratud tähtajaks kirjalikult vastata;
  21) vastustaja õigus esitada vastukassatsioonkaebus;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  3) mida vastus peab sisaldama.

  (3) Teistele menetlusosalistele teatab Riigikohus kassatsioonkaebuse kohtusse saabumise aja ja selgitab neile õigust esitada kassatsioonkaebuse suhtes oma seisukoht kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) Kassatsioonkaebuse menetlusosalisele kättetoimetamisel teeb kohus talle teatavaks, kas ja milliseid taotlusi saab menetlusosaline esitada, et ta saab muid menetlustoiminguid teha üksnes vandeadvokaadi vahendusel ning et menetlustoiminguid, mis ei ole tehtud vandeadvokaadi vahendusel, kassatsioonkaebuse lahendamisel ei arvestata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Käesoleva seadustiku § 679 lõikes 2 sätestatud juhul ei edastata kassatsioonkaebust teistele menetlusosalistele ega küsita neilt vastust enne kaebuse menetlusse võtmise lahendamist.

§ 678.   Kassatsioonkaebuse vastus

  (1) Vastustaja peab esitatud kassatsioonkaebusele kohtule kirjalikult vastama.

  (2) Kassatsioonkaebuse vastuses peab vastustaja teatama muu hulgas:
  1) kas on mõni kassatsioonkaebuse menetlemist takistav puudus;
  2) kas kassatsioonkaebus tuleks võtta menetlusse;
  3) kas vastustaja peab kaebust õigeks või vaidleb sellele vastu;
  4) vastuväited kaebuse nõudmiste ja põhjenduste kohta ning asjaolud, millele vastustaja tugineb.

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 - jõust. 29.03.2015]

  (5) Vastuse ja menetlusosalise muu seisukoha kaebuse suhtes edastab Riigikohus teistele menetlusosalistele koos vastusele või seisukohale lisatud dokumentide ärakirjadega.

§ 679.   Kassatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmise otsustamine

  (1) Riigikohus otsustab mõistliku aja jooksul pärast vastustajale ja kolmandatele isikutele kassatsioonkaebusele vastamiseks ja seisukoha esitamiseks antud tähtaja möödumist määrusega kassatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmise või sellest keeldumise.

  (2) Kui kaebus on ilmselt põhjendamatu või ilmselt põhjendatud, võib menetlusse võtmise lahendada ka kaebust teistele menetlusosalistele saatmata või enne käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud tähtaja möödumist.

  (3) Riigikohus võtab kassatsioonkaebuse menetlusse, kui kassatsioonkaebus vastab seaduses sätestatud nõuetele ja on esitatud õigeaegselt ning, kui:
  1) ringkonnakohus on oma otsuses ilmselt valesti kohaldanud materiaalõiguse normi ja selle normi vale kohaldamine võis kaasa tuua ebaõige otsuse;
  2) ringkonnakohus on otsust tehes rikkunud oluliselt menetlusõiguse normi ja see võis kaasa tuua ebaõige otsuse;
  3) kassatsioonkaebuse lahendamisel on sõltumata käesoleva lõike punktides 1 ja 2 sätestatust põhimõtteline tähendus õiguskindluse tagamiseks ja ühtse kohtupraktika kujundamiseks või õiguse edasiarenduseks.

  (4) Riigikohus ei pea varalise nõudega hagi asjas esitatud kassatsioonkaebust menetlusse võtma sõltumata käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 3 punktides 1 ja 2 sätestatust, kui kassaator vaidlustab ringkonnakohtu otsust väiksemas ulatuses kui Vabariigi Valitsuse kehtestatud kuupalga kümnekordne alammäär.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kassatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmise või sellest keeldumise määruse edastab Riigikohus menetlusosalistele. Kui kassatsioonkaebust enne menetlusse võtmise otsustamist teistele menetlusosalistele ei edastatud, lisatakse ka kassatsioonkaebuse ärakiri. Kaebuse menetlusse võtmisel küsitakse vastustajalt ka vastust kassatsioonkaebusele.

  (6) Kui kassatsioonkaebus võetakse menetlusse, võib keelduda vastukassatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmisest üksnes põhjusel, et vastukassatsioonkaebus ei vasta seaduses sätestatud nõuetele. Kui üks kassatsioonkaebus kahest või enamast ühel ajal Riigikohtus menetlusse võtmiseks esitatud ühetaolisest kaebusest võeti menetlusse, võetakse menetlusse ka ülejäänud kaebused.

  (7) Riigikohtu veebilehel avaldatakse viivitamata kassatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmise taotluse lahendamise tulemus, märkides tsiviilasja numbri, menetlusosaliste nimed ja hagi eseme üldise kirjelduse. Kinnises menetluses esitatud kaebuse menetlusse võtmise taotluse lahendamise kohta tehakse veebilehel teatavaks üksnes taotluse lahendamise tulemus ja tsiviilasja number koos viitega kinnisele menetlusele. Veebilehel ei avaldata menetlusse võtmisest keeldumist põhjusel, et kaebus ei vastanud seaduses sätestatud nõuetele ja seetõttu tagastati. Kaebuse menetlusse võtmise taotluse lahendamise andmed eemaldatakse veebilehelt 30 päeva möödumisel taotluse lahendamise avaldamisest.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 - jõust. 29.03.2015]

2. jagu Menetluse kord Riigikohtus 

§ 680.   Menetlussätete kohaldamine ja menetlusosalised Riigikohtus

  (1) Kassatsioonimenetluses kohaldatakse maakohtu menetluse kohta käivaid sätteid, kui kassatsioonimenetluse kohta ei ole sätestatud teisiti ja maakohtu menetluse kohta sätestatu ei ole vastuolus kassatsioonimenetluse olemusega.

  (2) Menetlusosalised Riigikohtus on kassatsioonimenetluse pooled ja kolmandad isikud. Kassatsiooni menetluse pooled on kassaator ja vastustaja. Kui vaidlusalust õigussuhet saab tuvastada üksnes kõigi kaashagejate või -kostjate suhtes ühiselt, loetakse kaashageja ja -kostja kaaskassaatoriks või -vastustajaks, sõltumata sellest kas nad kassatsioonkaebuse esitavad või kas kassatsioonkaebus esitatakse nende vastu.

§ 681.   Asja ettevalmistamine

  (1) Pärast kassatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmist Riigikohus:
  1) teeb hagi tagamise või hagi tagamise tühistamise määruse, kui sellekohane taotlus on põhjendatud;
  2) lahendab kohtuotsuse viivitamata täitmise või täitmise peatamise, kui sellekohane taotlus on põhjendatud;
  3) selgitab, kas asja lahendamine eelmenetluses on võimalik;
  4) määrab kohtuistungi asja läbivaatamiseks, kui asja ei saa lahendada kirjalikus menetluses;
  5) annab vajaduse korral menetlusosalisele tähtaja vastamiseks Riigikohtu poolt vajalikuks peetud küsimusele või nõuab menetlusosaliselt vastuse täiendamist kohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul.

  (2) Pärast asja menetlusse võtmist valmistab asja lahendamise ette ettekandjaks määratud Riigikohtu tsiviilkolleegiumi liige sellise põhjalikkusega, et asja saaks kohtuistungi korraldamisel lahendada katkestamatult ühel kohtuistungil.

  (3) Kohtukolleegiumi liige, kes asjas on ettekandja, lahendab üksinda menetlusosaliste taotlused asja ettevalmistamisel ja teeb asja arutamise ettevalmistamiseks vajalikud määrused. Kassatsioonkaebuse menetlemist lõpetavad määrused teeb vähemalt kolmeliikmeline kohtukoosseis.

  (4) Kohtuametnik ei või teha asja kassatsiooni korras menetlemist lõpetavat määrust ega käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punktides 1 ja 2 nimetatud määrust.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Riigikohus võib küsida seisukohta asja lahendamise kohta ka käesoleva seadustiku § 393 lõigetes 3 ja 4 nimetatud riigi- või kohaliku omavalitsuse asutustelt.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 6811.   Taotluse esitamine Euroopa Inimõiguste Kohtule

  (1) Riigikohus võib inimõiguste ja põhivabaduste kaitse konventsiooni protokolli nr 16 kohaselt taotleda oma menetluses olevas kohtuasjas Euroopa Inimõiguste Kohtult nõuandvat arvamust inimõiguste ja põhivabaduste kaitse konventsioonis või selle protokollides määratletud õiguste ja vabaduste tõlgendamise või kohaldamisega seotud põhimõttelistes küsimustes.

  (2) Taotlust tuleb põhjendada ning selles kirjeldada menetluses oleva kohtuasja asjakohaseid õiguslikke ja faktilisi asjaolusid.

  (3) Euroopa Inimõiguste Kohtu nõuandev arvamus ei ole Riigikohtu jaoks siduv.
[RT I, 26.06.2017, 17 - jõust. 06.07.2017, § 681¹ rakendatakse alates inimõiguste ja põhivabaduste kaitse konventsiooni protokolli nr 16 Eesti suhtes kehtima hakkamise päevast.]

§ 682.   Kassatsioonkaebuse läbivaatamata jätmine

  (1) Kohus jätab kassatsioonkaebuse põhjendatud määrusega läbi vaatamata, kui pärast kaebuse menetlusse võtmist ilmneb, et kassatsioonkaebus ei vasta seadusega sätestatud nõuetele või et kassatsioonkaebus on esitatud pärast kassatsioonitähtaja möödumist ja Riigikohus ei ennista tähtaega. Kohus jätab kassatsioonkaebuse läbi vaatamata ka siis, kui kassaatoriks või vastustajaks olev juriidiline isik on lõppenud õigusjärgluseta ja see takistab asja edasist menetlust.
[RT I, 05.05.2022, 1 - jõust. 01.02.2023]

  (2) Kui esineb kassatsioonkaebuse läbivaatamist takistav puudus, mida ilmselt saab kõrvaldada, annab kohus määrusega kassaatorile mõistliku tähtaja puuduse kõrvaldamiseks. Kui kassaator jätab kohtu nõudmise tähtpäevaks täitmata, jätab kohus kassatsioonkaebuse läbi vaatamata.

§ 683.   Kassatsioonkaebusest loobumine

  (1) Kassaator võib kassatsioonkaebusest loobuda asja arutamise lõpetamiseni, kirjaliku menetluse puhul aga kuni avalduste esitamiseks antud tähtaja möödumiseni.

  (2) Kassatsioonkaebusest loobumise avaldus esitatakse Riigikohtule kirjalikult.

  (3) Kassatsioonkaebusest loobumise korral loetakse, et kassaator ei ole kassatsiooniastmes menetlustoiminguid teinud. Kassatsioonkaebusest loobumise korral ei saa kassaator esitada enam uut kassatsioonkaebust sama kassatsioonieseme kohta ja kannab kassatsioonkaebusega seotud menetluskulud.

  (4) Kui teine pool ei ole ringkonnakohtu otsuse peale edasi kaevanud või kui vastukassatsioonkaebus on esitatud pärast kassatsioonitähtaja möödumist, teeb Riigikohus kassatsioonkaebusest loobumise korral määruse, millega lõpetab menetluse.

  (5) Kui kohus ei saa kassatsioonkaebusest loobumise korral menetlust teise poole kaebuse tõttu lõpetada, teeb kohus määruse, millega lõpetab menetluse selles kassatsioonkaebuses, millest loobuti. Sel juhul jätkatakse teise kaebuse osas menetlust.

§ 684.   Hagist loobumine ja kompromiss

  Kassatsioonimenetluses hagist loobumise vastuvõtmise või kompromissi kinnitamise korral pärast asja menetlusse võtmist tühistab Riigikohus määrusega eelnevad kohtulahendid ning lõpetab asja menetluse. Kui kohus ei võta vastu hagist loobumist või ei kinnita kompromissi, vaatab kohus asja kassatsiooni korras läbi.

§ 685.   Asja lahendamine kirjalikus menetluses

  Kohus võib asja läbi vaadata ja lahendada ilma kassatsioonkaebust kohtuistungil arutamata, kui ta ei pea istungit vajalikuks. Kohus määrab sel juhul võimalikult kiiresti kindlaks tähtaja, mille jooksul menetlusosalised võivad kohtule esitada avaldusi või seisukohti ja otsuse avalikult teatavakstegemise aja ning teatab sellest menetlusosalistele.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 686.   Riigikohtusse kutsumine ja menetlusosaliste puudumine istungilt

  (1) Kui asi vaadatakse läbi kohtuistungil, teatab Riigikohus menetlusosalistele kohtuistungi aja ja koha.

  (2) Kui menetlusosaline ei ilmu kohtuistungile, võib Riigikohus lahendada kaebuse tema osavõtuta või asja arutamise edasi lükata, kui asja arutamiseks on Riigikohtu arvates menetlusosalise kohalolek vajalik.

§ 687.   Asja läbivaatamine kohtuistungil

  (1) Riigikohtu istungil teeb asja ettevalmistanud kohtunik asjast ettekande, milles tutvustab vajalikus ulatuses menetluse varasemat käiku ning kassatsioonkaebuse ja vastuse sisu.

  (2) Pärast ettekannet kõneleb kassaator, siis kolmas isik tema poolel, seejärel vastustaja ja tema järel teised menetlusosalised, kui kohus ei määra teisiti. Kohus võib kohtukõne kestust piirata, tagades kõigile menetlusosalistele võrdse kõneaja. Menetlusosalisele ei või anda kohtukõneks aega vähem kui 15 minutit.

  (3) Kohus võib menetlusosalisi küsitleda.

  (4) Kui kohus arutab asja menetlusosalise kohalolekuta, esitab kohus vajalikus ulatuses puuduva menetlusosalise seisukoha toimiku andmete põhjal.

3. jagu Riigikohtu otsus 

§ 688.   Kassatsioonkaebuse läbivaatamise ulatus

  (1) Riigikohus kontrollib kassatsiooni korras ringkonnakohtu otsust üksnes osas, mille peale on kaevatud.

  (2) Riigikohus ei ole seotud kassatsioonkaebuse õigusliku põhjendusega.

  (3) Riigikohus arvestab kassatsiooninõude põhjendatuse kontrollimisel vaid faktilisi asjaolusid, mis on tuvastatud alama astme kohtu otsusega. Lisaks arvestab Riigikohus vaid asjaolusid, mis on esitatud ringkonnakohtu poolse menetlusõiguse normi olulise rikkumise kohta esitatud väite põhjendamiseks, muu hulgas kohtu protokollist nähtuvaid asjaolusid.

  (4) Riigikohus on seotud apellatsioonikohtu tuvastatud faktiliste asjaoludega, välja arvatud juhul, kui asjaolu tuvastamine on vaidlustatud kassatsioonkaebusega ning asjaolu tuvastamisel on oluliselt rikutud menetlusõiguse norme.

  (5) Riigikohus ei kogu ega uuri tõendeid, välja arvatud juhul, kui tõend esitatakse ringkonnakohtu menetlusõiguse normi olulise rikkumise tõendamiseks. Samuti ei kogu ega uuri Riigikohus uuesti madalama astme kohtutes kogutud, uuritud ja hinnatud tõendeid.

  (6) Pool ei või kassatsiooniastmes tugineda asjaolule, et ringkonnakohus on rikkunud otsuse tegemisel menetlusõiguse normi, kui ta ei ole esitanud ringkonnakohtus sellele õigeaegselt vastuväidet (käesoleva seadustiku § 333).

§ 689.   Riigikohtu otsuse sisu

  (1) Kassatsioonkaebuse lahendab Riigikohus otsusega, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti. Riigikohtu otsusele kohaldatakse maakohtu otsuse kohta sätestatut, kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 2–6 sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

  (2) Otsuse sissejuhatuses märgib kohus lisaks maakohtu otsuse andmetele, kes on kassatsioonkaebuse esitanud.

  (21) Kui Riigikohus muudab ringkonnakohtu või maakohtu otsuse resolutsiooni, peab Riigikohtu otsuse resolutsioonist nähtuma kehtiva resolutsiooni terviklik sõnastus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Otsuse kirjeldavas osas märgitakse lühidalt menetluse senine käik ja tehtud kohtuotsused, samuti lühidalt poolte kassatsioonimenetluses esitatud nõuded ja nende kohta esitatud faktilised ja õiguslikud väited ja tõendid menetlusõiguse normi rikkumise kohta ning poolte taotlused.

  (4) Otsuse põhjendavas osas märgitakse Riigikohtu järeldused ning seadused, mida Riigikohus kohaldas, samuti ringkonnakohtu menetlustoimingud, mida Riigikohus peab ebaseaduslikuks.

  (5) Kui Riigikohus jätab ringkonnakohtu otsuse muutmata ja järgib ringkonnakohtu otsuse põhjendusi, ei pea Riigikohus oma otsust põhjendama. Riigikohus peab sel juhul märkima, et järgib ringkonnakohtu otsuse põhjendust.

  (6) Mõjuval põhjusel võib Riigikohus teha otsuse kassatsioonkaebuse rahuldamata jätmise kohta üksnes resolutsioonina.

§ 690.   Asja üleandmine Riigikohtus

  (1) Tsiviilkolleegiumi kogu koosseisule, Riigikohtu erikogule või üldkogule asja lahendada andmine otsustatakse määrusega. Määrus edastatakse menetlusosalistele.

  (2) Kui asi vaadatakse läbi kohtuistungil, tehakse menetlusosalistele teatavaks tsiviilkolleegiumi kogu koosseisu, Riigikohtu erikogu või üldkogu istungi aeg ja koht.

§ 691.   Riigikohtu pädevus kassatsioonkaebuse lahendamisel

  Riigikohtul on kassatsioonkaebuse lahendamisel õigus:
  1) jätta kaebus rahuldamata ja ringkonnakohtu otsus muutmata;
  2) tühistada ringkonnakohtu otsus täies ulatuses või osaliselt ja saata asi tühistatud osas samale või teisele ringkonnakohtule uueks läbivaatamiseks;
  3) tühistada eelmised kohtuotsused täies ulatuses või osaliselt ja jätta hagi läbi vaatamata või lõpetada asjas menetlus;
  4) tühistada ringkonnakohtu ja maakohtu otsus käesoleva seadustiku § 692 lõikes 5 nimetatud alusel ja saata asi uueks läbivaatamiseks maakohtule;
  5) muuta ringkonnakohtu otsust või tühistada ringkonnakohtu otsus ja teha uus otsus või jätta jõusse maakohtu otsus asja alama astme kohtule uueks läbivaatamiseks andmata, kui ringkonnakohus on kohtuotsuses tuvastatud asjaoludele andnud väära õigusliku hinnangu ja ringkonnakohus ei ole rikkunud käesoleva seadustiku §-s 669 nimetatud menetlusõiguse normi või kui normi rikkumise saab kõrvaldada Riigikohtus.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 692.   Kassatsiooni korras kohtuotsuse tühistamise alused

  (1) Kassatsiooni korras kohtuotsuse tühistamise aluseks on:
  1) materiaalõiguse normi väär tõlgendamine või kohaldamine, muu hulgas materiaalõiguse normi kohaldamata jätmine, kuigi seda oleks pidanud asjaoludest tulenevalt kohaldama, ja tuvastatud asjaoludele ebaõige õigusliku hinnangu andmine;
  2) menetlusõiguse normi oluline rikkumine, kui see võis kaasa tuua ebaõige otsuse.

  (2) Kui Riigikohus tuvastab ringkonnakohtu otsuse põhjendavas osas materiaalõiguse normi väära tõlgendamise või kohaldamise, kuid ringkonnakohtu otsuse resolutsioon on sellest sõltumata või muudel asjaoludel sisuliselt õige, jätab Riigikohus kassatsioonkaebuse rahuldamata, kuid muudab õiguslikku põhjendust.

  (3) Kassatsioonkaebusega vaidlustatud ringkonnakohtu otsus tühistatakse ulatuses, millises kassatsioonkaebuses esitatud nõue on põhjendatud.

  (4) Kui ringkonnakohus on rikkunud käesoleva seadustiku § 669 lõikes 1 nimetatud menetlusõiguse normi, ei ole Riigikohus seotud kaebuse piiridega ning tühistab ringkonnakohtu otsuse kaebusest olenemata ja saadab asja uueks arutamiseks ringkonnakohtule. Riigikohus ei pea asja uueks arutamiseks saatma, kui rikkumine on võimalik kõrvaldada kassatsioonimenetluses. Riigikohtul on õigus kassatsioonkaebuse põhjendusest olenemata tühistada ringkonnakohtu otsus ja saata asi uueks arutamiseks esimese astme kohtule ka käesoleva seadustiku § 669 lõikes 1 nimetamata menetlusõiguse normi olulise rikkumise tõttu, kui rikkumine võis mõjutada asja lahendamise tulemust ringkonnakohtus ja rikkumist ei ole võimalik kassatsioonimenetluses kõrvaldada.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kui maakohus on rikkunud käesoleva seadustiku § 669 lõikes 1 nimetatud menetlusõiguse normi ja ringkonnakohus ei ole otsust tühistanud ega asja uueks läbivaatamiseks saatnud, tühistab Riigikohus alama astme kohtute otsused ja saadab asja läbivaatamiseks maakohtule. Riigikohus võib koos ringkonnakohtu otsusega tühistada maakohtu otsuse ka muul juhul, kui on ilmne, et ringkonnakohus peab asja uuel läbivaatamisel saatma tagasi maakohtusse või kui see on muul põhjusel asja kiiremaks lahendamiseks vajalik.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (6) Kui ringkonnakohus tegi otsuse, kuigi oleks pidanud jätma apellatsioonkaebuse läbi vaatamata või asja menetluse lõpetama, tühistab Riigikohus ringkonnakohtu otsuse määrusega, millega ühtlasi jätab hagi läbi vaatamata või lõpetab asja menetluse.

§ 693.   Ringkonnakohtu otsuse tühistamise ja asja uueks lahendamiseks saatmise tagajärjed

  (1) Ringkonnakohtu otsuse tühistamise ja asja uueks lahendamiseks saatmise korral jätkub menetlus ringkonnakohtus seisundis, milles see oli enne asja läbivaatamise lõpetamist. Ringkonnakohus teeb uuesti menetlustoimingud, mis Riigikohtu otsuse kohaselt on ebaseaduslikud.

  (2) Riigikohtu otsuses esitatud seisukohad õigusnormi tõlgendamisel ja kohaldamisel on sama asja uuesti läbivaatavale kohtule kohustuslikud.

§ 694.   Riigikohtu otsuse jõustumine ja avaldamine

  (1) Riigikohtu otsus edastatakse menetlusosalistele ja avaldatakse Riigikohtu veebilehel.
[RT I 2010, 19, 101 - jõust. 01.06.2010]

  (2) Riigikohtu otsus ja kassatsioonkaebuse menetlusse võtmisest keeldumise määrus jõustuvad nende avalikult teatavakstegemise päeval ja nende peale ei saa edasi kaevata.

  (3) Riigikohus teeb otsuse 30 päeva jooksul pärast asja arutamise viimast istungit või kirjalikus menetluses taotluste ja dokumentide esitamiseks ettenähtud tähtpäeva möödumist. Vajaduse korral võib määrusega avalikult teatavakstegemise tähtaega pikendada kuni 60 päevani.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 - jõust. 29.03.2015]

67. peatükk MÄÄRUSKAEBUS RIIGIKOHTUS 

§ 695.   Kassatsioonimenetluse sätete kohaldamine

  Riigikohtusse määruskaebuse esitamisele ja seal menetlemisele kohaldatakse kassatsioonimenetluse kohta sätestatut, kui käesolevas peatükis sätestatust ja määruskaebuse olemusest ei tulene teisiti.

§ 696.   Määruskaebuse esitamise õigus

  (1) Ringkonnakohtu määruse peale võib määrusega puudutatud menetlusosaline esitada määruskaebuse Riigikohtule üksnes juhul, kui selle esitamine on seadusega lubatud. Kui maakohtu määruse peale saab seaduse järgi esitada määruskaebuse, saab määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale esitada määruskaebuse ka Riigikohtule, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetamata määruse kohta võib esitada vastuväite kassatsioonkaebuses, kui seadusest ei tulene teisiti.

  (3) Hagita menetluses maakohtu menetlust lõpetava määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse isik, kelle õigust on määrusega kitsendatud, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti. Hagita menetluses tehtud muu määruse peale võib edasi kaevata üksnes seadusega sätestatud juhul.

  (4) Kui hagita menetluses võib määruse teha üksnes avalduse alusel ja avaldus on jäetud rahuldamata, võib avalduse rahuldamata jätmise määruse peale esitatud määruskaebuse kohta tehtud ringkonnakohtu määruse peale esitada määruskaebuse üksnes avaldaja.

§ 697.   Määruskaebuse alus

  Määruskaebus võib tugineda üksnes asjaolule, et ringkonnakohus on määruse tegemisel kohaldanud valesti materiaalõiguse normi või rikkunud määruse tegemisel oluliselt menetlusõiguse normi ja see võis kaasa tuua ebaõige kohtulahendi.

§ 698.   Määruskaebuse esitamine Riigikohtule

  (1) Määruskaebus esitatakse Riigikohtule.

  (2) Määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaeg on 15 päeva määruse määruskaebuse esitajale kättetoimetamisest alates, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (3) Kui kohus tunnistas asja lahendamisel määrusega kohaldamisele kuuluva õigustloova akti põhiseadusega vastuolus olevaks ja jättis selle kohaldamata, arvestatakse määruskaebuse esitamise tähtaega kohaldamata jäetud õigustloova akti kohta Riigikohtu põhiseaduslikkuse järelevalve korras tehtud lahendi kuulutamisest arvates.
[RT I, 19.03.2015, 1 - jõust. 29.03.2015]

  (4) Kohus võib mõjuval põhjusel anda määruskaebuse esitanud isikule täiendava tähtaja kaebuse põhjendamiseks. Kaebuse põhjendamiseks antakse täiendav tähtaeg käesoleva seadustiku § 187 lõikes 6 sätestatud juhul.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 699.   Määruskaebuse sisu

  (1) Määruskaebuses tuleb muu hulgas märkida:
  1) määruse teinud kohtu nimetus, määruse kuupäev ja tsiviilasja number;
  2) mille kohta või kelle suhtes määrus tehti;
  3) määruskaebuse esitaja selgelt väljendatud taotlus, näidates seejuures ära, millises ulatuses määruskaebuse esitaja ringkonnakohtu määrust vaidlustab ning missugust Riigikohtu lahendit määruskaebuse esitaja taotleb;
  4) määruskaebuse põhjendus.

  (2) Määruskaebuse põhjenduses tuleb muu hulgas märkida:
  1) faktilised ja õiguslikud väited nende asjaolude kohta, millest tuleneb õigusrikkumine määruse tegemisel ning milles rikkumine seisneb;
  2) viide tõenditele, millega soovitakse iga faktilist väidet tõendada.

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 700.   Määruskaebuse täitmise peatamine ja tagamine

  (1) Määruskaebuse esitamine ei peata vaidlustatud määruse täitmist, kui seaduses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (2) Riigikohus võib enne määruskaebuse lahendamist määruskaebuse tagada, muu hulgas peatada vaidlustatud määruse täitmise või kohaldada muid esialgse õiguskaitse abinõusid.

§ 701.   Määruskaebuse lahendamine

  (1) Riigikohus toimetab määruskaebuse ja selle lisade ärakirjad kätte menetlusosalistele ja küsib neilt vastuse, välja arvatud juhul, kui määrus teiste menetlusosaliste õigusi ei puuduta.

  (2) Määruskaebus lahendatakse põhjendatud määrusega kirjalikus menetluses, kui kohus ei pea vajalikuks kohtuistungi korraldamist.

  (3) Kui Riigikohus leiab, et määruskaebus on põhjendatud, tühistab ta vaidlustatud määruse ja teeb võimaluse korral uue määruse. Vajaduse korral saadab Riigikohus asja uueks lahendamiseks tagasi määruse teinud ringkonnakohtule või teisele ringkonnakohtule. Riigikohus võib tühistada ka asjas tehtud maakohtu määruse ja saata asja uueks lahendamiseks maakohtule.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

68. peatükk TEISTMINE 

§ 702.   Teistmise alused

  (1) Jõustunud kohtulahendi võib hagimenetluses poole avalduse alusel, hagita menetluses menetlusosalise või muu isiku, kelle kohus oleks pidanud asja lahendamisel kaasama, avalduse alusel uute asjaolude ilmsikstulekul teistmise korras uuesti läbi vaadata.

  (2) Teistmise alused on järgmised:
  1) lahendi on teinud kohtukoosseis, kuhu kuulus kohtunik, kes oleks pidanud ennast taandama;
  2) menetlusosalisele ei olnud menetlusest seaduse kohaselt teatatud, muu hulgas hagiavaldust kätte toimetatud või menetlusosaline ei olnud seaduse kohaselt kohtusse kutsutud, kuigi lahend tehti tema suhtes;
  3) menetlusosalist ei esindanud menetluses selleks õigust omav isik, kuigi otsus tehti tema suhtes, välja arvatud juhul, kui menetlusosaline on enda esindamise menetluses heaks kiitnud;
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]
  4) kohtulahendi ebaseaduslikkus või põhjendamatus, mis tuleneb kriminaalasjas jõustunud kohtuotsusega tuvastatud tunnistaja valeütlusest, teadvalt valest eksperdiarvamusest, teadvalt valest tõlkest, dokumendi võltsimisest või tõendi kunstlikust loomisest;
  5) kohtuniku või menetlusosalise või tema esindaja kuritegu, mille ta on toime pannud teistetavat kohtuasja arutades või läbi vaadates ja mis on tuvastatud jõustunud kohtuotsusega kriminaalasjas;
  6) kohtulahend põhineb varem tehtud kohtulahendil, vahekohtu otsusel või haldusaktil, mis on tühistatud või muudetud;
  7) Riigikohtu põhiseaduslikkuse järelevalve kohtumenetluse korras selle õigustloova akti või selle sätte põhiseadusega vastuolus olevaks tunnistamine, millele tugines kohtulahend teistetavas tsiviilasjas;
  8) Euroopa Inimõiguste Kohus on leidnud inimõiguste ja põhivabaduste kaitse konventsiooni või selle protokollide rikkumise kohtulahendi tegemisel ja rikkumist ei ole võimalik mõistlikult kõrvaldada või hüvitada muul viisil kui teistmise kaudu;
  81) peatumise aluse ilmnemine, mis kohtulahendi tegemise ajal oli olemas, kuid ei olnud ega võinud olla kohtule teada;
[RT I 2009, 67, 460 - jõust. 01.01.2010]
  9) muu oluline asjaolu või tõend, mis kohtulahendi tegemise ajal oli olemas, kuid ei olnud ega võinud olla menetlusosalisele teada ja mille esitamisel või millele tuginemisel menetluses oleks ilmselt tehtud teistsugune kohtulahend.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud asjaolu ei ole teistmise alus, kui see ei ole mõjutanud kohtulahendi tegemist menetlusosalise kasuks või kahjuks.

§ 703.   Teistmise piirangud

  (1) Teistmine ei ole lubatud nende kohtumääruste suhtes, mille peale ei saa käesoleva seadustiku kohaselt edasi kaevata.

  (2) Teistmine ei ole lubatud, kui menetlusosalisel oli võimalik tugineda teistmist võimaldavatele asjaoludele varasemas menetluses, eelkõige vastuväite või kaebusega, samuti kui vastuväide või kaebus jäi rahuldamata.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Teistmisavaldust ei või samadele asjaoludele tuginedes esitada korduvalt.

§ 704.   Teistmisavalduse esitamise tähtaeg

  (1) Teistmisavalduse võib esitada kahe kuu jooksul teistmise aluse olemasolust teadasaamisest alates, kuid mitte enne lahendi jõustumist. Teistmisavalduse võib põhjusel, et menetlusosaline ei olnud menetluses esindatud, esitada kahe kuu jooksul alates päevast, millal menetlusosalisele, tsiviilkohtumenetlusteovõimetu menetlusosalise puhul aga menetlusosalise seaduslikule esindajale lahend kätte toimetati. Seejuures ei arvestata avalikku kättetoimetamist.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Käesoleva seadustiku § 702 lõike 2 punktis 8 nimetatud juhul võib teistmisavalduse esitada kuue kuu jooksul Euroopa Inimõiguste Kohtu otsuse jõustumisest. Käesoleva seadustiku § 702 lõike 2 punktis 7 nimetatud juhul võib teistmisavalduse esitada kuue kuu jooksul alates Riigikohtu otsuse jõustumisest.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Teistmisavaldust ei või esitada, kui kohtulahendi jõustumisest, mille teistmist nõutakse, on möödunud viis aastat. Teistmisavaldust põhjusel, et pool ei olnud menetluses osalenud või esindatud või käesoleva seadustiku § 702 lõike 2 punktis 8 nimetatud juhul, ei või esitada, kui kohtulahendi jõustumisest on möödas kümme aastat.
[RT I 2006, 48, 360 - jõust. 18.11.2006]

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 705.   Kassatsioonimenetluse sätete kohaldamine
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  Teistmisavalduse esitamisele ja menetlemisele kohaldatakse kassatsioonkaebuse kohta sätestatut, kui käesolevas peatükis sätestatust ei tulene teisiti.

§ 706.   Teistmisavalduse esitamine

  (1) Teistmisavaldus esitatakse Riigikohtule.

  (2) Teistmisavalduse esitamisel tuleb tasuda riigilõiv samas ulatuses nagu kassatsioonkaebuse esitamisel.
[RT I, 08.12.2021, 1 - jõust. 01.01.2022]

§ 707.   Teistmisavalduse sisu

  (1) Teistmisavalduses märgitakse muu hulgas taotlus lahendi suhtes, avalduse põhjendus ja teistmise õiguslik alus, samuti asjaolud, millest nähtub avalduse esitamise tähtajast kinnipidamine ja tõendid, mis tõendavad teistmise alust ja teistmisavalduse esitamise tähtajast kinnipidamist.

  (2) Avaldusele lisatakse ärakiri kohtulahendist, mille teistmist nõutakse, ja teistmisavalduse aluseks olevad dokumendid või nende ärakirjad. Kui dokumendid ei ole avaldaja valduses, tuleb märkida, kas avaldaja taotleb, et kohus dokumendid välja nõuaks.

  (3) Teistmist põhjendavate asjaolude tõendamine ei ole lubatud taotluse esitamisega menetlusosaliselt vande all seletuse võtmiseks.
[RT I 2005, 39, 308 - jõust. 01.01.2006]

§ 708.   Teistmisavalduse läbivaatamise ettevalmistamine

  (1) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Alama astme kohtulahendi peale esitatud teistmisavalduse lahendamiseks nõuab Riigikohus alama astme kohtult toimiku välja.

  (3) Vastuvõetud avalduse ärakirja toimetab Riigikohus vastaspoolele kätte ja nõuab määratud tähtpäevaks kirjalikku vastust. Teistmisavaldust ei toimetata kätte ja vastust ei küsita samadel alustel kui kassatsioonkaebuse puhul.

  (4) Vastaja peab märkima, kas ta on teistmisavaldusega nõus. Oma vastuväiteid peab vastaja põhistama ja esitama võimaluse korral nende kohta tõendid.

  (5) Teistmine ei peata kohtulahendi täitmist. Riigikohus võib määrusega täitemenetluse peatada või lubada selle jätkamist üksnes tagatise vastu või tühistada täitetoimingu.

§ 709.   Teistmisavalduse menetlusse võtmine

  Riigikohus võtab teistmisavalduse menetlusse, kui teistmisavalduses esitatud asjaolud võimaldavad arvata, et tegemist on seaduses sätestatud teistmise alusega.

§ 710.   Teistmisavalduse lahendamine

  (1) Kui Riigikohus leiab, et teistmisavaldus on põhjendatud, tühistab ta määrusega kohtulahendi ja saadab asja uueks läbivaatamiseks sellesse alama astme kohtusse, kus kohtulahend oli tehtud. Kui asjaolud on selged, muudab Riigikohus alama astme kohtu lahendi või tühistab alama astme kohtu lahendi ja teeb uue otsuse või määruse.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Menetlusosalistele edastatakse otsuse või määruse ärakiri.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

69. peatükk PÄDEVA KOHTU MÄÄRAMINE 

§ 711.   Pädeva kohtu määramise kord

  (1) Seaduses sätestatud juhul määrab Riigikohtu tsiviil- ja halduskolleegiumi vaheline erikogu asja lahendamiseks pädeva kohtu. Erikogu moodustab ja erikogu juhatab Riigikohtu esimees.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (2) Erikogu määrab kahe kuu jooksul asja saamisest alates määrusega asja lahendamiseks pädeva kohtu menetlusosalisi asja arutamisele kutsumata. Menetlusosaline võib erikogule esitada kirjalikult oma seisukoha.

  (3) Pädeva kohtu määramisel Riigikohtu erikogu tühistab kohtu määruse, milles pädevaks kohtuks tunnistatud kohus leidis, et asi ei kuulu tema pädevusse, ja saadab asja lahendamiseks tühistatud määruse teinud kohtule.

  (4) [Kehtetu - RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (5) Kui Riigikohtu erikogu leiab, et asi ei kuulu lahendamisele ei tsiviil- ega halduskohtumenetluses, lõpetab ta määrusega asja menetluse.

14. osa VAHEKOHTUMENETLUS 
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

70. peatükk ÜLDSÄTTED 

§ 712.   Kohaldamisala
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

  (1) Käesolevas osas sätestatut kohaldatakse Eestis toimuvale vahekohtumenetlusele, kui seadusega või välislepingus ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (2) Käesoleva seadustiku §-des 720 ja 740 sätestatut kohaldatakse ka juhul, kui vahekohtumenetluse toimumise koht on välisriigis või ei ole veel kindlaks määratud.

  (3) Kuni vahekohtumenetluse toimumise koha kindlaksmääramiseni Eestis või välisriigis täidavad käesoleva seadustiku §-des 721, 724, 725, 727 ja 728 nimetatud ülesandeid Eesti kohtud, kui vähemalt ühe poole tegevus-, elu- või asukoht on Eestis.

§ 713.   Kohtute tegevuse ulatus

  Kohtul on õigus teha vahekohtumenetluses toiminguid üksnes seaduses sätestatud juhtudel ja ulatuses.

§ 714.   Seaduse või vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe rikkumisest teatamata jätmise tagajärjed

  Käesoleva osa dispositiivse sätte või poolte vahekohtumenetluse jaoks kokku lepitud nõude rikkumise korral ei või pool rikkumisele tugineda, kui ta ei teata vahekohtule rikkumisest viivitamata pärast seda, kui ta on rikkumisest teada saanud või oleks pidanud teada saama.

§ 715.   Teadete kättetoimetatuks lugemine

  (1) Kui poole või teadet vastu võtma õigustatud isiku tegutsemis-, elu- või asukoht ei ole teada, loetakse teade poolele kättetoimetatuks päevast, mil pool või teadet vastu võtma õigustatud isik oleks selle kätte saanud tavalise kättetoimetamise korral tähitud kirjaga või muul saabumist tõendaval viisil tema viimati teadaoleval aadressil.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatut ei kohaldata teadete kättetoimetamisele kohtumenetluses.

§ 716.   Menetlus alaliselt tegutsevas vahekohtus
[Kehtetu - RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

71. peatükk VAHEKOHTUMENETLUSE KOKKULEPE 

§ 717.   Vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe mõiste

  (1) Vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe on poolte kokkulepe anda vahekohtu lahendada nende vahel tekkinud või tekkida võivast kindlaksmääratud lepingulisest või lepinguvälisest suhtest tulenev vaidlus.

  (2) Vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe võib sõlmida iseseisva kokkuleppena või lepingu osaks oleva eristatava tingimusena.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

§ 718.   Vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe kehtivus

  (1) Vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe ese võib olla varaline nõue. Vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe mittevaralise nõude kohta kehtib üksnes juhul, kui pooled võivad vaidluse eseme suhtes sõlmida kompromissi.

  (2) Vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe on tühine, kui selle ese on:
  1) Eestis asuva eluruumi üürilepingu kehtivuse ja ülesütlemise ning eluruumi vabastamise vaidlus;
  2) töölepingu lõpetamise vaidlus;
  3) tarbijakrediidilepingust tulenev vaidlus.
[RT I, 12.03.2015, 5 - jõust. 01.07.2015]

  (3) Avalik-õiguslik varaline nõue võib olla vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe ese, kui pooled võivad sõlmida vaidluseseme kohta halduslepingu.

  (4) Seaduses võib olla kehtestatud teatud liiki vaidluste vahekohtule lahendada andmise keeld või piirang.

§ 7181.   Vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe tarbijaga

  (1) Vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepet, mille üheks pooleks on tarbija, ei või sõlmida enne nõude sissenõutavaks muutumist.

  (2) Enne vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe sõlmimist esitatakse tarbijale kirjalikku taasesitamist võimaldavas vormis teave kohtu- ja vahekohtumenetluse erinevuste kohta. Muu hulgas tuleb tarbijale esitada järgmine teave:
  1) vahekohtu moodustamise kord, vahekohtumenetluse läbiviimise põhimõtted ja kohaldatavad reeglid, sealhulgas käesoleva seadustiku § 732 lõikes 2 sätestatud eeldus;
  2) vahekohtu otsuse vaidlustamise kord, samuti teave selle kohta, et kohus ei kontrolli vahekohtu otsuse peale esitatud kaebuse läbivaatamisel vaidluse lahendamise sisulist õiguspärasust;
  3) käesoleva seadustiku § 753 lõigetes 1 ja 11 sätestatu, samuti teave selle kohta, et täidetavaks tunnistatud vahekohtu otsusel on täitemenetluses kohtulahendiga samasugune toime.

  (3) Kui vahekohtumenetluse pool on tarbija, lepitakse vahekohtumenetluse kohana kokku tarbija elu- või töökoht vähemalt maakonna täpsusega.

  (4) Kui vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe pool on tarbija, peab kokkulepe sisalduma tarbija omakäeliselt allakirjutatud või digitaalallkirjaga varustatud dokumendis.

  (5) Kui tarbijaga vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe sõlmimisel rikuti käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–4 sätestatud nõudeid, on kokkulepe tühine.

  (6) Kui vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe sõlmimise ajal ei olnud tarbija elu- või töökoht kõnealuses kokkuleppes märgitud vahekohtumenetluse kohas või kui vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe ei sisaldu tarbija omakäeliselt allakirjutatud või digitaalallkirjaga varustatud dokumendis, kehtib kokkulepe juhul, kui tarbija ise sellele tugineb.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

§ 719.   Vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe vorm

  (1) Vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe peab olema sõlmitud kirjalikult taasesitatavas vormis. Vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe võib sisalduda ka kinnituskirjas.

  (2) [Kehtetu - RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

  (3) Vorminõude järgimata jätmine ei mõjuta kokkuleppe kehtivust, kui pooled nõustuvad vaidluse lahendamisega vahekohtus.

§ 720.   Vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe ja hagi tagamine kohtus

  Vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe sõlmimine ei välista, et kohus tagab poole avalduse alusel hagi enne või pärast vahekohtumenetluse algust.

72. peatükk VAHEKOHTU MOODUSTAMINE 

§ 721.   Vahekohtu moodustamine

  (1) Pooled lepivad kokku vahekohtunike arvu. Kokkuleppe puudumise korral lahendavad vaidluse kolm vahekohtunikku.

  (2) Kui vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe annab vahekohtu moodustamisel ühele poolele majandusliku või muu eelise, mis oluliselt kahjustab teist poolt, võib viimane esitada kohtule avalduse määrata vahekohtunik või vahekohtunikud erinevalt toimunud nimetamisest või kokkulepitud nimetamisreeglitest. Avaldus tuleb esitada hiljemalt 15 päeva jooksul, alates ajast, mil pool sai teada vahekohtu moodustamisest.

  (3) Kui pool on esitanud kohtule käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud avalduse, võib vahekohus oma menetluse peatada.

§ 722.   Vahekohtunikuks nimetamise eeldused

  (1) Vahekohtunikuks võib nimetada teovõimelise füüsilise isiku.

  (2) Pooled võivad kokku leppida vahekohtuniku kvalifikatsiooninõuetes.

§ 723.   Vahekohtuniku nõusolek

  Vahekohtuniku nimetamiseks on vaja vahekohtunikukandidaadi kirjalikku nõusolekut.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

§ 724.   Vahekohtuniku nimetamine

  (1) Pooled võivad kokku leppida vahekohtunike nimetamise korra.

  (2) Kui on ette nähtud kolm vahekohtunikku ja pooled ei ole nende nimetamise korda kokku leppinud, nimetab kumbki pool ühe vahekohtuniku. Nimetatud vahekohtunikud valivad kolmanda vahekohtuniku, kes on vahekohtu eesistuja.

  (3) Kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud juhul ei ole pool nimetanud vahekohtunikku teiselt poolelt selle kohta taotluse saamisest alates 30 päeva jooksul või kui poolte nimetatud vahekohtunikud ei suuda nende nimetamisest alates 30 päeva jooksul valida kolmandat vahekohtunikku, määrab vahekohtuniku poole avalduse alusel kohus.

  (4) Kui on ette nähtud üks vahekohtunik, kelle nimetamise korda ei ole pooled kokku leppinud ega suuda kokku leppida, määrab vahekohtuniku poole avalduse alusel kohus.

  (5) Kui pooled on kokku leppinud vahekohtuniku nimetamise korra ja üks pool rikub korda või kui pooled või mõlemad vahekohtunikud kokkuleppele ei jõua või kui kolmas isik ei täida talle nimetamise menetlusega pandud ülesandeid, võib kumbki pool taotleda kohtult vahekohtuniku määramist, kui vahekohtuniku nimetamise korda ei ole kokku lepitud teisiti.

§ 725.   Vahekohtuniku määramine kohtu poolt

  (1) Kohus määrab vahekohtuniku avalduse saamisest alates 30 päeva jooksul.

  (2) Kohus arvestab vahekohtunikku määrates:
  1) poolte vahel vahekohtuniku suhtes kokkulepitud tingimusi;
  2) asjaolusid, mis tagavad sõltumatu, erapooletu ja kompetentse vahekohtuniku määramise.

  (3) Vahekohtuniku määramise määruse peale ei saa edasi kaevata.

§ 726.   Vahekohtuniku taandamine

  (1) Vahekohtunikku võib taandada, kui on olemas asjaolu, mis tekitab põhjendatud kahtluse tema erapooletuses, sõltumatuses või kompetentsuses või kui tema puhul ei ole täidetud poolte vahel kokkulepitud tingimused. Pool võib taotleda tema nimetatud vahekohtuniku taandamist, kui taandamise alus on saanud talle teatavaks pärast vahekohtuniku nimetamist.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

  (2) Vahekohtunikukandidaat avalikustab viivitamata kõik asjaolud, mis võivad tekitada kahtlust tema erapooletuses või sõltumatuses või olla muul põhjusel tema taandamise aluseks. Vahekohtunik on kohustatud pärast nimetamist kuni vahekohtumenetluse lõppemiseni pooltele viivitamata avalikustama nimetatud asjaolud, kui ta ei ole seda varem teinud.

§ 727.   Vahekohtuniku taandamise kord

  (1) Pooled võivad kokku leppida vahekohtuniku taandamise korra.

  (2) Kui pooled ei ole taandamise korda kokku leppinud, võib pool esitada vahekohtule taandamise avalduse vahekohtu moodustamisest alates 15 päeva jooksul või käesoleva seadustiku § 726 lõikes 1 nimetatud asjaolust teadasaamisest alates. Kui vahekohtunik ei astu ametist tagasi või kui teine pool taandamisega ei nõustu, otsustab taandamise vahekohus taandatava vahekohtuniku osavõtuta.

  (3) Kui taandamist poolte kokkulepitud korra või käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 2 kohaselt ei ole võimalik lahendada, võib pool esitada taandamisavalduse kohtule 30 päeva jooksul, alates ajast, millal ta sai teada taandamisavalduse tagasilükkamisest.

  (4) Vahekohus võib kuni taandamisavalduse kohtu poolt lahendamiseni oma menetluse peatada.

§ 728.   Vahekohtuniku võimetus oma ülesandeid täita

  (1) Kui vahekohtunik ei saa oma ülesandeid mõistliku tähtaja jooksul täita, lõpeb tema pädevus vahekohtunikuna, kui ta astub tagasi või kui pooled lepivad kokku tema pädevuse lõppemise. Kui vahekohtunik ei astu tagasi või kui pooled ei jõua kokkuleppele tema pädevuse lõppemises, võib kumbki pool taotleda kohtult vahekohtuniku pädevuse lõppenuks tunnistamist, kui pooled ei ole leppinud kokku teisiti.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatu ei välista ega piira poole õigust lõpetada vahekohtunikuga sõlmitud leping.

§ 729.   Vahekohtuniku asendamine

  (1) Kui vahekohtunikuga sõlmitud leping lõpeb, nimetatakse tema asemele uus vahekohtunik. Nimetamine toimub samade nõuete järgi, mida kohaldati asendatud vahekohtuniku nimetamisel. Vahekohus peatab menetluse kuni uue vahekohtuniku nimetamiseni. Pärast peatumist jätkatakse menetlust sealt, kus see pooleli jäi.

  (2) Pooled võivad kokku leppida, et vahekohtunik asendatakse muul kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud viisil.

73. peatükk VAHEKOHTU PÄDEVUS 

§ 730.   Vahekohtu õigus määrata oma pädevus

  (1) Vahekohtul on õigus määrata oma pädevus ja seoses sellega lahendada ka vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe olemasolu ja kehtivuse küsimus. Seejuures tuleb vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepet käsitada ülejäänud lepingutingimustest sõltumatu kokkuleppena.

  (2) Vastuväide vahekohtu pädevuse suhtes tuleb esitada hiljemalt vastuses hagile. Vastuväite esitamist ei välista asjaolu, et pool on ise nimetanud vahekohtuniku.

  (3) Vastuväide vahekohtu pädevuse piiride ületamise kohta tuleb esitada hiljemalt vahekohtumenetluse alustamisel, mille kohta pädevuse ületamist väidetakse.

  (4) Vahekohus võib käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 2 ja 3 sätestatud juhul lubada vastuväite esitada hiljem, kui pool on jätnud selle õigel ajal esitamata mõjuval põhjusel.

  (5) Kui vahekohus peab ennast asjas pädevaks, teeb ta käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 2 või 3 kohaselt esitatud vastuväite kohta eraldi otsuse.

  (6) Pool võib käesoleva seadustiku § 755 lõikes 4 nimetatud kohtult taotleda käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 5 nimetatud vahekohtu otsuse muutmist 30 päeva jooksul otsuse kirjalikult teatavakstegemisest arvates. See ei peata vahekohtumenetlust, kuid vahekohus võib sellise avalduse menetluse ajaks vahekohtumenetluse peatada.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (7) Kui vahekohus on tunnistanud end ebapädevaks, taastub tavaline kohtualluvus, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

  (8) Käesolevas paragrahvis sätestatut ei kohaldata, kui kohus on võtnud menetlusse hagi, milles palutakse tuvastada vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe kehtivus või vahekohtu õigus asja menetleda. Kohus ei või sellist hagi menetlusse võtta, kui vahekohus asjas on juba moodustatud ja ei ole oma pädevust veel eitanud.

§ 731.   Hagi tagamine vahekohtus

  (1) Vahekohus võib poole avalduse alusel hagi tagada, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti. Isiklikku vabadust piiravaid hagi tagamise abinõusid ei või rakendada. Vahekohus võib nõuda mõlemalt poolelt seoses hagi tagamisega mõistliku tagatise andmist.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 alusel määratud hagi tagamise otsus täidetakse kohtu määruse alusel. Kohus teeb määruse poole avalduse alusel ja lubab hagi tagamise otsuse täitmist üksnes juhul, kui sama hagi tagamise abinõu ei ole juba kohtult taotletud. Kohus võib hagi tagamise määruse teisiti sõnastada, kui see on vajalik hagi tagamise abinõu rakendamiseks. Kohtule esitatavalt hagi tagamise avalduselt tuleb anda tagatis sarnaselt kohtule esitatud hagi tagamisega.
[RT I 2008, 59, 330 - jõust. 01.01.2009]

  (3) Kohus võib avalduse alusel hagi tagamise tühistada või seda muuta samal alusel ja korras kui kohtumenetluses oleva hagi tagamise.

  (4) Vahekohtu pädev organ võib kuni vaidlust lahendava vahekohtu moodustamiseni edastada kohtule poole avalduse hagi tagamiseks. Avaldus lahendatakse hagi tagamise avalduse lahendamiseks seaduses sätestatud korras.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

  (5) Kui selgub, et hagi tagamine vahekohtumenetluses ei olnud õigustatud, peab hagi tagamist taotlenud pool hüvitama vastaspoolele kahju, mis on sellel poolel tekkinud hagi tagamisest või hagi tagamise abinõu rakendamise vältimiseks antud tagatisest.

74. peatükk VAHEKOHTUMENETLUSE LÄBIVIIMISE PÕHIMÕTTED 
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

§ 732.   Menetluse üldpõhimõtted

  (1) Pooli tuleb vahekohtumenetluses kohelda võrdsetena. Mõlemale poolele tuleb anda võimalus avaldada oma seisukohta.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestamata ulatuses võivad pooled ise menetluskorras kokku leppida või viidata mõne vahekohtu reglemendile. Kui pooled on sõlminud lepingu vaidluse andmiseks vahekohtu lahendada, eeldatakse, et poolte kokkulepe hõlmab ka vastava vahekohtu reglemendis või muus vahekohtumenetluse kohta käivas dokumendis ettenähtud menetlusreegleid. Kui käesolevas osas on sätestatud poole õigus esitada kokkuleppe saavutamata jäämisel menetluslikus küsimuses taotlus kohtule, võib seda teha üksnes juhul, kui vastava vahekohtu reglemendi või muu vahekohtumenetluse kohta käiva dokumendi alusel ei ole võimalik menetluslikku küsimust lahendada. Pooled ei või kõrvale kalduda käesolevas osas kohustuslikult sätestatust.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

  (3) Kui pooled ei ole menetluskorda kokku leppinud ja seda ei sisalda ka käesolev osa, määrab menetluskorra vahekohus. Vahekohtul on õigus otsustada tõendite esitamise lubatavuse üle, tõendeid uurida ja tõendamise tulemust vabalt hinnata.

§ 733.   Vahekohtumenetluse koht

  (1) Pooled võivad kokku leppida vahekohtumenetluse toimumise koha. Kokkuleppe puudumise korral määrab koha selle pooltele sobivust arvestades vahekohus.

  (2) Vahekohus võib vaatamata käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 sätestatule koguneda tunnistajate, ekspertide või poolte ärakuulamiseks, vahekohtu liikmete nõupidamiseks või asjadega või dokumentidega tutvumiseks seal, kus ta seda sobivaks peab, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

  (3) Vahekohtul on poolte nõusolekul õigus lasta ühel oma liikmel tunnistajaid või eksperte ära kuulata.

§ 734.   Menetluse keel

  (1) Pooled võivad kokku leppida vahekohtumenetluse keele. Kokkuleppe puudumise korral määrab menetluse keele vahekohus.

  (2) Kokkulepitud või määratud keeles tuleb teha poolte avaldused, vahekohtu otsus ja muud vahekohtu teated ning pidada kohtuistung, kui poolte kokkuleppes või vahekohtu määruses ei ole ette nähtud teisiti.

  (3) Vahekohus võib nõuda kirjalike tõendite esitamist koos tõlkega poolte kokkulepitud või vahekohtu määratud keelde.

§ 735.   Vahekohtumenetluse algus

  Vahekohtumenetlus algab päeval ja hagi loetakse esitatuks, kui kostja saab kätte vahekohtus vaidluse lahendamiseks esitatud hagiavalduse, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

§ 736.   Hagi ja vastus hagile

  (1) Hagiavalduses märgitakse:
  1) vahekohtu nimetus või vahekohtuniku nimi;
  2) hageja ja kostja andmed;
  3) hageja nõue;
  4) asjaolud, millel nõue põhineb, ja neid asjaolusid kinnitavad tõendid, mida hageja esitab või kavatseb esitada;
  5) lisatud dokumentide nimekiri.

  (2) Poolte kokkulepitud või vahekohtu määratud tähtaja jooksul peab kostja esitama hagi kohta oma seisukoha.

  (3) Pool võib vahekohtumenetluse käigus oma hagi muuta või täiendada, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti. Vahekohus ei võta hagi muutmist või täiendamist vastu, kui sellega kaasneks menetluse põhjendamatu viivitamine.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1–3 sätestatut kohaldatakse ka vastuhagile.

§ 737.   Vahekohtu istung ja kirjalik menetlus

  (1) Vahekohus korraldab menetluse suuliselt või kirjalikult, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti. Kui pooled ei ole istungi pidamist välistanud, peab vahekohus ühe poole avalduse alusel istungi menetluses sobival ajal.

  (2) Vahekohtu istung ja tõendite uurimiseks korraldatud vahekohtu muu kogunemine tehakse pooltele viivitamata teatavaks.

  (3) Kui pool on esitanud dokumendi, teeb vahekohus selle teisele poolele viivitamata teatavaks ja saadab talle dokumendi ärakirja. Eksperdiarvamusest ja muudest kirjalikest tõenditest, mida vahekohus võib otsuse tegemisel arvestada, tuleb mõlemale poolele teatada ja saata neile ärakirjad.

§ 738.   Toimingu tegemata jätmise tagajärjed

  (1) Kui kostja jätab hagile ettenähtud ajaks vastamata, jätkab vahekohus menetlust. Kostja vastuse puudumist ei loeta hagi õigeksvõtuks.

  (2) Kui pool jätab istungile ilmumata või dokumentaalse tõendi määratud tähtpäevaks esitamata, võib vahekohus menetlust jätkata ja teha otsuse vastavalt senituvastatule.

  (3) Kui käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 sätestatud toimingu tegemata jätmine oli vahekohtu arvates piisavalt põhjendatud, jäetakse toimingu tegematajätmine tähelepanuta. Muus osas võivad pooled kokku leppida toimingu tegematajätmise teistsugustes tagajärgedes.

§ 739.   Vahekohtu määratud ekspert

  (1) Vahekohus võib määrata ühe eksperdi või mitu eksperti andma eksperdiarvamuse vahekohtu koostatud küsimustele, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti. Vahekohus võib poolelt nõuda, et see annaks eksperdile asjasse puutuvat infot ning ekspertiisiks vajalikud dokumendid või asjad.

  (2) Eksperdiarvamuse andnud ekspert peab osalema istungil poole avalduse alusel või vahekohtu nõudel, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti. Istungil võib pool esitada eksperdile küsimusi ja lubada vaidlusaluses küsimuses omapoolsel eksperdil arvamust avaldada.

  (3) Vahekohtu määratud eksperdi võib taandada ja taandamisavalduse kohtule esitada samas korras vahekohtuniku taandamisega.

§ 740.   Kohtu abi tõendamistoimingute tegemisel ja muud kohtutoimingud

  (1) Kui vahekohus ei ole pädev tõendamis- või muud kohtutoimingut tegema, võib vahekohus või tema loal pool taotleda abi kohtult.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud avaldust lahendades järgib kohus tõendamise või muu kohtutoimingu tegemise kohta kehtivaid menetlussätteid. Vahekohtunikel on õigus osaleda kohtulikul tõendamismenetlusel ja esitada küsimusi.

  (3) Kohus protokollib menetlustoimingu ning saadab protokolli ärakirja viivitamata vahekohtule ja pooltele.

  (4) Vahekohus võib vahekohtumenetluse kuni kohtutoimingu tegemiseni peatada.

§ 741.   Konfidentsiaalsuse nõue

  Vahekohtunik on kohustatud saladuses hoidma talle vahekohtuniku ülesandeid täites teatavaks saanud teavet, mille saladuses hoidmiseks on pooltel õigustatud huvi, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

75. peatükk VAHEKOHTU OTSUS JA MENETLUSE LÕPETAMINE 

§ 742.   Kohaldatav õigus

  (1) Vahekohus kohaldab vaidluse lahendamisel õigusakte, mille kohaldamises on pooled kokku leppinud. Mõne riigi õigusele viitamisel eeldatakse, et kokkulepe ei hõlma selle riigi kollisiooninorme, kui pooled ei ole selgesõnaliselt kokku leppinud teisiti.

  (2) Kui pooled ei ole kohaldatavat õigust kokku leppinud ja kohaldatav õigus ei tulene ka seadusest, kohaldab vahekohus Eesti õigust.

  (3) Vahekohus võib lahendada vaidluse õigluse põhimõttel, kui pooled on selles selgesõnaliselt kokku leppinud. Kokkuleppe võib sõlmida kuni vahekohtu otsuse tegemiseni. Vaidlust õigluse järgi lahendades ei või kõrvale kalduda selle riigi õiguse imperatiivsetest sätetest, mida kohaldataks vaidluse lahendamisel õigluse põhimõttes kokku leppimata.

  (4) Vahekohus arvestab vaidlust lahendades lepingutingimusi ja tavasid käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 sätestatud juhul niivõrd, kuivõrd seda lubab kohaldatav õigusakt.

§ 743.   Otsuse tegemine vahekohtu poolt

  (1) Kui menetluses osaleb mitu vahekohtunikku, on otsus tehtud, kui selle poolt hääletab vahekohtunike enamus, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

  (2) Kui üks vahekohtunikest keeldub otsuse tegemisel osalemast, võivad ülejäänud vahekohtunikud teha otsuse temata, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti. Kavatsusest teha otsus keeldunud vahekohtunikuta tuleb pooltele eelnevalt teatada.

  (3) Üksikute menetlusküsimuste osas võib teha otsuseid või korraldusi vahekohtu eesistuja, kui teda on selleks volitanud pooled või vahekohtu teised liikmed.

§ 744.   Kompromiss

  (1) Vahekohus lõpetab menetluse, kui pooled sõlmivad kompromissi. Vahekohus vormistab poolte avalduse alusel kompromissi kokkulepitud sõnastuses vahekohtu otsusena, kui kompromissi sisu ei ole vastuolus avaliku korraga või heade kommetega. Otsusele kirjutavad alla ka pooled.

  (2) Kokkulepitud sõnastuses tehtud vahekohtu otsus väljastatakse pooltele ja otsusest peab nähtuma, et tegu on vahekohtu otsusega. Sellisel vahekohtu otsusel on samasugune õigusjõud nagu vahekohtu tavalisel otsusel.

  (3) Kui poole tahteavalduse kehtimiseks on vaja avaldus notariaalselt tõestada, loetakse notariaalne tõestamine kokkulepitud sõnastuses tehtud vahekohtu otsuse korral asendatuks, kui tegemist on Eestis tehtud vahekohtu otsusega, mis on täitedokument täitemenetluse seadustiku § 2 lõike 1 punkti 6 või 61 kohaselt.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

§ 745.   Vahekohtu otsuse vorm ja sisu

  (1) Vahekohus määrab otsuse tegemise aja ja teeb selle pooltele teatavaks.

  (2) Vahekohus teeb otsuse kirjalikult ja vahekohtunik kirjutab otsusele alla. Kui otsuse teeb mitu vahekohtunikku, piisab enamuse allkirjadest, kui näidatakse allkirja puudumise põhjus.

  (3) Hääletamisel vähemusse jäänud vahekohtuniku eriarvamus esitatakse vahekohtuniku soovil pärast allkirju ja sellele kirjutab alla eriarvamusele jäänud vahekohtunik.

  (4) Vahekohtu otsust tuleb põhjendada, välja arvatud juhul, kui pooled on kokku leppinud teisiti või kui tegu on kompromissil põhineva otsusega.

  (5) Vahekohtu otsuses tuleb märkida selle tegemise kuupäev ja vahekohtumenetluse koht.

  (6) Vahekohus toimetab otsuse ärakirja pooltele kätte otsuse tegemise päevale järgneval tööpäeval.

§ 746.   Vahekohtu otsuse jõustumine ja toime

  (1) Vahekohtu otsus jõustub selle tegemise päeval.

  (2) Vahekohtu otsusel on poolte suhtes samasugune toime nagu jõustunud kohtuotsusel.

§ 747.   Vahekohtumenetluse lõppemine

  (1) Vahekohtumenetlus lõpeb, kui vahekohus on teinud sisulise otsuse või käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 2 nimetatud otsuse.

  (2) Vahekohus lõpetab otsusega menetluse, kui:
  1) hageja võtab hagi tagasi, välja arvatud juhul, kui kostja sellele vastu vaidleb ja vahekohus tunnustab kostja õiguslikku huvi vaidluse lõpliku lahendamise vastu;
  2) pooled lepivad kokku menetluse lõpetamises;
  3) pooled ei osale menetluses;
  4) vahekohus on seisukohal, et menetlust on võimatu jätkata vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe lõppemise või vahekohtunike häälte võrdse jagunemise tõttu või muul põhjusel.

  (3) Vahekohtumenetluse lõppemisega lõpeb ka vahekohtuniku pädevus. See ei välista ega piira vahekohtuniku õigust ja kohustust täita edasi seaduses ettenähtud ülesandeid.

  (4) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 2 punktides 1–3 nimetatud juhul ei saa lõpetatud vahekohtumenetlust uuesti alustada.

§ 748.   Vahekohtumenetlus poole surma korral

  (1) Vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe ega vahekohtumenetlus ei lõpe poole surma tõttu, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

  (2) Poole surma korral peatab vahekohus menetluse enda määratud ajaks. Tähtaega võib surnud poole õigusjärglase avalduse alusel pikendada.

  (3) Pärast peatamist jätkatakse menetlust pooleli jäänud kohast, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

§ 749.   Otsus vahekohtu kulude kohta

  (1) Vahekohus otsustab vahekohtu otsuses, millistes osades peavad pooled kandma vahekohtumenetluse ja pooltele vahekohtus käimisest tekkinud vajalikud kulud, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teisiti.

  (2) Kui kulude suurust ei ole kindlaks tehtud või kui see on võimalik alles pärast vahekohtumenetluse lõppemist, otsustatakse see eraldi vahekohtu otsuses.

§ 750.   Vahekohtu otsuse parandamine ja täiendamine ning otsuse selgitamine

  (1) Vahekohus võib poole avalduse alusel:
  1) parandada vahekohtu otsuses esinevad arvutus-, kirja- ja muud sarnased vead;
  2) selgitada otsust taotletavas osas;
  3) teha täiendava otsuse nõude kohta, mis küll vahekohtumenetluses esitati, aga mida otsuses ei ole lahendatud.

  (2) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõikes 1 nimetatud avalduse võib esitada otsuse kättetoimetamisest alates 30 päeva jooksul, kui pooled ei ole kokku leppinud teist tähtaega.

  (3) Vahekohus saadab otsuse täiendamise või selgitamise taotluse teadmiseks ka teisele poolele.

  (4) Vahekohus teeb esialgse otsuse parandamise või selgitamise osas 30 päeva jooksul, täiendamise osas 60 päeva jooksul avalduse saamisest alates.

  (5) Vahekohus võib otsust parandada ka poole avalduseta.

  (6) Vahekohtu otsuse parandamisele, selgitamisele ja täiendamisele kohaldatakse vahekohtu otsuse vormi ja sisu kohta sätestatut.

76. peatükk OTSUSE TÜHISTAMINE 

§ 751.   Vahekohtu otsuse tühistamine

  (1) Kohus tühistab Eestis tehtud vahekohtu otsuse poole avalduse alusel, kui pool tõendab, et:
  1) vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe sõlminud isiku teovõime oli piiratud;
  2) vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe on tühine Eesti õiguse kohaselt või muu riigi õiguse kohaselt, kelle õiguse alusel on pooled otsustanud hinnata vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe kehtivust;
  3) poolele ei ole nõuetekohaselt teatatud vahekohtuniku nimetamisest või vahekohtumenetlusest või kui ta ei ole saanud muul põhjusel esitada ega kaitsta oma seisukohti;
  4) vahekohtu otsus käsitleb vaidlust, mida ei ole vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppes nimetatud või mis ületab vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppes määratud piire;
  5) vahekohtu moodustamine või vahekohtumenetlus ei vastanud käesolevas osas sätestatule või lubatud pooltevahelisele kokkuleppele ja võib eeldada, et see on oluliselt mõjutanud vahekohtu otsust.

  (2) Kohus tühistab vahekohtu otsuse poole avalduse alusel või omal algatusel, kui kohus teeb kindlaks, et:
  1) vaidlust ei võinud Eesti õiguse kohaselt lahendada vahekohtus;
  2) vahekohtu otsus on vastuolus Eesti avaliku korraga või heade kommetega.

  (3) Kui vahekohtu otsuse tühistamist taotletakse käesoleva paragrahvi lõike 1 punkti 4 alusel ning otsusega on lahendatud mitu nõuet, millest osa oli vahekohtu pädevuses, tühistab kohus otsuse nende nõuete osas, mis ei olnud vahekohtu pädevuses.

  (4) Kohus võib poole avalduse alusel tühistada vahekohtu otsuse ja saata asja tagasi vahekohtusse, kui see on mõistlik.

  (5) Eeldatakse, et vahekohtu otsuse tühistamine ei too kaasa vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe tühisust.

§ 752.   Tühistamisavalduse esitamine

  (1) Vahekohtu otsuse tühistamise avalduse võib esitada kohtule vahekohtu otsuse kättetoimetamisest alates 30 päeva jooksul. Kui pärast otsuse kättetoimetamist esitatakse avaldus vahekohtu otsuse parandamiseks, täiendamiseks või selgitamiseks, pikeneb tähtaeg avalduse kohta tehtud otsuse kättetoimetamisest alates 30 päeva võrra.

  (2) Otsuse tühistamise avaldust ei saa esitada, kui kohus on otsust tunnustanud või selle täidetavaks tunnistanud.

77. peatükk VAHEKOHTU OTSUSE TUNNUSTAMISE JA TÄITMISE EELDUSED 

§ 753.   Eestis tehtud vahekohtu otsuse tunnustamine ja täitmine

  (1) Vahekohtu otsust tunnustatakse Eestis ja täitemenetlus vahekohtu otsuse põhjal toimub üksnes juhul, kui kohus on otsust tunnustanud ja tunnistanud otsuse täidetavaks.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

  (11) Eesti Kaubandus-Tööstuskoja Arbitraažikohtu ja Notarite Koja vahekohtu menetluses tehtud otsust tunnustatakse ja täidetakse, ilma et kohus seda tunnustaks ja täidetavaks tunnistaks.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

  (2) Kohus jätab vahekohtu otsuse täidetavaks tunnistamise avalduse rahuldamata ja tühistab vahekohtu otsuse, kui on olemas alus vahekohtu otsuse tühistamiseks.

  (3) Kohus ei arvesta vahekohtu otsuse tühistamise alust, millest tulenevalt saab otsuse tühistada üksnes poole avalduse alusel, kui avaldust vahekohtu otsuse tühistamiseks ei ole esitatud seaduses ettenähtud tähtaja jooksul.

§ 754.   Välisriigis tehtud vahekohtu otsuse täitmine

  (1) Välisriigi vahekohtute otsuseid tunnustatakse ja võetakse Eestis täitmisele üksnes vastavalt New Yorgi 1958. aasta välisriigi vahekohtu otsuste tunnustamise ja täitmise konventsioonile ja teistele välislepingutele.

  (2) Välisriigi vahekohtu otsuse tunnustamisele ja täitmisele kohaldatakse vastavalt välisriigi kohtulahendite tunnustamise kohta sätestatut, kui seadusest või välislepingust ei tulene teisiti.

  (3) Kui täidetavaks tunnistatud välisriigi vahekohtu otsus välisriigis tühistatakse, võib võlgnik esitada avalduse täidetavaks tunnistamise tühistamiseks.

78. peatükk KOHTUMENETLUS 

§ 755.   Kohtute pädevus

  (1) Käesoleva osa kohaselt kohtule esitatava avalduse lahendab vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppes nimetatud maakohus, kokkuleppe puudumise korral aga maakohus, kelle tööpiirkonnas asub vahekohtumenetluse koht.

  (11) Kui vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppe üheks pooleks on tarbija, lahendab käesoleva osa kohaselt kohtule esitatava avalduse maakohus, kelle tööpiirkonnas asub vahekohtumenetluse koht.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

  (12) Vahekohtu otsuse tunnustamise ja täidetavaks tunnistamise avalduse lahendab Pärnu Maakohus.
[RT I, 19.03.2019, 8 - jõust. 01.04.2019]

  (2) Kui vahekohtumenetluse koht ei ole Eestis, otsustab seadusega kohtu pädevusse antud küsimuse Harju Maakohus.

  (3) Tõendamismenetluse või muu kohtutoimingu puhul on vahekohut kohtualluvuse järgi pädev abistama maakohus, kelle tööpiirkonnas tuleb toiming teha.

  (4) Vahekohtu otsuse tühistamise avaldus esitatakse vahekohtumenetluse kokkuleppes märgitud ringkonnakohtule, kokkuleppe puudumise korral aga ringkonnakohtule, kelle tööpiirkonnas asub vahekohtumenetluse koht. Omal algatusel saab vahekohtu otsuse tühistada ka vahekohtu otsuse täidetavaks tunnistamise avaldust lahendav maakohus.

§ 756.   Menetluspõhimõtted

  (1) Kohus lahendab avalduse hagita menetluses määrusega. Enne otsustamist tuleb ära kuulata vastaspool, kui see on mõistlik.

  (2) Kohus määrab kohtuistungi, kui taotletakse vahekohtu otsuse tühistamist või kui vahekohtu otsuse tunnustamise või täidetavaks tunnistamise avalduse puhul tuleb arvesse asjaolu, mille alusel võib kohus tühistada vahekohtu otsuse omal algatusel.

  (3) Kohus võib vastaspoolt eelnevalt ära kuulamata määrata, et kuni avalduse lahendamiseni võib vahekohtu otsust esialgselt sundtäita või vahekohtu määratud hagi tagamise abinõu rakendada. Vahekohtu otsuse sundtäitmine võib seisneda üksnes hagi tagamise abinõude rakendamises. Kostjal on õigus vältida sundtäitmist tagatise andmisega selle summa suuruses, mille tõttu võib avaldaja taotleda otsuse sundtäitmist.

  (4) Vahekohtu otsuse tühistamise määruse ja vahekohtu otsuse täidetavaks tunnistamisest keeldumise määruse peale võib esitada määruskaebuse. Muu käesolevas osas sätestatu kohaselt tehtud määruse, sealhulgas käesoleva seadustiku § 730 lõike 6 alusel vahekohtu pädevuse kohta tehtud määruse peale ei saa edasi kaevata.
[RT I, 29.06.2012, 3 - jõust. 01.01.2013]

  (5) Vahekohtu otsuse tühistamise avalduse esitamise tähtaja ennistamist ei saa taotleda, kui otsus on täidetud. Vahekohtu otsuse muutmise avalduse esitamise tähtaja ennistamist ei saa taotleda.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]

  (6) Vahekohtumenetlusega seotud kohtumenetlus on kinnine. Vahekohtumenetlusega seotud maakohtu ja ringkonnakohtu kohtulahendit ei avalikustata. Riigikohtu lahendite avalikustamisel asendatakse menetlusosalise nimi initsiaalide või tähemärgiga ning ei avalikustata tema isikukoodi, sünniaega, registrikoodi ega aadressi. Avalikustatavast Riigikohtu lahendist jäetakse välja vaidluse olemusele viitavad asjaolud, mis võivad muuta avalikuks vahekohtu menetluse sisu.
[RT I, 31.12.2014, 1 - jõust. 10.01.2015]

§ 757.   Vahekohtu otsuste täidetavaks tunnistamise erisused

  (1) Koos vahekohtu otsuse täidetavaks tunnistamise avaldusega tuleb esitada ka vahekohtu otsus või selle tõestatud ärakiri ja vahekohtumenetluse kokkulepe.

  (2) Määrus, millega vahekohtu otsus tunnistatakse täidetavaks, kuulub viivitamatule täitmisele.

  (3) Käesoleva paragrahvi lõigetes 1 ja 2 sätestatut kohaldatakse ka välisriigi vahekohtute otsustele.

79. peatükk LEPINGUVÄLISED VAHEKOHTUD 

§ 758.   Sätete kohaldamine lepinguvälistele vahekohtutele

  Käesolevas osas sätestatut kohaldatakse ka vahekohtule, mis on seadusega lubatud viisil moodustatud testamendi või pärimislepingu alusel või muul viisil, mis ei põhine poolte kokkuleppel.

15. osa SEADUSTIKU JÕUSTUMINE 

§ 759.   Seadustiku jõustumine

  Käesolev seadustik jõustub tsiviilkohtumenetluse seadustiku ja täitemenetluse seadustiku rakendamise seaduses ettenähtud ajal.

https://www.riigiteataja.ee/otsingu_soovitused.json